ATT400 Operation Maint 241384

ATT400-3
OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

MANUAL
••
TEREX
LIFTING
CCt:j
SIEGE SOCIAL ET USINES

Zone Industrielle de la Saule
B.P. 106
71304 - MONTCEAU CEDEX
TEL: (33) 03 85 67 38 00
FAX: (33) 03 85 67 38 99
CATALOG 240-4
Safe Operating Practices
for Mobile Crane Users
. INTRODUCTION
NOTE: This material replaces Catalog 240-3
TEREX CRANES INC., is the manufacturer of mobile

cranes. cranes are carefully designed. tested and manu-
factured. When used properly by qualified operators, they
will give safe, reliable service. There are Terex Crane
offices world-wide to answer any questions about mobile
cranes and their safe use.
Because cranes have the ability to lift heavy loads to great

heights, they also have a potential for accidents if safe'
operating practices are not followed. These pages will
help the operator prevent accidents which could result in
property damage, personal injury or death.
General safe practices for working on machinery must be

followed as well as the safe operating practices recom-
mended here.
Additional precautions may be necessary. depending on

attachments used and conditions at the worksite or in the
service area. Terex Cranes. Inc. has no direct control over
machine application, operation. inspection, lubrication or
maintenance. Therefore, it is your responsibility to use
good safety practices in these areas.
All crane operations shall comply with the requirements of
current Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) standards, and the current American National
Standards Institute (ANSI).
OPERATORS RESPONSIBILITIES
Safety must always be the operator's most important

concern. The operator must refuse to operate when
knowing it is unsafe and consult the job supervisor when
safety is in doubt.
The operator must read and understand the Operator '5

Manual, and all instructions and signs on the crane. He
must see that the machine is in proper order and that all
·operational aids" and "warning signals" are functional
before operating.
The operator must keep the machine clean including all

instrumentation, windows, lights and other glazed sur-
faces. The operator should remove all oil, grease, mud,
ice, and snow from walking surfaces.
The operator must store tool and other necessary items in

the tool box.
The operator must never lift a load without a rated lifting

capacity chart in the cab. He must understand how to
read the rating plate and know that his crane can safely lift
each load before attempting to lift it.
He must be alert, physically fit, and free from the influ-
2
ences of alcohol, drugs, or medications that might affect
his eyesight, hearing, or reactions.
He must see that people, equipment, and material are

kept out of the work area. The area around the machine
should be properiy barricaded (see Operating Precautions
No.5, 6 and 7).
When an operators vision is blocked or when operating in'

hazardous areas such as power lines or around people, a
signalman must be used. Because the operator is not in
the best position to judge distance and can not see all
parts 01 the jobsite, a signalman may also be necessary at
other times. Operators must understand standard crane
signals and take signals only from designated
signalpeople; except that operators must always obey a
stop signallrom anybody.
The operator must keep a fully charged fire extinguisher

and a first aid kit in the cab at all times and be familiar with
how to use Ihese items.
The operator should understand the movements of other

machinery, trucks and personnel at the jobsite.
The operator should never permit people on the machine

platforms while the machine is working.
SIGNALPERSON'S RESPONSIBILITY
The primary duty of a signalperson is to assist the

operator in safe and efficient operation. Operators
3
depend on designated signalpeople 10 assist them in
making movements without endangering people or
property.
Signalpeople must have a clear understanding ollhe work

to be done so thaI they can safely coordinate each job
with the operators and other crew members.
Signalpeople must place themselves where they can be

clearly seen and where they can observe the entire
operation.
Standard crane signals must be used unless olher

methods of signaling such as two way radios or flags have
been agreed upon.
RESPONSIBILITIES OF ALL CREW MEMBERS
Any unsafe condition or practice must be corrected or

reported to the job supervisor.
Everyone who works around cranes, including riggers and

oilers, must obey all warning signs and walch out for his
own safely and the safety of olhers. Crew members
setting .up machine or handling loads are expected to
know proper machine erection and rigging procedures.
Watch for hazards during operations and alert Ihe

operator and signalpeople of dangers such as power lines,
the unexpected presence of people, other equipment,
unstable ground conditions and approaching storms.
4
MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY
See that operators are trained, competent, physically fit

and, if required, licensed. Good vision is required, as are
good judgment, coordination and mental ability. Any
person who lacks any of these qualities must not be
allowed to operate a crane.
Signalpeopte must have good vision and sound judgment, .

know standard crane signals and be able to give signals
clearly. They must have enough experience to be able to
recognize hazards and signal the operator to avoid them.
Riggers must be trained to determine weights and

distances and to select and properly use lifting tackle.
Rigging is a complex subject far beyond the scope of this

booklet. It is management's responsibility to see that
riggers are properly trained.
Management must assign a job to a supervisor at the site

to be responsible for overall job safety. Crane operators,
riggers and crew members must know who has been
assigned this responsibility.
Crew members must be given specific safety responsibili~

ties and instructed to report any unsafe conditions to their
supervisors.
Management must assign specific people to coordinate

and direct crane operation for pick and carry lifts and
multi-crane lifts (see Operating Precautions No. 30 and
31).
5
PLANNING THE JOB
Most accidents can be avoided by careful job pfanning.

The person in charge must have a clear understanding of
the work to be done, consider alf dangers at the jobsite,
develop a plan to do the job safely, and then explain the
plan to all concerned. Factors such as these should be
considered:
• What crew members are needed arid what responsibili-'

ties will
they be given? '
• What is the weight of the load to be lifted, the lift radius,

boom angle, and the rated lifting capacity of the crane?
• How will the signalpeople communicate with the opera-

tor?
• What equipment is required to do the job safely? Is a

crane the best equipment for the job?
• How can the equipment be safely transportedfothe

jobsite?
• Are there. gas lines, power lines or structures which must

be moved oravoicled?
• Is the surface strong enough to support the machine and

load?
• How will load's"be rigged?
• What special safety precautions will be taken if a crane
6
must travel wIth a suspended load or if more than one
crane is needed to lift a load? (See Operating Precau-
tions No. 29, 30 and 31).
• Are unusual weather. conditio.nssuch as winds or

extreme cold expected?
• What steps will be taken to keeP unnecessary people

and equipment safely away from the work area?
• How can cranes be positioned to use the shortest boom

and radius possible?
OPERATOR'S SAFETY CHECK
The operator must make a safety check before starting to

work each day to see that themactrine is in proper order.
Some things to check are:
• Walk around the machine to check that all safety related

ilems including protective guardsendplafes are in place.
• Check the machine fog book to see that periodic

maintenance and inspections have been performed and
all necessary repairs made.
• Check the operation of the boom hoist upper angle limit

switch, boom angle indIcator, backup alarms,anti two-
block wamingdevice. load movement orJoad indicator
devices, and other operator aids,
• Carefully inspect load bearing parts such as Wire rope
7
(load. lines, boom hoist cable, suspension lines}, boom,
outriggers, and hooks.
• Be sure no unauthorized field modifications have been

made; such as added counterweights and booms that
have been improperly repaired.
• Check for airand hydraulic oil leaks.
• Check all the controls to be sure they are in their correct

positions before starting the engine.
• After starting the engine, check all gauges and indicators

for proper readings.
• Test all controls for proper operation .
• Check brakes andc!utches. Test load brakes by lifting a

load a few inches off the ground and holding it.
OPERATING PRECAUTIONS
1. Mistakes in calculating rated lifting capacities can

cause accidents.
Several factors must be considered, Including:
A. Load radius {lhe distance between the center of

the crane rotation lathe, center .oftheload). Note that the
radius will increase when the load is lifted.
B. Weight of the load, hook, and rigging.
8
C Boom length, jib, parts of line, and 'operating area
(side, rear)
Use the next lower rated capacity when working at

boom lengths or radii between the figures on the rated
lifting capacity chart. It is dangerous to guess the
capacity for boom lengths or radii between those
listed on the rated lifting capacity chart.
Trying to lift a load without knowing whether it is

within the rated capacity while expecting the crane to
start to tip to warn of an overload is very dangerou,s.
Cranes may suddenly tip over or collapse if the load is
too heavy,
Crane mounted boom hoist upper angle limit

switches, boom angle indicators, backup alarms, anti
two-block warning devices, load moment or load
indicator devices and other operator aids are no
SUbstitute for following the rated lifting capacity chart.
operating instructions and safe operating practices.
Always stay within rated lifting capacity. The operator

must reduce the load under adverse field conditions
until, in his judgment, the machine can safely handle
the lift.
(See Operating Precautions No.4, 13, 15, 19. 22, 30 and

31).
2. Never operate with anything other than a PPM

Cranes, Inc, recommended countelWeight
9
. Unauthorized reductions or additions of counter-
weight constitute a safety hazard.
3. Cranes may tip over or collapse if the operating

surface cannot support their weight. Timber mats, steel
plates or concrete rafts may be needed under outrigger
pads or crawlers to distribute the load under the crane so
that the bearing strength of the ground is not exceeded.
Determine the load bearing capacity of the ground or

other surface on which machines will be. operating.
Be sure cranes are adequate~y supported. Avoid soft
or unstable ground, sand, areas with high water
tables, and partially frozen ground. When machines
are working near trenches, the trenches should be
shored or sloped to prevent cave-ins or slides.
4. The rated capacity of a crane is determined with

the crane leveled within 1"/0 of grade (1 foot drop or rise in
100 foot distance). Out of level more than 1% will
drastically reduce the lifting capacity.
Be sure cranes are level. Check frequently and relevel

when necessary. Position outriggers according to the
rating cbart. All outrigger beams must be extended
the same length; fully extended, mid position or fully
retracted. All tires must be off the ground for "On
Outrigger" ratings.
5. People can be crushed by falling loads.
10
Position the machine and use barricades to prevent
people from walking under a lifted load.
6. People can be crushed by the sClssors-iike action

of the upper rotating on the lower.
Slay away from rotating cranes. Erect barricades to

keep people away. Take the time to determine that
these areas are clear before swinging.
7. People can be crushed by the rear (counter-

weight) of the machine if there is not enough room for it to
sWing.
Position machine and use barricades so that people

cannot be trapped between the counter weight and
any obstructions.
8. Many people have been injured when riding

crane hooks or loads or while being lifted in personnel
platforms. They have no control over how they are
handled and no protection from impacts or falls. Small
mistakes can be fatal.
It is strongly recommended that cranes not be used to

lift people. Use ladders, scaffolds, elevated work
platforms or other equipment designed to lift people.
Cranes should never be use'a to lift people unless

there is no Jess hazardous way to perform the needed
11
work and everyone involved has read, understood and
complied with Catalog 275, "Important Safety Require-
ments When Using Personnel PJatformswith Mobile
Construction Cranes". Copies of Catalog 275 are
available from your distributor.
Lifting personnel shall be in strict compliance with

appropriate OSHA and ANSI requirements.
The lifting of personnel for recreational purposes is

neither intended nor approved
9. Power lines have killed or seriously injured

people working around cranes. These aCCidents can be
avoided by following a few simple rules.
Always determine whether there are power lines in the

area before starting any job. OSHA regulations
require at least ten (10) feet of clearance from lines
carrying 50,000 volts or less. Greater clearances are
required for lines with higher voltages. Some states
require greater clearances than OSHA. Safety re-
quires that you stay as far as possible from power
lines and never violate minimum clearances.
Always take these precautions if power lines are

present.
A. Notify the Power Company before beginning

work.
B. You and the Power Company must take specific
12
precautions. These may include locating cranes and
materials away from power lines, de-energizing and
grounding lines, rerouting lines, removing or barricading
lines with rubber sleeves.
C. Use a signalperson to maintain a safe distance

between any part of the machine or load and power lines.
The operator is not in the best position to judge distance.
D. Warn people to stay away from the machine and

load at all times. If the load must be guided into place,
ask the Power Company about special precautions such
as insulated poles or hot sticks.
E. Slow Down. Give yourself time to react to

problems and to double check the distance between
power lines and any part of the machine
load.
Careful planning and supervision offer better protection

than any known device. Insulated boom cages, proximity
warning devices, and insulating links have limitations and
can fail without warning. Insulated boom cages and links
only protect part of the crane and can break down
electrically when contaminated with dust and water.
Operation of proximity warning devices can be affected by
different arrangements of power lines, the movement of
trucks, materials, the crane itself, and other influences.
Relying solely on any of these devices can mislead an
operator to believe they are providing protection.
13
10. The load line can break if the hook block contacts
the end of the boom. This is called "two-biocking". Two-
blocking can be caused by hoisting the hook into the end
of the boom, lowering the boom or extending telescopic
booms without paying out load line. Two-blocking can pull
jibs and lattice crane booms over backwards.
Always keep space between the hook block and boom

point. Lower the hook when extending telescopic
booms to avoid two-blocking.
11. People can be injured if the hook, boom, load or

outriggers are moved before everyone is clear.
Make sure everyone is in a safe place belore moving

the hook, boom, load or outriggers. Do not move
loads over people or vehicle cabs. Do not allow the
load to bump or catch on anything.
12. Injury and damage can occur if the engine is

started before servicing is finished.
Prior to servicing the crane, place "Warning" or .. Out

of Order" signs on the crane controls.
Never start or operate the crane if warning signs are

on the crane controls. look under and around the
crane to be sure everyone is clear.
13. Rapid swings or sudden starts and slops can
14
cause the hook and attached load to swing out of control.
Always start and stop movements smoothly and

swing at speeds that will keep the load llnder control.
14. Dirty windows, darkness, bright sunlight, fog,

rain, and other conditions can make it diHicult for the
operator to see.
Keep windows clean. Do not operate if you cannot see

clearly enough to operate safely.
15. Even light winds can blow loads out of control,

collapse booms, or tip machines. Winds aloft can be
much stronger than at ground level.
Do not liflloads if winds create a hazard. lower the

boom if necessary. See the rating plate for possible
restrictions.
16. Carelessness in getting on and off equipment

can result in serious injuries.
Always wait until the machine has stopped. Do not

jump on or off. Always use both hands and make sure
you have good footing.
17. Slippery floors and steps, tools, trash, or other

loose items can cause falls.
15
Keep the machine clean and dry.
18. Damaged crane booms may collapse. Lattice

type booms will be weakened by damaged chords, bent or
missing lacings, or cracked welds. Telescopic booms will
be weakened by distorted bottom or side plates. In either
case, the loss of strength is difficult to estimate.
Inspect the crane boom daily for damage. Do not

used damaged booms. (NOTE: Due to the high
strength steels used in booms, special repair proce-
dures are required. Repair procedures for lattice
booms are described in Catalog 238, "Repair Proce-
dUre for Mobile Construction Crane Boom Sections".
Consult your distributor for fUrther information.)
19. Crane booms can buckle if side loaded (pulled

sideways). Typical causes of side loading are rapid starts
and stops while swinging, dragging or pushing a load
sideways, winds, or lifting when the crane is not level.
Take care to avoid side loading.
20. If the load strikes the boom or the boom hits a

building or other object, the boom may collapse.
Never let the load or any other object strike the boom.
21. Boom suspension lines will stretch when the load
16
is lifted and contract when the load is released. At high
boom angles this contraction may be enough to pull the
boom backward over the crane
When r~leasing loads, be sure the boom never

tightens against the backstops. Release loads slowly.
22. The load will swing out of control if it is not

directly beneath the boom point when lifted. This can side
load the boom and may cause the crane to tip or collapse.
Always place the boom point directly above the load

when lifting.
23. Trying to 11ft a load which is stuck, frozen or

attached to something else may result in tipping, boom
collapse or other damage.
Be sure that loads are free before lifting.
24. If there is not enough wire rope on the drum, the

rope can be pulled off.
Keep at least two full wraps of wire rope on drums

when operating.
25. Foot pedal brake locks are furnished on some

cranes to allow the operator to rest his legs when sus-
pending the load for short periods of time.
17
The feet must be kept on the pedals while foot pedal
brake locks are in use. Brakes may cool allowing the
load to fall.
26. Trying to repair or adjust equipment with a

suspended hook or load or with the boom raised could
release machinery and let it move unexpectedly.
Always lower the load to the ground and the boom

onto proper cribbing before doing maintenance or
repair work.
27. Pressure in hydraulic systems can be retained for

long periods of time. If not properly released before
maintenance people attempt to work on the hydraulic
system, this pressure can let machinery move or cause
hot oil and hose ends to shoot out at high speed.
Release system pressure before attempting to make

adjustments or repairs.
28. Pin-connected booms and jibs may fall if no!

properly supported when removing pins.
Make sure both ends of each boom and jib section are
supported and the boom suspension lines completely
slacked off before removing pins. Never stand on,
inside, or under booms or jibs during assembly or
disassembly.
18
29. Aswilh all heavyequipment i care must be taken
when cranes are driven (traveled) whether on or off the
jobsile.
Watch for people, power lines, low or narrow clear-

ances, bridge or road load limits, and sleep hills or
uneven terrain. Use a signaiperson in close quarters.
Know the height, width, and weighl of the machine.
Retract and lock the outriggers; de-energize the
outrigger controls with the outrigger master switch.
place the boom in the cradle,and set the swing brake
or lock before traveling. Store or tie empty hook to
prevent swinging.
30. Rated lifting capacities for cr.anes are based on

the machine being stationary and level. Traveling a crane
with a suspended load (pick and carry operation) or with
the boom erected involves special hazards,including the
possibility of side loading or tipping over.
Because 01 the many variables involved, the user

must evaluate conditions and take. precautions such
as these:
• Watch for people, power lines, low or narrow clearances,

bridge or road load limits. steep hills or uneven terrain.
Use a signalperson in close quarters. Know the height.
width and weight of the machine. Set the swing brake or
lock before traveling. Store or tie empty hooks to prevent
swinging .
• The job supervisor must specify a person 10 determine
19
and direct safe operation before and during the pick and
carry lift.
• Check the rated lifting capacity chart for limitations and

instructions.
• Position the boom in line with the direction of travel.
• Reduce the maximum load while travelmg to reflect

operating conditions. The safe load will vary depending
on speed, crane, terrain, tire capacity and condition, and
other conditions.
• Inflate tires to specified pressure.
• Travel SIOlMY and avoid sudden stops and starts.
• Avoid backing away from load. This could increase the

radius and cause the machine to tip over.
• Use tag fines to keep loads under control
• Keep the load close to the ground.
• Use the shortest boom possible.
31. Using two or more cranes to lift a load involves

many hazards not normally encountered in single crane
lifts.
Multi-crane lifts must be carefully engineered, keeping

the following points in mind.
20
• Since the load is not freely suspended, careful engineer-
ing studies must be made to ensure that the load carried
by the machine is less than its rated capacity.
• Make sure slings are arranged to divide the load as

planned.
• Review the lifting plan with operators, signalpeople and

other crew members belore beginning the lift.
• The job supervisor must designate a single person to

determine and direct all crane operations before and
during every stage of the lift.
• Avoid boom side loading (see No. 19).
32. Leaving a machine unattended can be very

dangerous.
Before leaving his seat, the operator must take the

following steps to prevent the machine from moving:
• Lower the load to the ground. Lower the boom when

necessary.
• Set .the swing brake or lock:
• Set .all drum pawls.
• Set parking brakes.
.21
• Set propel brakes or locks on crawler machines.
• Disengage the engine clutch or shut off the engine.
33. All wire rope must be Inspected daily to deter-

mine whether it should be replaced. See the inspection
form in the Operator's Manual and contact wire rope
manufacturers and their. distributors for more information.
Wire rope should be .replaced when any of the follow-

ingconditions exist:
• In running ropes, six randomly distributed broken wires in

one lay or three broken wires in one strand in one lay .
• One outer wire broken at the point of contact with the

core of the rope which has worked it's way out of the rope
structure and protrudes or loops out from the rope
striation.
• Wear of one-third the original diameter of the outside

indiVidual Wires.
• Evidence of heat damage from any cause.
• Reduction from nominal diameter of more than:
1/32 inch for diameters 3/8 to and including 1/2 inch.
3/64 inch for diameters 9/16 to and inCluding sl4 iFlCh.
1116 inch for diameters 7/8 to and including 1-1/8 inches.
22
3/32 inch for djameters 1-1/4 to andincluding .1-112
inches.
• In standing ropes, more than two oroken wires in one lay

in sections petween end connections or more than one
broken wire at an end connection.
• Evidence of kinking,bird c;:1ging, crushing, clJIs, abra-

Sions, sharp. b.ends or any other parnage that results in
distortion of the rope structure, .
• Rust or corrosion,
• For rotation resistant ropes, any evidence of.!engthening

of rope I<W with a reduction in JOpenominal diameter,
34, Improper wire rope connections may fail under

load,
V\iire rope en,q connections must be installed properly

and inspected daily.
• Wedge sockets should be installed So that the loaded

side of the rope is in a straight line with the edge of the
socket and not bent by the wedge, Prevent the rope end
from slipping out of the wedge socket by attaching a short
piece of rope to the rope end with two U-bolt clamps,
• U-bolt clamps (clips) should be instailed so that the U-

bolt is on the unloaded side and the saddle is on the
loaded side, Do not use malleable cast iron clips
23
• Review Operator's Manual for installation example of u-
bolt clamps.
35. Wire rope running over drums and through

sheaves create pinch points.
Do not use your hands to guide wire rope onto drl,!ms.

Keep clothing and all parts of the body away from
running rope.
You have now read Terex Cranes "Safe Operating Prac-

tices For Mobile Crane Users." Although it is impractical to
try to cover every possible operating or maintenance
situation, the safety precautions recommended here
should help the user develop good safety habits and
promote safe operation.
If you have any questions about the operation of a

machine, you should read the Operator's manual for that
machine and consult your job supervisor before operating
the machine.
24
EMERGENCY STOP. Arms extended, STOP. Arm extended. palm down.
palms down, move arms back and move arm back and forth horizontally.
forth horizontally.
MOVE SLOWLY. Usc onf! hand 10 give

any mol ion sl~Jlal and place olher
hand mohonl~ss 111 fr ont 01 hand
DOG EVERYTHING. Clasp hands in glvinq the mollOlI si~nal (HOist
II onl of hnrly Slowly shown as IJxilmpl~ 1
RAISE BOOM. Arm extended. IlIIge!s LOWER BOOM. Arm extcnded. fingers
rlosed. Ihumb poinlll1g UPWiHd closed. thumb pOinting downward
25
'. ~ '"
',A\, USE WHIP LINE. (Allxiliary HUisH Tap
USE MAIN HOIST. Tap fist on head. elbow with one hand: then usc legu·
then use regular signals lar sIgnals
J
SWING. Arm extended pOint with TRAVEL Aun fxir.1l0pil JOII-vard.
finger in direction of SWing of boom hand open and slightly !alsell. make
pushing !notion in di'eclloll of
travel
TRAVEL (One Track) Lock the I, aek TRAVEL IBoth Trilfks) lisp tlOlh
on side indicated by rlllsrd 1151 fists. II! If 00101 tlOdv. lI1ilk<lI(j a CII·
Travel opposile tfack H1 dileclf(ln cula! mollOl1. ilO(1II1 P;l\" 0111("
indicated by clICIllar mollon ot flHliciltlllQ Ollecll(1I1 of IIav"l 101
other fist. ! otatrti vrrtically II1lronl willd 01 '!Jackwdlfj IFOI crawlrr
of bodyrFor cfowler oanes Dilly.} Cf ill1eS only I
26
.
. A,\,
~J-
\
L.
HOIST. Wilh lorcalln verlrcal. lore- LOWER. W:lh arm exleooed down-
linger pornling Llll. move hand in ward. forcfinger pOintIng down.
small hori7onlal circle mOVf> hand 111 small horizon.lal
r.II ch~s
i
RAISE THE 800M AND LOWER THE LOWER THE 800M AND RAISE THE
LOAD. With arll1 clCtendcd. Ihll/lIh LOAD. Wllh arm rxlended. Ihumh
1101111111\1 tip. lIr.x Iinocls 1/1 tlnd 0111 POll1tlllQ dnWI1. flr)( hngr.r S III and
itS long as load movement IS dr.· nul as Inng as load mov(~rnelll IS
slImi lieslJ I'd
27
RETRACT BOOM. !Telescojllng Booml EXTEND 800M. !1dl'$COlllllY 80(1111)
One Hand Signal One fist in flolll 01 One Hand SHIIl'lI Orw 11;;1111 fl onlol
chest. thumb pointing ol!lward amI r.hesl with lIillrnb I<lPI1IIHl rtwsl
heel 01 fist lapprng chest
EXTENDBOOM.(Telt~SC(1ll1lHl Boomsl RETRACT BOOM. (ldt!sr''111l1l1

Both fls!s 111 IIOllt 01 hlllly wrll! Boall1SI nolh IJ<;IS HI hoHl ,.j hOllv
thumbs I10l1!Imq Oll!W(lllf .... 111t thllmhs 1'0111111111111\';,1111 1',ldl
011l!'1
For Hydraulic Machines Only
This publication is provided as a public service.
28
THE GUARANTEE WILL BE NULL AND VOID WHERE
THERE HAS BEEN NEGLIGENCE, FAULTY MAINTE·
NANCE, INAPPROPRIATE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT BY
THE PURCHASERS OR THEIR EMPLOYEES, AND/OR
FAILURE TO RESPECT TECHNICAL INSTRUCTIONS
ABOUT THE GUARANTEE.
PPM la solide reference

A WARNING
Bungee jumping from
cranes
is dangerous
PPM CRANES, Inc. designs, manufactures, and sells safe, reliable
products for handling materials, NOT PEOPLE.
We believe that using a crane to lift, lower or position people for
"Bungee Cord Jumping" is inherently dangerous and should not be
done.
PPM Cranes. Inc. products are not intended or approved for this
misuse. Our products are not designed. manufactured. tested.
nor intended to primarily handle personnel.
Many people have been injured when riding crane hooks. loads or
manbaskets. They have no control over how they are handled and
no protection from impacts or falls. Small mistakes can be fatal.
Recognizing the inherent danger of lifting personnel for "Bungee Jump-

ing", we strongly recommend P&H Safety Catalog #275 as a guide for
understanding the dangers and warnings against the use of cranes for
lifting people.
Recognizing the inherent danger of lifting personnel for "Bun gee

Jumping", we strongly recommend Safety rules chapter for under-
standing the dangers and warnings against the use of cranes for
lifting people.
We therefore request that all dealers and distributors take all reason-
able means to immediately communicate this warning, BUNGEE
JUMPING FROM CRANES IS DANGEROUS, to all potential crane
users, purchasers, and renters. We also strongly warn dealers and
distributors to never knowingly sell or rent a crane for bun gee jump-
ing activity as this is a serious product misuse.
REMEMBER: BUNGEE JUMPING FROM CRANES IS A

DANGEROUS ACT.
PPM la solide reference

Maintenance and operator's manual Informations
Information
I
Edition: 12/2000 1- 1
Informations Maintenance and operator's manual
IMPORTANT:
THEORETICAL & PRATICAL TRAINING COURSES FOR USING

PPM CRANES ARE OFFERED ON A REGULAR BASIS.
FOLLOWING REQUEST YOUR DEALER CAN PROVIDE
INFORMATION AND DATES FOR EVENTUAL INSCRIPTION.
1- 2 Edition: 12/2000
Important notice
In order that any type of vehicle be reliable and safe, it is most
important to carry out all lubrication and maintenance
operations. Some of them, given in the MAINTENANCE MANUAL,
requires special tooling and technical knowledge.
Any failure to the lubrication and maintenance instructions may

cause a severe accident.
READ CAREFULLY ALL THE SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE

CARRYING OUT LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONS ON THE MACHINE.
All precautionary measures are given in the paragraph "SECURITY" as

well as in the Manual, when the corresponding maintenance operations
may present dangers. Also on the machine, there are warnings
concerning some dangers which may cause serious accidents. In the
Manual, as well as on the machine, these warnings are preceded by the
word "CAUTION" ,"WARNING" or "NOTES".
PPM does not necessarily know exactly how maintenance operations

are carried out, nor the inherent risks concerning a defined method and
is therefore unable to supply relative advice to the maintenance team.
Consequently, anyone using a method or tool which is not specifically
recommended in this MANUAL must be previously sure that there are
no risks for himself or anybody else and will not damage the machine or
endanger the security.
Edition: 12/2000 1- 3
DATE OF ISSUE:
MARK : PPM TEREX LIFTING
TYPE
SERIAL NUMBER :.......... .
DATE OF START UP : .. / ....
IMPORTANT The information contained in this

operator'smanual are subject to change without prior notice. In
case of contest, only the french version will be taken into account.
1- 4 Edition: 12/2000
Technical specifications
Identification
MAKE:
TYPE:
MANUFACTURER:
PPM
Z.I. de La Saule
71304 MONTCEAU Les MINES B.P. 106
FRANCE
Edition: 12/2000 1- 5
Crane conform to EUROPEAN DIRECTIVES EEC 98/37

allowing EC autocertification.
Operating conditions:
Working temperature between -15°C and +45°C
Maximum wind speed : 50 kph
Maximum working altitude: 1000 m.
Transversal gradeability : a maximum of 25% on a perfectly even
surface with a horizontally levelled chassis.
Crane identification data

Constructors Identity Plate locations.
Carrier: In the carrier cab on the right underneath the passenger's seat.
Upperstructure : On the right hand side of the upperstructure on the
engine intake manifold. The machine's identification number is
stamped on the fixed beam of the front right outrigger.
Weight /
Axle
1- 6 Edition: 12/2000
Maintenance and operator's manual Presentation
Presentation
II
Edition: 12/2000 II- 1

Presentation Maintenance and operator's manual
II- 2 Edition: 12/2000

TECHNIQUES
12

A_ g
illlelwhlY' 1;2 lE
~t'" 13 12,5

" Com!1ml'lOO _ $l!lb!!~u~ • ~IlB 0014 do pM'.Hlf

"£~mM_~~
· ~ntnum~i_ roo~: ltllJ mm
"~*,~l'lf'!lr~ ~¢l!Mr"
• ~_r!e_lM~rn:t~PBl'lf'!~, ~~ !M<f~!_m;mt~!!1 \I4!1l1r!eI::l\!n~,
, ~ElJE8 OIM f:l!:m Lt., rl~! Tul'lro rtilmidi, 8 oyliMres Sf'l !!~f\e, He1roid~ment b
041'.1, ~ ~ ¥(W (2~ Cn) & 2300 lrlimf'l. CU". ~xim\lm : noo N,m &
1300 lr~" Cyl!n!irb'.r ; ~M11 CUn~ffi\l'. alll( rrIlr1T'~S antl!i!io!M~!1 £1;140 11 CEE
CM~ du r~nro1r Ill::l\l'lrori!!!1t : 250 llires
• E~e ~mooret OOlte 00 \lile~ Pl'lf'!!lfSI1ii1 ~ 1&\fll1Om 0\I&J\1, :'I filf\l1OMS mooH'L
• LOellA'!) aummtil:jm-. sm 1000 !e$ mt1fl1l'rl$.
· Cm~ do P"fl\ lW'linl OOP\l!$ _ 2 G0pi!19s.
• ;2 fXID1$ me~~um <1'm:1 f~m ~ ~ m ~l.llL lJ~mm!ei rnt'.lf'

ttltf'.lB ~nJe nut ~Ui$' fXID1.
· [l~@'i! r!e djll~ren!ie! ~uia lea 2 G0b~$.
, 4 W~ mo!rk;~ 0I$pU!li!eli.2 ca~.
• $~i$len h~~t_ ~ HYOMSTA[lLE & 1.l$t1(H1menan1t cont!t\~ :

til anY·mulls hj«Jri!!li_ stabiliM:m !e ~me el1 vi~
til $W$~~ ~mlli!~memOOl'Wl$m~~,
• 8r~_ fooa& ~e" til~,,~;;

• ~ ooutt m ~~ M ~ depul$ mti&ua fttbWleiit
• ~ m~ ~ prJ> dmJbJ.w ~fi de ~;;:m-h_ !tux cl!rwc!lwWl>
$U~
• !)if_1m ~_l~ tilOOuIM ~
• Fooifl de It&fl(1ce : ~b oo!eli mr ~ mo _ 2. flIl't!h Frulnr!e momors el de

i*Cj$tf~&ur~~. CU~~~.~iif1liMa
• ~ iJlplaCft &cj!Jiju!tt de ~ !es cont~$ ~Kf11 *'9 ~lE oonu·

~l;Jioo el ~m, Vitf\\llii ~~_, C~~ pm~ oontf~ Ia 'WIHl&Km ~ nltemi.lm C$·
p~< ~ !Jill Uf! ~rm!j~ ~de MC@f1Iim&too fIl'Ii rM!MlW l~rri!!i!'li.
$_.~ ..
,~
wal~ (~I\lt
__•
~~~.
ItllJM} _ _ _ _ I\'atd:.
tt _i~t~·
"~~~t8.MMm~~1I'l ~lfi(Je©D!sp.
. . . . MR\'I~

" DB rum""""finn "D>lR')l1.\lW PPM, fwmil% ~nw~ en a~r il hliMlt% limit!;] ~tltkjw.
Gourenoo a
<'II bi!1fi ilt OOflIUf1!) ClttMwN!t
~ ~~ FLOW.T!C ~Mt;
.1& ~m~ 00 ~ 1fi m1!l~m, ~ ffi%11D'!<M min
1IOW~~m1!l<ml~Mlm1!)MM
• 1&¥00u$ ~ mww~ J:l*f ~ it I&~
110 ~ ~r~ m ~IW1'lttl a ttl mis jttkls 1M !JR:!gISSsifs
• tm% ~_ ~ !W<mIIWnttl iJ1~t!onnsif% <\ !'a~~ au m:mijJ1.lfatwl
lIIl&~1bJ ooWtfi>1fi ~maflts.;lQ milm& dl'lfl!\\
~ ~ 00 Ie ~t mtal oomrm.;ls :dams.
00 cas, lli! vii"""" 00 ci!a'\jW mWWIWf1t
rn1IClrj,,,,,fp a Q}4in~,~& 'fatlliltiG. i
f~,'~""~_'~~' loG mct%tJf ",pm"·,.,.",, n"'"""~u,,,
Pi(l:r1lg>@W@If1' IJydw@ulkjU%,
.. 2. m.anlpUl1i!~*tJl1l hydrtl1J!f~uQ$l:!nl>mix %~ roGtoMf ~iltrrtlrtltlqU% aM j'lOll'lt mOft
tW!~;ruclIBU11:l1U00ISIr!iJ looorpom. Gable !if 1fl mm, !1:}1'1'

!{51MMIL
- v«ln ~b!e dflf, ~~~ ®:lJ ~ :rlJM ¥Sw% {f% ~r1til.
,~~ ~~fld%oo~MW~:
• 1_1bJ !1ixr% 00 li'l tool. ~ fml~B ~tqoo a.u ~
~ mi~(jl} ~a.fll jlr_flf Il'f~_
• ~~ ~ (jl} ~IWl'1t ~ Ie m1!ltoorflflf ®:I.l mlM!i
, ~ a ~~f .ff6l&lm. Ffmn ~llU. ~mlqU% nm!!1·
fl~SS
, F~1i! 4 t1~a.flls ~ .sc~~ ~r@!J!kju% M_1%Mm! a.yntcfifMM 1!)1'l ~liilA

'~_llOOM _~!on flf~!on pp~ n&a!~ jJ1.lf Pli. ffi1%t profilliirul<l
IUSI&_,
• ~_!jlll ~ J:l*1 ~M
. 1 wllii 1Joo. ~ Ii 2' ~f#1$iM$" wyncnrMi1mliM Ml ~ du 4 .,'" rn~n1
11" de OOeW_
hyflrtlu!kjUM.
()~~Im;~Uifl%~~._~~,~:(r.W,W
O~"" _ _ ;ItI\ll*II\11,~:tl",."',W
{) ~ ~I M-.. ~ $\ UIX\!ml;'~ ImirI
O~~
'{l _ _ _ _ _ ; tl,OOIll:.
O~_~:~~rm:m_~
O"tllwwwur~
()~
()_~~U~
II- 10 Edition: 12/2000

~~~~ ~AA~ • O!lt~($ cm~ OO!W! @~ s!tl\lI of ~* mrr!@r $00 ~ iM u~r mb

"M®fi~_~~~!M~1f¥
{lbmll!~ ~ 1M 1Mbmls ; 100 !W!!W!
~!_rn ool:rt~f$
- ~_!laf mU$ ~ In ~jtim, St~ I:!y $Iiuin~ urniwr 1m:. Qwtfi\l~r l<l:cl;;,
• ~~ O~ lUJ LA, ~ylifftl\llf 111 !111* turrn;. d~ w!1h inl*~rl1lr, W$trrr roo~,
2~KW \2~MP} ~~2,SOO fpm, ~Wrn\lHltorqli\f; tiOO Nlm 'i\~l,SOO fpm, $,:l,)' Ii!!",
~, Oml~ w!1I"1I::UOO !l ~C rrntH}()I]tn:km dirfmilv®8. FI18i tank f.'~flclly:
2:00 !!1f$tL
• Tmqoo eoowrtflr &r!lt ~111i'!111 ~$IOOX wt!lt 6lQf\#flrd $M:3 m\l®~ @fl&rB.
, "'!.l!Qma~lG ~.~ on all l,j'B@f$,
.. :? dr1tmf~f $xla ~ 1l1®~ry 1"100 rMw1®®, !Jljfeflmrl;;;i !ock 00 eech I I .

" EJif1eren'lial k:ocI;;. ff<:'ml ~ ml}$,
, 4,whel:# aria ~mm ~~.
· p~ HYDOO::rrAm,JZ' hyrh~m$tk; $Q~&i_ ~
<II Hydmu!lc fml!-ml!I~ ~ _b~iz\l® tm:. cr_ in rom9f$ .Hld OOnds.

~ Susp_iM hyrhaUffic$l~ I~!e from ~ ml}$.
" ~r"wh_ stMf~rml ~e ~f~,

• MI"~ steer lIOO crllb ~_ frf\l® l:!q~ c@l}$,
• ~r"\I®._ ~mg I:!y ~e ~~ dfctJit~ylng w!th EC difl1ldives,
- ~~.(; ~f!f1g ~ rrn;. !.l~CfI!l.
, ~bm~; ~o drum h-~en ~~, rmd mrk!nll h-m~;

M~mtm~~,AMoompljfwllt ECd~,
, T-._ _ CfI!l_~ dh <Il! _ ~_ ~ry fo $!IoWoorrIlOf!llbfrr al1ti

~ C$_~ tmtid mb to !l'~1 ru<llj~,AwrofSl
I:!y ~i<I st$p$lMblch ~ ~ in f~h t@rf~.
, ~ __ mmtl_r(l ce _IM~~ ~\IlIl a<Ilr(l ml!®.bMtM·.

, .~ ~ mnk_ ~IM: fSl)fj l}$ ms[1y i\w;e&,
_rmd~,
'I~~ IWtt~~.
Edition: 12/2000 II- 11

M~hine ~ fTtlfl',e mad;? from h¥1"leneik> stooL 8a~i bearing s!swlng

IlMft_ th,
" !be f'l~nC~m WMffftSM:

~~! m~WmlIiIllW&iMil ~ WllG,
iI~!m~~ mg_~'It
~!be~ ct i,tIl_mB ts~l1ftM~,
4f fted_ mm. ~f_~ ~ ct all I'!m\ll!lf!l~!Tfl$,
.3j;lef Of ~$. pr~rtlON! tl1lM 10Y~ a~,
~ If ¢l1!tM (>~mM I:f~ drl\l~f @xcef the !'Jl1mp f1~ ffiffiPffil:~, afl
~~$ afa P/$$;$f".,
~ { \larlab1\il 1 H~ flQw try'
fM ang!t'\\il, ~f!lrum f\il@'UKltJOt'\
000-1iln" ,S'tertmrL 1{}!J n!!i;lting, Hy<lrlil111i¢ oM ¢()()Ie,
, h)lctrtHllrc ~rck$ I¥Ilh automalrc f~tum 11Th NH!WaL
matDr inl~;nrnJArl nimmfaro radooar, C<\~ timrmmer 16 mm, !Im~

aramtam hookblock,
~~ PPM~~~ ~ffim:
.. frBW ~ of I'!e ~~wre "~mic kml br.,
.~amt _rt1;)~~tm,
.t;;;~w! ~dte~ $[ WllG,
~r_MI'~,
"4~~~~ bOOm; bl ~ tm~ U~!nOO_ !l¥~~t!mrt

~ BMm try' P'PM, madeDf2~. \)-~ ~
~~00f
.BMm g~try' $.lid®~,
w 1 oo~~ ~$K.tncvl~" of ~ ~ e5dkm ~
1:t!~,
- ~fem1l% cab ~ bl eQij~OOf$a., ell ~ ~ _ GmM' IJtmmlK.t_ in

~r1 ana ~1)!: i1TIl:eti 1:t!P,
.~~ - QfI oot! ~ and mew,
.~ ~ "t~ ft_a ~em1mt j~\0fI,A~e~ LCbllill>Play,

tM-l:l1!'\@ t!.mJeld!~ am.! ~,Ann ~~ OOvIoo, S _~$
m i,tIl hyl:If~ [_rum:",
O~ ~ me~enl, 1:t!f! be fo!ded Mn.ct ~ of ~beoo1, ~t

()~
"'1",",."', __ emrl~*?~ ~~:t?,",""
;;;,l~"~, hMR
O~~bW1rnp!j.~,
t')'~ ~".~ B,
()--~,
()~~\J!:~J'
O~~
O~~~Qrl~
II- 12 Edition: 12/2000

11, l©l ~, llji!, ~.

71* ~b)~.»_MlI_C~$ ~ Wl~E
Ill. M f£" am " !Im~~m.{}"a"
Edition: 12/2000 II- 13

II- 14 Edition: 12/2000

Assembling and disassembling an

auxiliary winch
1 / Adding an auxiliary winch onto a crane

Extract from the CE self-certification directions.
" ... Upgrading, modifications:
Once the date of shipment specified on the release note has expired,
any upgrading, repairs or modification of the machine's compo-
nents, or addition of supplementary equipment will mean that PPM
does not guarantee the self-certification compliance of this
machine. An external authority should be called in in this case.( e.g.:
APAVE, VERITAS, AIF etc ... ).
2 / Removing an auxiliary winch from the machine

If the auxiliary winch is disassembled, IT IS VITAL to fit additional
counterweights in order to ensure the stability of the machine. (See
counterweight table).

N 90038-22 - 215
S 90038-26 - 016
Version 2 x 12t
H 031377-04 - Ot7
o ~O
o Q 90038- 24 - 312
R 90038-25 - 111
S 90038-26 - Ot6
Version 2 x 13 t

I£TI~/31
2.5 t COUNTERWEIGHT CONSTITUTION
ALL ALL
Machine 2 x 12 t TIRES
Machine 2 x 12 t + 3% TIRES
Weight /Ref. Fitted? Weight/Ref. Fitted?
V03137-39
YES
~I
250 kg
N90038-22
YES
2500 kg 1fu ______
~/ / "" , N90038-22
2500 kg YES
P9003823 P9003823
NO NO
1300 kg 1300 kg
X03137-41
NO
550 kg
""'V- ~.--/' / ~ ,I
R900038-25
NO
1100 kg
~~~ //,
Z03137-42
NO
550 kg
"-
S90038-26 S90038-26
NO NO
600 kg 600 kg
Total counterweights 2500 kg Total counterweights 2750 kg

I£TI~/331
Machine 2 x 12 t ALL llRES Machine 2 x 12 t + 3% ALL llRES Machine 2 x 13 t ALL TIRES
Weight/Ref.
Fitted?
Case
Fitted?
Case Poids/ Ref.
Fitted?
Case
Fitted?
Case Poids / Ref.
I Fitted?
Case
Fitted?
Case
n01 n02 n01 n02 n01 n02
N90038-22
2500 kg YES YES
o~~
V03137-39
250 kg
N90038-22
2500 kg
YES
YES
YES
YES
§j- 090038-24
3200 kg YES YES
I~
P90038-23
YES YES
& ~I
'"
P9003823 1300 kg
YES YES M90038-21 YES YES
1300 kg Q 600 kg
~,.,
On the
X03137-41 front of
550 kg NO
the
frame
On the On the On the

R900038-25I I front of Z03137-42 front of R900038-25 front of
1100 kg NO 550 kg NO 1100 kg NO
the the the
frame frame frame
On the On the On the

S90038-26 front of S90038-26 front of S90038-26 front of
NO NO NO
600 kg the 600 kg the 600 kg the
frame frame frame
Total counterweights 3800 kg 3800 kg Total counterweights 4050 kg 4050 kg Total counterweights 3800 kg 3800 kg
I£TI~/331
Machine 2 x 12 t ALL TIRES Machine 2 x 12 t + 3% ALL TIRES Machine 2 x 13 t ALL TIRES
Weight fRef. Fitted? Weight /Ref. Fitted? Weight/Ref. Fitted?
N90038-22
2500 kg
YES V03137-39
250 kg
YES
0
- 090038-24
3200 kg
I YES
N90038-22
n~~~
YES
2500 kg
~ ~
P9003823
1300 kg
YES "- P90038-23
1300 kg
YES M90038-21
600 kg
I YES
X03137-41
~
YES
550 kg
R900038-25
YES
Z03137-42
YES
R900038-25 I YES
1100 kg 550 kg 1100 kg
S90038-26 S90038-26 S90038-26

YES YES YES
600 kg 600 kg 600 kg
Total counterweights 5500 kg Total counterweights 5750 kg Total counterweights 5500 kg

Recommendations for
capacity chart read ing
Before using the functions:

- OUTRIGGERS
- HOISTING
- DERRICKING
- TELESCOPING
- SLEWING
WITH OR WITHOUT LOAD, it is compulsory that the operator has

read and understood all the following indications ...
Edition :03/1999 II- 3

Choice of the correct capacity chart :

Refer to the chart corresponding to the working conditions required,
(mark 0 on the following example.)

Pay particular attention to make sure that the counterweight(s) fitted
on the machine is (are) compatible with the capacity chart in ques-
tion (refer to indications given on capacity chart).
Select the counterwight configuration on the control display.
-c:ct:1---_ 35 TONNES METRIQUES @

ESEMPIO dato a titolo solamente indicativo.
Far riferimento alia copia in cabina
a
SPECIMEN donne titre indicatif seulement.
a
Se referer I'exemplaire dans la cabine
For information only.

Refer to sheet in cab.
Siehe Lasttabelle in der Kabine.

Nur zur Kenntnisnahme.
Ejemplo para informacion unicamente.
Refierase al ejemplar en la cabina.

Reading a capacity chart
o BOOM C\lJ[5IC~UAIA
SPECIMEN donne it titre indicatif seuleme

Sa referer it I'exemplaire dans la cabine
For information only.

Refer to sheet in cab.
Nur zur Kenntnisnahme.

Siehs lasttabelle in der Kabine.

o LOAD RADIUS: The radius is the horizontal distance from

the slewing axis to the vertical axis given by the center of the boom
head pullies.
@ ~I
The radius given are loaded radius, which take into account the
deflection of the boom. An unloaded radius can be less than indi-
cated on the chart. Take into account that it is necessary to hoist the
boom just before lifting a load in order to maintain the same radius.
o Reeving
According to the boom length used set up hoist reeving as shown
on diagram RADIUS / HEIGHT UNDER HOOK.
- Too much reeving in regards to boom length will not allow the
hook to reach the ground.
- Too little reeving may inhibit lifting a given load because of maxi-
mum line load capacity.
o BOOM ANGLE UNDER LOAD
This angle is indicated on the LMI unit screen display

MAXIMUM AUTHORIZED GROSS LOAD

In order to determine the load to be lifted, it is necessary to :
- DEDUCT from the load indicated on the capacity chart, the weight
of the hook block used. This weight is shown on the capacity chart,
as well as being stamped by the manufacturer on the hook block.
NOTE: Do not use an inadequate hook block on which : sheave

diameters, groove widths, hook capacities etc .... are not according
to specifications.
- DEDUCT from indicated load hoisting accessories weights such

as slings, shackles, etc ...
- DEDUCT: from indicated load the weight of extension installed

on the boom head even when not used for lifting loads.
The weights to deduct are shown on the capacity chart.

Particular recommendations when

lifting loads on free on wheels.
Respect the indications given on the load charts concerning this
function.
AUTHORIZED LOADS GIVEN BY CAPACITY CHARTS FOR FREE

ON WHEELS Suppose that the following conditions are fulfilled:
- Tires inflated to recommended pressure for lifting loads under free

on wheels duty. (Generally 10 bar). This pressure is shown on an
decal stuck in the cab and on the chassis above the wheels.
- Parking brake on
- Suspension lowered and locked
- Loads manipulated as close to the machine as possible and also

close to the ground.
- Work on flat, horizontal and firm grounds
IMPORTANT:
WHENEVER POSSIBLE WORK ON FULLY EXTENDED
OUTRIGGERS RATHER THAN FREE ON WHEELS.
IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN MACHINE STABILTY WHEN

MANEUVERING ON WHEELS WITHOUTT ANY LOAD IT IS
ESSENTIAL TO RESPECT DERRICKING ANGLE LIMITATIONS
AS STATED IN THE ON WHEELS LOAD CAPACITY CHART.

Particular recommendations when lift-

ing loads on outriggers.
Authorized loads given by the capacity chart on outriggers suppose
that the following conditions are fulfilled:
- OUTRIGGERS FULLY EXTENDED.
NOTE: When one or several outriggers cannot be fully extended it is

recommended to use the free on wheels capacity chart.
- WHEELS OFF OR HARDLY TOUCHING THE GROUND so that the

axle weight is added to the machine stability.
- MACHINE RIGGED HORIZONTALLY, check the level indicator.

Check this indicator often. Check the accuracy of the indicator, if
necessary, on a known reliable level ground.
- FIRM GROUND UNDER THE OUTRIGGER PADS. Use timber

blocks if necessary to increase pad surface.

Pad lifting:
If a pad lifts from the ground when the load passes over the diago-
nally opposite outrigger pad it does not mean that the machine is
going to overbalance.
However, if this does arrive under normal outrigging conditions, the

following points should be checked:
- That the outrigger beam on the load side is correctly extended.
- That the wheels are clear of the ground as indicated in the outrig-
ger capacity chart.
- That the handled load does not exceed the authorized limit.
- That the outrigger pad has not sunk into the ground under the
load.
- That the outrigger lifting rams' anti-return valves are not faulty.
- That the chassis is not twisted through bad chocking.
II- 10 Edition: 03/1999

Maintenance and operator's manual
Presentation
BRAKING SYSTEM
The braking system is one of the machine's safety elements. It has
been designed and been approved to be in compliance with the
modified 71/320/CEE directive.
CAUTION: It is strictly forbidden to modify the brake circuit with-

out having obtained the constructor's prior permission. All
replacement components must be OEM produced parts. Any
welding, grinding or torch heating work on any part of the brak-
ing system is strictly forbidden.
Any suspected anomaly which is detected during operation must be

immediately checked by qualified personnel.
Regular checks must be carried out at least once per year - these
should be visual, verification of correct working order and braking
efficiency measurements.
1 / Visual check
- Make sure that there is no corrosion on brake fluid reservoirs and
metal piping and that there are no signs of welding or grinding.
- Make sure that all flexible hoses are in good condition.
- After ten years operating life -then every 5 years- the air tanks
must undergo pressure checks ( Consult the relevant authorities in
your country)
- Check that there is no water in the reservoirs, if there is then bleed
the reservoir by the appropriate device located on the lower part of
the reservoir. Also check operation of the dessicator (cartridge).
2 / Correct operation test

- Verify that the main regulator engages and disengages.
- Check the whole circuit for leaks:
- no operation, engine stopped
- when operating the foot brake pedal
- when disactivating the parking brake.
(CAUTION: Chock the wheels beforehand).
- Check the condition and stroke of all brake linings by the inspec-
tion holes in the protective cover plate located behind the wheel.

3 I Efficiency testing
Maximum pressure on each axle is as follows:
Pmax1 = 6.7 bar (axle no. 1)
Pmax2 = 6 bar (axle no. 2)
Brake efficiency can be controlled in different ways:
(values as required by technical test specifications).
a I Testing with a dece/eragraph :

When driving at a speed of between 30 and 40 kph the deceleration
level must be at least 4.5 m/s2
b I Measuring the stopping distance:

Measure the braking distance from the moment pressure is applied
on the brake pedal until the machine comes to a complete standstill.
The maximum distance allowed is :
40m at 60 kph
or 29m at 50 kph
or 19.90m at 40 kph
or 12.50m at 30 kph.
c I Roller test bench :

- The roller test must be carried out with the gear box in neutral,
and without axle or interwheel lock - ups.
- Using the braking force measurement and corresponding pres-
sure readings from the test bench, the machine's braking ratio can
be calculated with the following formula:
Pml-0,2 Pm2-0,2
Tl * - - - - + T 2 *
Pl-0,2 P2-0,2
Z%= * 100
PM
where
T1 T2 T3 = Braking force readings from each axle
P1 P2 P3 = Corresponding braking pressure readings
Pm1 Pm2 Pm3 = Maximum braking pressure on each axle
(see above)
PM = Total machine weight.
CAUTION
Braking force measurements taken on the roller test bench can-
not be used to give the engine's overall braking ratio if they are
not accompanied by the corresponding pressure readings.

Maintenance and operator's manual
Presentation
Operator's comfort
Noise level (Mobile cranes only)

The continuous acoustic pressure level in the cab equivalent to A
ponderated, statically measured according to measuring conditions
laid down in the PREN13000 mobile crane standards project is 78.4.
d8(A) and remains less than 85 d8(A).

II- 10 Edition: 09/1996

Maintenance and operator's manual Safety rules
Crane inspection
Edition: 03/1999 III- 1

Safety rules Maintenance and operator's manual
Inspection
It is compulsory to have a crane inspected at least once a year by a

specialist, and every 4 years by an inspector recognised by the
manufacturer. (ISO 9927 - 1).
During this inspection, the theoretical length of use of the

winches must be established. (See § 1.0)
The inspection of the crane chiefly involves a visual check making it

possible for the inspector to judge the state of the crane and its
components (including deterioration, rust, etc.). The safety devices
and the brakes are subject to an operational check, and only
specialists with the required skills and experience are deemed able
to judge the state of the brakes and reducing gears.
All defects identified during the inspection contribute to avoiding

accidents. The defect in question must be described in detail, and
then be rectified and inspected once again
The annual inspection should lead to the drafting of a detailed

inspection report describing the measures taken, the work carried
out and the name of the company handling the work.
This report should be attached to the maintenance log of the
machine.
III-2 Edition: 03/1999

Winch inspection
During the annual inspection, the theoretical length of use of the

winches must be established. If necessary, the operator must
consult an assessor for this task.
This requirement is compulsory in certain countries within the

framework of the application of accident prevention measures at
work. In those countries where these requirements are not
compulsory, PPM nevertheless advises that they be observed.
1.0/ Calculating the remaining theoretical length of use

The winches of the crane are assessed according to the ISO 4301/1,
FEM 1001 standard, classified as follows:
ISO I FEM
Usage class T5
Spectrum class L2
Mechanism group M5
Spectrum factor Km: 0.15
Theoretical length of use D: 5000 h
The theoretical length of use should not be compared with the

actual length of use of the winch.
If the crane is used in a manner which differs from its recommended
usage, the user must then carry out the calculations himself.
Several external factors may influence the actual length of use of the
winch.
F Unsuitable use (overloading, etc.)

F Maintenance insufficient or totally absent. Oil change
frequency not carried out, use of substandard oil, quantity
incorrect, or dirty oil
F Handling error. Extreme acceleration, falling load caught by

the lifting cable.
F Re-assembly error during repairs or maintenance.
F Leak remaining undetected
F Safety system incorrectly calibrated
F Hidden damage following accidents
F Environmental conditions: excessively high or low

temperatures, hostile atmosphere (dust, dirt, etc.).

1.1/ Wear rate based on the theoretical length of use of

the winches
The calculation of the wear rate from the theoretical length of use takes
account ofthe actual conditions of use, (spectrum class), and the hours
of use of the lifting winch between inspections. The operator of the
crane is responsible for the description in the crane booklet.
1.2/ Determination of the conditions of use

(Spectrum class)
The spectrum class is classified in groups (ISO 4301/1, FEM 1001).
Having determined the actual conditions of use, select the spectrum
class component mentioned below and note it in the crane booklet for
the respective inspection interval.
Generally, for a mobile crane used for assembly purposes, the

spectrum class is L2 with a coefficient of Km = 0.15
1.3/ Determination of the actual hours of use (T).

The actual hours of use determined must be noted in the crane booklet
for the corresponding inspection interval. The percentage of winch use
compared to the total length of use must be estimated
1.3.1/ A single hour meter is attached for the total length of

use (road and crane operation).
The normal operating time for the upper structure is given to be 60% of
the overall operating time. Normal winch operating time is given to be
20% of the upper structure operating time, i.e. 12% of the overall
operating time.
The 20% winch operating time is only a guideline for normal use, and
may be 30%, 40% or more depending on the conditions of use.
1.3.21 An hour meter is attached to the turning part (upper with heat
engine).
Normal winch operating time is 20% of the upper structure operating

time.
The 20% rate of use is only given as a guideline for normal use, and
may be 30%, 40% or more depending on the conditions of use.
III- 4 Edition: 03/1999

LW
Spectrum % of the length of Spectrum
Definition Graph
class use factor
10 % ofthe length
of peak load
operation. (dead
Mechanisms or load + 1/1 useful
La,t'Oad/charge%!% Carga
parts of the load) Laufzeit
mechanisms rarely 40 % of the length 80 Operating time %
subjected to of the dead weight 60 Duree de marche
Light l1 Km=0.125 40 Tiempo de
extreme fatigue but operation + 1/3
20 funcionamiento 10%
regularly to a useful load
0
minimal level of 50 % of the length 0 1020 30 40 50 60 70 80 90100
fatigue of operation
exclusively with
dead weight
1/6 of the length of

peak load
Mechanisms or operation. (dead
parts of load + 1/1 useful Last/Load/Charge%l% Carga
mechanisms load)
%
frequently 1/6 of the length of
Medium
subjected to the dead weight Km = 0.25
l2
20%
regularly to a useful load
minimal level of 50 % of the length o 102030405060708090100
fatigue. of operation
exclusively with
dead weight.
Mechanisms or
50 % of the length
parts of
of peak load 16ostlLoad/Charge%l% Carga Laufzeit
mechanisms very
operation. (dead Operating time %
frequently 80
load + 1/1 useful Duree de marche
subjected to a 60
Heavy l3 load) Km = 0.5 40 40%
heavy level of
50 % of the length 20
fatigue and
of operation 0
regularly to a o 1020 30 40 50 60 70 80 90100
exclusively with
medium level of
dead weight.
fatigue.
90 % of the length LastlLoad/Chargeo/oI% Carga
of peak load 100
Mechanisms or
operation. (dead 80 80%
parts of
load + 1/1 useful 60
Very mechanisms
load) Km = 1
heavy l4 regularly subjected 40
10 % of the length
to extreme levels of 20
of operation
fatigue 0
exclusively with
0 1020 30 40 50 60 70 80 90100
dead weight.

1.41 Determination of the wear rate based on the theoretical

length of use of the winches
For the inspection interval" til (one year maximum under ISO 9927 -1 or
VGB8) the wear rate ofthe theoretical length of use ofthe winches" St"
is calculated according to the following formula:
St = wear % of the theoretical length of use
Klllt = spectrum factor in the inspection interval "i" in accordance with

§1.2
Km = spectrum factor on which the winch calculations are based.
Tt = actual hours of use in the inspection interval "i" in accordance with

§1.3.
This rate of use" St" is subtracted from the theoretical remaining length
of use "Dt," .
- If the remaining theoretical length of use for the coming period of use
is insufficient, the winches must undergo a general overhaul.
- If the theoretical length of use" IT is reached, the winches must
undergo a general overhaul before being used.
In all cases, a general overhaul of the winch becomes necessary

at the latest 10 years after the crane is first put into service.
The general overhaul must be ordered by the user and carried out
by the manufacturer (or any other person authorised by the
manufacturer) and must be recorded in the maintenance log.
After the general overhaul, the manufacturer or the persons

authorised by the manufacturer should establish a new theoretical
length of use" IJ' .
The maximum period up to the next service should not exceed 10

years.

Table for the determination of the theoretical remaining length of service for lifting winch No ...... .
Type of crane: Si = % of use of the theoretical length of use since the last inspection
m
Manufacturing No.: s::
~ Q)
0· Date originally put into service: Di = Theoretical remaining length of use :i"
::J
Serial number of the winch conforming to the co
::J
o
Q)
~ identification plate: Di-1 = Theoretical length of use remaining since the last inspection. ::J
CD (")
CD
CD
Date of the last general overhaul. C"D
Technical characteristics of the winch: Km = Spectrum factor established at the time of the calculations for the winch. Q)
::J
Mechanism group: M.......... C.
Spectrum class: L Kmi = Spectrum factor in the inspection interval i o
""0
Spectrum factor: ....
C"D
Q)
Theoretical length of use: Ti = Actual length of use in the inspection interval i
6
....
Inspectio Date of first Conditions
of use since
Spectrum Length of Length of Length of use Length of
Length of use %ofuse of Remainin Name of
Comments
VI
No. entry into of the winch Signature
service/inspe the last
factor use of the
crane as a
use of the
turning part
of the turning use afthe
since the last
the
theoretical
g length
of use
Inspector
3Q)
part since the winch
ction date inspection
whole last inspectio
inspection length 01 ::J
(load class) C
Si=~XTi Dj=Di_1- 5i 9!.
Km
Ti
i [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h]
Kmi
0 03/09/91 0 0 5000
L2 0.15
1 12/06/92 L1 0.125 800 800 160 160 4840 DUPONT ~

2 02/07/93 L3 0.5 2000 1200 480 1920 2920 DUPONT
~
3 21/07/94 L2 0.25
3000 1000 300 600 2320 DUPONT
~
(J)
Q)
ro
I~
....,
c
-
I-<
::::
I
"""'l C'O
Warning: A general overhaul of the winch should be carried out at least every 10 years. Date of last overhaul: (J)
1.5/ Inspection
The required diagrams and tables are contained in the maintenance
log of the crane.
The theoretical remaining length of use of each winch is to be entered in

these tables. Blank tables may be found with the maintenance log and
may be copied if required
Example of use:
Inspection No. 1 (1st year)
During the year that has just gone by, the crane has been used for
assembly work:
Spectrum class l1, that is to say Km1 = 0.125
The hour meter of the upper shows 800 hours, and therefore the
percentage of use ofthe winch is approximately 20 %, that is to say T1 =
160 hours.
Therefore, for the first inspection, the wear rate S1 of the theoretical
length of use is:
51 = Kin1 x 11 = 0.125 x 160h = 160h
Kin 0.125
The theoretical remaining length of use after the first year:

D1 = D - 51 = 5000h = 5000h - 160h = 4840h
Example of use:
Inspection No.2 (2nd year
port unloading work:
The hour meter of the upper shows 2000 hours. Therefore, during
this period = 2000 hours - 800 hours = 1200 hours, and
consequently the rate of use of the winch is approximately 40 %, that
is to say T2 = 480 hours
length of use is:
52 = 0~i~5 x 480h = 1920h

m = 4840h - 1920h = 2920h

Example of use:
Inspection No. 3 (3rd year
occasional port unloading work:
The hour meter of the upper shows 3000 hours. Therefore, during this
period = 3000 hours - 2000 hours = 1000 hours, and consequently the
rate of use of the winch is approximately 30 %, that is to say T3 = 300
hours.
length of use is:
S3 = 0.25 x 300h = 600h
0.125

D3 = m-S3 = 2920h - 600h = 2320h
It is necessary to determine if the theoretical remaining length of use

is sufficient to last up to the next inspection. If not, the winch must
undergo a general overhaul.

Table for the determination of the theoretical remaining length of service for lifting winch No ...... .
Type of crane' Si = % of use of the theoretical length of use since the last inspection
.......
.......
....... (J)
-
o
I
CD
r-+
r-
1e winch.
Date of first Conditions 0 Spectrum Length of Length of Length of use %ofuse of Remainin Name of
Inspection Length of use Length of Comments
entry into use since the factor of the winch Inspector Signature
No, use of the use of the of the turning use afthe the g length
service/inspe last inspectio crane as a turning part since the last theoretical of use
part since the winch
ction date (load class) whole inspection length DI
last inspectio
Si=~XTi Dj=Di_1- Si
Km
Ti
i [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h]
Kmi
m
C-
;:;,'
5'
:J
o
~
to
to
to
Warning: A general overhaul of the winch should be carried out at least every 10 years. Date of last overhaul:
Safety rules
III
Edition: 12/2000 III-I

Safe operating practices for

mobile crane users
Introduction
PPM cranes are carefully designed, tested, and manufactured. When
used properly by qualified operators, they will give safe, reliable ser-
vice. PPM has offices to answer any questions about its products or
their safe use.
This crane has been designed to handle loads in accordance with

the load capacity chart and with instructions contained in this manu-
al. The machine should only be used in accordance with current
laws and regulations practiced in the country concerned.
It is strictly forbidden to lift people with the machine unless it is ex-
pressly equipped with an agreed man-handling platform supplied
by PPM.
This mobile crane is not to be used as demolition equipment.
It is strictly forbidden to push or drag objects with the boom.
If the hook is to be used for any function other than material handling
prior authorization must be obtained from PPM .
Normal working conditions envisage an average working period of 8
hours per day, 5 days per week in average climatic conditions. For
working under harder conditions or in more difficult climatic atmo-
spheres (high temperatures, dusty or humid environments) greater
precautions should be taken when using the crane. Checks should
be carried out more frequently and maintenance and lubrication in-
tervals reduced.
Because cranes have the ability to lift heavy loads at great heights,
they also have a potential for causing accidents if safe operating
practices are not followed. These pages will help the operator pre-
vent accidents which could result in property damage, personal inju-
ry or death.
General safe practices for working on machinery must be followed

as well as the safe operating practices recommended here.

Operator's responsibility
Safety must always be the operator's most important concern. He must
refuse to operate when he knows it is unsafe and consult his supervisor
when safety is in doubt. He must read and fully understand the Mainte-
nance and Operator's Manual and make sure that the machine is ready
for initial start-up.
He must understand how to read the capacity charts and know that his
machine can safely lift each load before attempting to lift it.
He must read and understand the Operator's Manual and see that the
machine is in proper order before operating.
He must be alert, physically fit, and free from the influences of alcohol,
drugs, or medications that might affect his eyesight, hearing, or reac-
tions.
He must make sure that people, equipment, and material are kept out of
the work area. The area around the machine should be properly barri-
caded.
When an operator's vision is blocked or when operating in hazardous

areas such as near power lines or around people, a signalman must be
used.
Because the operator is not in the best position to judge distances and
can not see all parts of the jobsite, a signalman may also be necessary
at other times. Operators must understand standard crane signals and
take signals only from designated signalmen.
Signalman's responsibility
The primary duty of a signalman is to assist the operator in safe and
efficient operation. Operators depend on designated signalmen to
assist them in making movements without endangering people or
property.
Signalmen must have a clear understanding of the work to be done

so that they can safely coordinate each job with operators and other
crew members.
Signalmen must place themselves where they can be clearly seen

and where they can safely observe the entire operation.
Standard crane signals must be used unless other methods of

signaling such as two way radios or flags have been agreed upon.
Signalmen must have good vision and sound judgment, know stan-
dard crane signals and be able to give signals clearly. They must
have enough experience to be able to recognize hazards and signal
the operator to avoid them.
The driver's mate is the only person allowed to give instructions to

the driver.
Edition: 12/2000 III-3

Responsibilities of af/ crew members

Any unsafe condition or practice must be corrected or reported to
the job supervisor.
Watch for hazards during operations and alert the operator and sig-
nalmen of dangers such as power lines, the unexpected presence of
people, other equipment or unstable ground conditions.
Management responsibility
See that operators are trained, competent, physically fit and, if re-
quired, licensed. Good vision is required as are good judgment,
coordination and mental ability. Any person who lacks any of these
qualities must not be allowed to operate a crane.
Any person who is associated with working on the crane, including

laborers and mechanics, must respect all safety signals and be
aware of their own safety as well as that of others. Crane personnel
such as mechanics or slingers are supposed to be aware of any par-
ticular procedures concerning their jobs on the machine.
Crew members must have good sight and hearing and must also
understand standard crane signals, as well as how to give them.
They must have sufficient experience to react correctly in unex-
pected circumstances and rapidly inform the crane operator in any
such event.

Planning the job

Many accidents can be avoided provided that the worksite is cor-
rectly organized. The person in charge must have a clear under-
standing of the work to be done, consider all dangers on the jobsite,
develop a plan to do the job safely, and then explain the plan to all
concerned. Factors such as these should be considered:
- What crew members are needed and what responsibilities will they
be given?
- What is the weight of the load to be lifted, the lift radius, boom
angle, and the rated capacity of the crane?
- How will the signalmen communicate with the operator?
- What equipment is required to do the job safely? Is a crane the

best equipment for the job?
- How can the equipment be safely transported to the jobsite ?
-Are there gas lines, power lines or structures which must be

moved or avoided?
-Is the surface strong enough to support the machine and load?
- How will loads be rigged?
- What special safety precautions will be taken if a crane must travel

with a suspended load or if more than one crane is needed to lift a
load?
-Are unusual weather conditions such as winds or extreme cold ex-

pected?
- What steps will be taken to keep unnecessary people and equip-

ment safely away from the work area?
- How can cranes be positioned to use the shortest boom and ra-
dius possible?
The rigging crew must be trained to appreciate weight, distances

and the most efficient rigging methods. Rigging is a specialized job
and the information herein is not exhaustive. The site foreman is re-
sponsible for all rigging operations.

Operator's safety check

The operator must make a safety check before starting to work each
day to see that the machine is in proper order. Some things to check
are:
-Check the machine log book to see that periodic maintenance and
inspections have been performed and all necessary repairs made.
-Check the operation of boom hoist limiter device, boom angle indi-
cator, reversing alarms, and other safety devices.
-Carefully inspect load bearing parts such as wire rope, (load lines,
boom hoist cable, suspension lines), boom, outriggers, and hooks.
- Be sure no unauthorized field modifications have been made, such
as added counterweights and booms that have been improperly
repaired.
-Check for air and hydraulic oil leaks.
-After starting the engine, check all gauges for proper readings.
- Test all controls for proper operation.
-Check brakes and clutches. Test load brakes by lifting a load a few
inches off the ground and holding it.
Operating precautions
1. Mistakes in calculating lifting capacity can cause accidents.
Several factors must be considered, including :
A. Load radius is the distance between the center line of the crane's
upper structure rotational axis and the center line of the boom head
pullies. Note that the radius will increase when the load is lifted due
to the flexion of the boom.
B. Weight of the load, hook, and rigging.
C. Boom length, jib, parts of line, and operating area (side, rear).
Use the next lower rated capacity when working at boom lengths or
radii between the figures on the rating chart. It is dangerous to guess
the capacity for boom lengths or radii between those listed on the
rating chart.
Trying to lift a load without knowing whether it is within the rated ca-
pacity while expecting the crane to start to tip to warn of an overload
is very dangerous. Cranes may suddenly tip over or collapse if the
load is too heavy.
Always stay within rated capacity. The operator must reduce the load
under adverse field conditions until, in his judgment, the machine
can safely handle the lift. (Refer to precautions 3,10,12,16,19,27 et
28).

2. Cranes may tip over or collapse if the operating surface cannot
support their weight. Timber blocks, steel plates or concrete rafts
may be needed under outriggers pads to distribute the load under
the crane so that the bearing strength of the ground is not exceeded.
Determine the load bearing capacity of the ground or other surfaces

on which machines will be operating. Be sure cranes are adequately
supported. Avoid soft or unstable ground, sand, areas with high wa-
ter tables, and partially frozen ground. When machines are working
near trenches these should be shored or sloped to prevent cave-ins
or slides.
3. The rated capacity of a crane is determined with the crane leveled

within 1% of grade (1 foot drop or rise in 100 foot distance).Out of
level by more than 1 % will drastically reduce the lifting capacity.
Be sure cranes are level. All tires must be off the ground for "On Out-
rigger" ratings.
4. People can be crushed by the scissor like action of the upper ro-
tating on the lower.
Stay away from rotating cranes. Erect barricades to keep people

away. Take the time to determine that these areas are clear before
swinging.
5. People can be crushed by the rear (counterweight) of the machine

if there is not enough room for it to swing. Do a trial run through 360 0
with no load before handling operations.
Position machines so that people cannot be trapped between the

counterweight and other obstructions.
6. Many people have been injured when riding crane hooks or loads
or while being lifted in manbaskets. They have no control over how
they are handled and no protection from impacts or falls. Small mis-
takes can be fatal.
Do not lift people with cranes. Use ladders, scaffolds, elevating work
platforms or other equipment designed to lift people, but do not use
cranes.
7. Power lines have killed or seriously injured people working around

cranes and excavators. These accidents can be avoided by following
a few simple rules.

Always check if there are any power lines in the area before starting
work. It is highly recommended to keep a distance of more than 6m be-
tween any part of the machine and a power line. Always stay as far as
possible from power lines, NEVER violate minimum distances. The
EASY SLI unit allows either the derricking angle, or the boom head
height to be limited. Use this function.
How to react in case of accidental contact.
No set rules are to be followed, an analysis ofthe situation and its risks is
necessary on each occasion. The operator should be aware of how to
handle such a situation and preferably be trained for such an event
The machine is in working order:
The operator must immediately move the machine away from the power
line or electrified equipment without getting out of the cab. The machine
is no longer in working order:
Without getting out of his cab the operator must inform all personnel in
the vicinity, by hand signals or verbally, that they must not approach the
machine. (Risk of electric arcing).
If the operator is absolutely obliged to leave the crane cab and get off
the machine he must do this by jumping so as never to be simulta-
neously in contact with the machine and the ground.
Once on the ground he must move away from the machine: either by
jumping with feet joined,
or by very small footsteps.
Any new approach to the machine can only be made once that it has
been confirmed and verified that power has been effectively cut. This
must be done in conjunction with the local power company.
The machine is fitted with tires :
When a tire fitted mobile crane comes into contact with overhead power
lines the metal carcassed tires which have not been destroyed do not
retain either their insulation characteristics or, above all, their mechani-
cal resistance characteristics. Tire explosion, if not immediate, often
happens later after long exposure in the sun.
The machine must not be approached until air temperature in the tires
has dropped.
The tires must then be deflated and discarded once the machine is no
longer in contact with the power line.
WARNING - Proper work programming and serious checking ensure
greater protection than any other method. Insulated cages or proximity
detectors have limits and can fail without prior notice. Protective cables
and insulated cages only protect the machine and can become con-
ductors due to dust or water.
Proximity detectors can be influenced by different combinations of
power lines, by vehicle, material or crane movements, and other prame-
ters. Total dependance upon these systems can be dangerous
because the operator can think that he is protected when, in reality, he
isn't.
In case of storms take the following precautions :
-if possible, set down the load and retract the boom.
- if you are surprised by a sudden storm, stop the engine and get down
from the machine.
-if lightning strikes the machine, check the general working order of
the crane before starting up.
You should always be aware of the local weather forecast.

8. The load line can break if the hook block contacts the end of the
boom. This is called "two blocking". Two blocking can be caused by
hoisting the hook into the end of the boom, lowering the boom or
extending telescopic booms without paying out load line. Two block-
ing can pull jibs and lattice crane booms over backwards.
Always check the space between the hook block and boom point.
Lower the hook when extending telescopic booms to avoid two
blocking.
Regularly check the two block safety device.
9. People can be injured if the hook, boom, load or outriggers are

moved before everyone is clear.
Make sure everyone is in a safe place before moving the hook,

boom, load or outriggers. Do not move loads over people. Do not
allow the load to bump or catch on anything.
10. Rapid swings or sudden starts and stops can cause the hook
and attached load to swing out of control.
Always start and stop movements smoothly and swing at speeds

that will keep the load under control.
11. Dirty windows, darkness, bright sunlight, fog, rain, and other
conditions can make it difficult for the operator to see.
Keep windows clean. Do not operate if you cannot see clearly

enough to operate safely
12. Even light winds can blow loads out of control, collapse booms,
or tip machines. Winds aloft can be much stronger than at ground
level.
Do no lift loads if winds create a hazard. Lower the boom if neces-

sary See the rating plate for possible restrictions.
13. Carelessness in getting on and off equipment can result in seri-

ous injuries.
Always wait until the machine has stopped. Do not jump on or off.
Always use both hands and make sure you have good footing.
14. Slippery floors, footplates, steps, tools, trash, or other loose

items can cause falls.
KEEP THE MACHINE CLEAN AND DRY
15. Damaged crane booms may collapse. Lattice type booms will be
weakened by damaged chords, bent or missing lacing, or cracked
welds. Telescopic booms will be weakened by distorted bottoms or
side plates. In either case, the loss of strength is difficult to estimate.

Release system pressure before attempting to make adjustments or

repairs.
25. Pin-connected booms and jibs may fall if not properly supported
when removing pins.
Make sure both ends of each boom and jib section are supported
and the boom suspension lines completely slacked off before remov-
ing pins. Never stand on, inside, or under booms or jibs during as-
sembly or disassembly
Inspect the crane boom daily for damage. Do not use damaged
booms.
NOTE : due to the high tensile steels used in booms, special repair
procedures are required. Repair procedures for lattice booms are
described in Harnischfeger Catalog 238. Consult your agent for fur-
ther information.
16. Crane booms can buckle if side loaded (pulled sideways). Typi-
cal causes of side loading are rapid starts and stops while swinging,
dragging a load sideways, winds, or lifting when the crane is not lev-
el.
Take care to avoid side loading.
17. If the boom is used for anything else other than material handling
the boom may collapse.
Never let the load or any other object bend the boom.
18. Boom suspension lines will stretch when the load is lifted and
contract when the load is released. At high boom angles this may be
enough to pull the boom backward over the crane.
When releasing loads be sure the boom never tightens against the
backstops. Release loads slowly.
19. The load will swing out of control if it is not directly beneath the
boom point when lifted. This can side load the boom and may cause
the crane to tip or collapse.
Always place the boom point directly above the load when lifting.
20. Trying to lift a load which is stuck, frozen or attached to some-

thing else may result in tipping, boom collapse or other damage.
Be sure that loads are free before lifting.
III-lO Edition: 12/2000

21. If there is not enough wire rope on the drum the rope can be
pulled off.
Keep at least three full wraps of wire rope on drums when operating.
23. Trying to repair or adjust equipment with a suspended hook or

load or with the boom raised could release machinery and let it move
unexpectedly
Always lower the load to the ground and the boom onto proper crib-
bing before doing maintenance or repair work.
24. Pressure in hydraulic systems can be retained for long periods of

time. If not properly released before maintenance people attempt to
work on the hydraulic systems this pressure can let machinery move
or cause hot oil and hose ends to shoot out at high speed.
26. As with all heavy equipment, care must be taken when cranes
are driven (traveled) whether on or off the jobsite.
Watch for people, power lines, low or narrow clearances, bridge or

road load limits, and steep hills or uneven terrain. Use a signalman in
close quarters. Know the height, width, and weight of your machine.
Retract and lock outriggers, place the boom in the cradle, and set
swing brake or lock before travelling.
28. Using two or more cranes to lift a load involves many hazards not
normally encountered in single crane lifts. This operation is only to
be carried out under the responsibility of the rigging foreman.
Multi-crane lifts must be carefully engineered, keeping the following

points in mind.
-Since the load is not freely suspended, careful engineering studies

must be made to ensure that the load carried by each machine is
less than its rated capacity.
-Make sure slings are arranged to divide the load as planned.
- Review the lifting plan with operators, signalmen and other crew
members before beginning the lift.
-Carefully coordinate crane movements through every stage of the
lift.
-Avoid boom side loading (see #16).
Edition: 12/2000 III-ll

29. Leaving a machine unattended can be very dangerous.
Before leaving his seat, the operator must take the following steps to
prevent his machine from moving :
- Lower the load to the ground. Lower the boom when necessary.
-Set the slewing brake or lock.
-Set all drum pawls.
-Set parking brakes.
-Select neutral gear.
-Shut off the engine.
30. All wire rope must be inspected daily to determine whether it

should be replaced. See the inspection form in the Operator's Manu-
al and contact wire rope manufacturers and their distributors for
more information.
Ropes should be changed whenever one of the following anomalies

appears:
-In running ropes, six broken wires in one lay or three broken wires
in one strand in one lay.
-Wear of one-third of the nominal external dia of each strand
-Obvious abnormal wear for whatever reason.
-Reduction of nominal diameter.
-Evidence of kinking, bird caging, crushing, cuts, abrasions, sharp
bends or any other damage that results in distortion of the rope
structure.
- Rust or corrosion.
Warning : do not use your hands to guide wire rope onto drums.
31. Improper wire rope connections may fail under load.
Wire rope end connections must be installed properly and inspected

daily.
- Wedge sockets should be installed so that the loaded side of the

rope is in straight line with the edge of the socket and not bent by
the wedge. Prevent the rope end from slipping out of the wedge
socket by attaching a short piece of rope to the rope end with two
U - bolt clamps.
-U-bolt clamps (clips) should be installed so that the U-bolt is on
the unloaded side and the saddle is on the loaded side.
32. Incorrect wire rope winding onto drums will create "deviation
points" in the rope.
Do not use your hands to guide rope onto drums, use gloves. Keep
clothing away from working winches.

Liste of Adhesive Labels

The following adhesive labels concern safety precautions, they must
be strictly respected and immediately replaced whenever they are
damaged or become deteriorated.
IF7651s-76!
I P(RIODICllE DE CONTROL!: DES VIS DE COURONN[ I
LE: SERRAGE DE LA nXATlON DE LA COURDNNE D'DRIENTATION DOlT ETRE CONTROLE I
-DES (APRtS) LES sao PRtMI(RES I-£URtS CUI SUIVENT CHAQUE MONTAGE
-PUIs.PERIDDIQUEMENT TOUTES LES 1000 HE:lJRES
-LE OU LES COUPLES DE S(RRAGE APPRDPRI(S SE:RONT PRECISts DANS LA DDCUME:NTATION FOURNISStuR
i INTERVALS B(T\(EE:N VERIF"ICATlONS Of THE SLE\(ING RING rASTENE:RS J

TI-£ TlGHTNE:SS or THE SLE\(ING RING fASTEN(RS MUS; BE: CHE:CKEll I
-soo HOURS ArTER EACH FJTTJNG or A NE.., SLE:..,ING RING

-THEN REGULARY EV[RY 1000 HOURS
-TH[ APPROPRIATE TCRQLJ£ SETTING<S) 'JILL BE: INDICAIE:D IN THE: SUPPLIE:RS DOCUMENTS
I KDNTRDLLPERIODIZITAT DER. SCHRAUBEN DES. ZAHNKRANZES I
-DIE: ANPR[SSUNG DER BE:fE:STIGUNG DES DRIENTIE:RUNGSKRANZE:S HUB,..,IE: rDLGT,KDNTROLLlE:RT ..,ERDEN I
-NACH DEN 500 ERSTE:N STUNDE:N NAtH JE:LDER MONTAGE

-llANN REGELMABIG Jut TAUSENDSTE: STUNDE
-DER BIV,DIE: ANG[M[SSENEN BEfESTlGlJNGSDRUCKE 'JERDEN IN OCR L1ErERANTENDOKUMENTATI[JII GENAUtR ANGEGABE:N

Lt DANGER
ACCUMULATEUR HYDRAUUQUE CIRCUIT HAUTE PRESSION
TOUlE INTEIM:NTION SUR lE ClRCUIl HYORNJlIQUE oorr OBLICATOIREMENT ETRE f'AIlE
PAR UN PERSONNEL OUAl.IFIf: NNEAlI 3 (SUNANT NQRt,IE :Nf' x 80 010) -
& DANGER
HYDRAULIC ACCUMULATOR HIGH PRESSURE CIRCUIT
MY INTEIM:NTI0N ON THE HYDRAUlIC CIRCUIT MUST BE CARRIED OUT
. f
8'1" OUAlIf'lED PERSONNEL IIAINTE~ LEVEL 3 (ACCORDING TO Nf' X 110 010 STANDARD)
,
it GEFAHR
HYDRAULISCHER AKKUMULATOR KREISLAUF MIT HOBEM DRUCK
"EDES EINCREIFEN .. H't'DRAULISCHEN KREISUoUF MUB UNBEOICT VON EINEN QUAl.IFIZI[RT[N
PERSOtW. OURCHGErUHRT WERDEN EINCREIFENNIYEAU J (lAUT NORM :: NF X 80 010)
I L19515-60 I

CDNTRDLE DES DISPDSJTJF'S DE SECURITE
AVANT TOUTE UTILISATION DU MATERIEL.S'ASSURER

DU BON F'ONCT]ONNEMENl DES DISPOSITlF'S DE SECURJTE
SAF'E:TY DEVICE CHECKS

I I
MAKE SURE THAT ALL SAfETY DEV]CES ARE WORK]NG
CORRECTLY BEF'ORE USING TI£ MATERIAL
i ICQNTROLLE OCR SICHERHEJTSVORRICHTUNGEN

I
VOR JEDEM EJNSATl DES MATERIALS MUB DER ORDENTLJCH[ BETRIEB
DER S]CHERH[ITSVORRICHTUNG£N F'£G[ST£LL T WeRDEN
IG7651:5-771 .
I PERIDDICITE DE SERRACj( DES ROOts

I
LE SERRAGE DES RaJES IXlIT ETRE CD'lTRDLE I
-DES CAPRES) LES PRtMIERS :10 1<14 QUI $UIVENT Cl-lAQUE MONTAGE
-PUIS PERIDDIQI.£MENT TCllTts LES 100 !-£URES
LE OU L£S CDUPLtS DE SERRAGE APRDPRIES StROHT PRECISE:S DANS LA IIXUME:NTATlD'l rDURNISSE:UR

-
I VHEE:L rASl[NtR TIGHTNESS vt:RIF'lCATIDN INTtRVAlS I

THE TIGHTNESS IF VHE:£l rASTEI€RS MUST BE: CHECKED I
-ArT£R THE nRST 50 KM rOLLDVING EAO! F'lTTJNG

-THEN R£GUlAR"( £VERY 100 HOURS
THE APPROPRIATE TIJ!QU£ S£TTINGCS> Vill BE INDICATtD IN THE SlJ"PllERS DOCUMENTS
PERIODIIIlAT DER RADANPR[sSUNG

I I
Dlt ANPRtSSUNG DER RAOCR· MUB.VIE F'OlGT I<[JNTROLlJ£RT VtRD£N I
-HACH DEN tRSTEN. 50 KM NACH JEDER MONTAGE

-))ANN REGELMABIG JEDE H~ERTSTE STUNDE
DER BZV.DI£ ANG[JII£SS£N[N BEFUTIGUNGSDRUCKE: VERDEN IN DER LIF£RANT£NJIOI(tJIJ[NTATlD'l G£NAUE:R AH6£G£BEN

E76515-75
Edition: 12/2000 III-I5

Danger
Any operator must become acquainted with the operating instruc-

tions described in this manual before using the machine. The operator
is wholly responsible for machine operation. No liability will be
accepted by the manufacturer if the instructions contained in this
manual are not strictly respected.
Never drive the machine, or let it be driven by third parties, unless all
the instructions contained in this manual have been perfectly under-
stood and remembered.Failure to follow these instructions may result
in serious accidents causing damage to equipment and injury to per-
sonnel. Do not hesitate to contact your local PPM Dealer or Agent who
is authorized to offer formal training or can give sound advice.
Never drive this machine before you have read and fully understood
the instructions given in the OPERATOR'S MANUAL. Any failure to
strictly followthese instructions may cause serious accidents.
THE OPERATOR'S MANUAL must always be left in the driver's

cab.Contact your local PPM Dealer to obtain another copy if required.

J Your security as well as ground entourage depend upon the proper

use of the machine. Be sure that you know perfectly the location and the
use of all controls.
BEFORE USING THE MACHINE, TRY ALL CONTROLS ON A SAFE
AND FREE AREA WITH THE OUTRIGGERS FULY EXTENDED
J In the handbook, the words "RIGHT" and "LEFT"indicates right side

and left side of the machine view from the operator's seat.
J Safety local rules must be observed
IIO\§,
tlell ~ Q.
J Keep a good fire extinguisher and a first aid kit with you at all times.
Know how to use both of these items.
-=- -:.- ---
J Sparks can come from the exhaust pipe or from the electrical sys-
tem. DO not operate in closed areas where there are flammable materi-
als, dust or exhalations that can cause an explosion or fire. Severe inju-
ry or death can be the result if you do not follow these instructions.
J Read and understand well all panels indicating dangers or cares to

be taken on the machine.
Be strict on maintenance instructions.
J Be very careful if this is not the machine you normally operate.
J Do not smoke while filling fuel tank, as fuel vapors are flam-
mable.
J Avoid accident due to improper clothing. Wear proper working

clothes that will not grapple on to parts, and if necessary, use safety
equipment like ear protectors, protection mask,and reflective
clothes.
J Wear safety helmet and glasses, as well as safety gloves and

shoes, as required by state law.
J Make sure all persons are away from the machine before you
start the engine.
III- 20 Edition : 12/2000

J Make sure the access area and operator's station are clear of oil,
foreign material or ice. Remove or attach all maintenance or personal
items. Failure to keep these areas clean and tidy can cause serious
accidents.
J Always use your two hands to get on or off the machine, facing it.
oK J Never jump off the machine.
J Make sure the windows of your cab are clean. Make sure the
windshield wipers are operating correctly. Dirty windows can cause
an accident.
J Stowaway oily rags and other flammable materials in a safe

place.
J All measures should be taken to conserve the environment. Make

sure that all used oils and fluids are correctly retrieved and recycled. Do
not leave such products in incorrectly labelled, unadapted or open con-
tainers.Do not leave any puddles of fluid, of any type, on the ground or
on floors.
J All necessary precautions must be taken to preserve the environ-

ment. In particular, recover and recycle all used fluids. Do not leave
used fluids in containers which are not suitably labelled, or in open
containers.
Do not leave any fluid puddles of any type on ground or floors.
Do not drink or inhale any used oils or fluids such as:
- oil
- grease
- antifreeze
- detergents
Only original containers should be used for storing or transporting
oils and fluids.
Do not use containers intended for food (water bottles, beer bottles,
etc ... )

Driving
J For your own security as well as for the life of the machine, be-
fore starting up, inspect the machine carefUlly.
Look for loosen or missing screws, hydraulic or cooling liquid leaks.
Check condition of tyres as well as the equipment and linkage.
J A component or a circuit breakdown might cause an accident.

Before using the machine, check all oil and hydraulic oil levels.
Check that all plugs level gauges and covers are well fastened. Re-
place or repair defective parts.
J In case of a malfunction or missing part, shut off the machine

and carry out repair. In case of non respect of this rule, an accident
may occur.
J Never use a machine having brakes, steering or hoisting sys-

tems defective. This rule applies to a machine being repaired or ad-
justed without control or workshop superintendent agreement.
J If the engine stops neither the power steering system nor the brakes
operate correctly, stop the machine as quickly as possible.
J Unless otherwise specified:

- lower the boom
- shut off the engine
- apply parking brake
- wedge the machine
before any maintenance operation or before leaving the machine at
the end of work.

Driving
J The machine must be driven only by authorized operators.
J Understand the limits of the machine. Keep the machine under

control at all times. DO NOT TRY TO DO TOO MUCH TOO FAST.
J Becareful of the clearance of the machine when you are on the

limited space (bridges, electric cables, pipes in height, ground resis-
tance, etc ... ).
J When driving the machine out of the normal working areas,

make yourself acquainted with it, as well as the area (weight, sizing,
loads per wheel, permissible slopes, ground resistance, ... )
J Always be watchful. Never allow anybody in the working area.

You must always know where they stand in the working zone.
J It is forbidden to stand in the machine working area
t II ~ I I ~ ~ IU
ill
~
",'
it <,
_ _ ."i::

Driving
J With the engine shut down, do not release parking brake or
emergency brake if machine is not blocked or secured in position.
Check that the pressure in the brake circuit is sufficient before
releasing the brake.
J (Carrier). Before starting up the engine, tighten the parking

brake and place the gear shift lever and directional control levers in
neutral position.
J Before performing any night work, check that all machine lights
and indicators operate.
J For night work, the work area must be sufficiently lit.
J Machine controls and accessories must only be used when

properly positioned in driver's seat. Non-observance of this rule can
result in serious personal injury.
J Be particularly careful when working in dust, smoke or fog.
Poor visibility can cause accidents.
J Before loading the machine on a semi-trailer, remove any
snow, ice, oil or grease which may be on the semi-trailer or on the
access ramp.
J Avoid any abrupt movements with a load suspended on the
machine.
J Do not grab cables by hand when hook block is operating.
J Monitor correct operation of hook safety catch; replace if neces-
sary.
J Check that cable guides are in place to avoid any derailing of
cable.
J When working on hook block on ground, set hook block on flat,
horizontal ground to avoid any tilt-over.
J Monitor wear on hook sheave grooves and internal face of hook
block.
J With no load, check that hook sheaves and hook turn freely.
J Never leave machine with a suspended load.
J Lifting capacity decreases as boom is extended (see capacity
table).
J Never leave machine parked on sloped ground.
J Avoid load swinging and abrupt maneuvers.
J Never perform slanted hoisting operations.
J Ensure parking brake is engaged when hoisting loads on tires
(outriggers not deployed).


Maintenance
J Do not try to carry out repairs that you are unable to complete.
J Do not tolerate unauthorized people on the platform of the ma-

chine while working.
J Wear eye or face protection when you service the machine. Use
a hammer with a soft face, such as plastic, wood, brass or leather.
When you hit hardened tools or hardened metal surfaces. Any other
procedure can cause injury from flying chips.
J Only run the engine in well ventilated areas.

(Danger of poisoning by exhaust gases).
J Apply parking brake, lock wheels and place warning panels on

control handles while maintenance is carried out.
J Always use proper tooling. Replace or repair worn or deterio-

rated equipment.
J Always check cooling circuit with engine shut off. Unscrew care-
fully radiator plug to release pressure in the circuit.Steam may cause
burns.
J Be careful when using cleaning fluids.
J Unscrew carefully cooler plug or any drain, greaser or tap pres-

sure line.
J Rotating fan and belts : contact can injure. Keep clear.
J For your safety and to avoid being held responsible only use
original PPM spare parts.
left to specialists. Do not

hesitate to consult PPM or J Arc welding of parts on the machine can damage mechanical, elec-
their agreed agents. trical and/or electronic equipment as well as making the machine a
hazard risk. Never do welding jobs without having :
- fixed the ground clamp as near to the welded area as possible.
- disconnected the two battery terminals.
- disconnected all electronic devices.
J Following any intervention or repair on a function, check correct

operation of function before re-using machine.

Electricity
J Before working on the electrical circuit, turn main switch on OFF
position.
J Know the electrical circuit before you connect or disconnect an

Q
, , electrical component. A wrong connection can cause injury or dam-
age.
J When you check the charge of the battery, never put a metal ob-
ject across the battery posts. The sparks can cause an explosion.
Use a voltmeter or a hydrometer to check the battery.
~\. J Never smoke during the checking of battery liquid levels. A bat-
o tery produces flammable gas.
J The electrolyte is an acid solution which is dangerous to the skin

and the eyes.
J Never top up batteries with acid. Always use distillated water.
J When the battery electrolyte is frozen, the battery can explode if

you try to charge the battery or you try to jump start and run the en-
gine. To prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing try to keep the
battery at full charge. If you do not follow these instructions, you or
others in the area can be injured.
J Never wear metal rings or metal watch bands. You can make a
ground for the electrical circuit and get a burn on your hand or arm.
J When using an external power unit to start the engine, connect

ground line last and disconnect it first to avoid sparks near the bat-
teries as they may burst.

Hydraulic
J The hydraulic system operates at a very high pressure

(2900 PSI). The hydraulic oil, even from a very small leak, can go
through your skin and cause serious injury. When you check for
leaks, do not use your hands. Use a piece of wood or paper.
J Before you disconnect any hydraulic lines or components make

sure there is no pressure in the circuit. When you connect the hy-
draulic lines or components, make sure the connections are tight. If
the hydraulic oil goes through your skin, get a doctor immediately.
J Hydraulic oil is flammable. Never weld lines or pipes filled with

oil.
J Oil or hot parts might burn. Avoid any contact with the skin.
J It is essential, after any work carried out on the hydraulic circuit,

components or fluid, to have the circuit bled by a specialist to
remove any air that may have entered the circuit by using, in particu-
lar, the bleed screws on the hydraulic cylinders.
J On circuits comprising hydraulic accumulators (for example brake

or suspension circuits), hydraulic fluid must be depressurized and
accumulators emptied prior to any intervention. (Release suspension
for this purpose).
J Any intervention on circuits comprising gas accumulators or on

accumulators themselves is prohibited (call PPM specialist).

Safety instructions with the tyres
Before any take of tyres of the machine and in all cases

Be sure that the wheel rim is not split and that there is nothing
trapped.
Start by loosening wheel nuts by two or three turns only.

Free the wheel rim in such a manner that the remaining nuts stop the
rim being ejected - avoid standing in front of the during removal.
When the rim is freed continue unscrewing the nuts.
1/ Deflation
Take of the internal part of the inner tube valve and wait until there
is no more air whistleling.ln winter, check that there is no ice plugged
in the inner tube valve. Make sure that the tire is totally deflated

2/ Take off wheel rings

Before any operation, be sure that the tire is completely deflated. Do
not face the wheel during this operation.
3/ Before and during take off tire

Control carefully the rim, after cleaning it, to be sure that there are no
beginning of fatigue cracks.
Hooking fixed side (a)

Detachable ring side, in the groove of the locking ring (b)
Control carefully the detachable ring and the locking ring
Remove parts too corroded or showing beginning of cracks or im-
portant distortions.
Check wheel discs for cracks.
Control that all mobile parts: detachable ring, (or side ring) lock ring
are in conformity with the rim.
Check that all different parts fit well in normal position (lock ring well
seated inside the groove, for example).
Fixed side
Detachable ring
b $ loCknng
4/ Inflation
The wheel or the rim fitted with the tire resting on the ground, start
inflation only until the detachable ring places itself against the lock-
ing ring. Then place the assembly vertically against a wall, the de-
tachable ring on the wall side, and continue inflation. If the wheel is
not fitted on the machine, always use an inflation cage.
J Check condition of tire with the machine free of load. If the

wheel is not fitted on the machine, always use an inflation cage.

IMPORTANT: In any case and during inflation, never stand on the
possible trajectory of all or part of the wheel or the rim. When you
inflate a tire on a vehicle take the same care as above, stand on
side. Do not leave anybody in front.
5/ Wheel in two parts

When taking off, do not confuse between assembly bolts of the two
shells (a) and tightening bolts of the wheel (b)
Before inflation, be sure that the assembly bolts of the two shells are
well tightened.

J For your own security or others, it is compulsory to check the

proper tightening of the wheels bolts using the machine wrench. Af-
ter 50 hours and every 100 hours of service.
J Inflation pressures are given for cold tires, inflation and pressure
control must be carried out on cold tyres. Never deflate a hot tyre.
J For your own safety and that of others it is essential to check

wheel nut tightness with the spanner provided with the
machine. Check after the first 50 hours then every 100 hours.
Note:
Check tire pressures weekly or
every 50 hours (cold tires). J Check condition of tires with the machine free of load. If the
DANGER : never drive the wheel is not fitted on the machine, always use an inflation cage.
machine with deflated tires.
J Do not risk accident while inflating the tires. Never stand in front
of the wheel. Use an inflating flexible pipe long enough with a self
tightening inflation socket.
J Deflate the tire before trying to take stones off the tire surface.
J When fixing balance weights to be tack welded on the site, use

only the special tooling.
J Never cut, never weld on a rim fitted with an inflated tyre.

Wind force
The crane can be safely used within the limits indicated by the load capacity charts in wind
speeds of up to 14 m/s 31 miles/h (50 Kph - Force 6l and a load surface of
1.2m2ton.(0.843 square inch/Lb)
WARNING:
Make a daily weather and wind
speed check by telephoning the
nearest meteorological station. If
wind speed is greater than the WIND
acceptable level do not handle
loads. 1 tonne Vent
10 tonnes
Wind force Wind speed Consequences

Beaufort Scale Termes descriptifs ftIs miles/h inland
o Calm 0-0.65 0.62 Calm, smoke rises vertically
Wind direction indicated by

1 Very light 1- 5 0.62 - 3.1 smoke,not by a weather vane.
Wind can be felt on the face,

2 Light breeze 5.2 - 11 3.7 - 6.8 leaves tremble, the weather-
vane will move.
leaves and small branches

3 Low breeze 11.2 - 17.7 7.5 - 11.8 move.Flags lift.
The wind raises dust and lea-

Reasonable
4 18 - 26 12.4 - 17.4 ves.Branches move.
breeze
Small bushes start to
5 Strong breeze 26.3 - 35 18 - 24.2 sway.White horses are seen
on the sea.
Large branches start to move.

6 Fresh wind 35.5 - 45.5 24.2 - 30.4
7 Strong wind An trees are blown and move,
50 - 56 31 - 40
(;,>\<:>;:1 Area not to be used with the crane.

Maintenance and operator's manual Driving controls
Driving controls
Edition : 04/2000 IV-A- 1

Driving controls
Control identification
The reference numbers shown in the cab illustrations relate to the
numbers in the list which follows,identifying the controls and
instruments, or describing their operation.
Notes: All the standard and optional controls for this machine are
identified and described in the following list. It therefore includes
controls and instruments which are not provided with every machine.
Before driving the machine, the operator should carefully study all
the information in this manual and in the safy procedures at the
beginning of it.
The operator should be fully trained in the use and purpose of each
control on the machine, and aware of the risks.
Each driving and operating device is described in this chapter in the

section : Driving Controls.
THE CRANE OPERATOR OR SITE MANAGER IS FULLY

RESPONSIBLE FOR THE USE OF ALL CRANE
FUNCTIONS APART FROM THOSE EXPRESSLY DESIGNATED BY
PPM WHEN THE SAFETY DEVICE INDICATOR IS OVERRIDEN.
PPM WILL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
ACCIDENT OCCURRING WHEN THE CRANE IS BEING USED
WITH A RELEASED LOAD MOMENT INDICATOR.

Driving controls Maintenance and operator's manual
Carrier Cab controls

17 _ _ _~....-----,
3 _ _-
1 _ _~
12
10
IV-A- 4 Edition: 04/2000

Carrier Cab controls

1 / Steering wheel
2 / Anti - theft ignition switch
3 / Emergency brake control
4 / Steering column adjustment pedal
5 / Accelerator pedal
6 / Gear selector
7 / Brake pedal
8/ Cab heating
9 / Exhaust brake control
10 / Electronic gearbox control unit
11 / Windscreen wiper / washer control
12 / Combined switch :/ights - direction indicators -

horn
13 / Electric retarder control
14 / Parking brake
15/ 12 and 24 volt points
16 / Troubleshooting aid connector
17 / Trailer brake test button

carrier control panel
27 28 'i- ~ ~
[IJ ~. ~. I'~.
CD"]
(Q) (Q) [PPM]
~ ~
i- ['~"
«11']
21
25
J~ Q~
•
1fmlnx100 26
~P
r~ r~ 7 .~
15
(ii) .
10 ... ~,20
..l-,
~
0
IP S-
;.--1
III '..25
:30
pp 0
\
20
@
PPP
<8> @ <iii>
P @
22 23
20/ Electronic speedometer (optional controlograph)
21 / Rear wheel steering control
23 / Axle ABS not selectioned control
25 / Default axle ABS indicator or all terrain ABS not

selected
26 / Cab selection control switch and warning light
27 / Dual fuel option - Red light red fuel
28 / Dual fuel option - Green light diesel

Right control panel
~7 35 30 ~?
27 28 fffI I:!III ~ ~ ~
.~"
~
~, ~ .
CO CO ~ 00 ["'cl/'1
[ppMI ~- ~.
1:~il:I;' 36 31 33
,,@Q.. 1/mlnx100
~ ~ 'G:, ~
[J]
15
10... "~ J-O <JI) 1'<01>
... ,
0
.\ p 0
IP S-
;..--1
II
-
,25
,P lP
' "30
~ <a>
0 IP P
@
34
<8>
P @
30 / Engine oil pressure gauge
31 / Engine water temperature gauge
32 / Front brake air pressure gauge
33 / Rear brake air pressure gauge
34 / Hour meter - R.p.m. counter
35 / Fuel gauge
36 / Converter oil temperature indicator
37 / Clutch oil pressure gauge

Central carrier control panel
~a
~~
lit lit •
1/minx100
15
10 ... ,~ ,20
... ,
I
5-
;.-1 -
...25
" 30
51 52 53 56
~[g m@1J
~~ m~
50 58 54 57
60 59 55
~~ m6
~~ ~
~
••••••
••••••
••••••
l1:li
61 62 63 64

50 / Engine warning light
51 / Engine oil pressure indicator
52 / Battery charge warning light
53 / Front brake air pressure indicator
54 / Rear brake air pressure warning light
55 / Parking brake air pressure warning light

56 / Convertor oil temperature warning light (Red)
57/ Gearbox fault warning light
58 / Water temperature warning light
59 / Emergency power steering circuit warning light
60 / Main power steering circuit warning light
61 / Front suspension locking warning light
62 / Rear suspension locking warning light
63 / Clogged air filter warning light
64 / Telma indicator

Upper left carrier control panel

65 66
~~~I~
[IDJ~
67 69
70 71
68 72

Upper left carrier control panel

65 / Carrier steering indicator
66 / Trailer steering indicator
67 / Low gear range
68 / Low gear range and front axle lock indicator
69 / Trailer ABS default indicator
70 / Parking lights indicator
71 / Dipped headlights indicator (green)
72 / Full beam indicator (blue)
82 / Axle suspension locking control:
85 / Suspension up / down control
Edition : 04/2000 IV-A- 11

Lower right and left carrier

control panels
II 27
© ©
28
m.
m[i;
tIJ
~.
IPPMI
~ ~ ~
~. ~.
~.
~ 00 1,''i.Jj'1
~.
@o 89
1/mlnx100
15
91 92
I~
~ (I)
.~
10.. , , , ) 0
91/0 . II .
IP I cP
0 S-
;-1
_25
-
' 30
@ ~ @
930
\ PP @ 98
89 / Outrigger selection switch and indicator light
91 / Revolving beacon switch and indicator
92 / Fog light control switch and indicator
93 / Hazard warning lights switch
95/ Front inter-wheel differential lock and Rear

interwheel differential lock control and indicator
96 / Gear range selection switch
97 / Rear steering locking control and warning light
98 / Engine stop
98 / Commande de stop moteur

100
Outriggers control box -left side
@ @
99c ~ ~
- p q - 99B
~ ~
99 E
'------'
-~
~
r 0 -=t
'------'
~
~
- 990
~~fl~
@ I( [i] [t] @
\ 99A
99 A - Pads or outrigger beams selection control
99 B -Front right hand side pad or beam control
99C - Rear left hand side pad control
99D -Front right hand side pad or beam control
99 E - Rear right hand side pad or beam control
100 - Emergency shut down control
Edition : 04/2000 IV-A- 13

100
@ @
~
101 r.
- p q ~- 1018
~ ~
101E--
--
'------'
-~
~
p 0 -.r
'-----'
~
~
- 101D
~~~~
@ [t] [t]) @
\ 101A
101 A - Pads or outrigger beams selection control
101 B - Rear right hand side pad control
101 C -Front left hand side pad or beam control
101D -Rear right hand side pad or beam control
101E - Front left hand side pad or beam control
100- Emergency shut down control

Carrier control panel
202
200
201
102/ Air conditioner control
103/ Air conditioner fan control
104/ Air conditioner indicator
Edition : 04/2000 IV-A- 15


Upper cab controls
Edition : 02/2002 IV-8- 1

Driving controls
Upper cab control panel

~ _ _ _ _ 201
200
~_ 210
211
205 -
203
204
209
202
208
IV-8- 2 Edition: 02/2002

Upper cab control panel

200 / Front wheels steering wheel
202 / Brake pedal
203 / Free slewing pedal
204 / Armrest release lever
205 / Warning horn
206 / Seat safety device override switch
207/ Parking brake control
208 / Rear wheels steeringcontrol
209 / Slewing / Telescoping control joystick
209A/ Option "Simultaneous winch operation"

Slewing / Telescoping or Winch 2 joystick
2209B / Slewing micro-speed control
210/ Winch 1 or winch 2 / Derricking control joystick
210A / Option "Simultaneous winch operation"

Winch 1 / Derricking control joystick
211 / Level indicator
Edition : 02/2002 IV-8- 3

Driving controls
Central control panel
~ '~ ex:> '®

I T '~ .~ / I
$
fi9 .flY \@ \@
CJ)
@
\ ~ \® ®
.\
®
@ @>
\ \
<If) i\
• ..
STOP
~ ~ Dol
225 226 227 228
~
~
~ rb
229 230 231 232'f:
r@ r~ I~ $ rl
'~ EJ)
~
~ ,~ \
@
\
@
~ ,~ \
@
.~ .~
fiiJEE
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
t*,
o 0 @ o
fa ~
214
218 224 220
I
® 219 0
@
\ ~ l~ @ 217/217a 213
212
212/ Ignition switch
213/ Engine shut down switch
214/ Cigar - lighter
215/ Gear lever
217/ Heating control switch
217a / Option - Air conditioning fan control
218/ Anti twoblock override switch
219/ LMI override key
220/Boom key-switch
221 / Working Iigth indicator
IV-8- 4 Edition: 02/2002

LtIt::1
c/
r@ ~ .~ {~ r~ .~ .~ ® 7<If)
'/
l~ l\® \
@ @
\ \
CJ)
@
,~ \® \® \ \
@ @>
i\
•T..
~ ~ Dol
STOP
225 226 227 ,228

I~
229 W230 231 232~

I@ ~ I~ I {!) r~ .~ IEJ) r~
@
\ \
@> @
\ \
CJ)
@
\
@
.~ \
@
~ {~
fiiJEE
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
t*,
o 224
0 @ o
214
220
I
® IS r~ 219
218
0
@
\ .~ l~ @ 217/217a 213
212
222 / Undercarriage general warning light
223 / Clogged hydraulic filter warning light
224 / Reactivation of the derricking up function
227 / Rear steering locking light
228 / Over rear indicator light
229 / Front interwheels differential locking light
Edition : 02/2002 IV-8- 5

Driving controls
C/
r@ ~ .~ {~ r~ .~ .~ ® 7<If)
'/
l~ l\® \
@ @
\ \
CJ)
@
,~ \® \® \ \
@ @>
i\
•T..
STOP
~ ~ Dol
I~
225 226 227 ,228
229 W230 231 232~
I@ ~ I~ I {!) r~ .~ IEJ) r~
@
\
@> @
\ \ \
CJ)
@ @
\ .~ \
@
~ {~
fiiJEE
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
t*,
o 224
0 @ o
214
220
I
® IS r~ 219
218
0
@
\ .~ l~ @ 217/217a 213
212
230 / Rear interwheels differential locking light
232 / Free slewing warning light
233 / Outriggers selector control
234 / Front axle dog clutch control
250 / Forward windscreen wiper control
251 / Cab roof windshield wiper control
252 / Windscreen washer control
IV-8- 6 Edition: 02/2002

LtIt::1
c/
r@ ~ .~ {~ r~ .~ .~ ® 7<If)
'/
l~ l\® \
@ @
\ \
CJ)
@
,~ \® \® \ \
@ @>
i\
•T..
STOP
~ ~ Dol
225 226 227 ,228
I~
229 W230 231 232~

I@ ~ I~ I {!) r~ .~ IEJ) r~
@
\ \
@> @
\ \
CJ)
@
\
@
.~ \
@
~ {~
fiiJEE
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
t*,
o 224
0 @ o214
220
I
® IS r~ 219
218
0
@
\ .~ l~ @ 217/217a 213
212
253 / Working light control
254 / Fan control
257 / Auxiliary winch selection control
258 / Free slewing control
259 / Turret locking control
260 / counterweight ram up / down control
261 / Counterweight lock/unlock control
270 / Front left-hand pad control switch
271 / Front right-hand pad control switch
Edition : 02/2002 IV-8- 7

Driving controls
C/
r@ ~ .~ {~ r~ .~ .~ ® 7<If)
'/
l~ l\® \
@ @
\ \
CJ)
@
,~ \® \® \ \
@ @> •T..
i\ STOP
~ ~ Dol
225 226 227 ,228
I~
229 W230 231 232~

I@ ~ I~ I {!) r~ .~ IEJ) r~
@
\
@> @
\ \ \
CJ)
@
\
@
.~ \
@
~ {~
fiiJEE
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
t*,
o 224
0 @ o
214
220
I
® IS r~ 219
218
0
@
\ .~ l~ @ 217/217a 213
212
272 / Crane or outriggers selection control switch
273 / Manual accelerator
275 / Front suspension lock control
276/ Rear left-hand pad control switch
277/ Rear right-hand pad control switch
278 / Outriggers extension or pad selection control
281 / Rear suspension lock control
282/ Inter-wheel differential lock control switch
287 / Rear steering lock control switch
IV-8- 8 Edition: 02/2002

Upper fuses plate

T1 - Gear selector ----------------------------- 10A
T2 - front axle lock-up - Interwheels differential
Front steering releasing - - - - - - - - - - - - ------------- 6A
T3 - Car radio --------------------------------------- 10 A
T4 - Up and down counterweight---------------------- 6A
T5 - Hydraulic oil cooler ------------------------------ 15A
T6 - Not used
T7 - Cab heater - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 20A
T8 - Turret general warning - Oil filter------------------ 6A
T9 - Windscreen wiper - Cab fan- Cigar lighter - working
spotlight - horn - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 15 A
T10 - Not used
T11 - Seat safety switch -
Telescope retraction synchronization--------------- 10 A
T12 - LMI------------------------------------------- 10A
T13 - Outrigger functions ---------------------------- 10A
T14 - Not used
T15 - Not used
T16 - Not used
T17 - Not used
T18 - 3 wraps remaining - Rotation locking - - - - - - - - - - - - 10A
T19 - Not used
T20 - Not used
T21 - Not used
T22 - Not used
T23 - Not used
T24 - Not used
T25 - Not used
T26 - Not used
T27 - Not used
T28 - Not used
T29 - Not used
T30 - Not used
T31 - Not used
T32 - Not used
T33 - Not used
T34 - Not used
Edition : 02/2002 IV-8- 9

Driving controls
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 1

Boom base
Turret Counterweights
Boom head
. . Forward
Front outriggers
Rear outriggers
Engine

Carrier cab control equipment
4
1 / Steering wheel
THE MACHINE CAN ONLY BE STEERED FROM THE CAB WHEN
CAB SELECTION SWITCH 26 IS IN CHASSIS POSITION WARNING
LIGHT OUT.
The rear wheels must firstly be lined up with respect to the chassis
and locked into position in the following manner:
- from the chassis cab
· control ref. 21 to line up wheels
· control ref. 97 to lock in position (warning light goes out)
- from the turret cab
· control ref. 208 to line up wheels
· control ref. 287 to lock in position ( warning light ref. 127
goes out)
2 / Antitheft ignition switch

Before starting up, check the position of the engine stop control
Position 1: contact + Battery electrical cut off switch on
Battery charge, oil pressure, water temperature, air brake pressure,
gearbox fault, power assisted steering, suspension locking, parking
brake, and air filter warning lights all come on. An audible signal is
activated, wait until this signal ends before starting the engine.
(Check the bulbs and change if necessary).
Position 2 - engine start.
3 / Emergency brake control

Lever forwards: brake off (Unlocked)
Lever back: brake on (locked). Warning light 55 comes on.
It is possible to regulate brake application by pulling the lever back
faster or more slowly.
4 / Steering column adjustment pedal
IV-C- 4 Edition : 04/2000


17 ________~~~~
3 -----L"-.J
6-
Press the pedal down to increase engine speed. Release the pedal to
reduce engine speed. The position of the accelerator pedal affects
automatic gear change. With full acceleration, upward gear changes
will automatically take place at high engine speeds; with less accelera-
tion, gear changes will take place at lower engine speeds.
6 / Gear selector pad

This is an electronic push button gear selector unit. Each button (R, N,
0,3,2, 1) is a switch. Press the switch corresponding to the required
gear range, a light click will be felt, the button will light up and a bip will
be heard to notify that the transmission is ready to function in the cho-
sen range.
WARNING: Never free wheel the machine with the gear box in
neutral as this can seriously damage the transmission.
Remember that there is no engine brake when in neutral (N).
R Use this position to reverse drive the machine.

Completely stop the machine before changing from forward to reverse
(and vice-versa). The reverse drive warning signal is actived when this
gear is selected.

N This position is selected when starting up the engine, check-

ing correct working order of accessories, or eventually when the
engine is at idling speed for long periods.
If the engine starts with the selector in any other position it means
that there is a problem with the safety device and this should be
repaired as quickly as possible.
Select the neutral position when the machine is left unsupervised
with the engine running, also make sure that the parking brake is
always applied.
DANGER: Always make sure that the parking brake is

applied (ref 4) and the wheels are blocked whenever the
machine is left unattended, even for a short time.
D When this range is selected the machine will set off in 1st or
2nd gear and will automatically shift through up to 6th gear accord-
·111,....;,·'-
.:_:
:-.-
" :l. .
.
ing to acceleration. When the machine slows down the transmission
will automatically shift down to the most appropriate gear. This is the
position when driving in normal road conditions.
3 - 2 - 1 Road, load and traffic conditions sometimes mean that
gear ranges have to be limited. They also provide progressively
more powerful engine braking in gradient driving conditions.
In 6 x2 mode:
D : This selection authorizes 2-3-4-5-6
3 : This selection authorizes 1-2-3.
2 : This selection authorizes 1-2
1 : This selection authorizes 1.
In 6 x 6 or 6 x 4 mode:
D : This selection authorizes 1-2.
1 : This selection authorizes 1
The display allows the selected range to be displayed (bars are dis-
played), along with the directional movement of the machine (an
arrow is displayed above or beneath the the bars).
An error code is displayed in case of a system anomalie.

Carrier cab controls
9~ 7
7 / Brake pedal
8 / Cab heating control
9 / Exhaust brake control

Use this control with the engine and road brakes. Release the accel-
erator and press the control button (9) to activate the exhaust brake.
This control cannot be used in converter mode.
10/ Electronic gearbox control unit

This unit is used for break down diagnosis. Internal controls may
only be used by specialist After Sales Technicians.
The powersupply must be cut, and the unit disconnected, before any
welding is done on the crane or on any objects suspended on the
hook.

11 / Windscreen wiper / washer control

- First position : SLOW
- Second position : FAST
- All positions : WINDSCREEN WASHER
12 / Lights - direction indicators - hom

Direction indicators
- left hand indicator: handle back
- right hand indicator: handle forwards
A flashing indicator comes on (65 - 66) Horn
o - press end of lever in any position.

Lights
I Battery switch off
- parkinglights and dipped headlights may be used
v Battery switch on
- switch at 0 (impulse): headlight flash
I
the blue indicator 72 comes on when headlight flash or full beam is
R used
70 71 - switch at V: parkinglights ( indicator 70)
- switch at R: dipped and full beam headlights (indicator 72 - 71)
~~
D~ 72


17 _ _ _ _ _----,
14
15
13 / Electric retarder control
Use the retarder to save the brakes and increase efficiency in an

emergency.
This brake should be used to slow down the vehicle on slopes. It
must never be used while pressing the main brake pedal at high
speed. Such use, which is totally ineffective, may cause breakage on
the rear axle and abnormal wear on the tires.
This is a 5 position switch.
Position 1: Retarder off; Position 5: maximum slowing.
Pause at each position before moving to the next.
In wet conditions use the retarder step by step, being careful not to
exceed adherence limits. Stop using the retarder if there is any con-
cern.
In snowy conditions, drive at reduced speed and do not exceed
position no. 2. Stop using the retarder if there is any concern.
When setting off in icy conditions, place the retarder in no.2 position
and accelerate slowly.
Make sure that the retarder is cut off before leaving the machine
14/ Parking brake
15/12 and 24 volt points
16 / Troubleshooting aid connector

27 28 lIJ
~.
~ ~
~' ~' I"~,"1
I
(Q) (Q) IppMI

~ 00
~. 1,'~'Jj'1
1fmlnx100 26
15
.
10 ,.J....., 20
~, ~ G> ~
5-
;.---1
III _25
:30
,P ,P 0
\
20 ~ 0
p P @
20 / Electronic speedometer
The speedometer is calibrated before delivery. Should tyre size
change, have the speedometer recalibrated.
21 / Rear wheel steering control

Speed is limited to 20 Km/h with rear wheel steering unlocked.
Unlock the rear wheels on axle with control 97 .Cramped or crab

steering is possible.
This control is also used to line up rear wheels before operating rear
steering lock, 97.
The rear steering may be locked only if rear wheels are absolutely
lined up with chassis. For this, use a very low speed ( 1 to 2 km/h),
select 97 and use control 21 with light impulses.
Engine speed limited to 2000 rpm.
IMPORTANT:
This command is only to be used to set engine speeds for
crane functions. It is not to be used when traveling the crane.
IV-C- 10 Edition : 04/2000

27 28 lIJ
~.
~ ~
~' ~' I"~,"1
I
© © IppMI
~ 00
~. 1,'~'Jj'1
1fmlnx100 26
15
.
10 .. .J....., 20
~, ~ G> ~
5-
;.---1
III _25
:30
,P ,P 0
\
20 ~ 0
p P @
23 / Axle ABS disconnection control
This control enables the axle ABS to be disconnected. Press this
button to disconnect the ABS (indicator 25 is flicking). When work-
ing on road ensure that the ABS is selected. (indicator 25 is be off)
Disconnect the ABS when driving on uneven ground or on a road
covered with snow.
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 11

27 28 [IJ ~ ~
~. ~. ~. I"~II,]..
~ (Q)
(Q) IPPM] ~ 00 I''i"
«D"]
21
~@Q~ 1{mlnx100 26
~ I~ <I> .~
15
10 ,..L-, 20
, Il!!!!¥ , $ G> ~
0 IP I0 P -........II
5-
0.... vdo
'..25
'30
PP P
~ @ 20
@
P P cP
®
P @
22 23
25 / Default axle ABS indicator or all terrain ABS not

selected
This indicator goes on when ASS is not selected or when an ASS
system fault has been detected.
26 / Cab selection control switch and warning light:

Upper / Lower
Gear selector 6 on neutral
Press on switch to give permission driving from upper cab.The war-
ning light turns on and remains lighted during
the selection of turret cab.
27 / Dual fuel option - Red light red fuel

This light goes on when the turret cab is selected using command
no. 26.The engine then uses fuel from the domestic fuel oil tank.
WARNING:
It is essential to keep a "consumption" record of amounts of domes-
tic fuel oil used by the vehicle if it is fitted with the dual fuel device.
28 / Dual fuel option - Green light diesel

This light goes on when the vehicle cab is selected using command
no. 26. The engine then uses fuel from the diesel oil tank.
IV-C- 12 Edition : 04/2000

37 35 30 32
[IJ ~ ~ '1
II ~I:II ~"
[...\ I ,
~. ~' ~'
[ppMI
~ 00
~.=-t. [."i'
.cY'l
1:~11:1;' 36 31 33
@o
1* I'cx>
1fmlnx100
15
.~
<J) 10...... ~JO
. $ G> <V
... III
0
IP I0 P S-
;.--1 -
_25
" 30
,P ,P 0
\
<8>
@
PPP
@
34 p
® 0
P @
30 / Engine oil pressure gauge
Normal pressure: 5 bar at tickover speed. If pressure drops abnor-
mally minimum (mini. : 0,25 bar or 3.6 PSI), stop the engine and look
for the reason.
If the temperature
reaches 100° C, slow
down if the temperature 31 / Engine water temperature gauge
does not drop, stop the Normal working temperature is between 70°C (158 OF) and 95°C
engine immediately, and (203 °F).The temperature of the coolant liquid must not exceed
check the cooling circuit. 100°C (212°F).
32 / Front brake air pressure gauge

Do not use the machine until this The normal pressure of the brakes is higher than 5.2 bar (75.30 PSI).
minimum pressure has been indicator 53 goes out when the minimum pressure of 5.2 bar 75.30
reached PSI) has been reached.
33 / Rear brake air pressure gauge

The normal pressure of the brakes is more than 5.2 bar (75.30 PSI).
Warning light 54 goes out when the minimum pressure of 5.2 bar
(75.30 PSI) has been reached.
34/ Time meter - R.p.m. counter

The time meter works at the same time as the engine.
MERCEDES engine speeds.

- Road : 2200rpm - idling speed: 600 rpm
- maximum: 2600 rpm
- site: 2000rpm
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 13

m. 37 35 30 32
lIJ
~.
~ ~
~' ~' I"~,"1
I
IppMI
~ 00
~. 1,'~'Jj'1
l:l~I~I;' 36 31 33
~@Q. 1fmlnx100
15
I~ I'<JD (f) .~
.
10 .. . , 20 ,, ~ G> ~
III
lP lP I0 P 5-'"
;.---1
_25
- ,P ,P 0
\
.~
~
" '30
<8> 0
P 0
.\
@
P 34 p P @
35 I Fuel gauge
This gauge indicates the amount of diesel left in the fuel tanks. Total
capacity: 120+250 litres
36 I Converter oil temperature thermometer

Normal temperature: 60 to 90°C (140 °Fto 194°F)
Maximum temperature: 110°C (248°F)
Note: If the convertor oil temperature reaches the maximum level
indicated above:
- stop the machine
- put into neutral gear (position N)
- accelerate the engine to 1200/1500 rpm for around 2 to 3 minutes
( until the temperature returns to normal).
37 I Clutch oil pressure gauge

normal operating pressure: 17 bar.
IV-C- 14 Edition : 04/2000


51 52 53 56
~[§] m[QJ
~~50 58
mB8 54 57
50 / Engine warning light
~-
-1=- If this warning light goes on, stop the machine and check:
- sump oil level.
- oil pressure.
- temperature of coolant.
This light may also go on if the engine is turning at excessive speed.
If none of these appears to be the fault, call after-sales service.
51 / Engine oil pressure indicatort (red)

This light comes on when the engine starts up and remains on until
pressure reaches normal level ( do not accelerate suddenly).lt goes
out when pressure reaches:
MERCEDES engine: Minimum pressure 0,25 bar (3.6 PSI).
This light comes on if engine oil pressure is too low. In this case stop
the engine and check the reason.
52 / Battery charge indicator (Red)

This warning light comes on when:
the ignition switch is turned but the engine has not yet started.
the alternator does not charge the batteries.
Check the reason.
53 / Front brake air pressure warning light (Red)

(CD) This warning light goes out when air pressure reaches 5,2 bar (75.30
PSI).
DANGER:
Never move off before this warning light is fully off
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 15


51 52
~[§ m~
n~
~ 58
m~ 54 57
......
...M..
......
"""1:1"""
63 64
(CD) 54 / Rear brake air pressure indicator (Red)

This warning light goes out when the air pressure reaches 5,2 bar
(75.30 PSI.
DANGER:
Never move off before this warning light is fully off.
55 / Parking brake air pressure indicator (Red)

This warning light comes on when:
- the parking brake is applied
(®) - there is a problem in the pneumatic circuit while machine is
being driven (pressure drops to less than 5 bar or 72.45 PSI)
NOTE: in this case the operator is warned that the parking brake will be
applied automatically as a safety measure, and the machine will come
to a standstill.
56 / Convertor oil temperature warning light (Red)

This warning light comes on when the converter oil temperature
reaches120°C (248°F) a maximum.
Note: If the convertor oil temperature reaches the maximum indicated
above:
- stop the machine
- put into neutral gear (position N)
IV-C- 16 Edition : 04/2000

LtIM
- accelerate the engine to 1200/1500 rpm for around 2 to minutes
( until the temperature comes back to normal).
57/ Gearbox fault warning light

If this warning light comes on, note the fault code displayed and con-
tact the After-Sales Department.
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 17


51 52
~[§]
~~ 50 58
60 59
~~
~~
58 / Water temperature warning light (Red)
This warning light comes on when the water temperature is too high.
Stop the machine and check the reason. Also check the temperature
according to the thermometer 31.
59 / Emergency power steering warning light (Red)
This warning light is on when the engine is running at idling speed. It

goes out when the machine moves off. If it comes on while the
e machine is moving, there is a fault in the power steering circuit.

I Have the steering repaired without delay
60 / Main power assisted steering circuit warning light
(red)
e This warning light is on when the engine is running at idling speed. It

goes out when the machine moves off. If it comes on while the
machine is moving, there is a fault in the power steering circuit.
I Have the steering repaired without delay
IV-C- 18 Edition : 04/2000

65 66
§]~
60 59 55 25 01 A~S 1
~~m6 ff7 69
~~
61 62
==8==
63
~ 64
61 I Front suspension locking warning light

When this warning light is on, it indicates that the rear suspension is
locked (using switch 275 located on the front panel of upperstructure
or switch 82 located on the carrier instrument panel).
62 I Rear suspension locking warning light

When this warning light is on, it indicates that the front suspension is
locked (using switch 281 located on the side panel of upperstructure
REAR or switch 82 located on the carrier instrument panel).
63 I Clogged air filter warning light (Yellow)

This light comes on when the air filter is clogged. Carry out mainte-
><
•••••• nance on the filter cartridges or replace them. (Refer to MAINTE-
••••••
•••••• NANCE CHAPTER) .
u
64 I Retarder indicator (Yellow)
Lights up if the electric braking device is being used.
65 I Carrier cab steering indicator. (Green)
66 I Trailor steering indicator. (Green)
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 19

Carrier cab control

equipment
65 66
§]~
~ITJ 67 69
70 71
68 72
67 I Low gear range

This light comes on when the low range mode has been selected
with control switch (96).
68 I Low range + front axle dog clutch indicator (Yellow)

If the indicator is lit, the front axle low range + dog clutch has been
chosen using control switch (96).
IV-C- 20 Edition : 04/2000


65 66
~~
~ITJ 67 69
70 71
68 72
69 / Trailer ABS default indicator

This indicator goes on when a trailer ASS default has been detected
70 / Parking lights indicator. (Green)

This light comes on when the parking lightshave been switched on
using control (12).
71 / Dipped headlights indicator (Green)
72 / Full beam indicator (Blue)
iD
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 21

85
@O/ 12 1
~®
I
$ (5)
.P P P P
I .~ .~
@
0
\ .P P
82 / Axles suspension locking control
LOCKED position.
The machine must be positioned on a hard, even, horizontal surface.
Gearbox in neutral.
F Locked suspension and machine levelled:
For lifting on outriggers the wheels should be clear of
the ground.
F Suspension locked and lowered:
- For lifting on wheels over rear.
- For moving with a load over the rear.
F Suspension unlocked and machine levelled:
For moving on roads and on sites.
For moving on difficult terrain.
Respect tyre inflation pressures.
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 23

85
@0/ J2 I
I~ I® .~
(5)
IP P P IP
'/
@ I~ r~
p IP IP
85 / Suspension up / down control
This control is used:
WARNING: IT IS FOR- - to reduce the height of the machine by 80 mm if height clearance
BIDDEN TO UNLOCK is insufficient.
THE SUSPENSION when - to lift the wheels higher under exceptional outrigger conditions.
the machine is in a - to refresh the oil in the suspension hydraulic circuit.
working position on out- This operation should be carried out daily before leaving the
riggers. machine.
The axles may drop sud- Operation:
denly and damage the - engine running, suspension unlocked, hold the "Lower suspen-
suspension correctors sion" control on. Indicator light on.
- to return the suspension to normal position, start the engine, sus-
pension unlocked, then operate the control briefly in reverse direc-
tion. The lowering indicator goes off and the machine returns to
nominal position.
(Time required: about 2 minutes 30 seconds.)
IV-C- 24 Edition : 04/2000

[I!J. tIJ
~.
~
~'
fiJ ~. !"cD"]
~.
!PPM] ~
~.
00 ~. !''ctl']
'i'
rm~
@o 1 9
1fmlnx100
91 92
I~
~
.~ 15
<J)
.
10.. '~ )0
,
$ ~ ~
9 0 II
1\
0
cP 5-
;..--9. -
~25
" 30
,P ,P P
I
l~
@ (8) @
9(0
.\ PP
<8>
P \
@
98
89 / Outrigger selection control switch and warning light
Warning light on = Boom retracted
Make sure that axle suspensions are blocked (control ref. 82)
before using this function.
Activate this switch to enable outrigger controls. This function
enables the hand throttle control to be used.
91 / Rotating flashing light switch and tell-tale light

This switch is used to activate the external rotating flashing light.
92 / Rear fog light control

This switch controls the rear fog lights.
93 / Hazard warning lights control switch

Press the switch, the 4 direction indicator lights flash
simultaneously indicating that the machine is on
emergency stop.
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 25

Carrier cab control

equipment
II 1 m.
m[i;
tIJ
~.
IPPMI
~ ~
~'
~
~. ~.
~ 00 1,''i'Jj'1
~.
@o 9
1/mlnx100
15
91 92
I~
~
(I) '~ 10.. , , , ) 0 $ <II> ~
9 0 . II .
1\
0
cP S-
;-1
_25
-
' 30
,P P P
I
@ ~ @
l~ @
<iii)
9(0
\ PP P \
98
95 / Interwheels differential lock control

This control must only be used on difficult terrain; do not apply
full lock to the steering during this manoeuvre.
Range 6x6 should be selected in order to use this control.

Control no. 95 is used:
- to lock the inter-wheel differential.
The differentials remain locked for as long as the contactors remain
in this position.
Return to normal position as soon as possible after the difficult sec-
tion. The indicator stays on as long as the differentials are locked.
IV-C- 26 Edition : 04/2000

Carrier cab control

equipment
[f!. tIJ
~- ~
~'
fiJ ~.
~
~"
IPPMI ~
~.
00 ~. I,CU'
'i I
1:~11:1;'
@o 1 9
1fmlnx100
15
91 92
I~
~
.~
(I) 10... '~ JO, $ <GI> ~
9 0 ... II
1\
0 P S-
;.--1 -~25
" 30
,P ,P P
I
l~
<8>
~
9(0
.\ PP
@ ®
P \
@
98
96 / Front axle coupling control

This switch is only to be used when the gear selector is in neutral
position and the machine is at a standstill or travelling at not more
than 1kph.
If necessary, engage 1st gear to facilitate coupling.
97 / Rear wheel steering lock control
To enable rear wheel steering, reduce speed to between 15 and 20

Km/h, push the control forward, the warning light commes on to indi-
cate that rear wheel steering is enabled.
Rear wheel steering enabling leads to the automatic selection of 2nd
gear only, and speed is limited to 20 Km/h.
To lock rear wheel steering, place the rear wheels in line using con-
Warning light on = Boom retracted trol switch Ref. 21.
STOP 98 / Engine shut down control
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 27

Left hand side outriggercontrol unit

100
@ @
99c
-~ p q ~- 99B
~ ~
99 E
'------"
~
~
r 0 ., '------"
~
~
- 990
'------" ~~~~ '------"
@ I( [i] ~ I @
~ 99A
Left hand side outrigger control unit
Before manipulating outriggers, the control switch Ref. 89 must be in
correct position
99A- Outrigger ground pad or girder extension selector
99C - Front right outrigger ground pad up or down selector
99B- Rear right outrigger ground pad up or down selector
99E- Front left outrigger ground pad or left front girder selector
99D - Rear left outrigger ground pad or left rear girder selector
Several functions working in the same direction may be combined.
For example: 2,3 or 4 ground pads can be set down together, or 2,3
or 4 outrigger beams can be extended.
IT IS FORBIDDEN TO ACTIVATE A FUNCTION ON SEVERAL
OUTRIGGERS AT THE SAME TIME BUT IN OPPOSITE
DIRECTIONS.
For example, raise one ground pad while setting down another, or
extending one outrigger beam while retracting another.
IMPORTANT: Load handling requires perfect machine stabilizing on outriggers,

check with the spirit level on the chassis and regulary check that the machine is
level.
IV-C- 28 Edition : 04/2000

Right hand side outriggercontrol unit
100
@ @
c ~ ~
101
r-- p q -
1018
~ ~
101 E
-- -~
~
p 0 ., ~-
~
1010
~~~~
@ If ~ [j] @
'-
~ 101A
Boitier de commande des stabilisateurs cote droit

Right hand side outrigger chassis control unit
Before manipulating outriggers, the control switch Ref. 86 must be in
correct position
101A - Outrigger ground pad or girder extension selector
101C- Left rear outrigger ground pad up or down selector
101 B - Left front outrigger ground pad up or down selector
101 E- Right rear outrigger ground pad or right rear girder selector
101 D- Right front outrigger ground pad or right front girder selector
Several functions working in the same direction may be combined.
IT IS FORBIDDEN TO ACTIVATE A FUNCTION ON SEVERAL OUT-
RIGGERS AT THE SAME TIME BUT IN OPPOSITE DIRECTIONS.
IMPORTANT: Load handling requires perfect machine stabilizing

on outriggers, check with the spirit level on the chassis and regu-
lary check that the machine is level.
Edition : 04/2000 IV-C- 29

Carrier controls
104
102
O~M
A
X
I
" 1
~+-- 103
102/ Air conditioner control
103/ Air conditioner fan control
104/ Air conditioner indicator

..,.,.-__ 107
-- 106
[;]F ;[;]
[;]r ~~~~
~[;]
@ I( [t] [t] )1 @
106 / level indicator
107 / Emergency stop switch

This switch stops the engine. Push this button in case of an emer-
gency.
Once pushed this switch is held in position, dont forget to pull it out
after the engine has stopped to bring it back to the initial position.
IV-C- 30 Edition : 04/2000

Upper cab controls

211 ------....
202------..
~---207
209
.,.-_ _ _ 209B
L:...~?~__f----- 206
_ _ _ _ _ 205
204 _ _ _ _--/ 208
200 / Steering wheel for rear wheels

STEERING CAN ONLY BE CARRIED OUT FROM THE
UPPERSTRUCTURE CAB (on the control panel),
in other words: - cab selection switch ref. 26 is in upperstructure
cab position.
- parking brake is applied.
- gear box is in position N.
Edition: 04/2000 IV-C- 51

~---200
211--____
202--____
.,-_ _ _ 207
209
~--209B
~~~~-f __------_206
~ _ _ _ _ 205
204 _ _ _ _---/ 208

Engine speed limited to: 2000 rpm
202 / Brake pedal
203 / Free slewing pedal

If the slewing control Ref. 258 is in the free slewing position then :
- if this pedal is pressed slewing is braked
- if this pedal is released slewing is freed
204 / Armrest locking switch
205/ Warning horn

Before starting the engine, sound a warning on the horn and wait a
few seconds to give anyone in the area of operation of the machine
time to withdraw.
206 / Seat safety device override switch

Refer to paragraph concerning safety measures at the end of the
Driving Controls chapter.
207 / Parking brake control

Knob pushed down : BRAKE RELEASED
Knob pulled up : BRAKE APPLIED
IV-C- 52 Edition: 04/2000

~---200
211 -----..,.
202-----..,.
...--_ _ _ 207
209
~ _ _ 209B
L~~~+ ____ 206
______ 205
204 _ _ _ _---/ 208
208 / Rear wheel control

THIS CONTROL IS ONLY POSSIBLE IN THE UPPER CAB DRIVING
POSITION.
Remember to :
- Place the cab control switch in upper cab position (Ref. 26 in
carrier cab)
- be at a speed of less than 20 Km/h
- Unlock the rear wheels with control switch Ref. 287.
BOOM ORIENTATED OVER THE REAR OF THE CHASSIS.
When moving the control to the left, rear wheels turn towards the left.
When moving the control to the right, rear wheels turn towards the
right.
BOOM ORIENTATED OVER THE FRONT OF THE CHASSIS
When moving the control to the left, rear wheels turn towards the
right. When moving the control to the right, rear wheels turn towards
the left. As soon as the lever is released, the wheels remain in their
current position.
When operation from the upper cab is finished :
Actuate the lever to make the wheels parallel with the chassis (visual
alignment check).
Lock the rear wheels in position with control switch Ref. 287.
The gear box is automatically in second and speed is limited to 20
Km/h.

~---200
211 -----..,.
202-----..,.
...--_ _ _ 207
209
~ _ _ 209B
L~~~+ ____ 206
______ 205
204 _ _ _ _---/ 208
209 / Slewing / telescoping joystick

Telescoping.
Pushed forwards: boom extension
Pulled backwards: boom retraction
Slewing.
Pushed to the left : left hand slewing
Pushed to the right : right hand slewing
When the joystick is in between any two of these positions (i.e.
diagonally positioned) the two concerned functions operate
simultaneouslyNote:
FOR CORRECT USE OF THE MACHINE:
1 - only make handling operations with the engine at idling speed if
these involve low speed handling over short distances.
2 - work with the engine at higher speeds when handling functions
are to be performed more quickly.
CARE
During inwards and outwards telescoping of the boom to less than
40° , telescoping section synchronisation may not work because of
the design of the telescoping cylinder and slider pad friction.
Should this happen, the boom should be re-synchronised using
the synchronisation key (see page IV-C-40, item 220).

~---200
211-----.....
20~-----.....
~---207
209
. -_ _ 2098
G~~f--;----- 206
---_ _ _ _ 205
20, _ _ _ _../ '--_ _ _ _ _ _ 208
209 A/OPTION" simultaneous winch operation"

Slewing / Winch 2 or Telescoping joystick
Select Winch 2 or telescoping with Ref. 165 Option control.
Winching 2 : auxilairy winch. Allows working with both winches at the
same time
Pushed forwards : lowering of the load
Pulled backwards : lifting of the load
Telescoping:
Pushed forwards : the boom is extended
Pulled backwards : the boom is retracted.
Slewing: This function do not change.
Pushed to the left : left hand slewing
Pushed to the right : right hand slewing
DANGER: When the operator carries out a quick movement such
as hoisting, lowering or slewing with a load, it should be
executed and slowed down gently and precisely.
A sudden stop would cause dangerous vibrations to the load
that might cause damage to the crane and the personnel.
CAUTION : To stop the movement, bring the control switch

slowly back to neutral position. NEVER REVERSE THE CONTROL
TO STOP OR SLOW DOWN A MOVEMENT.
209B / Vel}' slow slewing control

This control is used to regulate the slewing speed.
Use this control to achieve great accuracy of slewing with a long
boom. It is preferable to pre-set slewing speed before telescoping
the boom.

~---200
211 -----..,.
202-----..,.
...--_ _ _ 207
209
~ _ _ 209B
L~~~+ ____ 206
______ 205
204 _ _ _ _---/ 208

210/ Winching 1 or winch 2 and derricking joystick
Winching. (Main winch or auxiliary winch by Ref 257 control)
Oerricking.
Pushed to the right: lowering of the boom
Pushed to the left :Iifting of the boom
Note:
When the joystick is in between any two of these positions (i.e.
diagonally positioned) the two concerned functions operate
simultaneously:
lowering or lifting of the boom and lowering or lifting of the load.
DANGER: When the operator carries out a quick movement such

as hoisting, lowering or slewing with a load, it should be
executed and slowed down gently and precisely.
A sudden stop would cause dangerous vibrations to the load
that might cause damage to the crane and the personnel.
Concerning the hoisting-lowering movement in particular, a

safety system allows the movement to be stopped if the control
switch is suddenly released but due to inertia the winch will
continue to unwind for a short moment.
CAUTION : To stop the movement, bring the control switch

slowly back to neutral position. NEVER REVERSE THE CONTROL
TO STOP OR SLOW DOWN A MOVEMENT.

~---200
211 - - - - - .
202-----.
..,-_ _ _ 207
209
.-----_ _ 209B
~~~~_f---------206
_ _ _ _ _ 205
204· _ _ _ _---/ 208
210A / OPTION" simultaneous winch operation"

Derricking / Winch 1 joystick
When the option is selected by control Ref. 165 Option.
Winching: main winch.
Derricking:
Pushed to the left : lifting of the boom
Pushed to the right : lowering of the boom
211 / Spirit level

'~ I I
~ I@ .~ '$ $ ®~® <If) i\ e I-?
••
STOP
..
Y
.~ \® ® @ @ Dol
~ .~ \ \
@ @ @
.\ \ \ 225 226 H227 1228
@ @~
\
$ $ b ~ a~ tmrn
A:m,.
.~ ~ .\ ,~ l~
@
~ l~ 1\
@ @
.\ 12331123411235112361
tf\
o218 224
0 @ o
214
220
@ b ~ 219 0
~ l~ l~
@ 217/217a 213
212
212/ Ignition key switch

Position 1 : Electrical contact
Position 2 : Engine start up
213/ Engineshut down switch (emergency)

Push to stop engine.
The control stays engaged.
To restart the engine, pull it out, and the engine stop is active again.

r@ r~ '~ 1$ II
CJ) I~ I® '~ ® if I
<If) i\ e r:?
••
STOP
..
~
l~ \® ® @ @ Dol
l~ l\® \
@ @ @
\"
1$ rb '~ la I~
\ \ \ \ 225 226 r 227 ~228
I@ r~ I~
,~ \@ \
@
I
CJ)
@
\"
fg§) ,~ \"@ ,~ ~
tf\
tilrn
A:m,.
12331123411235112361
o218 224
0 @ o
214
220
Ib I~
f 219 0
®
~ l~ l~
@ 217/217a 213
212
214/ Cigar - lighter

215/ Gear selector panel
This appropriate push button gear selector unit. Each button is a
switch. Press theappropriate switch works electronically, a slight click
will be felt, the button will light up and a beep indicates that the
transmission is ready to function in the chosen range.
WARNING: Never free wheel with the gear box in neutral as this can
seriously damage the transmission.
Remember that there is no engine brake when in neutral (N).
R Use this position to drive the machine in reverse.

Stop the machine completely before changing from forward to reverse
gear (and vice-versa). Selecting this gear activates the reversing
warning signal.

N This position is for starting the engine, checking that

accessories, are in order or for leaving the engine idling for long
periods.
The transmission automatically selects neutral when contact is
made. If the engine starts with the selector in any other position it
means that there is a problem with the stating safety device and this
should be repaired as soon as possible.
Select neutral when the machine is left unsupervised with the engine
running, and make sure that the parking brake is on.
DANGER: Always make sure that the parking brake is on

(207) and that the wheels are blocked whenever the
machine is left unattended, even for a short time.
D In this position, the machine starts off in first or second gear.

The gears change automatically through to second during
acceleration. When the machine slows down, they change down
automatically.
217/ Heating control housing
218/ Anti twoblock override switch

This safety device prevents the pulley block from hitting the boom
head during lifting or telescoping. This could cause serious damage
to the boom head and the cable. The latter might even break and
lead to the load being dropped.
The device cuts off the following:
Load lifting, boom extension
The release enables all the functions cut off by the anti twoblock
override device to be restored and also the pulley-block to be
stocked in road position.
Use the release to re-establish any function cut off by the high
hook limiter device.
THE CRANE OPERATOR OR SITE MANAGER IS FULLY AND
ENTIRELY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CRANE OPERATION WITH
THE HIGH HOOK LIMITER RELEASED APART FROM THOSE
EXPRESSLY DESIGNATED BY PPM. PPM WILL NOT BE HELD
RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ACCIDENT OCCURRING WHEN THE
CRANE IS BEING USED WITH THE HIGH HOOK LIMITER
RELEASED.

'~
i@ I@ ~ ® $ ®~® I
~ i\ e I~
••
STOP
..
~
,~ \® ® @ @ Dol
l~ \
@ @ @ @
l\ \ .\ \ \ \ 225 226 H227 1228
i@ I~ I~ $ $ Ib .~
a I~
tilrn
A:m,.
,~ ~ \ ®
l~
@
l~ l~ 1\
@ @
\ ,\ 12331123411235112361
tf\
o218 224
0 @ o
214
220
@ 'b I~ 219 0
@
\ l~ l~
@ 217/217a 213
212
219/ LMI override key
If the crane approaches limit conditions the operator is warned by the

LMI's audible alarm and a warning light, and it cuts off those crane
functions which might damage it.
The following crane functions are cut off :
Load lifting
Derricking down
Boom extension
Boom retraction in case where radius is too short.
Release allows all functions cut off by the LMI unit to be reactivated.
THE CRANE OPERATOR OR SITE MANAGER IS FULLY
RESPONSIBLE FOR THE USE OF ANY CRANE FUNCTIONS APART
FROM THOSE EXPRESSLY DESIGNATED BY PPM WHEN THE LMI
SAFETY DEVICE IS OVERRIDEN.
PPM WILL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
ACCIDENT OCCURRING WHEN THE CRANE IS BEING USED WITH
AN LMI RELEASED.
LMI configuration must be in accordance with the configuration of the
machine.
THE LMI UNIT IS ESSENTIAL TO ENABLE THE OPERATOR TO
AVOID SITUATIONS WHICH ARE DANGEROUS FOR BOTH
HIMSELF AND THE MACHINE.
AS WITH ANY SAFETY SYSTEM IT CANNOT COVER ALL POSSIBLE
HUMAN ERRORS. FOR THIS REASON, CHOICE IS LEFT TO THE
DISCRETION OF THE OPERATOR, WHO SHOULD BE A QUALIFIED
AND FULLY EXPERIENCED PERSON.

~~~® ~
I
I@ I@ ~ ~ $ ~ STOP
i I~
~ ~ Dol ..
:a:
~ .\® \ \ \
@ @ @
~ ~ .\ .\®
@ @
225 226 H227 1228
.\
i~ I@ I~ I
(I)
.~ 16
~ I~ e [iEEE
A:m..
,\ l~
@ @ ®
1{W l~ 1\ ®
\
@
\ 1{Y \ 12331123411235112361
tf\
o 224
0 @ o
214
220
218
@ Ib I~ 219 0
@
\ l~ l~
@ 217/217a 213
212
220 IBoom keys witch

WARNING: This key operated switch is to be used STRICTLY and SOLELY for resynchronizing the
telescopic boom or retracting it when it has been fully extended in horizontal position.
Resynchronizing the boom:

When retracting the boom, desynchronization of the boom elements
After turning the key (element 2 or may occur.
element 3-4) in the 55° band down Retracting the boom in horizontal position:
to minimum angle, the load state When the boom has been fully extended in horizontal position for
monitor will display the message maintenance operations, or for special loads.
"Synchronization fault" and autho- In both cases, the procedure to be followed is the same:
rize a maximum load of "0.7 - without load
tonnes". The message disappears - boom fully extended, preferably in horizontal position.
when the crane operator has com- - Retract elements 3 and 4:
pletely retracted the boom to its With the engine accelerated, turn the synchronization key to the left
minimum length of 9.40m, which and hold it until elements 3 and 4 are fully retracted.
corresponds to correct synchroniza- - Retract element 2:
tion. With the engine accelerated, turn the synchronization key to the right
and hold it until element 2 is fully retracted.
- Return the key to neutral position.
The time needed for resynchronization may be as long as 2 to 3
minutes for 1 meter of desynchronization.
IMPORTANT: The boom telescopes in synchronized mode, that means, that all the elements extend or retract
at the same time by the same distance. Operating this key during retraction would desynchronize the boom
and send wrong data to the LMI, which would no longer be able to control the safety of the machine
properly.TO AVOID ANY ACCIDENTAL OPERATION, NEVER LEAVE THE KEY IN THE SWITCH EXCEPT WHILE
RESYNCHRONIZATION IS TAKING PLACE.

215
1'\ /
~
~
..II&.
.".
J!\J!\ 000 :m
o 0
225 n226 r 227 l228 '\.

229 ~
'" 0230 231 232 /
/
1M
R
233
:.EE
11234 ~
221 / Working spotlight warning light
222 / General alarm warning light

This light comes on when one of the following alarm lights is
STOP activated in the carrier cab:
Engine oil pressure
Front or rear brake air pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Converter oil temperature
Fouled air filter
Immediately check which alarm is activated in the carrier cab and
carry out remedial action.
223 / Clogged hydraulic filter warning light

••••••
•••••• This light comes on when the hydraulic oil filter is clogged up .
••••••
u Exchange the filter cartridge( Refer to maintenance chapter)
224 / Reactivation of the derricking up function

In case of cut-out of boom functions by the LMI, the derricking up
function can be reactivated by pressing this button.

When this warning light is on, it indicates that the rear suspension is
locked (using switch 275 located on the front panel of upperstructure

215
I, /
'\
~~
~~DoO::
225
229
~
226 227 n 228
n230
~
I 231 ~ 232 I
'\.
1M
R
233
:.EE
11- 234 ~

When this warning light is on, it indicates that the front suspension is
locked (using switch 281 located on the side panel of upperstructure
REAR
227 / Rear steering locking warning light

When the warning light is on, it indicates that the rear wheels are
unlocked by action on the switch 287 located on side instrument
panel.
228 / Over the rear indicator light

This indicator light comes on when the upperstructure is in the
centreline of the machine, with the boom pointing towards the rear
and the upper locked in position on the chassis. The machine can
then be used with the corresponding load chart.
(SEE LOAD CHARTS)

215
I, /
'\
~~
~~DoO::
225
229
~
226 227 n 228
n230
~
I 231 ~ 232 I
'\.
1M
R
233
:.EE
11- 234 ~
229/ Front wheel differential lock-up warning light

This warning light turns on when using control 282 and remains on
as long as the differential is locked.
230 / Rear interwheels differential locking warning light

This warning light turns on when using control 282 and remains on
as long as the differential is locked.
232 / Upperstructure slewing inhibited warning light

This warning light comes on when the counterweight cylinders are in
intermediate position (between high and low positions).
It is impossible to slew the turret.
233 / Outriggers selector control

The warning light comes on when control no. 272 is in the outrigger
position and if the suspension is locked.
It indicates that the outrigger controls can be used as follows:
- from the turret cab or from the ground provided that the
switch 26 in the carrier cab is in outrigger position and the indicator
light is on.

215
I, /'
~~
~~DoO::
225 rr 226 ~ 227 n 228
I, 229 n230 1 231 ~ 232 r "
1M
R
233
:.EE
~234 ~
234 / Front axle coupling indicator light

This light goes on when control no. 286 to couple the front axle is
actuated.

250 / Forward windscreen wiper control
251 / Cab roof windshield wiper control

252 / Windscreen washer control
253 / Working light control

254 / Fan control
257 / Auxiliairy winch selection control

To select crane main and auxiliary winch.
Down : main winch
Up : auxiliary winch

258 / Free slewing control
o
WARNING:
It is essential for slewing to be braked before travels the machine
(on roads, sites, with or without loads, etc). Always return to the
braked position after any slewing manoeuvre.
Incorrect use of this control can provoke serious damage to the
machine and endanger the staff.
CAUTION:
Do not activate the free slewing function if the machine is not level.
Use the switch to free slewing. Indicator comes on.

At this point the slewing brake is not applied so slewing is free.
Keep your foot down on the slewing brake pedal 203 during
brake release.
Slewing is automatically braked in the following situations:
- by the operator's seat safety device which cuts out all functions if
the operator leaves his seat
- when the engine is stopped.
icator on = slewing unlocked

259 / Turret locking control

Note:
There are 3 locking positions for the turret.
A position with the turret locked in the axis of the machine
over the front wheels for moving on the road.
A position with the turret locked in the axis of the machine
over the rear wheels, for handling operations.
A position with the turret at the rear, locked at an angle of
8° 30 to the left for the operation of fitting counterweights.
Press this button to unlock the turret from the chassis.
To lock, bring the turret to the desired position and press the control
button.

260 / Counterweight table up / down lower control switch
This enables the counterweight raws to be raised or lowered so that

counterweights may be placed on the turret or on the chassis.
Refer to paragraph on the counterweight system and locking.

261 / Counterweight lock / unlock control

This control locks and unlocks the counterweights.
Counterweights locked: green flag.
Counterweights unlocked: red flag.

@ @ I~ $ I~
l~
@ ® @
.\ .\ lf9 \
@ @ (J) I
I~
~
@ ® @
.\ .\ \
~ 'b r~
.~ ,~ I\"®
270 / Front left ground pad and front left outrigger beam
control
- flip the switch backwards to extend the outrigger beam or set
down the ground pad (following memorized function)
- flip the switch forwards to retract the outrigger beam or to raise
the ground pad (following memorized function)
Raising the machine should be done with the outriggers:
- completely retracted
- completely extended
- intermediately extended
The machine must never be raised with the outrigger beams situated
between the retracted and the intermediate positions. A load must
never be set down on an outrigger beam, even if this is only partially
extended.

@ @ I~ $ I~
l~
@ ® @
.\ .\ lf9 \
@ @ (J) I
I~
~
@ ® @
.\ .\ \
~ 'b r~
.~ ,~ I\"®
271 / Front right ground pad and front right outrigger

beam control
extended.

@ @ I~ $ I~
l~
@ ® @
.\ .\ lf9 \
@ @ (J) I
I~
~
@ ® @
.\ .\ \
~ 'b r~
.~ ,~ I\"®
272 / Crane outriggers selection control

Flip the switch upwards to selection outrigger control functions (
crane functions inhibited)
Outrigger functions selection allows outrigger control either from the
turret or the chassis. This control may only be used if the suspension
has been locked.
The outriggers functions selection cuts all crane functions.

After ensuring that the machine is correctly levelled switch
back to the crane functions : WINCHING - DERRICKING -
TELESCOPING - SLEWING all outrigger fonctions are now
inhibited.

This control allows manual control of the engine speed. Maximum
speed: 2,000 rpm.
~
275 / Front suspension locking control
Flip and hold switch to locking position until indicator light 225
FRONT comes on.The suspension is unlocked by flipping the switch to
unlocking position.

@ @ I~ $ I~
l~
@ ® @
.\ .\ lf9 \
@ @ (J) I
I~
~
@ ® @
.\ .\ \
~ 'b r~
.~ ,~ I\"®
276 / Rear left ground pad and rear left outrigger beam
control
extended.

@ @ I~ $ I~
l~
@ ® @
.\ .\ lf9 \
@ @ (J) I
I~
~
@ ® @
.\ .\ \
~ 'b r~
.~ ,~ I\"®
277 / Rear right ground pad and rear right outrigger beam
control
between the retracted and the intermediate positions. Aload must
extended.
Outrigger control can also be made on the chassis ( left or

right hand side control unit)
IMPORTANT: Load handling requires perfect machine
stabilizing on outriggers, check with the spirit level on the
chassis and regulary check that the machine is level.

@ @ I~ $ I~
l~
@ ® @
.\ .\ lf9 \
@ @ (J) I
I~
~
@ ® @
.\ .\ \
~ 'b r~
.~ ,~ I\"®
278 / Outrigger extension or outrigger lifting ram control

selection
To control the outriggers the desired outrigger function must firstly
be chosen using momentary return flipswitch Ref.272.
- To select the outrigger beam extension function, flip the
switch to the right and release, the function is memorized.
- To select the ground pad function flip the switch to the left
and release, the function is memorized.
Now make the necessary operations using control switches
270-271-276-277
It is possible to control several outriggers at the same time ( in the
same direction)
IT IS FORBIDDEN TO ACTIVATE A FUNCTION ON SEVERAL
OUTRIGGERS AT THE SAME TIME BUT IN OPPOSITE
DIRECTIONS.
The function selection can also be made on the chassis ( left or

right hand side control unit)

@ @ I~ $ I~
l~
@ ® @
.\ .\ lf9 \
@ @ (J) I
I~
~
@ ® @
.\ .\ \
~ 'b r~
.~ ,~ I\"®
281 / Rear suspension locking control
~
REAR
Actuate switch to locking position until indicator light 226 comes on.
The suspension is unlocked by actuating the switch to unlocking
position.
282/ Inter-wheel differential locking control

Return to normal position as soon as possible after the difficult
section and do not swing the wheels in this position.
This function should only be used on difficult terrain.
This function can only be used if the front axle is locked up

@ @ I~ $ I~
l~
@ ® @
.\ .\ lf9 \
@ @ (J) I
I~
~
@ ® @
.\ .\ \
~ 'b r~
.~ ,~ I\"®

- flip the switch forwards to lock-up the front axle
- flip the switch backwards to disengage the front axle
287 /Rear wheel steering unlocking control

To enable rear wheel steering, reduce speed to between 15 and 20
Km/h,
- flip the switch forwards to unlock the rear wheels
- flip the switch backwards to lock the rear wheels
Rear wheel steering is controlled by the steering wheel 208.

Driving the machine
Introduction
This paragraph, as well as safety regulations for mobile cranes
indicated at the beginning of this manual, should be carefully studied
before driving the machine.
The information that follows is moreover a reminder than advice, as

the constructor is aware that the machine will be entrusted to an
experienced operator.
Always respect the following precautions to ensure safe operation :
Always check with the capacity chart to be aware of the maximum

load that can be lifted at different boom lengths, boom angles and
other parameters which must be taken into account when handling
loads.
Always operate the machine using an engine speed which is

adapted to the load to be handled.
Always use the lifting function to raise a load clear of the ground.
If the load has to be swung always keep it as close as possible to

the machine and to the ground.
Always payout rope when extending the boom or when lowering the
boom to avoid two blocking (the hook block crashing into the
boomhead).
Always raise the machine on outriggers before any operation. When

lifting on tires always check with the load capacity chart beforehand.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 1

Preliminary checks
Each day, before using the machine, run through checklist "N' which
can be found in section 4 of this manual.
Clean all windows, screens, lights and rear mirrors to ensure good
all round visibility, as well as checking for correct adjustment. Adjust
the driver's seat so as to be comfortable and adapted for the person
using the machine.
Checks to be carried out before starting the machine :

- Engine oil level
- Transmission oil level (gearbox) (oil warmed up).
- Fuel level
- Hydraulic fluid level
- Engine coolant level
- Windshield wiper liquid level
- Make a visual check on the winch rope.
Starting up the engine

Before starting up, make sure that there are no people or objects in
the immediate vicinity of the engine.
1 - Check that the gear selector is in the neutral position "N" and
that the engine stop control is reset.
2 - Establish the contact with the ignition key in position 1.
The following warning lights come on on the control panel
- Battery charge warning light
- Air brake circuit pressure warning lights
- Engine oil pressure warning light
- Coolant temperature warning light
- Transmission anomaly warning light
- Air filter warning light
- Power assisted steering warning light
- Suspension lock warning light
- Parking brake light
An audible signal is activated, wait until this signal ends.
3 - Give a quick blast of the horrn
4 - Parking brake applied
5 - Turn key to position 2 to start the engine
NOTE:
Engine start up can only be made if the gear selector is in the
uN" neutral position
IV-D- 2 Edition : 02/2001

To avoid permanent damage to the starter motor, do not turn the
engine over continually for more than 30 seconds. If the engine does
not start during the first 30 seconds, wait a couple of minutes before
trying again, but do not insist for more than 15 to 20 seconds.
If the engine still does not start, wait a further couple of minutes
before retrying, also make sure that the gear selector is in the neutral
position "N"
Once the engine has fired and is ticking over normally:
The oil pressure and battery charge warning lights will go out.
The air pressure warning light will go out once pressure has reached
5,5 bar.
The parking brake warning light (ref. 6) stay on.
WARNING:
Do not use the machine until the air pressure warning lights have
gone out.
Using the machine in cold climates {less than - 10 oJ

To bring the equipment up to normal operating temperature. Switch
on the cab heating to warm the control cab and defrost the machine.
After start up let the engine tick over at idling speed for about 20
minutes, gear selector in neutral position and parking brake applied.
Stopping the engine

Let the engine slow down to idling speed a few moments before
stopping the engine.
Activate the stop switch until the engine comes to a complete stop.
Switch off ignition with the key
NOTE : The engine cannot be started if the gear selector is in any

position other than neutral "N"
IMPORTANT: Never stop the engine with the gear range

selector in a position other than neutral "N"
Never accelerate just before stopping the engine, the activated

turbo compressor may be damaged through lack of lubrification.

Highway driving
Preliminary operations :
Check the external dimensions of the machine with the machine
configured for road circulation.
1 - Make sure that the engine complies with all applicable road
regulations.
2 - Set down the counterweights on the chassis, retract the boom,
position it over the front and set it down on the above mentionned
counterweights.
In the 3 x 12T EUROPEAN CODE version, set down the chassis
counterweights on the ground.
3 - Attach the hook block to its cradle on the front of the carrier.
4 - Make sure that:
- the turret to chassis locking device is in place.
- the slewing function is braked.
- rear wheel steering is disactivated.
- the boom retainer sling is in place.
5 - Make sure that the suspension is free (indicator light out).
6 - Make sure that the outrigger ground pads are locked away in
their storage position, and also the outrigger beams.
7 - Check that all road lights work correctly.
8 - Check tyre pressures (10 bar or 14.5 PSI).
9 - Position the rear view mirrors and make sure that the driver,
once in a seated position in the cab, can survey the full volume of his
machine.
10 - Make sure that all hoods are firmly closed.
11 - Make sure that access ladders are folded away and secured.
12 - To facilitate manoeuvres, always drive the machine with the
boom in a lowered horizontal position and the hook block
attached.
13 - Never road drive the machine with a suspended load.
14 - Never travel while carrying people on the upper.
15 - Axle loading must not exceed 12.5 tons (13.8 US Tons) per axle.
16 - Don't let the machine gather too much speed.
17 - Stopping on slopes : Apply the parking brake and chock the
wheels if necessary.
18 - Maximum speeds: 70 kph (43.5 mph) with 1400 x 25 tires.
76 kph (47 mph) with 1600 x 25 tires
76 kph (47 mph) with 20.5 x 25 tires
19 - Make sure that all the roads on the itinerary accept the
machine's road dimensions and weight.
WARNING :Whenever highway driving is undertaken, it is essential

that the driver makes certain that he has good all round visibility.

Setting off - gear selector: After having started the engine,
- Choose a gear range with keypad
DANGER: Always make sure that the parking brake is applied

(ref 4) whenever the machine is left unattended, even for a
short time.
D When this range is selected the machine will set off in 1st or
2nd gear and will automatically shift through up to 6th gear
according to acceleration. When the machine slows down the
transmission will automatically shift down to the most appropriate
gear. This is the position when driving in normal road conditions.
3 - 2 -- 1 Road, load and traffic conditions sometimes mean that
gear ranges have to be limited. They also provide progressively
more powerful engine braking in gradient driving conditions.
In 6 x 2 mode:
D : This selection authorizes 2-3-4-5-6
3 : This selection authorizes 1 - 2 - 3
2 : This selection authorizes 1 - 2
In 6 x 6 or 6 x 4 mode:
D : This selection authorizes 1 - 2
1 st to 2nd gear changes must be made with the engine at idling
speed. Engine speed must be reduced to allow this operation.
Changing down through gears :

- Before changing down, let the engine speed slow down.
- Changing down a gear without respecting this instruction
may lead to damaging the gearbox.
CAUTION :To avoid causing damage to the transmission always bring

the machine to a halt before changing forward or reverse directions.
CAUTION :The machine should be brought to a standstill before

changing the steering moder.
WARNING: Never freewheel the machine with the gearbox in

Neutral as this can seriously damage the transmission.
Remember that there is no engine brake effect in neutral (N).

Downshifting
Making downshifts means that a lower gear range is chosen to reply
to driving conditions. Getting to know how to get the best out of
downgrading will be helpful for better driving on snowbound or icy
roads, as well as on steep gradients. Engine braking power is
increased by downshifting. Choosing a lower range means avoiding
repetitive gear changing on hilly roads.
Forward-Reverse gear changing and downshifting safety

devices
Although there is no engine speed limit for upshifting, this is not the
case when downshifting or changing to reverse drive. Downshifting
should be avoided when engine speed exceeds the maximum speed
for the next gear down. Therefore the system has been designed,
when an attempt is made to make such a gear change, to inhibit
such changes until the engine speed is reduced to the correct level.
Slow down the vehicle with the engine brake or the

exhaust brake
Downshift to use the engine brake. If the engine exceeds the
maximum admissible speed for this range, use the exhaust brake or
the road brakes to slow down. Engine braking allows speed to be
controlled when driving down hills. When the vehicule is heavily
loaded or on a steep gradient it is adviseable to select a lower range
before reaching the summit of the hill.
WARNING:
Do not select a gear range or change drive directions (forward-reverse
and vice versa) when engine speed is greater than idling speed.
If the wheels are blocked and do not turn, do not fully accelerate during a
period of at least 30 seconds.

Jobsite driving
Changing from carrier cab to upper cab
Operations to be carried out:
In the carrier cab.
Engine ticking over;
- Make sure that the gear selector, is in neutral "N"
- Apply the parking brake.
- Move the cab selection switch to the upper cab position.
The corresponding warning light comes on.
- Block the suspension with control .
-Move the outrigger control into the outrigger position.
Outrigger manipulation from either side of the chassis is possible at
this point.
In the upper cab.
Both handling and driving functions are available.
Rear axle steering is obtained by activating the lever switch.
The suspension can be locked or left free according to use of the
machine.
Changing from the upper cab to the carrier cab

Operations to be carried out:
In the upper cab
- Prepare the machine for highway travel
Lock the upper
Lower and retract the boom
Attach the pulley block to its cradle
Line up the rear wheels with the chassis
Inhibit rear axle steering
Unlock the suspensions
Apply the parking brake
Make sure that the gear selector is in neutral "N"
Outrigger control in outrigger selection position
to store away the outriggers.
WARNING: The greatest care must be taken when the upper is
positioned with the boom over the rear of the chassis as directions
are effectively inversed, forward drive becomes reverse drive and
visa versa.
On the chassis:
- Put the ground pads into their storage position and lock
them into place. (This operation is essential with 20.5 x 25
tires.)
- Lock into place the retracted outrigger beams.
In the carrier cab:

- Place the cab selection switch into the carrier cab
position
- Disactivate outrigger selection by control.

Conditions for using locked or unlocked suspensions

All axle suspensions must be locked for:
- Lifting on outriggers (360°) with the wheels clear of the
ground.
- Lifting on tires in the centerline over the rear of the machine.
II axle suspensions must be released and the machine levelled for :
- For travelling on roads and jobsites.
- For all-terrain travelling.
- Respect tire inflation pressures (Road - 10 bars or 14.5 PSI).
Eliminate oil pressure from the suspension circuit each evening by
letting down the suspension with control. This drains the suspension
rams and hydro-pneumatic accumulators which helps to reduce
suspension circuit oil pollution.
Driving the machine with a suspended load.
- Make sure that the load does not exceed the values
indicated in the on tire handling capacity chart.
- Keep the load as close as possible to the ground and
carefully attach it with slings to the chassis to avoid
swinging
- Respect tyre inflation.
- Driving the machine with a suspended load should only be
carried out on solid. flat horizontal ground.
- The boom should be positioned over the rear of the
machine in the longitudinal axis of the chassis. with the
turret locked in position and slewing locked.
- When driving the machine with a load the turret should
never be slewed (turret locked in position)
- For maximum safety. extend the outriggers. lower the outrig-
ger rams as for as possible.
MAXIMUM SPEED WHEN DRIVING THE MACHINE WITH A LOAD: 0,4
m/s (1.3 ftls)
IMPORTANT: Never use the manual accelerator to drive the machine, with or
without a load. This control allows a minimum engine speed of 700 rpm.

Hazards within the working area
Be careful about power lines, bridges, railway lines, buildings and
other cranes.
Arcing can be induced between a power line and the metal parts of
the crane when they touch, or when they do not respect the minimal
safety distance.
Power line voltage Minimum distance
o to 1000 V 2 m (6.6 Ft)
1 KV to 110 KV 4 m (13 Ft)
110 KV to 220KV 5 m (16.4 Ft)
220 KV to 380KV 6 m (20 Ft)
It is often very difficult to determine the vOltage of a power line so we
always recommend to keep a minimum distance of 6 m (20 Ft)
Accidents are mostly caused by discharging.lf a minimum distance of 6
m (20 Ft) cannot be respected ask the local electricity company to cut
the power.
WARNING:
The counterweights fitted must WARNING
conform to the instructions in the
booklet of load curves.
Any operator must become acquainted with the operating instructions
described in this manual before using the machine. The operator is
wholly responsible for machine operation. No liability will be accepted
by the manufacturer if the instructions contained in this manual are not
strictly respected.
Always be watchful. Never allow anybody in the working area. You

must always know where they stand in the working zone.
It is forbidden to stand in the machine working area
Avoid load swinging and abrupt maneuvers
DANGER:
Before any rotational movement, retract the cylinder of the lifting
table so as to avoid all risk of collision with the turret.
Always respect the figures for boom length and reach given in
the booklet of load curves.

A 1 ISetting down the chassis

counterweights
To obtain a machine configuration of 2 x 12 t, the 1 300 kg

counterweight and the 1 100kg+600 kg assembly must be put down
on the ground. Only the 2 500 kg counterweight remains on the
turret.
Visual indicators and controls used for this operation are:
- Ref. 260: Counterweight cylinders raise/lower control.
- Ref. 261: Counterweight locking hooks lock / release control.
Locked/unlocked indicator flag.

Colour red/green.
- Ref. 259 : Upperstructure slewing lock control.
IV-D- 10 Edition : 02/2001

A 1-11 Disassembly on to the chassis of counterweight(s)

fixed to the turret.
Two possible set-ups:
Case 1: only the 1,300 kg counterweight (pined on the turret)
must be deposited on the chassis.
Case 2: All the counterweights (1,100 kg + 600 kg) + 1,300
kg must be deposited on the chassis.
~ Turret with 2,500 kg counterweight
Securing pins
........-1,300kg pin - secured counterweight
Case 1
Case 2
1,100 kg + 600 kg locking
counterweight
DANGER: In both cases the procedure is as follows:

Before any rotational movement,
retract the cylinder of the lifting table Carry out the cab change operations.
so as to avoid all risk of collision with (See chapter: Driving).
the turret. Position machine with outriggers fully extended and wheels off the
ground. On solid and horizontal ground.
Unstow pulley block if necessary.
Raise jib to clear it from its support.
Slew turret over rear of machine.
Once the turret is over the rear and on the axis of the machine, slew
it to the left to an angle of 8" 30'.
To obtain this position, use the reference mark on the front of the
turret; align the red arrow painted on the turret chassis with the
painted screw head on the slewing ring. Lock turret in "Fit
counterweights" position using control no. 259 (8"30' left at rear).
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 11

At this stage in the operation:
Case 1:
Only the 1 300 kg counterweight is pinned on to the turret. The
locking indicator flag shows green.
Case 2: the counterweight assembly is fixed to the turret and the

locking indicator flag shows red.
Raise the counterweight lifting table using Control 260, holding it on

until the whole movement is completed. Counterweights clamped
under the turret.
Case 1: unpin the 1 300 kg counterweight from the turret.

Unlock the assembly (1 100 kg + 600 kg) from the turret by
actuating Control 261, holding it on until the flag has turned right
round to green position.
WARNING: Before continuing the operation, make quite sure that the indicator
Lock/unlock counterweights, Control flag is showing green ..
261:
Hold this control on until the locking Use control no. 260 to lower the lifting table and counterweight(s).
or unlocking operation is completely Hold the control in position until the lifting table has come all the way
finished. down. An audible warning will continue to sound until the table
reaches low position.
Unlock turret slew.
IV-D- 12 Edition : 02/2001

DANGER:
Before any rotational movement, A 1-21 Removing counterweight(s) from the chassis on to
retract the cylinder of the lifting table the ground.
so as to avoid all risk of collision with Slew turret to the front.
the turret. Place slings round the chassis counterweights.
Lift the chassis counterweights and slew the jib to lower them on to
supports to facilitate slinging when they are to be lifted again.
DANGER:
Slewing the turret with the boom fully raised and no load
attached to the hook could cause the crane to tip backwards
towards the counterweight.
This danger is increased with intermediate chocking or chocking
at chassis level.
Always use the crane with its outriggers fully extended.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 13

A2! Removing counterweights to

obtain a 2 x 12 t + 3% machine
config uration.
(Machine without extension)
To obtain a machine configuration of 2 x 12 t + 3%, the 1 300 kg

counterweight and one of the 550 kg counterweight must be put
down on the ground. Only the 2 500 kg + 250 kg counterweights
remain on the turret. the 550 kg + 600 kg counterweights remain on
the chassis.
Visual indicators and controls used for this operation are:
- Ref. 260: Counterweight cylinders raise/lower control.
- Ref. 261: Counterweight locking hooks lock / release control.

Colour red/green.
- Ref. 259 : Upperstructure slewing lock control.
IV-D- 14 Edition : 02/2001

A2-1/ Disassembly on to the chassis of counterweight(s)

Case 1: only the 1,300 kg counterweight (pined on the turret)
must be deposited on the chassis.
Case 2: All the counterweights 550 kg + 550 kg + 600 kg +
1,300 kg must be deposited on the chassis.
~ Turret with 2,500 kg+250 kg counterweights
Securing pins
/,300kg pin-secured counterweight
Case 1
Case 2
550 kg + 550 kg + 600 kg locking
counterweights

it to the left to an angle of 8" 30'.
painted screw head on the slewing ring. Lock turret in "Fit
counterweights" position using control no. 259 (8"30' left at rear).
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 15

At this stage in the operation:
Case 1:
Only the 1 300 kg counterweight is pinned on to the turret. The
locking indicator flag shows green.


under the turret.

Lock/unlock counterweights, Control flag is showing green ..
261:
Hold this control on until the locking Use control no. 260 to lower the lifting table and counterweight(s).
Unlock turret slew.
IV-D- 16 Edition : 02/2001

DANGER: A-2-2/2 x 12 t + 3% machine

Before any rotational movement, Removing counterweight(s) from the chassis on to the
retract the cylinder of the lifting table ground.
so as to avoid all risk of collision with
Slew turret to the front.
the turret.
Place slings round the 550 kg turret conterweight and 1,300 kg
counterweight together.
Lift the counterweights and slew the jib to lower them on to supports
to facilitate slinging when they are to be lifted again.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 17

1300 kg pinned counterweight + 550 kg

counterweight to be placed
600 kg + 550 kg counterweight that remain on

the chassis
DANGER:
at chassis level.
IV-D- 18 Edition : 02/2001

WARNING:
The counterweights fitted must B I Removing counterweights to
booklet of load curves. obtain a 2 x 13 t machine
config uration
To obtain a 2 x 13 t machine configuration,

the 600 kg and 1,100 kg counterweights must be put down on the
ground. Only the 3,200 kg counterweight remains on the turret, with
the 600 kg on the front of the chassis.
The controls used for this operation will be:
No. 260: Counterweight cylinders up/down control.
No. 261: Counterweight lock/unlock control

Colour red/green.
- No. 259: Turret slewing inhibitor control.

In "Fit counterweights" position.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 19

B -11 Disassembly on to the chassis of counterweight(s)

Case 1: only the 600 kg counterweight is pinned to the turret
and must be deposited on the chassis.
Case 2: the 600 kg counterweight is pinned to the turret and
the 1,100 kg + 600 kg assembly is pinned to the turret and they
must all be deposited on the chassis.
~ Turret with 3,200 kg counterweight
Securing pins
__ Pin-secured 600 kg counterweight
Case 2
1,100 kg + 600 kg locking
counterweight

it to the left to an angle of 8 30'.
0
Use the reference marks to obtain this position.

Lock turret in "Fit counterweights" position using control no. 259
(8·30' left at rear).
IV-D- 20 Edition : 02/2001

At this point in the operation:
Case 1:
Only the 600 kg counterweight is pinned on to the turret. The locking
indicator flag shows green.


under the turret.
Case 1: unpin the 600 kg counterweight from the turret.
Case 2: unpin the 600 kg counterweight from the turret.

Lock/unlock counterweights, Control flag is showing green.
261:
Hold this control on until the locking Use control no. 260 to lower the lifting table and counterweights.
Unlock turret slewing.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 21

DANGER: A -21 Removing counterweight(s) from the chassis on to

Before any rotational movement, the ground.
retract the cylinder of the lifting table Slew turret to the front.
so as to avoid all risk of collision with Place slings round the 600 kg turret conterweight and 1,100 kg
the turret. counterweight together.
Lift the counterweights and slew the jib to lower them on to supports
to facilitate slinging when they are to be lifted again.
600 kg pinned counterweight + 1,100 kg

counterweight to be placed
600 kg counterweight that remains on the

/ chassis
IV-D- 22 Edition : 02/2001

WARNING:
The counterweights fitted must
booklet of load curves.
C / Fitting pin - secured counterweight
to th e tu rret
2 x 12 t machine (+3%): 1,300 kg pin-secured counterweight.

2 x 13 t machine: 600 kg pin-secured counterweight.
~ Turret with counterweight
Securing pins
__ Pin-secured counterweight
DANGER:
Before any rotational movement, In both cases the procedure is as follows:
retract the cylinder of the lifting table
so as to avoid all risk of collision with Carry out the cab change operations.
the turret. (See chapter: Driving).
Position machine with outriggers fully extended and wheels off the
it to the left to an angle of a· 30'.
painted screw head on the slewing ring.
(a"30'left at rear).
At this stage in the operation, no counterweights are fixed to the

turret and the locking indicator flag shows green.
Raise the counterweight lifting table with control no. 260, holding the
control in position until the lifting table is in contact with the turret.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 23

When the table is pressed firmly against the turret, pin the 600 kg or
1,300 kg counterweight, as the case may be, to the turret
counterweight and give a quarter turn to the pins to make them safe
against slipping out.
The locking indicator flag shows green.
Use control no. 260 to lower the lifting table with the 1,100 kg + 600
kg counterweight assembly.
Hold this control in position until the lifting table has come all the way
down.An audible warning will continue to sound until the table
Pin in locked position after
pinning
IV-D- 24 Edition : 02/2001

WARNING:
The counterweights fitted must D I Fitting all the counterweights to the
booklet of load curves. turret
This operation consists in fixing all the counterweights on the chassis
to the turret.
2 x 12 t (+ 3%) machine: 1,300 kg counterweight + assembly of
1,100kg or (550 kg + 550 kg) + 600 kg counterweights.
2 x 13 t machine: 600 kg counterweight + assembly of 1,100 + 600
kg counterweights.
~ Turret with 3,200 or 2,500 kg or (

~ 2500 kg + 250 kg) counterweight
Securing pins
__ Pin - secured 600 kg or 1,300 kg

counterweight
1,100 kg or (550 kg + 550 kg) + 600

kg locking counterweight
DANGER: Carry out the cab change operations.

Before any rotational movement, (See chapter: Driving).
retract the cylinder of the lifting table Position machine with outriggers fully extended and wheels off the
so as to avoid all risk of collision with ground. On solid and horizontal ground.
the turret. Unstow pulley block if necessary.
it to the left to an angle of 8·30'.
At this stage in the operation, no chassis counterweights are fixed to
the turret and the locking indicator flag shows green or must be
brought back to the green position.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 25

WARNING: Make sure that the sockets of the lockable counterweight

twistlock are not obstructed (by ice, snow, dirt, etc.).
control in position until the counterweights are in contact with the
turret.
When the counterweights are correctly positioned against the turret,

pin the 600 kg or 1,300 kg counterweight, as the case may be, to the
turret and give a quarter turn to the pins to make them safe against
slipping out.
Before continuing the operation, make perfectly certain that the pins
are properly turned to make them safe against slipping out.
Pin in locked position after

pinning
When the 600 kg or 1,300 kg counterweight is pinned to the turret,

lock the 1,100 kg + 600 kg counterweight assembly by means of
control no. 261.
The locking Hag shows red.
WARNING: Before continuing the operation, make perfectly certain that the
Lock/unlock counterweights, Control locking Hag shows red.
261:
Hold this control on until the locking Lower the lifting table by means of control no. 260.
or unlocking operation is completely Hold this control in position until the lifting table has come all the way
IV-D- 26 Edition : 02/2001

EI Disassembling all the

counterweights on to the chassis
DANGER:
Before any rotational movement, This operation consists in fixing all the removable counterweights to
retract the cylinder of the lifting table the chassis.
so as to avoid all risk of collision with
the turret. Carry out the cab change operations.
(See chapter: Driving).
Position machine with outriggers fully extended and wheels off the
ground.
it to the left to an angle of 8·30'.
At this stage in the operation, all the counterweights are fixed to the
turret and the locking indicator flag shows red.
control in position until the lifting table is in contact with the
counterweights.
When the lifting table is pressing firmly against the counterweights,
unpin the 600 kg or 1,300 kg counterweight, as the case may be, to
release it from the turret, and turn the pins to enable them to slide
out.
Before continuing the operation, make quite certain that the pins
have been removed ..
Pin in locked position after pinning.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 27

When the 600 kg or 1,300 kg counterweight has been unpinned from

the turret, unlock the 1,100 kg + 600 kg counterweight assembly by
means of control no. 261.
The locking flag shows green.
WARNING: Before continuing the operation, make quite sure that the locking
Lock/unlock counterweights, Control flag shows green.
261:
Hold this control on until the locking Lower the lifting table with the counterweights using control no. 260.
or unlocking operation is completely Hold this control in position until the lifting table has come all the way
IV-D- 28 Edition : 02/2001

Taking a counterweight from a trailer.

Carry out the cab change operations.
(See chapter "Driving".)
Outriggers should be fully extended, and wheels off the ground.
Unstow the pulley block
Raise the boom.
DANGER:
at chassis level.
Bring the transport trailer up as close as possible to the crane.
Before handling, check the counterweights as follows:

check general condition; any damaged counterweights must
be replaced,
check the sling points.
check the weight of the counterweights,
check the stacking order of the counterweights.
make sure that the sockets of the lockable counterweight
twistlock are not obstructed (by ice, snow, dirt, etc.)
make sure that no objects, tools or foreign bodies have been
left on the counterweights.
Make sure that the counterweight lifting table is in low position and
has no tools or other objects lying on it.
Sling the counterweights. WARNING: choose appropriate sling

points according to the type of counterweight assembly to be lifted.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 29

Lift the counterweights and slew the boom to deposit them on the
lifting table.
Remove the slings.
Slew the turret over the rear of the machine.
Lock the turret in "Fit counterweights" position (8·30' rear left). Use
the painted reference marks to reach this position.
Lift the counterweights right up with the table (see chapter "Driving").
Lock the counterweights to the turret with the two locking pins.
Turn the two locking pins to safety position.
Lower the 1 100 kg chassis counterweight if necessary or lock it to
the turret (see chapter "Driving").
Driving the machine with all its

counterweights.
For movement on the road within the European Community and

without special authorization, the load per axle must be equal to or
less than 13 tonnes for FRANCE and SPAIN and 12 tonnes for the
other countries.
Fitting all the counterweights increases the axle load of the machine.
For this reason, the machine may be driven with all its
counterweights only off the public highway or in countries which
impose no restrictions on axle loads.
To drive the machine under these conditions, the load has to be

distributed.
Turret: 2 500kg or 3 200 kg counterweight according to model.
Chassis: on the counterweight table, all the other counterweights.
For travelling, the boom must be retracted and resting on its support
with its retaining sling fitted. This position will ensure that the
counterweights are kept in place.
IV-D- 30 Edition : 02/2001

Boom Te/escoping
Telescoping under load is possible to a limit of 75% of capacity chart
indications and to a maximum weight of 8 tons (8.8 US Tons)
The precision of this function is, however, less accurate than those of
winching or derricking, because it depends upon the mechanical
efficiency of the boom ( pad friction).
Pad friction depends upon :
- Lubrification
- The derricking angle of the boom
- The weight of the load lifted ( refer to capacity chart).
During BOOM EXTENSION very poor efficiency will be marked by

the boom coming to a halt, when the maximum pre-adjusted
pressure for the telescoping function is reached.
To re-enable the function, set down the load and readjust the boom
in a more favourably geometric configuration.
During BOOM RETRACTION very poor efficiency will be marked by a

sudden movement in the function over a distance of up to 50cm (1.6
Ft)
CAUTION: To avoid reaching these limits:

-- regularly grease the areas upon which the pads slide
-- respect the radii, angles and equivalent loads indicated by the
caDacitv charts.
Recommendation:
Never completely extend the boom horizontally. if it is not possible to
derrick the boom to around 300 ( corresponding minimum angle for
correct boom retraction)
WITHOUT lOAD BOOM LIMIT

DANGER:
FREE ON WHEELS OR OUTRRIGGERS EXTENDED, DO NOT
OVERPASS WITHOUT lOAD, the maximum boom lengths and
radius as showned in the load charts.
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 31

In case of breakdown it is possible to tow the machine over a short

distance (less than 10km - 6.2 miles) at a reduced speed (less than 10
kmh - 6.2 miles/h) using a towing bar.
- Place the gear selector in the Neutral position
- Place the gear range selector in the Neutral position.
- Release the parking brake on the front axle by compressing
the air bottle springs by tightening the bolts on the brake cylinders.
The service brakes, fed by the remaining air reserves, are not affected
by this operation.
The towing - hook is at the front of the carrier. It should only be used in
compliance with local road regulations. Maximum horizontal traction
force on the hook is 15 tons (16.5 US Tons).lfthe crane is bogged down
use the specially designed towing rings which are located on the rear
corners of the carrier. We advise you to use them in pairs.
Towing
IV-D- 32 Edition : 02/2001

Positions of the rear underrun bumper
Position 1 Position 1: Road travel with spare wheel.

Position 2: Road travel without spare
wheel.
Position 3 Position 3: Off road travel
Edition : 02/2001 IV-D- 33

Seat
1 / Headrest, adjustable
2 / Seat and backrest
3/ Armrest
4 / Horizontal adjustment
(upper part )
5 / Heigt and slope (front)
6 / Locking system for console
7 / Weight adjustment
8 / Horizontal adjustment
( complete seat)
9 / Automatic lapbelt
10/ Backrest adjustment
11 / Height and slope ( rear)
Edition : 04/2001 IV-F- 1

Operation
For easy access to the seat the rear control console can be released
upwards. Once sitting in the operating position, the armrest console
can be pushed downwards to lock in the original working position.
The fine backrest adjustment mechanism provides a simple and

quick method for finding the optimal working position.
To provide the operator with a comfortable position for his forearms

in relation to the operating controls, slide adjustment lever is located
underneath the seat cushion to give the required adjustment.
In addition to the above the seat cushion can also be adjusted for
height and slope, without leaving the seat, by simple controls
located at the front and rear of the seat cushion.
To provide the operator with the correct operating position in relation

to the cab control pedals, a second slide lever is located on the base
of the seat to give the required adjustment.
Finally for the optimal driving/operating position the padded armrests

located on the consoles can be adjusted in height and width by the
fixing screws and locating them in the alternative position provided.
Reignition procedure for the gas oil circuit in a machine

equipped with bi-fuel
Engine:
- dismantle the suction connection and return connection.
- bring up the diesel fuel with the hand pump.
- collect it in a container.
- continue pumping until all air is eliminated from the flow
- refit connectors, checking leaktightness.
Starting up:
- start the engine
- let it run for 1/4 hour on diesel, then switch over to fuel oil.
In case of difficulty, repeat the purging operation on the engine.
WARNING:
It is essential to keep a "consumption" record of amounts of domes-
tic fuel oil used by the vehicle if it is fitted with the dual fuel device.
IV-F- 2 Edition : 04/2001

Main winch and auxiliary winch

operation
DANGER:
The LMI unit cannot control load handling operations using
two hook blocks at the same time and therefore totally safe
handling cannot be ensured. Any handling operations
undertaken with two hook blocks in use WILL BE CARRIED
OUT UNDER THE FULL RESPONSABILITY OF THE CRANE
OPERATOR OR THE WORKSITE MANAGER.
PPM CAN IN NO WAY BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
ACCIDENT OR INCIDENT WHICH MAY OCCUR WHEN THE
CRANE IS OPERATED WITH TWO HOOK BLOCKS IN USE.
Dual hook block operation consists of handling a single load using

the main boom hook block along with the extension hook block.
Before dual winch handling, it is essential to verify that the load can
be handled by the extension hook block alone. Check with the rating
manual to see if this is possible.
Raise the machine on fully extended outriggers and position the

upper in the centreline of the machine over the rear.
The LMI unit can only operate correctly when working with a single
hook block at anyone moment (either the main boom or the
extension). When operations are undertaken using two hook blocks
the RCI unit must be programmed in the extension handling mode.
Adjust the LMI unit for working with the extension.
When a load is to be lifted by two hook blocks at the same time, the
maximum authorized load to be considered is that which can be
handled by the extension with a single hook block.
Refer to the ratings manual.
The radius depends on the extension being used. Refer to the

ratings manual with extension. The value indicated by the LMI unit
will be the value relative to the programmed extension.
Working with both hook blocks at the same time can lead to
overloading of the boom and the extension and may provoke
accidents. The LMI unit is not 100% efficient in this configuration.
The authorized handling operation, under the responsability of the

crane operator or the worksite manager, consists of turning over a
load using the two hook blocks one after the other, as illustrated
below.
Edition: 04/2001 IV-G- 1

Use the extension hook block to lift the load (as this is the weaker
element).
Lift the load with the extension hook block.
r-----------'I
I"
1-
~ ,,
1
-I
IV-G- 2 Edition : 04/2001

Pivot the load to a hrizontal position by using the main boom winch.
CAUTION:
As soon as the main boom winch takes up the load to bring it
to a horizontal position, values indicated by the LMI unit are
false.

Never lower the boom when carrying out handling operations using
both hook blocks. The Rei unit can no longer control overload
conditions. This is why the load must always correspond to the
maximum admissible load for the greatest radius.
Lower the load with the extension hook block to bring it to a vertical
position.
All manoeuvers must be executed in a smooth and steady manner

without jolting.
Main hook block reeving must be superior or at least equal to that of
the extension hook block.

Working with the main boom hook
block and the auxiliary boom head
hook block
DANGER:
The LMI unit cannot control load handling operations using
two hook blocks at the same time and therefore totally safe
handling cannot be ensured. Any handling operations
undertaken with two hook blocks in use WILL BE CARRIED
OUT UNDER THE FULL RESPONSABILITY OF THE CRANE
OPERATOR OR THE WORKSITE MANAGER.
PPM CAN IN NO WAY BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY
ACCIDENT OR INCIDENT WHICH MAY OCCUR WHEN THE
CRANE IS OPERATED WITH TWO HOOK BLOCKS IN USE.
Dual hook block operation consists of handling a single load using the
main boom hook block along with the auxiliary boom head hook block.
Check that the load can be lifted by a single line hook block before
starting any handling operations.
Refer to the ratings manual if possible.
Raise the machine on fully extended outriggers and position the upper
in the centreline of the machine over the rear. Apply the free slewing
brake.
The LMI unit can only operate correctly when working with a single hook
block at anyone moment (either the main boom or the extension).
When operations are undertaken using the auxiliary boom head the LMI
unit must be programmed in the single line hook block mode.
Adjust the LMI unit for working with one single line.

CAUTION:
The radius indicated by the LMI unit is no longer exact because the
auxiliary boom head is not taken into consideration.
In case of breakdown it is possible to tow the machine over a short
distance (less than 10km - 6.2 miles) at a reduced speed (less than 10
kmh - 6.2 miles/h) using a towing bar.
- Place the gear selector (ref. 6) in the Neutral position
- Place the gear range selector (ref. 80) in the Neutral position.
- Release the parking brake on the front axle by compressing
the air bottle springs by tightening the bolts on the brake cylinders.
The service brakes, fed by the remaining air reserves, are not affected
by this operation.

Changing a wheel
1 - Slightly slacken the wheel- nuts
2 - Extend the outriggers to support the crane and raise the wheels
just off the ground.
3 - Unscrew wheel-nuts and remove wheel
4 - Use the hook to bring the spare wheel down from its support.
5 - Fit the new wheel and screw up the wheel-nuts without tighten-
ing them.
6 - Retract the outriggers and finish tightening the wheel-nuts

(tighten nuts in opposing pairs). Tightening torque 65 m/Kg.
7 - Retighten the wheel-nuts after 16 hours operation.
The crane is equipped with an inflation point (on the left-hand side
of the machine) and an inflation kit (hoses. pistol grip. pressure
gauge).
Edition: 04/2001 IV-H- 1

Putting the spare wheel on the

ground.
· Attach the hoist hook
· Hook up the spare wheel using the hoist chain.
· Apply light tension to the chain.
· Undo the attachment screws on the spare wheel.
· Remove the wheel from its stand.
· Lower the spare wheel to the ground using the hoist.
IV-H- 2 Edition : 04/2001

Fitting the spare wheel to its stand.
· Attach the hoist hook to the bracket.
· Hook up the spare wheel using the hoist chain.
· Lift the spare wheel using the hoist to bring it to the same level as
its stand.
· Put the spare wheel on its stand.
· Attach the spare wheel to the undercarriage using the two screws.
· Remove the chain from the spare wheel.
Edition: 04/2001 IV-H- 3

. Unhook the hoist from the bracket.
IV-H- 4 Edition : 04/2001

Setting up the machine on outriggers

Recommendations:
Raise the machine on outriggers on solid and, if possible, horizontal
ground.
If the ground is sloping, make the machine horizontal by using heavy
hard wooden blocks, and by adjusting the extension of the lifting
ram piston rods. The ground surface of the wooden blocks must be
greater than the surface of the ground pads or the full ground sur-
face of loaded tyres.
The machine must ALWAYS be raised on FULLY EXTENDED OR
INTERMEDIATELY EXTENDED OUTRIGGERS WHEELS CLEAR OF
THE GROUND.
Incorrect
Incorrect
Correct
WARNING :If an obstacle hinders the extension of one or more

outrigger beams the machine can be raised by simply extending
the affected outriggers' vertical lifting cylinders. In such a case the
STABILITY OF THE MACHINE IS REDUCED TO AN UNKNOWN
DEGREE AND THE ON TIRE LOAD CAPACITY CHART SHOULD BE
ADOPTED AS THE REFERENCE FOR LOAD HANDLING.
Edition : 04/2001 IV-J- 1

On fully retracted beams
VERY IMPORTANT ~
The intermediate and fully extended outrigger

positions are only correct if the outrigger beams
are locked with their locking pins.
DO NOT FORGET TO REMOVE the locking pins
before extending or retracting the outrigger
beams.
Intermediately extended beams
VERY IMPORTANT
tM$ =0
-0 0
FUllyextendedoutr~
VERY IMPORTANT --------
IV-J- Edition : 04/2001

2
Ground stability
Evaluate the ground stability in the area where the crane will work. Make
sure that the ground is firm enough to support the crane. Avoid soft,
unstable or partly frozen terrains.
When working near trenches:

The machine should not be positioned just next to trenches and
embankments, respect sufficient safety distances according to ground
conditions.
Safety distances:
Solid, non-granular terrain, Distance 1 = Depth of trench
Granular or backfilled terrain, Distance 2 = Twice the depth of trench.
Depth of
trench
WARNING :If the machine works near a trench and the minimum
safety distance cannot be respected the trench should be shored or
refilled to avoid any risk of caving in.
The working surface must be able to support the weight of the crane
and the load to be handled as well as dynamic stresses exerted by
crane movements and winds. Maximum pressure exerted on the
ground by the outrigger pads is inHuenced by the geometry of the crane
and the load being handled.
The operator, following values indicated on the chart, can decide

whether the outrigger ground pads alone are sufficient, or if it is neces-
sary to place large, thick planks under them. The ground pads must
always be positioned in the centre of any additional support.
Edition : 04/2001 IV-J- 3

Chart indicating acceptable ground pressures for different

types of terrains.
Necessary load bearing area = * Bearing stress
Ground bearing capacity
* Bearing stress is determined on the outrigger
ground pad and on tire bearing stress table
which is part of the load capacity charts book-
let..
daN/cm 2
Types of terrain LbS/Sqlnch
(Kgcm2)
Type A Backfilled, naturally settled terrain 0,5--1 1--15
TypeB Original untouched terrain
Granular but stable terrain:
Average to fine grain sand 1,5 20
Large grain sand to gravel 2,0 30
Non granular terrain:
Very soft 0 6
Soft 0,4 15
Compact 1,0 30
Semi-rigid 2,0 60
Hard 4,0
Rock with little cracking in good condition,
unaltered by atmospheric influences and with good
bedding conditions: 15 210
Tight bedding, 30 430
Compact bedding or in columns
TypeC Artificially compacted terrain
Asphalt, bitumen 5--15 70--210
Concrete:
Groupe BI 50--250 700--3500
Groupe BII 350-550 5000-7800
If you have any doubt about ground stability it is essential to carry

out a soil analysis test.
IV-J- Edition : 04/2001

4
Unstaring and storing the hook block
Unstaring the hook block

The following conditions must be met:
- Completely retracted boom set down on its support.
- Hook block attached to the hook block support at the front
of the machine by two balancer slings and a retainer sling.
Method:
- Get into the upper cab.
- Start up the engine.
- Override the two block safety device. (As the the safety device
counterweight is not freely suspended at the end of its chain the de-
vice will inhibit the function).
- Payout some rope line (Load lower control) by raising the boom
(boom raise control ).
CAUTION: Make sure that the retainer sling does not become
taut. This is achieved when the operator is sat in the turret cab
seat and the top of the hook block is maintained at the level of
the carrier cab roof.
- Release the override function as soon as the two block safety de-
vice counterweight is normally suspended from its cable.
- Raise the boom (Refer to the RCI display). Payout rope line as
necessary to maintain the hook block in its present position.
- Remove the two balancer slings which attach the hook block to its
support.
CAUTION: Make sure that the retainer sling does not become
taut. This is achieved when the operator is sat in the turret cab
seat and the top of the hook block is maintained at the level of
the carrier cab roof.
- The cable is in a vertical position when the boom has reached, at

this moment the hook block can be freed from the retainer sling
which attaches it to the support.
Edition : 04/2001 IV- 5

Storing the hook block

- Completely retract the boom.
- Derrick the boom .
- Lower the hook block to the level of its support.
- Fit the retainer sling.
- Fit the two balancing slings.
- Lower the boom (Derrick down control ). and wind in the cable
(Load raise control) to bring the boom to a horizontal position on its
support.
CAUTION: Taking up cable slack must be carried out with the

Elingue d'accrochage
greatest care so as not to damage the hook block.
This is achieved when the operator is sat in the turret cab seat
and the top of the hook block is maintained at the level of the
carrier cab roof.
- As soon as the two block safety device is no longer suspended at

the end of its sling the load raise function will be inhibited. Override
the safety device to finish the operation.
- Gently take up slack on the cable.
CAUTION: Do not put strain on the retainer sling.

This is achieved when the operator is sat in the turret cab seat
and the top of the two block safety device counterweight is main-
tained at the level of the carrier cab roof.
To complete taking up slack on the slings bring the the two block
safety device counterweight into slight contact with the dead end of
the hoist cable from the cable bracket housing.
IV- 6 Edition: 04/2001

Controls and operation
Operation and maintenance manual
FOLDING AND UNFOLDING THE EXTENSION.
Machine equipped with an 8 m extension.
Unfolding the 8m extension.
DANGER:
Always use a safety harness when performing assembly work
more than 3 m (10 ft) above ground level.
A single ladder may be used provided that it is secured in place
and the top 4 rungs are not used.
Use an extendable ladder. a stepladder or a pod that meets
applicable safety standards.
A - Positioning the machine
Choose a manoeuvring area large enough to deploy the 8 m

extension.
DANGER: It is strictly forbidden to

telescope the boom whilst the
extension is being unfolded.
The boom should be fully retracted
and must be horizontal.
Failure to follow these instructions
may cause the extension to be
deployed accidentally while it is
Machine fixed with outriggers fully extended. on flat. firm, level
being unlocked and so increase the
ground, with wheels raised off the ground.
risk of an accident.
Raise the boom and slew the turret over the rear of the machine
F-63440-26 Section IV - E - c - Page 1 27/11/03

Unreeve the main pulley block.

At the boom head, remove the top end-of-travel counterweight by
unscrewing the shackle attaching the counterweight chain to the cable
of the unit.
Remove the rope guides at the boom head to unreeve.

So that the cable may go over the extension and so that the wedge
socket may be secured, unwind the cable by about 15 m.
Pass the cable over the left-hand side of the boom.
B - Deploying the boom head-member support arm
Deploy the boom head-member support arm and fix it with the locking
pin.

C -Pinning the foot of the 8 m extension to the boom head
Remove the two pins from the upper and lower forks and place them
in readiness on the top plate.
D - Releasing the 8 m extension.
Attach the rope to control deployment.
Pivot the extension around the pivot (C) to align the forks of the 8 m
extension with the lugs of the boom head.
For safety reasons, attach the rope to the chassis. The extension
must remain on its support.

The travel stop keeps the extensions on the support arm.
E - Pinning the 8 m extension to the boom head.
Secure the 8 m extension to the boom head with the two pins that
were removed from the forks earlier and placed on the upper frame.
DANGER: The tilt-adjustment pins must

never be used to secure the extension to
the boom head under any circumstances
as this will cause the extension to
collapse.

CAUTION: Do not confuse these locking pins with the two tilt-
adjustment pins.
The two extension tilt-adjustment pins are located in a DANGER
warning sign.
Do not touch the tilt-adjustment

pins located in the DANGER
warning sign.
Insert pin (D). (Coupling at top of boom head.)

Insert pin (E).(Coupling at bottom of boom head.)
DANGER: Always refit the

safety clips on the pins after
reinsertion.

F - Pivoting the 8m extension
DANGER:
Before the square of the pivot is moved to release the extension,
it is vital that the extension should be fixed to the boom head by
the pins E and D.
If this instruction is not obeyed, the extension may fall.
Using the crank stored against the 8 m extension, manipulate the

square of pivot (C) to release the extension from the boom foot.
Removal of the crank from the pivot is strictly prohibited.

To make it easier to pivot the extension, incline the machine 1.5 to0
the left by retracting the blocking rams of the left outriggers.
Use the handling bar to disengage the travel stop, and at the same
time pivot the extension by hand, keeping control by means of the
rope. Replace the crank in its storage position

The handling bar unlocks the safety travel stop securing the boom
extension to the support arm.
Replace the crank in its storage position.
On the left-hand side of the boom:

Insert the locking pin and safety clips (G).
(Bottom coupling of boom head)
Insert the fixing pin and safety clips (F).

(Coupling at top of boom head.)

At the boom head, feed the lifting rope through the extension pulley.
Put the rope guides at the boom head back in position.
At the head of the 8 m extension, use the shackle to fix the

counterweight chain to the cable of the end-of-travel unit.
Pass the rope through the top end-of-travel counterweight.

Re-reeve, using the appropriate pulley block.
The 8 m extension is deployed.

The extension is now in its working configuration with a 0° inclination.

G - Electrical connections.
Make the electrical connection between the boom head and the foot of
the 8 m extension to supply power to the lifting end-of-travel unit.
At the head of the 8 m extension, connect the lifting end-of-travel unit

and secure into place.
F·63440-26 Section IV - E - c - Page 9 27/11/03

Stowing the 8 m extension
DANGER:
more than 3 m (10ft) above ground level.
Use an extendable ladder, a stepladder or a pod that meets
Choose a manoeuvring area large enough to enable stowage of the 8

m extension.


Machine fixed with outriggers fully extended, on flat, firm, level
risk of an accident.
Raise the boom and slew the turret over the rear of the machine.
The inclination angle of the extension must be set to 0·.
F·63440·26 Section IV - E - c - Page 10 27/11/03

The tools required to stow the extension are:

A hammer, a rope and the unlocking crank located against the 8 m
extension.
B - Deploying the boom head-member support
pin.

reinsertion.
C - Dismantling the top lifting end-of-travel unit and

unreeving the pulley block.
Disconnect the electrical connection between the boom head and the
foot of the extension.
At the head of the extension, remove the end-of-travel counterweight

by unscrewing the shackle attaching the counterweight chain to the
unit cable.
At the head of the boom, use the shackle to fix the lifting end-of-travel
Unreeve the pulley block.
Release the lifting rope from the extension.

D - Pivoting the 8 m extension
DANGER:
Remaining underneath the extension during the operations of
locking or unlocking the extension is prohibited.
Attach the rope to the head of the 8 m extension.
At left-hand side of boom:

Remove the pin and its safety clip (F).
Remove the pin and its safety clip (G).

(Bottom attachment of the boom head.)
Pivot the extension manually, restraining it with the rope, and bring it
round onto the deployment support arm.
The travel stop keeps the extension on the support arm.

DANGER:
Before the square of the pivot is moved to lock the extension, it
is vital that the extension should be fixed to the boom head by
the pins E and D.

square of pivot (C) to lock the 8 m extension on to the pivot fitted to
the boom foot. Replace the crank in storage position.
G - Unpinning the 8 m extension from the boom head
Remove pin (D). (Coupling at top of boom head.)

Remove pin (E). (Coupling at bottom of boom head.)

H - Fixing the 8 m extension to the boom foot
Swivel the 8 m extension around the pivot (C).

Once the extension is against the foot of the boom, lock into place.
I - Stowing the boom head-member support
Stow the boom head-member support arm and fix it with the locking
pin.
J - Fitting the lifting block
Feed the rope back through the boom hoist pulley.

Pass the lifting rope back through the safety counterweight
(counterweight opens out into two parts).

DEPLOYING THE EXTENSIONS.
Machine with 15 m extension.
Deploying the 8 m and 7 m extensions
DANGER:

extension, then the 7 m extension.


Before commencing deployment, the boom should be fully retracted
F·63440·26 Section IV - E - d - Page 1 27/11/03

Unreeve the main pulley block.

of the unit.

socket may be secured, unwind the cable by about 27m.
Pass the cable over the left-hand side of the boom.
B - Deploying the boom head-member support arm.
pin.
Deploying the support arm releases the extension from the boom foot.
F-63440-26 Section IV - E - d - Page 2 27/11/03

C - Pinning the foot of the 8 m extension to the boom

head.
Remove the 2 pins from the boom side of the upper and lower forks
and place them on the upper frame.
Releasing the 8 m and 7 m extensions:

- At the foot of the 8 m extension, attach the rope to control
deployment.
- In the middle of the 7 m extension, remove pin (A) locking the 7 m
extension to the boom foot and stow it in the storage hole provided.
- At the head of the 7 m extension, remove pin (8) locking the 7 m
extension to the boom foot and stow it in the storage hole provided.

Use the rope to bring the extensions out of their storage cradles,
standing back about 4 m to reduce the pull required on the rope.
For safety reasons, attach the rope to the chassis.
Pivot the extensions around the pivot (C) to align the forks of the 8 m
extension with the lugs on the boom head.
The extensions must remain on their supports
The travel stop keeps the extensions on the support arm.

o - Pinning the 8 m extension to the boom head.


collapse.
adjustment pins.
warning sign.


Insert pin (D)

(Coupling at top of boom head).
Insert pin (E)
(Coupling at bottom of boom head).

reinsertion.
E -Pivoting the 8m extension.
DANGER:
the pins E and D.


3U
@
~ 3U
N"""".bull!I~.
Use the handling bar to disengage the travel stop while manually
pivoting the boom extension at the same time. Use the rope to restrict
the movement of the boom extension.
The handling bar unlocks the safety travel stop that secures the boom


(Coupling at bottom of boom head)
Insert the locking pin and safety clips (F).

At the boom head, feed the lifting rope through the extension pUlley.

F- Deploying the 7 m extension
At the head of the 7 m extension:

Attach the rope to control movement when deploying the 7 m
extension.
At the foot of the 7 m extension:

Remove the two locking pins to release the forks.
Unlock the 7 m extension using the pin.
Deploy the 7 m extension, using the rope to restrain its movement.

Once the 7 m extension is in line with the 8 m extension,

pin the two extensions together.
G - Fitting the top hook end-at-travel unit
the 8 m extension, and then between the 8 m extension and the 7 m
extension to supply power to the top lifting end-of-travel unit.
and pin into place.
H - Fitting the pulley block.

of the unit. At the head of the 7 m extension, use the shackle to fit the
Pass the lifting rope through the 7m and 8 m extensions.
Feed the cable into the top end-of-travel counterweight.

Stowing the 8 m and 7 m extensions
DANGER:
Choose a manoeuvring area large enough to enable the 7 m

extension and then the 8 m extension to be stowed.



The inclination angle of the extensions must be set to 0·.

The tools required to stow the extensions are:

extension.
B - Deploying the boom head-member support.
pin.

reinsertion.

unreeving the pulley block..
foot of the 8 m extension and between the 8 m extension and the 7 m
extension.

cable of the unit.

At the head of the 7 m extension, disconnect and unpin the lifting end-
of-travel unit and stow in the carrier cab.

D - Pivoting the 7 m extension against the 8 m extension.
DANGER:
The area underneath the extension must be kept clear at all times
while the extension is being locked or unlocked.
At the head of the 7 m extension, attach the rope to the left-hand side
of the 7 m extension.
Remove the two pins that fix the extensions together in order to pivot
the 7 m extension back alongside the 8 m extension.

E - Fixing the 7 m extension to the 8 m extension
Swing the 7 m extension round alongside the 8 m extension,

restraining the movement of the 7 m extension with the rope.
Lock the 7 m extension ..
Stow the two locking pins on the foot of the 7 m extension.
F - Pivoting the 8 m and 7 m extensions against the boom

foot
DANGER:
Attach the rope to the head of the 8 m extension.

On the left-hand side of boom:

(Coupling at top of boom head.).

(Coupling at bottom of boom head.)

DANGER:
Before moving the square of the pivot to lock the extension to
the boom, it is vital that the extension is fixed to the boom head
by pins E and D.

square of the pivot (C) in order to lock the 8 m extension to the pivot
fitted to the boom foot. Replace the crank in its storage position.
Removing the crank from the pivot is strictly prohibited.
G - Unpinning the 8 m extension from the boom head

Remove pin (E) (Coupling at bottom of boom head.)

H - Fixing the extensions to the boom foot.
Pivot the extensions about the pivot (C). Once the extensions are
positioned in the stowage cradles against the boom foot, lock them in
place using the pins and cotters.
At the head of the 7 m extension:
Remove pin (8) from its storage position and lock the extension to the
boom foot.
At the foot of the 8 m extension: remove the rope.

In the middle of the 7m extension: remove pin (A) from its storage
position and lock the extension to the boom foot.
I - Stowing the boom head-member support.
Fold the boom head-member support arm back into its storage
position and secure with the locking pin.

J - Fitting the pulley block.


UNFOLDING THE EXTENSIONS.
Machine equipped with 15m (Bm+ 7m)
Unfolding the 8m extension.
DANGER:
Use an extendable ladder. a stepladder or a pod that meets

extension.

being unlocked and so increase the Machine fixed with outriggers fully extended. on flat. firm, level
risk of an accident. ground, with wheels raised off the ground.
F·63440·26 Section IV - E - e - Page 1 27/11/03

Unreeve the main pulley block

of the unit.

socket may be secured, unwind the cable by about 15 m. Pass the
cable over the left-hand side of the boom.
- Deploying the boom head-member support arm.
pin.
Deploying the support arm releases the extension from the boom foot.

C - Pinning the foot of the 8 m extension to the boom head
Remove the 2 pins from the boom side of the upper and lower forks
and place them on the upper frame.
D- Releasing the 8 m extension.
At the foot of the 8 m extension, attach the rope to restrict movement.

Remove the two pins fixing the 8 m extension to the 7 m extension.
To release the 8 m extension, take out the pin connecting it to the 7 m
extension.
Attach the rope to restrict movement.
F-63440-26 Section IV - E - e - Page 3 27/11/03

Pivot the extension around the pivot (C) to align the forks of the 8 m
extension with the lugs on the boom head.
For safety reasons, attach the rope to the chassis. The extension
must remain on its
support.
The travel stop keeps the extension on the travel arm.
E - Pinning the 8 m extension to the boom head.

collapse.

adjustment pins.
warning sign.

Insert pin (D). (Coupling at top of boom head.)

Insert pin (E).(Coupling at bottom of boom head.)

reinsertion.

F - Pivoting the 8m extension.
DANGER:
the pins E and D.

Su
N~t.!:l<iits~

Use the handling bar to disengage the travel stop while manually
pivoting the boom extension at the same time. Use the rope to restrict
the movement of the boom extension.

The handling bar unlocks the safety travel stop that secures the boom

(Bottom coupling of boom head)
Insert the fixing pin and safety clips (F).


At the boom head, feed the lifting rope through the extension pulley.
At the head of the 8 m extension, use the shackle to fix the

Pass the rope through the top end-of-travel counterweight.

Re-reeve, using the appropriate pulley block ..


G - Electrical connections.
the 8 m extension to supply power to the lifting end-of-travel unit.

and secure into place.

Stowing the 8 m extension
Machine with 8 m and 7 m extensions.
DANGER:
A - Positioning the machine.
Choose a manoeuvring area large enough to enable stowage of the 8

m extension.



The inclination angle of the extension must be set to 0·.

The tools required to stow the extension are:

extension.
B - Deploying the boom head-member support.
pin.

reinsertion.

unreeving the pulley block..
foot of the extension.

unit cable.

D - Pivoting the 8 m extension
DANGER:
Attach the rope to the head of the 8 m extension ..
At left-hand side of boom:


(Bottom attachment of the boom head.)

DANGER:
Before the square of the pivot is moved to lock the extension to
the boom, it is vital that the extension should be fixed to the
boom head by the pins E and D.

square of pivot (C) to lock the 8 m extension on to the pivot fitted to
the boom foot. Replace the crank in its storage position.
Removing the crank from the pivot is strictly prohibited.
E - Unpinning the 8 m extension from the boom head.

Remove pin (E). (Coupling at bottom of boom head.)

F - Fixing the 8 m extension to the boom foot.

Swivel the 8 m extension around the pivot (C).
Once it is alongside the 7 m extension, lock it into position.
Attach the 7 m and 8 m extensions together again.
G -Stowing the boom head-member support.
Stow the boom head-member support arm and fix it with the locking
pin.
H - Fitting the pulley block


Method 1: Inclining the extensions using the

lift function.
Work with an extension can be done at any of three angles of

inclination:
0° - 20° - 40°.
The procedure for inclining an extension varies according to the length
of the extension used.
The extensions should be inclined with the help of an assistant.
DANGER:
A - Inclining the 8 m extension
The machine must be chocked with the outriggers fully extended, on

flat, firm, level ground, and the wheels raised off the ground.
The turret is to be turned to the rear.
The extension is to be at 0°.
NOTE: On machines fitted with a spare wheel, the turret can be
slewed to the right or left, taking the right or left rear corner of
the deck as the point of reference, so that the boom can be
lowered in order to make insertion of the pins easier.
F-63440-26 Section IV - E - f - Page 1 27/11/03

A 1 -Inclining the 8 m extension to 20°.
Unreeve the pulley block, unwind about 15 m of cable and fix the
terminator wedge socket to the fork on the lower face of the 8 m
extension using the terminator wedge socket pin. The cable must go
properly over the cable guides. Slightly tension the rope until the LMI
shows a residual load of 0.1 tonnes.
,1
(0
Take care when positioning the terminator wedge socket: the wedge
must go at the bottom. Tension the rope slightly.
Carry out this procedure slowly and with the utmost care so as not to
damage the extension ..
WARNING: When the extension is inclined with the head in

contact with the ground. use of the derricking down control is
prohibited.
Pull out the 2 pins (A) and place them in the middle openings to obtain
a 20° angle. Insert the locking pins.
Raise the boom to 45° in order to leave enough room to incline the
extension. While being lowered, the extension must not strike the
ground.
F·63440·26 Section IV - E - f - Page 2 27/11/03

Let out some rope (using the lifting down control) to incline the
extension. Proceed slowly and cautiously, avoiding jerks.
As rope is let out, the extension sinks down and the inclination system
comes to a stop against the pins A.
CARE:
DO NOT DERRICK DOWNWARDS
WITHOUT FEEDING CABLE. A2 -Inclining the 8 m extension to 40°
DERRICKING DOWNWARDS ALONE
If the extension is configured to 20°, it needs to be brought to the 0°
WILL PUT THE CABLE UNDER
position to configure it to 40°.
TENSION AND DAMAGE THE
EXTENSION.
To bring the extension back to 0°, unreeve the pulley block, fix the
terminator wedge socket to the fork on the 8 m extension's lower side
using the terminator wedge socket pin.
Put the cable under slight tension.
Raise the extension, using the lifting up control.
Proceed slowly and with the utmost care.
Once the extension is near to 0°, bring the boom to horizontal using
the derricking down control and payout some rope if necessary.
Slightly tension the rope until the LMI shows a residual load of 0.1
tonnes.

Pull out the 2 pins (A) from the 20° position to obtain a 40° angle.
Stow the pins in the two storage holes provided.
ground.
Let out some rope (using the derricking down control) to incline the
As cable is played out, the extension inclines, and the inclining system
arrives at a stop.
B -Inclining a 15 m extension
The machine must be chocked with outriggers fully extended, on flat,

firm, level ground, with wheels raised off the ground.
The extension is to be 0°.
turned to the right or left, taking the right or left rear corner of the
deck as a point of reference, so that the boom can be lowered in
order to make insertion of the pins easier.

81 -Inclining the 15 m extension to 20°
Remove the pin connecting the wedge socket to the hook.

Remove the hook and place on the ground.
Unwind about 27 m of the cable and fix the terminator wedge socket
to the fork at the lower face of the 8 m extension using the terminator
wedge socket pin. The cable must go properly over the cable guides.
Slightly tension the rope until the LMI shows a residual load of 0.1
tonnes.
Position the terminator wedge socket carefully: the wedge must go at

the bottom. Tension the cable slightly.
damage the extension.
CAUTION: When the extension is at an angle with the head

touching the ground, the derricking down control must not be
used.

ground.
extension. Proceed slowly and cautiously, avoiding jerks ..
As rope is let out. the extension sinks down and the inclination system
CARE: comes to a stop against the pins A.
DO NOT DERRICK DOWNWARDS

WITHOUT FEEDING CABLE. Lower the boom to refit the hook to the wedge socket.
DERRICKING DOWNWARDS
82 -Inclining a 15 m extension to 40 00
•
ALONE WILL PUT THE CABLE
UNDER TENSION AND DAMAGE
THE EXTENSION.

To return to 0°, unreeve the pulley-block and fix the terminator wedge
socket to the fork situated on the upper side of the 7 m extension
using the 30mm pin. Tension the cable slightly.
Raise the extension using the LIFTING UP control.

Go slowly and take the utmost care.
the derricking down control and let out some cable if necessary.
Tension the rope slightly until the LMI shows a residual load of 0.1
tonnes.
Pull out the pins to obtain a 40° angle and stow them in the two
storage holes provided.
ground.
As cable is played out, the extension inclines, and the inclining system
arrives at a stop.
Lower the boom to refit the hook to the wedge socket.

Method 2: Inclining the extensions using the

Telescoping function.
Work with an extension can be done at any of three angles of

inclination: 0° - 20 0
- 40°.
The procedure for inclining an extension varies according to the length
of the extension used.
The extensions should be inclined with the help of an assistant.
DANGER:
A - Inclining the 8 m extension
The machine must be chocked with outriggers fully extended, on flat,

firm, level ground, with wheels raised off the ground.
The extension is to be at 00.

turned to the right or left, taking the right or left rear corner of the
deck as a point of reference, so that the boom can be lowered in
order to make insertion ofthe pins easier.

A 1 -Inclining the 8 m extension to 20°
Telescope the boom by about 1.5m.

Unreeve the pulley block, unwind about 15 m of the cable and fix the
extension using the terminator wedge socket pin. The cable must
pass properly over the cable guides. Tension the rope slightly until the
LMI shows a residual load of 0.1 tonnes.
(0
Position the terminator wedge socket carefully: the wedge must go at
the bottom. Tension the cable slightly.
damage the extension ..
CAUTION: When the extension is at an angle with the head touching

the ground, the derricking down control must not be used.
a 20° angle. Insert the lock pins.
ground.

Let out some rope (telescoping in control) to incline the extension.

Proceed slowly and cautiously, avoiding jerks.
As rope is let out, the extension drops and the inclination system
comes to a stop against the pins A.
A2 - Inclining an 8 m extension to 40°.

position to configure it at 40°.
To return to 0°, unreeve the pUlley-block and fix the terminator wedge
socket to the fork situated on the lower side of the 8 m extension
using the pin of the terminator wedge socket. Tension the cable
slightly by telescoping the boom.
Raise the extension using the telescoping out control. Proceed slowly
and with the utmost care.
Once the extension is near to 0°, bring the boom to a horizontal

position using the derricking down control, and let out some cable if
necessary.

Tension the rope slightly until the LMI shows a residual load of 0.1
tonnes. Pull out the pins (A) a to obtain a 40° angle.
Stow the pins in the two storage holes provided.
extension. While being lowered. the extension must not strike the
ground.
Retract the boom to incline the extension. Proceed slowly and

cautiously. avoiding jerks.
When the boom is being retracted. the extension inclines and the
inclining system comes to a stop against the pins A.
B -Inclining a 15 m extension.
The machine must be immobilized with outriggers fully extended. on

flat. firm. level ground. with wheels raised off the ground.
The extension is to be at 0°.
NOTE: On machines fitted with a spare wheel. the turret can be

turned to the right or left. taking the right or left rear corner of the deck
as a point of reference. so that the boom can be lowered in order to
make insertion ofthe pins easier.

81 -Inclining the 15 m extension to 20°
Telescope the boom by approx. 1.5 m.

Unreeve the pulley block, unwind about 27 m of the cable and fix the
extension using the terminator wedge socket's pin. The cable must
pass properly over the cable guides. Tension the rope slightly until the
LMI shows a residual load of 0.1 tonnes.
Take care when positioning the terminator wedge socket: the wedge
must go at the bottom. Tension the cable slightly.
damage the extension.
CAUTION: When the extension is at an angle with the head

touching the ground. the derricking down control must not be
used.

ground.
Retract the boom (telescoping in control) to incline the extension.

When the boom is being retracted, the extension inclines and the
inclining system comes to a stop against the pins A.
Lower the boom to refit the hook to the wedge socket.
82 -Inclining a 15 m extension to 40°

To return to 0°, unreeve the pulley-block and fix the terminator wedge
socket to the fork situated on the upper side of the 8 m extension.
Telescope the boom to tension the cable slightly.
Raise the extension using the outward telescoping control.

Proceed slowly with the utmost care.
the derricking down control and let out some cable if necessary.

Tension the rope slightly until the load state monitor shows a residual
load of 0.1 tonnes. Set the inclination to 40° by removing the pins (A).
Stow the pins in the two holes provided.
ground.
Retract the boom (telescoping in control) to incline the extension.

As the boom is retracted, the extension inclines, and the inclining

system arrives at a stop.
Lower the boom (derricking down) to refit the hook to the terminator
wedge socket.

Maintenance and operator's manual Maintenance
Maintenance
v
Edition: 04/2001 V-1

Maintenance
Regular maintenance of your machine will ensure longevity. We
therefore earnestly recommend that you follow the instructions given
in this chapter.
NOTE:
All personnel who carry out maintenance operations on this
machine must be aware of all instructions contained in this
manual, and respect all safety regulations before any
intervention.
The routine maintenance summaries indicate the main points to be

dealt with, and in the following pages further details are given on
these operations.

Maintenance Maintenance and operator's manual
Mai ntenance general featu res
WHEN MAKING THE PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION, CARRY OUT

INITIAL COMPLETE MAINTENANCE OF THE MACHINE, WITH THE
PPM EXPERT (OIL CHANGES, LUBRICATION, REPLACING
FILTERS), THEN REFER TO THE MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
SHOWN IN THE FOLLOWING TABLES.
IN THE EVENT OF PROLONGED STORAGE OR USE AT A FIXED

SITE, IT IS IMPERATIVE TO CARRY OUT 500 HOURS
MAINTENANCE AFTER EACH 6 MONTH PERIOD AT THE
MAXIMUM, ESPECIALLY THE FOLLOWING COMPONENTS:
ENGINE - AXLES - GEARBOXES - SUSPENSION - STEERING.
IMPORTANT:
The intervals shown in the following tables are deemed to apply to

machines used under normal conditions.
For intensive use or under conditions (heat - dampness - dust) it

is necessary to carry out maintenance more frequently.
V-4 Edition: 03/1999

Service intervals
The machine should be serviced regularly.

The hourmeter on your machine shows you when it is time to carry
out maintenance. It should be checked each day.
The frequencies shown are based on 10 hours/day, 50 hours/week,
and 2000 hours/year working.
Take advantage of the opportunity to tighten screws, nuts etc during
maintenance operations.
When effecting these servicing operations, tighten nuts,
bolts,etc...where required.
Hourmeter
Its electric control is connected to the engine oil pressure. It
accumulates hours exactly like a clock when the engine is running.
Preliminary operations
First of all clean grease fitting heads, plugs and periphery of filler
ports and level check sightglasses. When lubricating, check
condition of seals and replace them if they are damaged or show
signs of wear.
Before any daily start up

Every day, inspect the machine before getting in or start the engine.
Look carefully for: loosen or missing screws
Accumulation of scraps: oil or cooling liquid leaks
Check condition of tyres and levels.
Storage
After storage for some months, check all hydraulic circuit fittings and
make sure that they are correctly tightened. Inspect the entire
machine
Apply procedure "BEFORE EVERY DAILY START UP"
.AII the necessary steps should be taken to conserve the

environment. In particular, make sure that all used fluids are collected
and recycled. Do not leave these products in unsuitable, incorrectly
labelled containers.
Do not tolerate fluid puddles of whatever type on floors.

Table: tightening torques for traditional

steel screw assemblies.
Torques to be applied in m.daN (1 m.daN = about 1m.kg)

Friction coefficient between 0.125 and 0.15 inclusive.
Classe Class
Flat
Screw, Class s 10.9 Fine pitch Class 10.9
dimen
normal pitch 8.8 and screw 8.8 and
sions
12.9 12.9
13 M8 x 1.25 2 3 M8x1 2.5 3.5
17 M10x1.5 5 7 M10x1.25 5 7
19 M12x1.75 8 12 M12x1.25 9 13
22 M14x2 13 18 M12 x 1.5 9 12
24 M16x2 20 28 M14 x 1.5 14 20
27 M18x2.5 28 39 M16x 1.5 21 30
30 M20 x2.5 39 55 M18 x 1.5 31 44
32 M22 x 2.5 53 75 M20 x 1.5 43 61
36 M24x3 67 95 M22 x 1.5 58 82
41 M27x3 99 140 M24x2 73 103
46 M30 x 3.5 135 190 M27x2 107 150
50 M33 x3.5 185 250 M30x2 150 210
M33x2 205 290
Use a calibrated dynamometric chuck key (precision ± 6%)

Preventive maintenance
Introduction
The environmental working conditions of the machine gouvern its
maintenance.The prescribed check-list which follows indicate the
points to be verified and the frequency of the verifications.
NOTE:
The check-list takes into account the machine's operating
conditions. The type of work to be done, the dimensions of loads,
climatic and ground conditions are all factors to be taken into
account.The preventive maintenance lists are given in function of the
number of hours worked by the machine.
Any modification to the overall maintenance program must be

accompanied by a revision of the machine's new operating
conditions. Carefully study the preventive maintenance check-list
before making any changes to the verification frequencies.
The lubrification charts indicate the general greasing points and the
type of lubricant to be used on each component
Use of the prescribed Check-list

The check-list is an initial guide to preventive maintenance until
personal experience allows the definition of an appropriate
maintenance program according to different operating conditions.
The check -lists can be recopied as many times as necessary. Any

person who carries out a maintenance procedure must indicate this
on the checklist so that it can be verified as being done at the
moment of the following maintenance program.
Completed check-lists are documents which are an integral part
of the machine.
V-8 Edition: 03/1999

Tyre pressure
Periodically control tyre pressures, and ensure that corresponding
prescribed pressures are used following the work being done by the
machine. Refer to the tyre pressure indicator stickers on the chassis
footplating above the wheels.
Slewing ring fixation

Periodically check ring greasing and ring fasteners. If a problem is
detected, ask for the assistance of a PPM field service engineer who
will advise you on what action has to be taken. REMEMBER THAT
THE SLEWING RING FASTENERS ARE A PRIMORDIAL SAFETY
ELEMENT OF THE CRANE.
Starting up the machine after changing a hydraulic

component.
After having changed a hydraulic component on the machine, e.g.
pump, distributor, valve block, ram oil tank, etc .. , turn the engine
over at idling speed for around 20 to 30 minutes, without using any
of the hydraulic functions, then bleed, if necessary, the changed
part. Then check or exchange the concerned filter cartridges after
this operation.
Precautions to be taken if welding is to be done on the

machine
Before starting any electric welding jobs on the machine, firstly :-
disconnect the wires marked B+ and D+ from the alternator-
disconnect all electronic equipment (i.e. load indicator, gearbox
control unit, etc .. )
Transmission assembly fasteners

Periodically check that all transmission shafts and their universal
joints are correctly tightened. If there is any doubt about the
condition of a fastener, then immediately replace it using ONLY
fasteners prescribed by PPM, excluding any other types.

Periodic and compulsory slewing ring

fastener checks
1 - Slew ring fastener tightness is checked at the factory prior to

delivery.
2 - Slewing ring fasteners have to be to be retightened to the
recommended torque setting (refer to table) during the first warranty
visit.
a) Tooling:
Calibrated torque wrench (set to nominal torque rating
- see table below).
Refer to torque wrench manufacturer's document
(torque setting tolerance: ± 5%)
b) Conditions for verification:
Machine set up on outriggers
Short boom derricked so as to have a radius of 3m.
1 No load.
c) Method
Recommended order for tightening slewing ring fasten
ers.
- Nut or bolt 1 and 2, then at 90° , 3 and 4,
4 3 - Afterwards at 45° , nut or bolt 5 and 6, then at 90° ,7
and 8,
- Finally, all the intermediate nuts or bolts.
(the number of nuts and bolts depends upon the type
of machine)
V-10 Edition: 03/1999

d) Torque settings
Torque
rating at which
Nominal
exchange is
dxp Length Reference Oescription torque
necessery.
setting
(85% of nominal
torque value)
16 90 S 63338 94 23 m.OaN +0+2 19 m.OaN

x Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo
2.00
100 F 19338 68 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 50 m.OaN ± 3 42 m.OaN
100 E 62338 32 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 55 m.OaN ± 3 46 m.OaN
110 T 19338 80 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 50 m.OaN ± 3 42 m.OaN
120 F 62338 33 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 50 m.OaN ± 3 42 m.OaN
125 J 1933894 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 50 m.OaN ± 3 42 m.OaN
130 J 6233813 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 50 m.OaN ± 3 42 m.OaN
20 140 G 1933869 50 m.OaN ± 3 42 m.OaN
x Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo
1.50
140 J 1933871 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 55 m.OaN ± 3 42 m.OaN
145 C 1933888 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 55M.KG ± 3 46 m.OaN
170 R 62338 20 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 55 m.OaN ± 3 46 m.OaN
200 F 19338 91 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 55 m.OaN ± 3 46 m.OaN
220 H 62338 35 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 55 m.OaN± 3 46 m.OaN
130 K 19338 72 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 95 m.OaN± 5 80 m.OaN
140 E 1933890 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 75 m.OaN ± 5 63 m.OaN
140 L 19338 73 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 95 m.OaN± 5 80 m.OaN
24 160 M 1933874 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 95 m.OaN± 5 80 m.OaN
x
2.00 160 H 1933870 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 75 m.OaN ± 5 63 m.OaN
170 01933889 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen 95 m.OaN ± 5 80 m.OaN
200 06233842 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 75 m.OaN ± 5 63 m.OaN
145 U 1933881 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 120 m.OaN± 7 102 m.OaN
145 N 1933875 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 140 m.OaN ± 7 119 m.OaN
155 G 62338 57 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 120 m.DaN ± 7 102 m.OaN
160 P 1933876 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 140 m.DaN ± 7 119 m.OaN
27 175 C 62338 53 120 m.OaN ± 7 102 m.OaN
X Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo
2.00
190 Q 1933877 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 140 m.OaN± 7 119 m.OaN
190 H 62338 58 Vis / Screw / Schraube / Tornillo 120 m.DaN ± 7 102 m.OaN
210 A 1933886 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 140 m.OaN ± 7 119 m.OaN
250 B 1933887 Boulon / Bolt / Bolzen / Perno 140 m.OaN ± 7 119 m.OaN
Edition: 04/2001 V-11

Remark:
This operation is valid for all types of slewing ring fasteners, consult
the technical specifications for the corresponding torque values.
3 - Afterwards slewing ring fastener tightness must be checked
every 500 hours. Tooling, verification conditions, method and torque
values are the same as in paragraph 2.
a) Verify all the fasteners. Mark all fasteners with a torque value of
less than 85% of the nominal value.
If the number of fasteners detected with this characteristic is
greater than 20% of the total number, then all the ring fasten
ers must be changed.
USE ONLY ORIGINAL PPM SPARE PARTS
1 b) Otherwise retighten all fasteners with a torque value greater than
85% of the nominal value to the nominal torque value indicated in the
table, and in the order as shown in the illustration opposite.
c) Change, one by one and in the recommended order, all the
fasteners detected and marked in step (a) which have a torque value
4 3 inferior to 85% of nominal value.
ONLY USE GENUINE PPM SPARE PARTS
Tighten to the value indicated in the table.
4 - Systematic exchange:
2 All slewing ring fasteners, and the slewing ring itself, must be
changed every 8000 hours. This job must be carried out by
personnel authorized by PPM.
5 - Retightening fasteners after their exchange:
Retightening of the slewing ring fasteners must be carried out when:
fasteners have been exchanged,
the slewing ring has been exchanged, therefore a new set of
fasteners have been employed,
after an initial bedding-in period of 120 to 150 working hours.
Afterwards, periodic torque value verifications are to be carried out
every 500 hours.
Please consult your local PPM agent for further detailled

information concerning control, assembly, retightening and
exchange criteria procedures.
V-12 Edition: 03/1999

Edition: 04/2001 V-13

V-14 Edition: 03/1999

Edition: 04/2001 V-15

Maintenance and inspection

after initial start up.
Lubrication Table
Frequency Ref. Identification Operation Greasing points
50 h Slewing ring Check tightness Slewing ring fasteners
Wheels Check tightness
Tyres Check pressure
Accumulators Check pressure
Transfer unit Oil change
100 h Slewing reducer Oil change
Winch reducer Oil change

Axles 2 - 4 - 5 Oil change Diff. and reducers
Gearbox Oil change Refer to chapter
Gearbox Replace Oil filter
Gearbox Replace Oil filter
All fasteners Check tightness
Tightness of
Check for leaks
connections
V-16 Edition: 03/1999

List" 1\' - 1Oh

Air filter
Check air filter

Frequency: Every ten hours.Clean the dust collector bowl.
1 2 3
@~
Winch cable
Visual inspection. (Refer to 500 hourly list)
Edition: 04/2001 V-17

Hydraulic tank and fuel tank levels

1/ Hydraulic oil tank filler cap
2/ Fuel tank filler cap
3/ Hydraulic oil level
4/ Domestic fuel oil filler cap (Option)
5/ Domestic fuel oil level
Check level: every ten hours
- Machine on a flat surface

- All rams retracted
- Horizontal boom
Topping up
By filler cap no. 1 for hydraulic oil, and by filler cap no. 2 for fuel.
• Do not smoke when filling the fuel tank, the fumes are inflammable
• Avoid any contact with the skin as hot oil and components can
cause burns.
V-18 Edition: 03/1999

Windscreen wiper liquid bottle
Engine oil level
Refer to manufacturers' specifications: MERCEDES
Engine radiator coolant level
Refer to manufacturers' specifications: MERCEDES
Check the coolant level and add, if necessary, water or anti-freeze

slution until the level is within 2cms. of the filler neck. Use the type
and quantity of anti-freeze mixture as prescribed by the engine
manufacturer, refer to their specifications for details.
J When replacing, be careful while handling oil or coolant liquid
J Carefully unscrew the radiator drain plug or oil drain plugs,

grease nipples and pressure pick-up points.
In case of breakdown of the heat sensors, it is possible to force

operation of the fan by means of the valve next to the radiator.
Edition: 04/2001 V-19

List "B" - SOh
Slewing ring
Frequency: every 50 hours.
Using a grease gun, inject grease into the 4 grease nipples on the
slewing ring ( 4 or 5 pumps per nipple is sufficient).
After each injection rotate the ring through 90· in order to correctly
disperse the grease over the full internal surface of the slewing ring.
Maximum safety is obtained when only one operator performs this

job.
Slewing ring toothing
Greasing: every 50 hours. Apply spray in two passes as shown in

sketch below.
, I
, I
"\ i
'/
I I
Important: to obtain correct ring and pinion greasing it is essential to
\ \ I I fully rotate the slewing ring in both directions.
\\ 1/
l'''-bd~z' Maximum safety is obtained when only one operator performs this
job.
V-20 Edition : 04/2001

Boom and derricking system
1 1 Greasing the skids: telescope the jib by xxx m to align the grease
points with their orifices. Two grease points per jib foot.
21 Greasing of pulley block: 1 grease point.
31 Greasing of jib foot joint: 2 grease points.
41 Use a brush to grease the slides of the side skids on jib sections.
(Extend the jib.)
51 Greasing the derricking ram: 2 grease points at foot of ram, 1
grease point at top of ram.
Greasing the cylinder rod: with the boom horizontal, grease the short
length of cylinder rod that is exposed to the air. Repeat this operation
each time the boom is greased or extensions are fitted. During these
operations, the boom is lowered below O· and the cylinder rod loses
its protective grease.
Winch cable
Cable inspection (Refer to 500 hourly list)
Edition: 04/2001 V-21

Transmission: convertor and

powershift unit
Level: every 50 hours

Access: on the lower right - hand side of the unit.
Filling up:
By tube (1) on right-hand side of the machine.
Topping-up:
To check level: - hot oil (temperature higher than 80·)
- engine ticking over
To raise the temperature:
- place the machine on its outriggers (wheels off the ground)
- accelerate the engine and go through all the gears, with the
machine's brakes on to heat the oil up.
- take the brakes off and go back through all the gears to spread
the oil well through the circuit.
- when the oil reaches 80·, (engine still ticking over) go into neutral
gear.
- open the filler cap to allow air in.
- open the butterfly nut (3), the oil should flow slowly without
overflowing
- top up if necessary.
Drive shafts
3 grease nipples per drive shaft. Check for greasing and add if
necessary.
Slewing locking system
1 grease nipple on locking system housing body
Turret cab heater unit fuel tank
Check the level and top up if necessary
Warning: Use clean fuel. Do not use the dregs from the tank or
jerrycan
V-22 Edition : 04/2001

List "C" - 100 hours

Batteries
Electrolyte level check: every 100 hours. With the electrical circuit
disconnected,- unscrew the cell plugs,- the level in each cell
should be between 10 and 15mm above the seperators, - top up
with purified water, - refit and tighten cell plugs.
WARNING: Battery Posts, terminals and related accessories

contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State
of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling.
Checking the specific gravity

Check the specific gravity of the electrlyte in each cell using a
hydrometer ( before adding purified water).
1.285 32· correctlycharged

1.200 24· charged to half capacity
1.120 16· discharged
- If necessary, recharge the batteries and have them controlled by
an auto-electrical workshop.
- If the charging current is too high( requires frequent water
addition) or too weak (low specific graVity), a diagnostic should be
made and the cause corrected in order to prOlongate battery life.
General battery maintenance

Keep the top of the batteries clean and dry to avoid short-circuits
and corrosion. Remove the battery terminals and check to see if they
are attacked by corrosion. If they are scrape off the corrosion and a
thin film of metal and coat them with petroleum jelly or another
suitable product.Moderately tighten the terminals. Take care when
using the spanner so as not to touch the battery casing or other
battery terminals. Never allow a naked flame above the batteries.
Battery fixation
Moderately tighten the battery securing bolts by only half flattening
the washers, then tightening the counter nut.
Edition: 04/2001 V-23

Wheelnut tightness
Check wheelnut tightness regularly, every 100 hours.

Torque setting: Front wheels: .......... 65 m/Kg
Rear wheels: ........... 65 m/Kg
W
Air filter
Clean the air filter

If the cartridge is dry: - blowout the interior using low pressure (not
more than seven bars).- make sure, with the aid of a lamp inside
the cartridge, that it is not perforated. If the cartrdsige is greasy it
must be replaced. Replacing the cartridge:The central safety
cartridge (3)is not to be cleaned. Replace it every third time that the
primary cartridge (2) is cleaned. The primary cartridge (2) must be
replaced after being cleaned 6 times or once a year. - make sure
that the sealing ring is in good condition. If there is any doubt or
apparent defect then replace the cartridge.
V-24 Edition : 04/2001

Slewing reducer gear motor
Check level: every 100 hours (on dipstick)

Capacity: 2.61.
Combustion engine radiator
Clean the cooling matrix.
Ancillary component belt tensions and

conditions
Check the condition of all belts, and replace them if necessary.
Edition: 04/2001 V-25

List "0" - 200h/250h

Tyre pressures
1 14.00R x 25 :
Road: 10 bars - 145 PSI.
Work on tyres : 10 bars - 145 PSI.
16.00R x 25 :
Road: 9 bars - 131 PSI.
Work on tyres: 10 bars - 145 PSI.
20.5R x 25 / 17.5R x 25:
Road : 7 bars - 102 PSI.
Work on tyres: 10 bars - 145 PSI.
Batteries
Checking the specific gravity

Specific gravity Baume degree observations
1.285 32· correctly charged

1.200 24· charged to half capacity
1.120 16· discharged
- If necessary, recharge the batteries and have them controlled by
an auto-electrical workshop.
- If the charging current is too high( requires frequent water
addition) or too weak (low specific gravity), a diagnostic should be
made and the cause corrected in order to prolongate battery life.
General battery maintenance

Keep the top of the batteries clean and dry to avoid short-circuits
and corrosion. Remove the battery terminals and check to see if they
are attacked by corrosion. If they are scrape off the corrosion and a
thin film of metal and coat them with petroleum jelly or another
suitable product.Moderately tighten the terminals. Take care when
using the spanner so as not to touch the battery casing or other
battery terminals. Never allow a naked flame above the batteries.
Battery fixation
Moderately tighten the battery securing bolts by only half flattening
the washers. then tightening the counter nut.
Boom base
V-26 Edition : 04/2001
Check the boom axle fixing screw tightening torque. See the
tightening torque table at the beginning of this section.
Edition: 04/2001 V-27

Carrier cab
2 grease nipples on the carrier cab door.
Greasing of front and rear axle

connecting rods and linkages.
2 to 3 pumps on the grease gun per grease nipple.
Graisseur
~ador
Eng",sado, ~
T
Graisseur c~
Engrasadors~
Graisseurs
"-
~~ ~~~.~~r-
- 1 grease nipple on each suspension ram connecting shaft-

- 4 grease nipples on axle swivel points (2 per swivel)
- 2 grease nipples on steering rams (front axle: 2 rams)
V-28 Edition : 04/2001

Winch reducer gear
R-N
Check level: every 200 hours (plug R - N)
Capcity : 4 L for 4.5 t winch
Steering block
Air conditionning unit
Once a month:
- clean the evaporator with compressed air ( 4 bar)
- clean the condenser with pressurized water
CAUTION: In both case, excessive pressure could damage the fins.
This maintenance will not be really efficient unless there is an
important build up of dust or dirt.
Check the oil level in steering block
Edition: 04/2001 V-29

Liste "E" - 500h/600 h

Hydraulic circuit filters
Replace the filter: every 500 hoursBetween exchanges of the filter
cartridge:Keep an eye on the clogging warning light on the control
paneLlf this stays lit the filter cartridge must be changed.Oil the seal,
screw the cartridge until contact is made the tighten by half a turn.
After any operation requiring the closure of the flow valve, never start
up the machine before making sure that this valve has been
reopened.
Air dessicator
Frequency: every 500 hours
Situated in metal casing on left hand side of chassis.
Change the cartridge situated in the upper part of casing
V-3~ Edition : 04/2001

Frant and rear axles

Check the condition of the brakes.
Grease all moving joints.
Clean and then grease wheel hubs.
Axle differenrial unit

Check level: every 500 hours
The level should be up to the edge of the orifice R ( Filler and level
check orifice)
AN
Axle gear reducer

Check level: every 500 hours.
The level should be checked when the raised mark on the reducer is
in a horizontal position and the drain plug at the bottom.
Edition: 04/2001 V-31

Pivoting, swivellingjoints and linkages.

every 500 hours or every 5000 Kms
Moderately grease pivot and swivel joints and linkages.
Moderately grease transmission linkages.
Air bottles
Clean the bleed valves of the air bottles
Every 500 hrs or 5,000 km, check all steering screws for tightness
(steering shaft, steering box, levers, steering rods, etc).
V-32 Edition : 04/2001

Winch cable
The winch cable is the principal element on a mobile crane and

therefore merits particular attention concerning its initial fitting onto
the machine, as well as its maintenance.
Fitting the cable onto the machine. The selected cable must be clean
and not show any signs of corrosion or damage. Normally, the new
cable to be fitted should be of the same type as the original. Before
fitting the new cable, ensure that the its diameter corresponds to the
grooves on the winch drum and the different pullies.
When a reel of cable is unwound (either a bare reel or from a spool,

and always on a clean surface to avoid picking up impurities from
the ground), care should be taken so as not to twist or untwist the
cable. The same attention should be paid when winding the cable
onto the machine. If no precautions are taken the cable may buckle,
form loops or knots.
Edition: 04/2001 V-33

After having unwound the cable, wind it onto the winch. Be careful
when fitting the cable into the wedge retainer housing. The loop
should be manually preformed to a dimension which is as close as
possible to its definitive dimension in order not to have to pull a long
length of cable to tighten it.
EI cable debe salir de 70 a 80 mm

The cable should exceed by 70 or 80 mm
The wedge andJ.he G,.a,.ble should sige .

freely until thdtg1a'fi?~t'r'a~~: !&9H~~t¥eel cable deben deshzarse
sides of the w'Jm~rr~~~n~ntM!1Wt el cable se atranque en los cos-
tadbs de la caja con ~ufla.
How to section a cable

EI cable no debe salir del tambor I
I II_ ~
Section at this ... I Bind the cable on each side of
the point to be section ned
before hand.
Once the cable has been wound on,double reeve a pulley block and
attach a load( maximum load for 1 strand).Completely unwind the
cable using derricking and telescoping functions.Once the cable is
completely unwound, rewind it under load to put it under strain and
eliminate any strain.
Particular attention must be paid to the condition of mobile crane

cables, and teir replacement is essential at the slightest doubt.
The principal maintenance job is lubrification. The cable should be

regularly lubrified according to needs and especially in areas where
it wound or bent around pullies and the winch drum. It is essential to
use equivalent lubricants as employed by the manufacturer. These
are oils, which contrarily to grease, can penetrate the cable.
Lubrification reduces corrosion problems, wear and the friction
coefficient when the cable passes through pullies and is wound onto
the winch drum.
Edition: 04/2001 V-33

Cables must be visually inspected everyday in order to pinpoint any

signs of deterioration or deformation. Particular attention should be
paid to cable attachment points.
In any case, when an incident occurs which may have caused

damage to cable strands and wires or to attachment points, or when
a cable is going to be reused after having been removed and
refitted, then it should be closely examined.
If the machine has not been used for quite a long period, the cable
should be inspected before restarting work.
Particular attention should be paid to :

- Attachment points at each end of the cable.
- The sections of the cable which pass over pulley block pullies and
return pullies.
Reasons for removing the cable:

- Broken wires (reason and number)
- Packets of broken wires

- Gradual increase in number of broken wires
- Broken cable strands- Broken cable core
- Reduced elasticity. . cable diameter reduction. lengthening of
cable . tightening of individual wires and strands . appariton of
fine brown dust between strands.
- General wear of the cable by abrasion
- External and internal corrosion
- Deformed cable (under load) spiral form deformation stretche
d wires slackening of certain wires and strands knots contracti
ons flattened areas loops buckles bends
- Deterioration induced by heat
V-34 Edition: 04/2001

EXEMPlfS VISUElS OES otfl'f1F1ENTS DEfAUTS

POUVANT 51; I'ROIlUIRE SUR UN CABLE
Figure 1 - Flupt ..."" et IlrraChellHmt de fils su, d""" tomn" consecutifs "vao, justifie
;" depoe .. lto ........... 9" "'0'$(\)
Figure 2 - Furle .. t""" "t t'#:6 00 .... 1)."'.....'5 ruptures d" fils ava ...t ent""n'" 13 dbp""" ,mmediate
Itoroon1l9" croise)
Fig ..... :3 - R.. pt ....... d .. filII sur Ul'\ mllm .. toron et 14gorc usuru
Edition: 04/2001 V-35

f'gu", S - Exemp!a .. de rupture 41" m,. " .. dtOit de I.. !)(Julie de compens'ltion
Fjgu~e 6- - Tf"es nombrouses rupturcs de fU.s cache-as pal' 10 pouife.

Ie ellbl .. dolt At ... d(ip,,".t\
V-36 Edition 04/2001

Daily inspection
All cables which are in daily active use must be visually inspected
every day wherever possible. This consists of a simple visual
inspection where no measures are made, whose aim is to detect
visible alterations and deformations. However, it is also recommende
to make reasonably regular inspections which involve fully unwinding
the cable for inspection over the whole length, and particularly on
attachment points which are normally awkward to get access to.
Periodic inspections
On regular working mobile cranes: every week.
Plastic pulleys
Effects of the use of plastic pulleys on lifting cables.

Our jib heads are fitted with plastic pulleys. This increases cable life.
When lifting cables are used with plastic pulleys only, all cable wear
is internal and not visible from the exterior.
Our pulley blocks are fitted with steel pulleys. Consequently, the
cable also wears visibly on the outside due to friction against the
steel cables.
Nevertheless, we strongly recommend regular magnetoscopic

examination of the cables in order to detect any internal cracks.
If the pulleys of the pulley block are replaced with plastic pulleys,
magnetoscopic examination becomes obligatory.
Brakes
Visually check the brake linings. Check the tightness of brake pipe
castle nuts.Torque setting: 160Ndan. This check has to be carried
out during the first warranty visit, then every 500 hours.
Edition: 04/2001 V-37

Combustion engine (600h):

Oil change
Remitirse al documento MERCEDES para mas detalles.
Please refer to manufacturers' specifications for further details

(MERCEDES)
The engine's data card is part of its identity papers, and must
therefore always be kept with the engine's service booklet. It holds
the data on the engine's production condition, including special
versions. To obtain spare parts, it is absolutely essential to show
the engine's data cardy to ensure that ordering the parts goes
without a hitch.
To order oil filters, use the engine's data card. Show it to your
Mercedes agent, or send it by fax to our spare parts department.
Clean the fuel pre-filter
Remftase al documento MERCEDES para mas detalles.
Please refer to manufacturers' specifications for further details

(MERCEDES)
At 600 hours - change engine oil filter

At 600 hours - change fuel filter
Refer to manufacturer's specifications for further details(MERCEDES)
V-38 Edition: 04/2001

List "F" - 1OOOh
Check all fasteners

Check tightness
Slewing reducer gear oil change.

Check level : every 100 hours ( on dipstick)
Oil change: every 1000 hours
Capacity: 2.6 L.
Filler orifices: 2 lateral orifices "v"
Winch reducer gear
V R-N
Check level : every 200 hours (plugs R - N)
Oil change: first oil change after 120/150 hours of service, then
every 1000 hours or at least once a year.
Capacity: 4 L for 4.5 ton winch
To drain reducer gear:- unwind the winch cable to gain access to
the orifice on the drum. - positon the orifice "v" towards the bottom
to drain off the oil
Boom section slide pads

Every 1000 hours
Check the condition of the slide pads.Verify tightness of pad and pad
support fixation bolts
Check the condition of the boom pullies.
Edition: 04/2001 V-39

In case of change, check the accumulator pressure.
Have the airbrake bottles checked by

a PPM specialist
Combustion engine
Check the condition of the starter motor and alternator
Refer to the manufacturer's specifications for further details

(CUMMINS or MERCEDES)
Hydraulic circuit
Check for leaks on the hydraulic circuit, and change any damaged
flexible hoses.
Steering
Every 500 hrs or 5000 km, check that the steering screws are fully
tight (steering axis, steering box, gears, rods, etc)
Check wheel alignment
Have the steering geometry checked

by a PPM specialist.
V-40 Edition: 04/2001

Transmission: convertor and powershift unit.
Oil change: every 1000 hours.

First oil change after 100 / 120 hours
Capacity : 36 L
Refer to oil level indicator N
Do the transmission unit oil change with the engine stopped, empty
by draining orifice V.
Replace oil filter cartridges.
Fill the transmission circuit with about 18 I. oil using filler hole 1.
Top up: See page 31, chapter V.
AEB Cycle
"Automatic determination of filling parameters"
("Automatisiertes Ermitteln der BefUliparameter" or "AEB") is used to
compensate tolerances (disc clearance and pressure level) which
can influence the process of filling the clutch. Since this can affect
the quality of the gear change, ZF recommends repetition of the AEB
cycle at each maintenance interval, i.e. once after 100 hours of
operation, and again every 1,000 hours of operation or once a year.
If gear change quality deteriorates, ZF recommends repeating the
AEB cycle as a first step. To perform an AEB cycle, contact the near-
est ZF agent.
Edition: 04/2001 V-41

List "G" - 2000 h

Hydraulic tank
1/ Filler cap
3/ Level
4/ Hydraulic circuit shut-off control
Check level: every 10 hours.
Oil change:
The first oil change must be made after 2000 hours or 1 year of
service, afterwards every 2000 hours. Doing the hydraulic circuit oil
change involves draining the following components:
Tanks, pumps, rams, hydraulic motors, radiators, ......
The procedure is not explained in this document, please consult the
PPM specialist in your area.
When the oil change is done, also change the oil filter situated on the
right hand side of the turret.
- Machine on a level surface
- all rams retracted
V-42 Edition: 04/2001

Front and rear axles
Differential unit
Oil change: every 2000 hours ( or at least once per year)
Drain oil from orifice "V" after having driven the machine a few
minutes to warm up the oil.
The drain plug is situated underneath the housing.
Fill by orifice "R"
Front axle housing oil capacity: 13,5 L
Rear axle housing oil capacity: 17 L
Clean the breather situated on the upper part of the housing.
NOTE: Do the first oil change after 500 hours of service.
Axle reducer gear

Oil change: every 2000 hours.
The drain plug must be positioned towards the bottom for draining,
after having warmed up the oil by driving the machine for a few
minutes.
Oil capacity: Front axle: ATI250 - ATT300 : 1,5 L per reducer
gearRear axle: ATI350 - ATT400 : 1,6 L per reducer gear
Note: Do the first oil change after 500 hours of service.
Edition: 04/2001 V-43

Boom
Check the telescoping chain attachments.
Counterweight
Every 2000 hours or every 6 months
Check the tightness of fixation bolts
Torque setting: +5mdaN

o
Brakes
Every 2000 hours or once a year.
Change all flexible hoses on the brake circuit
Electrical circuit
Check all wiring loom attachments
Air conditioning unit

Once year:
It is recommended to ask a specialist to check your installation.
Peroid of idleness
It is recommended to operate the equipment for at least 10
consecutive minutes once every fortnight.
V-44 Edition: 04/2001

Upper heating fuel tank

Outside periods of use, purge and clean the in dependant tank
From september:
- fill the fuel tank
- check the state of the spark plug
- clean the fuel filters
NB: The recommendations for use are in the heating manual.

All maintenance operations should be carried out by the
EBERSP)i.CHER or one of their agents.
List "H" - 8000 hrs

Slew ring
Every 8000 hours, have the slew ring and its accessories
changed by PPM-approved personnel.
ONLY USE PPM PARTS.
List "I" - 20000 hrs

Telescopic boom
Dismantle the telescopic boom and check every part making up the
boom thoroughly.
Check welds, change the telescoping cables and the telescoping
chains. Check the condition of the pulleys, the rollers, the cable
bushings, all the hydraulic components, the hoses, everything.
CAUTION : Use clean fuel Do not use the bottom of the tank or
jerrican.
Edition: 04/2001 V-45

V-46 Edition: 04/2001

Maintenance and operator's manual Fuel-Iubrifiants
Fuel - lubrifiants
VI
Edition: 04/2001 VI-1

LUBRICATION CHART
Cold climates Temperate climates Tropical climates
COMPONENT
-2SoC +2SoC -1SoC +3SoC -SoC +4SoC
Boom chains ALVANIA EP2
Boom slide pads MOLYKOTE BR 2
Grease nipples ALVANIA EP2
Slewing ring teeth MALLEUS GL 20S
Slewing ring bearing ALVANIA EP2
Slewing reducer gear SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 8SW140
Winch reducer gear SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 8SW140
HYDRAU TP
ou
Hydraulic fluid TELLUS T 22 SHELL NATURELLE TELLUS T 68
HF - E
(biodegradable)
Axle differential +
SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 8SW140
reducer units
Engine RIMULA X 10W30 RIMULA X 1SW40 RIMULA X 20W40

Cooling circuit GLYCOSHELL +
CLARK gearbox RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W
ALLISON gearbox DONAX TA DONAXTA RIMULA X 1SW40
ZF gearbox RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 1SW40
ZF gearbox DONAX TA DONAXTA RIMULA X 1SW40
Transfer unit SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 8SW140
Transfer unit SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 8SW140
RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W
ECH-FCH55&77 + + +
wet brakes 3.12%->S% 3.12%->S% 3.12%->S%
LUBRISOL 6279 LUBRISOL 6279 LUBRISOL 6279

Fuel-Iubbrifiants Maintenance and operator's manual
Component capacities
Engine......... ....... ....... ....... ....... ....... ..... refer to constructor's manual
Gas oil tank....................................... 250 L
Hydraulic tank .................................... 360 L
Swing reducer................................. 3 L
Winch reducer ............................. 4 L
Steering :..................................... 0,5 I
Torque converter + gear box :..... 28 L
Front axle housing :..................... 13,5 L

Front axle reduction gears .......... 1,6 L
Rear axle housing :.................... 17 L
Rear axle reduction gears :....... 1,5 L
The above capacities are given for guidance only. Whenever

possible, it is advisable to be guided by the levels shown on the
components to be lubricated.
WARNING: NEVER MIX SYNTHETIC OILS WITH MINERAL OilS
VI-4 Edition : 04/2001

Filter elements
(MERCEDES engine)
Engine oil filter ....................................... 5 63505-69
Gas oil filter........................................... M 63505 -18
Fuel preflter: ...................... D 26505-92
Gearbox filter: .............. T 63505 - 70
Air filter........... primary............................ A 63505-53

security............................. B 63505 - 54
Hydraulic circuit filter :............................... W 27505-90
Element service indicator.......................... W 63505-26K 18416-42
Dessicator filter :...................................... A 27505-24
The engine data card is one of the engine document which should be
kept with the maintenance booklet. It contains details about the
production condition of the engine, including special versions.
Presenting the engine data card is absolutely necessary for acquiring
parts, in order to ensure unproblematical ordering of the required parts.

LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.0
1
Huiles moteur monogrades

Classes SAE prescrltes, voir feulile 224, utilisation dans vehlcules et moteurs,
feullle Z23.2
Aral Basic: Turboral Aral AG. 80chum

Caltex Oelo 350 Caltex (UK) Limited. London/England
Caltex Oelo 600 Caltex (UK) Limited. London/England
Carrier Turbo S MOL Hungarian Oil and Gas Co.• Komaromi
Ungam
DEA Cronos Super DEA Mineraloel AG. Hamburg

Diesel Oil MB-o Bardahl de Mexico, Mexico D. F./Mexico
Divinol SpeZiai 2000 HD Zeller + Gmelin GmbH & Co •• Eislingen
Elf Performance 3 0 Elf Lubrifiants. ParislFrankreich

Ellmotol HD C3 Eller-Montan-Comp. GmbH. Duisburg
Essolube XD 3+ Esso AG. Hamburg
EssoIube XD-3 + Esso AG. Hamburg
Fina Kappa Super Fina Europe S.A.• BrOssellBelgien
Gulfteet Super Trailer (E) SAEL, MadridlSpanien
Ibis HPOO 40 A Rafineria Gdanska SA. GdanskIPolen

Ibis HPDO 40 B Rafineria Gdanska SA. GdanskIPolen
lIIadit Extra Slovna; i., BratislavalSiowakische
Repu....1\
OMVtruck OMV AG. Wien/Osterreich
Shell Myrina 0 Monograde Shell International. LondonlEngland
Shell Rimula X Monograde Shell International. LondonlEnglancl
SPCSOM801 Singapore Petroleum Co.• Singapore/Singapur
Statoil PieselWay Statoil. StawngerlNorwegen
SUdOl HD-MotorenOi 53 SudOl GmbH. Eislingen
SudOl MotorenO! HO Super SOdOI GmbH. Eislingen
Sunoco MB 8.0-40 Aceites y Parafinas Industriales. Guadaljaral
Mexico
Ursa Supsr LA Texaco Services (Europe) LTO. BrusselsIBelgien
Veba Movara Extra-MotorO! Veba Oel AG. Gelsenkirchen
WlIltershail Rekord Schmierstoffraffinerie Salzbergen GmbH
- 8-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
Huiles moteuf multigrades

Classes SAE prescrltes. voir feullle 224. utilisation dans vehlcules et moteurs
feuille 223.2
A.P .B. Turbo Guard MD Ashland Oil B.V., DordrechtlNiederland

Addinol Super Diesel plus Addinol MineralOl GmbH, Krumpa
Addinol Super star MX 1547 Addinol MineralOI GmbH. Krumpa
Admiral SHPD Petrolchimica SA, PreonzolSchweiz
Adnoc Extra Super Engine Oil Abu Dhabi National Qil Co., Abu DhabL
Adnoc HPSD Engine Oil Abu Dhabi National Oil Co., Abu DhabL
Agip Master Superturbo S.H.P.D. Agip Petroli S.pA, Romlltalien
Agip Universal Extra Agip Petroli S.p.A., RomJItalien
Agip Universal Multilleet Agip Petroli S.pA, Romlltalien
Agrola FEO Turbo Motoroil Agrola AG, WinterthurlSchweiz
Agrola Multigrade Htl Agrola AG, WinterthurlSchweiz
Ancap Turbodisel ANCAP, MontevideoJUruguay
Antal Grapholia MS Multigrade Elf Lubrifiants, ParislFrankreich
Antol Multi-green-diesel SG J. B. Moris N.VJSA, SchotenlBelgien
ApUube D Multidiesel Turbo Anonima Petroli ltaliana, RomJItalien
AraI Multi Turboral Motor61 Aral AG, Bochum
AralOIP247 AraI AG, Bochum
Ardea High Grade Multigrade Motoroil Peeters Brems SA., Wijngem·,t.ntwerp
Ardea Long Drain High Grade Motor Oil Peeters Brems S.A., Wijngern-Antwerp
,tr8C8 Multi Funo Durand· Production S.A., HamesiFrankl
Argon·Hochieistungs-MetvbereichsOi Franz VoiUAnder GmbH, Kronach
Argon·LeichtiaufOi SHPD Franz VoiUAnder GmbH, Kronach
Aristokrat Motor6I Super KTX turbo HD Hubert Math. MUller HandelsgesellscN
Eschweiler
Aseol Perla 15-73 SheD AseoI AG, BernlSchweiz
Aseol Perla LD 15-75 SheD Assol AG, BernlSchweiz
Avantol·Turbo-Plus Karl Pohlmann, Korbach
Avis Multi CFE Avia MineralOI·AG, Manchan
Avis Multigrade HOC Extra Avia Mineral31·AG, Munchen
Avin Ultra 1540 Motor Oil (Hellas), MaroussVGriechenl.
BayWa MotorenOl HD Superior 1540 BayWa AG, Munchen

BayWa Universal HD 1040 MC BayWa AG, Munchan
BenzolSHPD British Benzol (Lubr.), Barugh. Bamsle1
Baverol Gold Opta Beverol Works Ltd., BeverwijkINiederla
Blasol243 Blaser + Co. AG, Hasle Rueg.saulSch'oll
BlasoI260 Blaser + Co. AG, Hasle RuegsaulSch'oll
BP Leich1lauf·MotorenoeI1040 BP Oil Deutschland GmbH, Hamburg
BP PUote 3000 Diesel BP Oillntemational, London/England
BP Super V Turbo BP Oillntemational, LondonIEngiand
BP Vanellus C3 Multigrade BP Oil International, London/England
BP Vanallus FE BP Oillntemational, London/England
- 9-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.1
2
Cal pam Multifleet Longlife Motor Oil Calpam Mineralol·Geselischaft mbH, Aschaffenburg
Caltex Delo 350 Multigrade caltex (UK) Ltd., LondonfEngland .
Caltex Delo 600 Multigrade Caltex (UK) Ltd., LondonfEngland
Calypso! Bison Deutsche Calypsolgesellschaft, Eschweiler
Calypsol Turbo II Deutsche Calypsolgesellschaft, Eschweiler
Campsa Diesel Campsa Lubricanles, MadridlSpanien
Carrier Maximol 99 Diesel MOL Hungarian Oil and Gas Co., KomaromlUng~rn
carrier Turbo Diesel MOL Hungarian Oil and. Gas Co., KomaromlUngarn
Castfl.i ~VX Castrol Ltd., SwindonlEngland
Castrol i'n~ Super Plus Castrol Ltd., SwindonlEngland
Castrol AX Super SP Burmah Oil Technology GmbH, Hamburg
Champion Turbofleet Extra Wolf Oil Corp. S.A., HemiksemlBelgien
Chemico HP Multifleet Engen Marketing Ltd .• KapstadtlSudafrika
Classic HOC SHPO Chr. Luhmann. Hoya
Colran Sintolux LOX Cofran Recherche SARL. La Roche/ielFrankreich
CPC Superfleet Special Motor Oil Chinese Petroleum Corporation, Chia-YifTaiwan
DEA Cr",lO$ Premium XL DEA Min6ra1oel AG, Hamburg

DEA Cronos Super OX OEA Mineraioel AG. Hamburg
DEA HochIeistungsmotorenOl DEA Mineraloel AG. Hamburg
Deutz Oel HD-C K10Ckner Energiehandel GmbH, KOln
Oeutz Oel TLL K10Ckner Energiehandel GmbH, KOln
Diamant HD C-3 MehrbereichsOl August FOrstmann. Hamburg
Diamant HD Turbo LL August F6rstmann, Hamburg
Dislub Super Dialor de Maxico, S.A. de C.V.• Leon. Guanajuatol
Mexico
Divino! Multimax C3 Zeller + Gmelin GmbH & Co., Eislingen
Divino! turbo Zeller + Gmelin GmbH & Co.• Eislingen
DoIorniti Super HD ROLOIL, Cologno-Mailandlltalien
Duckhams Diesel Motor Oil AJex. Duck!"J,am & Co. Ltd., Bromey, KentiEngland
DuplexCDX Morris & Co. Ltd.• Shrewsbury/England
Econo-Veritas HOC BP Oil Deutschland GmbH, Hamburg

8f Disoia W Elf Lubrifiants. ParisIFrankreich
Elf Performance 3D Multigrade Elf Lubriflants. ParisIFrankreich
Elf Performance Super Multigrade Elf Lubrifiants, ParislFrankreich
Ellmotol Econo HDC Eller·Montan·Comp. GmbH, Ouisburg
Ellmotol HD Super C 3 Eller·Montan·Comp. GmbH, Duisburg
Ellmotol-HD Super GT Eller·Montan·Comp. GmbH. Ouisburg
Emera Super Plus Plama Oil. P1even!Bulgarien
EMKA Supergrade LL-X EMKA Schmiertechoik GmbH, Heilbronn
EMKA Universal HO-C EMKA Schmiertechnik GmbH. Heilbronn
Emo Turbo Champion Plus Motor Oil (Hellas), Maroussi/Griechenland
Endurance S.H.P.O. Precision Oils Ltd., Bradford/England
Engen Dieselube 300 Super Engen Petroleum Ltd., KapstadtiSudafrika
Eroil Turbo-SS3 Eroil minaraloil. Zweib!JCken
Erso!in Turbo FE Engros·Handelsgeselischaft, Bonn
Esse Special Diesel + Motoroil Esso Italiana S.pA, Romlltalien
Esse Super Diesel Oil X Esse AG, Hamburg
Esse Synthetic Turbo Diesel MotOi' Oil Esso Italiana S.p.A.• Romlltalien
Esse Ultra Diesel Oll X Esse AG, Hamburg
Esse Uniflo Diasel Esse AG. Hamburg
Essolube LOX Esse AG. Hamburg
EssoIube MHX Esse AG. Hamburg
Essolube XD-3+ Multigrade Esse AG. Hamburg
EssoIube XD-3+ Eurotrans Esse SAF., FrankreichlFrankreich
Eurol Uni Eurol MineralOi. RiedlOsterreich
Exat Exol Oil Refinery, Virginia/Sudafrika
- 10-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.1
3
Falcon Super XMO Oil Falcon Oil Co. ltd., SharjahlU.A.E.

Fina Kappa Supra Fina Europe SA, BrusseVBelgien
Fina Kappa Turbo 01 Fina Europe SA, BrusseVBelgien
Formula TX Turbo Multitec 3000 BFT,Bonn
Frankoline Beckmann MineralOlhandel GmbH, Osnabruck
Fuchs Titan Universal HO 1540 Fuchs Mineraloelwerke GmbH, Mannheim
GaipCamius Petroleos de Portugal Petrogal SA, Ussabonl

Portugal
Genol Multigrade 1540 GENOl Geselischaft m.b.H., WieniOsterreich
Genol Multigrade 1540 Pl GENOl Gesellschaft m.b.H., WieniOsterreich
Genol Uni-Syn 1040 EC GENOl Gesellschaft m.b.H., WieniOsterreich
Gold Star Testa II Bremin Mineraloel Gmt5Fr+Co., Mulheim an der
Ruhr / '
Gulf Superfleet (GIL) Gulf Oil Intemational, londoniEngland
Gulf Superfleet 200 (GB) Gult Oil (GS) Ltd., Cheltenham/England
Gulfteet Multi-Trailer (EP) SAEl, Madrid/Spanien
Guillee! Vantage (GB) Gulf Oil (GB) ltd., CheltenhamlEngland
Hafa Multigrade TO Hafs, Paris/Frankreich

Hai Pal 2288 Sinopec Shanghai Gao Qiao Refinery, Shanghai!
China
Hessol Superior Hessische Oelweri<e, Sad Vilbel
Homberg-Mulli-Oel HOC J. & A. Homberg, Wuppertal
Homberg-Turbo UFE J. & A. Homberg, Wuppertal
Hunold Turbo Star Hunold Schmierstofte GmbH, Eching
ICCS Megatron Sport Kuttenkeuler GmbH, KOln

ICPA Extra Universal ICPA, DordrechVNiederiande
Ideal Chimic T.P. 1000 Ideal Chimic;, Carouge/Schweiz
1ge1 MS Turbo Igol France, ParislFrankreich
1ge1 Rallye Turbo 4E Igol France, ParislFrankreich
Imexco CEP Diesel Engine Oil lmexco Ltd., Singapur
InterTRX2 Ets A. Mauran & Fils S.A., Odars/Frankreich
Intercooler Unil-Opal SA, Rueil-MalmaisoniFrankreich
IP Superaxia Plus ltaliana Petroli S.p.A., GenuaJItalien
lrokal plus CX elf MineralOlwerk Osnabruck, Osnabruck
Irokal SUper MGl elf MineralOlwerk Osnabruck, Osnabruck
Jet Basic Level Conoco Mineral61 GmbH, Hamburg

Jet High level-O Conoco Minera161 GmbH, Hamburg
Kennoco Supreme SHPD Motor Oil Handel-Mij Noviol B.V., NijmegenINiederlande

Kluth MehrbereichsmotorenOl HOC Oswald Kluth, Bargfeld·Stegen
Kompres$Ol FE Kompressol-Oel Verkaufs GmbH, KOIn
Kroon-Oil Multifleet SF/CE S~·iPO Kroon Oil B.V., AlmelolNiedertande
Label 100 Fardex 3 C Label 100, Salon de ProvencelFrankreich

Labo Megalub AC5M Huiles Labo, Nanterre CedexIFrankreich
Labo Rush Td Huiles Labo, Nanterre CedexIFrankreich
Latol SHPDO Turbotex Oliehandel, RotterdamINiederiande
Uqui Moly Formula 3 Protech Liqui Moly GmbH, Ulm
Uqui Moly Formula Super HO Motor61 Liqui Moly GmbH, Ulm
Uqui Moly MB Service Fill Motor Oil . Llqui Moly GmbH, Ulm
Uqui Moly Nova Super HO Motor61 Liqui Moly GmbH, Ulm
Uqui Moly Profi Touring Uqui Moly GmbH, Ulm
Uqui Moly Touring High Tech Llqui Moly GmbH, Ulm
Diesel Spezialoil
BeuiIb:sstoII-VOI'IdIrIIIen - 12.96 N 76 I
- 11 -
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.1·
4
Uqui Moly Touring High Tech Moloroil HD Uqui Moly GmbH. Ulm
Lubra·K·T SHPD Kemile Ltd •• West BromwichlEngland
Lukoil·Super LUKoil·Permnefteorgsintez. Penn/Ruf3land
Marathon Diesel Adolf WOrth GmbH &Co. KG. KOnzelsau

Marol Turbo HOC·DB Edmund Martin. NOrnberg
Marol Turbo LL Edmund Martin. Nurnberg
Masterclass Gamrna 1540 V.W. Gunther MineralOlhandelsges.mbH. Bebra
MaxitleetMP Millers Oils Ltd •• Brighousa West Yorkshire!
England
megol Motorenoel Diesel Spezial Meguin GmbH, Saarlouis
megol Motorenoel HD·C3 Meguin GmbH, Saarlouis
MexlubMB-1 Mexicana de Lubricantes, SA de C.V.,
Guadalajara/Mexico
MGH Oil Unitop MGH, Sulzbach·Rosenberg
Migrol HD Motor Oil S3 Migrol·Genossenschaft, ZUrichlSchweiz
Migrol HD Motor Oil SuperBfe Special Migrol·Genossenschaft, ZUrichlSchweiz
Mobil Delvac MX Mobil Oil AG, Hamburg
Mobil Delvac Super 1300 Mobil Oil AG, Hamburg
Motor Gold MineralOl·Raffinerie Dollbergen GmbH
Motorex Select MC Bucher + Cie. AG. LangenthaVSchweiz
MOlorex Select SP·X Plus Bucher + Cie. AG, LangenthaVSchweiz
Motorex Universal Bucher + Cie. AG, LangenthaVSchweiz
Molorway SHPD Carles Refining & Marketing Scotland. /U.K.
Motul HP4DS Motul SA, AubervilliersiFrankreich
MPOSHPD Lubricating Dutchman, Crailsheim
Multitleet XPD MUiers Oils Ltd., Brighouse West Yorkshire!
England
Neste Turbo CF-4 Neste Alfa Oy, EspooIFinnland
New Process Motoroil SHPD New Process AG, TubachlSchweiz
Noroil.Me~ Nord Essencs, UllelFrankreich
Oest Gigant Universal HD MolorO! Georg Oest MineralOlwerke, Freudenstadt
Oman Supertleet SGlCElCD+ Olie Maalschappij Anglo Nederland BV,
AmsterdamlNiederlande .
On"'9a 757 Omega, Hongkong/Hong Kong
Omskoil HD Extra OAO Omskiy NPZ, OmskIRuJ3land
OWcontroi OMV AG, WieniOsterreich
OMV eco syn diesel OMV AG, WieniOsterreich
OMV!ruckCF OMV AG, WienlOsterreich
Ow truck FE OMV AG, WienlOsterreich
OMV truck M plus OMV AG, WienlOsterreich
Opel Turbo Omega Opet Petrolculuk AS., AtakOy·lstanbuVTurkei
Optirnol Optilub Longlife Optimol Olwerke Industrie GmbH, Munchen
Orly Stratus 3002 Orly Inlernational, Vieux·ThannIFrankreich
Orol-Goid Turbomol Amstutz Produkte AG, EschenbachlSchweiz
OvofU"18 550 Turbomaster SHPD Brett's Oils Ltd., GatesheadlEngland
P.O. Turbo Dizel S Petrol 0fisI A.S., Bakanliklar·Ankara/Turkel

PanoUn Universal FE PanoHn AG, MadetswiVSchweiz
Panolin Universal FEO PanoUn AG, MadetswiVSchweiz
Penaxoline·LeichtlaufmotorenOl FE Carl Bechem GmbH, Hagen
PennasoJ Multigrade Extra E MineralOl·Raffinerie Dollbergen GmbH
Pennzoil Long-Ufe 2000 Motor Oil Pennzoil.Products Europe GmbH, Eschbom
Pennzoil Supreme Duty Fleet Motor Oil Pennzoil Products Co., HoustonlUSA
Pennzoil Turilo Pennzoil Products Europe GmbH, Eschbom
Perfectol Neo UHra Oel·Brack AG, HunzenschwiVSchweiz
- 12-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.1
5
Petrimex Unilube MF S.A. Petrimex, RancateJSchweiz

Plama Super CF Plama Oil, PlevenlBulgarien
Pola Truck Polaroil SA, IssouduniFrankreich
Proton diesel Petrol, LjubljanalSlowenien
QST500 Kuwait Petroleum, Hoogvliet RTlNiederlande

QBREX Power Master Asian Lubricating Oil, Co., Jeddah/Saucii·Arabien
QS Serie III Multigrade Comerciallmportadora, SA DE c.v., Mexico,
D.FJMexico
Quaker State HDX Universal Oel·Brack AG, HunzenschwiVSchweiz
Raft SUper HPDO Rafffineries Imperator, Baisieux/Frankreich
Raloy Diesel Multigrado Raloy Lubricantes, Santiago Tianguistencof
Mexico
RaIoy Super Diesel Raloy Lubricantes, Santiago Tianguistencof
Mexico
Repsol Multi-G Diesel Repsol Distribucion SA, MadridlSpanien
Rex Fonnel Super Motoroil Car-Rex GmbH & Co. KG, Mainz
Rexol HD Super R)"aZan Oil Refinery, RyazanlRu13land
Ring FrB'" XHD Morris & Co. Ltd., Shrewsbury/England
RMV Columbia LL Rheinische Motor-Oel, Duisburg
Rolway Turbo SH Rolway Lubrifiants, LabegelFrankreich
Roshfrans Diesel Multigrado Comercial Roshfran, SA, Mexico, D.FJMexico
Rowalin Multigrade HOC Extra Wahrlich & Sohn GmbH & Co., Hamburg
Rumano! Universal Super HOC Oel-Rudolph Hamburg
SasoIOnyx Sasol Oil (Ply) Ltd, Johannesburg/SUdafrika

Selectol Top 2000 Karl Kappler, Stuttgart
Sharlu Turbo Diesel Engine OU Sha~ah National Lube Oil, SharjaMJ.A.E.
SheD Myrina D Shellinternaticnal, LondonlEngland
Shell Rimula TX Shell International, LondonlEngland
Shell Rimula X Shell International, LondonlEngland
Sips TLM, Turbo-Leich!lauf-MotorenOI Sips-Dieter DOcker GmbH, Viersen
Sips TLM-1 Leichllauf-MotorenOl Sips-Dieter DOcker GmbH, Viersen
SPCSDMS03 Singapore Petroleum Co., Singapore/Singapur
Speoil Tri-Oil Company Ltd., WanchaiIHong Kong
Stabil Turbo Universeel Motoroil StabilOil Co. B.V., Ad Beek/Niederlande
. Staroil 25 - SHPOO Turbo Silver Industrial SA, MadridlSpanien
Statoil PowelWay Statoi!, Stavanger/Norwegen
Strub Super Multi Turbo Strub + Co AG, Reiden/Schweiz
Sud61 Extra HOC SudOl GmbH, Eislingen
SudOl Recycling Super MotorOi turbo SudOl GmbH, Eislingen
Sunoco MB 8.1 - 15W40 Aceites y Parafinas Industriales, Guadaljaral
Mexico
Super Diesel Oil MB-1 Bardahl de Mexico, Mexico D. FJMexico
Supercat DB Batoyle Umited, HuddersfieldlEngland
Superdiesel ROLOIL, Cologno-MailandAtalien
SVG Esvaugol FE Handelsges. fur Kfz-Bedarf, Dusseldorf
SVG Universal C3 Handelsges. fUr Kfz-Bedarf, Dusseldorf
Synalta MC Polaroil SA, Issoudun/Frankreich
Tamoil Extra Diesel Turbo Tamoilltalia S.p.A., Mailandt1talien

Teboil Power Suomen PetroolJ Oy, HaminaiFinnland
Teboil Special Power Suomen Petrooli Oy, HaminalFinnland
Tedex Multilleet FE Motor Oil Tedex Oil Sp.z. 0.0., SzczecinIPoien
Tedex Multilleet Special MotorOil Tedex Oil Sp.z. 0.0., Szczecin/Polen
- 13-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.1
6
TERRA REC Multigrade Extra E MineralO!·Raffinerie DoUbergen GmbH

Tor Multifteet Oil SGICE SHPD De Oliebron B.V., ZwijndrechtINiederlande
Total Rubia XT Total Raffinage Distr., La DefenselFrankreich
Trans·Diesel 2 SJasky Zaklady Refinery, Czechowice·DziedziceJ
Polen
Traxolia Z Multigrade Elf Lubrifiants, ParisIFrankreich
Trek Super Universal Engine Oil Engen Petroleum Ltd., KapstadtlSOdafrika
Trysk Super Turbo Paramo. Pardubice/Tschechische Republik
Turbo HD MotorenO! CIII Turbotank BOsche & Bodeker GmbH, Bremen
Ufalub HD Extra A.P. UfaNeftechim, Bashkir, UfalUSSR

Ultimate S.H.P.w. Trifoleum Pty. Ltd .• Victoria/Australien
UniJ Megara RD Unil Deutschland GmbH, Bremen
Unil Opal Intercooler 400 Unil-QpaJ SA. Rr.;eil·MalmaisonlFrankreich
Unil Opal Intercooler 450 Unil-QpaI SA, Rueil·MaJmaisonlFrankreich
Unil Super ROC 3 0 Unil Deutschland GmbH, Bremen
Uranus Turbo Franco-Continentale, MerignacIFrankreich
Ursa Premium FE Texaco Services (Europe) LTD, BrusselslBelgien
Ursa 5-3 Productos Texaco S.A. de C.V., Mexico, D.FJ
Mexico
Ursa Super LA Multigrade Texaco Services (Europe) LTD, Brusselslaelgien
UrsaXtraL Texaco Services (Europe) LTD. BrusselsIBelgien
Valthor SHPDO Valpercan S.L, Torrevieja/Spanien
ValvO/ine Super Fleet Valvoline Inlemational. DordrechtINiederlande
Valvoline Turbo V Motor Oil Valvoline Intemational, DordrechtINiederlande
Vanguard Super Performance Diesel Compagnia ltal. Lubrific., Milanolltalien
Vat Turbo Plus VAT-Qil, BarandrechtINiadel1ande
Veba Logenta Universal Motorol Veba Oel AG, Gelsenklrchen
Vels HD Extra Perm Refinery, PermlRul3land
Vels Super Turbo Perm Refillery, PermlRuBland
Veritas Super Turbo BP Oil Deutschland GmbH, Hamburg
VlSCOIub TFE 2000 Turbostabil Otto Fricke & Co. GmbH, Gutersioh
Wegetol Diesel Turbo HD 3 Wilhelm Gronwoldt Vertriebsges. mbH. Hamburg
Wegetol Universal FE Wilhelm GrOnwoldt Vertriebsges. mbH, Hamburg
Westfalen Corda MotorOi Westfalen AG, MOnster
Wevagol Mehrbareichsoal Extra HD Weyers & Vagades, Bocholt
Wibolin Universal FE Harald Wibbelmann, Osnabruck
Wintershall Magnum Turbo FE Schmierstoffraffinerie &a1zbergen GI1'.bH
Willtershall Multi·Rekord Schmierstotfraffillerie Salzbergen GmbH
Wintershall Primalub Schmierstoffraffinerie Salzberg en GmbH
Wintershall TFE Schmierstoffraffinerie Salzbergen GmbH
WlSIJra Multi HD·C Plus Wisura MineralOlwerk, Bremen
Wolf Super PoIyduty Plus Wolf Oil GorP. SA, Hemiksemll3elgien
Wunsch TLM·Leichdauf·MotorenOl Wunsch Ole C?mbH, Ratingen
XorboI Leich::aut·Motoren61 HOC Tonius Hilbert, Emsdetten

Yacco Transpro 25 Vacco SAF, Saint·Pierre·les·ElbeufIFrankreich
Yesturbo Gadollntemational, Cerreto Guidilltalien
Yukong New·SD 5000 Yukong Ltd •• SeouVRepublik Korea
Zenex Super ZX Zenex Oil (Ply) Ltd., SandtonlSCidafrika
BeIriebsaIoII-Vorsdvilllln": 12.86 N 76 I
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.2
1
Huiles moteur monogrades

Classes SAE preserites, voir feuille 224, utilisation dans vehieules et moteurs,
feullle 223.2
Caltex Oelo SHP Caltex (UK) Limited, London/England

Chevron Oelo SHP Chevron, RotterdamlNiederJande
Diesel Oil MB·2 Bardahl de Mexico, Mexico O. F.!Mexico

Oislub Super 1 Oiator de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., Leon,
GuanajualolMexico
Elf Performance Trophy Monograde Elf Lubrifiants, ParislFrankreich
Engen Oieselube 430 Engen Petroleum Ltd., KapstadVSudafrika
Kuwaitoil Super Diesel Oil Kuwait National Petroleum, Company, Kuwaiti
SHPO Monograde Kuwait
Mobil Oelvac 1400 Mobil Oil AG, Hamburg
Petromin Superfteet LOM Petromin Lubricating Oil Co., Jeddahl
Saudi·Arabien
Q. S. Fleet H. O. Comerciallmportadora, S. A. oe C. V.,
Mexico, O. F.!Mexico
Sadol S-6OO Sonollsrael Ltd., Haifallsrael
SheD Special MB Mono Shell Mexico. Leon/Mexico
Sunoco MB 8.2 - 40 Aceites y Parafinas Industriales, Guadaljaral
Mexico
Total rubia FP Total Raffinage Oistr., La OefenselFrankreich
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.3
Huiles moteur multigrades

Classes SAE prescrltes, voir 'eullle 224, utilisation dans vehlcules et moteurs,
feullle 223.2
A.P.B. Pretleet 000 Ashland Oil B.V.• DordrechtINieder1ande

A.P.B. Super Turbo SHPD DOE Ashland Oil B.V.• DordrechUNieder1ande
Accor ZT3 Special Diesel Aceor Lubriliants S.A.• CholeUFrankreich
ADXTD AD Parts. S.L.• Fomells De La Selva (Girona)!
Spanien
Addinol Diesel Longlife MD 1546 Addinol MineralOI GmbH. Krumpa
Addinol Super Longlife MD 1046 Addinol MineralOi GmbH. Krumpa
Adnoc Extra Super Plus Engine Oil Abu Dhabi National Oil Co.• Abu DhabilU.A.E.
Adnoc SHPD Engine Oil Abu Dhabi National Oil Co.• Abu DhabilU.A.E.
AgipBlitumT Agip Petroli S.p.A., RomJItalien
Agip Sigma Super TFE Agip Petroli S.p.A.• RomJItalien
Agip Sigma TFE Agip Petroll S.pA, RomIItaJjen
Agip Slgma Turbo Agi~ Petroll S.p.A.. RomIItaJjen
Agrol Turbo Super OLSAB.Nac~hweden
Agrola Super.MuItI·Diesel·Motoroil Agrola AG. WinterthurlSchwejz
Alusynt Aluchem Sr1, Cislianolltalien
Amalie Super SHPD-LD Amalie Ref•• Bradford, Penns.AJSA
Ampol Turbohaul Ampol Ltd., Sydney/Australien
Antar Grapholia TX Elf Lubrifiants. ParisIFrankreich
AraI Extra Turboral MotorOI Aral AG. Bochum
AraI High Tu(.;:nJ AraI AG. Bochum
AraI Plus Turboral MotorO! Aral AG. Bochum
Arcoil Supermultigrado SHPD Sinorsa. Patema·ValencialSpanien
Ardea Super Diesel Motoroil Peeters Brems S.A.. Wijngem·AntwerpenIBelgien
Aruca Funaria Durand Production SA. HamesIFrankreich
Argon·HochIeislungs·Diese:motorenOI Franz Voitlander GmbH. Kronach
SHPD
Armorine Multigrade SHPDO Super S.3. Armorine S.A., Lanester CedGxlFrankreich
Aseol Turbo SHPD 15-96 Shell Aseol AG. BemlSchweiz
Astrol·Challenger HD-C Astrol·Oel·Geselischaft, Duisburg
Auto! Valve Turbo FE Agip Schmiertechnik, WOrzburg
Auto! Valve Turbo FE Plus Agip Schmiertechnik, WOrzburg
Avantol-Turbo-SHP·D Karl Pohlmann. Korbach
Avia Multi CFE Plus Avia MineralOl·AG. MOnchen
Avia Multigrade HOC Plus Avia MineralOl·AG, MOnchen
Avia Turbosynth Avia MineralOl·AG, MOnchen
,. Aviaticon Turbo Finke MineraJOIvertriebs·GmbH. Bremen
BayWa ReMkJasse Turbo 2000 BayWa AG. MOnchen
BayWa·Super-Truclc: 1540 BayWa AG, Munchan
BeI·Ray MC 77 Lubrimosa SA. BarcelonalSpanien
Bondol Turbo Diesel SHPD Hispano Ouimica s.a., Barcelona/Spanien
BFT·Truclc:er-Oil EFT. Bonn
BIasoI261 Blaser + Co. AG. Hasle ROegsaulSchweiz
elasol Swisslube 261 Blaser + Co. AG. Hasle ROegsaulSchweiz
BP Dieselmotorenoel KHW BP Oil Deutschland GmbH, Hamburg
BP Vanellus C3 Extra BP Oillntemational, LondonlEngland
BP Vanellus FE Extra BP·Oillntemationai. London/England
BP VaneUus HT BP Oillntemational. London/England
Bradol Multigrado SHPD Brugarolas S.A., Rubi (Barcelona)!Spanien
- 16-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.3
2
Calpam Truck FE Calpam Mineral61·Gesellschaft mbH,

Aschaffenburg
CaJpam Turbofleet calpam MineralOI·Gesellschaft mbH,
Aschaffenburg
Caltex Oelo SHP Multigrade Caltex (UK) Umited. LondonlEngland
Calypso! Bison Truck Deutsche Calypsolgesellschaft, Eschweiler
Calypsol FE plus LeichtiaufOi Deutsche Calypsolgesellschaft, Eschweiler
Calypsol Le Mans Deutsche Calypsolgesellschaft. Eschweiler
Carburol LO Carburo! France S.A.. Villeneuve les Maguelone
Caroylak SHPO Engine Oil Nickerson Lubric. Ltd., Halifax/England
Carrier Super Diesel MOL Hungarian Oil and Gas Co., Komaromi
Ungam
Castro! Turbomax Castrol Ltd., SwindonlEngland
Cepsa super Turbo Diesel SHPO Cepsa Lubricantes, MadridlSpanien
Chemoleums Turbo SHPO Chemoleums Limited, Madrasllndien
Chevron Oelo SHP Multigrade Chevron, RotterdarnlNiederiailde
Chief Oil Super High Performance Ruscoforce N.V., AntwerpenlBelgien
Diesel Motoroil
Chryso Superior lubricant LO Chryso S.A., Chilly·MazarinlFrankreich
CIM Diesel Multigrado Cimesin, Tultitlan, Edo. de Mexico/Mexico
Co-Op Super 400 Multigrade Societe Cooperative Des Petroles, KairolAgypten
Cofran Marathon Cofran Recherche SARL, La RochelielFrankreich
Cofran Plura LO Cofran Recherche SARL, La RochellelFrankreich
Cofran Plura Super Cofran Recherche SA'=IL, La RochellefFrankreich
Condet Vicam Turbo SHPO Condat S.A., Chasse·sur.Rh6nelFrankreich
CPC Superfleet 05 Synthetic Oil Chinese Petroleum Corporation, Chia-YifTaiwan
CrownSHPO Srnallman Lubricants, West BromwichlEngland
CycJon Explorer LPC Hellas SA. MaroussilGriecheniand
DCB Turbo SHPO Oliehandel D.C. Berkel b.v., Spijkenisse/Niederlande
DEA Cronos Premium HC OEA Mineraloel AG. Hamburg
DEA Cronos Super 'fDL DEA Mincraloel AG, Hamburg
Delkol Superlube T·1 Delek, Tel·Avivllsrael
DelkoJ Turbomotor H Delek, Tel-Avivllsrael
OeluxoJ Oieselube XD-S Deluxol Olie Mij. B.V .• Rotterdam/Niederlande
Deutz Oel TAD KJOckner Energiehandel GmbH. K61n
Diesel Exclusive XFE Millers Oils ltd•• Brighouse West Yorkshirel
England
Diesopal GCO Unil-Opal SA. Rueil·MalmaisonfFrankreich
DisJub Premiurrl Diatorde Mexico, S.A. de C.V.• Leon. Guanajuatol
Mexico
DivinoJ Multilight Zeller + Grnelin GmbH & Co., Eislingen
DivinoJ Multimax Extra Zeller + Gmelin GmbH & Co.• EisJingen
DivinoJ Mult!rnax Top Zeller + Grnelin GmbH & Co .• Eislingen
Doiomiti·T ROLOIL, Cologno-Mailandlltalien
Dragon Turbo Best SsangYong Oil Refining Co., Ltd .• SeouURep. Korea
Duckhams Aeetmaster Extra SHPD AJex. Duckharn & Co. Ltd., Bromey. Kent/England
EC':)f1o·Veritas HDE BP Oil Deutschland GmbH, Hamburg

Elf Ecomax FE Elf Lubrifiants, ParisfFrankreich
Elf Ecomax FE Plus Elf lubrifiants, ParisIFrankreich
Elf Grafolia TX Elf Lubrifiants, ParisIFrankreich
Elf Performance T.ophy Elf Lubrifiants. ParisIFrankreich
Ellmotol Turbo HD Eller·Montan·Comp. GmbH. Duisburg
Emera Turbo Diesel Plama Oil, PlevenIBulgarien
- 17-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.3
3
EMKA Ecomax OLE EMKA Schmiertechnik GmbH, Hei/bronn

EMKA Turbo Super 5HPD EMKA Schmiortechnik GmbH, Heilbronn
Engen Dieselube 400 Super Engen Petroleum Ltd., KapstadVSudafrika
Equilu); C 2000 Super Cofran Recherche SARL, La Rochelle!Frankreich
Ertoil Super HPD Larga Duracion Ertoil SA, MadridlSpanien
ESA Multilub SK ESA, BurgdorflSchweiz
Essolube 50·3 Extra + Esso AG, Hamburg
Essolube TO Esso Petroleum Company Ltd, Abingdon/England
Essolube TOS Es~o AG, Hamburg
Essolube TOX Esso AG, Hamburg
Essolube XD·3 Extra + Esso AG, Hamburg
Essolube XO·3 Extra DB Esso Australia Ltd., Sydney/Australien
Euro canadian Gold Petro-Canada Lubricants, Mississauga, Ontario!
Kanada
Eurol Bison Eurol MineralOl, Riedl6sterreich
Eurol SHPD Eurol MineralOl, Riedl6sterreich
Evva Galax FE Evva-Schmlennittel-Fabrik, MargarethenIMoosl
Osterreich
EvvaroI Multi SHPOO Evva-Schmiemlittel-Fabrik, MargarethenIMoosl
6sterreich
Extrol Turbo Super SHPD Extrol MineralOle Schulz, Freiburg
Fina Kappa Extra Fina Europe SA, BrUssel/Belgien

Fina Kappa FE Fina Europe S.A., Brussel/Belgien
Fina Kappa Loo Fina Europe SA, Brussel/Belgien
Freedom Marathon Freedom Lubricants Ltd., SheffieldlEngland
Fuchs Titan Truck 1540 Fuchs MineraloelwerXe GmbH, Mannheim
Fuchs Titan Unic 1040 MC Fuchs MineraloelwerXe GmbH, Mannheim
GaJpGalaxiaLD Petroleos de Portugal Petrogal SA, Ussabon/

Portugal
Gadol Longdrain GedoIlnternationaJ, Cerreto Guidilllalien
Genol Unic 1040 MC GENOL GeseJlschaft m.b.H., WieniOsterreich
Gold Star Tesla HD Bremin Mineraloel GmbH + Co.,
Mulheim an der Ruhr
Green Star Multiturbo BD F. iii. Galbarini S.r.l., Bressolltalien
Gulf Superfleet Special (GB) Gult Oil (GB) Ltd, Cheltenham/England
Gulf Superfleet Special (GIL) Gull Oi/lnternational, London/England
Gulf Synfteet (EP) SAEL, MadridlSpanien
Gulfleet Highway (E) SAEL, MadridlSpanien
Gulfleet Long-Road (EP) SAEl, MadridlSpanien
Hafa MUltidex 600 Hata, ParisIFrankreich

Hata Slradex 1200 Hata, ParisIFrankreich
Hala Slradex 900 ECO Hata, PariSli'rallkreich
Hegrol Turbo HDC-SHPD Hermar,11 Groh, Reckendorf
Hessol Leichtlaufoel FAMO Hessischo OE'lwerXe, Bad Vilbel
Hessol Turbo-Diesel Hessische ~olwerXe, Bad Vilbel
Homberg-Turbo-OiJ SHPD J. & A. Homberg, WuppertaJ
Hunold HD 4CX Plus Hunold Schmierstoffe GmbH, Eching
Hydro Disar Turbo Truck Norsk Hydro Olie a.s., Kopenhagen/Danemark
Ices Mega Truck Kuttenkeuler GmbH, KOln

ICPA Eco Diesel ICPA,DordrechVNiederande
ICPA Superior Diesel ICPA, DordrechVNiederlande
- 18-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.3
4
"Igol Rallye Turbo 4E LO Igol France, P&rislFrankreich

: Importol All Climate SHPO HO-C Nitz Oil GmbH. Oetmold
"INA Super Turbo INA Rafinerija Rijeka. Rijeka/Kroatien
InterTRX3 Ets A. Mauran & Fils S.A.• OdarslFrankreich
Inter Turbo L04 Ets A. Mauran & Fils S.A.• OdarslFrankreich
IP Tarus Turbo ltaliana Petroll S.pA, Genualltalien
Irokal Super Plus elf MineralOlwerk OsnabrOck. Osnabruck
Kendall SHPO-LO Kendall Ref. Co.• Bradford, PAIUSA

Kluth Mehrbereichsmotoren61 Super HOC Oswald Kluth, Bargfelc:l-Stegen
Kompressol·Ultralub-C plus Kompressol-Oel Verkaufs GmbH. K61n
Kuwaitoil Super Diesel Oil SHPO Kuwait National Petroleum Company,
KuwaitIKuwait
Labo Mega Maxi Huiles :..abo. Nanterre CedexIFrankreich
Leprinxol Super S-HPO Leprince & Siveke, Herford
UQui Moly-UHPO-Motoroil Uqui Moly GmllH. Ulm
Lubrim Turbo S Lubrimosa S.A., BarcelonalSpanien
Madit Tarman Slovnaft VLirup a.s., Bratislava!

Siowakische Republik
MaditTurbo Slovnaft VLirup a.s., Bratislava!
Siowakische Republik
Magnafieet SHPO Millers Oils Ltd., Srighouse West YorkshireJ
England
Magnum XOS Millers Oils Ltd., Brighouse West Yorkshir&l
England
Mapetrol Motorol SHPO OMV·Mapetroi d.o.o., MariborlSlowenien
Marathon Diesel Longlife Adolf Wurth GmbH & Co. KG. Kunzelsau
Massa real OieselmotorenOl Massa Techno GmbH, Worms
master class ALPHA 1040.3 V.W. Gunther Mineral6Ihandelsges.mbH. Bebra
master class ALPHA OCD V.W. Gunther Mineralolhandelsges.mbH, Sebra
master class TAURUS 1540 V.W. Gunther Mineralolhandelsges.mbH, Bebra
Megawrbo Rilub di Eugenia Miranda, Ottaviano - (NA)lItalian
megol Motorenoel SHPD Meguin GmbH. Saarlouis
megol Motoranoel Super Leichtlauf FAMO Muguin GmbH, 5aarlouis
Mexlub MB-3 Mexicana de Lubricantes, SA de C.V.•
Guadalajara/Mexico
Migrol Motor Oil Multi SK Migrol-Genossenschaft, ZurichlSchweiz
Migrol Superlife Special Plus Migrol-Genossenschaft, ZurichlSchweiz
Mobil Oelvac 1400 Extra Mobil Oil AG, Hamburg
Mobil Oelvac 1400 Super Mobil Oil AG. Hamburg
Mobil Delvac HP Mobil Oil AG, Hamburg
MobD Delvac Super FL Mooil Oil AG. Hamburg
MOOD Delvac XHP Mobil Oil AG. Hamburg
Mogul Diesel OTT Koramo s.p .• KoIirJTschechische Republik
Motorex Climafix Super Bucher + Cie. AG. LangenthaVSchweiz
Motorex MC Plus Bucher + Cie. AG. LangenthaVSchweiz
Motorex Turbo SK Bucher + Cia. AG, LangenthaVSchweiz
Mowl Traffic Mowl SA, AubervillierslFrankreich
Motul Traffic X Motul SA. AubervilliersIFrankreich
MultidieseJ Long Way Minerva Oil. MeuzacJFrankreich
Multigrado SHPO DMOK 1540 Krafft SA. AndoainlSpanien
- 19-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.3
5
Neste Turto Neste Alta Oy, EspoolFinnland

New Process SHPD Super New Process AG, TubachlSchweiz
:New Process Super Dallas New Process AG, TObachlSchweiz
Newton Superplus Newton Oils, West BromwichlEngland
Niemoline Super Turbo SHPD CO plus Jan Nieman, ExloermondlNiederiande
Nils Mistral Nils ltalia GmbH, BurgstalVltalien
.Noaloil Diam LD turbo diesel Noaloil, Noale (VE)/Italien
NynAs Golden Truck· NynAs Industri AB, Johanneshov/Schweden
NynAs Tarola Nyn!s Industri AB, Johanneshov/Schweden
Cest Dime Super 53 HD Georg Oest MineralOlwerke, Freudenstadt

Oest Dime Turbo Plus Georg Oest MineralOlwerke, Freudenstadt
Oest Gigant Turbo FE Georg Oest MineralOlwerke, Freudenstadt
Oiline Super Turbo Oiline Lubricants Ltd., Great Bridge/England
OK Talus Max OLSAB,NackalSchweden
OKK-MotorenOi 335-3355 Oberkriegskommissariat, BemlSchweiz
OMVtruck LD OMV AG, WienlOsterreich
Opel Turbo Omega SHPD Opel PetrolcQIOk AS., AtakOy-lstanbuVTOrkei
Orty Taurus 3002 Orly Inlemational, Vieux-ThannlFrankreich
Orly Turbo 2002 (8G) Olly International, Vieux-ThannIFrankreich
Orty Turbo 3002 Orly International, Vieux-Thann/Frankreich
Ovoline 551 LOX Brett's Oils Ltd., GatesheadiEngland
Pakelo PKO Kentron Polacco F.1Ii S.n.c., San Bonifacio (Vr)/ltalien

Pano1in Universal Panolin AG, MadetswillSchweiz
Panolin Universal SFE Panolin AG, MadetswillSchweiz
Pamas Hercules 240 PamaslSakson S.A., AthenlGriechenland
Penaxoline Turbo SHPD carl Bechem GmbH, Hagen
Pennasol Turbo Super MineralOl-Raffinerie OoUbergen GmbH
Pennzoil Aeetmaster Motor Oil Pennzoil Products Europe GmbH, Eschborn
PennzoiJ Pennforce Motor Oil Pennzoil Products Europe GmbH, Eschborn
Pettimex Ultratruck LD S.A. Petrimex, RancatelSchweiz
Petromin Superfleet LD Petromin Lubricating oa Co., JeddahlSaudi-Arabien
Plura Super 15W40 Cotran Recherche SARL, La RochelielFrankreich
Proton turbo diesel Petrol, LjubljanalSlowenien
')8 T700 Kuwait Petroleum, Hoogvliet RTJNiederlande
08T710 Kuwait Petroleum, Hoogvliet RTJNiederlande
OS Superfleet Comerciallmportadora, S.A. DE C.V., Mexico,
D.F./Mexico
Qualube Endurol _Witham Oil & Grease Co. Ltd., UncolnlEngland
Oualube SHPD Witham Oil & Grease Co. Ltd., UncolnlEngland
Raloy Diesel Turbo MX Raloy Lubricantes, Santiago Tl8IlguistencolMexico
Raloy Motor Diesel Raloy Lubricantes, Santiago TianguistencolMexico
Repsol Super Turbo Repsol Distribucion S.A., MadridiSpanier.
Repsol Super Turbo Diesel Repsol Distribucion S.A., MadridiSpanien
Ring Free XHD Plus . Morris & Co. Ltd., Shrewsbury/England
RMV-Columbia Rheinische Motor-Oel, Duisburg
Rock.SHPD Rock Chemicals Ltd., Warrington, CheshirelEngland
Roshfrans Vo/tro Diesel Comercial Roshfran, S.A., Mexico, D.F JMexico
ROWE Formula GT 1040 HC ROWE Mineralolwerk GmbH, Aorsheim-Dalsheim
ROWE Truckstar ROWE Mineralolwerk GmbH, Aorsheim-Dalsheim
Rush ti 1040 MC Huiles Labo, Nanterre CedexIFrankreich
- 20-
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.3
6
Saarberg Turbo Gold . Saarberg Brennstoffhandel GmbH, Saarbnicken

Sado/ S-600 Multigrade Sonollsrael Ltd., Haifallsrael
Sarol SHPD Lorry Sarol Chemicals, Melamorfossl, Athen/Grlechenland
SasoI Zircon Sasol Oil (Pty) Ltd, Johannesburg/Sudafrlka
Satum Rom Madeni Vag, Izmir/TOrkei
SchwabenOl Turbo Super SHPD SchwabenOJ, Stuttgart
Selectol Turbo SHP-D Karl KAppler, Stuttgart
Selectol Uniturbo LL Karl KAppler, Stuttgart
Shell MotorenOl DO Deutsche Shell AG, Hamburg
Shell Myrina M Shell International, London/England
Shell Myrina X Shell International, LondonlEngland
SheD Rimula Plus Shell International, London/England
Shell Rimula Super Shell International, LondonlEngland
SheD Special MB Shell Mexico, Leon/Mexico
Sips Record Turbo T Sips-Dieter DOCker GmbH, Viersen
Sips-TSL 3 Extra Sips-Dieter DOCker GmbH, Viersen
SopraJ SHPD Soprograsa S.A., MadridlSpanien
Special Turbo LD Americol B.V., ZaandamlNiederlande
Speedwell Dispersal SHPD Bakker & Versteegen, ZwijndrechUNiederlande
Staroil 25 - Super Turbo 45 Silver Industrial S.A., MadridlSpanien
Statoil MaxWay Statoil, StavangerlNorwegen
Statoil TruckWay Statoil, StavangerlNorwegen
Steel SHP - Diesel Turbo Borgh ltalia S.r.l., CameranoJltalien
STP Turbo Diesel Oil Sisco Japan Co. Ltd., Tokio/Japan
sad61 Multilight SudOl GmbH, EisJingen
Sad¢! SHPD SudOl GmbH, EisJingen
Sunoco MB 8.3 - 15W40 Aceites y Parafinas Industriales, GuadaljaraIMexico
Sunoco Super HPD Sun Oil Co. N.V., AartselaarlBelgien
Super Diesel Engine Oil Conoco Inc., Penca City, OKlAmerika
Super Diesel Oi, MB-3 Bardahl de Mexico, Mexico D.F./Mexico
Supercat S.H.P.D. Bateyle Limited, HuddersfieldfEngland
Superdiese/ Turbo ROLOll, CoIogno-Mai/andlltalien
SVG Uniplus Turbo SHPD Handelsges. fOr Kfz-Bedarf, Dusseldorf
Syneco Multirange Syneco S.p.A., S. Giuliano MjJJIta/ien
Tarnail Super Diesel Turbo Tamoilltalia S.p.A., Mailandlltalien
Teboil Super HPD Suomen Petrooli Oy, HaminalFinnland
TERRA REC Turbo Super MineralOl-Raffinerie Oollbergen GmbH
Tor Synlleet SHPD De Oliebron B.V., ZwijndrechVNiederttonde
Tor Turbofleet SHPD De Oliebron B.V., ZwijndrechVNiedertande
Total Rubia FE Total Deutschland GmbH, Dusseldorf
Total Rubia TIR 8200 Total Raffinage Distr., la Defense/Frankreich
Total Rubia TIR Max Total Raffinage Distr., La DefenseIFrankreich
Total Rubia TIR XLD Total Deutschland GmbH, Dusseldorf
Trans-Diesel 3 Slasky Zaklady Refinery. Czechowice-Dziedzicel
Polen
Trek SHPD Oil Engen Petroleum Ltd., KapstadVSQdafrika
Truckmaster XHPD Millers Oils Ltd., Brighouse West Yorkshire/England
Trysl< Global UHPD Paramo, PardubicefTschechisclle Republik
Trysk Top 7ir Paramo, Pardubice/Tschechische Republik
Tunlub-Diesel-Spezial SHPD Tunap Industri'3, Wo/fratshausen
Tumo LeichtiaufOl SH Turbotank B6sche & Bodeker GmbH, Bremen
Turbo-HD MotorenOl SHPD Plus Turbotank B6sche & Bodeker GmbH, Bremen
Turbogrado Repsol Distribucion S.A., MadridlSpanien
Turbolena ,0' Plus Fuchs Lubricants (UK) PLC, BelperlEngland
Turdus 1 SHPD Rafineria Gdanska S.A., GdanskfPolen
TurdusSHPD Rafineria Gdanska S.A., Gdansk/Polen
- 21 -
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.3
6
Saarberg Turbo Gold . Saarberg Brennstoffhandel GmbH, SaarbrOcken

Sado/ S-600 Multigrade SonoJ Israel Ltd., Haifallsrael
Sarol SHPD Lorry Sarol Chemicals, Metamorfossl, Athen/Griechenland
SasoI Zircon Sasol Oil (Pty) Ltd, Johannesburg/Sudafrika
Satum Rom Madeni Yag, IzmirrrOrkei
SchwabenOl Turbo Super SHPD SchwabenOl, Stuttgart
Selectol Turbo SHP-D Karl KAppler, Stuttgart
Selectol Uniturbo LL Karl KAppler, Stuttgart
Shell MotorenOl DO Deutsche Shell AG, Hamburg
Shell Myrina M Shellintemational, London/England
Shell Myrina X Shell International, LondonlEngland
SheD Rimula Plus Shell International, London/England
Shell Rimula Super Shell International, LondonlEngland
SheD Special MB Shell Mexico, Leon/Mexico
Sips Record Turbo T Sips-Dieter DOCker GmbH, Viersen
Sips-TSL 3 Extra Sips-Dieter DOCker GmbH, Viersen
SopraJ SHPD Soprograsa S.A., MadridlSpanien
Special Turbo LD Americol B.V., ZaandamlNiedetlande
Speedwell Dispersal SHPD Bakker & Versteegen, ZwijndrechUNiederlande
Staroi, 25 - Super Turbo 45 Silver Industrial SA, MadridlSpanien
Statoil MaxWay Statoil, StavangerlNorwegen
Statoil TruckWay Statoil, StavangerlNorwegen
Steel SHP - Diesel Turbo Borgh ltalia S.r.i., CameranoJltalien
STP Turbo Diesel Oil Sisco Japan Co. Ltd., Tokio/Japan
SUd61 Multilight SudOl GmbH, EisJingen
SudOl SHPD SudOl GmbH, EisJingen
Sunoco MB 8.3 - 15W40 Aceites y Parafinas Industriales, GuadaljaraIMexico
Sunoco Super HPD Sun Oil Co. N.V., AartselaarlBelgien
Super Diesel Engine Oil Conaco Inc., Ponca City, OKlAmerika
Super Diesel Oi, MB-3 Bardahl de Mexico, Mexico D.F.!Mexico
Supercat S.H.P.D. Batoyle Limited, HuddersfieldlEngland
SuperdieseJ Turbo ROLOIL, CoIogno-Mailandlltalien
SVG Uniplus Turbo SHPD Handelsges. fOr Kfz-Bedarf, Dusseldorf
Syneco Multirange Syneco S.p.A., S. Giuliano MiI.IItaJien
Tarnail Super Diesel Turbo Tamoilltalia S.pA, MaiJandlltalien
Teboil Super HPD Suomen PetrooJi Oy, HarninalFinnland
TERRA REC Turbo Super MineralOl-Raffinerie Oollbergen GmbH
Tor SynfJeet SHPD De Oliebron B.V., ZwijndrechVNiedert&nde
Tor Turbofleet SHPD De Oliebron B.V., ZwijndrechVNiedertande
Total Rubia FE Total Deutschland GmbH, Dusseldorf
Total Rubia TIR 8200 Total Raffinage Distr., La DefenselFrankreich
Total Rubia TIR Max Total Raffinage Distr., La DefenseIFrankreich
Total Rubi& TIR XLD Total Deutschland GmbH, Dusseldorf
Trans-Diesel 3 Slasky Zaklady Refinery, Czechowice-Dziedzice/
Polen
Trek SHPD Oil Engen Petroleum Ltd., KapstadVSQdafrika
Truckmaster XHPD Millers Oils Ltd., Brighouse West Yorkshire/England
Trysl< Global UHPD Paramo, Pardubicerrschechisclle Republik
Trysk Top 7ir Paramo, Pardubicelrschechische Republik
Tunlub-Diesel-Spezial SHPD Tunap Industri9, Wolfratshausen
Tumo LeichtiaufOi SH Turbotank B6sche & Bodeker GmbH, Bremen
Turbo-HD MotorenOl SHPD Plus Turbotank B6sche & Bodeker GmbH, Bremen
Turbogrado Repsol Distribucion SA, MadridlSpanien
Turbolena ,0' Pius Fuchs Lubricants (UK) PLC, BelperlEngland
Turdus 1 SHPD Rafineria Gdanska SA, Gdansk/Polen
TurdusSHPD Rafineria Gdanska SA, GdansI<IPolen
LES HUILES MOTEUR
228.3
7
Unil Maja LD Unil Deutschland GmbH, Bremen

Unil Manto TO Unil Deutschland GmbH, Bremen
Unil Opal Medos 600 Unil-Opal SA, Rueil-MalmaisonlFrankreich
Unil Opal Medos 650 Unil-Opal SA, Rueil-MalmaisonIFrankreich
Urania Turbo LD FIAT Lubrificanti, Villastellonelltalien
Ursa Super TO Texaco Services (Europe) LTD, Brussels/Belgien
Valvoline All Fleet Extra (Mex) Uantas y Vihiculos S.A., MexicoiMexico

Valvoline All-Fleet Extra Valvoline International, DordrechVNiederiande
Valvoline Pro Fleet FE Valvoline International, DordrechVNiederiande
Valvoline Super HDS LD Valvoline International, DordrechVNiederiande
Valvoline Super Topflite FE Valvoline International, DordrechVNiederiande
Valvoline Truck Fleet Extra Valvoline International, DordrechVNiederiande
VAT turbo SHPD VAT-Oil, BarendrechVNiederiande
Veba Logenta Super-Truck DieselmotorOI Veba Oel AG, Gelsenkirchen
Veba Virada Longlife MetorOI Veba Oel AG, Gelsenkirchen
Veedol Turbostar VeedollntemationaJ Ltd., SwindonlEngland
Veritas Super HOC BP Oil Deutschland GmbH, Hamburg
Verkel Turbo SHPOO Verkol, SA, BeralNavarralSpanien
Ver1<ol Verkoplus Verkol, S.A., BeraINavarralSpanien
Vicam Turbo SHPD Condat SA, Chas!\e-sur-RhonelFrankreich
Volvo Long Drain Diesel Engine Oil VOS-2 Volvo Truck Parts/GOteborg
WecoHDC LD Wecotec! GmbH, Elmshom

Westfalen Tangent MotorOl Westfalen AG, Munster
WestfaJen -urbo Plus Metoreel Westfalen AG, MUnster
Westfalen Universa XT Motoroel Westfalen AG, Munster
Wintersil8ll f!.:.gnum Turbo 03 Schmierstoffraffinerie Salzberg en GmbH
WintershaJl TFF Schmierstoffraffinerie Salzberg en GmbH
Wintershall TFX Schmierstoffraffinerie Salzbergen GmbH
Wintershall Turbo-Rekord Schmierstoffraffinerie Salzbergen GmbH
Wisura Multi Spezial MC Wisura MineralOlwerk, Bremen
Wisura Multi TS Wisura Mineral61werk, Bremen
Wolf Masterlube LongdraJn Turbo Wolf Oil Gorp. SA, HemiksemlBelgien
Wunsch Turbo Record Wunsch Ole GmbH, Ratingen
XLO Fleet - Super Turt>o Diesel SH PO Amalie Petroquimica SA, MadridlSpanien

Xorbol Super Mehrbflreichs61 HOC Tonius Hilbert, Emsdetten
Yacco Transpro 35 Yacco SAF, SaJnt-Pierre-les-ElbeuflFrankreich

Yacco VX Turbo PL Yacco SAF, Saint-Pierre-les-ElbeuflFrankreich
York 747 Ginouves Georges SA, La FariedeJFrankreich
York LT 746 Ginouves Georges S.A., La FariedeIFrankreich
YPF Diesel Mbvil Extra Vida YPF S.A., Buenos Aires/Argentinien
Zenex SHPD DB Zenex Oil (Ply) Ltd., Sandton/Sudafrika
- 23 -
"'1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 wl~lnIBIU!~IUlnl~I~I~I~J~IEI~I~I~lnl~ 39 I 40 I 41
(p AGES INDEX)
PAGE IND FUNCTIONS LOCATION PAGE INO FUNCTIONS LOCATION
1 0 COVER SHEET 31 B OUTRIGGERS BEAMS OR PADS RETRACTION I EXTENS!ON SELECTION CARRIER
A 2 0 COVER SHEET 32 A WINDSCREEN WIPER 1 WASHER I CEILING LIGHT I RADIO CARRIER
3 C BATTERIES I ENGINE STARTING I ALTERNATOR CHARGE CARR!ER 33 A ROTATING BEACON I PARKING LIGHTS CARRIER
4 A CARR1ER CAB GROUND CARRIER 34 0 CARRIER-TURRET SELECTION I TURRET STEERING AND AIR SUPPLY CARRIER
5 0 CARRIER CAB FUSES BEFORE IGNITION CARRIER 35 0 REMOVABLE COUNTERWEIGHT I TURRET ROTATION FLOW CARRIER
6 D CARRIER CAB FUSES AFTER IGNITION CARRIER 36 A FAN I HEATER CARRIER
i-- 7 A FMR UNIT POWER I THROTTLE I EXHAUST BRAKE CARRIER 37 0 FUEL FILTER / AIR DRYER / RED FUEL OPTION CARRIER
8 A ADM UNIT POWER 1 TURRET THROTTLE CARRIER 38 A MIRRORS DEFROST OPTION CARRIER
9 A AIR-OIL-COOLANT WARNING LIGHTS 1 TACHOMETER / SPEEDOMETER CARRIER 39 A 6WG 210 I ZF TRANSMISSION CARRIER
10 0 STEERING-FILTER-COOLANT LEVEL WARNING LIGHTS. I FUEL GAUGE CARRIER 50 A FUSES BEFORE IGNITION I CAB GROUND I TURRET GROUND TURRET
11 D ENGINE SHUT-DOWN I EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN I CHOKE CARRIER S1 0 TURRET CAB FUSES AFTER IGNITION TURRET
B 12 A ZF ELECTRICAL LOOM POWER I TURRET AND CARRIER GEAR NEUTRAL CARRIER 52 0 IGNITION I STARTING { ENGINE STOP I OUTRIGGERS PERMISSION TURRET
13 A GEAR BOX LIMITATION CARRIER 53 0 GENERAL WARN!NG I HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER I GEARS I THROTTLE TURRET
14 D BLINKERS CARRIER 54 D SUSPENSIONS I FRONT AXLE I INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL TURRET
15 A PARKING LIGHTS CARRIER 55 A REAR STEERING TURRET
16 A HORN I LOW BEAMS I HIGH BEAMS CARRIER 56 A OUTRIGGERS BEAMS AND PADS TURRET
I--
17 A REAR FOG LIGHTS / REVERSE LIGHTS I STOP LIGHTS CARRIER 57 A FRONT AND ROOF WINDSCREEN WIPER I WORKING LIGHT TURRET
18 A SUSPENSIONS LOCKING-RELEASING CARRIER 58 A WINDSCREEN WASHER I FAN I RADIO 1 CEILING LIGHT TURRET
19 D SUSPENSIONS AUTOMATIC LEVEL CARRIER 59 A HORN I CIGAR LIGHTER I HEATER TURRET
20 A SUSPENSIONS DOWN CARRIER 60 D ROTATING BEACON I BOOM PARKING LIGHT AND WORKING LIGHT TURRET
21 A A.B.S. CARRIER 61 A HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER TURRET
22 A FRONT AXLE LOCKING-RELAESING CARRIER 62 A COUNTERWEIGHT [ONTROL TURRET
C 23 D FRONT AND REAR INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIALS CARRIER 63 D LMI SAFETY RELAY / LMI OVERRIDE I ANTI TWO BLOCKS TURRET
24 A REAR STEERING CARRIER 64 0 TELESCOPE RETRACTION I WINCH DOWN FUNCTIONS TURRET
25 D REAR STEERING !NVERSION FROM TURRET CAB CARRIER 65 D TELESCOPE EXTENSION / WINCH UP 1 HOIST UP-DOWN FUNCTIONS TURRET
26 A ELECTRIC RETARDER CARRIER 66 D AUXILIARY WINCH 1 ROTAT!ON TURRET
27 D MANUAL THROTTLE I OUTRIGGERS PERMISSION CARRIER 67 D BOOM TELESCOPE SELECTION TURRET
t-- 28 A RIGHT HAND OUTRIGGERS BOX CARRIER 68 D DS350C S.L. I. TURRET
29 B LEFT HAND OUTRIGGERS BOX CARRIER 69 D MEGACOMP. S. L. I. TURRET
30 D OUTRIGGERS BEAMS I PADS SELECTION CARRIER 70 A BOOM ANTI TWO BLOCK 1 BOOM HEAD LIGHT TURRET
(MODIFICATION MANAGEMENT)
0
IND MODIF MODIFICATION TYPE NOM DATE
D 10703 BI-CARBURATION DACARISHUNT RELEVAGE MONTEE/(EC MEGACOMP B.C. 18/03/2002
( 10633 CHANGEMENT ALTERNATEUR B.C. 05/1012001
B 10606 MODIF SERVO-DIRECTIONI LONGUEURS FAISCEAUX S.c, 18/09/2001
A 10506 CREATION SERlE B.L 17 104/01
-
PPM TEREX ETUDE: 1371

EPS:
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
PAGE DE GARDE
COVER SHEET
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE !l: PPM. L tE PEUT ErnE N REPRf.(lUT, N C(JtUQE SANS ~TRE AUT(RSA1m /TItS ORAWNj IS 11£ PROPERTY OF PPH. IT IS tilT BE USED ~ REPROru:EO wmwr M Atl1tfOOIZATO{
Dessinateur: B.C
Verificateur: RP. I Date:
14/09/00
18/03/2002 PAGE: 1
",,-1 I 2 i 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 ~1~lnlBI~I~I~IVI~I~I~I~I~lnl~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~
(PAGES INDEX)
PAGE INO FUNCTIONS LOCATION PAGE INO FUNCTIONS LOCATION
71 A MAIN BOOM-FlYGIB ANT! TWO BLOCK I BOOM HEAD LIGHT TURRET 139 0 VI IRES LI ST ING
A 100 0 LOOMS FABRICATION MAIN FEATURES 140 0 WI RES LI ST ING
101 D TURRET LOOM LAYOUT TURRET 141 0 WIRES LI ST ING
102 B TURRET LOOM LAYOUT TURRET 142 0 WIRES LI STING
103 0 BOOM LOOM LAYOUT BOOM 143 0 WIRES Li S1 ING
104 D CHASSIS I BOXES LOOM LAYOUT CARRIER 144 0 WIRES II STING
r- 105 B CHASSIS / BOXES LOOM LAYOUT CARRIER 145 0 WIRES l! STING
106 B OUTRIGGERS I LIGHTING LOOM LAYOUT CARRIER 150 D COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
107 B OUTRIGGERS I LIGHTING LOOM LAYOUT CARRIER 151 0 COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
108 A POWER I GROUND LOOM LAYOUT CARRIER 152 0 COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
109 ( ENGINE LOOM LAYOUT CARRIER 153 0 COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
B 110 C FRONT LIGHTING LOOM LAYOUT CARRIER 154 0 COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
111 A "ABS' LOOM LAYOUT CARRIER 155 0 COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
112 0 REO FUEL LOOM LAYOUT OPTION CARRIER 156 D COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
113 0 OS350C S.L.I. LOOM LAYOUT TURRET 157 0 COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
114 D MEGACOMP. S.L. I. LOOM LAYOUT TURRET 158 0 COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
125 0 WIRES LISTING 175 A CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
r-
126 0 WIRES LISTING 176 0 CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
127 0 WIRES LI ST ING 177 D CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
128 0 WIRES LIS1I NG 178 D CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
129 0 WIRES LIST ING 179 0 CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
no 0 WIRES 1I 5T !NG 180 0 CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
( 131 0 WIRES LISTING 181 ID CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
132 D WIRES LISTING 182 I0 CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS
133 0 WIRES LISTING 200 A BULBS PART NUMBER
134 0 WIRES LI ST ING
135 0 WIRES II 5T ING
- 136 0 WIRES LISTING
137 0 WIRES LISTING
138 0 WIRES LISTING
(MODIFICATION MANAGEMENT)
0
INO MODIF MODIFICATION TYPE NOM DATE
r-
ETUDE: 1371
PPM TEREX E.P.S. :
ArUGOl3 ELECTRI[ FILE
PAGE DE GARDE
COVER SHEET
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> I Date:
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. l ~ ?EUT £TilE It RE?ROOJT,It ((JotlHJ£ SANS OOTRE AUTOOISArot I TItS ORAWNi IS 11£ f'RI:»lERTY OF PPH.IT IS NOT BE USED 00 flEPROIlm) WITHOOT ~ AUTli\'mATm
Dessinateur: 8.(
03/11100
18/0312002 PAGE: 2
41
-J
« 41 EP3.
g:
t~6
~~1
519 ~~It1:~~~ltt207 :;::,
UJ
:z @ 52.6)
mill F~ill [@J
-J
A (BAn) 0
(BATD a:::
10A 10A ~l
(639) (5.32) '4"1
1~3P21 i3 ~v
BD6 806 ADM4
6 1 5
,
P1 P1
6 P1. P1.
a::: 3 17
I rn
0
'4"
-..0
0
-...:t
I ~
("0.1
~ ~
-...:t
..-
0
..-
!:;
'"
H2O H2O EP.72. EP.73.
is 12
B ~I ~I I 0:::
l- BR7G
"'I "'I @ I ~ ~~ R2-BR7~
(12.19)
I I EPi EP2. EP3. I I ~ 624 22
I I J !5.14J J!5.2OI 'G39d I !;2
«
EPJO. I0:::
BR7G
15
i5@835 18
~ 1 :~r r-~ ~r1HII I

-
-
MERCEDES DiAGNOSTIC PLUG
fl
..-
~l['1 rJII~
~I-
I-
(1122) UJ -...:t 210
I 0:::
a::: !:; OIAG ,
s~~~~4~J:-
::::>
EP19. I- EP.29. 1
I
i ~~~
(3.27) .....- (3.5)
I[' , , ,
,~, I -..;t-
~
~
( EP.158.
~, 300 t 7
~ @ P1S. (7.18) ~ B35 835 835 835
~ 30 I I b~15 (8.21) 3B 2B 1A 3A
:E: ~ t12.1O)
I I _ _ 4141 _
I_ _ _ _ _
~ b
1005_ _ _ _ '_ --1
P15
67
M15
EP.71.
_J - --,-l EP.61.
---- -----~I---- I I (18.401
l~4 I~ 1~6 1m
o
15 as L W
REGULATOR ~ {6.'J) (6.131 (6.19) (16.36)
U"1
..,-
130
EP.104.
(1039) 440 (26.440)
H2O H2O H2O (1931)
E ~ (28.14)
) ) )
;,~
~rS:- ~~
~~ t;.¥l H15
~
# ~
ETUDE: 1371 PORTEUR

PPM TEREX E.PS:
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 CONTACT -OEMARRAGE-CHARGE I BOITIER ELECTRONIQUE MOTEUR
ATT400/3 CARRIER INDICE : C
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE BATTERIES / ENGINE STARTING / ALTERNATOR CHARGE Dessinateur: S.C Date: 27/fJ/OO
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE Pf'Ioll lIE PEUT EM N REPRIWT. N catl.Nl( SANS NOTRE AUTmlSA1Dt I ms mAWH.i IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS N)T BE USED 00 REPROro:ED \oII1l{)tJT 0tR AtJTIllRIZAD Verificateur: RP. Date: 18/03/2002 PAGE: 3
"'" I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 ! 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 ! 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
A
(§-#
~
#
(~
-
H20 H20
[J I
H20 H20 H20
EPa. EP9. EP1O. EP1t EP12. EP11 EP14.
B
- Ln
t 1..11
..- Ui
I Ui
...- Ui
I Ui
~
r- =11 1..11
I l.J1
..-
r- =11 - =11
I Ui I Ui
~152
1..11 ..-
~Q55 156
1..111 ..-
!Pi 13 !Pi 14 -Q'lI 128 !Pi 39!Pi 40-QS3 154 "-i I

!Pi 37!Pi 36!PQ51 !Pi 6 !Pi 22 ~Q36 150
i~ ~~ ~~
\:0,
!Pi 41!Pi 42
~P1P1. t~ 6~ XP1 l~ ±~ 6~ XP1
I
( ~~ ±~ 6~ XP1
JP1.Jptlpi P1.
9 10
P1
23 24
~~ ±~ 6~ x~ ~~ ±~ 6~ XP1
13
.. Pi "Pt
¢ 14 627 628
"Pi " P1. .. Pt .. Pt "pt
6 41 642 655 656 039 040 053 ) 54
Pi "Pt
9 010
Pi" Pi
23 624
r Pi " Pt r Pi .. Pi
637 038 651 652
., P1. "Pt "Pt "Pi
68 622 636 650
- EP.SS, EP.S8.
- - - -
0
~ !cO !cO Ui
..- L/i
..- t.n
..- t.n
..-
--
M15
--
M15
- .....
M15
--
M15
--
H15
--
M15
-'-
M15
~
) ) ) ) ) ) )
~/ ~/ /
<...,~ ~/ ~/ \.,~
/ /
,,~
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EP.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3 MASSE CABINE PORTEUR ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC ALE CARRIER CAB GROUND Dessinateur: 6,[ I Date: 27/10/00
CR 107366 "-='CE"::";Pl~AN':';':";EST~lA::";PROPRIETE-==-DE-PPH-.l-t£-PEUT'---ETRE-N-REPROOJT--.-N-C(HUl(l£--SANS-NO-TRE-A-UTOOISA---..lTD4
.......-,-ms-OOA-WKi-IS-1l£-PROPER-TY-OF-~-rr-IS-OO-TBE-useo-OR-REPROOXED---wmwr--M-Al11lmIZA--TDi-t--V-6rifi---c-ate-u-r:-:"R---P.--t-jD-a-te-:-:':'18-:":'03:-:":/2-:"':00---2-; PAGE: 4
I'--3J 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 6 I 9 I 10 11 l 12 13 141 15 .! 16 17 16 19 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
A
EPt EPl.
-------I
- o
~I C)
r- ~ (3.17)
129;3j 30 ~i 43:i'b"
B ~P1 ):P1 1:P1 )lP1
Pi "Pt
29 6 30
1Pt 1P1.
0 43 () 44
a a
-...:t" -...:t
...0 ...a
EP.92. EP.93.
-
- ----
( a a-..:t
-...:t" 0 0
-.0 -...:t" ...a ""-'T
...0 -.0
@( 3
604
06
804
)9
604
012
BD4
t
~[
F12 F18 F27 F28 F29 F30 F31 F32 F33 F34
- 10A 15A 20A 30A 15A 30A IDA 10A IDA
(9331
(9.35)
{3235} (505) (2t4} (21.32) (3727) (12.8) (7.15)
(S.16)
(3.32) J
(14.11)
) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
~~~s ~~ #~ ~ J;- r!9' cS~ ~ ~4J- ~'# .!s>
0
~
,,~~
L~\ ~ &.~~
:\~.~.~
~~~49x~
~\f$
~
.,<fl i'
$>
~#
~
~ 0' ~
f:...:::S
~
~~
~
~..s
~
<is
~
~¥ <§<i9
~:t>
0~jr
,#
#",<t'
~¥

[PS :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FUSIBLES CABINE PORTEUR AVANT CONTACT ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: 0
rM~A~(H~IN~E_:~24~12~10_-_->____~___A_T_~_O_~_~_a_B_[!J_m_ r_R_[E____~_________[._A_R~_~_R_~_8_FU __ ~E_S_8_fA_VR_f_~_~_VTJ_WN
__________~~-gs-m-~-~-:-B-.[----~IDa-re-:-v-lm-/oo--~PAGE: 5
CR 107366 CE Pl.AN EST LA PROPRIETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT EffiE N REmCOOT, t.a CCJttN!l..E SANS NOTRE AUTOOISATm I TItS DRAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS N3T BE USED 00 REPImXEO WITOOUT OI.R AUTHOOIZAT1(}4. Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/03J2002
",1 I 2 I 3 4 5 6 7 1 8 19 10 11 12 13 I 14 I 15 16 17 18 19 I 20 1 21 1 22 1 23 1 24 1 25 1 26 1 27 1 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 1 33 I 34 35! 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
EP4. EPS. EP6.

------II
- rr== ~ rr==r ~
o-...::tl 0
-...::tl -...::t 0 -...::t! --.;t <:;) 0.23)
B
6
P1 1 20
-...::t
P1 bP1 6P1
67
I
-...::t
"..:i'
<;>21
34
P1
"':ti
48";$J:, '!j§¢ 49
P1 l
P1 6 P1
P1.
6
P1.
20 07
Pi I
Pi
) 21
l
() 34
Pt ., Pi
¢ 48
Pi" Pi
) 35 ¢ 49
EP.122 EP,124.

E.p.s. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FUSIBLES CABINE PORTEUR APRES CONTACT ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: 0
~M~A~CH~N=E~:~24~12~10~-_->____~____ AT_r._~_W_3_a_B_[T!_R_~_F!_E____~__________ ~_R_~B_R_C_A_B_FU._S_ES_A_F_ffi_R_~_M_Yn_VN__________+_D-ess~m-m-ur-:~B~L----+_D-m-:~2~7/~~/~OO~PAGE: 6
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPR£fE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT ETRE Nt REPROOllT. ~ C~ SANS NOTRE AUTffilSATOt. I HIS ORAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPK.lT IS NOT BE USED OR REPROOOCED wmroT ~ AUTHORIZAIDI. Vermcateur: RP. Date: 18/03/2002
41
EP.132.
",:'112161
A
7
ASS ACTIVED ~~ 1ia3F
EXHAUST BRAKE BR10C
R1-SR23~1
R2-BR10~
(7.39)
(21.27)
1----414 12
~87 870 BR23E
BR BRiO( 7
11 10
B
u.J
~i
~S19'
EXHAUST BRAKE \
~ FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT @

, ~
(
® I I I I I 6 S194
W
FMR2
17
FMR2
2
~3
133
FHR3tJHR3 Fm3
fl ~I
--I
en EP.116.
R2 R3
0.68 k: 0.15 k
I --I Cl 13
I I :z fTI -..::t tri ..0 r- eo BR10C
Z Z L!:J C) <::> <::> <::> 0 0
~
~ ~ ~
CO CO
~
I
<
L.I
<t
W LL ~ ..- ~
::r:
$1 ~I R2-BR10
r-- -..::t <7.321 85
EP.158. EP29.w EP30,..
0 BR10(
4
18 .33) tri
tnl ..- EP.115.

"-1
I
I
@ @ 1
M15
) ) )
0~
E ~~
~/
"
&-~ ~
~e:,
~~
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3 ALiM. BOITIER FMRI ACCELERATION PORTEUR/FR8N ECHAPPEMENT ATT 400/ 3
INDICE: A ~=
rM~A~CH~IN~E~:~24~12~10~-_->____~___A_T_~_o_~_1_a_B_rm_~_
r_FI_E____~______h_~_~_~_7T_R_O_WE_~_/_T!_HR_V_Tr._LE
__ /_EXJ_~_
~U._~_T_BR._~_KE______~~~ss~mM~e~ur~:~B£~.----~D~a~te~;~OO~/m~oo~~PAGE: 7
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH.l toE PM ETRE N REPROOUT. N ClHUIlE SANS t«lTRE AUTOOISATm 1 TItS DRAWN] IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPH. rr IS MJT BE USED mREPfmm} WITHOOT OUR Al1Tl-mlZAlDi Verificateur: RP. Date: 18/03/2002
~ I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 ! 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 1 41
I I
l..' y35 J Y37 l..rY39 \lY33

1'5129) 1'53171 T<5124l 1'5316)
IIi I
B 01 01 0\ ...ql
$21 ~I 55t NI
I ! J I
664 666 667 669
~P23 ~P23 ~P23 ~P23
., P23. P23.·' P23. .. P21
- ¢~ 66 6@ OM
a:> ....- ('II lJ"'l
0
\0 ~ ~ ~
( 91
~AOH1
( 8 y11
,~ ADM1 ~13 1.13
I
@ ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT I
ADM1
I
j\ADM2 j\ AIJM2
I I I
® I
I
-
f
01
ADM AIJM4'f AOM4
3 64
1ADM1
os
:r: ....J
l I Z
C!
:z: :z: l!)
« « 1
U U ~
D EP.1S8.
t~t~ANt~ jB.33)
I CAN CONNECTING UNIT I I
(~) 1
M15
E
~<::;
,-# )
~
*-/
)

E.p.s. ;
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ALIMENTATION BOITIER ADM I ACCELERATION TOURELLE ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE ADN UNIT POWER / TURRET THROTTLE Dessinateur: 8.[ I Date: 27/10/00 p
CR 107366 rCE":";';PLAN~EST~lA'::"';PRCfRETE;"';'::";";'-OE-PPH.-L-t£-PEUf~ETRE-N-REPROOUT--,-N-CMt.mE--SANS-t«)-TRE-A-UTOOISA-JTDiI...--I-THS-QRA-wtlj-lS-nE-PROPERT--YOF-PPH.-IT-IS-~-Tae-USEQ-oo-REPROru:EI)---wrr-I-OOT-(XR-AlJTli(RZA--mt-+---V---Crifj;....;.·lca;"";'t---eu---r:"';;;R';';;;';'P.--~
I Da---te-:"";:;:';18"':"';'03';;""';/200:'::"-2--l AGE: 8
41
Ir-iI EP.2. F1W F9W F1W F11W F17W

1 EP.115.
6A
(6.5)
10A
(15.36)
6A
(65)
10A
(S.12)
15A
(6.25)
A M15 {18.351 (9.29>

B01
5
601
14 ~~1 802
10
SD4
4
'4'
EP.1. Kl'EP.6. EP.14. -..::t
U"'I
Ln
N EPJ EP.5. ~ EP.15.
¢I-BR9) ~R9D (10.6)
EP 110 (9.31)
19.12) (9.15)
R4-BR9~
{9.71
Ln
N
EP.6. EP.14.
t.n
N (10.6) (14.11) M15 ~
. . (15.401 '4'
~
t"fi
6 (9.23) (9.26)
EP.2. EP.1S. (17.13) U"'I
1----7i87 870 BR90 (10.24) (1013)
0090 (CI-BR9)~6 (10.35) (1037)
(36.23)
EP.l
N L.n
(9.3~
11 N
R4-BR9 Ln
N ~ (10.6) (95) {9.37)
B (9.4) 85 (10.4)
(10.19) BR90 ~ (10.29)
(10.31) 15
59 1 5
P21 BV1A B54 1 1
~W@)~ r--L-----'~.......,I @~8V2A BV18
t;::::1 BV1A @)~ ®

.t~25 2 B54
2
BV2A
2
BV1B
2
~(5351 4
B38
c EP.110,
{9.241
(10.2S) (9.36)
(1036)
!,;!J {17.16) 1
6 N
!t)1
838
6
M15 ¢~
PS. rrI
1
M15
o EP.6t
14 2 7 12 10
(18.40> AOM1 ADM1 ADM1 AOM1 ADM2
I I I I I
@3)
ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT
)
E

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 ALERTES AIR-HU!LE-EAU I COMPTE-TOURS I COMPTEUR VITESSES ATT 400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE AIR-OIL-COOLANT WARNING LIGHTS / TACHOMETER / SPEEDOHETER Dessinateur: a.( Date: 27/IDIOO
CR 107366 ~CE"::"PLAN:';:':":';;'E";'::ST'-':"LA"':'PROPRETE":";':":'=--DE-PPtt-l-fE...I.PEUT-ETRE-N-REPRalIT--.-N-CMtH(l£--S-ANS-NO-TRE-AUT-(RS-A...L'fDt-,TtIS-QRA-WHG-IS-TI£-PROPERTY--QF-PPH.-rr-IS-NO-r-SE-USEO-m-·Rf.PROIl.(ED---WITHOUT--QlR-AUTHORIZA--TI(}l.-I-V-erifi-·-lca-te-ur-;..;;.R;,.,;;,...P.--+-D-ate-:.....;18-/O-3!""';200-2--1 PAGE: 9
41
F1$
6A
(6.5)
EPJ4. EP.6, EP.2. EP.6. EP.14.
(9.15) (9.12) (9.12) (9.15)
A 801
4 (CI-BR9)~ (9.29) ~
86 Ul
N ~
...-
t(] L.n R4-BR9 Kl R4-BR9
EP.t "" (9.7) 85 (9:J) 85
5 1 1
(9.7) 7 0090 B163 8163 7 aR90 3 B53
I@~ .1
I.ii (9J2) 8V2A 15 BV1B 15 6V1A
"" EP.3.
®~ @)~ @)~
8V2A 6163 B163 BV1B ~ BV1A 853 853 853
6 4 3 8 4 2 3 4
B EP.2. ~
If"l (9.17> 14 10
I.ii
(9.29) 838 837
"" N
1 @:- !oO
M15
1Li:=1"=-i-~':l~=i-
BV2B
EP.104.
~V1l®~ EP.109. 19.71 t.n
C1'\
M15
47
P55,
@)~ ~V2B EP.96. (9.14)
fP55
47 (3.17)
BV1B
4 BUZ ~l !oO
@)~
,EP12...
c EP.47. T1
15
P15. M15
(18.35) P15. XP15 SUZ 4 40 26 ~I 61
1'15 PS. P15. P15.
?E~
rni ?? ~
1 X P15 XP15
1'40 ,26
1
f P55.
P55
r@
P217 61
EP.96. M15
""
"-1 <:0;
/T"I'
...-: I I
(2I271 ~I ~I
~B194
!oO
lI"'I
...- XP217 !PI
o 9
ADM1
18
PS.
17
P5.
3
ADM1 w
12 I
~I
~ 6~
~
I
EP17... • EP1t..
m: , T(37.12)
@) ...-. @) Ul Lf)
"'-L _"-J
) ) )
~~
«,.$7
E
PPM TEREX ~~~E:: 1371 DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3 ALERTES DIRECTION-FILTRE-NIVEAU EAU-BOITE I JAUGE GAS-OIL ATT400/3 ~~~ INDICE: 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE STEERING-FIL TER-COOLANT LEVEL WARNING LIGHTS I FUEL GAUGE Dessinateur: B.C Date: 27/10/00
CR 107366 '--lc-at-eu-r:--R--P.--+--Da-te-:--18--/0--3'--200-2--1
.. N::---'-PEUT-rrn:-NIREPROOUT--.NI-C-lJtlIN(l£--SANS-NOTRE-AUT-·OOISA----'TlOO.-'-TtIS-OO-A-WNj-IS-nE-PROPER-TY-QF-PPK.-IT-IS-NQ-T-BE-US8)-OO-REPROOOCED--Wl1lIOU--TOUR-AUTHORlZA--Tm-.+--Verifj-'
ra:""-PlA-=N""'-E=ST-LA';;;"PROPRIET"'=";';;""'e-oc-pptot- PAGE: 10
'J I 2 I 3 4 I 5 I 6 71 6 I 9 I 10 I 11 ! 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 1 17 18 J 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 1 33 I 34 35 I 36 371 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
A
F26W
10A
16.41>
EP.25.
(12.39)
+W 52.5)
F14W
10A
(6.19)
103806 :;::tl 'TBD3

69
1~23
-...:t
""4"
co FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT
~)9P23. @ @
-
.....:t
....-
r---.
[@J [@J EP.18.
t12.15}
l' FMR2 ADM1
07 020
63 15
1P55.] P55.
t~f~5 --
B
M15
ZF HARNESS POWER ~~1OC
I EP.30.
%5165. ~! R1-BR1O~ EP.103.
@~
, (11.25)
13...
-
F
i87 870
ENGINE SHUT-DOWN ~ __________ I )13R1OC
(3.25) 01 (24.26)
I -----1 131.18)
6 5165. .....:t
~I I
I
I
~I
co, I
137.8) EP.28.
I(27.25)
(
~ ~200~ ~200 t ~ ~01 ~ ~201
@ i~E!E~~~T_~~: @) i~EI~~[Y~T-OO: (O-BRiO) b~R1OC j66P55. 9• 53
P55.
?~froo 6~2016~ ~
- ?PS5
66
I ?34 R1·BR1O
(11.30) 85
\V
51 I
"'I____________
'- - - - - - - J
~ I
EP15... L _____
I :;::tl I _.1
~l
frl( $"
~
~ I
I..i1
«-,
~ U"'II EP41...
D 965 "-1 I
J P23. ,EP.115. I
lP23 (1635)
?65
8} E49 1
N
~, U36
- 2
N
~52.5)
) ) ) ) ) ) ) )
E ~~ #'
~#'
~~~ # sS>~ q,# q,~Q$ @
~'5
#' #' ~,
!9
F ~
# / / ~ ~~
ETUDE: 1371 PORTEUR

PPM TEREX E'p.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3 ARRET MOTEUR I ARRET URGENCE I ETOUFFOIR
ATT400/3 CARRIER INDICE : D
MACHINE : 241210 --> ATUOOl3 ELECTRI[ FILE ENGINE SHUT-DOWN / EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN I [HOKE Th.."SsmateUf: S.C Date: 27/ID/OO
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA ~ DE PPM. L tE PEUT ETRE tf REPROOJT. N (lJtU.I(lE SANS ~TRE AUTOOISATDi I TIiS DRAWING IS ThE PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS tm BE USED ~ REPROOOCED WlTtOOT M AUTHORfZATDt Verificateur: RP. Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 11
41
F32L
10A
(5.28) EP.18.
F14W
10A
(6.19)
15AF15W
(6.21)
A BD6 606 003 803

7 10 8 15
-..:t
;:! EP.132.
iliU17 iliU12 iliU16 (117)

(24.1S)
]-(53.14IT63.15J _, <51121 ::: (24.35)
co (35.18)
6 13 ~j Rli ~l
BR100 00100 637 6.25...~
l622P23 13
~6 ~
~ P23 ~ ~IER TRANSMISSION CONTROL NEUTRAL BR7F
R4-BR10 R3-BR1O P23. P21 P21 R1-BR7 ~1
B 85 (24.151 85 ~ n ~ ~W
BR100 BR10C 1--:i14 12
15 12 BR7E
1
TURRET TRANSMISS!ON CONTROL NEUTRAL ~R7G

R2-BR7
(12.19)
~1
614 12
(
BR7G
9
Ii 15
BR7E BR7F ....,.
-..:t
EP.65.
R2-BR7~
Q'\
-1
Z
I
CI
::z:
l!:) (128~ (18.11)
«
u W-
I (12.39) BR7F
{18.13}
:r:
g~:~l 6 ~ (19.3)
0'< (22.19}
~
EP.114. (34.12)
,(13]} 57
o P23.
I IP23
~I,
(16.4)
LA (16.21l 957
..- (17.10) ~1
~
(17.39)
1M15 M15
U30
(54.5)
)
~~~
~~
E
~{t-
~
$'
<fS
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EP.S. :
1371 ALIM. FAISCEAU ZF / NEUTRE SElECTEURS PORTEUR ET TOURELLE ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> IF ELECTRICAL LOOH POWER I TURRET AND CARRIER GEAR NEUTRAL Dessinateur: a.C Date: 27/10/00 PAGE 12
CR 107366 t---:CE;.:.:.PLAN.:..:::..:.:.ES;..;;:T::...LA;.....:..;PRCPRETE...:=.;..;~DE-PPH.-l-~-PEUT'--ETRE--N-REPRtOOT--,-N-C(JfUIl£---SANS-OO-TRE-AUT-al5A--L
rm-'-THS-OOA-Wf./G-IS-T}£-PRQPER-T-Y-QF-PPH.-rr-IS-OO-TB€-USED-M-~---wrrHt'KJT--orn-A\Jl'rKlRlZA--TDl-t-V-erifi-·~c-at-eu-r-:~RP::-.--+-D-at-e-:~18-/03::-12OO::-:-:-::'2---i :
"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 .1 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 .1 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.P.S. ;
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 LIMITATION BOlTE DE VITESSES INDICE: A ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
rM~A~CH~IN~E~:~24~12~10~--_>__~_____A_Tr._¥_OO_~_B_L_E[_m_~_A_l_E____~______________
GE_A_R_BQ_~_L_~_VT,_ATJ_m_W______________~D~e-ss_ma_te_ur_:~B.~(____~IDa_w_;~O~V~~/~OO~PAGE: 13
eR 107366 (£ PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH.l ~ PEUT ETRE N REPRm.fi. N (CItt..t«J£ SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATot / TtIS mAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS ooT BE USED 00 RE.f'RO!.U:EO WffiOJT 0lR ~rm V6rificateur: RP. I Date: 18/03!2002
N I 2 I 3 I 4 , 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 11 I 12 13 14 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 23 I 24 25 26 I 27 28 291. 30 I 31 I 32 33 34 I 35 I 36 37 I 38 39 I 40 41
F11ffi
10A F16ffi
15A
(5.12) (6.23)
?BO~
A ~~2 011 rn LIGHTING SWITCH
~IEP.5.
- - -
n -\-~f\~ ;~~
EP.50. EP.153. EP.156.
I I l
-J -
I
BLINKERS UNIT -..:T (9.33) (14.7) (27}) (23.7) \ I
-l _
~
- I~ + -- ~1 -
Lf"I
@) 1\ I I I I \ L \ __I
14 .911 .95 910 08 I I
® I DETR~OETR~ IDETR h
).PETR fOETR I
@lt1j-\~~OO_,
I I I I I - - - - - - - I
1 B30 f B30 l' B30 'i' B30 \ B30 'I
- -'+/-6186 ,~ 8186 -
07 06 62 63 01
B
e- t'--..
e-
rn
lL5..3
t
• + ..
lfoETR IDETR 'i1oETRI ~I [)ETR
;) 6
rn EP.48.
?!.-'___--,
CJ rn
N
EP.SO. 03 013 617 )18
~ __________~3~9__________________~ EP.49.
(14.14)
- 3BV3~~5BV3A 235 33
¥J ®)$.$.®) 135
0-
rn
rn
r
m
~
tSV3A BV3A
)4 6
!P 0-
rn
I
>H
EPa.
P5t
PSi
rn
rn
r I
)B
EP7.
P5t
PSi
- EP.121. EP.107.
0-
rn
m
m
t--- 0-. m
en en
(32.3)
(15.401
116.31) ~ 5143 ~ 5141 ~5140 ~ S144
o 40
(37.30>
(37.37) ®$.@$. ®$.®$.
~ 143 5141 r140 }S144
"1r
..-
",6 ~EP5. !;p EP6.
-
(15.33) (15.36)
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EP.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3 FEUX !NDICATEURS DE DIRECTION ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRI[ FILE BLINKERS Dessinateur: 8.( I Date: 27/fJ/OO
CR 107366 ~[E";';"'PlAN;';;:;";';';"ES;;';;;;'T"';"LA"='PROPRETE;";';:;;";";~rr;-PPM.-U--"'-£PEIJf-ETRE-NREPROCUT--,t,1-C-(MtN'1£--S-ANS-OO-TRE-AUT-OOISATm
---..I. -erifj-·--lca-te-ur-:'"::-R--P.--t-1D-a-te-:"-':18---/03~12:-:-00:-::-2-!
-'TIIS-rm-\ffl(j-IS-nE-PRQPER-rr-QF-PPH.-rr-IS-t«)-TBE-US8)-OO-REPROruEl--Wl-1lroT-orn-AUl'l-mlA--rm-t-V PAGE: 14
N I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 8 I 9 I 10 11 I 12 13 I 14 15 16! 17 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 22 t 23 I 24 25 26 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 40 I 41
640
till2
riR
EP.83. ....r
I 0
N
---I (60J6l
A I
....rl
o t16.26) @I 1.13803 @) ~l
~ ~ (17.221
1~IEP.m
-..0
F~[
F9
31 45 (16.19) I I I 10A 10A ±68P23
(9.15) U
Pi Pi (17.12> - <23.7}
~)68
P21
-
}r,-JI ~~~tl ~~B02 (9.37) \
I j ~BD1 !oCl
--
M15 )13 01Z H15
~-----+-- ---------+--------~--------+-----+'~~-7---1 116.16) ....r EP.1Ot
...- ....r ....r
N
EP.16. ...-
...-
EP1 Y' ~
B y (3.19)
114 (33.31>
EP.13. (16.38)
<;>28 1;.0
.i PS, Bl35)
b~
....r:
EP.97. !oO
~
...-
EP.1S.
N:;EP24.. ~
..- (9.37)
--
~
)G
j~S1. ~
O(
t33.8)
M15 PSt I PSt
...................................................... "'''' .................. ........................ ,.. ~~51
'''
t p51
)(
lP51
~~Vll
,3P5, yo
t" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . '"' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
( "4":
~·.l :;5t: . ..••••••....•.••......••••.•.. () 56 <;> 70 (1) 69 ~ EP1.
....r:
....... . 1 PS.
@)~
N!
" ....................... . . ...-; ~: ~: ................. PS. PS.
~ ~l 6~ ~~ 6~
'-1':
N!
:~:~:
~: : . j :=j
1~3
' . BV3B
~ ~231 ~ ~232 ~ ~233 ~ ~189 ~~ ~~ ~ ~
~S33 ®i~~~¥~i;1~41
4
(@~@~@~®~®~ ~S33 ~S33 j

6~231 6. ~232 ~ ~233 6~189 b. r 3
EP.107.
~~2 ~rs ~~43 ~~42 ~~41 :
~
:
~
: :
..
U11
: : : m: l ! LrI: !t)1 --:EP3t
D : : un: ~:EP30 : un: ~. :
Lrli !t); ..- ~ : . LrI!"'-'
~;
............ .
~~ : ~" ..... -+""' ............. ..
114.33)
i '" . ~ ..................... "'" .................................. '"' ................ . . (17.27)
i...................................... (14.34) (17.29) I
(17.33)
.................................................... (17.25)
~,--(14_.29_1 ~
t17.31l : (17.36)
(1736) (1425)
. " ..... '" ... " .......... ,. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . "' .................. w ..... w
II .... "' ..... "' .............. ., .................... " ........................................................................................................................................................................................... ,. ................... ,. ....................
.t
.
..,.10
1
1
1....-- - - - - - - '
__
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.P.S. ;
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FEUX DE POSITION ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
MACH!NE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE PARKING LIGHTS Dessinateur: 8.( I Date: 27/fJ/OO P GE
CR 107366 r-:-CE..;.;.;PlAN;.;;.;....;;;..ES~T-LA"::"PROPRETE':"';;:;;;"';:""-QE-PPK-u--i.-£PEUT-EmE-NIREffiOOlIT--.M-C-tJttN(l£--SAN-SNO-mE-AUT-OOISA---I.Tm
- ,TIIS-OOA-WKj-IS-TI£-PRQPER-T-YQF-PPH.-rr-lS-tm-ee-US8)-OO-REPROO.JCE!l--WITHOUT-,
-Ol.R-AU-THORIZA-'
-1100-.+----V6rifj
,. ·....:.:.lca
....... iDa"':"'te-:. . :.:.1.......
r :....:.:.R;..;;;.P,--+-"-
.......te.......u....... 312.:..:...00-2---4
8'0....... A : 15
41
A
Jl31
t(59.16)
F17L
15A
(6.25)
~I SD4 B04
--663 7 5 #'
bP23
P23. :1 (
63 B186 LIGHTING SWITCH
@I f~
I
('IS.17) I I
B
6 8 9
BROO (O-BRa) SR8D B186 801
(~~~ R4~~
1
R4-BR8 (16.4) r----l I' • • • • 1
(16.8) 65 ~87 670 1.1""11 I
BRao
15 ~
~
BRaD
11
-...:t
C'J
...-
"'-1
1 !
EP.1OO.
803
7
1.1""11
'""""I
EP.1Ot
1I
-.0 M15
-...:t M15 (1530) ~ EP.12. (15.39)
C'J
C ...- EP57.
~ S 7 N T o
PSt BV3B PSt PS1. PSt
EP.114.
-...:t
~
f~1
EP.114.
1(12.16)
®)$ BV3B
P51
N
P51
T 6~51
I
I 1 8
I(12.16)
5t I P221
1
P226
1
P216
o I
I
I
~~)Q1 ~l @$ ~ @$ @$
""f:~221
EP,107. P226
I ~f~~
I S1
I 2
I If''l If''l
! I ..- EP4 . ...- EP3 . ...- EP4 .
1
I ~
I 1M15 (16.24) (16.26)
M15 M15 L ~---- --- ---- - - - ----~
(16.33). (16.36)
-----~
I
) ) ) )
E #' #' 4Y~
~
~'V
.:9
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EP.s. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 AVERTISSEUR SON ORE I FEUX DE CROISEMENT ET DE ROUTE ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
IN DICE : A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE HORN / LOW BEAMS / HIGH BEAMS Dessinateur: BL Date: 27/10/00
CR 107366 rCE~PlAN:':;:':'::'EST'::::"":"'LA"':;'PRCPR£TE;:":':::":;::"--DE-PPH.-LtE---'-PEUT-ETRE-N-REPROCOT--,N-C-CMUIlE--SANS-I«)TRE-Al1T-OOISA----lmt"'---I-11tS-ORA-WNi-IS-TI-£-~-TY-OF-PPM.-IT-IS-I«)-T-SE-USEO-OO-REPRCru:ED--wmwr--M-'-~--Tm-+..:.;..Verifi-·-=-lc:.......at...;..eu..:.;..r:~RP~.--;-";;"D:"""'ate;"';':-:;18~/O~3/7:200":":'2--l PAGE: 16
~ I 2 3 I 4 I 5 6 I 7 8 I 9 10 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 17 18 I 19 20 I 21 221 23 I 24 25 26 .1 27 .1 281 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 40 I 41
r-------,
63 I 15AF16W F16W
15A
LIGHTING SWITCH ~B167 ~I (6.23) (6.23)
!rq-~--t-i-o1-1--i\-~---1\---I ---I---\--_-_\-+--~ 1\--1-\-2-10 I! t::~

A 1'804 SD4
613 14
® Ln
N
N EP.26.
(15.17) II ~ I\ I ~ -I- 1 I "1_ "1 _ I I I\ _L \ _ _, B
I I 1 P8
~
I @
~--------+--~-----------~--------~----------+-_----+_----I
\:,. 6186 [E]
)2 ~ O.8bor
~8C Y
~,:: ~ ~,::) ~
REVERSE liGHTS STOP LIGHTS 4
~BR8D 1'P8
6c
B
R3-BR8\
{17.28)
RS-BR8~
(17.39)
~~AR ~~AR ±~ X~
,87 870 ,87 870
l' BR8C BR8D
615
~~~1J
3
rr;
X r t
11FSAR FBAR
07 ()1 Y'IFBAR !FBAR
09
\V
o
N
9 42
c
~t4 '17
'Iss
J P5.
,6 PS.
~~
~:~I'~
)'ps
~
EP.& th8~100 955 ",:
r··························~liEP26..
-...:t:
9 13 RS-8R1O
1iir~:······~1
,87 870 (17.17) 85
- ~ b BR8C I(34.16l . . BR100 .. ..
~~
)'BR1OO ~ ... '" ... '" '" ................. .
R2-BR8 ;,pI (1 62 0-: 0-:
_.... : . i.'j;: 0-.: 0-.: .
(17.2S) 85
1 .... '
......
~: ..: ~ ; ~l
~rc M15
(
I OOZ1
EP.115.
i~3 i~2 i~3
D Lrd
"'-1
,EP.m.
@)QJ
It18J5)
C®QJ ®$®$
,(12.16)
?BUZI I
I
~~3 ~~ ~~
1 I;Dt·m. 1
I
i
;,p:
EPlt.
Lnl
...-'EP30....-tEP3t
LnJ
M15 (9.14) (15.21> (15.121 (15.21>
)
~
~<f7
E
~
~
4!v~

E.p.s. ;
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FEUX DE BROUILLARD AR I FEUX DE RECUL I FEU X DE STOP ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
j.-.:M. : . ;A:.: :!CH.;,: ,.IN:.: ;.E. .:,. :.:::..24.:....:.:12:.:.;:10:-,.-_->_ _..L.-_ __ _ *_0_'01_3_EL_b_[Jj_RIi_r_FA_[E_ _....l-_ _ _~_E_~R_F(J_G_L_IGH_T._S_I_RE_VJ_'ER_~_E_LA_riH_TS_/_Sr._VP_LlG._t1_TS_ _ _+-=De-:-:ss-::-in_ate_uf_:-::S--=-.c. _ _f-:::--
A T T I Da_te_:-::27::-::/10:=-:/00::::":":"-1 PAGE: 17
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA flRrnl!£fE DE PPI\ l t£ PEUT ETRE N REPROCOT. MC~ SANS OOTRE AUTOOlSAmi I TItS OOAwtIG IS T}£ PROPERTY OF PPH.1T IS MlT BE USED em REPROOX:ED Wl1mUT M AUTtmlZATIOO. Verificateur: RP. ! Date: 18/03/2002
41
F15W
15A I· • • • • I
tWt~ f40 t~4

(6.211
A 803
12 EP.47.
"'" "\
1../""l1
EP.115.
1I
(S4.5) (54.6) (54.12) (54.13) -...:t"

-..:- (10.4) (18.35)
M15
co EPl3.
01 0\ 01 ~I
~I ~J RI ~J
~50P23 ~51P23 ~21P23 ~49P23 z

4
BR90
u..
P23. P21 P21 P21
~B~A u..
C)
~
l!j 0
50 51 21 49 \0 0
~ <::>
-..0 0
8g 4 CS 13 7 ~ (18.35)
,87
~
870 z
R21F g BR21F 8R90 ffi l!)
A1
-.0
0
....0
0
'-0 (27.7)
~ R1-BR21 ~~ R1-BR21 ~1RS-BR9 ~ BR9D BR90
B aJ (18.9J 3 1
'" I.f"\
EP.127.
(16.9)
0
'-0
I.f"\
~ 6" 42 ~ 1-:----1 14 12 (18.39) 85 N
('II
~
0 N
......
'-0 V1 R21E BR21E 8R21E 8R9O (Y') '-0
~
If"\
0
';f.? 3 ~ 1 7 2
EP.126. a::
0 EE u.. EP.60. EP.6t
'-0
55
C".I
EP32. EP.31. g (18.15) (3.39)
-...:t" N (19.8) 19.71
('II
Ln LJ"'l {1O.191
0 (O-BR9)"- (10.311
-.0
EP.33. -.0 67 54 68
0
-0 l.!:)
C> P5S. P5S. P55.
'"
~ fP55 f~ ~P55
I.f"\ 0"\
C 0 13
~ E5 BR21G 67 EP.115. 68
--' 0 5 <::>
0
'-0 ~ R2-BR21~1 '" 0"\ BV2B
-..0
N
(7.39)
~I ~I
@)~
V) (18.13) 551 (9.3)
~ 1:---:144 42
ex:::>
I EP45...
-...:t"
I EP2L
{11.251
(17.22}
Ln
I
." R21G BV2B (18.38)
a::
7 6 (27221 EP28m
US
a:: 35 34 (30.15)
P23. ..,...
t..n P23. !;p
EP.106.
~~3 {18.301
E7 ~P23
34 (18.24)
~ ~
N I (26.281
2 ~
o ~ G::: 62 U11 I U8
EP.136.
Ul
£P.60.
P55.
54.20) 1
M15 C".I
154.17)
M15 M15
(18.38)
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 BLOCAGE-DEBLOCAGE SUSPENSIONS ATT400 /3 ~~u: INDICE: A
rM~A~[H~IN~E_:~24~~~10~-_-_>__~_____A_Tr._4_00_~_B_lB_[_m_~_A_l_E____~__________5_V._5R_S_NS_~_ws__ La_fKl_~_u._~_H_£_AS_~_G__________4-D_e_ssm_a_re_~_:_B£~___rD-a-te-:~V-/ID~/OO~~ PAGE: 18
CR 107366 (E PLAN EST LA PROPRIETE rx: PPM. L t£ PEUT ETl£ N REPR<WT, N (CJtI.W.E SANS OOTRE AUTCRSATDt I TlIS DRAWN'i IS i}£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS ooT BE USED OR REPRO!J..(EI) WlTHOOT ~ AUTHORflATOl. Verificateur : RP. Date: 18/03/2002
41
EP.24.
EP.65. 844
(1238) f13.a)
fM~
EP.16t
A -..;t
0
'-0
(2171 ~
-..;t
0\ -..;t ~
:x: N
I...J
7 !:::: 8 2 10 -..;t (19.13)
~
8R2-F If) CAFFAL CAFFAL CAFFAL ~ (20.20)
RHlR21~
~T~-=1'~
z
~46 12
~ 10 14
(18.9)
0
0 AUTOMAT[ LEVEL AUTOMAT[ LEVEL BR24G SUSPENSION DOWN BR24F TURRET SELECTION BR20G
z
R2-BR24 ~30S R2-BR24 ~30S R1-BR24~1 R2-BR20~1
I.!:l ,34 32 0
V') i , ·i ,-
~ BR2f: z:
w CAFFAl (AFFAI. CAFFAI. CAFFAL {19.13} (19.13) (19.17l (3(12)
9 12
c..
If)
;::)
If)
7 3 1 9 j14 12 ,24 22 ..---.24 22 ..---.34 32
~
z 0 0
9
46
15
246 BR24F
1
R206
B ~
-.0
!;.O 10
l5:
Vl
-..;t
~
~ ~
::::;l
CI1 ~ EP:1S3.
I-
:z
~
u..
14 (27.7) EP.16( ....j EP.m. EP:165.
BR21G UJ
:>-
1360
R2~~
UJ
....j
{18.131 !"d
I-
c(
1----634 32 e
I- EP.16O.
BR21G ~
~
0
4 (20.10)
:::.c ~ 0
( ~ "-0
rn
....j -..;t
~
0
...a ....- 0
..0
EP.163. EP.104.
~ ~
eX)
N 0 ~
Z
'-0
s;:::!
13362 135.13362)
L.U ..-
&;
::::;l
CI1 12 41 51
mR21
0::
-<:
BR24F P55. P55. 13362 (30,13362)
LU
0::
R2-BR24
(19.15) A2 82
6 P55
41 6 P55
51
31
P5S.
59
P55.
~I ~I lP55 IP55
(19.241
(19.29) 6 BR2~
9
CJ
EP43... EP44...
CJ y31 y59
(27.40> EP14...
N -...:t
14 !P EP3t.. !PI
0 ::ri EP.131. N
~
eX) EP.16t (31.18) ADM2
rn
l®J
N
532 Ln tTl
tn
(19.34) E184 1
N
@ (20.25)
2 2 (35.381 N
2
ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT
N
tTl
tn EP.60.
(18.38) ) ) ) ) )
~«y #' -$R>' ~#
~ ~
E ~
~v
, #~ #
¥
~~
# ~ /~ ~~¥-'
'?
~{t

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 NIVEAU AUTOMATIOUE SUSPENSIONS ATT 400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: 0
MACHINE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELE[TRIC ALE SUSPENSIONS AUTOI1A TIC LEVEL Dessinateur: S.c. Date: 27/10/00 PAGE 19
CR 107366 I-(E:":':;PlAN..!.::::.:..!:~ES=-TLA':'-'::';PR!PRIET':"':::":'=-E-OE-PPM.-L-~--L.PEUT-ETRE-N-REPROO(JT--.-N-(()MWJE--SA-NS-NO-TRE-A-UT-MJS-A.....I.TDi-,-rns-[)RA-WlNG-IS-1'}£-PROPER--TY-OF-PPH,-rr-tS-NO-T-BE-USED--OO-REPROru:ED---wrr-HOOT--orn-AUTHORIZA------Tl()i---+-=-V:-:-'erifi-:":'=-lca-te-u-r:-=R=-=P-,--t-:::-
D-ate-;-18::-':::03:'12
7.::":00:':'2-; :
",,1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 171 18 I 19 I 20 I 211 221 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 38 39 I 40 I 41
PILOTED SOLENOToES VAL YES

!'- 0 EP.161.
'-0 I
rr'I
I
E185 E234
('.,I
('.,I
(19.34) E184 E233 E236
"'4'
""-4"
co AUTOMATIC LEVEL
B SUSPENSION DOWN
AUTOMATIC LEVEL ~ SUSPENSION DOWN SUSPENSION DOWN
13
4F
~~~
(19.8) ~4~
(19.171
17__f34 32 t:--:-i 14 12
~136
j~~
I--
10136
~ 21260
m
..-
"'"
( EP.16S.
117P55. 9 48
(19.23) *. P5S.
?P55
17 ?~5
- 01
-.0 ~I
m
Ril ~I
EP50~. EP3L
I I
t---
0 ...- (19,29)
E185 1 E233 1
N "'"
I 2 2
-

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 AFFALEMENT SUSPENSIONS ATT 400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE SUSPENSIONS DOWN Dessinateuf; S.c I Date: 26/02101
CR 107366 ~(E:";';"P!.AN';";;;';";;';E";';;;;ST:""';"LA-';:;:PR<PRETE;";"';';;:;"~DE-PPH.-L-t£-PEUT"'---ETRE--NREPRCruT--.-
.. -aJtlNJ,£--SANS-fo«)-TRE-AUT-OOISA--i.
TDt-·-,ms-OOA-Wlt«i-IS-TI£-PRQPER--rv-QF-PPH.-IT-IS-m-TBE-USED-~-REPR<Xlm---wmooT--M-AIJTK)lIZA-·-T-D!~V~enti"';"'·';;';';lc"';';'at"';';'eur';"';':"";:;R;';';;;;.P.---+I"";;:D"';"'at"';"'e-:';;;';;18/':"';;'03';:;"/200~2- i PAGE: 20
41
FIlm
::lOA
15.18)
F19m
6A
~.;fy
§.-4,.. F~m
6A F~m
15A
(6I1) (6.29) ~ {S.20)
605 BOO ~<# ~
r-~--I
A 3 1
(
~
0
80s
7
(
~
b¥ 805
9
EP.156.
IEP.151 1
M15
0
..-
ASS
I rr;
EP.3( (2l7l
(2t24) ASS ASS PASS
C) 10 8 2 1 !;p (27.7)
C)
;::
EP.22.
(T'\
31100 8 2
i~~3~
7 ~ 0
BV.3A $2
EP.35. (21.9) rr;
~@) EP.170.
0
;2
rr; 4
0
0
N
rr;
B BV3A fT"l N 3
(O-BR23) BR23E 0
~ lABS lABS
8 M15 tl:
~
~ S2 tn
..- BV2A S2
..- o
7 1
in r;; m
@)~
R1-BR23
(7.38) A2
!oO tn
..- BV2A (26.12) BR23E
4 15
M15
11 10 9 4 EP.17t
ABS ASS ASS ABS
( 1 2 3 4 6 12 7 8 9 10 (21,27)
ABSR ABSR ABSR ABSR ABSR ABSR ABSR ABSR ABSR A8SR
"PABSR."PABSR' 'PABSR. "PA8SR.'!PASSR.·!PABSt.'PABSR"PAB$R' 'PABSt "PABSR I •
I (21.31)
(21.351
61 62 63 64 96 ?12 67 68 69 610
~:8S~~ABS
j ; ~ j 1 I ~ 1 j l
:: :: : 0:
0:
0: 1 1 :: :
: :: :: I 1!;P
: 0
0:
0:: o;~:
~:
11
I~:
I :...-:
tn~
tn!
: :
:
I !
~: ~: frI:
('1"1:
: I :: ........ : t.n: :z:l I M15
0: rr1: : :EP19 t I :EP18: :...-: ~I ~i 4
~I
J aSl
II II >=,~~
PMM
o
('1"11
:
1 1..""'1'
~................
L., .... "."........... il1

u.J:::>
~I
II
. . . . . . ". . .
........ .l
................
=~
~
]
i I z
IIi
J I f
1
:z:1
152531 S2~ ~253.
I I I
01
~I
f
J
I
J
i:::::>1
I ~I
f ~I
31
~I
rol
l[¢l~
1 1 I I I
±~ ~~ t~ t~ ±~
E

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 ASS ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
MACHINE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRI[ FILE A.E15. Dessinateor: B.C Date: 01112100
eR 107366 j-!CE..::..Pl.AN:.=.:..:.:.:.E:.:.ST..:..LA.:::.:PROPRETE~~DE-PPI1.-LtE--1..- ETRE
PEUT - ti REPROOJT-------,NI-C-CMtHl.E--SANS--t«)TRE--AUT-OOISA---'TDi-'-THS-DRA-WHl-IS-TI£----PRQPER---::"'TY-OF PPt1..-rr......IS-OO--r--B£--USED~OR--REPRO!XI.ED~~Wl'1lOJT~--om~AU~nIDRlZA~--mt~:7V6rifj7:.:1ca
............ .7;.;.;.;.t.;..;.;eu:....:.r:-:R.~P.---t-:::-Da;.,.....te;.,.....:--=18:7./0:::-:3/:::::200=2-; PAGE: 21
"J I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
EP.157. EP.65. EP.20.

A
~ml ~UW (2IB)
I
(12J8) (23.18)
~U14
(5.4.37) (54.38)
~ ....".. .......,. ~-f(5'.22)
..- ~
.......,.
~l ~I N 0'. co ~i
"'~r23
N N
~) 39
1 38
P23
08
1
02
(PAV. ~ (PAV.
010
~ CPAV.
636
J,P23
~T~-=1·3J
e-- ., P23.
P23. P23.
38 FRONT AXLE LOCKING SWITCH 036
i i -I i-
~CPAV. (PAV. tCPAV. (PAV.
(7 1 )3 9
B EP.43.
LJ"'\ rn
..- 0'\
N
a:::
N EP.155.
N
0'\
N (23.1Qt (23.12)
0'.
N 0:;:
e--
N EP.98.
EP.40. (T1
0'.
N tID.9)
~
EP.42. EP.102.
11
P15.
]>25PiS.
C (3435) c;:::
N
6 P15
11 6,25
P15
I
Q37 (1) 23 9
,i P5S. P5S. P5S.
-
f~
IP55 'T'P55
,37 ¢23
'4J1 fiSl
EP2L EP19...
o
.....-
E5 1 E31 1
N
N
2 2
-
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EP.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT400/3 CRABOTAGE-DECRABOTAGE PONT AVANT ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FIE FRONT AXLE LO[KING-RELAESING Dessinateur: 8.( I Date: 27/fJ/OO PAGE 22
CR 107366 rCE":':"';Pl=AN':';';"'ES='T~LA':';;";PfUlR£TE;"';';;;;";';-OE-PPH.-L-t£-PEUT"--E1l£-tl-REPROCUf--.-N-(Cftl.m£--SA-NS-I()-TRE-AUT-OOISA----Jmt'---I-THS-DRA-WHi-1S-TI£-PROPER-rr-CX=-PPH.-rr-IS-m-rBE-USED-OO-REPRt:Xl(EI)---WffillUT--~-A-UTHORfZA--Tm-+-V--:Crifi~lc-ate-'u-r:-:'R-::-'P.--t-1D.....-a-te-:-:'":'18~/03::-:::I2~OO-:-2-; :
F10W
10A F15W
1SA
(15.33) (6.21)
A 'foo2 1'B03
614 611
EP.1S7. -....:t
.....:t
co EP.19.
j EP.156, (17,9)
(22.m (24.211
(14,19) (32191 ~
-
~~141
(33.14) (24.33)
(18.10) co
119.8) -....:t (3(1U EP.20.
(21.34) N (]8,19)
-....:t (24,14) ~!
N (24.24)
(275) 6'8
-....:t
(27.29) ,hP23
B 137.16) P23.
48
INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL SWITCH
-
EP.39.
EP.37.
c
!..f"I
or-
'110
...0
,j P5,
EP,41
6~
EP.155.
""
- (22.171
rn
(22.321 j10P55. -.0:
-.0:
0-
t.n,: EP22..
~P55
N , EP2t
~
10
24 (24.37)
P5S. w
~I ~I I
o EP.154. fP55
24 EP16 ... EP.96.
I /T'l
¢ S18 ~I
(34.16) 6 :-51
~I
(s@)~
...--
EP18...
E2 1 -0 <D:
- 2
N
-'-
M15
f___ I
S16
I
PPM TEREX ~~~~~; 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 #' DIFFERENTIELS INTER-ROUES AVANT ET ARRIERE ATTfOO /3
INDICE: 0 ~~u:
~M~A~CH~IN~E_:~24~12~10~--_>__~_____A_T_U_OO_~_B_L_E[_Tl_RK
__F!_E____~_______
FR_Q_WT_A_M_V_R._fA_R_~_!J_fR_-_W~_~_R_S_~_~_FE_R_fN_n_~L_s______-r~
__s_m_&e_~_:_B_.C.____+I_D_~_:_2_n_m/_oo~PAGE: 23
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH.ll£ PEUT ErnE N REPROOUT. N C~ SANS NOTRE AUTOOISATm I TItS 00AWN11S 11£ PROPERTY Of ?PH. IT IS wr BE USED 00 REPOOIlJCED WllliOUT M AlJTHOO1ZATlOl Verificateur: RP. I Date: 16/03/2002
41
EP.25. EP.19. EP.19.
-..:t~1239) ,,;,123.18) EP.25.

t2
-..:t -..:ti
-..:t 3.18) $2
~
(1239)
A ~~22F REAR STEERlNG LOCK!NG
REAR STEERING RELEASING SPEED > 15 KMIH "" ~ REAR STEERING R8.EASN;"" b REAR S'fEERt«j RElEASiNG ~2G REAR STEERING R8.EASNG ;;!;i :1m:
R1-BR22~1
(24.16)
R3-BR1O \
(12.26)
R2-BR22
(24.40)
\1 R2-BR22
(24.40)
~ R1-BR22~
(24.16)
I' • · · · 1
t:---i14 12 i 87 870 i 14 12 ,24 22 t:---i24 22 I 1
BR22E BR22E BR100 00226 OO22F 22F I Lnl
1 7 10 9 3 1 EP.96. "'-1
EP.102.
o
..- EP.27. (23171 1 I
(34.3Sl M15
o
B N EP.156':1
i
~U29 ~U28
~, (55.11), t.(55.12) o . . ".
I-- ..-
(217) ~ 10 11
PS.
25
ps.
39
PS.
'jiN
36 n 8
~I
653
~1
652
~
~
8
CDEYAR
2
CDEYAR
10
(OEVAR ~~
.. 6~
, .. 6~
.. '
PS5. P55. PSS. ,.hP23 ~P23
~ r;t@[~-=1=.~
~~5 ~~5 ~~
P23.
53
P21
52 ~~. , -i ,~-1J 0:::
<;
ttl OF/AR WAR OFIAR COEYAR ~
t; 7 1 3 9 <:0
..-
!iJ1
a:: Ln Ln '"
co
N
..0
~
N
co
..- EP.68.
( ..- EP.152. "..-
EP.74 EP.75.
~I I 01
N
EP24_ ~ as.22 (25.24) (28.n)
I I 15
i
-0
11 co BR22F
I I ....................... BR22E
N EP.103.
~fttE
I CO-ml22r 11
IEP22._ 14 R2-BR22
EP23_ P5S. (1132l A2
~P55
(24.21) BR22F
28 (24.26) 6
14 PSS.
~P55
-.0
60 co
EP33._ 28
o P23. N
lP23 Ln EP.113.
60 ..- EP35_.
9 (24,15)
0 1 I
E43
~I U27 I
~(5S.30l
2 N
N 2 1M15
)
E
~#'
~
~#
~
#
PPM TEREX ETUDE :. 1371
E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 DIRECTION ARRIERE PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: ATT 400/3 A
~M~A=CH~IN~E~:~24~~~10~--_>__~________A_T_~_OO_~_B_L_E[_m_~_A_1_E____~_______________~_fA_R_S_r._EB_m_M1________________~D~e~ss~ma~~~~~:~B.~(____~Da~re~;~2~7/1O~/~OO~PAGE: 24
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE Il: PPKl t£ PElJT El'P£ N REPRQ'XJf. N ((ltUO£ SANS OOTRE AUTMlSAmt I ms OOAWNi IS n£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS tllT BE USED 00 REPROru:EO wmwT em AumJRlZAmt Verificateur: RP. Date: 18/03/2002
"'" I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
EP,17. EP.102.
I
{37.12)
BOOM AT REAR ~~ '-0

<:::)
Ln BOOM AT REAR ~
A A
t.n
R1-BR25 06 020 R2-BR25
(25.12) ~P23 ~P23 (25.15)
B EP.166. ,87 870
IHtfl'Jl1 BR25C
1
06
P23. ~)20
P23, ~67 670
1BR25C BR2SC
I 01 03 611 )10
'-0 '-0
c:o 0-..
~
('.J
..-
----
j5P55. j6PSS. i PSS.
19 EP.167, EP.168.
~~s ~:ss ~~
I I I (O-BR25) ~ ~R25C <113
6 BR2SC
'"
~
6
~
t.n
( ~I ~I ;01
R1-BR25 R2-BR2S
I I I (2512) 65 (25.34) 85
l' BR25C ?BR25C
~ ~250 ~ ~250 ~ ~250 64 ¢4 '-0
OC>
'-0
~ P250. ~ P250.
0"\
N N
P250.
~ A (B )( EP.74. EP.75.
EP.163. FUNCTIONS P ... OTEO SOLENOiDES VALVE p
'-0
(24.251 (24.26)
z:
.3:
~
u w
::>
0:;)
N '"
0'>
N BOOH ON THE FRONT
0 < .....J E43 E44 £100 E206
c.r::: --' a::J (19,29)
co CD
{27.40l
~ (35.7)
t +**
0 LEFT REAR STEERING
(35.28) RIGHT REAR STEERING
- FUNCTIONS FLOTED SOLENOTOES VALVE)

IJ(}(}H AT REAR
TURRET CAB E43 E44 E200 E206
LEFT REAR STEERING
+t **
E RIGHT REAR STEERING
PPM TEREX ~~~~~.~~~_:~1~37~1--__~r-_O_OS_S_IER_E_LE_C_TR_IQU_E_A_TT_40_0_/3__+-____IN_VE_RS_!O_N_DI_RE_CT_IO_N_AR_R_IER_E_DE_ru_!S_C_A_BIN_E_T_OU_~_LL_E__~~A_T_T_4_00~/~3__~~~=~~~~~~~_IN_D_IC_E__:_D__~

_ _ _-'--_ _A_T_T4_0_0/_'3_EL_B_[J;_RA_f_FIL_E_ _-'--_ _ _ _R._fA_R_S_li_'E5_~_rNG_A_'N_VB_7?S_,a_W_Ff(I_'Q_V1_7i_Uf?J_tf?E_T_{._:4_8_ _ _-+-De_ss_ln_ate_ur_:_8.;;..,.(_ _t--1Da_te_:_30_11_0/00_--1 PAGE:
. .-:M. :.:. .A:. : ;,CH..: ,;.IN.;.:;,E.,.;. :.:;.24.:. .:.:;12:. ;.;10:. ._- -> 25
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH.ll'£ PM ETRE N REPROOUT. tI CfHt..N(J.£ SANS t«>TRE AUTOOISATmI TKS OOAWNlIS Tl£ PROPERTY Cf PPM. rr IS ttlT BE USED OR REPRroml wmrur ~ AUTHOOlZATDi Verificateur: RP. I Date; 18/03/2002
41
EP.152.
U1S U13
t.n {27.34} Ln Ln
F13~
20A
{6.17) EP.111
N N
A EP.1S6....- EP.153. 0- cr.
803 (24,1S)
12l7) (14.18l 6 M15
U41 6 5
{18.151 BR9( BR9C
(19.8) ~ 13
-..:t
N
t.n (21.36)
~ (27.101 ~~~
(21.22)
~
R2-BR20~1
BR20G
::c
z t87 870 TURRET SELECTION (34.121
~ 8 2 10 ~ BR9C t:--:f44 42
~ CACe CACC CACe ~ 1 20 20G
ffi
~ r:t~~-=1-~
0...
t.n
8 7
V)
0::: EP,156,~
B ~~ ~i t -.
CACC (ACe CACC
.=:-%J CACC
tu
~
I-
;:::)
a
t.n
N
..0
(23.7)
~ 7 1 3 9 EP18.
'E:
N
N
!;;:::: (11.40)
<28.20)
(27.7) Ln ::c 8 2 5 10
1-1
13 14 N I- ISlA ISTA ISlA ISTA
EP.135. ..0
3:
~~~1J
BR7G BR7G V1
R2-BR7~1 R2..aR7~
V1
0:::
tu
(12,19) (12.19) I..!:l
c t----:f" 42 t----:f 34 32 (O-BR9) 2
BR9C
13
20F
~
I-
;:::) ISlA ISlA ISlA ISTA
EP.15O.
~ ~~~
<::)
..0 7G -l R7G 7 1 4 9
o 7 ~ 10 R1-BR9 (30.4) t.n
~ I-
;:::) ..- EP.152.
~ (27.2S) 85 1--114 12 ~
BR9C 20E
4 ~ 7 EP.162.
to
-l
Ln
N t..n
W 0'\ (24J9)
t.O
V')
~ (2418)
~
Ln
<: ..- (27.7)
EP.115. liS (37.16)
(3711)
o (18.3S)
M15
7
ADH2
1625
ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT M15 @)~

ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ACCELERATION MANUELLE I AUTORiSATION STABIUSATEURS ATT400 /3 ~= INDICE: 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE HANUAL THROTTLE I OUTRIGGERS PER!1ISSION Dessinateur: B.C Date: 06112100 PAGE 27
CR 107366 I-CE'--PlA~N'--ES"'-TLA~PROP"';";:;;";'RET';"'E-OE-PPI1.-l-N:---!..PE-UT-ETR£-M-REPROOUT--,-M-mttHllE--S-ANS-t«)-TRE-A-UT-OOlSA---J.~-.,-ms-OOA-WNij-IS-1}£-PRQPER--rv-QF-PPtl-rr-lS-m-T-ee-USEJ)--oo-REPRO£:t(ED---wrr-H)JT--()IJ(-AUT-HORIZA-T-1OO.-+-V-erifi-'-lca-te-u-r:-R-.P-.--+--D-are-:-18-'-03-'200-2--i :
i"-J I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 I 7 8 I 9 10 I 11 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 17 I 18 1 19 I 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 I 28 I 29 , 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 35 36 37 38 39 I 40 I 41
r---------------------------~s_-----------I
1625 I
I
I t
I
A
I
,•
"C& ®
7 ,1
,..2 -
,3
- - ...
*104
:--1. . .
6_
LEFT REAR ;
~
H1
LEFT FRONT
8~
~@J - -
711
---+-----.
2 5
3 _,
- - -1
,_
I
••
- I
,
•
~~~~r 1~~--__------~----~18----~_4--+_~_4--~
15
19 I
I
I
FUNCTIONS
BEAMS I PADS OUT

PILOTED SOLENO'iOES VALVES
E191 E193 E195 E197 E201
625 E190 E192 E194 E196 E200 E206
I
I
t -- 8 2 - 5
(oitt) 44"'''. ® -1-8-~--1-2- - - ...5 -.....
I
I
• FRONT RIGHT BEAM .... ,. ..
.'"
B
~ ~
I~
-1 RIGHT REAR @; - - - - -1 ..... ,. ..
'<"]
~
1
-
,,3
-
,,46
r- RIGHT FRONT
~---+-....---t--+-----+_---1--1
7 1 :3 " 6 I, REAR RIGHT BEAM
... .'" ... ...
I
I -11---+---·____ 1'-"-8 I
FRONT LEFT PAD
FRONT RIGHT PAD "'" ... ...."
"'"
..
.till ...
'" ....'" ....'"

I 19 .....
..
. .... ....
- I 15
••
REAR LEFT PAD
REAR RIGHT PAD . ....'"
..
.. '" ..'"
® ~ -1 I BEAMS OR PADS SELECTION

... - 1 - - -
@
~-
_2 - -
+:----,
,---+_~_+- -L _ _-=.:15=---_ _ _---.' \;;J

••
I
( 1 3 6 __
I ~ ~ : FUNCTIONS PILOTED SOLEN01DES VALVES
-
9~?~?~
i~--- : ?~?~ ~?~ ?:?~ I BEAMS I PADS IN E191 E193 E195 E197 E201
E190 E192 E194 E196 E200 E2M
. ----------.----------.----------------------
~~ ~r ~~ ~~ ~r ~~ ~r~r ~~~~ FRONT RIGHT BEAM
..... .........
K11 rnl ~I ~I Lnl KJI ~I ~I "",I ...-1 .... ..
o
....0
-lEP7- lEP3- lEP4... l EP10~. ,EP5_

-.0
l EP6~. ,EP8_~EP9_ l EP2... , EPL

REAR RIGHT BEAM
FRONT LEFT PAD
.....
~'" ....
.. '" ,. '"
..
..
..... ..... '"

(29.6) (29.25) (29.26) (29.14) (29.18) (2920> (29.22 (2913l (29.71 (29.9) FRONT RIGHT PAD "II" ,... ,. .
,... ..."'.'"
~I
'-0
rn l ~I !cOl Lnl ~I
-.0
col
..- 0--1
..- "",I ..-1 REAR LEFT PAD
REAR RIGHT PAD
~'" ,... ,.~'" ....
"'"
-i~5 i~ i 43 i S7 hss i 30 i44
~'" "III' "'"
- 1
P55 i~s P55 P55 P55 ±~5 ~~S
~ PSS. pss. pss. P55. P55. ~ PS5. P55. P55. P55.] P55.
) 16 29 043 58 <)S7 2 30 ( 44 015 01
~
rn ~
EP.104. lI"I (',J 00
..- ~ N -.:-
....0
EP.80. £P.St EP.82. EP26. EP.68 EP.69. EP.79 EP.78.
E
127.1625} 1625 am I
(30.11) 00.20) (30.15) J (27.25) (24.28 (30.4) OO.1B GO.9)
(3039) 00.30) 00.5) (3139} (30.26) 00.37)
(31.6)
-- <31.26)
M15

E'p.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 BOITIER STABILISATEURS COTE DROIT ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
~M~A:.;:;CH..;.;:.IN.=E...;..:. .;:.24..;.;.12=..;.10=..---_> R/G_H_T_H._lAND_O_U_Ttn_1Gt_GE_R._$_8a_~_ _ _ _ _ _~Des::...:.:.:s.:::in.::.:.;ate:..:.:ur:....:.:-=B=.C_ _~D.::.:.;ate~.:-=2:.:.:.7/..:.:;1O/:..:.;OO~
A_T_T*_OO'_V3_B_L_EC_T!_R/C_R_lL_E_ _-'--_ _ _ _ _ _ PAGE: 28
CR 107366 _ - - - l_ _ _
CE PlAN EST LA PRlY'R£fE DE PPH.l t£ PEUT em: MREPRm.lT. M(tHt..t«l.f SANS t«lTRE AVTOOISATm I TIIS DRAWNlIS TI£ PROPERTY OF f'PtllT IS OOT BE USED I)( REPROI:UE) WITl-Wr 0l..R AU"ftOW.mt. Verificateur: RP. Date: 18/0312002
'-1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 8 I 9 10 I 11 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 21 22 I 23 24 25 26 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 I 41
A
1··-----.. --.. -----··-:··-------~5-------------- .. ,
I
:
.- 8@ 1-2 _ _ ..: -I FRONT ! H2 RIGiT!lEAR -
8t@\
®
2
- - -- ..: -I
i FUNCTIONS PILOTED SOLENOiDES VALVES
i i
RK;HT 0
1 ty--i' '- i!l 19 18 1 11 3.' '--

BEAMS I PADS OUT E191 E193 E195 E197 E201
E190 E192 E194 E196 E20C E206
B
: 15 t
FRONT LEFT BEAM .. ..~
625
I
I CO]!) 411t-1tt. ®
REAR LEFT BEAM
FRONT LEFT PAD ..

... ...
..... ....
.~
...
.... ...,. ... . ....
....
• 1 - - - - - -........----"
81MO\ 2 5 8tSti\ 2 5
.....
........
,. ... .,.
~
Ln ~ @!I roo-1 LEFT FRONT
- - r- LEFT REAR ¢Q @; - - - - -1 FRONT RIGHT PAD
....
..... .... ....
N
REAR lEFT PAD ... ,.
$: 7 1 13 " , 7 1 3 , 6
.... ....
I
I L-J ·1~-+_._-___________1~8__~________~:~=:~~~~----~_+---·~ REAR RIGHT PAD ... ,.
19
15
[
-~ 2 .. 5
..,- BEAMS OR PADS SELECTION ~ @Q) - - - - -1
15
7 1 3
-L
" 6
~- ~
FUNCTIONS PILOTED SOLENOTDES VALVES
BEAMS 1 PADS IN E191 E193 E195 E197 E201

~ ~ E190 E192 E194 E196 E200 E206
...
t
9~ ?~- .... -.---.-----.

?~. ~ ~?~ ?~- ~- ?~ ?~- i
.... ..
o
I~--- . ------.~ .... ~-.--- . ----..----------.---.-....II
FRONT LEFT BEAM
REAR LEFT BEAM ...... .... ,..
P'5 ~~45 ~~'5 ~~45 ~~45 ~~45 ~~45 ~b45 ~~45 ~r45 ...
FRONT LEFT PAD
FRONT RIGHT PAD
'III'"
,
i • •
....
.......
.
......
~I
-.0
..-
NI ~I Lf"ll
~
Lrli Kli
..,0
<:01
..- 0-.1
...- fT"\1 -..;tl REAR lEFT PAD 'III ......
- I I I I I I I I I I REAR RIGHT PAD
I I EPL
(28.6)
EP2_
(28.25)
IEPt..
<28.26}
I EP1O
-
(28.14)
I EP5-
(28.18)
IEP6_
(2810)
*EP8., EP9_
(28.22 (2813)
IEP3_ EP~_.
1
(28.1) (28,9)
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 BOITIER STABILlSATEURS COTE GAUCHE ATT400/3 ~= INDICE: 8
MACHINE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE LEFT HAND OUTRIGGERS BOX Dessinateur: S.C Date: 27/10/00
CR 107366 r-:CE";;"PlAN':';;;;';';';:E"';;:ST;"";LA"":::PROPRETE;"';"':':;;'':'=' -oe-PPH.-lM::--J..PE-ur-Em::-M-REPROOJT--,"'-C-IMm.E--SANS-t«)-TRE-AUT-OOISA--J..Tm-J-rns-[)RA-WNj-lS-Tl£-PROPER--TY-OF-PPH.-IT-IS-~-T-BE-USED-OO-REPRtXUED---WfTHOOT--M-AUTl-I(RZA--Tm-r-V-6rifi-'-lca-t-eu.r-:R---P-,- - r -D
- a-oo-:-18-/O-3/~200-2--t PAGE: 29
41
(19.13362)
U2 U4
EP.113.
A (24.15)
\0
M15
861 860
15 13 EP.S2. EP.78. EP.80.
I-n-l
12360 EP.79. IEP.81
(28.18) (28.26) (28.7)
EP.160. '" 1~251 -.. 1~,91
(19.33)
B 6150 8151
-~ ~
8150
6
a1- f L ~ fB151
l'
B60
6
861
6
B60
4
861
4
..- co
!:R
EP.59.
o
..- EP.62.
(31.10)
( 351
EP.67. EP.66.
i..---+-_ _ _ _ _--+_....I{31.16)
9 30 16 37 23
P5. PS. P5. P5. P5.
~~5 N:
~~ 6~ 'fP5
¢37
l' P5
623
(T'\:
co: ~: 03l \00:
o
0:::>:
(T'\'
....... EP10.. I EP16..
Ln
..-
I
('i"")'
EP.115. ~ EP8..
0-..:
,: EP6..
m·
~,: EP12.. *
",:
EP16~
T Ln: (30.231 {183Sl T t30.101 t.n: (30.14)
~.
E195]~37 ~,EPV' E~a~37 "': E~;h ~,~

EP.69. EP.68.
(28.231 (28.22)
~
_ _"'I-' M15 ~
__ J
1 ~ ---'
"'I
) )) )
<8~
#' <#
~
.{~
<fJ,~ <fJ,~
E
~'V ,(~ .. ~qy
~~
#
4,s) #~~.
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3 SELECTION POUTRES I PATINS DE STABILISATEURS ATT400 /3 ~= INDICE: 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE OUTRIGGERS BEAMS I PADS SELECTION Dessinateur: S.C Date; 27110/00 p
CR 107366 ~CE";';"PlAN:'=';"';';;"EST=--LA-='PROPRETE":";=";'=---DE-PPI1-.-L-t£-l.PEUT-ETRE-N-REPRlXXJT--.-t-I-C!ltlm£--S-ANS-NOTRE--AUT-OOIS-A...I.~
-.-1TliS-ORA-WNi-IS-TI£-PROPER-TY-QF-PPH.-rr-IS-OO-r-BE-US8)-OO-REPROOXEl)---WlTHOO-T-M-AUTtllRIZA--j- -.-c-ate-ur-;--R--P.--+--Da-te-;-1&-/O~3/~200-2--1
m --t-v- erifi AGE: 30
'''J I 2 I 3 ! 4 ! 5 6 I 7 ! 8 t 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 23 I 24 25 I 26 I 27 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 39 I 40 I 41
EP.62.
U47 FUm
20A
(6.17)
U48
~ .1.. ~ .1..
A EP.68. (5533) (56.39)
BD3
(25.23) (0 )S 0'\
(28.22) (30.10) ...- ...-
(30:19) EP.59.
I
OC)
I 00.13)
$2 $i WI
('.,l
r- co
...- $2 ton ~ ~
012 )26 ) 40 }54

~P23
if
(~P23 oP23
BEAMS SELECTION ( ~20F 013
1BR9D P23. P23. (CI-BR9) 7
BR9C
(i' P23
P23. 1 P21
((~~
( 12
R~ro~ ~~~
026 040 054
B GO.4) R3-BR9 86l co eO.15)
,44 42 G1.16) 85
;:;
....... OUTRIGGERS CONTROL 1-----:4 87 870
~R20E
)3
BR9C
12 GO
....- a:>
...-
t SR9C
) 11 ~
~
OC)
r- ~
EP.68. EP.69.
EP.11B. EP.101
0">
...-
2018 S2
(2S.21) (11.35)
(25.25)
ro
.......
<26.22) (28.23)
r--.. ~
C co
...- ~
,13 P55.
,27P55.
<[55
PSS.
<[69P55. 56
P55.
j70P55.
-
?P55
13 ?~ ?P55
55 ~P55
69 ?P55
S6 ?P55
70
$21
r--..
;pI $21
0 $21 ~l 0">1
...-
...- S2
I EP42... t EP44.~ I EP36~. I EP38...
1EP370w
II EP39...
(19.21)
D ..- ..-
..-
N
E206 1 E200 1 N E201 1 ('.,l
I 2 2 2
-

E.PS :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 SELECTION RENTREE I SORTIE POUTRES au PATINS ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: B
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE OUTRIGGERS BEAMS OR PADS RETRACTION / EXTENSION SELECTION Dessinateur: B.C Date: 27/fJ/OO
CR 107366 t-'CE"';;"PL;;';;:;AN"';;"E-'=STc,...;.lA~PROPRET"';"'=';';;"E-OE-PPM.-l-t£-PEUT"'---ETRE--tfREPROOUT--.-NI(-lltf.NIX.E--SANS-t«)-TRE-AUT-OOIS-",.,...1.mt-'THS-OOA-WN]-IS-TI£-PROPER--YY-OF-PPM.-rr-IS-t-l}-TBE-USED-OO-REPRO!lJCEl)---wrnlOUT--om-.AUTliJRIZA--TlIlt-.....V-erifi-·-lca-re-u--r:......RP
.......- - - t -D- at-e -:-18'-03--/200---2- I PAGE: 31
41
F2W
15A
t6.71
A 801 802
7 7
c;
Kl
fT'i
rn EP.149.
EP.7, o
fT'i orn 9
842.
S193 5198 5199 B42
i~ [~1
r~
9
1 2
8153 8153
B lflJ 5193 5193

~~J
5198 5198 5199
~J
S199
@D~
~
B154 8154
1 2
EP.157. ~
('.J EP.134.
Ln
m (23.13)
EP..3
8188
7 EP..6 ' - - - - - + - - 1 - - - - - - 1 - _ . EP.148.
o
N
N
N
EP.84.
c
N
c::> EP.117.
N
8 11
B42 642
842. 842.
8 11
6 5
5190 8195 8195 Ln 5206 S206 S183 5183
m
~ ~
EP.12t
(14.4)
@~S190
EP.17S. EP.147.
M15 @ID (S~2)
o (36.22)
8195
1
Ln
...- EP.10S.
5196 5196 5197 5197
;0 {33.3S1
~
@
~
C® M15 M15
E
) )
~4J'
<§fcfJ
#
/
"
PPM TEREX ~~~~E:: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ESSUIE-GLACE I LAVE-GLACE I PLAFONNIER I AUTO-RADIO ATT400 /3 ~= INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELE[TRIC FILE WINDSCREEN WIPER I WASHER / CEILING LIGHT / RADIO Dessinatenf: 8.( Date: OV12/00 P GE
CR 107366 ~CE":':';PlAN~ES:':::"r";"'LA'="PR(PR£rE:"'::::"';';:~OC-PPH.-U-...s...£PEUT-ETRE-NREPRam--.N-C-MUtl.E--SANS-t;:)-TRE-AUT-OOlSA---"rm-,ms-[)RA-WlNG-IS-1l£-PRQPER-TY-OF-PPH.-rr-lS-tC-r-BE-USED-OO-REPROOXED--wmnJT--OW-A\JTI-K3RlZ--ATm-+-V-6rifi-·-lc-are-nr-:";"'RP";;;".--+-D-a-re-;-18-'0-312-00-2- t A : 32
'.j I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 14 I 15 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 21 I 22 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
~U42
, (60.6)
A 01
~l
670
lp23
P21
70 EP.16. EP.l1
r-----l ROTATING BEACON SWITCH (15.33) (1536)
I I
1
M15 ~I
I Lf')
1 ..,- EP.1S4.
B i
I
EP.97. EP.44.
I (34.161
I
(15.27)
C (1'6P5.3 26
PS.
12
PS.
IJ"I
EP.1OS.
~ EP.147.
I
lPI G6·22)
,132.10)
1 ~l
E
)
M15
1
M15
~t~
#~
~~
PPM TEREX ~~~~E:: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FEUX TOURNANTS I FEUX DE POSITION CABINE ATT400 /3 ~= INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE ROTATING BEACON I PARKING LIGHTS Dessinateur: 8.( I Date: 01I1VOO PAGE 33
CR 107366 ~CE":':"';PlAN:'=":':':";ES=-T"':"'LA=-:ffifFRETE~-DE-PPtl-l-f.E-PEUT'--ETil:-N-REPROOJT--,-M-(llttNl.E--SANS-OO-TRE-A-UTOOISA----JTmL.--/-THS-OOA-WN.1-IS-T!£-PR(Fffi-rv-{F-fllK.-IT-IS-t()-TBE-USED-OO-~---WlT-IOJT-om-A-Unm2A--TDi-·~V-erifi"':';"ca"':"'te-ur"':"':"';;';R~P.--+--IDa-te-:"':';'18"':"'/03"':"'/200"':"'-2- i :
""-1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 11 12 13 I 14 I 15 16 I 17 I 18 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
F15W
15A
EP.157. I EP.6S. <6.21)
A (23.13) (123B)
~~3
-..:tj
~l
EP.24.
Q8 2 QlO
CARRIER 1 TURRET SELECTION SWITCH r±-~:-=l-~1r

~i j -, ~~~ (13.8)
1(csPTi'CSPTjtCSPT 1(CSPT
07 61 03 69 12
B BR206
EP.154. R2-BR20~
t34:12>
TURRET SELECTION i24 22
fBR20G
- U'"'l
(17.14)
(23.10)
015
..- 83.21>
08.24) -'-
-'-
EP.102. M15
( 15 ( 12
M15
(22.20)
1:-' BR2OJ:-. BR20F (24.6)
C R2-BR20 A1 81 125.8)
!P
I I
(19.39) c'A2 ~B2
0-
....-
r--.
(27.38) \l~ 8HZ ~ BR20F
j)26P5S.
~
-
(3418) 06 09
(37.18) l'2P55. ....-
r--...
9 P195
1 6P55
12
yP55
y26
6 \/
EP.113.
(5177) ItI 0-.1
~
r--.
I
I
EP25... ~.
~
~"\ !PI
EP26.~
o l' P195
1{24.15) 02
Lnl
"'-1
I N
-
~
M15
) )
E
/
;~,
/
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.P.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3 SELECTION PORTEUR-TOURELLE 1 DIRECTION ET AIR TOURELLE ATT 400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: 0
A_T_T4_0_'OI_'3_EL_B_Cli_"RA_r_FIL_E_ _....1-_ _CA_Frl_'Rh_'ER_-_TIj_rtrR_f_T_Sb_L_EC_T/J_VN_I_TU_'RRE_T_S_TE_Ef?J_~N_ri__A_ND_A_IR_Sl};_rpA_~_y_+-Des::..;;.:.:s.::::inat.:.:.:e:...:.:.::ur;. ,:. .:. .:;.:B.:.: . ,L_ _+-ID::..:a.:..;;.;;te..:...,:..::.;30:..:...,;/10,;:;;.../00::":"--1 PAGE: 34
CR 107366 r-:M..;;..A:.;;:;CH..:,;:..IN:.=,.E....:-:..::;..24;,.;.;;12::,.;.;10:.--_->
_ _-'--_ _
CE PlAN EST LA PROPR£fE DE PPH.l t£ F£UT E'lR: N REPRCWT, N [1JtUIl£ SANS t«>TRE AUTOOlSATm I ntS OOAWHi IS Tl£ PROPERTY OF PPfotIT IS MlT BE USED 00 REPROru:ED wnmJT om AUTHORlZAIDt Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002
".1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 ! 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 1 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
EP.25,
~U34
~uw
(62.13) ~un
(62.14) (12.39) ]<62.16)
A
~I ~I ~I
··· ..
p ........................................................... ,. ..... ..
N~~J
I..n
~~~
P23
~) P23.
11
1 62
P23
~) P23.
62
., P21
07
- (19.13362) 13362
~~60
B EP.163, TI.Ji1RET PARI<ING BRAKE SENSOR l@ 9 9
REMOVABLE (W ~ BR2SC
(25.121
I 1~
~~260
R3-BR25 ~
135.28)
,87 870
0--. • i'BR250
~:
"'-<121 010
961 9 60 62 th PS
I. PS. lP5. P5. P5.
6~
21
6~
)'P5
9 62
c EP.169.
N:
0:
or-.
0-.: 9 52
cr- t, P55,
;::t 0--.
;::t 'rPS5
,EPJB_ 052
06
- hBR250 ~bo &13
~
~I
m
~ ~
~
I R4-BR25 R5-BR25 R3-BR25 EP52.~ EP3L
...-
(1938) 85 (37.18) 85 (35.36) 85 (19.29)
I yBR25C
lBR25D JBR25D
E101~ ~i
)15 )2
o 012
I..n
...-
EP.163. E237 1·1
!tJ ~
2
I I
- L __ I {25.m
)
~~
~
E
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.P.S. :
1371 DOSSIE~LECTRIQUE ATT400/3 CONTRE-POIDS DEPOSABLE I DEBIT ORIENTATION TOURELLE ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: 0
: .;:;;..24;..;;;;12;.;.;:10:..--_->_ _"'--_ _A_T_T4_0_01_'3_EL_B_rr;_'RA_r_FIL_E_ _-t.-.. _ _ _
RE_l1O_V._:4_BL_E_u_VUN_TB_RWB_lGH_T_I_TU_fRR_'E_T_RO_T._Ali_7Q_
W_n_LO_W_ _-t-D_c_ss-:-inat_c_Uf_:_B...... 02.;..../11~/OO:-:-:--i
C _ _t-ID_a_te_:..... PAGE: 35
CR 107366 t--.:-M.;.;. ;A:..::;.CH.;.;;,.;IN;;;;;.E.....
CE PLAN EST LA PRWRIETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT EYRE N REPRCruT, N CCJttN(I£ SANS mTRE AUTm5AIDi I THS WlWNG IS n£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS NJT BE USED 00 R£PR(Xl(ffi WlTIWT 000 AlJTKltIZATDl Verificateur; RP. I Date: 18/0312002
"1 I 2 I 3 t 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 , 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 .1 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 , 34 I 351 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
FSW
15A
(6.13)
A
1'802
66
c;
B CJ
EP.14.
I
(9.15)
r--
*
~1B55
t
%3855
I
(
®L]LJ 855
2
-
t.n
..-
0 EP.147.
(32.25)
(33.21)
U""l
..-
-
-I.-
M15
E
)
«.~
<J'
PPM TEREX ~E~TU~DE:::....;.:--:::;.137:....;.1_ _---iI--_D_OS_S!E_R_EL_EC_T_RIQ_UE_A_T_T4_00_/3_-+-_ _ _ _ _VE_NT_IL_AT_ION_'_C_HA_UF_F_AG_E- - - - - - - o f ATT 400/3 PORTEUR INDICE: A

EP.S. : I - -_ _-..:... _ _..,---:;.;CARRIER==-_-+-_ _ _ _---i
~M~A~CH~IN~E~:2~4~121~0_--_>__~__--_AT_u-a-w3 __ fl-ff-m-~-h-1_E____~_____________ ~_N_/_~_~_ffi_R_______________~~~sin~m_eu~r:~B~L----r_1Da_re_:~M~/~~®~PAGE: 36
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH.l r£ PEUT ETRE N REPRIDlf. N (tlM.H(l£ SANS t«)TRE AUTOOISATm.1 THS ORAWNlIS TIE PROPERTY OF PPt1.1T IS I()T BE USED OR REPROOO:ED WlTHOOT om AUTHORiZATm. Verifi.cateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002
41
F6W
lOA FEW
lOA F26A3W F30W F24W
30A 15A F24W
15A
(6.15) (6.17) (6.35) (5.24) (6.:m (6.37)
EP.107. EP.107.
A BDl B03 B06 BDS B06 806
6 3 15 15 8 9
(14.5) (14.5)
U'"'I U"'l
N N
l.S""I U"'l
<I:"""
EP.99. EP.17. 6
BR20G
13359
R2-BR20\
(34.12) M15
(255) TURRET SElECTION.14 12
Ln
L.n N
N
U1
~ L.n 20G
...- N U1 9
Ln N
l.S""I
B 39 36
PS5. PS5.
~PS5
39 ~PS5
38
45
P5S.
33
P5S. 4 10 4 13 15
Ln Ln
~P55 250 B320 B320 B320 B320
~l fPl 33
~~~
GS.2S1
) ) ) )
~~227 ~~228 87 870 @>
~.::s ~.::s
@
~'5
@
~'5
@
(
<®@<®@ Ft"J1
l.S""I
I
TURRET PARKING BRAKE '
3
250 ~ ~ ~ ~
~~227 ~~228
EPSt.
z:
3: o
VJI VJI a
0::
'0
IT'! @ BOlTlER DE COMMANDE
co EP.156. CJ <0
~40
P55 ~65
P55 544
Ln
fT'1
IT'!
(23.71 <I:"""
P55.
40
P55.
65 @)
@ 544
:::I:
'-J
t-
~
8
156
2
ISG
10
ISG
5216
V')
~~~1J
0 !;;!J !;Q
~
w t-
:::>
---I
U
UJ
--l
-'JBCC
co
EP.103. EP11... l:?l
--l 156 ISG lSG ISG
~ 7 1 3 9
u..
M15 (11.351 nO.39)
!:cD \0
) ) ) ) EP.152. '"
UI EP.152.
~r§:-
~~,$' ~.#
IT'!
$'<&- C!J
9.~~
~~
(27.34) (27.34)
~ -$'
1S~
E
,,~
\
..
~
,QJ-
\
..~
~
«.~ «.~
(@?)
~ «.~ FUEL TYPE SElECTION BOX

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FIlTRE GAS-OiL I EPURATEUR AIR I OPTION GAS-OIL ROUGE PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: ATT400/3 D
~M~A=CH~IN~E~:~24~12~10~-_->____~___A_T_U_O_~_~_R_B_[n_~_[_R_[E____~_______A_UB_L_n_l_m_R_/_AR
__DR_~_fR__
/R_fl_V_A_~_L_Q_pr,_~_W______~D~~~s=m~~~m~:~B.~(----~D~a~re~:~02~ro~3J~01~PAGE: 37
CR 107366 CE Pl.AN EST LA Pm:PRETE D: PPH.l f£ PBJf E1'm: N Rmmfl. MCCHUIlE SANS NJTRE AUTOOISATm 11lIS OOAWNj IS TIE PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS NJT BE USED 00 REPflOO..(ED WfOOJT OI.R AlJTl-ilt1ZAmi Verificateur: RP. Date; 1810312002
N I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 24 I 25 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 ! 40 I 41
F21W
15A
(6Jl1
A 1'805
610
L.n
N
c:l EP.173.
EP:157.
- (21m
B MIRROR DEFROST SWITCH
L.n
..,- EP.15(
EP.174. <34.16)
t.1i
:t"'--. L.n
L.n ~
L.n
t--
~S169
0
J5149
0
@[$J @)[$J
6 5149
6 5169
L.n
....-
L.n
..-
I--
---
M15
--
M15
) )
e# &~
~~,
E
~~ ~if
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 OPTION RETROVISEURS DEG1VRANTS ATT400 /3 ~= INDICE: A
~M..;;..;A=(H.;.;.;.;IN;;:;;;..E..;...:.;.;;.;24~12;.;.;:;1O____>_ _,---_ _A_T_T4_oa_V3_B_l.B_[_TR._y[_n_7LE_ _--,-_ _ _ _ _ _I1!_VR~_'Q_'RS_fJ_fJ_F~_'(J_ST_o._tp_Tlo._w_ _ _ _ _ _~Des_g_in_ate_ur_:-.;.B,;.;;.;.,C_ _t-1D_a_te_:. ;. .07__
/0..:.-3/0_1--1 PAGE: 38
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA PR!X'RETE DE PPM. L t£ P£UT ETRE N REPROO.IT, N ~ SANS t«)'ffiE AUTmlSAmt I ntS mAWHi IS 1l£ PRtPERTY OF PPK.IT IS trCT BE USED 00 REPROiX.(ED Wffi{JUT em AUTHORIZATm Verif'icateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002
41
(CARRIER CAB) (GEAR BOX)

ZF ELECTRONIC UNIT
A
VH(-)
VP(+'
V
R X ~
gi
83
I ~ N MOT
N
vp( ..}
B
OlSPLAY
N tiT
B @
GeAR BOX
c Y2
Yi ~
Y3
YI.
~ -
VPS1t·"rv
~2!.v
..W2-XeJ
16POI.. I<OSTAL
o (-) XSO ~:=Ir:t:jt:~X52 VMG1
W1-X7
X53 ('\1.199)
VP51
(1'l11«I~~~~~~~I§
112.709)
13'.7191
t'l2.92931
__~
{13.9260))>-~~"--~=t::tt!=:::j
XS4 (.) KL.15
112.3UOlma
112.3640)
112.8'\11
('12.729) @
OPTION X58eE---' 112.9mJ
112.'\5l
112.15)
I--~r--~ X55 N-SfGNAL A2.1
OPTION X59·~--Q%-lr-~
E
l=l4i~::::;.. X62 N-SIGNAL A2.2.
ETUDE: 1371
PPM TEREX EP.S. :
DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT 400/3 BOlTE DE VITESSES ZF I 6WG 210
ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER INDICE· A
MACHINE : 241210 ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
eR 107366 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PRtPREJE DE PPK. L t£ PEUT ETRE N REPROOJT, N C(JtlN(lE SANS I«>TRE AUTOOlSAlnt I
6W6 210 1 IF TRANSMISSION
ms DRAWN; IS Tl£ PROPERTY OF PPH.IT IS tflT BE USED 00 REPRO!XJCED WI1liOOT am AUiOORIZATnt
Dessinateur: B.C
V6rificateur: RP.
Date: 22/03/01
Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 39
"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 18 , 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 1 18 I 19 t 20 I 21 22 23 24 25 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 ! 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
F1Sro - t--: ;--:
1 1
20A
A
(S.16) .---------1.
'T 004 \~ SD4 I. I
¢1 02 - ..... _..... . i
i
~I ~I
M15 M15
'"'4'
-.;t
'-0
EP.94. EP.95.
EP.1t , ,
i ,
-
- I I
B
EP.54 EP.55
929 30 943 944 Q13 14 Q27 Q28 9 41 Q42 Q55 956
-
.. P23. P21 t. P21 i. P23.
lP23 1P23 IP23 IP23
929 9 30 9 43 «44
-....:tT. ••• •• ..J
i. P23. P23. J P21 J P23.
IP23 IP231 P23 IP23
'(13 9 14 9 27
t ..• I • .\
928
..J
J P21 i. P23. i. P21 i. P23.
YP23 'f P23 I P23 I 56P23
9'1 942 955 9
t. .•. .• ..J
~----ll
• I I
-::1!
t~ +~9 t~ ~:I J· ~i: ~!· ~l ~! ~i ~!
~J ~J r6a t.~. ~j ~J ~6a t. ~60
( ~! ~1 !4J1
'"'4'+---,---,---, +--T--'---' +--T--'---'
029 2>30 643 6" 013 614 627 626 041 042 055 656
bP1231 P1231-. P123LP123
1 1
f~f~J~J~o j~rf~f~f~60
~ P1231-. P1231-. P123,h P123 1-. P1231-. P123,.h P123.! P123
P123.t P123.j
l()29 30 P123.t
43 P121
44
l613P123}
614
P123.f P123.t P121
27 26 1 P123J
()41 C>42 P123,t 56
P123'f 55 P123.
I
•
,
- '"'4'
-.;t
!;O t.n ~I ~I
..- ..- I t.n'
~i ~i ~L._:~
'-0 "'4'
~-] ~l. ~ _.J ~i '~-j]

EP.59 I ~. -...rl
644 • '::i)'
i
o
~~_I --------_. .--- ____ 1
. .. -----
"'------- --**----'
,
I
-.;t -.;t I
-....:t -....:t I
'-0 -.0
1
!cO !:;C! !:;C!
W 92 (1)4
T7W-------...;.a1
I , I
~ ~BD3. t~BDl I I I
- 20A
<59.271
1
M10
1
M10
E ,,~
)
,,/ )

E.P.S, ;
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FUSIBLES AVANT CONTACT I MASSE CABINE I MASSE TOURELLE ATT400/3 TOURELLE
TURRET
INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC RLE FUSES BEFORE IGNITION / CAB GROUND I TURRET GROUND Dessinateur: S.C I Date: 19/09/00 p
CR 107366 ~CE";';":Pt;";;;'AN';';;';ES;';;;;;"T-LA="';~~-!E-mt-l-t£-PEUT'"--ETRE-N-RmmJT-·
-.-It-CMI.N:lE--SANS-t«)-TRE-AUT-OOISA----'Tm-'THS-OOA-WMj-IS-TI£-f'R(llERTY--OF-PPI1.-rr-rs-NJT-BE-USED-Ql-REPROI:UED---WlT-HOO-T-cm-AUTI-mlA--ym-+.;;;..Vc.;.;....rifi..;.;....lc-areu......:r;....;..;;..;R.;;,;,.P.--II-D;....a..;.;....te-:"'; ;';18/""";03""";/200";';""2---1 AGE: 50
"'-1 I 2 I 3 I 4 5 6 7 8 I 9 I 10 1 11 12 13 14 I 15 , 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 J 21 I 22 .1 23 I 24 I 25 .1 261 27 I 28 I 29 ! 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 f 37 I 38 1 39 1 40 41
F4W
40A
A (6.11) 1----------11
b~~2 6~2
-...:t -...:t
~ -...:t
-...;t -...:t
EP.8. EP.9.
r-
~
~ ~
-...:t -.:t -...:t
-..:t -..;t -...:-
-.:t -...:t
B -.:t
;)3
P23.
:;>4
t P21 1P23. J P21
)17 918
)31P21 (!32P21 f45P23,1() P21
46
\~P231p23 )P23 JP23 ':-r P23 \ P23 \ P23 JP23
(3 J4 <]17 i 18 ( 31 ( 32 ( 45 Y46
U45 U46
~lL l..f..l
9 3 A4 A17 Are
$ r r
P123 P123 P1231 P123
) 31 326
P123 P123 P123
~)45 A46
XP123
" P123J P123.f P121~ P123.
<!:3 64 fl 18
~i' P123f P123.1
(31 32 '(45
P123~ P121
46
,
- -..:t
-...:t
-.:t EP.56 -.:t!
-...:t
-...:t
-..:t EP.51
~
-..:t EP.57, J'
I ~
-.:t EP51
~
444
-~
~
J 51.14)
(52.13)
~~
(18)
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3 FUSIBLES CABINE TOURELLE APRES CONTACT ATT400 /3 ~ INDICE: 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE TURRET CAB FUSES AFTER IGNITION Dessmateur: B.C I Date: 24/11/00 PAGE 51
CR 107366 ~CE~Pl::"=AN":::"E=-ST"':'-LA=-PROPRETE:":':"':':~OE-PPK.-l-N::-PEUT.l--ETf£-If-RE-P!ml-T.-N-C~--SANS-t«)-TRE-A-UTOOlSA-TI.-OI.-I-TlIS-OOA-WNi-IS-Ti£-PROPER-TY-~-mt-rr-IS-I(l-TBE-use-om---REPROIX(8)-------:-wmwT----OlR-AIJTlimA~~Tm~"':':V:-:-erifi:-::"·lc-at-eur-:-=R:7 I Da-te-;-;:18~/03::-:/200:::7:'""2.....,
P.--1-:::-' :
U36
~~1t4)
1··----·· 113W --,
EP.51
: 10A I
~IGtm t
g 51171:
A
~3. ~I
N
EP 80
~65 I .
~f~
I
I I (54<11) N
910 -.0 N •
-
th 8135
fB13s. I ~ ~TA '" ~TA ~~A
610
I
OUTRIGGERS SWITCH
~~135
8135.
7 I 7 1 6
o
B
IGNITION-STARTING
,-
SWI~30~---:I
1M @D i ",\ ~)I o
IEP.83 EP13 •
~ ~-R-~ /Y"'I 6 I
- (~) j co l' co : (56.41 REAR SUSPENSION LOCKING BR51G 0 I

~
ENG I NE SHUT -DOWN q
'I'
N (56J) R2-BRS1 \1
<> <) ~ rom
1'AH I '-'ot:. j 14 1 2 1'
I
(
62 41
Q11
:
I
FRONT SUSPENSION Locm;
R1-BRS1 ~.
~ ~1F i J~I;
~ EP.S3 friO\
•
93
~14 ~
\. B135.
1'B135 : 'I 1-- ilVT11(Bll4T12 T18 T27 T28rn T291
~frs~ §l ~ §X~ ~;i~ ~f;~ ~i~) ; ~

611
I
- : J:
EP.S2
I,
' '. -_ .. ---~ ~: R5-;;~
(56~
"f<S..:fr
#.~ $'
#:<1' # #
~
~#
i
58 $:- $'
D g P123. 'f 00600 ~~{?, <8:;~4-$~
07 '(P123 02 69 #' ~
1BD3 10 3
00 <) 58 Ln .,t:;.~
(I!-~- '_ _--II . 0 ...- EP.42 ~-
- J~ ~~ _.....
(M.141 T30[ T31 132 133
M10
) )
E
/
/ .r~
/
#' ~~
PPM TEREX ~~~~~.~~~~:~1~~~1------~~_O_~_S_IER_E_LE_C_TR_IQ_UE_A_TT_4O_O_/3__+ -__CO_NT_A_CT_I_D_EM_A_RR_A~---.I_AR_R_ET_M_OT_E_UR_1_A_UT_O_RIS_A_TIO_N_S_TA_BS~~A_T_T_4_00~/~3__~~~~mm~UE~-+_IN_D_IC_E__

:_D__~
rM......A......
CH......IN......
E_:...... 0 -_->_ _....o..-_ _A_T_T._4(J_OI_'3_EL_B_[Jj_'RA_r_FIL_E_ _--'--_ _J(j_Ni_'TI_aW_I_S_T._AR_Ti_1NG_I_EM_'G~_'NE_S_r._OP_I_OU_TRf(j_GB_R_S_A_If:~_'t1I._'SS_IQ_W_ ___t__Des_s-in-
24......12;;. ;.;1___ C. _ _+-IDa_te_:.....24_'11I_OO_~
ate_uf_:.....B...... PAGE: 52
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PRtFRETE DE PPttl t£ PEUT ETIlE tI REPROOJT, tI CatUlJ£ SANS t«>TRE AUTIJ!ISATDl.l THS DRAWHl IS Tt£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS t«lT BE USED CR REPRIDXE) WlTIiJUT 000 AUTHORIZAmt Verificateur: R.P. I Date: 18/03/2002
".1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 1 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
A
TSrn
6A
(52.13) G~rn
~~
~fr
N,
-
I
EP.50
1~
'I'
(S~56) THROTTLE PEDAL
I TRANSMISSION CONTROL
I I ® I
f~94 fr4 f94 f~ f~ f~ f~ f~ f~
B
·
•
.
•
,
I
I·
t
t
t
t
t
t
l
•
t:
*
I
I:
-
I· I I. ,
· I I I I I I
I
I l f: ~ I- t
I , • I .t t t l •
~I· ~I ~I. J I ~I ~I ~I ~I
I
·
C , ~t
,
•
~I ...-', i -.c--. "'--1 ~I ~ ..
I I I I ~i iii i
I
I
,• ,
I
~I. i~60 I
,
I
t
•
,
I
I
I
t
•
~
1
t
t
•
•
l
•
6 I I I
P60
32
I • •
I I I I I I I: I: ~ I
I59 I • •
t~23 t~23. t~23. ~. ~fl3.

• • t ~
1
o
~Pfl3
'fP123
t~l tWm.
P123 t P123
tab.
l' P123 ------------ l' P123 ~ ~ P123 'T P123 P123
659 )25 037 ¢22 667 069 066 64
,/6131)
0'\ I
N
1
t..n
U16 U17 U12 U39 U33 U37 U35 U15 un

- ~ ~12J2) ~ ~1229) ~ ~12.31) ~W
(8.32)
~~
(8.33)
~~
(8.30)
~~.
(8.29) ~ ~27.2) ~ ~27.3)
H5
PPM TEREX ~~~~E:: 1371 DOSSIER ElECTRIQUE ATT400/3 AlERTE GENERAlE I FllTRE HYD. I VITESSES I ACCElERATEUR ATT400 /3 ~1fE INDICE: D
.; ; . ;24...... E _--'-_61_fJ_N5_RA_L_W._}1_RM_~M_y;_/_H_Ya_~A_UL_f[_a_~L_F,_IL_TE_R_/_GE_A_RS_I_THIt_'O_T_TL_E_-t-De_ss_in_ate_ur_:_B_.C. _ _+-ID_a_tc_:_24_/11_'00_-1
12;.;.;.10_-_->_ _'---__A_T_T4_oa_v3_E_IB_r_TflJ_VC_A_lL_ PAGE: 53
CR 107366 f--'oM...;.;...;A..;;;;..CH.......
IN......
E _:
IT PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT ErnE N REfm:m. N C!MWIll; SANS OOTRE AUTOOlSATm I TtIS ~WHj IS Tlf PROPERTY OF Ff'H. IT IS t-llT 8E USED 00 REPROiU:ED wmwr om AUTHORIZAIDt Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/03/2002
'" I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 17 I 18 I 19 ! 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
EP.68
U8
~~18.28)
U11 T2m
~ ~18.22} (5t~ ~
12m
6A
(S1.7)
I~~ ~ ~r
N
N
A r-
057 ~<>35 JBDt
fl
~P123 ~P123
I P121
~,, 35
P123. ~
OS7 '
-...:t 'EP16 EP.69
-...:t
- 0-. EP.69 o
-0
'" 't545J
(5437)
-
--
M10
o
P123
)50
U18 U21 U20

~~23.29) ~~22.81 !-...~22.10)
)
E
PPM TEREX .-.::~~~U::;.;::..~.:...~~:. . .13:. . :.;. .7. :-1----It--_D_OS_SI_ER_E_LE_CT_R_IOU_E_A_TT_40_0/_3_+-__SU_s_pE_NS_IO_NS_'_P_ON_T_A_VA_NT_'D_IF_FER_E_N_TIE_L_S_INT_ER_-_RO_uE_S_----t-_A_T_T_4_0_0:..-/_3_-,..----:~;;...;;..OUR=ELLE~_t_I-N-D-IC_E_:_D_--l

J-..:.M.:.:...:A~(H.::.:..:IN=-E..:.-:::...:24...:.:12;.;.::,10_-_->_ _ SU_'SA_f1_NS_1Q_WS_I_f1_t{!_ON_T_A_XL_E_I_IN_TB_"R_-M_11B_E_LS_o._Vn_FEi_"RE_N_Tl_7A_L_-+..;;;;..De8.:..-s_in_ate_ur_:...:;;..B.~[_ _t-ID_a_te_:. ; . ,.24__
A_Tl_:"40_'f1_V3_B_lb_C_TR_YC_f1_lLE_ _---'-_ _ /11..-/00_-1 PAGE: 54
CR 107366 I....-_ _
CE PlAN EST LA PR€fRETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT ETRE tI REPRmJT. N a:HI.HlE SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATl'H. I ms OOAWHl5 TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS tilT BE USED mREPROIlX.ED WITHIlJT M AUTHOR!ZATlCH. Veri.ficateur: RP. 1 Date: 18/03/2002
"-1 I 2 , 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 10 I 11 12 t 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 1 23 1 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 .1 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 , 35 I 36 1 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
U27
~~24.22)
$2
A
960
~P123
lp121
660I
EP.7
.- - ..
I
---~---.---.--tI
.---tI
B ;21
, I--~-~T--]
i~AR ll~ ~~~
I
!~ hf£AR hvsm I
-
REAR STEERING RELEASING SWITCH r:t@f~-=1-=0l (B~$. : ®f--=1-1 REAR STEERING SWITCH
crJ I~ l:J
(
t..n
L+.-:fa:EARfiCDEAR\r'
-
(7 1 (3
I
vsm
r
\0,
I
~i
•
~i'
7 3 1
:j«:>1
4
$2:
6
~ ",,: ~i
"C"'"",EP.84I• ,,
~ Cl(i EP.91 EP.7l
~I ----;,
:1 :
: ! "': ~I
1154191
-
I
1
, t.81
~t' $2~!
I
I
I
1 EP.43 J' ! {:
~20
o ~~k l't.~~.
l' P123 P123
--
.I. P121
? P123 1P123
6
P123.
il
26
P123.
l' P123
12
P123.
P123
053 052 020 06 ¢26 )12
.
C)
tR '" co
U29 U28 I
U38 U6 ~ U47
- ~ ~24.10) ').. ~24.11) 1M5 ~~
t2519}
')...1.
(25.25)
')....L
(31.25)
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3 DIRECTION ARRIERE ATT400/ 3 ~u:Ji:E INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE REAR STEERING Dessinateur: B.C. I Date: 24111/00 PAGE 55
CR 107366 ....,:CE...:.:..;Pt.AN:.::.:..:.:.:..ES:.::;;.T..:..-LA.:::..;;PRalRETE~-OE-PPK-l-N:-PE1-UT-ET-~-rt-REPRIDJT--.-N-CattHl.E--SANS-OO-TRE-AUT-OOfl-lATm-,-ms-QRA-WNj-IS-TI£-PRQPER-rr-QF-PPH.-rr-IS-NOT-BE-USED-OO-REPROO..(8)--·
-WlT-HOU-Y-orn-AUT!i:lRlZA--mt-.+---Ve-rifj---lc-at-eu-r:---R---p.--It--D-a-te-:---18/-:":03-:":/200~2 :
N I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 1 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 ! 12 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 , 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
EP.23 _.-------~---~--~
-.0
...... EP.80
A
t'-'
fY'l.
EP,6
B ...-,
Ln'
~ 8 rn 2 ls1(~AVG ~ ~8 12 ~5 ~: ~ 18 62 5 ~ 98 12 5 ~ 68 2 5
~ CPA~6 "m 1CP~VD ~ CPAytl 1~AVD I ~ ~ CP~RG .!.. (P~RG C~ARG ~.!.. CP_ARO XCP~ ~ARO ~ a:
:1 :
CP_AVG 6 cw_ 0:
~I~~-~I~
~
'1'1 ~I~~-~I~
~
fCPAVGfPAVG'
'3 !I~~-~I~ ~I~~-~I~
~
:I~~-~I~
~ f f 1" f f
1 i'63
CPAVGJCPAVG 6CPAVG fCPAVDrCPAVD)tPAVDrCPAVOr CPAVD :( BVSOA ;:
6 friVCi\\~ L5 fCPARGfPARGl'
1 03 CPARGfPARG 6CPARG ~ '07
T'CPAROrCPARD'
1 63 i'CPAROfPARO (pARD ~ (PP 1CPP 03CPP CPP 6(PP
f
LL 7 4 : : u.. 7 1 03 4 7 4 .< 6 7 4
c tb
......I I -.:-,
~
EP.6~,~, f II ~
I N,
t'J
EP.64 I '
~?
fBVSOA ~
I r'I""I,
fTl
EP.65 I I
~:
I -..:t,
~
EP.66 , r I
US
a::l. Ln,
Ln
EP.67,~,
I ~ " I' I - - 00, 0'\, 4 I ~---., I I ----., " I ----i , ,
~~ : ~3~ ~ :_~ ~~ ;_~--~--~~--_l~_.~--~t-~~

__ __ __ __
,
,
r~~
(55341 :
o :EP,65
I
:~§~:tf)
{S429)
56'13)
is P123. • -
EP.83
19
P123.
EP.30
33
P121
EP.83 J' 47
P123.
EP,83 ¢ ~~23.
.~i
P123
(1"0P121
IP123 IP123
I
:~~:~) ~ (626) 1
9
Ps123 I- - - r? P123
~
:~~:~) rYP123 -- r? P123
LrI!
61 940 954
(5735) !(56.35) 19 33 47 ~t----1
~~~:~~ 1'(56'39)~, ~1{56.4) t'J1 : rnl lPl 56.41 ...:-1 lPl 156.4) . , U5 ~, ~48
~~~:~)l , U1 1 ., U2 1 ., U3 1 ., U4 1 t130.15} ~G1.37)
~~~5§~ ~30.37) M5 t130.28} M5 t130.39l M5 t130.30) M5
E
M5)
(:.:85
,
-;...4' ~ b<i!J
A#"~.s
~#
/
) ) )
/' ~~
~Q..#
,-
) )
~¢ #' ~~ 4fJ ~~
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT40013 POUTRES ET PAT!NS DE STABILISATEURS ATT400/3 ~ INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE OUTRIGGERS BEAMS AND PADS Dessinateur: 8.( I Date: 24111/00 PAGE 56
CR 107366 J-!CE':':":PLAN~ES:::"T"':"'LA'::':':PRCPRlETE~-Il:'-:"'-PPH..-L-t£-PEUf1--trnE-I'f-REPROOJT--,-N-ct:MUW:--SANS-N)-lRE-AUT-00ISA----ITDi'---I-1lIS-0RA-WNi-IS-11£-PROPERTY--OF-PPI1.-IT-IS-~T-BE-US8)-CR-REPRtW:EO---wmo.rr--orn-AUllmZA--Tm-+-::-::V-:-:erifi:-=-lc-ate-u-r:-=R-=-.p.--rlD=-a-te-:-=18/-=03:::/200::-:::-2-t :
41
Jm Jm
I::: I:: ~
A
EP.82 l2l E: l2l __

,6736) --l
~ ""-1
~
~
,
'<),
8
N
,57.19)
.(58.5)
~~59.16l
t66.23)
2
~I l
NI
5 WINDSCREEN WIPER TIMER

<@)
NI~ ~ Q8
6 fGT
Q2
~ IEGT
5 I 4 (; 7
h 895
1 6 : 5
I ~
8 2 5
- \E¥I \E¥I
IEGAV IEGAV EGAV ffi fGT I 895 695 895: lPT IPT IPT
il~@~ !~~ =I~@S- ~95 ~95. EP~ ~I~@S-

B
~ i' -t ,~ -%J
I I I
®I I I
:
~ ~134
I r rs I
~ fGAV
I- 7
EGAV
1
IEGAV
6
19' 931 Y53e y15
BRT1! BRT11 BRT11 BRnl BRT1
'( 31b
l
« B134.
3 3t 7 1 6 '<)' a:> , I . ~ 7 1 4
~
u...
~
5 6 1
~ I Ii 1 ",I
I ~l
1
I
",I~I ~ ~." ~ 51)9_ : '"
8134 8134 ~i EP3~1 I

!;pI l B134. B134. 1 1 I I
9 5 6 9
c : L _____ ~-----~
1
I JgO --I--------!
L-----i!
I I
~~ r--l- ~I -1----l I ~I IEP.85 -

-----~1~V5~
IEP.85 -- - - EP...1 66.2)
I IBR1 ~BR1 100, i ',~l NI I II
,
--------
56.2) ~ R1~ I 1 I I I 1 56.2> LJ'1
-- EP.~2 (58.5) !S4.111
R1
57.9) 85 ,87
f
870 f
57.7) I I
I I 61
B134i B134A
3 (429)
(@j)$
¢BR1 ~~¢BR11 I I'
(58.38)
J2V5~
Wi '<).
...-
~l
1 1 L_+-.J
L-----t;----J L
1 ICII(_
.=~ , 10
895. ~iEP.82 ,...liEP19
D
!!.Jl
IL EP364
______ _
~
~
t
!o;O
95
10
____ ___ ~
Ul
~ EP.20
I
(73)
<57.181
58.4)
<62.121
(62.27)
(54.15)
?~.
(66.111
(66.35)
Ul
8134
1
....- EP.20 , )
E Ul
~
6131'
(58.20)
#
/
M5
PPM TEREX ~~~~E:: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ESSUlE-GLACE AVANT ET TOIT I PHARE DE TRAVAIL ATT400/3 :EJf:E INDICE: A
~M~A~CH.:.::.;IN::::.E...;,.:.::.;24!,.!!12::..!.::10:""-""';->_ _...L.-_ _A
_ T_T*_0_01_'3_EL_B_[Jj_R~_r_FIL_E_ _- 1 -_ _ _ __s~in__
f1_Ra_W_T _AM_v_R_oa_IF_M_YM_1fJ5_u_RE_E_N_M_rpb_R_I_Wi_'OO_1<I_7M_o_LA_uH_T_ _-t-.;;.,.Des ur__: .-::87-'C._ _+-=-D3_te_:-7.27:-::/11~/OO==--I
ate__ PAGE: 57
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA PRtPRETE rE PPM. L t£ PEUT mE N REPROCUT. N ((JtUIl£ SANS I«)TRE AUHliSATm I TIIS OOAWNi IS 1l£ ~TY OF ~ IT IS ~T BE USED OR REPROO.m) wmo.rr M AUTHOOIZATKN Vermcateur: RP. Date: 18/0312002
'.j I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 ! 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 J 16 I 19 I 20 J 21 J 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 t 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 i 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
,,
<;>12
,hB95
B95.
c 12
-- f
..,-
-
M10
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371

MACHINE : 241210 -->
DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3
ATT400/3 ELECTRIC RLE
LAVE-GLACE I VENTILATION / AUTO-RADIO / PLAFONNIER
WINDSCREEN WASHER / FAN / RADIO / CBLING LIGHT Dessinateur: 8.(
ATT400/3
I Date: 27/11/00
:rILE INDICE: A
CR 107366 ~CE":':"':PLAN~ES=-TLA~PROPR£tE'=":'::;'-IE-PPft-L-N:.....l.PEUf-Ei'!£-tl-REPRtruT--.N-C()fU.Il£--SANS-NO-TRE-A-ur-OOIS-ATm.l...-..,-ms-ORA-wtlG-IS-n£-PROPER-ty-OF-PPH.-rr-1SNl-T-BE-usro-OR-REPRO!JXED--WI1tOOT--M-AUTHORlZA--Tm---t-:;.V.......;erifi.:.:;·l:.;.;.;.ca.......;teu:~r.....::R=.p.--+-!n;;;;"';a;';';;'te"';"':";;;;;'18/':"';;';03;"';;'/2::'-002---1 PAGE: 58
"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 t 14 I 15 161 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 1 25 1 26 1 27 1 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 1 37 J 38 1 39 J 40 J 41
A
T9W
1SA T9W
15A DW
20A
(52.9) (52.9) {5051
- N
N
N
BOt
14
EP.15
J~t
N,
,
fr ,
I
I{SHI ~BB135 ~I.

~ B135. ,
B ~I )13
cal N
N
N I.
~SBO S261 ~B104
I--
@\-a
, @ \-rn-I
(
6 S13O
6-:
zl
~I
co
r.37 !P
)
S261
to,
,
I--
.
I
1
I
15
~t
N
t.r1
6135.
63
P123.
r~
t.r1
..-
15
\:0.
I I
0 %P123
)63 •EP.30
I.
!
-...:t
~
(56.19)
U31
I--
~
~16.4) ~
,
-"-
M5 M5
) ) )
~ ~4j-
E $ ~
#
PPM TEREX ~~~~E:: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 KLAXON / ALLUME-C1GARES I CHAUFFAGE ATT 400/ 3 ~~ INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE HORN I CIGAR LIGHTER / HEATER Dessinateur: B.( I Date: 29/11/00 PAGE 9
CR 107366 ~CE"::":PlAN:':::"':'::"'ES:::::"TLA":""':";:PR!J'R£f..!!:.!.:.-EOE-PPH.-L-t,£-i.PE-ur-ET-f£-"-REffiOOlJ--T,"'-(-~--S-ANS-NO-TRE-A-ur-CRSA-TOiJ.....-I-ms-OOA-WHi-IS-n£-PJm3ID--OF-PPK-!T-lS-NOT-se-USEl)-OO-REPROOJCED--WITHOUT--exm-AlJTHORfZA--TK}I---i.:-":V;"';'erifl;';";:'l~ca;"';'teu"':"r--::R~P;"';',--+----}
Da:"':"'te-:"'::::18"=/03::"::/2::":00:::--12 : 5
N 1213141516171819 Imlft 1~laIUI~I~IVI~IWIW!~lnIBIUI~IUIVI~!~I~I~I~ITII~I~ ~I~I~I~I~IM
U42 U32
~~33.25) EP.60 ~ (15.37)
A '57.32)
,
I
70 068
~I
~F~i
P123
P123.
70
-
f
..0
:!;
I I
1~60. 1~60.
f~~
T'P60
8 65
EP14
..0
:!; EP1
--
M10
• (6734)
----~l ~I' , If)'
i~~ -i~66
-
I
~I
~I
c I I I
rp~~p~
OW OV
I~ I5111dip de 6.35 5124

t
I
I
I
-
~@ ~®
~S124
I I
I I
BROWN ~I!ROWNI
-30-
'6
<--..;;;..;...;...;;....."--'----
.......
5111
::::~(69.8LUE)
)
I LI..l
:::>
--l
i L.....----,jl---=.::BL::...:..U.;;;;...E_ _
co
I )0 I
1
I
I
"P68.
o 31
co
r, P68
I l ~Q.\o1.N~_>~68.BROWN)
I 60 .
I
I
EP3 EP14 ~ ____ BLUE _ _ ~.6LUE)
I l.P....._ _____________ J
(62.28)
-
I.n (67,34)
....-
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FEU TOURNANT I FEU POSITION ET PHARE DE TRAVAIL FLECHE ATT400/3 ~ INDICE: 0
MACHINE 2412
.f11
~~~:~~~~-_-> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
____~___________________ ROTA rING BEACON I BOOH PARKING LIGHT AND WORKING LIGHT
~______________________________________ Des' t BC I D t 19/09100
~_s_ma_e_~-:~.~.----~a_e_:~~~PAGE: 60
CR 107366 I Date: 18/0312002
CE PlAN EST LA PROPR£TE [f PPM.l t£ PEtIT ET'm: N REffiOCUT. N C~ SANS N>1RE AtJTOOISAtm I TIIS OOAWHi LS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPI't IT IS t-llT BE lISa) 00 REPROIUEO WlTIDJT M AUTIilRIZATOi
Verificateur: R.P.
N I 2 \ 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 1 7 I 8 t 9 I 10 1 11 , 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 \ 17 I 18 I 19 J 20 .t 21 I 22 I 23 , 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 t 28 I 29 t 30 , 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
15W
15A
(51.13) ...--------~I
~fr2 ~fr'
A
9 33
.i.P60.
-
~f~ ,
B ~S117
®'
HYDRAULIC OIL (OOLER SENSOR ~.
5QoC .,
~ru
I
934
C b P60
~f~' I
~~R600
~
6
R4-BR60
161.24) 85
00600
15
o lf1
..- EP.42
(64.14)
~
PPM TEREX ~~~~: 1371

MACHINE: 241210 -->
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT400/3
ATT40013 ELECTRIC RLE
REFRIGERANT HUILE HYDRAUUQUE
HYDRAULIC OIL (OOLER
ATT400/3
Dessinateur: s.t
r:rw
I Date: 19/09/00
INDICE: A
PAGE
CR 107366 '-ce'; ;"';P\.AN":; ;';";';';ES'; ; "rLA--';;;;";PRa'RETE~-rE-PPH.-l-t£--iPEUT"--Em:-N-REPJmJT--,-N-CMUI.l.E--SAHS-t«)T-RE-AUT-OOISA--.l.rm -OOR-~--AT-Ilt-"+-v-'erifi-'-.1c-ate-ur-:-RP-.---+'-D-at-e;-18-'0-3'-200-2---1
- ,ms-·-OO,4-WKj-rs-n£-PROPER--ry-a:-PPH.-rr-ISNl-T-BE-USED-OO-REP!mJ:EO--wmwT-· : 61
"1 I 2 t 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 1 25 J 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
14m
6A
(5t11)
A l' BD2.
615
N
N
:;;Q EP.90
EP.82
B
UP AND DOWN (W SWITCH
o N EP3 (')
.- _ _ _ _ 1
U19 U23 034 UI (60.6)

~~ ~~ ~...l ~ (60.26t
(355) 05.11) <35.28)
-
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 COMMANOES CONTRE-POIDS ATT 400/ 3 1!im~ INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRI[ FILE [OUNTERWEIGHT [ONTROL Dessinateur: S.c I Date: 27/11/00 P GE
CR 107366 f.-:.CE";:"":PL'::':'AN'::':"';ES=-TLA":'-:"":'PRQPRETE":'::':'::"-oe-PPH.-L-M:-i..
PEUT - N -REPROCUT--,N-~--SAN-S-J.K)-lRE-A-UT-OOISA-TOtJ..--/-TKS-OOA-WNi-IS-TI£-PRCPERTY--OF-PPH.-rr-ISN)-T-BE-USED-M-REPROIUED--wrr-H:JUT-M-~--Tm--t-V-6rifi-'l-ca-teur-:R-::""P.--+-ID-a-te-:~18/-:-:-:03-:-:12-:-:-002:--1
- ETRE A : 62
,,1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 .1 21 I 22 J 23 I 24 I 25 I 261 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 t 39 I 40 I 41
MEGACOMP l.M.I. PANEL

T12W
IDA
52.34) I~~~~~~~~~I ~--~J ~--~--~~
jF
A
I I
,...-----------:;;;:;:;:=------------,
I ~ 0535:( L.M.I. P:EL I i: LMl SAFETY RaAY ~ BR60C
c:JL J:
AN } TWO BLOCK SAFETY RELAY
~tI BR60C
/'N,
Ti I
----...---~-1r__-_I----I-----.-1 I RZ~:.~~ ~ 'I R3~:~~ ~ 870

~ ~1'
1&.-.....______
, ......1
~ ~_~ 81Xt -5: :1_~' ~Xt N~ B12Xt

JF I:-----i '1 1
870
l BaXt :.::: BzXt f' B16X1. fl BXt 87 ,87
. ~l! . . J! :'.{]8~! i ~~~ f~~

FRONT SUSPENSION LOO<ING I
R1-BR51A
f 24 i
i ~ i ~i ~--- ----;J_J ~.~~ J ~i
{S4.m
B J----j24 22
jf51' I
- Nrr'I~~'_---_--~/'Tiill
' ' --T
I
.-~-------.
__ ---i..---_______
'$2.
~.
1 -----
. . N:I
~ ~1i i i i : §. ~.72 ~!
~::. ~I' ~~260
I
REAR SUSPENSION LOCKING
:: : t::·
No
'EP.27
R2-BR51 \
(54.20>
--l --I
)
c
i~~ ~ ~ II l~ i~260 ~I~:
f4 22
-~ .
BR51G
I :260 U""'!~
{65.91;G ;g
I
f .
15 U""'!
N N
- R2-8R60 ~ ~ \5224.
i
.79
~8128 8128
{612~ (63.3~
II
NI .,
&1 _ . 1" l' BR60C ioOf 00
12 60C , , I ' !.;Of P2124 (5224) -1
i:'- sm. ~ S223ii;" 5223. I
4
~I
. ¢
l' 5224.
II
)3 )j
)4
<
L --~
Ul
""-EP.4Z
~--------' )~260.'---------...... :~.24
D N'
I
'-------"" :1 <r'3 1
ffi~ y~ ~
96 : (5118) ~F :
-
~L ___________ ~ _~
M5
L _____ J
)
E ~#
, f:.)¥>
+'S
\'V
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 SECURITES CEC I SHUNTS (EC ET FIN DE COURSE HAUTE ATT400 /3 ~ INDICE: 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE LHI SAFETY RELAY / Uf OVERRIDE I ANTI TWO BLOCKS Dessinateur: s.c. I Date: 29111/00 PAGE
CR 107366 ~CE.!!.:!PlAN:=':"':'::';ES::::'T"':"'u'::':PROPRIETE:-..:::.:.!:"""":'(£-PPK-L-t£-PElJT..1--ETRE
- - - ,N-C-atIHIlE--SANS-t«)-TRE-AUT-IRSA---1.
-ti REffiOOJT -
TDt ,ms-rm-wt«i-·
-IS-m:-PROPERTY--a=-PPM.-rr-IS-oo-rBE-USED-~-REPRf.XlICED--wmwr--OUR-AlJitl(RlA--mi-rv;;;;"e""'rifi~c""'ate"';"':;ur--:~R-=-P. --rID~a-te-: ~18-:7/03~/2:7:00:-:-2-; : 63
~1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 6 1 7 1 8 J 9 1 10 J 11 J 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 1 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 J 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 j 38 J 39 1 40 1 41
T11~ (fEeVMEGA(OMP L. M. I, PANEL

10A
~
(S2J3) ~'---~--~·--··---i
A 'T' 802
¢11 "'-i 44 JI
..-,
I
N
f"',J
0-. EP.21 ® D5350( L.M.I. PANEL P60
lp60.
tEPa
~
<>44 ~
·· ~I
~
co
581 31 ~~t
, fB128
6
'-0
1
574
col I
~~.co
l
SEAT SENSOR t<
,t.to
o @)-o N'
~i
trl
~ :~~
B (S~~) I
~S131 SEAT SAFETY SWITCH I) SEAT SAFETY SWITOi
6~74 .
\~~ R1-BR52~1 R1-BR52~
I
S61
~rI)
(64.5) (645)
r!
~2f 22
134 32
~
I
~f~R52E
SEAT SAFETY SWITCH OVERRIDE 9 45
ARMREST SENSOR 'f 582
6
5131
~,1 ~I
JP60.
'T' P60
C
@2)
,.to
S82
I
I ~ __ - < 6 5 )
~~.
I
2
--.~--.~
85 165.85)
9· 47
JP60.
~
co
573
<>45
,
~ ~ ~R6OC P60
47 I
(O-BR60)
I
r
I
Ln P60
46 (s~)
~
-.0 -0
-
(;:\ EP.14
Ln
-.0
t---- J
I R1-BR60
(65.191 65
pR60C
co
f
t..n
'-0
«>
~?S73 ~i
....;t
I'T"'l
(O-BR52) j> ~R52E I

Ci5I EP10 :
J
Ln'
..-
~
1
o R1-BR52
EP.42
(64.20) A2 !
(64.27) 'T' BR52E
(65.28) ¢ 15 ~: 1
(6637)
I.f')
~ EP.42
L_____ _
~ (65.23)
(64.14)
ETUDE: 1371
EPS :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FONCTIONS LEVAGE DESCENTE I TELESCOPAGE RENTREE ATT400/3 TOURELLE
TURRET
INDICE: 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE TELESCOPE RETRA[TlON I WIN[H DOWN FUN[TlONS Dessinateur: B.C. I Date: 27/11100 PAGE
CR 107366 r-:CE"::"'Pl:"::':AN":;:"E':':::'sr"':"LA-=-~':":'::";';=---OE-PPH.-Lt--l...£PEtJf-ETRE-NI-REPROOlJT--.NI-(-CfH.N<l.E--SANS-NOTRE-AtJr-~---'TDt-1-rns-[)RA-WN]-IS-nE-PRQf'ER-T-YOf-PPH.-IT-IS-NO-T-BE-USED-QR-REPROOJCE[)--WITHOUT--OUR........-MJ.......THOR!ZA------...-TOt-+...-v '~lca-t-eu-r:--=R:-:::-P.--+-:::-
erifi":"'"':, I Da-te-:~18::"::/O:':"':3/::::::200:::2"""" : 64
N I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 t 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 , 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 i 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 l 35 I 36 ! 37 1 38 _I 39 1 40 1 41
-: ---~--------------------;l
A I
:
~~-----l
5
~.
~P60
7
BOOM HOIST UP 6OC: P60.
I
•
R1-BR60
(64.141
~ I 8
'Ji )
7
I t87 870. ""'It 13
J 6°Cf~60C :~I' ~ BR52F

- SEAT SAFETY SWITCH
! ~ R1-BR52~
, , .,.,[--,~: 16(5) ,14 ~
I ~~_~5 ~(EP.12 164~ rf~ ~

1~68
B
j~' i ! __ 65
--I,
co,
: ~ I! j"
TELESCOPE OUT SAFETY SWITCH 1 ~@
~~ I
: ~
J=:I 2
f~~.
f~~O )\60.
~ ~~O
~ffi ....~I: ~!EP6
[eJ
(
4. 230Gb
! 9' ,·
~r~
I b SRM
<::>
0::::1
I
,
® \ -1;
, ;5
I: ~!·
COi~
~~ ~1~TS
-
I
}r i i
o
f~ i ~
95
•
·
I
ERM rLSl
J.8
f()2PRM
ETS ~
J.8
!!Jr P2TS
t
j 6260.
~l
260
i 5 • ~ EP7
___ i ...__------' --------.
______ 1
I
IJ"1(64.19) ~ (65.23)
..- {65.31l
_.....
M10
)
E
, #
~.s
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 FONCTIONS RELEVAGE I LEVAGE MONTEE / TELESCOPAGE SORTIE ATT400/3 ~ INDICE: 0
MACHINE : 241210 --> ATUOOl3 ELECTRI[ FILE TELESCOPE EXTENSION / WINCH UP / HOIST UP-DOWN FUNCTIONS Dessinateur: B.C. I Date: 20/09/00 PAGE 65
CR 107366 t--:(E;..;,;..Pt.AH:...::.;..:;;..E=ST-LA..:..PfKPRETE;.,=.;..;;-(E-PPH.-l-N:-PEUf"--E.TIE-N-Rmmfl--,-M-C<HUl'l.E--SANS-OO-TRE-A-UTMIS----iA'lDl"----'-ms-[)RA-WN,;-5-11£-PR(FER-TY-QF-PPH.-rr-IS-M)-TBE-US8)-~-REPR(WE)---wmror--M-A-I.i'TI'mlZA--TDt-+-V-erifi--lcat-eu-r:-::'R-:::'"P.--,i-D
- a-te -;--18"':"':"'::/03~/200~2 :
l"'-j .1 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 16 I 17 I 18 .1 19 I 20 21 I 22 23 I 24 25 I 26 1 27 I 28 129 I 30 I 31 I 32 .1 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 .1 40 I 41
EP.15
T18m
10A
<52.36)
A BOt
)1
N
~ EP.47
I
N (64.38)
N
- ...0
17
P60.
X
117
P60
~
B fEl
CD
~S97
@-o
-
597
lJ..J
(
~I
931
,!.P60
P60.
31
o
(56.19)
- --
M5
--
M10
E )
~
F
~
~{Y
PPM TEREX ~~~~~~E~::~13~71____~~_D_OS_SI_ER_E_LE_(T_R_I~_E_A_TT_40_O/_3___~________T_RE_U_IL_FL_E(_HE_T_TE_I_O_RIE_N_TA_T!O_N________~-A-T-T-4-00~/~3--~~~~o~=E=I.-IR~+_IN-D-IC-E--:-D--~

~M~A~(H~INE~:2~41~21~0_--_>__~____A_T_U_OO_~_E_L_E[_m_~_A_l_E____~__________A_~_~_M_RY_W!_N_~_/_R_O_~_r,_~N___________4~D-es-sm_M_~_r:~B~L____rID_a_re_:~27_/ff~/OO~PAGE:
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPfETE £I: PPM. L f£ PEUT Em: N REPRtXXlf. N (€Jtl.N(lE SANS NOTRE AUTOOISATOi I ms DRAWH:1 IS nE PROPERTY OF PPK. IT IS N)T BE USED 00 REPRCru:ED wmtlUT em AIJTtOOIZAmt Vermcateur: RP. I Date: 1810312002 66
""-.1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 t 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 16 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 t 221 23 I 24 I 25 1 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 311 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 J 39 I 40 I 41
(CEC 1)EGACOMP L.Ml PANEL
A
(52~3 ~) m
. ~~
I I
® I I
I
. ! . --------------1
EP.50
11 @)OS3S0C U11 PANEL I
'6351
I
((~BR55)f::ll)
~BR550
R5-BR55~
B {67.~
Jrs~
-
o --------.
ui (60.10)
~ (60.37)
PPM TEREX ~E;..;...;TU;..;;;..;OE~:-...;.;;;.13.;.....;.71--___fI__-O-OS-SIE-R-E-LE-(T-RIQ-U-E_AT_T4_00_/3_-t-_ _ _ _ _SE_LE_C_TIO_N_TE_LE_S_CO_PA_GE_F_LE_CH_E_ _ _ _---i

E.P.S. :
ATT 400/3 TOURELLE
1 - -_ _---=-_ _-r---..;;m~rmlET=.;;;;.._-+
INDICE: 0
_ _ _ _ ___'I
t-'M..;.;...A~CH.;;.;.;...IN;.;;;;..E_:.;;;;;...24;...;;;12;....;.10_-_->_ _ ur_:_B_.L_ _+-ID_a_te_:_19_/09_/00_-1
_ _-'--_ _ _ _ _ _B_Q_OH_TB_l.E_SC_Q_'PE_S_o_lE_[Jj_1Q_W_ _ _ _ _-+_Des_s_in_ate_
A_r_r.4_OO'_V3_E_l.B_r_TItJ_YC_A_lLE PAGE: 67
CR 107366 (E
. i - -_ _
PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPt1.l t£ fBJT mE tI REPIm.IT. N ((JtUIl£ SANS OOTRE AUTtHSATDt I TIIS ORAWHi IS n£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS ~T BE USED 00 REPROOm) wmooT IXJR AUTHOOlZATDi VCrifica:teur: RP. I Date: 18/03/2002
1"-.1 I 2 I 3 J 41 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 ! 3S I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
OS350C LMJ PANEL ®

A
:ry6 ! BX2 rBX2 t BX2 ! BX2

I I I I I
BX2
,10 '(14 ,18 ,2
- I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I
! I ! I I I I
B
I I I I wi tr)
I I wi U1
~I NI rnl ~I t31
a::
"-1 NI rnl ....tl KJI
0:::
I I I I 1-1 I I I I t-I
I I I I I I I I I I
- I I I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I 1 I
±~a9 ±~a9 ±~89 ±~89
l ±P89
c II leD II
ROD SIDE TRANSDUCER
PPM TEREX ~~~~~.~~~_:_13~7~1____~~_O_OS_SI_ER_E_LE_C_TR_IQU_E_A_TT_40_0/_3__+-______C_ON_TR_O_LE_UR_E_TA_T_D_E_CH_AR_G_ES_T_Yp_E_D_S3_50_C____~~A_T_T_40_0~/~3__~~~~~~~~~

___+_IN_D_IC_E__:_D__~
~M~A~CH~!N~E~:2~41~21~O---->__~____-Ar_u_O-~3__
H-ff-m-~-A-l_E____~______________D_~_5_~_S_L_I______________~D-$~sm_~-~-:~B~I.--__rID_a_te_:~~~111~/OO~PAGE: 68
CR 107366 (£ PLAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH.l t£ PEUT El'f£ If REPROOlIT. N (HtN(l£ SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATlIlt I THS OOAWHi IS n£ PROPERTY Of PPM. IT IS tllT BE USED ~ REPROOJCEl) W1m:m OUR AUTHORfZA1Ut Verificateur: RP, I Date: 18/03/2002
N I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 19 20 21 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 31 I 32 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
MEGACOMP LMJ. PANEL Q:EL1)
A
I I I I I I I I I
?~X2?~ ?~X2 ?~X2 I'(5SX2 Xax21ax2 X SX2
,9 1'17 '(21 XBX2
,11
I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I
! I I I I I I I
zl wi zl wi zl u) zJ wi
B ~I ~I ~I tf3l ~I ;:1 ~I KJI
col 3 1 t!:ll g:1 col 3 1 \.!:II e=1
I I I I I I I I
I I I I I I I I
- I I I I I I I I
61 62 63 6-- 61 62 63 6--
bP89~r P89~,& P89..LP89.. LP88..! P88··r P88_r P88..
c
II ® I I II ® I I I I
® (s}g)
ROD SIDE TRANSDUCER PISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER
I I I
I 0-
(S222)
I
I
- - -
ANGLE SENSOR
- - - - ------~ .
o
5 1 6 7
BTF BTF BTF BTF
E ;I~I! ~I~I BOOM HEAD CONNECTING BOX
PPM TEREX ~~~~E:: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 CONTROlEUR ETAT DE CHARGES TYPE MEGACOMP. ATT400 /3 ~ INDICE: 0
rM~A~CH~IN~E~:2~4~121~O_--_>__~_____ a_K_m_~_A_l_E____~_______________~
AT_u_a_w3__ ~_m_~_p._S_L.l_.____________~-D-~-sm-~-u-r:~B-L--___~ID-~--:~27~/~-I2-00~2
__ PAGE: 69
CR 107366 CE Pl.AN EST LA ~E DE PPM. L t£ PEUT ErnE N REPRttXlT, N CCItU«l.E SANS OOTRE AUTMtSA11.W. I TIIS OOAWNi IS il£ PRtfERTY (F PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED IR REPROOXED wrnnrr OCR AtfllmIlA11.W. V6rificateur: R.P. I Date: 18/03/2002
I~ I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 t 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 3S I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
r---------------------,!
1
A NI r----------------l I
Iml I I
I 6 I I
~~l~ I I
(~ I ~ I~ I~ I ~ I I~ Ii I I ~ UNl
- (5237 )
(69.19)
YBTF IBTF 'fBTF tBTF IBTF IBTF JBlF 1 I
?1 9 2 9 3 9 4 97 9 6 95 I I
BOOM ANTI TWO BLOCK SENSOR I f 1 I f I I I I
B I~ ~ ~I f I I I' r I I
I
'
rl 4.7 K IJ
1----+-----------------------'
i NI
I
1 r
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Lnl
I
I
I I
I
~---_'_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~2~_ _ _ _ _ _ _~1
I
1~!
I I al
~I I
I I
~k6~6~
1 I
- -o@
r
I
I
I
I
101
I U +
I. CJ I
. +--_ _ _ --+-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _...
I II
3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _............i
! ~I
~5240.1 (5244)
1t---~._--------~4--------_~!~~11 ~~~~
( ~ 1K
I • .J f I
S240_1
I
U
- )
#
~ ~"
D
PPM TEREX ~~:;.,;..~U=.~.=.E:-:- -. :1.: ;.;. 37~1-----II--_D_OS_S_fER_E_L_EC_TR_IQ_UE_A_T_T4_0D_/3_-+-_ _F_IN_D_E_C_OU_RS_E_H_AU_TE_FL_EC_HE_'_F_E_U_TE_TE_o_E_F_LE_cH_E_ _-t-_A_T_T_4_0_0o...-l_3_-r-_km:r . .OURE=LLE""--_t-I_N_D_IC_E_:_A_-i

.
~M~AC~H~INE~.~·2~41~21~O_--_>__~____A_T_~_OO_~_B_LB_[TJ_m_r_~_E____~_______ 800
__H_AN_n_T_Wi_v_~_OO_K_/_OO_~ __ L~_H_T______~~~ssm~'~~u~r~:B~L~__+I~Da~re~:~v~ro3~ro~1~PAGE:
HE_AD__ 70
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PRtl'RETE [l: PPM. L t£ PE.UT ETfE N RmmiT. N (MUm SANS t«.>TRE AUTtHSATOt I TlIS OOAWNi IS il£ PRa'ERTY (F PPM. rr rs t«.>T BE USED 00 REPRIXXml wmror om AlJTHOOJlAmt Verificateur: RP. i Date: 18/0312002
~ 1213141516171819 IDlfl I~ BIUlfil~IVI~IWI~I~lnIBI~I~IUIVI~I~l~I~I~lnl~I~I~I~I~I~1~I~
r---------------------
I
1
(
A ",I r--------------l 1
1 ".,l 1 r
I I 1 I
II ~~~~
-
~ (~I r~rwywym
~ I~ I ~ I; I I ~r~Ym
Ii I I ~r~JU"'II
BOOM ANTI TWO BLOCK SENSOR
«1
I
9I 2 913 9f 4 9f 7 9I 6 9I 5 I
I
I
I
B , - M "'-j I I f i Ii I I
I, ~/.7K,,~~-----~_-1----_-~~iNII I! II II II ~I1 II II
__
----, '+
2 I I f 01 I I I I
~----~I--~------~~~---- --~i".,1 I ~l I 62 66 63
! -.,rl ! I ~FL 1Ft ~Fl
-o@ !I II II ~I l FL. 1Fl. 1FL.
,
3 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _--.....JIi
+------*+___________-=+-_ I
II
1 ~I
051
S240' I
1
9 2 9 6 93
I I
II >=1J ~I
I
I
( L=.1K I~_-~
I
I------~~------~----------~--~--~
--l
I 4 ! (S240)£
1[
~ 5240.1
'I zl
~l
~I
~l
1051
1 I
I
I
L.-.J
I
EP368 I
I 'rn~
1~'~~43
ANTI TWO BLOCK SAFETY SELECTION
)
FLYJB ANTI TWO 8L0Cl( SENSOR , (5243)
!' ~I -1 I ~~
,,-¢ II l'9452411'9Sm-'
1
r-~--' I L_~
L__~~2, ,~RqW~ ~J~:J:/, . ,Bfl I1
o
(s242). , , , , , • , , ? O N, , .1 !
.
-0 , , , , • , ,
i---.J-----~~ 6, , , • , • , , , ~L~E, , , , , , , , , ~ ~~ 6, , , , , ~L!JE, , , • , , I

-
L= _ 1K
-
J
I
~
§:.~ ~~
~~~~
)
~
)
~~ f>~
E
,,' ~~ <.:~
PPM TEREX ~E~TU~DE~:---:.:;:.137;....;..1--____tI__-D-OS-SI-ER-E-LE-CT-RIQ-U-E_AT_T4_00_/3_-+--_F_IN_D_E_CO_UR_SE_H_A_UT_E_FL_EC_HE_-F_LE_CH_E_TT_E_,_FE_U_TE_TE_D_E_FL_E_CHE----!

E'p.S. :
ATT400/3 TOURELLE
~-_---::..._-..,.._....;;.TllRRE...;...;;;..;.;=.;T~____ir--_ _ ___{
INDICE: A
~M..;.;..;A..:;;,..(H;;;..;.INE;;;;;...--.;:2;;. ;. 41.=21;.; . 0_--_>_----L _ _A_T_T4_0{1_V3_B_1._E[_TftJ_~[_A_1L_E _ _'___ _ _HA_'N_B_Oa_if1._-n_l.Y1_'Gh_'8_AN_h_7n_Wi_'O_BL_OG_7(_I_B_'OOH_Hi_~A_D_LIGJ_H_T_ _~Des......--sin_at_eu_r:...,;;B,.;.;;;.L_ _+-ID.....-3_te_:..;;;.;.27....;.;/03;...,;/0..;.,.1............J PAGE: 71
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PR!PRETE DE PPH.l tE PEUT Em: N REPRroJT, N catt.m£ SANS OOlRE AlfI'OOlSAmt / TliS OOAWKi IS n£ PROPERTY (F PPt1.lT IS tIlT BE USED 00 REPfm[8) WffiWT (lR AlJ'TrKRZATDt Verific3teur: R P . ! Date: 18/03/2002
(WIRES AND CABLES PART NUMBERS) (WIRES AND CABLES PART NUMBERS) (SHEATHS PART NUMBERS)
A I 0.6 mm2 FIL SOUPLE 0.6 mm2 : U 04045-42 I type y I CABLE BUNDE 3 x 0.5 mm2 : FILS NUS
I 1 mm2 FIL SOUPLE 1 mm2 : K 04045-10 I type Z I CABLE TACHYGRAPHE 13.5 m: A 82522-39
CABLES NUS
GAINE CO~FLEX 8.9 x 13.8 : F 14036-26
11.5 mm2 Fil SOUPLE 15 mm2 : L 04045-11 I type AA I CABlE BUNDE 4 x 0.5 mm2 r~f. 386 : CV TP1110 - - - GA!NE CO-FLEX 12.8 x 18.7 ; G14036-27
I 2.5 mm2 FIL SOUPLE 25 mm2 : M 04045-12 I type AB I CABLE BUNDE 6 x 0.35 mm2 r~f. 366 : (V AC1/10
• , • ••
..........
GAINE CO-FLEX
GAINE CO-FLEX
20 x 25.8 : H 14036-28
24.8 x 31.4 : J 14036-29
, 4 mm2 F!L SOUPLE 4 mm2 : N 04045-13 .......... GAINE CO-FLEX 31.8 x 41.9 : K 14036-30
7 mm2 F!L SOUPlE 7 mm2 : P 04045-14
WIRES-CABLES lenght '" steeve tenght OUT
10 mm2 Fil SOUPlE 10 mm2 : U 04045-88
SHEA TH lenght :: lenght CUTTED
16 mm2 FIL SOUPLE 16 mm2 : V 04045-89
8 SHEA THS penetration to HALF-SLEEVE
t~Ee A CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
flee B CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75
I t~ee c CABLE CAN: J 04045-78
I t~pe D I CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G 03407-97 (THERMO. SLEEVES PART NUMBERS)
I flEe E I CABLE SOUPLE 2 x 1 mm2 : 5 04045-17
I GT10 GAINE THERMO. OlA 10/3 : l14036-31
tlee F I CABLE SOUPLE 3 x 1 mm2 : T 04045-18
I GT16 GAlNE THERMO. OlA 16/5 : M14036-32
I~Ee G
( CABLE SOUPLE 4 x 1 mm2 : U 04045-19
I 6T25 GAINE THERMO. DlA 25/8 : N 14036-33
l~ee H CABLE CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : W69522-07
I 6135 GAINE THERMO. DIA 35/12 : P 14036-34
t~ee J CABLE SOUPLE 6 x 1 mm2 : S 70472-85
I GT50 GAINE THERMO. DIA 50/16 : 0 14036-35
tlEe K CABLE BUNDE 4 x 0.5 mm2 ; T 04045-64
I GT7S GAIME THERMO. DIA 75122 ; R 14036-36
- f~ee L CABLE BUNDE 7 x 0.5 mmZ : U 04045-65
I GT95 GAINE THERMO. OlA 95129 : S 14036-37
t~Ee M CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES; V 12407-77 I GT115 GAINE THERMO. DlA 115/34 : T 14036-36
flee N CABLE CONNECTEUR 6 VOlES :
SLEEVE lenght :: lenght CUTTED
o tlEe 0 I CABLE ELECTRO OIN A / Lgr 10m : B 12407-82
flEe P I CABLE CAPTEUR ABS 12M : T 75522-97
flpe Q I CABLE MOOULATEUR ABS 15M: S 75522-96
tl2e R I CABLE REMORQUAGE ABS 15M ; L 80522-18
NOTA: wires BLACK marking every 100 mm throughout the LENGHTS
flee S CABLE SOUPlE 36 x 1 mm2 : F 04045-52
- - Marking specifications : IN I WIRE I OUT
t~ee T CABLE BI-CARBURANT 5 x 1.5 mm2 1 Lgr 7m : G80522-60 SPLICES manufacturing by ULTRASOUND method
SPLICES protection by THERMO. SLEEVES
tl~U CABLE SOUPLE 7 x 0.6 mm2 : E 04045-74
ENDS marking by ADHESIVE LAMINATEO labels
IrE!: V CABLE SOUPLE 5 x 1 mm2 : K 04045-33 LABELS : BLACK writing I WHITE or YELLOW background
E
t~~ W CABLE SOUPLE 10 x 1 mmZ : W04045-67
I t~ee x CABLE SOUPLE 20 x 1 mrn2 : T 00045-25
PPM TEREX ~~U~E:: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT400/3 CARACTERISTIQUES GENERALES FABRIC ATION FAISCEAUX ATT 400 / 3 INDICE: 0
~M~A~CH~IN~E_:~24~12~10~-~->____~___A_T_~_a_~_3_a_E_rTl_~_
r_ff_E____~_________L_a_OM_~_F._A_8m_L_~Ti_m_W_~_N__
AE_A_T~_~_~__________~~~ss~ma~re~~~:~B£~---JrD~m--:~W~/~~/OO~~ PAGE: 100
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA PRrfRETE tl: PPM. L tE PEIJT Em: N RfPROCUT. N (1ltlmE SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATOi I TtIS OOAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY OF WK rr 15 ~T BE USED mfl£PROOJEl wmwT om AlJTI-mZAmt V6rificateur: RP. J Date: 18/03/2002
41
(TURRET GROUND)
250 60 250 60
100
6T25 6135
A
CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: (61407-95 CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: (61407-95
CONT ACTS : L 61409-18 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: L 03407-78 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 (OSSE DIA 10 I 25 a 35 mm2 :
MANCHON r~f. RAYCHEM : HT AT 24/6-0-45 CUP FEMELlE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 MANCHON r€!f. RAYCHEM : HTAT 2416~O-45 Sertir UNE SEULE c:osse
NOUILlE DE COLLE r~t RA YCHEM : SASH NR504x15 NOUlLE DE COLLE r~f. RAYCHEM : SASR NRS04x15
80
(WINCH DOWN) 600 80
(WINCH UP) (OIL FILTER CLOGGING SENSOR)
250 60
5T35
r 6135 250
G125 100
CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES; C 61407-95 I
B CONTACTS : l 61409-18
MANCHON r~f. RA YCHEM : HTAT 24/6-0-45
I CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: (61407-95
CONTACTS: L 61409-18
(OSSE DIA 6 I 0.6 il 1 mm2 : N 00409-52
NOVILLE DE COlLE r~f. RA YCHEM : SASR NR504x15 I MANCHON r~. RAYCHEM : HTAT 24/6-0-45
(TELESCOPE RETRACTION) I NOULLE DE COlLE r~f. RAYCHEM : SASR NR504x15
I ~UXILIARY WINCH)
[ ] PTR 250 Q"ELESCOPE EXTENSION)
81 1000
CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: C 61407-95 "'I~ 250
CONTACTS : L 61409-18 I (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
C MANniON r~f. RAYCHEM : HTAT 24/6-0-45
NOUILLE DE COLLE ref. RAYCI-EM : SASR NRS04x15
<::>
0
0.-
,[] CONNECTELR 2 VOlES: (61407-95
CONTACTS: L 61409-18
I MANCHON n~f. RAYCHEM : HTAT 24/6-0-45
(ROT ATION BRAKE RELEASING) 120 I NeVILLE DE COLLE r~f. RAYCHEM : SASR NR504x15
500 -_ ....I
6T75
(AUXILIARY WINCH)
CABLE ELECTRO DIN A: U12407-76
(HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER SENSOR) 1000
o 60
100 5T25 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A ; V 12407-76
....- <EP 7-11-12-131 C$LEWING LOCKING SENSOR)
CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 Q 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 600 50
Sertir UNE cosse par FL
(CAB-TURRET COf*CTION) ~ 150

COSSE DIA 4 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : L 00409-50
~,....--"""" Sertir UNE (osse par Fit.
300 GT75
10 (102.1600)
E CONNEUEUR 70 VOES: A 61407-01
CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
CONTACTS FEMaLES 15 mm2 :
OBTOOA TEUR : L 03409-62

E.PS :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU TOURELLE G 80522-37 ATT400/3 TOURELLE
TURRET
INDICE: 0
MACHINE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE TURRET LOOH LA YOUT Dessinateur: Sf. Date; 19/09/00 P GE
CR 107366 rCE:..;.;.PlAN=.;..;.;;E..;;;;;;ST;....-LA-=PROPR£TE:,...:..;:;;:..~OE-Pf3tot-L-t£-PEUT.l...-ETRE--NREm(WT--,-N-CCHUIlE--SANS-OO-TRE-AUf-mlS-A-i.rm
- ,ms-[RA-WNG-IS-TI£-Pfm:R--TY-Of-PPf1.-rr-IS-OO-T9E-USED-OO-REPlm..(ED---wmror--OO1-A-~--TDi-t-V-6rifi-·-:-lca-t-eu-r:~R~.P.---t-D-at-e-:--:-18/':"'::':03~/200~2-; A : 101
41
0UXIUARY WINCH SENSOR)
(TURRET-BOOM CONNECTION) 2000 70

A
Affectation COSSES voir LISTING
CLIP FEMELLE DlA 3 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 ; B 03409-30
CONNECTEUR EMBASE 23 VOlES: X 12407-33 (UP MALE OIA 3 I 0.6 ~ 1 mm2 : [ 03409-31
CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36
CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 :
(WINCH SENSOR)
OBTURATEUR : L 03409-62
SERRE-CABLE TAUE 24 : J 40414-07 650
RONOElLE TA!LLE 24 : V 02348-03
ECROU TAILLE 24 : Q 23345-60
B Sertif ONE cosse par FIL [I)
CUP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
«:W LOCK I RELEASE FLAG LIGHTING)

650 100
100
120
(UP FEMELLE 6.35 f 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
(101.1600) GTSO Serfii' UNE cosse par Fil
[
GT35
(ROT ATlNG BEACON)

750 50
Affectation COSSES voir LISTING

CUP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
COSSE OIA 4 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : l 00409-50
o (OEVERROUlLAGE CONTRE -POIDS)

500
[ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
(VERROUllLAGE CONTRE-POIOS)
500
E
CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU TOURELLE G80522-37 ATT400/3 '¥b':EIfE INDICE: B
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATUOOl3 ELE[TRIC FILE TURRET LOOH LAYOUT Dessinateur: B.c. Date: 23/10/00
CR 107366 ~CE:"::"Pl':'::::;AN:"':':':EST';:"';'LA-=PR{PR£l'E:"':"::"~DE-PPM.-l-t£-PElJT.1--ETRE--NREPRroJr--.-N-CatlNl£--SANS-t()-TRE-"UT-OOlSA---l.rot-'ms-OOA-WH]-IS-1l£-PROPER--n-Qf-PPM.-IT-IS-t«)-TBE-USED-OO-REPROru:ED---WffiWT--OI..R-AlJ1lmIZA--TOi~I-V-erifi-·-::-tc-ate-u""-r:-':RP~.---t-D-at-e-:~18/':':':03:"':':/200~2-1 PAGE: 102
~1 I 2 I 3 I 4 1 5 .1 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 J 10 I 11 .1 12 I 13 I 14 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 , 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 1 24 1 25 26 1 27 J 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 t 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(SECTION 2 TELESCOPE RETRACTION) ~ECTION 3 AND 4 TELESCOPE RETRACTION)

A
E93 E94
(ABLE ElECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
150
Q-URRET-BOOM CONNECTION) [[) @OOM LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM)
20..11 GU5 1--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _..;.60;.;,0_.0-----------~S128
(
P~.~------------~ []
CONNECTEUR 23 VOlES: H 12407-42 COble coup~ NET
CONT ACTS FEMaLES 1.5 mm2 ;
OBTURATEUR : L 03409~62
SERRE-CABLE TAILLE 24 : J 40414-07
~OOM WORKING LIGHT)

I--
(TELESCOPE OUT SAFETY SWITCH)
®~
50
S91
Fils non DENUDES

E
(Oble coup~ NET

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU FLECHE H 80522-38 ATT400/3 nECHE
BOOM
INDICE' 0
•
MACHINE : 241210 --> ArUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE BOOM LOOI1 LA YOUT Dessinateur: B.C. I Date: 20/09/00 PAGE 103
CR 107366 J-.!CE:.!!.:PlAN~E.!!::ST-=-LA..t:.PROPRETE::!:.!.!:.!!:...-Il:':;"'PPM.-l-ME-1PEUT-ETfE-ti-REPROOJT--.t-I-CCHUIlX:--SA-NS-t«)-TRE-AUT-OOIS---1- ,-ms-ORA-WNj-IS-1l£-PR(fER-TY-OF-PPH.-rrlS-m-T-Bf-USED-m-R8'ROO.(El)--------WlTHOOT-----Ot.R---AUTHORlZA~:-:-:mi:-:--+-V::-erifi~,
Alllt .71ca~t':;';:;':eu;"""r:-::R:::P,--+I-=D--ate-:--:18::-:/O::::a-:::::/200=2::--i :
41
(tURRET AIR POWER) ~MERGEN(Y SHUT-DOWN) @UTRIGGERS CONTROL BOX)

60
o
r--~---(@)
900 GT25
A
(AIR DRYER) CONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES: G12407-87 I CONNECTEUR 14 VOlES: F 12407-40

CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U12407-76 CONTACTS FEMEllES 1 mrnZ : A 12407-35 I CONTACTS FEMElLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
CONTACTS FEMELLES 15 mm2 :
800
SERRE-CABLE TAiLLE 18 : H 40414-06
CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: G 03407-97
CACHE ENTREE CABINE : U 21232-63
RACCORO DROIT PG29 ; M02373-25
JOlNT PG29 : M01452-56
120 120
B ECROU PG29 ; U 29345-42 (105.1800)
GT50
EP 14-27-28-31-33-34-35-36-37-38-39-42-43-44-45-49-50-52-53
(¢AB-STORAGE BOXES CONNECTION) 120 EP 15-16-18-19-20-21-22-23-24-29-30-41

120
600 60 50 (105.1500)
GT50 GT75
( CONNECTEUR 70 VOleS: A 61407-01

[] (EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN)
CONT ACTS FEMElLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
120 120 60
50 500
CONTACTS FEMELLES t5 mm2 :
OBTURATEUR : L 03409-62 GTSO
6T50 ---,
-1
GT25
CONNECTEUR MALE " VOlES: G12407~7

~----~P 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-13-51
Q1AIN SWITCH) I I CONTACTS FEMEllES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
S11 150
60
200
100
400 I I
6T25
[] I I
Sertir une SEULE cosse sur {es fils de MEME num~ro
(fUEL FILTER I WATER SEPARATOR)
60
I I
D COSSE DIA 6 I 15 a 2.5 mm2 : L 00409-27 100 GT25
900 I I
I I
CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: C 61407-95
CONTACTS ref. AMP: 927771-3
MANCHON r~f. RAYCHEM ; HTAT 24/6-0-45
NOUILLE DE COLLE r~f. RAYCHEM : SASH NR504x15
60
GT25
[QJ
1300
I:
I
:
I
L.. _ ..ll,oll... _
(OUTRIGGERS CONTROl BOX)
-@)
(sATTERIES GROUND) Q:UEL FILTER I WATER SEPARATOR) ~ETARDER RELAY UNIT)
200
60
6T25
200 100
[[] S 150 I
60
GT25 1-- --
500 ..J CONNECTEUR 14 VOlES: F 12407-40
E
CONT ACTS FEMELLES 1.5 mm2 :
COSSE DIA 10 I 7 i1 10 mm2 : H 03409-13 CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: (61407-95 Sertir LINE cosse par FIL OBTURATEUR : L 03409-62
CONTACTS r~f. AMP : 927771-3 COSSE DIA 5 I 0.6 il1 mm2 : M00409-51 SERRE-CABlE TAILLE 18 : H 40414-06
MANCHON r~f. RAYCHEM : HTAT 24/6~O-45 COSSE DIA 6 I 7 0 10 mm2 : G 03409-12
NOUILLE DE COLLE r~f. RA Y(HEM : SASR NR504x15 Affectation (QSSES voir LISTING
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.P.S. ;
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU CHASSIS I (OFFRES F 80522-36 ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT400/3 ELECTRI[ RLE CHASSIS / BOXES LOOH LAYOUT Dessinateur: 8.( Date: 26/10/00 E
CR 107366 r-;CE:";';"Pl..AN':';:;';"::':E':':ST;"';'LA-=PRfFRETE;";"':::':':="'-OE-PPM.-l-t£-PEUT.I.--~--N-REPR<WT--,-N-CIJtlJGE--SANS-OO-TRE-AIJT-OOlS-A-I.mt
- ,-11IS-!)RA-WHi-1SM-PROP€R--ry-OF-PPK-rr-lS-OO-TBE-USEl)-OO-REPROO.m}---wrr-troT-orn-A-UTHQRIZA--T-m-+-V:.;;...erifj.....;·.....;lca--te--ur;....:.....;R...;..;;;p-.---+-D-at-e-;";;';'18/;""03;""/2;""00-2-1 PAG : 104
3 4 6 8 41
Q=RONT SUSPENSION RELEASING)
(BEAMS I PADS IN)
800 800 600
E6 E7 E44
600
A E201
CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABlE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
Q.EFT REAR STEERING) @EAMS I PADS OUT)
~RESSURE LIMIT)
120 600 600
E43 E200
800
E206
[ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407~76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
B {104.180Q) (REAR STEERING REVERSE DIRECTION SENSOR

1800_ 60
.....- ---- GT50
800
GT25 : 100 P250
CONNECTEUR MALE 3 VDIES: E 12407-85

CONT ACTS FEMEllES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35
(TURRET ROT ATION FLOW)
<FEAR SUSPENSION BALANCING)
800 (QUICK PRESSURE RELEASING)
E237
[ ] 1000 E234
800 E233
( CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
CABLE ELECTRO DlN A ; U 12407-76
(AUTOMATIC LEVEL) ~IRCUIT 2 STEERING FLOW CUT OFF)
CABLE ELECTRO D!N A : U 12407-76
(SUSPENSION DOWN)
800 800
E184 E236
800 (FUEL GAUGE)
E185
CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 150
120
CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U12407-76 EP 12-17
60
[]
500
1-____________________________--===G=T2=5==-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _....;CONNECTEUR FEMEllE 4 VOlES r€!f. VDO : 2159.3.005
6135
QNTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL)
(REAR STEERING RELEASING) (EXHAUST BRAKE) 600
600 600
CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75
CABLE ELECTRO DH 8 : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75

<fRONT AXLE LOCKING) Q:RONT AXLE RELEASING) (REAR STEERING LOCKING)
E 600
600 600 600
CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75
CABLE ELECTRO DIN 8 : T fl407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EP.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU CHASSIS I COFFRES F 80522-36 ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: 8
CR 107366 ~M~A~(H~IN~E~:~2~412~10~--~>--~_____A_T_U-OO-~-B-L-E[_TJ_R~_R __E____~___________[~_~_S_~S_/_B_O'_~£_S_L_O_OH_L_A_W_U_T_____________~~~ss~ma~te~m-:~B7£.----~D-Me-:~2~6/~~~OO~ PAGE: 105
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRIETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT ETRE N REPROCUf. N C(JtlJN(l£ SANS tIlTRE AUTlRSA~. I TIIS lmWNi IS il£ m:FERTY OF PPM. IT IS NOT BE USED 00 Rf:FROIlJE) wmror ~ AUTHORfZATm Verificatem : RP, Date: 18/0312002
41
Q=RONT INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL)
60 60
500 100 GT25 G125 100 GT25 100
A
CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 COSSE OIA 4 {0.6 0. 1 mm2 ; L 00409-50 CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: G03407-97 CONNECTEUR MALE 3 VOlES: E 12407-85
60 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407~35
4
OBTURA TEUR : L 03409-62
(fRONT LEFT BEAM) EP 1-3- 5-7-..----1

500 (RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT)
60
CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 GT25
B CACHE ENTREE CABINE : VI 21232-65
RAeCORD DROIT PG29 : M02373-25 o ......- - - + p 19-20 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: (12407-83
JOINT PG29 : M01452-56 ~ o
C) CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
ECROU PG29 : U 29345-42 a
rn
(CAB-CARRIER CONNECTION)
120 120 120 120
500 o
(107.3600)
6T50 .............._ _...
9 ijlQ........._ ........ GT50
CONNECTEUR 70 VOES: A 61407-01
( (ONTACTS FEMELLES 1.5 mm2 : EP 2-4-6-8 EP 41 EP 24-29-30-31
[]
(AIR FILTER CLOGGING)
(FRONT RIGHT PAD) 60
GT25
200 ....----+EP 38-39-40-42-43
800
CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: L 03407-78
[]
CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 (UP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48
D 0
'D
~W DOWN) !!-EFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT)

60
300 300 GT2S
(fRONT RIGHT BEAM)
800 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: (12407-83
(CW CYLINDER LOW POSITION SENSOR) (cw CYLINDER HIGH PosmON AUDIBLE ALARM)
E [] 5262 100 700 200
[[]
FILS NUS CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: C 12407-83

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU STABS I ECLAIRAGE E 80522-35 ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: B
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE OUTRIGGERS / LIGHTING LOOH LAYOUT Dessinateur: S.C Date: 26/10/00 PAGE
CR 107366 r-:CE..;;..PLAH;.;;;;..::;.E.;.:::ST:....;.LA-=PRCfRETE~:.::..-OE-PPH.-l-N:-PEUTJ.-ET-~-N-REPROOJT--.-NIC-~--SA-HS-t«)-TRE-M1T-~--LlD{-/1lIS-00A-WNi-lS-1l£-PROPER--TY-OF-Pf'M.-rr-IS-t«)-TBE-US8)-OR-REPROO..(ED--wmwT--OlJl-AU-THORfZ--ATOi---l~V;;;";;en-·fi;';';'lca-te;';';'u;';';'r:~R.':'::'P.--~D--at--e'-.18='--03;':";;12'::"'00-2- l : 106
41
~IGHT REAR LIGHT UNIT)

@EAR STEERING LOCKING SENSOR)
60 ~ (REAR INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL)
60 60
A
~ P130 200 GT25 600 1000 GT25
100
r;--.
200 I GT25 I 100 @
~ I~
CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G03407-97 CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: G03407-97 CONNECTEUR MALE 6 VOlES: L 12407-91
I
(RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT) (TRAILOR PLUG)
I
60 60 I
6T25 I 6T2S I (RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT)
60
~"I·~----~EP 21-22-32-33
B I 200 GT25 100
CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: C 12407-83
CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
o I ~ Fils non DENUDES
Isoler (HAOUE fil avec un CAPU[HON THERMO. I~
I I CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: (12407 -83
I
P 13-16-23-25-26-27 EP 28----.., 100 I
120
120 _.J ~ 60
~IGHT OVERSIZE LIGHT)
6T50
20 6T25
(
-...e--~EP 11-12 -15 -18 (ONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: (12407 -83
EP 9-10-14-17
o «-EFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT)
g 60
m
6T25
300
Q.EFT REAR LIGHT UNIT)
Q.EFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT) 60 ~EAR LEFT PAD)
CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: C 12407-83 200 100
60 CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 GT2S
700
o 6T25
CONNECTEUR MALE 8 VOlES: L 12407-91
(LEFT OVERSIZE LIGHT) CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: (12407-83 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
60 OBTURATEUR : L 03409-62
CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 300
GT25
CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: (12407-83

(REAR LEFT BEAr·O
~EAR RIGHT PAD) (REAR RIGHT BEAM)
E 700
700 700
CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 CABLE ElECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU STABS I ECLAIRAGE E 80522-35 INDICE: B ATT400/3 ~=
~M~A~CH~IN~E~:~24~12~10~-_->____~___A_T_U_O_~_3_ff_B_[TJ_~r
_____~_E____~_________O_U_T~_~_~_RS__ __nM_o_L_Oa_~_L_A_m_U_T______________~~~s~m~--m-:~B>~(----~D-a-re-:~U~/ID~/OO~·~PAGE: 107
I_Llm
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PR!PRETE re PPtt l t£ PEUT ETRE N REPRroJr. hi Catt.m.E SANS tIlTRE AlITOOISAmt I TItS OOAWHi IS ll£ ~TY CF Wtt rr IS tflT BE USED (II REPRCXXm WffiOJT em AUTl-mlZATm V6rificateur: RP. Date: 18/03/2002
N I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
Q3ATTERIES GROUND) (MAIN SWITCH)
.---_ _~2;..;..;OO:......-_ _-I. H20 . -_ _ _..;.;...20.;....,;.0_---1 S11
1
-- Sertir une SEULE cosse sur les fils de MEME numero
COSSE OIA 10 I 25 f:I 35 mm2 ;
Sertir UNE cosse par NUMERO de fil
Sertir une SEULE (osse sur les fas de HEME
COSSE DIA 10 I 16 il 25 mm2 :
num~o
B
COSSE OIA 10 I 25 a 35 mm2 :
1.4i~
, . . - - - - - - EPISSURES ••
••
••
••
• •
- •
I
CACHE ENTREE CABINE : 'II 21232-65 •
.---_--1 RACCOOD DROIT PG29 : M02373-25 g
N
JOINT PG29 : M01452-56
ECROU PG29 : U 29345-42 t
(
«AS-POWER/GROUND CONNECTION)
150
P1
600
- - - - -
CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES; A 61407-01
OBHJRATEUR: L 03409-62
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EPS :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU ALiM / MASSES D 80522-34 ATT 400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: A
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE POWER I GROUND LOOI1 LAYOUT Dessinateur: s.c. I Date: 26/10/00 PAGE 108
CR 107366 ~CE"-Pl';';;;'AN;';;';';E"';;;;ST~LA-O:PROPRETE;"';"';;;;;'~DE-PPH.-U---.l..EPElJT-ETRE-N-REPR<XXJT-·--.N-C-Il'tUI(lE--SANS-t«)-TRE-AUT-OOISA---.l..
TDl - ,TIfS-OOA,-.-1S-nE-PRQPER--n-OF-PPH,-rr-IS-t«)-T-BE-USED-OO-REPROruE}--wrnwr--OUR-AUTHQRlZA--rm-.....v.....erifj-·...:...lca-te-.u-r..... - - I.....D.....a-te-:...;;18.;;../O..;.;..3/..;.,2OQ.....2---i
: R;;.;.;;.P...... :
41
(SA TTERIES GROUND) (MAIN SWITCH) (ALTERNATOR)

60 60 100
A
@ 150 6T25 GT25 150 @ 200
Serfir une SEULE cosse SLr les fils de HEME numero Serfif' une SEULE cosse sur les fils de HEME nu~fO Affectation COSSES vair USTING
COSSE D1A 10 I 10 il 16 mm2 : COSSE DIA 10 I 1.5 (j 25 mm2 : COSSE DIA 6 I 7 CI 10 mm2 : G 03409-12
COSSE DIA 10 I 7 0 10 mm2 : H 03409-13 COSSE DlA 8 I 7 (} 10 mm2 : N 03409-87
(ALTERNATOR)
(STARTER) 200
(FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT)
@ II
2400
200 GT25 I-~"'I CONNECTEUR 5 VOlES: Q 63407-23
B CONTACTS 05 0 1 mm2 : X 61409-29
Affectation COSSES voir LISTING 01 JOINT ETANCHEITE r~f. t1:RCEDES : A 001 545 57 80
COSSE DIA 6 I 1.5 0 25 mm2 : L 00409-27 RI OBTURATEUR r~f. MERCEDES : A 003 997 14 86
COSSE DlA 10 I 7 il 10 mm2 : H 03409-13 SERRE-CABLE A 90° ref. MERCEDES : A 001 545 36 03
CONNECTEUR 18 VOlES; U 63'{07-04 I
P 11
CONTACTS: Q 61409-22
150 150 I «IReUIT 2 STEERING FLOW)
100 60
(CAB-ENGINE CONNECTION)
150 .......,............114 GT75
1 - ,..............4
- - - -I GT50
- -400
....---.............. ...._iiiIiIi_.....,
1200
"GTI2J'S"I
200
.--=~
GT50
( 900 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: C 12407-83
I EP 2-3--'"
CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES; A 61407-01
I (CIRCUIT 1 STEERING FLOW)
OBTURATEUR : L 03409-62 EP 1 I (fRONT AXLE LOCKING SENSOR)
60
200
GT25
I 60
<:,1
300 GT25
CACHE ENTREE CABINE : U 21232-63 Affectation COSSES voir LISTING
RAC(ORD DROIT PG29 : M02373-25 9 CUP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
COSSE OIA 10 1 0.6 0 1 mm2 :
JOINT PG29 : M01452-56 CABlE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: G 03407-97
o ECROU PG29 : U 29345-42
I
(CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE)
Gaine THERMO sur ANNELEE pour un bon maintien dans RACCORD I EP 12-13-18-19 60
I GT25 150
~NGINE ELECTRONIC UNIT) I
60
@ so I GT25 r---.1 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: R 03407-83
(UP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48
CONNECTEUR 16 VOlES: E 611;07-97

(SPEED SENSOR) (CLUTCH OIL PRESSURE SENSOR)
CONT ACTS : P 61409-21
60
MANCHON : J 66414-42 500 300 150
E OBTURA TEUR : N 61409-20 GT25
SERRE-CABlE: L 66414-44
CABLE CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : VI 69522-07 COSSE DIA 4 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : L 00409-50

E'p.S. ;
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU MOTEUR j 82522-24 ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: (
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELE[TRI[ FILE ENGINE LOOM LAYOUT Dessinateur: 8.( Date: 05/1)/2001 PAGE
CR 107366 r--:CE':':"'PlAN;;;:;;";';:'ES';'=:T~LA-=PRIl'RETE":":'=';~DE-PPH.-L-t£-PEUT.L--ETf£-N-REPR<ruT--.N-C-t:»MNX,E--SANS-t«)-TRE-AUT-OOISA--'-n-,THS-[)RA-WNj-IS-Tl£-PROPERTY--OF-mt-rr-IS-t«)T-Sf-USED--OO-REPRroXEO--Wl-TtWT--OOO-AU-nmtZA--n-;i-v-eri:fj-''-lc-ate-u-r:-R-.P.---+-D-at-e:-18~/~Oj~I2OO~2-I : 109
"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 1 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 ! 14 I 15 I 16 17 I 18 l 19 I 20 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 401 41
~EFT LOW BEAM) U-EFT HIGH BEAM) «-EFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT)
60
P211 1---_~10...::.....0----, r-------.;1.:;..,;OO~-__IP216 r---[]G[TIT25[J: 100 P215
A
CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: (61407-95 CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: (61407-95 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: (12407 -83
CONTACTS f~f. AMP : 927771-3 -- CONTACTS r~f. AMP ; 927771-3 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
NOUlLLE DE COllE rt!f. RAYCHEM : SASR NR504x1S 0
"-0
Kl
I-
0
..0
Kl
I-
NOUlLLE DE COLLE f~f. RAYCHEM : SASR NR504x15
MANCHON ref. RAYCHEM : HTAT 24/6-0-45 L!j I..!j MANCHON ref. RAYCHEM : HTAT 24/6-0-45
..... I'" 100 Q.EFT LA TERAL BLINKER)
EP 2-3-5 ~ 60
400 GT35 t-.-...i3~0lL.O--[J6ill
T2[S J: 100 5143
~
120 L . . - -_ _ EP 8 "'--- Sertir UNE cosse par NUMERO de fil
B
....I -. GTSO 60
Q.EFT FRONT PARKING LIGHT)
CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 Q 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
L_J------4-50....----1.(JG~T25~~· 100 S255 Q.EFT FRONT BUNKER)

I 60
- ~I Sertir UNE cosse par NUI'ERO de fil GT25 100
5141
(CAB-BUMPERS CONNECTION)
100 I (UP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 (1 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
@ •••• ;~••• ··1 GTSO ~=~

Serfir UNE cosse par NUMERO de fil
(UP FEMELLE 6.35 / 0.6 Cl 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
( (ONNECTEUR 23 VOlES: H 12407-42

CONTACTS FEMElLES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35 I (RIGHT FRONT PARKING LIGHT) (RIGHT FRONT BUNKER)
CONT ACTS FEMELLES 1.5 mm2 :
~I 120 60 60
OBTURA TEUR : L 03409-62
SERRE-CABLE TAILLE 24 ; j 40414-07
~I 1-l-____~4~~5~IO-----EJG[TIT2~5J: 100 5254 ...---n
IGJ2T255I: 100 S140
I.... _. 6T50
Sertir UNE cosse par NUMERO de fit Sertir UNE cosse par NUMERO de fit
CUP FEMELLE 6.35 / 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 t'J 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
o (RIGHT LATERAL BUNKER)

o
Ui
N 60
400 r-..J~-OGiliT2[5J! 100 S144
EP 1-4-6 _ _ _ _ _ --J
Sertir UNE (asse par NUMERO de fil

... 1..---- EP 7 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 Q 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
o2Cl oKl
'>0 t; -.0 tp
(RIGHT LOW BEAt·O ~IGHT HIGH BEAM) (RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT)
P221 t---_-.:;.:;10~O_ _---IT TL--_-.:;.:;10~0--~P226 ...._ _.. 6T25

60
: 100 P214
E CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: (61407-95 CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: C· 61407-95 CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES: C 12407-83
CONTACTS ref. AMP : 927771·3 CONTACTS r~f. AMP: 927771-3 CONT ACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35
NOUlLlE DE COLLE r~f. RAYCHEM : SASR NR504x1S NOUILlE DE COlLE ~f. RAYCHEM : SASR NR504x15
MANCHON r~f. RAYCHEM : HTAT 24/6-0-45 MANCHON ref. RA Y(HEM : HT AT 24/6-0-45

E.PS :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU PARE-CHOCS AV S 70522-99 ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CABRIER
INDICE: C
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE FRONT LIGHTING LOOH LAYOUT Dessinateur: S.C I Date: 03/11/00
CR 107366 r(E.;"';;"PlAN':';;;';";':;ES:"":=T:"""LA-=PROPR£rE:"":"=':'::-DE-PPH.-l-t£-L - - ,tf-(-~--SANS-t()-mE-A-UT-OOIS-A-LTm-,-ms-OOA-WNl-tS-nE-PfIDPER-,
- tf- flEPRtWT
- EmE
PEUT -TY-OF-ff'H.-rr-tS-t{)-r-BE-lJS8)-QR-REPROCXm---WffillUT--OOO-AUTHORIZA--rm-I-V---erifj-·-lca-.t-eu---r-...;:R;;';';;P---.- - I I -D
---a-te-;"";'18;;;;"'0---312---00-2---1 PAGE: 110
'" I 2 I 3 ! 4 ! 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(MOOULATEUR ASS ROUE AVANT OROITE) Q100ULATEUR ABS ROUE ARRIERE DROITE)
A
S251.1------------. .------------------45253.
CABLE MOOULATEUR ASS 15M ; S 75522-96 CABLE MOOULATEUR ABS 15M : S 75522-96
(FRONT RIGHT WHEEL ASS SENSOR) Q<EAR RIGHT WHEEL ABS SENSOR)
B
CABS ELECTRONIC UNIT) PA1R t-------....., ,..---------------tpA2R
ABS2t----.;;.;....;20-'-0- - - ,
CABLE CAPTEUR ABS 12M : T 75522-97 CABLE CAPTEUR ASS 12M: T 75522-97
CONNECTEUR 18 VOlES : U 63407-04
CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 il 2.5 mm2 : U 61409-26
100
-
(ABS MOOULATORS GROUND) CABS TRAILOR PLUG)
GT5()
200
PMM. r-------=.::..:...------I ~--------------------------------------------------------------~PR
C
CONNECTEUR FEMELLE It VOlES: H 12407-88
CONT ACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CABLE REMORQUAGE ABS 15M: L 80522-18
-
(CAB-ABS TRAILOR PLUG CONNECTION) (EP 18-191
PABSR 1--_--...:;;;..;20-'-0-_--'
WRONT LEFT WHEEL ABS SENSOR) (REAR LEFT WHEEL ABS SENSOR)
o CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 12 VOlES: D 61407-04
CONT ACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 : PA1L 1---------- -------------------tPA2L
CABLE (APTEUR ABS 12M: T 75522-97 CABLE CAPTEUR ABS 12M; T 75522-97
-
(HOOULA TEUR ASS ROUE AVANT GAUCHE) (HOOUlATEUR ASS ROUE ARRIERE GAUCHE)
S 2 4 9 , 1 - - - - - - - - - -..... '------------------4S252.
E
CABLE MOOULATEUR ASS 15M : S 75511-96 CABLE MODULATEUR ASS 15M : S 75522-96
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ElECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU 'ABS' PORTEUR H 80522-61 ATT400 /3 ~= INDICE: A
I-""M..;.;-.A;.,,;;;,CH~IN...;;;.E_:. ; ; ,24..;. ,;,;12;; . ; ,.10;;. -.-_-_>_-"""___A_Tr._*_Oa_V3_o_l_EC_TR._YC_M_l_E_ _-'---_ _ _ _ _ _ _'A_B._S'_L_OQ_11_L_A_YO_U_T_ _ _ _ _ _---!t-D_e_ssID_·a_te_uf_:~B.-:--(_ _+-IDa_'1e_:_OS_/O.......3/___
01---f PAGE: 111
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH.llE PEUT ETRE N REPRCWT, N C~ SANS N>TRE AUTMtSATOi I TIIS mAWNi IS TI£ Pf«FERTY OF PPM. IT IS NJT BE USED 00 REPROIl.(ED wmnJT OI.R AUTHORIZATDi Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002
"'1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 1 111 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 18 I 19 I 20 i 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 ! 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
A
(OPTION INVERSEUR TYPE GAS-OIL) QONCTION BOITIERS COMMANDE ET COMPACT)
BIF §
- CONNECTEUR 6 VOlES ; T 00407-50
CLIP MALE 6.3 A VERROU : G03409-35
- @OITIER DE COMMANDE) (FUEL TYPE SELECTION BOX)

~AB-FUEL SELECTION BOX CONNECTION)
B320.}-1O.:;:.;O~_ _ _ _ _ _ _...;.;50;.;,.O_ _ _ _ _ _ -+ § 8900 SSG
c C~ECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES: G03407-51

f~f. GARLOU!S : 8.002
CABLE Bl-CARBURANT I Lgr 9m r~f. GARlOUIS : 8.031
CONTACTS 0.6 ~ 15 mm2 : N 03409-41
CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : P 03409-42
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.P.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE EQUIPEMENTS ELECTRIQUES KIT GARLOUIS ATT400/3 PORTEUR
CARRIER
INDICE: 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE RED FUEL LOOH LAYOUT OPTION Dessinateur: B.C I Date: 29/03/01 PAGE
CR 107366 rCE";';"';PLAN;';;;;"';';';;EST=--lA';;;"PRtPRETE~~£E-PPH.-Lt--'-£PElJT-EmE-NREP!mJT--,N-C-CMtm£--SANS-t«)-TRE-Aur-MlS-A-'"TQt-'THS-OO,4,-WNi-IS-1l£-PROPER-rr-Cf-PPH.-rr-IS-t{}-rf:IE-USED-M-REPROI).(ED--WITlDIT--orn-AUTtlIRlZA--TDt-+-V-erlfl.-·-c-ate-ur-:"';"R';;':"P.--+-ID-a-te-:"';"18--/03';';";"12--00-2- i : 112
41
A Placer des manchons thermoretractabies de meme (ROD SIDE TRANSDUCER)

dimension entre ces monchons et ce. taus les 300mm.
400
'longueur coupee 5000) CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : K 61407-10

(ONTACTS a SOUDER integres au CONNECTEUR
B
IPRESSE -ETOUPES I
0
0
~
150 400
Ilongueur coupee 5000) (PISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER)
Q..M.L PANEL) 400

2100
C 150 GT35 CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES: K 61407-10
CONTACTS a SOUDER int~res au CONNECTEUR
150 400
CONNECTEUR 24 VOlES : S 61407-17

CONTACTS 0.32 0 0.5 mm2 ; L 03409-85
CONT ACTS 0.75 a 1.5 mm2 : M03409-86
D
ILongueur coupee 10950)
@OOM LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM)
8200
PRECONISATIONS CABLAGE TRESSE dons P88 et P89
TRESSE EXTERNE : faire apporoitre to tresse externe sur 1cm (OUP~
puis enfiler Ie cable dans le presse-etoupe ofin que to COble NET
tresse soit en contact avec 1Jot ive.
TRESSE INTERNE: couper 10 tresse interne et mettre de 10 gaine
E retractable 07 pour eviter tout contact.
Apres avoir sou de les fils. rempl if t interieur de 10 prise I
avec de lo graisse molykote 111 pour assurer I'efancheite.
PPM TEREX ~~~~E;: 1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU CABLES [EC DS350C - J 82522-47 - ATT400 /3 ~ INDICE: 0
~M..:.:..A:.:::.:CH.:.:.:..IN.:.::.E-:..:-=-24.:..:.::12:..:.;10=-.-_->_ _....L.-_ _A_T_T4_0_01_'3_EL_B_Cli_RA_f_FIL_E_ _- l - -_ _ _ _ _ _D_53_'50_,[_5_L_L_LO_OH_LA_}'j_'OU_T_ _ _ _ _ _~Des-:..s....;;in,;....ate....;..;ur.....;..:~B.~C._-+-Da_te-:~26~/02~/~200~2-; PAGE: 113
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE ~ PPH.l t£ PEUT ErnE N REffiflm. N (~SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATDt I THS OOAWHG IS 11£ PROPERTY OF FPttIT IS tliT BE USED OR REPROO.XED WITHOOT M AUTHORlZATm. V6rificateur: RP. Date: 18/0312002
41
A Placer des manchons thermor~trQetQbles de meme (Roo SIDE TRANSDUCER)

dimension entre ees monehons et ee, taus les 300mm.
400
ILongueur eoupee 5000»

CONNECTEUR type GOM 3009 ref. HIRSCHMANN : 931 969-100
!PRESSE-ETOUPES r~f. 386 Y7 PRO 908 I

50
B
GT2S
0
0
~
150 400
ILongueur CDUpee 5000) Q>ISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER)
Q..Ml PANEL) 400

2100
( 150 GT35
CONNECTEUR type GDM 3009 ref. HIRSCHMANN : 931 969-100
150 400
CONNECTEUR 24 VOlES: S 61407-17

CONT ACTS 0.32 0 05 mm2 : L 03409-85
CONTACTS 0.75 0 1.5 mm2 : M03409-86
0
ILongueur (OUpee 10950)
(BOOM LENGHT ! ANGLE REEL DRUM)
8200
COble (OUP~ NET
PPM TEREX ~~~~~: 1371 DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3 ARAIGNEE FAISCEAU CABLES CEC MEGACOMP. - K 82522-48 - ATT400 /3 ~ INDICE: 0
J.. .!M. : . ;A:; :,:;CH..:.:.:.IN:.: : .E-=.,.:.::::..24.:..:.::12::...:.:10~-_->_ _...1--_ _A_T_r._4(J_,()I_'3_EL_E_[r,_'RA_r_Fl_E_ _.....L-_ _ _ _ _ _I1_f6_;.4_CQ_il-fP._._S_L_1L_O_OH_L_A_YO_U_T _ _ _ _ _--f-;;;;:...Des.;..;.;s.;;;;;.ln;;...;.ate;.,.;.ur;;...;.:~B~.c--;....;;;._Da,;.....;te-:...;:27~/O~2/~20~02~ PAGE: 114
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE ~ PPH.l t£ PEl1T ETRE N REPRW.fl, N CIlttNW': SANS t«lTRE AlITCRSAlUi ITlfS MAWHi IS 1l£ PROPERTY OF PPtl IT IS ooT BE USED 00 REJ'R(lUE) WffiWT ~ AUTIilRIZAmt VCrificateur: RP. Date: 18/03/2002
,,1 I 2 I 3 I 4 J 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 2S I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 ! 3S I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 J 40 I 41
(L I ST ING DE FI LS)
FAISCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU RL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A ASS ....... BLACK COble type P BABS2: 13 PA1R AllMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP10. P1 :26
ABS ....... BLACK (Oble type P BABS2: 14 PAll ALIHMASSES 15 1 mrn2 EP11. P1 :39
ABS ....... BLACK Cable type P BABS2: 15 PA1L ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP11. P1 :40
ASS ....... BLACK Cable type P BABS2: 18 PA2R ALIMMASSES 15 1 mrn2 EP11. P1 :53
ASS ....... BLUE (Oble type a BABS2:4 S251. ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP11. P1 :54
r--'"
ASS ....... BLUE cable type a BABS2:5 5252. AL!MMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP12. P1 :9
ABS ....... BLUE (Oble type 0 BABS2:6 5249. ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP12. P1: 10
ABS" ..... BLUE (Oble type 0 BAB52:9 5253. ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP12. P1 :23
ABS ....... BN/BU (Oble fype R EP16 PH:) ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP12. Pi :24
ABS ....... BROWN COble type P BABS2:10 PA1R ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EPB. P1 :37
ABS ....... BROWN Cable type P BABS2:11 PA2l AllMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EPB. P1: 38
8 ABS ..... , . BROWN Ulbte type P BABS2:12 PA1l ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP13. P1:51
ABS ....... BROWN COble type P BABS2: 17 PA2R ALIMMASSES 15 1 rnm2 EP13. P1:52
ABS ....... BROWN Clible type a BAB52:1 S251. AllMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP14. P1 :8
ASS ....... BROWN (able type a BABS2:2 S252. ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP14. P1 :22
ABS ....... BROWN Cable type a BABS2:3 S249. ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP14. P1: 36
- ABS ....... BROWN COble type a 8ABS2:8 5253. ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP14. P1 :50
ABS ....... BROWN COble type R EP18 PR:4 ALIMMASSES 15 4 mm2 EPS. H2O
ASS ....... GN/YL Cable type 0 PMM. : 1 5249.:2 ALIMMASSE5 15 4 mm2 EP9. H2O
ABS ....... GN/YL Cable type a PMM. :2 S251. :2 ALIMMASSES 15 4 rnm2 EP10. H2O
ABS ....... GN/YL (Oble type 0 PMM. :3 5252. :2 ALIMMASSES 15 4 mm2 EP11. H2O
C A8S ....... GN/YL (Oble type 0 PMM. :4 5253. : 2 ALIMMASSES 15 4 mm2 EP12. M20
ASS ....... REO [able type R EP19 PR: 1 ALIHMAS5ES 15 4 mm2 EPn. M20
ABS ....... WH/RED COble type R PABSR. :6 PR:2 ALIMMASSES 1S 4 mm2 EP14. M20
ABS ....... yuau Cable type R PABSR. : 12 PR:5 AllMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP4. P1 :6
ASS ....... 15 1.5 mm2 EP18 PABSR. :7 AllMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP4. P1: 7
ABS ....... 15 1. 5 mm2 EP18 PABSR. :8 AllMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP4. P1 :20
- ABS ....... 15 1.5 mm2 EP18 PABSR. :9 ALIMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP4. P1:21
ABS ....... 15 1.5 mm2 EP18 PAS5R. : 10 AllMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP5. P1 :34
ASS ....... 30200 1.5 mm2 EP19 PABSR.:1 ALIMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP5. P1 :35
ABS" ..... 30200 1.5 mm2 EP19 PABSR, :2 ALIMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP5. P1 :48
ABS ....... 30200 1.5 mm2 EP19 PABSR. : 3 ALIMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP5. P1 :49
0 ABS ....... 30200 1.5 mm2 EP19 PABSR, :4 ALIMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP6. P1 :4
ALIHMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP6. P1 :5
ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EPS. P1: 13 ALIMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP6. P1: 18
AL!MMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP8. P1: 14 ALIMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP6. P1: 19
ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP8. P1 :27 ALIHMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP7. P1 :32
- ALIHMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP8. P1:28 ALIMMASSES 440 1 mm2 EP7. P1 :33
Al!MHASSES 15 1 mm2 EP9. P1: 41 ALIMHASSES 440 7 mm2 EP4. 511:30
ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP9. P1 :42 ALIMMASSES 440 7 mm2 EP5. 511:30
ALIMHASSES 15 1 mm2 EP9. P1 :55 ALIMMASSES 440 7 mm2 EP6. 511:30
ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP9. P1 :56 ALIMMASSES 440 7 mm2 EP7. 511:30
ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP10. P1: 11 AL IMMASSES. 640 1 mm2 EP1. P1: 1
E P1: 12 ALIHMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP1. P1 :2
ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EPi0.
ALIMMASSES 15 1 mm2 EP10. P1 :25 ALIMMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP1. P1: 15
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EP.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT 400/3
ArT40013 ELECTRIC ALE
LISTING DE FILS
WIRES LlSTIN6
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PfOlRETE IE PPH. l t£ PEUT EIRE If REPROCUT. N cottNl£ SANS OOmE AUTallSATDi I TItS OOAWNi IS 11£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED (Jl REPRIDXE) WIDWT tm AUTI-mlZATm
Dessinateur: B.L
Vermcateur: RP. I Date:
19/09/00
18/03/2002 PAGE: 125
,"-1 1213141516 \7 \8 19 'IDlftl~laIUI51~IVIWlwlwl~'nlBI~I~IUIVI~I~I~I~I~IDI~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU RL SECTION ! TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU FIL SECTION ! TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A ALIMMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP1. P1: 16 CA61NEPORT 3 1 mm2 8151:1 EP.80.
ALIMMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP2. P1 :29 CABINEPORT 3 1 mm2 EP.80. P23. :33
ALIMMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP2. P1 :30 CABINEPORT 3 1 mm2 EP.SO. P55. :29
ALIMMASSES 64Q 1 mm2 EP2. P1 :43 (ABINEPORT 4 1 mm2 861:3 EP .81.
ALIMMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP2. P1 :44 CABINEPORT 4 1 mm2 B151:3 EP .81.
AllMMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP3. P1 :3 CABINEPORT 4 1 mm2 EP.8L P23. : 47
- ALIMMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP3. P1: 17 CABINEPQRT 4 1 mm2 EP.81. P55. :43
ALIMMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP3. P1:31 CABINEPORT 5 0.6 mm2 B60:2 EP.82.
ALIMMASSES 640 1 mm2 EP3. P1:45 CABINEPORT 5 1 mm2 EP.82. P23. : 61
ALIMMASSES 640 7 mm2 EP1. 511 :300 CABINEPORT 5 1 mm2 EP.82. PS5. :57
ALIMMASSES 640 7 mm2 EP2. S11:300 CABINEPORT 10 0.6 mm2 CDEVAR: 10 EP.27,
B ALIMMASSES 640 7 mm2 EP3. 511:300 CABINEPORT 10 1 mm2 BRZ2F:3 EP,27.
CABINEPORT 10 1 mm2 BR22G:9 EP.27.
BOITIERCOM VIJ - B320.:12 S216 CABINEPORT 10 1 mm2 COIRAR:2 EP .27.
BO!TIERCOM 1 - B320.:12 5216 CABINEPORT 10 1 mm2 EP.27. P23, :60
BOlt IERCOM 2 - 6320.: 14 5216 CABINEPORT 14 0.6 mm2 BR10C:2 EP.30.
I-- BOITIERCOM 3 - B320.:14 5216 CABINEP 4 1 rnm2 ADM1: 15 EP.30.
BOITIERCOM 4 - 8320. : 1 5216 CAB INEPORT 14 1 mm2 EP.30. FMR2:3
BOITIERCOM 5 - 6320.: 2 5216 CAB INEPORT 14 1 mm2 EP.30. P15.:64
BOITIERCOM 6 - B320.: 6 S216 CAB INEPORT 14 1 rnm2 EP.30. P55. :34
CAB!NEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR7E: 15 EP. 114.
( CABINEPORT FMR3:1 R2:! 680 ohms I 1.4W CAB!NEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR7F:6 EP. 114.
CABINEPORT FMR3;] R2:! 680 ohms 1 1.4W CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BRSC:4 EP. 114.
CABINEPORT FMR3:3 R3:! 150 ohms 1 1.4W CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR80:2 EP. 114.
CABINEPORT FMR3:11 R3:1 150 ohms f 1.4W CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR8D: 15 EP. 114.
CABINEPORT BLACK COble type 0 EP .116, S194 CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR9C:4 EP.115.
CAB INEPORT BLUE COble type 0 EP .41. S194 CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR9D:2 EP. 115.
- CABINEPORT CAN-H 0.6 mm2 ADM4: 1 CAN:4 CAB INEPORT 1S 0.6 mm2 BR90:8 EP. 115.
CABINEPORT CAN-H 0.6 mm2 CAN: 1 FMR2:18 CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR10C:4 EP.115.
CAB INEPORT CAN-H 0.6 mm2 CAN:7 W1-X4:1 CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR100:2 EP.115.
CABINEPORT CAN-L 0.6 mm2 AOM4:3 CAN:6 CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR20F:6 EP. 113.
CABINEPORT CAN-L 0.6 mm2 CAN:3 FMR2: 16 CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR20F:9 EP.113.
0 CABINEPORT CAN-L 0.6 mm2 CAN:9 W1~X4:2 CAB1NEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR20G: 13 EP .113.
CABINEPORT HF-GND 0.6 mm2 ADM4:4 CAN:5 CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BRnE: 14 EP. 113.
CABINEPORT HF-GNO 0.6 mm2 CAN:2 FMR2: 17 CABINEPORT 1S 0.6 mm2 BR22E: 15 EP. 113.
CABINEPORT HF-GNO 0.6 mm2 CAN:8 W1-X4: 4 CAB!NEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BRnF:6 EP. 113.
CABINEPORT 1 1 mm2 B60:1 EP.78. CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR25C:4 EP. 16].
---- CABINEPORT 1 1 mm2 B150: 1 EP.7S. CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR2SC: 12 EP.163.
CABINEPORT 1 1 mm2 EP.78. P23. :5 CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR25D:2 EP. 163,
CABINEPORT 1 1 mm2 EP.78. P55.: 1 CAB INEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BR25D: 15 EP.163.
CABINEPORT 2 1 mm2 B60:3 EP.79. CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BUZ1 EP.109.
(ABINEPORT 2 1 mm2 B150:3 EP.79. CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BVFD EP. 107.
CABINEPORT 2 1 mm2 EP.79. P23.: 19 CAB INEPORT 15 0,6 mm2 BVGO EP. 107.
E P55.; 15 CAB INEPORT 0.6 mm2 BV2A:6 EP .106.
CABINEPORT 2 1 mm2 EP.79. 15
CABINEPORT 3 1 mm2 861: 1 EP.80. CAB INEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BV2B:6 EP.106.
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.PS ;
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 LISTING DE FILS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATUOO/3 ELECTRIC FILE WIRES LISTING I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT Emf hi REPRroJT. N (~ SANS OOTRE AUTffilSATDt I THS OOAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY IF PPM. IT IS t-lJT BE USED 00 REPROW:ED WITHOOT M AUTI-m!ZATIOO.
Dessinateur: B.C.
30/10/00
18/03/2002 PAGE: 126
".1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 .1 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BV2B:8 EP.106. CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 BR9D:4 EP. 115.
CAB INEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BV3A:4 EP.107. (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 BR20F: 10 EP. 113.
CAB INEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BV3A:6 EP. 107. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 BR24G: 13 EP. 163,
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BV3B:4 EP. 107. (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 830:5 EP,121,
(ABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BV3B:6 EP. 107. (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 B42. :4 EP.105.
f--
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 BV3B:8 EP.107. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 B42. :5 EP. 105.
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 B32:5 EP. 110. (ABINEPORT 15 1 rnm2 B42. :6 EP.147.
CABINEPORT 15 Q.6 mm2 B32:6 EP. 110. (ABI NEPORT 15 1 mm2 B42. : 10 EP.105.
CAB!NEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 B53:3 EP. 109. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 B42. : 11 EP. 147.
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 B54:3 EP. 109. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 B55:2 EP, 147.
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 B56:3 EP.109. CA8!NEPORT 15 1 rnm2 8153:2 EP.148.
B CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 8162:1 EP.110. CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 8154:2 EP.148.
(ABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 8163:3 EP.109. CABINEPORT 15 1 mrn2 8189:1 EP.121.
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 CACC:2 EP. 153. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 B195:1 EP .105.
CAB INEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 (ACC;7 EP.153. CA81NEPORT 15 1 mm2 CDIRAR:5 EP.152.
CAB INEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 CACC:9 EP.153. CABiNEPORT 15 1 mm2 DIAG:1 EP.158.
I-- CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 CAFFAL:7 EP.153. CABINEPORT 1S 1 mm2 EP.100. P5L :F
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 CAFFAl:9 EP.153. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.100. P51. :5
CAB INEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 CDEVAR:7 EP. 152. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 101, P51. :D
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 COEVAR:9 EP.152. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.101. P51. :0
(AB!NEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 CDIFAV:7 EP.155. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.102. P5S.:19
( CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 CDIRAR:7 EP.152. (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.102. P55. : 22
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 (PAV. :7 EP,155. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 102. P55.: 23
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 CSAR:7 EP.63 CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.102. P55. :26
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 (SPT:7 EP,154. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.103. P55.: 27
(ABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 CSPT:9 EP. 154. (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 103. P55.: 28
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 (SUSP:7 EP.153. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 103. P55. : 65
- CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 (SUSP:9 EP.153. CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 103. P55. :66
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP.152. ISG:7 CABINEPORT 1S 1 mm2 EP.104. P55. :56
CAB INEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP.152. ISG:9 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.104. P55.: 59
(ABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP .152. ISTA:5 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 104. P55. :61
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP.152. ISTA:7 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.104. P55.: 63
D CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP.152. ISTA:9 [ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.106. M15
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP.153. IABS:7 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.107. M15
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mml EP.153. IDETR: 10 CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.109. M15
CAB INEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP.154. IFBAR:7 (ABINEPORT 15 1 rnrn2 EP.110. M15
CAB!NEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP.154. IFBAR:9 (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.114. M15
- CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP.154. IGIRO:7 (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.117. 5183
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 rnm2 EP.154. IGIRO:9 CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.117. 5206
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP. 154. IRD:7 CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.152. EP. 153.
CABINEPORT 15 0.6 mm2 EP .154. IRD:9 CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 153. IABS:2
CABINEPORT 15 1 mrn2 ADM1 :5 EP. 158. (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP .154. EP. 155.
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 BABS:4 EP.35. CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.158. FMR2:2
E CABINEPORT BABS:9 CABtNEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.158. W1-X7: 14
15 1 mm2 EP.35.
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 BA1:6 M15 CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.158. W1-X7: 15

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 LISTING DE FILS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATTtOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE WIRES LISTING Dessinateur: B.C I Date: 30/10/00
CR 107366 CE PI.AN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPH. l t£ PEtIT ETRE N REPROCUT, N a:tHJIlE SANS OOTRE AlITOOISAiOll TIfS 00AWN'.i IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS OOT BE USED 00 REPROCU:ED WfOOJT om AlJ'fimZATD{ Vermcateur: RP. I Date: 18/03/2002 PAGE: 127
i"J I 2\ 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 , 24 I 25 I 26 ll'~I~I~I~lnITIJ~I~I~ITI1~IEI~IM
(L I STI NG DE FILS)
FAISCEAU RL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU FIL SECTlON ! TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.163. P5. :60 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.95. P23.: 56
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 170, PAB5R:7 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.96. P5. : 17
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 170, PABSR:8 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.96. PS.: 18
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 170. PABSR:9 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP,96. P5. : 19
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 170. PAB5R: 10 (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.96. P5. :39
- CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP .171. PMM: 1 CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.97. PS. :26
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.171. PMM:2 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.97. P5. :56
(ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.171. PMM:3 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.97. P5. :63
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP. 17 L PI1M:4 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.97. P5. :69
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.35. PABS:2 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.97. P5. :70
(ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.8S. P1.: 13 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.98. P15.:20
B CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.85. P1. : 14 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.96. P15.:25
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.85. P1. :27 CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.98. P15. :27
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.85. P1.: 28 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 M15 P195:2
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.86. P1. : 41 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 M15 51.
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.86. P1.: 42 CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 M15 5149
- CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.86. P1. :55 (ABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 M15 5169
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.86. P1. :56 CABINEPORT 15 1 rnm2 1115 5190
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.87. P1. : 11 CABINEPORT 15 1.5 rnrn2 8320: 12 M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.87. P1. : 12 CABINEPORT 15 1.5 mm2 EP.113. M15
C CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.87. P1. : 26 CABINEPOfH 15 1. 5 mm2 EP.117. M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.68. P1.: 39 CABINEPORT 15 1.5 mm2 EP .121. M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.S6. P1.: 40 CABINEPORT 15 1.5 mm2 EP.147. M15
CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.B8. P1.; 53 CAB1NEPORT 15 1.5 mm2 EP .148. M15
CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.B8. P1. : 54 CABINEPORT 15 1.5 mm2 EP.152. M15
~
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.69. P1. : 9 CAB INEPORT 15 1. 5 mm2 EP.154. M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.89. P1. : 10 CAB INEPORT 15 1.5 mm2 EP.163. P5S.:31
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.89. P1. :23 CAB INEPORT 15 1.5 mm2 EP.35. M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.B9. P1. :24 CAB INEPORT 15 1. 5 mm2 1115 P55. :40
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.90. P1. :38 CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.101. M15
0 CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.90. P1. :51 CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.102. M15
CAB INEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.91. P1. : 22 CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.105. M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.91. P1. :36 CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP .158. M15
- CABINEPORT 15 1 rnm2 EP.91. P1. :SO CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.163. M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.94. P23.: 14 (ABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.171. M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.94. PH. :27 CAB INEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.85. M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.95. PH. :41 CABtNEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.87. M15
E
CABINEPORT 15 1 mrn2 EP.95. P23. :42 CABtNEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.S8. M15
CABINEPORT 15 1 mm2 EP.95. P23. :55 CABfNEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.69. M15
ETUDE:
PPM TEREX EP.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 LISTING DE FILS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE : 241210 ATT40013 ELE[TRI[ FiE WIRES LISTING a.c. I
CR 107366 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PR<I"R£fE DE PPM. l N: PEUT ETRE N REf'R(WT. N (1ltUDJ.: SANS OOTRE AlITOOlSATOt IllIS OOAWNi IS 11£ PR<FERTY OF PPM. IT IS t«lT BE USED 00 REPROIl(EO wmmr 0lR AUTHORflATIOO.
Dessinateur:
Vermcateur: RP.
Date: 30/10/00
I Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 128
"J I 2 I 3 415 \6 17 \8 19 lro\fl 1~lalul~I~IVI~'~I~I~lnIBlul~IUIVI~I~I~I~I~ITII~I~I~I~I~1~1~IM
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.90. H15 CABINEPORT 29 1 mm2 P23. :22 W1-X3: 6
(ABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP .91. '115 CABINEPORT 31 0.6 mm2 BR9D:7 EP.47.
CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.94. '115 CABINEPORT 31 0.6 mm2 BV1B:4 EP.47.
CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.95. M15 CABINEPORT 31 1 mm2 EP.47. P15.:18
CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.96. M15 CABINEPORT 32 0.6 mm2 AOM1; 14 BV1B:2
CABINEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.97. M15 CABINEPORT 1 mm2 8186:4 EP.49.
- (ABI NEPORT 15 2.5 mm2 EP.98. M15 CABINEPORT
33
33 1 mm2 EP.49. IDETR: 17
CABINEPORT 17 1 mm2 BR9D: 11 P23. :59 (ABINEPORT 33 1 mm2 EP.49. P51. :B
(ABINEPORT 18 0.6 mm2 BR20E: 14 EP.68. (ABINEPORT 33 1. 5 mm2 EP.49. P5.: 13
CABINEPORT 18 0.6 mm2 BR20F:4 EP.6S. CABINEPORT 37 1 mm2 B30:2 EP.SO.
CABINEPORT 18 0.6 mm2 CDIRAR:4 EP.68. CABINEPORT 37 1 mmi B186:5 EP.SO.
B (AB!NEPORT 18 0.6 mm2 CDIRAR:6 EP.68. CABINEPORT 37 1 mm2 EP.SO. IDETR:5
CABINEPORT 18 1 mm2 EP.68, P23.:12 CABINEPORT 39 1 mm2 B186:6 EP.48.
CA81NEPORT 18 1 mm2 EP.68. P23. :26 CABINEPORT 39 1 mm2 EP.48. lDETR: 18
CABINEPORT 16 1 mm2 EP.68. P55. : 30 CAB INEPORT 39 1 mm2 EP.t;8. P51. :H
CABINEPORT 18 1 mm2 EP.68. P55. :69 CAB INEPORT 39 1.5 mm2 EP.48. P5. : 14
- CAB INEPORT 19 0.6 mm2 SRlOE: 15 EP.69. CAB INEPORT 41 1 mm2 BR7F: 10 EP.72.
CABINEPORT 19 1 mm2 EP.69. P23.: 40 (ABINEPORT 41 1 mm2 635:36 EP.72.
[ABINEPORT 19 1 mm2 EP.69. P23. :54 CAB INEPORT 41 1 mm2 EP.72. P23.:8
CAB INEPORT 19 1 mm2 EP.69. P55. :44 CABINEPORT 46 0.6 mm2 BV1A:2 838:1
CAB INEPORT 19 1 mm2 EP.69. P55. :70 CABINEPORT 46 0.6 mm2 B38:3 5170
C CABINEPORT 23 1 mm2 BV2B:2 P15. :1 CABINEPORT 47 0.6 mm2 BV1A:8 B38;4
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BR9D:6 EP.1. CABINEPORT 47 0.6 mm2 838:6 5171
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mmZ BUZ • EP.3. CABINEPORT 49 1 mm2 BV2A:2 P5. :6
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV1A: 1 EP.2. CAB INEPORT 50 1 mm2 B53:4 P55. :47
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV1A:3 EP.2. CABINEPORT 51 1 mm2 B163:4 P15.:12
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV1A:7 EP.Z. CABINEPORT 60 0.6 mm2 BR21E:4 EP.33.
- CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV1B;1 EP.Z. [ABINEPORT 60 0.6 mm2 [SUSP:1 EP.33.
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV1B:3 EP.2. CABINEPORT 60 1 mm2 EP,33. P23. : 50
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV1B:5 EP.2. CABINEPORT 66 1 mm2 CD1FAV:1 EP.37.
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV1B:7 EP.2. CABINEPORT 66 1 mm2 EP.37. P23.: 10
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV2A: 1 EP.3. CAB INEPORT 66 1 mm2 EP.37. P55. : 10
0 (ABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV2A:7 EP.3. CABINEPORT 95 1 mm2 B53:2 P15.:26
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BV2B: 1 EP.3. CABINEPORT 99 1.5 mm2 BR8(: 15 PS. :42
CAB INEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 BnB:3 EP.3. CABINEPORT 110 1 mm2 8R22E:7 P55. :8
(ABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 853:1 EP.6. CAB INEPORT 111 0.6 mm2 BD3:4 BV3B:5
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 B54:1 EP.6. CABINEPORT 111 1 mm2 8D3: 1 P51. :M
i-- (ABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 856:1 EP.6, CABINEPORT 111 1 mm2 803:2 P51. :U
CABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 8162:6 EP.1. CABINEPORT 114 0.6 mm2 BV3B:3 EP .15.
(ABINEPORT 25 0.6 mm2 8163:1 EP,6. CABINEPORT 114 0.6 mm2 B32:2 EP .15.
(ABI NEPORT 25 1 mm2 BD1 :4 EP.1. CABINEPORT 114 0.6 mm2 B53:5 EP. 14.
CAB INEPORT 25 1 mm2 BD1 :5 EP.6. CABINEPORT 114 0.6 mm2 854:5 EP.14.
CAB INEPORT 25 1 mm2 EP.1. EP.2. (ABINEPORT 114 0.6 mm2 855:3 EP.14.
E CABINEPORT 0.6 mm2 856:5 EP .14.
(ABINEPORT 25 1 mm2 EP.1. EP.3. 114
CA81NEPORT 26 0.6 mm2 ADM2: 10 8162:2 (ABINEPORT 114 0.6 mm2 8162:8 EP.15.
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.P.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT 400/3 LISTING DE FILS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE WIRES LISTING Dessinateur: S.C I Date: 30/10/00
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PR(fR£TE DE PPH.l t.E m.rr ETRE tf REPImIf. N CtHUIlE SANS tl>mE AUTOOISATm I TItS ORAWNj IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. rr IS I«IT BE USED 00 REPROIX.(E) wmwr em AUTHORIZATICH Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/03/2002 PAGE: 129
i"-J 121314J5J61718J9110 11 1 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 t 18 I 19 I 20 J 21 J 22 1 23 J 24 J 25 1 26 1 27 1 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 J 37 J 38 I 391 40 I 41
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU RL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FA!SCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINEPORT 114 0.6 mm2 8163:5 EP .14. CABINEPORT 203 1.5 mm2 BR8D:] P5. :41
CABINEPORT 114 1 mm2 BD1 : 14 EP .14. CA8!NEPORT 204 2.5 mm2 803:13 8187:4
(ABINEPORT 114 1 mm2 BD1: 15 EP.15. CABINEPORT 206 0.6 mm2 BR8[:2 8187:1
CABINEPORT 114 1 mm2 B42. :2 EP.B. CAB INEPORT 210 1 mm2 BR22E; 1 P55.: 36
CABINEPORT 114 1 mrn2 EP.13. P5. :3 CAB INEPORT 211 1 mrn2 6188:7 EP.84.
....... CABINEPORT 114 1 mm2 J~P.13. P23. :68 CABINEPORT 211 1 mm2 6189:3 EP.84.
CAB INEPORT 114 1 mm2 EP.B. P51. :C CABINEPORT 211 1 mm2 EP.84. 5190
CABINEPORT 114 1. 5 mrn2 EP .13. PS. :27 CABINEPORT 214 0.6 rnm2 BA1 :6 EP.157.
CABINEPORT 114 2.5 mm2 BD1: 12 EP.13. CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 [ACL8 EP. 156.
CABINEPORT 115 0.6 mm2 BR20F: 12 CSPT:3 CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 CAFFAL:8 EP. 156.
CABINEPORT 116 0.6 mm2 6D3: 10 BV3B:7 CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 COEVAR:6 EP.156.
B CABINEPORT 116 1.5 mm2 EP.12. P51. :N CAB INEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 CDIFAV:8 EP. 157.
CAB1NEPORT 116 1.5 mm2 EP.12. P51. :T CABINEPORT 214 0.6 rnm2 CDIRAR:8 EP.156.
CABINEPORT 116 2.5 mm2 BD3:7 EP. 12. CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 (PAV. :8 EP. 157.
CABINEPORT 117 0.6 mm2 BVGO 8320:4 (ABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 (SPT:8 EP.157.
CABINEPORT 123 1 mm2 BV2B:4 P15. : 15 CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mrn2 (SUSP;8 EP. 156.
I-- CABINEPORT 124 1 mrn2 BR8D: 11 EP,57. CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 EP.156. EP. 157.
(ABINEPORT 124 1 mm2 8186:1 EP.57. CA8lNEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 EP.156. IA8S:8
CABINEPORT 124 1 mm2 EP.S7. S1. CAB INEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 EP.156. IOETR: 8
CABINEPORT 130 1 mm2 835: 1A EP.71. CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 EP.156. ISG:8
CAB INEPORT 130 1 mm2 B35:2B EP.71. CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 EP.156. ISTA:8
( CABINEPORT 130 1 mm2 EP.71, P55. :49 CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 EP.157. IFBAR:8
CAB INEPORT 135 1 mm2 B30:3 IOETR: 13 CABINEPORT 214 Q.6 mm2 EP. 157. IGIRO:6
CABINEPORT 137 0.6 mm2 BV3A:3 830:7 CABINEPORT 214 0.6 mm2 EP.157. IRO:8
CABINEPORT 138 0.6 mm2 BV2A:8 838:7 [ABINEPORT 214 1 mrn2 802: 14 EP.156.
CABINEPORT 136 0.6 mm2 836:9 P5. :4 CAB INEPORT 214 1 mm2 842. : 1 EP.16.
I--
CABINEPORT 144 0.6 mm2 BR100:6 EP .132. CABINEPORT 214 1 mm2 EP,16. P51. :6
CABINEPORT 144 0.6 mm2 BR10D: 13 EP .132. CABINEPORT 214 1.5 mm2 EP .16. P5. :28
CABINEPORT 144 0.6 mm2 BV1A:5 EP.18, CABINEPORT 214 2.5 mm2 802: 13 EP .16.
CABINEPORT 144 1 mm2 BR10C:5 EP .18. [ABINEPORT 215 0.6 mm2 BR20F: 15 (SPT: 1
CABINEPORT 144 1 mm2 BR23F:13 EP ,132. CABINEPORT 217 0.6 mm2 BR9D: 15 838: 14
CAB INEPORT 144 1.5 mm2 BD3:8 EP .132. [ABINEPORT 217 0.6 mm2 BVFO 8320:6
0 CABINEPORT 144 1.5 mm2 803:9 EP.18. CAB!NEPORT 220 1 mm2 BA1: 4 EP .134.
CABINEPORT 145 0.6 mm2 BV1A:4 B37: 10 CABINEPORT 220 1 mm2 BA1 :7 EP.134.
CAB INEPORT 145 1 mm2 B37: 12 P15. :40 CABINEPORT 220 1 mm2 B154:1 EP .134.
CABINEPORT 149 0.6 mm2 BR25D:6 EP. 169. CABINEPORT 220 1 mm2 EP .134. 5206
CAB INEPORT 149 0.6 mm2 BR250:7 EP.169. CABINEPORT 225 0.6 mm2 BR8C:8 BR10D:7
I-- CAB INEPORT 149 1 mm2 EP.169. P5.: 21 CABINEPORT 225 0.6 mm2 BR8D: 13 EP.26,
CAB INEPORT 160 0.6 mm2 BRZ1E: 10 EP.32. CABINEPORT 225 1 mm2 B04:11 IDETR: 11
CABlNEPORT 160 0.6 mm2 [SUSP:3 EP.32. EABINEPORT 225 1 mm2 BD4: 14 P8:B
CAB!NEPORT 160 1 mm2 EP.32. P23. :51 CAB INEPORT 225 1 mm2 BRae:7 EP.26.
CABINEPORT 185 0.6 mm2 BR20E: 10 B60: 13 (ABI NEPORT 225 1 mm2 BR8(:9 EP.26.
CABINEPORT 195 0.6 mm2 BR20E:4 661: 15 CABINEPORT 225 1 mm2 BRaD:4 EP.26.
E
CABINEPORT 199 0.6 mm2 BR8C:12 W1-X7:3 CABINEPORT 225 1. 5 mm2 B04: 10 IGIRO:2
CABINEPORT 201 1.5 mm2 B01:6 B187:2 CABINEPORT 225 1.5 mm2 804: 13 EP.26.

EP.s. :
ATUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE
LISTING DE FILS
WIRES LISTING
ATT400/3
I
INDICE : 0
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PflM. L ~ PEUT ErnE h1 REPR<nJT, MC~ SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATl){ I TIIS DRAWING IS 1l£ PROPERTY Of PPM. IT IS OOT BE USEO 00 REPROn!EO WlmJUT 000 AUTHORIZA Tm
Dessinateur: S.C
Vermcateur: R.P.
Date: 30/10/00
I Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 130
."..j 1213 \4 \5 \6 \718 19 IID1~1~IBIU'~I~IVI~IWIWI~lnlnIUI~IUIVIWI~I~I~I~ITII~IEI~\~I~I~I~IM
~ISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU F!l SECTION ! TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU RL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINEPORT 232 0,6 mm2 AOM1 :2 856:4 CABINEPORT 351 1 mm2 BR9(:9 EP,59.
(ABINEPORT 235 1 mm2 B30:1 IDETR:3 CABINEPORT 351 1 mm2 8150:7 EP,59,
(ABINEPORT 237 0.6 mm2 BV3A:5 830:6 CABINEPORT 351 1 mm2 8150:9 EP.59.
(ABINEPORT 246 0,6 mm2 854:4 S170 CABINEPORT 351 1 mm2 8151: 7 EP,59,
CABINEPORT 247 0.6 mm2 854:2 S171 CABINEPORT 351 1 mm2 B151:9 EP.59,
CABINEPORT 260 0.6 mm2 BV2B:7 EP ,31. (ABINEPORT 403 1 mm2 BV2A:5 P55,: 4
- CABINEPORT 260 1 mm2 BR21E: 1 EP.31, CABINEPORT 412 1 mm2 6166:3 B195:6
CABINEPORT 260 1 mm2 EP,31. P23.: 34 (ABINEPORT 416 0,6 mm2 EP.44. IGIRO: 10
(ABINEPORT 286 1 mm2 BR25C:5 EP.74. CABINEPORT 416 1 rnm2 B42. :3 EP.44.
CAB INEPORT 286 1 mm2 B150:2 EP.74. CABINEPORT 416 1 mm2 B42. :7 EP.44.
CAB!NEPORT 286 1 mm2 CDIRAR:1 EP.74. CABINEPORT 416 1,5 mm2 EP.44. IGIRO: 1
B (AB!NEPORT 286 1 mm2 EP.74. P5S.:14 CABINEPORT 416 1.5 mm2 EP.44. P5.: 12
CABINEPORT 291 1 mm2 CPAV.:3 EP.40. CABINEPORT 416 1. 5 mm2 EP.44. P23. :70
(ABINEPORT 291 1 mm2 EP.40. P23. :38 CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 BR8C:5 P1. : 32
CAB INEPORT 291 1 mm2 EP.40. P55. :9 CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 BR8C:6 P1.: 33
CABINEPORT 292 1 mm2 (PAV. : 1 EP.42. CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP.122. P1.: 6
- CABINEPORT 292 1 mm2 EP.42. P23. :39 CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP.122. P1. :7
CABINEPORT 292 1 mm2 EP.42. P55. ;37 CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP.122. P1. :20
CABINEPORT 293 0.6 mm2 (PAV. :9 EP.4]. CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP.122. P1. :21
CA81NEPORT 293 1 mm2 EP.43. P15.: 11 (ABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP.123, P1.: 34
(ABINEPORT 293 1 mm2 EP ,43. P23. :36 (ABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP. 123. P1. :35
C CABINEPORT 293 1 mm2 EP,n. P55, :24 (ABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP' 123. P1. :48
CABINEPORT 296 1 mm2 BR2SC:7 EP.75. CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP, 123. P1. :49
CAB INEPORT 296 1 mm2 8151: 2 EP.75. CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP.124, P1. :4
CABINEPORT 296 1 mm2 CDIRAR:3 EP.75. CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP.124. P1. :5
CABINEPORT 296 1 mm2 EP.75. P55. : 42 CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP.124. P1. : 18
CABINEPORT 301 1 mm2 6153:1 EP. 149. CABINEPORT 440 1 mm2 EP,124. P1. : 19
f--
CABINEPORT 301 1 mm2 EP.149, S183 CABINEPORT 440 1.5 mm2 B01: 1 EP. 122.
CABINEPORT 301 1.5 mm2 BD2:4 842. :9 CABINEPORT 440 1.5 mm2 S01 :2 EP.122.
(ABINEPORT 301 1. 5 mm2 802:7 EP. 149, CABINEPORT 440 1.5 mm2 B01 :3 EP .123.
CABINEPORT 306 2.5 mm2 BD1: 9 BR8e:1 CABINEPORT 440 1.5 mm2 602:1 EP .123.
CABINEPORT 310 1 mm2 BR22F: 15 P5. :25 (ABINEPORT 440 1.5 mm2 B02:2 EP. 124.
D CABINEPORT 312 1 mm2 8188:4 8195:5 CABINEPORT 440 1. 5 mm2 BD2:3 EP.124.
(ABINEPORT 315 1 mm2 642. :8 EP.175. CAB INEPORT 441 1 mm2 FMR3: 10 P55. :64
CABINEPORT 315 1 mm2 EP. 175. S203 CAB INEPORT 444 1 mm2 EP.8. P23, :3
CABINEPORT 315 1 mm2 EP .175. 5204 CA6I NEPORT 444 1 mm2 EP.B. P23. :4
CABINEPORT 325 1 mm2 8166:1 EP.7. CABINEPORT 444 1 rnm2 EP.B. P23. : 17
- CABINEPORT 325 1 mm2 6166:6 EP.7. CABINEPORT 444 1 mm2 EP.6. P23. : 16
CABINEPORT 325 1 mm2 8189:5 EP.7. CABINEPORT 444 1 mm2 EP.9. P23. :31
CABINEPORT 325 1 mm2 B195:3 EP.7. CA8I NEPORT 444 1 mm2 EP,9. P23.: 32
CABINEPORT 325 2.5 mm2 BD1 :7 EP.7. CABINEPORT 444 1 mm2 EP.9. P23. : 45
CABINEPORT 344 0.6 mm2 804:4 B32:3 CABINEPORT 444 1 mm2 EP.9. P23. ; 46
CABINEPORT 344 1 mm2 604:5 8186:3 CAB INEPORT 444 2.5 mm2 802: 12 EP.S.
E CABINEPORT 1 mm2 804:7 8R80:8 CABINEPORT 444 2.5 mm2 EP.9.
344 B02:15
CABINEPORT 351 0.6 mm2 BR9(: 13 EP.59. CABINEPORT 460 1 mm2 BR21E:7 P55.: 54

EP.S. :
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATT40013 ELECTRf[ FILE WIRES LISTING Dessinateur: S.c. I Date; 30/10/00
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PRtFRETE ~ PPM. L tE PEUT ETRE N REPRfXl.IT. N (MUIl£ SANS t«)TRE AUTOOISAmt 11lIS mAWNi 5 TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. iT IS t«lT BE USED M R:EPR(WE) wmnrr OI..R AlJ1lfPJZATDt VWtcateur: RP. I Date: 16/0312002 PAGE: 131
N I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU RL SECTION I TYPE TENANT A80UTISSANT FAlSCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT A80UTISSANT
A CAB INEPORT 466 0.6 mm2 COIFAV:9 EP.39. CABINEPORT 610 1 mm2 BRnE: 11 P23. :52
CABINEPORT 466 1 mm2 EP,39. P5. :5 CABINEPORT 612 1 mm2 B166:2 8169:2
CAB INEPORT 466 1 mm2 EP.39. P5.: 10 CABINEPORT 614 0.6 mm2 BRac: 13 IFBAR:1
CABINEPORT 466 1 mm2 EP.39. P23. :48 CA81NEPORT 625 0,6 mm2 EP.2S. ISTA: 10
CABINEPORT 503 1 mm2 8185:1 P55.:18 [ABINEPORT 625 1 mm2 EP.2S. P55.; 53
CABINEPORT 512 1 mm2 8188:5 8189:1 (ABI NEPORT 625 1. 5 mm2 EP.28.
- CABINEPORT 514 0.6 mm2 EP.45. IFBAR: 10 (ABINEPORT 625 1. 5 mm2
BR9C: 1
8R20F: 13 EP.28,
CABINEPORT 514 1. 5 mm2 BR8(:11 EP.45. (ABINEPORT 625 1. 5 mm2 EP.28. P55. :2
CABINEPORT 514 1.5 mm2 EP.4S. P5. :55 (ABINEPORT 632 0.6 mm2 B37:3 EP .61,
CABINEPORT 524 1 mm2 BR6D:6 P23. :63 CAB INEPORT 632 1 mm2 BR9D:1 EP .61.
CABINEPORT 525 1 mm2 8D3:5 BR9(:7 (ABINEPORT 632 1 mm2 B35:3A EP.61.
B CABINEPORT 525 1 mm2 EP, 17. P55, :5 (ABINEPORT 640 1 mm2 B35: 1B EP.73.
CAB INEPORT 525 1 mm2 EP.11. P55. :33 CABINEPORT 640 1 mm2 EP.B. P1. :3
CABINEPORT 525 1 mm2 EP.17. P55.: 45 CABINEPORT 640 1 mm2 EP.73. P1.: 17
CABINEPORT 525 1.5 mm2 803:6 ISTA:2 (ABINEPORT 640 1 mm2 EP.92. P1. : 1
CABINEPORT 525 2.5 mm2 603:3 EP. 17. CABINEPORT 640 1 mm2 EP.92. P1. :2
!"'-" CAB INEPORT 529 1 mm2 P23. :25 W1-X3:4 (ABINEPORT 640 1 mm2 EP.92. P1. ; 15
CABINEPORT 532 0.6 mm2 BR21E:14 EP.136. CABINEPORT 640 1 mm2 EP.92. P1. : 16
(ABINEPORT 532 0.6 mm2 BR21E:15 EP.136. CABINEPORT 640 1 mm2 EP.93. P1. :29
CAB INEPORT 532 0.6 mm2 BR21F:6 EP .136. CABINEPORT 640 1 mm2 EP.93. P1.: 30
CABINEPORT 532 0,6 mml BR21F:9 EP .136, CAB INEPORT 640 1 mm2 EP.93. P1. :43
C (ABINEPORT 532 0.6 mm2 BR23F:6 EP.131. (ABI NEPORT 640 1 rnm2 EP.93. P1.: 44
CABINEPORT 532 0.6 mm2 BR23F:9 EP.131, CAB INEPORT 640 1. 5 mm2 B04:3 EP.92.
CABINEPORT 532 0,6 mm2 BR24E: 15 EP.131. CABINEPORT 640 1.5 mm2 B04:6 EP.n.
CABINEPORT 532 O.6mm2 BR24F:6 EP .131. CAB INEPORT 640 1.5 mm2 B04:9 EP.93.
CABINEPORT 532 1 mm2 BR9O:3 EP.60. CABINEPORT 640 1. 5 mm2 B04: 12 EP.93.
CABINEPORT 532 1 mm2 EP.131. EP.60. CAB INEPORT 640 1. 5 rnm2 EP.B3. P1. :31
- CABINEPORT 532 1 mm2 EP.136. EP,60. CABINEPORT 640 1.5 mm2 EP.83. P1.: 45
CABINEPORT 532 1.5 mm2 EP,60. P55. :68 CABINEPORT 640 2.5 mm2 B187:3 EP,83.
CABINEPORT 541 1 mm2 BR7F: 1 BR7G: 12 CABINEPORT 644 1 mm2 EP.10. P23.: 1
CAB INEPORT 544 0.6 mrn2 602:11 B32:1 CABINEPORT 644 1 mm2 EP.10. P23. :2
CABINEPORT 544 0.6 mm2 6162:10 EP.S. CABINEPORT 644 1 mm2 EP.10. P23. :15
D CABINEPORT 544 0.6 mm2 EP.S. IFBAR:5 CA81NEPORT 644 1 mm2 EP.10. PB, : 16
CABINEPORT 544 1 mm2 B02: 10 EP.S. CABINEPORT 644 1 mm2 EP.11. P23. :29
CABINEPORT 544 1 rnrn2 EP.S. IOETR: 14 CABINEPORT 644 1 mm2 EP .11. P23.: 30
CABINEPORT 560 0.6 mm2 BR21F: 15 EP.126. CA81NEPORT 644 1 mm2 EP .11. P23.: 43
CABINEPORT 560 0.6 mm2 (SUSP:4 EP.126. CABINEPORT 644 1 mm2 EP.11. P23. : 44
I-- CABINEPORT 560 1 mm2 EP.126. P23. :21 CABINEPORT 644 2.5 mm2 804:1 EP .10.
CABINEPORT 575 0.6 mm2 EP .174. IRO: 10 (ABINEPORT 644 2.5 mm2 B04:2 EP.11.
CABINEPORT 575 1 rnm2 EP .174. IRD: 1 CABINEPORT 660 0.6 mm2 BR21F: 12 EP.127.
CABINEPORT 575 1 mm2 EP.174. fRD:' CABINEPORT 660 0.6 mm2 C5U5P:6 EP. 127.
CABINEPORT 575 1 mm2 EP.174. 5149 CABINEPORT 660 1 mm2 EP .127. P23. :49
(ABINEPORT 575 1 mm2 EP.174. S169 CABINEPORT 703 1 mm2 8185:3 P55. :46
E CAB INEPORT 603 1 mm2 B185:2 P55. :32 CABINEPORT 709 0,6 mm2 BR7E:4 W1-X7; 2
(ABINEPORT 610 0.6 mm2 BR22E: 10 COEVAR:3 CABINEPORT 710 0.6 mm2 BR22E:4 CDEVAR: 1
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E'p.S. ;
1371 DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT400/3 LISTING DE FILS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE WIRES LISTING Dessinateur: B.c I Date: 30/10/00
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE Il: PPM. L r£ PEUT ETII: N REPRlDlT. N (tHlN(l£ SANS NOTRE AUTOOISATKJi I TItS IlMWNi IS n£ PRalERTY OF f¥lH. IT IS NlT BE USED 00 REPROOOCED wrooJT M AUTl1JRfZATm Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/03/2002
PAGE: 132
t 2 I 3 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 J 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 1 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29
" 4
(LISTING DE FILS)
30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
FAISCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU FlL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINEPORT 710 1 mm2 BR22E:5 P23. :53 (ABINEPORT 844 2.5 mm2 803: 11 EP.19,
CABINEPORT 712 1 mm2 B169:6 6195:2 CABINEPORT 844 2,5 mrn2 BD3: 15 EP.2S.
(ABINEPORT 714 1 mm2 P23. :9 P55. :20 CABINEPORT 845 0,6 mm2 AOM1: 7 856:2
CAB INEPORT 718 1 mm2 BR9D: 10 EP.118. CABINEPORT 860 1 mm2 BR21G:3 P55. :67
CABINEPORT 718 1 mm2 8150: 13 EP. 118. CAB INEPORT 910 1 mm2 BR22F: 1 BR22G: 12
CABINEPORT 1 mm2 EP,118. CABINEPORT 1 mm2
--- CABINEPORT
716
718 1 mm2
8151: 13
EP.118. PS5. ; 13 CABINEPORT
915
915 1 mm2
BR20F: 1
EP.67.
EP.67.
P5. : 16
CABINEPORT 719 0.6 mm2 [SPT: 10 EP.64. CABINEPORT 915 1 mm2 EP.67. P5. :23
CABINEPORT 719 0.6 mm2 EP.64. W1-X7:4 CABINEPORT 925 0.6 mm2 BR9C:6 CACC: 10
CABINEPORT 719 1 mm2 BR20G: 15 EP,64. CAB INEPORT 925 1. 5 mm2 BR9C:5 ISlA: 1
CABINEPORT 719 1 mm2 EP.64. P55.: 12 CABINEPORT 944 0.6 mm2 BR21F:7 EP.65.
B CABINEPORT 719 1 mm2 EP.64. P195:1 CABINEPORT 944 0.6 mm2 CSPT:2 EP.65.
CABINEPORT 729 0.6 mm2 BR7F: 15 W1-X7:11 CABINEPORT 944 0.6 mm2 (SUSP:2 EP.65.
CABINEPORT 769 1 mm2 FMR3:4 P55. :50 CABINEPORT 944 0.6 mm2 CSUSP:5 EP.65.
CABINEPORT 803 1 mm2 8185:4 P55. :60 CABINEPORT 944 1 mm2 BR7G:9 EP.65.
CAB INEPORT 814 0.6 mm2 B186:2 IFBAR:2 CAB1NEPORT 944 1 mm2 (PAV. : 2 EP.65.
I-- CAB INEPORT 815 1 mm2 BR20E: 13 EP.66. CABINEPORT 944 1 mm2 EP.65. P23. :57
(ABINEPORT 815 1 mm2 EP.66. PS. : 15 CABINEPORT 945 0,6 mm2 ADM1: 12 BV1B:6
CABINEPORT 815 1 mm2 EP.66. P5. :22 CABINEPORT 960 0.6 mm2 BV2B;S EP. 128.
CAB INEPORT 817 0.6 mm2 BV1A:6 W1-X7:12 CABINEPORT 960 1 mm2 BR21G:9 EP.128.
CAB!NEPORT 844 0.6 mm2 BR20G:14 EP.24. [ABINEPORT 960 1 mm2 EP.128. P23.: 35
C (ABINEPORT 844 0.6 mm2 BR21F:4 EP.23. CAB INEPORT 1002 1 mm2 B06:6 DIAG:2
CABINEPORT 844 0.6 mm2 BR23G:12 EP.l4, CABINEPORT 1003 1 mm2 806: 1 D!AG:3
CABINEPORT 844 0,6 mm2 BR24F:9 EP.161, CABINEPORT 1005 1 mm2 OIAG:5 P15,:67
CABINEPORT 844 0.6 mm2 COIFAV: 10 EP.20. (ABINEPORT 1014 0.6 mm2 ADM4:5 D1AG: 14
CABINEPORT 844 0.6 mm2 (PAV.: 10 EP.20. CAB INEPORT 1018 0.6 mm2 BR90:13 EP.62.
CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 BR7F: 13 EP.2S. CABINEPORT 1018 1 mm2 B151: 14 EP.62.
- CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 BR10C: 9 EP.2S. CABINEPORT 1018 1 mm2 EP,62. P55. :55
CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 BR20G:12 EP.24. CABINEPORT 1019 1 mm2 BR9C:11 P55. : 56
CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 BR21F: 13 EP.2]. CABINEPORT 1044 1. 5 mm2 BD1: 13 BR23F: 10
CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 BR21G:6 EP.23. CABINEPORT 1060 0,6 mm2 BR21G:7 (SUSP: 10
CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 BR22F: 10 EP .19. CABINEPORT 1060 1 mm2 BR21G:8 P55. : 62
D CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 BR22G:6 EP.19. CABINEPORT 1144 1 mm2 BR10C:1 W1-X7:1
CAB INEPORT 644 1 mm2 BR24F: 10 EP.161. CABINEPORT 1160 0,6 mm2 BR23F: 15 EP. 164.
CAB INEPORT 844 1 mm2 BR24F: 13 EP.161. CABINEPORT 1160 0.6 mm2 BR24F:12 EP. 164.
CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 BR24G:12 EP.161, CABINEPORT 1160 0,6 mm2 CAFFAL:3 EP. 164.
CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 CDIFAV:2 EP.20. CABINEPORT 1181 1 mm2 860:4 PS. : 1
- CABINEPORT
CABINEPORT
844
644
1 mm2
1 mm2
EP.19.
EP.2S.
EP.ZO.
P5. :7
CABINEPORT
CABINEPORT
1182
1183
1 mm2
1 mm2
B60:6
B61 :4
P5. :29
PS. :8
CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 EP.25. P5. : 11 CABINEPORT 1184 1 mm2 861 :6 P5. :36
CABINEPORT 844 1 mm2 EP.2S. P55. :7 [ABINEPORT 1203 1 mm2 BR80:7 P8:(
CAB INEPORT 844 1.5 mm2 803: 12 EP.23. CABINEPORT 1215 0.6 mm2 AOM2:7 EP.162.
CAB!NEPORT 844 1.5 mm2 B03; 14 EP.24. CABINEPORT 1215 0.6 mm2 BR20G:7 EP .162.
E CAB!NEPORT 844 1.5 mm2 BRZ4G:6 EP.161. CABINEPORT 1215 0.6 mm2 BR20G:8 ISTA:4
CAB INEPORT 844 1.5 mm2 EP.161. EP.24. CAB INEPORT 1215 0,6 mm2 BR24G:7 EP.162.

EP.S. :
WIRES LISTING
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE B.c. I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA P!m£fE IE PPK L N: PEUr ETRf N REPROCUT. N CC»tU«X.E SANS ~TRE AlJTOOL5AM. I TItS DRAWN; IS Tl£ PROPERTY OF PPH. IT IS t«JT BE USED C¥l flEPR(Xl(ED WffillUT otR AIJTI-mIZATO{
Dessinateur:
VerificateUf : RP. I Date:
30/10/00
18/03/2002 PAGE: 133
,,1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 131 14 I 15 I 16\ 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAiSCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU Fil SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINEPORT 1260 0.6 mm2 BR24G: 14 CAFFAL:1 (ABINEPORT 1944 1 mm2 BR7E:1 BR7G:6
CABINEPORT 1286 1 mm2 BR2SC:3 EP. 167. CABINEPORT 2018 0.6 mm2 BR9C: 12 BR20E:]
CAB INEPORT 1286 1 mm2 BR25(:11 EP.167. CAB INEPORT 2201 0.6 mm2 BA2:3 5196
CABINEPORT 1286 1 mm2 EP.167. P23. :6 CABINEPORT 2202 0.6 mm2 BA2:5 5197
CABINEPORT 1296 1 mm2 BR2S(:1 EP. 168. CAB 1NEPORT 2203 0.6 mm2 BA2:4 5196
- CABINEPORT 1296 1 mm2 BR2SC: 10 EP.168. CABINEPORT 2204 0.6 mm2 BA2:6 S197
CABINEPORT 1296 1 mm2 EP.168. P23. :20 [ABINEPORT 2211 0.6 mm2 BR10[:13 EP. 116.
(ABINEPORT 1301 1 mm2 B02:8 B55:1 CAB INEPORT 2640 1 mm2 ADM1: 1 806:4
CABINEPORT 1317 0.6 mm2 ADM 1:3 B37: 15 CABINEPORT 2640 1 mm2 806:5 FMR2:1
CABINEPORT 1317 0.6 mmZ BV1B:8 637: 13 CABINEPORT 2806 0.6 mm2 BR7E:6 BR7G: 14
CABINEPORT 1325 1 mm2 EP .173, IRD:2 CABINEPORT 2818 0.6 mm2 BR7E:3 BR7G: 13
B CABINEPORT 1325 1 mm2 EP. 173, IRD:5 CAB INEPORT 2844 0.6 mm2 BR21G:4 CAFFAl:2
CABINEPORT 1325 1.5 mm2 6D5: 10 EP.173. CABINEPORT 3640 1 mm2 806:7 W1-X7:9
CABINEPORT 1360 0.6 mm2 AOM2:14 EP.165. CABINEPORT 3640 1 mm2 BD6:10 W1-X7:10
CABINEPORT 1360 0.6 mm2 CAFFAL: 10 EP.129. (ABINEPORT 3806 0.6 mm2 AOM2:6 BR7G: 10
(ABINEPORT 1360 1 mm2 EP.129. EP .165. (ABINEPORT 3818 0.6 mm2 ADM2:18 BR7G:7
r-- [ABINEPORT 1360 1 mm2 EP.129. P55. : 41 [ABINEPORT 3844 0.6 mm2 BR21E:3 BR21G:13
(ABINEPORT 1360 1 mm2 EP.165. P55. :51 CAB!NEPORT 4000 1 mm2 839:3 P15.: 14
(ABI NEPORT 1360 1.5 mm2 BR23G: 10 EP. 165. CABINEPORT 4141 1 mm2 BR7G: 15 EP.29.
CAB INEPORT 1360 1.5 mm2 BR24G:9 EP. 165. CAB INEPORT 4141 1 mm2 EP.29. FMR1: 18
CABINEPORT 1381 1 rnm2 B150:4 P5. :2 CABINEPORT 4141 1 rnmZ EP,Z9, P1S.: 7
C CABINEPORT 1382 1 mrn2 B150:6 P5.: 30 CABINEPORT 5000 1 rnrn2 839:2 P15. :26
CABINEPORT 1363 1 mm2 8151:4 P5. :9 CABINEPORT 5844 0.6 mrn2 CDEVAR:2 EP. 133.
CAB INEPORT 1384 1 mm2 8151:6 PS. :37 CABINEPORT 5844 1 mm2 BR100: 10 EP.133.
CABINEPORT 1417 0.6 mrn2 ADML 9 BUZ (ABINEPORT 5844 1 mm2 BR22F: 13 EP .133.
CABINEPORT 1508 1 mrn2 AOM1 :8 P23. :64 CABINEPORT 6000 1 mm2 B39:4 P15. :42
CAB INEPORT 1511 1 mm2 ADM1:11 P23. :66 CABINEPORT 7000 1 mm2 839:1 P15. :56
r--
CABINEPORT 1514 0.6 mm2 BR10D:1 BUZ1 CAB INEPORT 8000 0.6 mrn2 839:7 FMR1: 10
CABINEPORT 1525 1 rnm2 EP.99. P55. :38 CABINEPORT 8696 0.6 mm2 BR2SC:2 EP.166.
CABINEPORT 1525 1 mmZ EP.99. P55. : 39 CABINEPORT 8696 0.6 mm2 BR2S(: 13 EP. 166.
CABINEPORT 1525 1.5 mm2 802:6 EP.99. CABINEPORT 8696 0.6 mm2 EP.166. P55. :6
(ABI NEPORT 1614 0.6 mm2 BR100;4 IFBAR:4 CABINEPORT 9102 1 mm2 PS.: 61 P23.:11
0 CABINEPORT 1625 1.5 mm2 BR20E:7 P55.: 16 CABINEPORT 9103 1 mmZ P5. :62 P23. :62
CABINEPORT 1714 , mm2 P23. :65 S165. CABINEPORT 9104 0.6 mm2 BR250: 13 P23. :7
CABINEPORT 1722 1 mm2 BR9C:2 P23. :58 CABINEPORT 9210 0.6 mrn2 BR10(: 12 W1-X7: 13
CAB INEPORT 1729 1 mm2 P23. : 37 W1-X3:5 CAB!NEPORT 9260 1 mm2 BR22E: 12 W1-X7: 7
CAB INEPORT 1806 0.6 mm2 BR7F:7 EP .135. [ABINEPORT 9293 0.6 mm2 BR100: 15 W1-X7:5
r-- CAB INEPORT 1806 0.6 mm2 CACC:] EP .135. CABINEPORT 9441 0.6 mm2 FMR1: 13 FMR1: 11
CAB INEPORT 1806 110m2 EP .135. P23. :23 (ABINEPORT 9844 1 mm2 B06:3 5165.
CABINEPORT 1813 110m2 ADM2: 13 P23. :67 CABINEPORT 11260 0.6 mm2 BR23F: 12 BR24G:S
(ABJNEPORT 1615 1 mm2 AOM2: 15 P23. :69 (ABINEPORT 11260 0.6 mm2 BR24E:4 BR24G:4
CABINEPORT 1818 0.6 mm2 BR7F:4 EP,150. CABINEPORT 11803 0.6 mrn2 FFG:2 FMR1: 3
CABINEPORT 1818 0.6 mm2 CACC:1 EP.150. (ABI NEPORT 11804 0.6 mm2 FFG:3 FMR1: 4
E CABINEPORT 1818 1 mm2 EP. 150. P23. :24 CAB INEPORT 11805 0.6 10m2 FFG: 1 FMR1: 5
CABINEPORT 1844 0.6 mm2 BR21E: 12 BR21G: 14 CABINEPORT 11806 0.6 mm2 FFG:4 FMR1 :6

E.P.s. :
ATT400/3 INDICE : D
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE WIRES LISTING I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L ~ PM EIRE It REPRroJT, N ((ltlJtI(lE SANS OOTRE AUTOOISATOt I TlfS ORAWNi IS ll£ PROPERTY a:: PPfot IT IS MlT BE USED 00 REPROOJCED WffiKJUT OUR AUTI-IOOlZA1m
Dessinateur: B.C
V6rificateur: RP. I Date:
30/10/00
18/0312002 PAGE: 134
"J I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 .1 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU Fil SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU FIL SECTION 1 TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINEPORT 11807 0.6 mm2 FFG:6 FHR1: 7 CABINEPORT 44017 1.5 mm2 806:8 B320:1
CABINEPORT 11808 0.6 mm2 FFG:5 FMR1: 8 CABINEPORT 44017 1,5 mm2 806:9 B320:10
CABINEPORT 12360 1 mm2 8R24F; 1 EP.160. CABINEPORT 49260 1 mm2 8R21G: 12 BR23G: 15
CABINEPORT 12360 1 mm2 BR24G: 15 EP. 160. CABINEPORT 55017 1.5 mm2 805: 15 B320: 14
CABINEPORT 12360 1 mm2 B61: 13 EP.160. CABINEPORT 66017 1 mmZ B06:15 BR20G:6
i--
CAB INEPORT 12360 1 mm2 EP.160. P55. :3
CABINEPORT 12361 1 mm2 BR20G: 10 BR25D:8 CAB INETOUR BLUE COble type 0 EP.15 5130
(ABINEPORT 13358 0.6 mmZ 15G: 10 ISG: 1 CABINETOUR BLUE COble fype 0 EP.21 5131
CABINEPORT 13359 1 mm2 B320:2 ISG:3 CAB INET OUR BROWN COble type 0 EP.14 S131
CABINEPORT 13360 1 mm2 BR25D:3 IS5:2 CABINETOUR BROWN COble type 0 EP.37 5130
CABINEPORT 13361 1 mm2 BR20G:9 BR25D:4 CABINETOUR 1 COble fype B EP.76 E106: 1
8 CABINEPORT 13362 1 mm2 BR2S(:9 BR25D: 14 CABINETOUR 1 COble type B EP.77 E107: 1
CABINEPORT 13362 1 mm2 BR25D: 11 B61 ;2 CABINETOUR 1 0,6 mm2 CPAVG: 1 EP.61
CABINEPORT 14360 1 mm2 BR25D: 10 P55. :52 CABINETOUR 1 0,6 mm2 CPAVG:3 EP.61
CABINEPORT 19260 1 mm2 BR22F:7 BR22G:4 CABINETOUR 1 1 mm2 EP.61 P123.~5
CABINEPORT 21260 1 mm2 BR23G:4 BR24E:2 CABINETOUR 2 COble type B EP.39 E106:2
- CABINEPORT 21260 1 mm2 BR24E:1 P55. : 17 CABINETOUR 2 Cable type B EP.39 E107:2
CABINEPORT 21810 0.6 mm2 BR10C: 7 FMR2: 10 CAB INETOUR 2 0.6 mm2 (PAVD: 1 EP.64
CABINEPORT 21813 0.6 mm2 BR10(:10 FMR2: 13 CABINETOUR 2 0.6 mm2 CPAVD:3 EP.64
CABINEPORT 21814 0.6 mm2 BR10(: 11 FMR2: 14 CAB INETOUR 2 1 mm2 EP.64 P123.:19
CABINEPORT 22017 1.5 mm2 B320: 15 6320: 13 CABINETOUR 3 0.6 mm2 CPARG: 1 EP.65
( CABINEPORT 22360 1 mm2 BR23G: 14 P55. :48 CAB!NETOUR 3 0.6 mm2 CPARG:3 EP.65
CAB INEPORT 29260 1 mm2 BR21E: 13 BR22G: 14 CAB!NETDUR 3 1 mm2 EP.65 P123.:33
CAB INEPORT 30100 1. 5 mm2 805:1 PABSR;6 CABINETOUR 4 0.6 mm2 (PARO: 1 EP.66
CABINEPORT 30101 0.6 mm2 BV3A:8 PABSR: 12 CABINETOUR 4 0.6 mm2 (PARD: 3 EP.66
CABINEPORT 30200 1 mm2 EP,22. PABSR: 1 CABINETOUR 4 1 mm2 EP.66 P123.:47
- [ABINEPORT
CABINEPORT
CA81NEPORT
30200
30200
30200
1 mm2
1 mm2
1 mm2
EP.22.
EP.22.
EP.22.
PABSR:2
PABSR:3
PABSR:4
CABINETOUR
CABINETOUR
CABINETOUR
5
5
5
0.6 mm2
0.6 mm2
1 mm2
CPP: 1
CPP:3
EP.67
EP.67
EP.67
P123. :61
CAB INEPORT 30200 2.5 mm2 B05:3 EP.22. CAB INETOUR 10 0.6 mm2 BV51B:3 EP.7
CABINEPORT 31044 1. 5 mm2 BR23E: 13 B185:5 CABINETOUR 10 0.6 mm2 COIAR:8 EP.7
CABINEPORT 31100 0.6 mm2 BV2A:3 EP.34. CABtNETOUR 10 1 mm2 CDIAR:2 EP.7
0 CABINEPORT 31100 0.6 mm2 BV3A:7 EP,34. CABINETOUR 10 1 mm2 EP.7 P123.:60
CABINEPORT 31100 1 mm2 BABS:7 EP.34. CABINETOUR 11 1 mm2 B95: 12 CLG: 1
CABINEPORT 31100 1 mm2 BR23E:4 EP.34. CABINETOUR 12 1 mm2 B134 :5 IEGAV:1
(ABINEPORT 31100 1 mm2 EP.34. PABS:1 CAB INET OUR 15 0.6 mm2 BR51E:15 EP.25
CABINEPORT 31100 1.5 mm2 B05:7 EP.34. CAB INET OUR 15 0.6 mm2 BR51F:6 EP.25
~ CABINEPORT 31101 1 mm2 BABS:5 IABS:1 CAB INET OUR 15 0,6 mm2 BR52E: 15 EP.42
CABINEPORT 31102 1 mm2 BABS: 10 PABS:8 CABINETOUR 1S 0.6 mm2 BR55D: 15 EP.25
(ABINEPORT 31103 1 mm2 SABS:11 PASS: 10 CAB INETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BR60(:4 EP.42
CABINEPORT 31104 1 mm2 BABS; 14 BR23E: 15 CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BR60C:12 EP.42
CABINEPORT 31105 0.6 mm2 BABS; 15 BV2A:4 CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BR600:2 EP.42
CABINEPORT 31144 1 mm2 BR23E:7 EP.41. CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BR600: 15 EP.42
E CABINEPORT 31200 2.5 mm2 BABS:8 B05:9 CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BV50A:4 EP.30
CABINEPORT 39260 1 mm2 BR21F:3 BR21F:10 CASINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BV50B:8 EP.30

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT400/3 LISTING DE FILS
WIRES LISTING
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FH.E Dessinateur: 8.( I Date: 30/10/00
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PRtPRETE ~ PPM. L t£ PEIJT ErnE N REPRam. N CMtN.lE SANS t«lTRE AIJTOOISATm I TItS ORAWHl 6 Tt£ PROPERTY (F PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED M REPROOXE) wmror 0lR AIJTtlHZATm Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002
PAGE: 135
i': I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I m fl 1~laLul~J~IVlmlwIWI~ln}Bl~I~IU 27 I 28 I 29 ~1~I~lTIJ~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU RL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BV51A:2 EP.29 CAB INET OUR 15 1 mm2 B135; 15 EP.30
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BV51A:4 EP.29 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 B237: I EP.20
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BV51A:6 EP.29 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 CDIAR:5 EP.43
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 BV51B:2 EP.29 CAB INET OUR 15 1 mm2 EP.24 P124:2
CABINETOUR 15 Q.6 mm2 BV51B:4 EP.29 CABINETOUR 15 1 mmZ EP.29 M5
I--
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 CACC. :2 EP.B3 CAB INET OUR 15 1 mm2 EP.36 P123.:41
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 CACe.: 7 EP.83 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.36 P123. : 42
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 CDEAR:7 EP.84 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.36 P123. :55
CAB 1NETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 CDIAR:7 EP.43 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.36 P123. :56
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 (IRAV:? EP.84 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.39 M5
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 CLG:7 EP.B5 CAB1NETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.S4 P60. :13
B CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 (MOCP:7 EP.85 CAB1NETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.S4 P60.: 14
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 CPARD:5 EP.83 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.S4 P60.: 27
CAB INET OUR 15 0.6 mm2 (PARD: 7 EP.83 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.S4 P60.: 28
CAB INET OUR 15 0.6 mm2 CPARG:5 EP.83 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.SS P60.: 41
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 CPARG:7 EP.83 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.S5 P60. :42
- CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 (PAV:7 EP.84 CAB INETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.SS P60.: 55
CAB INETOUR 15 0.6 mml (PAVD:5 EP.83 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.55 P60. :56
CAB INETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 CPAVD:7 EP.83 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.62 P123.; 13
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 (PAVG:5 EP.B3 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.62 P123.:14
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 [PAVG:7 EP.83 CABINETOUR 15 1 mmZ EP.62 P123.:27
( CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 [PP:5 EP.B3 CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 EP.62 P123.:28
CA8!NETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 CPP:7 EP.B) CABINETOUR 15 1.5 mm2 EP.7.4 M5
CABiNETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 (SAV:7 EP.83 CABINETOUR 15 1.5 mm2 EP.2S M5
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 (VDCP:7 EP.B5 CABINETOUR 15 1. 5 mm2 EP.30 MS
CAB INETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.24 FFG.: 1 CABINETOUR 15 1. 5 mm2 EP.42 M5
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 rnm2 EP.24 FFG. :3 CABINETOUR 15 1.5 mm2 EP.43 M5
I--
CAB INET OUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.83 EP.84 CABINETOUR 15 1. 5 mm2 EP.83 M5
CAB INETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.83 EP.85 CAB1NETOUR 15 2.5 mm2 8104; I M5
CAB INET OUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.83 ISTA. :7 CAB1NETOUR 15 2.5 rnmZ EP.20 MS
CAB INET OUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.BS IDOR;7 CA8!NETOUR 15 7 mm2 EP.36 M5
CAB INET OUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.85 IEGAV:7 CABINETOUR 15 7 mm2 EP.S4 M5
0 CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.BS IEGT:7 CABINETOUR 15 7 mm2 EP.SS M5
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.85 IPT:7 CAB 1NET OUR 15 7 mm2 EP.62 M5
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.BS ITFL:7 CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 BV51A:5 EP.68
CAB INETOUR 15 0.6 mmZ EP.8S ITFL:9 CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 CACC. :8 EP.SO
CABINETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.BS IV:7 CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mmZ COEAR:8 EP.81
r- CAB INETOUR 15 0.6 mm2 EP.8S IVOR:7 CAB INET OUR 16 0.6 mmZ CIRAV:8 EP.81
CABINETOUR 1S 0.6 mm2 EP.B5 IVOR:9 CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 CLG:8 EP.82
CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 BX1. :2 115 CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 CMDCP:8 EP.B2
CABINETOUR 15 1 mmZ 894:1 EP.24 CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 (PARD: 8 EP.80
CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 895:3 EP.20 CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 CPARG:6 EP.BO
CABINETOUR 15 1 mm2 B95; 10 EP.20 CAB INETOUR 16 0,6 mm2 CPAV:6 EP.81
E CAB!NETOUR 15 1 mm2 895: 15 EP.20 CAB INETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 (PAVD:8 EP.80
CAB!NETOUR 15 1 mm2 8134: 1 EP.20 CAB INETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 (PAVG:8 EP,80
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EP.s. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3 LISTING DE FILS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELE[TRI[ FILE WIRES LISTING Dessinateur: B.C. I Date: 30/10/00
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA Pf«FRETE DE PPM.l t£ PM ETI£ N REP!m.IT. N COtt.t«Le SANS 1«l1RE AUTOOISArot I THS OOAWHi IS TtE PR(fERTY (f PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED ~ REPROtU:ED WfMlIJT 000 AlITrmIZATOi Verificateur: RP. ! Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 136
"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 1~lwl~lnIBI~I~IUIVI~I~I~I~I~IEl~IEI~I~I~I~I~I~
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU AL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU AL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 CPP:8 EP.BO CABINETOUR 30 1.5 mm2 BD3. :7 EP,52
CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 CSAR:8 EP.ao CAB INETOUR 30 1. 5 mm2 BD3.: 10 ISTA. :5
CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 CSAV:B EP.ao CABINETOUR 30 1.5 mm2 B04. : 15 EP.52
CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 (VOCP:6 EP.82 CAB INETOUR 30 2,5 mm2 8135: 11 EP.52
CAB INET OUR 16 0.6 mm2 EP.68 EP.80 CAB INETOUR 41 1 mm2 B135: 12 P123.:8
- CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 EP.68 EP.81 CABINETOUR 56 0.6 mm2 BV50B:7 EP.4
CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mmi EP.68 EP.82 CABINETOUR 56 1 mm2 EP.4 100R: 1
CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 EP.68 IPT:8 CABINETOUR 56 1 rnm2 EP.4 P60. : 18
CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 EP.80 ISTA. :8 CAB INET OUR 60 1 mm2 (SAV:1 P123.:50
CAB INETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 EP.82 IDOR:8 CABINETOUR 65 0.6 mm2 BR52E:2 BR60C:2
CAB!NETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 EP.82 IEGAV; 8 CABINETOUR 65 1.5 mm2 BR52E: 1 P60. :43
B CAB!NETOUR 16 0,6 mm2 EP.62 IEGT:8 CAB INET OUR 66 1 mm2 (IRAV:1 P123.:10
(AB!NETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 EP.82 ITFl: 8 CABINETOUR 85 1 mm2 BR52F: 1 P60. :46
CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 EP.62 !V:8 CABINETOUR 85 1 mm2 BR52F:2 EP.12
CABINETOUR 16 0.6 mm2 EP.82 IVOR:6 CABINETOUR 85 1 mm2 BR60C:1 EP.12
CAB INETOUR 16 1 mm2 895:6 EP.60 CABINETOUR 65 1 mm2 8260:2 EP.12
- CABINETOUR 16 1 mm2 EP.68 IPT: 1 CAB INETOUR 86 1 mm2 BR52E:6 P60. :47
CABINETOUR 16 1 mm2 EP.68 IPT:4 CABINETOUR 101 2.5 mm2 601. :6 B104: __
CABINETOUR 16 1.5 mm2 EP.60 EP.68 CABINETOUR 112 1 mm2 B134:6 IEGAV:6
CABINETOUR 16 1.5 mm2 EP.60 P60. :4 CABINETOUR 114 1 mm2 P60. :3 P123.:68
CABINETOUR 17 0.6 mm2 BR55D:2 EP.11 CAB!NETOUR 160 1 mm2 CSAV:3 P123. :51
( CABINETOUR 17 0.6 mm2 BV51A:8 EP.11 CAB!NETOUR 165 1 mm2 BR60C:5 P60. :46
CAB INETOUR 17 1 mm2 B125 EP.11 CABINETOUR 187 0.6 mm2 BV51B:1 EP .10
CABINETOUR 17 1 mm2 EP.11 P123. :59 CABINETOUR 187 1 mm2 BX1. :20 EP .10
CABINETOUR 18 0.6 mm2 (PARD: 4 EP.73 CABINETOUR 187 1 mm2 EP.10 P60. :31
CABINETOUR 18 0.6 mm2 CPARG:4 EP,73 CABINETOUR 222 0.6 mm2 CLG:2 EP .15
CABINEToUR 18 0.6 mm2 CPAVD:4 EP.73 CABINETOUR 222 0,6 mm2 EP.15 IEGAV:2
- CABINETOUR 18 0.6 mm2 CPAVG:4 EP,]3 CAB INET OUR 222 0,6 mm2 EP,15 IEGAV:5
CABINETOUR 18 0.6 mm2 CPP:4 EP.73 CAB INET OUR 222 0.6 mm2 EP.15 IEGT:2
CABINETOUR 18 1 mm2 CDIAR:4 EP.91 CAB INET OUR 222 0.6 mm2 EP .15 ITFL: 2
CABINETOUR 18 1 mm2 COIAR:6 EP.91 CAB INET OUR 222 0,6 mm2 EP .15 ITFL :5
CABINETOUR 18 1 mm2 EP.73 P123. : 12 CABINETOUR 222 0.6 mm2 EP .15 IV:2
D CABINETOUR 18 1 mm2 EP.91 P123. :26 CABINETOUR 222 0.6 mm2 EP .15 IVOR:2
CABINETOUR 19 0.6 mm2 CPARD:6 EP.74 CABINETOUR 222 0.6 mm2 EP .15 IVOR:5
CABINETOUR 19 0.6 mm2 CPARG:6 EP.74 CABINETOUR 222 1 mm2 801. : 12 B135: 13
CAB INETOUR 19 0.6 mm2 CPAVD:6 EP.74 CABINETOUR 222 1 mm2 B134: 3 EP.18
CABINETOUR 19 0.6 mm2 CPAVG:6 EP.74 CABINETOUR 222 1 mm2 EP.18 IPT:2
- CABINETOUR
CABINETOUR
19
19
0.6 mm2
1 mm2
CPP:6
EP.74
EP.74
P123. :40
CABINETOUR
CABINETOUR
222
222
1 mm2
1. 5 mm2
EP.18
895: 1
IPT:5
EP .18
CABINETOUR 22 0.6 mm2 BRS5D:7 EP.50 CABINETOUR 222 2.5 mm2 801. : 14 EP .15
CAB INETOUR 22 0.6 mm2 BV51A:7 EP,50 CAB INET OUR 222 2.5 mm2 B01.:15 EP .18
CABINETOUR 22 0.6 mm2 BV51B:S EP.50 CABINETOUR 230 1.5 mm2 BD4. :3 ISTA. :6
CABINETOUR 22 1 mm2 B01. :9 EP.50 CABINETOUR 238 1 mm2 BV51B:6 P60. :32
E CABINETOUR CABINETOUR 244 1 mm2 B01. :4 B94:2
22 1 mm2 B125 EP.50
CABINETOUR 29 1 mm2 894:6 P123. :22 CABINETOUR 260 0.6 mm2 BV51A:3 EP.B

E.P.s. :
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATUGOl3 ELE[TRI[ FiE WIRES LISTING Dessinateur: B.C I Date: 01112100
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PRIPREE DE PPM. L t£ PM ErnE N REPRCOOT, N CMUIlE SANS t()TRE AIJfOOlSATni I TltS OOAWNi IS l1£ flROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED 00 REPROO!EO W!THOOT om AU1"I1OOllAlm Verificateur : R.P. I Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 137
"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 1st 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 ! 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU FIL SECTION 1 TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU RL SECTiON I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINETOUR 260 1 mm2 BR51E:4 EP.13 CAB INET OUR 644 1 rnm2 EP.59 P123. :43
CAB1NETOUR 260 1 mm2 EP .13 P123. : 34 CABINETOUR 644 1 mm2 EP,59 P123. :44
CABINETOUR 286 1 mm2 COIAR: 1 P123.:6 CABINETOUR 644 2.5 mm2 803. :2 EP.S8
CABINETOUR 291 1 mm2 (PAV:3 P123. :38 CAB INETOUR 644 2,5 mm2 803. :4 EP.59
CABINETOUR 292 1 mm2 CPAV: 1 P123. :39 CABINETOUR 657 1 mm2 BX1.:24 8260:4
r- CABINETOUR 293 1 mm2 BV50A:2 P123. :36 CA61NETOUR 660 1 mm2 (SAR:3 P123. :49
CAB INETOUR 296 1 mm2 CDIAR:3 P123. :20 CABINETOUR 710 1 mm2 (oEAR; 1 P123.:53
CABINETOUR 322 1.5 mm2 B02. :7 BR51F: 10 CA61NETOUR 714 1 mm2 6135:9 P123. :9
CAB INETOUR 416 1.5 mm2 P60. :5 P12l.: 70 CABINETOUR 612 1 mm2 B95:7 IEGT:5
CAB INETOUR 444 1 mm2 EP.56 P123. :3 CABINETOUR 822 0.6 mm2 BV50A: 1 EP.26 .
CAB INETOUR 444 1 mm2 EP.56 P123, :4 CAB INET OUR 822 0,6 mm2 BV50A:5 EP.26
B CA8!NETGUR 444 1 mm2 EP.56 P123.:17 CABINETOUR 822 0.6 mm2 BV50A:7 EP.26
CABINETOUR 444 1 mm2 EP.S7 P123. ;31 CABINETOUR 822 0.6 mm2 CDEAR:2 EP.3
CAB INETOUR 444 1 mm2 EP.S7 P123, :32 CABINETOUR 822 0.6 mm2 CIRAV:2 EP.3
CAB INET OUR 444 1 mm2 EP.S7 P123.:45 CABINETOUR 822 1. 5 mm2 601. :7 EP.3
CAB INET OUR 444 1.5 mm2 EP.S1 P123.:18 CABINETOUR 822 1.5 mm2 B01. : 11 EP.26
- CABINETOUR 444 1.5 mm2 EP.51 P123. :46 CABINETOUR B87 1 mm2 CVDep:3 P60. :20
CABINETOUR 444 2.5 mm2 B01. :2 EP.56 CABINETOUR 922 1 mm2 8D2.:10 BR55D:4
CABINETOUR 444 2.5 mm2 BD2. :2 EP.S7 CABINETOUR 922 1 mm2 EP.21 581
CABINETOUR 444 2.5 mm2 B135: 10 EP.51 CABINETOUR 922 1. 5 mm2 B02:11 EP.21
CABINETOUR 456 1 mm2 BR52E:3 IOOR:2 CAB!NETOUR 944 0.6 mm2 (PAV:2 EP.69
( CAB INETOUR 466 0.6 mm2 BV50A:6 EP.71 CABINETOUR 944 0.6 mm2 CSAR:2 EP.69
CAB INETOUR 466 1 mm2 EP.71 P123.:46 CABINETOUR 944 0.6 mm2 CSAIJ:2 EP.69
CAB INETOUR 522 1 mm2 803. :3 ISTA. :2 CABINETOUR 944 1 mm2 EP.69 P123.:57
CABINETOUR 524 1 mm2 EP,)7 P123. :63 CAB INET OUR 960 0.6 mm2 BV51A: 1 EP.9
CABINETOUR 529 1 mm2 B94:4 P123. :25 CAB INET OUR 960 1 mm2 BR51F: 15 EP.9
CABINETOUR 556 1 mm2 BR52F:4 8128: 13 (ABI NETOUR 960 1 mm2 EP.9 P123. :35
- CABINETOUR 560 1 mm2 (SAR: 1 P123. :21 CABINETOUR 987 1 mm2 (VDCP: 1 P60. : 21
CABINETOUR 566 0.6 mm2 B1J50A:8 EP.71 CABINETOUR 1085 1 mm2 BR52F: 10 BX1. : 14
CABINETOUR 610 1 mm2 (DEAR: 3 P123. :52 CABINETOUR 1085 1 mm2 BR52F: 11 8128:6
CAB!NETOUR 612 0.6 mm2 EP.35 IE6T:1 CABINETOUR 1086 , mm2 BR52F:7 P60.: 44
CABINETOUR 612 0.6 mm2 EP.35 IE6T:6 CABINETDUR 1160 1 mm2 BR51F:1 BR51G: 12
D CABINETOUR 612 1 mm2 B95:4 EP.35 (AB!NETOUR 1322 1 mm2 BR51G: 15 EP.38
CABINETOUR 622 1 mm2 B128:1 EP.48 CABINETOUR 1322 1 mm2 BR60(:7 EP.38
CABINETOUR 622 1 mm2 8128:3 EP.48 CABINETOUR 1322 1 mm2 BX1. : 1 EP.38
CABINETOUR 622 1 mm2 EP.47 P60. : 17 CABINETOUR 1322 1 mm2 BX1. :4 EP.38
CABINETOUR 622 1 mm2 EP.47 P60. :45 (ABINETOUR 1322 1 mm2 BX1. : 12 EP.38
- CABINETOUR 622 1.5 mm2 B04.: 1 EP.47 CABINETOUR 1322 1 mm2 B260:1 EP.38
CABINETOUR 622 1.5 mm2 804. :2 EP.46 CABINETOUR 1450 0.6 mm2 BR550: 12 EP .16
CABINETOUR 644 1 mm2 EP.S8 P123.:1 CABINETOUR 1450 1 mm2 8135: 1 EP .16
CABINETOUR 644 1 mm2 EP.S8 P123.:2 (ABINETOUR 1450 1 mm2 EP.16 P60.: 1
CABINETOUR 644 1 mm2 EP.S8 P123.:15 CABINETOUR 1508 0.6 mm2 FFG. :6 P123.:64
CAB INETOUR 644 1 mm2 EP.S8 P123. : 16 CABINETOUR 1511 0.6 mm2 FFG. :5 P123. :66
E CAB INETOUR 644 1 mm2 EP.59 P123. :29 CABINETOUR 1622 0.6 mm2 CMOCP:2 EP.90
CAB INETOUR 644 1 mm2 EP.59 P123. :30 (ABINETOUR 1622 0.6 mm2 CMDCP:5 EP.90

EP.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 USTING DE FILS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATT40013 ELE[TRIC FILE WIRES LISTING I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L N: PEUT ETRE N REPROOlJT, .. C~ SANS NliRE A!J'l1R!SATot. I TItS DRAWN; IS Tl£ PRlFERTY OF PPM. IT IS ~T BE USED OR R£PROruCED wmIDUT 0lR AUTHORIZATot.
Dessinateur: S.C
Verificateur : RP. I Date:
01112/00
18/03/2002 PAGE: 138
I I 16 17 19 Imlfl'~lalul~I~IVI~lwlwl~lnIBI~I~IUlnl~l~J~I~lnITII~I~I~1~1~1~1~IM
'" 2 3 4 \5 \8
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU F1L SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU RL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINETOUR 1622 0.6 mm2 (VDCP:2 EP.90 CABINETOUR 3722 1. 5 mm2 BR600:3 EP.6
CABINETQUR 1622 1. 5 mm2 BDZ. : 15 EP.90 CAB INETOUR 3965 0.6 mm2 ITFL: 10 ITFL:4
CABINETOUR 1657 1 mm2 BR60C;10 EP.72 CAB INET OUR 4065 1.5 mm2 BR52F: 13 P60. :7
CABINETOUR 1657 1 mm2 8260:6 EP.72 CABINETOUR 4322 1 mm2 BR600: 13 BX1. : 16
CABINETOUR 1657 1 mm2 EP.72 P124:1 CAB INET OUR 4722 1 mm2 BR51F: 13 EP.23
r- CABINETOUR 1714 1 mm2 8135: 7 P123. :65 CABINETOUR 4722 1 mm2 EP.23 ISTA.: 1
CABINETOUR 1722 1 mm2 BR51G:9 EP.S3 CAB INET OUR 4722 1.5 mm2 BR60D:4 EP.23
CABINETOUR 1722 1 mm2 8R600:7 EP.5] CAB INET OUR 5065 1 mm2 BR60C:3 8260:5
CABINETOUR 1722 1 mm2 EP.S3 P123.:58 CAB INET OUR 5322 1 mm2 BR60(: 13 BX1. :6
CABINETOUR 1729 1 mm2 B94:5 P123, :37 CABINETOUR 7545 1 mm2 BR600:6 P60. : 34
CAB INETOUR 1806 1 mm2 CACL :3 P123, :23 CABINETOUR 6545 1.5 mm2 BR60D:11 P60.: 35
B CABINETOUR 1813 0.6 mm2 FFG. :2 P123,:67 CABINETOUR 8722 1 mm2 BR51E: 1 BR51G:6
CABINETOUR 1815 0.6 mm2 FFG. ;4 P123. :69 CABINETOUR 9102 1 mm2 CMDCP: 1 P123.:11
CABINETOUR 1818 1 mm2 CACL ; 1 P123. :24 CABINETOUR 9103 1 mm2 (MDCP:3 P123. :62
CAB INETOUR 1822 1 mm2 BD2, :8 BR600:8 CABINETOUR 9104 0.6 mm2 (MOCP:4 EP.89
CABINETOUR 1822 1 mm2 B02, :9 P60. : 33 CAB!NETOUR 9104 0.6 mm2 CMDCP:6 EP.89
-- CABINETOUR 1922 1 mm2 BR550: 1 BX1. : 5 CABINETOUR 9104 1 mm2 EP.89 P123. :7
CABINETOUR 2065 1 mm2 8R60C:15 EP.27 CABINETOUR 9106 1 mm2 EP.76 IVOR:1
CABINETOUR 2065 1 mm2 8128:7 EP.27 CABINETOUR 9107 1 mm2 EP.77 IVOR:]
CABINETOUR 2065 1 mm2 B128:9 EP.27 CABINETOUR 9196 0.6 mm2 IVOR: 10 IVOR:4
CABINETOUR 2065 1 mm2 8260:9 EP.27
( CAB INETOUR 2065 1. 5 mm2 EP.27 P60. :6 CABINTPORT BLACK COble type 0 B42:4 S186
CABINETOUR 2085 1 mm2 BX1. : 13 8128:15 CABINTPORT BLACK CObte type 0 842:5 S187
CA8I NETOUR 2220 1.5 mm2 B01,: 13 B95: 13 CABINTPORT BLACK (Oble type E B42:6 5153.
CAB INETOUR 2301 1 mm2 8237:-- IV:1 CABINTPORT BLACK COble type E B42:10 S154.
CAB INETOUR 2322 1 mm2 BR60C:9 EP.63 CAB INTPORT BLUE COble type 0 842:1 5186
....... CAB INETOUR 2322 1 mrn2 BR60(:11 EP.63 CABINTPORT BLUE (Oble type 0 B42:2 S187
CAB INETOUR 2322 1 mm2 B260:3 EP.63 CAB INTPORT BLUE COble type E 842:3 5153.
CAB INETOUR 2322 1 mm2 B260:7 EP.63 CAB INTPORT 8LUE Cable type E B42:7 S154.
CAB INETOUR 2450 0.6 mm2 BR55D:6 EP .17 CABINTPORT 15 1 mm2 EP .. 3 S193
CABINETOUR 2450 0.6 mm2 BR55D:11 EP .17 CABINTPORT 15 1 mm2 EP .. 3 5198
CAB!NETOUR 2450 1 mrn2 8135: 14 EP.17 CABINTPORT 1S 1 mm2 EP .. '3 5199
D CAB!NETOUR 2450 1 mm2 EP.17 P60. :2 CAB1NTPORT 15 1.5 mm2 842:11 EP .. 3
CABINETOUR 2465 1 mm2 S81 562 CABINTPORT 301 1 mm2 EP .. 7 S193
CABINETOUR 2922 1 mm2 BX1. :6 B135:8 CABINTPORT 301 1 mm2 EP .. 7 5198
CABINETOUR 3065 1 mm2 ITFL: 1 P60,:19 CABINTPORT 301 1 mmZ EP .. 7 5199
CABINETOUR 3450 0.6 mm2 BR55D:8 BX1. : 23 CAB INT PORT 301 1. 5 mm2 B42:9 EP .. 7
- CAB INETOUR 3465 0.6 mm2 BR52E:4 EP .14 CABINTPORT 315 1 mm2 EP .. 6 5193
CAB INET OUR 3465 1 mm2 EP.14 S82 (ABINTPORT 315 1 mmZ EP .. 6 5196
CAB INET OUR 3722 0.6 mm2 BV50A:3 EP.6 CAB INTPORT 315 1 mm2 EP .. 6 S199
CAB INETOUR 3722 0.6 mm2 CPARO:2 EP.6 CABINTPORT 315 1.5 mm2 842:8 EP .. 6
CAB INETOUR 3722 0.6 mm2 CPARG:2 EP.6
E
CABINETOUR 3722 0.6 mm2 CPAVO:2 EP.6 CABINTTOUR 11 1. 5 mm2 695. : 12 5102.; I
CAB INETOUR 3722 0.6 mm2 (PAVG:2 EP.6 CABINTTOUR 15 1.5 mm2 B95. :3 EP ... 1
CABINETOUR 3722 0.6 mm2 CPP:2 EP.6 CABINTTOUR 15 1. 5 mm2 B95. : 10 EP ... 2

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 LISTING DE FILS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE WIRES LISTING I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA fIR(fR£fE IE PPK. L t£ PEUT ETRE N REPIm..lT. N mtU«l£ SANS t1)TRE AUTOOISATDt I THS OOAWHi IS Tf£ PR<FERTY OF PPM. IT IS t1)T BE USED 00 REPROOX:ED wmwr om AlJ'TI-mZATDt
Dessinateur: B.t
OV12JOO
18/0312002 PAGE: 139
""-11213 4 I 5 ! 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I W 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 20 I 21 I 22 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 27 I 28 I 29 30 ! 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 J 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU AL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CABINTTOUR 15 1.5 mm2 895.:15 B126:2 (HASSI SCOF 2 Cable type A EP31 ... E233:2
CABINTTOUR 15 1.5 mm2 8123:4 EP ... 2 CHASSISCOF 2 Cable type A EP31 ... E234:2
CAB INTTOUR 15 1.5 mm2 8126:4 EP ... 2 CHASSI SCOF 2 Coble type A EP31 ... E236:2
CABINTTOUR 15 1.5 mm2 EP ... 1 S102. :-- CHASSI SCOF 2 COble type A EP31. .. E237:2
CABINTTOUR 15 1.5 mm2 EP. '" 1 5109. CHASSISCOF 2 CObte type A EP35 ... E43:2
!'""-
CABINTTOUR 16 1.5 mm2 895. :6 S109. CHASSISCOF 2 COble type A EP35 ... E44:2
CABINTTOUR 30 1. 5 mm2 895.: 13 6126: 1 CHASS1SCOF 2 COble type A EP37 ... E200:2
CABINTTOUR 222 1. 5 mm2 695. : 1 EP ... 3 CHASSISCOF 2 COble type A EP39 ... E201: 2
CAB!NTTOUR 222 1.5 mm2 B123:1 EPo. .3 CHASSISCOF 2 (Oble type A EP44 ... E164:2
CABINTTOUR 222 1.5 mm2 8126:3 EP ... 3 CHASSISCOF 2 COble type A EP44. <' E206:2
CABINTTOUR 612 1.5 mm2 895. :4 B123:2 CHASSISCOF 2 COble fype B EP18 ... E2:2
B CABINTTOUR 812 1.5 mm2 895. :7 8123:3 CHASSISCOF 2 COble type B EP21. .. E5:2
[HASS!SCOF 2 COble type B EP21 ... E31 :2
CHASSIS(OF BLUE Cable type 0 EP11 ... S44 CHA5S!SCOF 2 COble type B EP24 ... E8:2
CHASSIS(OF BLUE Cable type E EP17 ... P217:2 CHASSI SCOF 2 COble fype B EP24 ... E11: 2
CHASSISCOF BROWN COble type 0 EP51. .. 544 CHASSI SCQF 2 COble type B EP30 ... E10:2
- CHASSISCOF BROWN Cable type E EP12o. . P217: 1 CHASSISCOF 2 COble type B EP41 ... E49:2
CHASSISCOF 1 COble type A EP14 ... E234:1 [HASSISCOF 2 1. 5 mm2 EP2 ... P35:J
CHASSISCOF 1 COble type A EP25 ... E42:1 CHASSISCOF 2 1. 5 mm2 EP2o. . P45:G
CHASSISCOF 1 Cable type A EP27 ... E6: 1 CHASSIS(OF 2 1. 5 mm2 EP2,. . P55:15
(HASSI SCOF 1 (Oble type A EP33 ... E43:1 CHASSISCOF 3 1. 5 mm2 EP3 ... P35:G
( CHASSISCOF 1 COble type A EP:34 ... E44:1 CHASSISCOF 3 1. 5 mm2 EP3 ... P45:J
CHASSISCOF 1 Cable type A EP36 ... E200:1 CHASSISCOF :3 1. 5 mm2 EP3 ... P55:29
CHASSISCOF 1 COble type A EP36 ... E201: 1 CHASSISCOF 4 1. 5 mm2 EP4 ... P35:E
CHASSISCOF 1 Cable type A EP42 ... E206:1 CHASSISCOF 4 1. 5 mm2 EP4 ... P45:L
CHASSI SCOF 1 COble type A EP43 ... E184:1 CHASSISCOF 4 1.5 mm2 EN ... P55:43
CHASSISCOF 1 COble type A EP45 ... E7: 1 CHASSISCOF 5 1 mm2 EP5 ... P35:N
- (HASSISCOF 1 (Oble type A EP49 ... E236:1 CHASSISCOF 5 1 mm2 EPS ... P45:N
(HASSI SCOF 1 (Oble type A EPSO ... E185: 1 CHASSISCOF 5 1. 5 mm2 EP5 ... P55:57
(HASSISCOF 1 Co.ble type A EP52 ... E237:1 CHASSISCOF 14 1 mm2 P55:34 P201:3
CHASSISCOF 1 (Oble type A EP53 ... E233: 1 CHASSISCOF 15 1 mm2 EP11 ... EP17 ...
(HASSISCOF 1 COble type B EP15 ... E49:1 CHASSISCOF 15 1 mmZ EP21. .. P55:23
0 CHASSISCOF 1 (Oble type B EP16 ... E2:1 CHASSISCOF 15 1 mm2 EP24 ... P55:22
CHASSISCOF 1 COble type B EP19 ... E31:1 CHASSISCOF 15 1 mmZ EP31 ... P55:31
CHASSISCOF 1 (Oble type B EP20 ... E5:1 CHASSISCOF 15 1 mm2 EP31. .. P55:59
CHASSI SCOF 1 Cable type B EP22 .. , E11:1 CHASSISCOF 15 1 mm2 EP44 ... P55:27
CHASSISCOF 1 COble type B EP23 ... E8: 1 (HASSI SCOF 1S 1 mm2 PSS: 19 P250:(
f-- CHASSISCOF 1 (Oble type B EP29 ... E10: 1 CHASSISCOF 15 1.5 mm2 EP10 ... P35:C
CHASSISCOF 1 1.5 mm2 EP1 ... P35:l CHASSISCOF 15 1. 5 mm2 EP10 ... P45:C
CHASSISCOF 1 1.5 mm2 EP1 ... P45:E CHASSISCOF 15 1. 5 mm2 EP10 ... P55:58
CHASSISCOF 1 1.5 mm2 EP1 ... P55:1 (HASSI SCOF 15 1.5 mm2 EP11 ... P55:61
CHASSISCOF 2 COble type A EP26 ... E42:2 CHASSI SCOF 15 1.5 mm2 EP26 ... P55:26
CHASSISCOF 2 (Oble type A EP28 ... E6:2 CHASSISCOF 1S 1.5 mm2 EP35 ... P55:28
E (HASSISCOF Cable type A
2 EP28 ... E7:2 CHASS!SCOF 1S 1. 5 mm2 EP41 ... P55:66
CHASSISCOF 2 COble type A EP31 ... E185:2 CHASSI SCOF 15 1.5 mm2 P55:40 P227:2
ETUDE: 1371
PPM TEREX E.P.S. ;
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3
LISTING DE FILS
WIRES LISTING
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 a.c. I Date:
CR 107366 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT Em: If REPImJT, If [(HUI(l£ SANS OOTR£ AUTOOISATm I THS OOAWNi IS 11£ PR!fERTY a= PPf1.1T IS t()T BE USED 00 REPROOXED wmror
Dessinateur:
em AUTHORIZATm Veri:ficatcur : RP, I Date:
01112/00
18/0312002 PAGE: 140
~ I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(L I STI NG DE FILS)
FAISCEAU FIL SECTION / TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU FIL SECTION / TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A CHASSISCOF 15 1.5 mm2 P55:63 S11:31 CHASSISCOF 1360 1 mm2 EP43 ... P55:41
CHASSISCOF 15 1.5 mm2 P55:65 P228:2 CHASSISCOF 1525 1. 5 mm2 P55:38 P228:1
CHASSISCOF 15 7 mm2 M20 S185:- I (osse de 6 CHASSISCOF 1525 1.5 mm2 P55:39 P227:1
CHASSISCOF 18 1 mm2 EP37 ... P55:69 CHASSISCOF 1625 1.5 mm2 EP7 ... P35:P
(HASSIS(OF 18 1.5 mm2 EP8 ... P35:B CHASSI SCOF 1625 1.5 mm2 EP7 ... P45:P
CHASSISCQF 18 1.5 mm2 EP8 ... P45:B CHASSISCOF 1625 1. 5 mm2 EP7 ... P55: 16
- CHASSISCOF 18 1.S mm2 EP8 ... P55:30 CHASSISCOF 2014 1 mm2 EP15 ... P20D:4
CHASSISCOF 19 1 mm2 EP39 ... P55:70 CHASSISCOF 2014 1 mm2 EP15 ... P201:4
(HASSISCOF 19 1.5 mm2 EP9 ... P35:D CHASSIS(OF 2714 1 mm2 P200:3 P201: 2
CHASS ISCOF 19 1.5 mm2 EP9 ... P45:0 CHASSISCOF 8696 1 mm2 P55:6 P250;B
(HASSIS(OF 19 1. 5 mm2 EP9 ... P55:44 CHASSISCOF 12360 1 mm2 EP49 ... P55:3
B CHASSISCOF 50 1 mm2 EP12 ... P55:47 CHASSISCOF 14360 1 mm2 EP52 ... P55:52
CHASSISCOF 66 1 mm2 EP16 ... P55: 10 CHASSISCOF 21260 1 mm2 EP50 ... P55: 17
CHASSISCOF 110 1 mm2 EPn ... P55:6 CHASSISCOF 22360 , mm2 EP53 ... P55:48
CHASSISCOF 130 1. 5 mm2 P55:49 511:86
CHAS5I SCOF 210 1 mm2 EP23 ... P55:36 05350( .... TRESSE COble fype K BX2:2 P89
- CHASSISCOF 286 1 mm2 EP33 ... P55: 14 05350C .... TRESSE COble type K BX2:21 PBB
CHASSISCOF 291 1 mm2 EP19 .. , P55:9 DS350( .... TRESSE (Oble type L BX2:4 5128:16
CHASSISCOF 292 1 mm2 EP20 .. , P55:37 DS350( .... 1 COble type K BX2:5 P8B:A
CHASSISCOF 293 1 mm2 EP18 ... P55:24 OS350( .... 1 (oble type K BX2:6 P89:A
CHASSI SCOF 296 1 mm2 EP34 ... P55:42 OS350(, ... 1 COble type L 8X2:7 S128: 1
C (HASSISCOF 403 1.5 mm2 P55:4 S185:5 , (osse de 5 OS350( .... 2 COble type K BX2:9 P88:B
(HASSISCOF 441 1 mm2 EP30 ... P55:64 DS350( .... 2 (Oble type K BX2: 10 P89:B
CHASSI SCOF 460 1 mm2 EP27 ... P55:54 OS350( .... 2 Cable type L BX2: 15 5128:2
CHASSISCOF 503 1.5 mm2 P55: 18 5185:1 , cosse de 5 DS350C. , .. 3 (able type K BX2: 13 P88:(
(HASSI5COF 525 1 mm2 EP51 ... P55:33 05350C .... 3 COble type K BX2: 14 P89:(
CHASSI SCOF 525 1 mm2 P55:5 P250:A D5350( .... 3 (Oble type L BX2: 19 5128:3
r--
CHA5SISCOF 532 1 mm2 EP28 ... P55:68 OS350( .... 4 (Oble type K BX2: 17 P88:0
CHASSIS(OF 603 1. 5 mm2 P55:32 5185:2 I (osse de 5 OS350( .... 4 (Oble type K BXZ: 18 P89:D
CHASSISCOF 625 1.5 mm2 EP6 ... P35:A OS350C .... 4 (Oble type L BX2:11 S128:4
CHASSIS(OF 625 1.5 mm2 EP6 ... P45:A 05350C, ... 5 (Oble type l BX2:22 S128:7
CHASSIS(OF 625 1.5 mm2 EP6 ... P55:2 OS350( .... 6 (Oble type l BX2:23 5128:8
D CHASSISCOF 703 1.5 mm2 P55:46 S185:3 1 cosse de 5 05350( .... 7 (Oble type L BX2: 16 S128: 13
CHASSISCOF 714 1 mm2 P55:20 P200:2
CHAS51SCOF 718 1 mm2 EP42 ... P55: 13 FA I5CEAU .. V/J - JBCe. : 1 PBSG
CHAS51SCOF 719 1 mm2 EP25" . P55: 12 FAISCEAU .. 1 - JBCC. : 1 PB5G: 1
(HASS!SCOF 769 1 mm2 EP29 ... P55:50 FAISCEAU .. 2 - JBCC : 2 PBSG:2
'-- CHASSISCOF 803 1.5 mm2 P55:60 5185:4 I cosse de 5 FAISCEAU .. 3 - J8C(. : 2 PBSG:3
CHASSIS(OF 844 1 mm2 EPB ... P200:1 FAISCEAU .. 4 - JBCe. : 3 PBSG:3
CHASSISCOF 844 1 mm2 EP13 ... P201: 1 FAI5CEAU .. 5 - JBCe. : 5 PBSG:5
CHASSISCOF 844 1.5 mm2 EP13 ... P55:7 FAISCEAU .. 6 - lBCe. : 6 PBSG:6
(HASSISCOF 860 1 mm2 EP45 ... P55:67
CHASSIS(OF 1018 1 mm2 EP36 ... P55:55 FlECHE .... BLUE COble type E P68. :F S91
E FlECHE .... BLUE COble type E P68. :W 5128:+
CHA5SI SCOF 1019 1 mm2 EP36 ... P55:56
CHASSISCOF 1360 1 mm2 EP14 ... P55:51 FLECHE .... BROWN (Oble type E P68. :T 591

EP5. :
DOSSIER ELECTR{QUE ATT400/3
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FiE
LISTING DE FILS
WIRES LISTING
ATT400/3
I Date: 01112/00
INDICE : 0
Dessinateur: S.C
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRIETE Il: PPM. L t£ PEUT Emf N R'EPRCD.IT. N CMlNlE SANS t«>TRE AUTOOISATm I TItS DRAWf4G IS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS N.lT BE USED 00 REPROCU:ED wrra:m om AlJTl-(RZATOt Verificateur: RP. ! Date: 18/0312002
PAGE: 141
N I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 J 11 J 12 I 13 I 14 t 15 I 16 ! 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
ell ST ING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU FIL SECTION { TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU Fil SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A FLECHE .... BROWN CCible type E P66. :V 5128:- MOTEUR .... 15 1 mmZ EP11 .... 5221:/ cosse de 10
FLECHE .. , . 1 COble type A E93:1 P68. :0 MOTEUR .... 15 2.5 mm2 BX1 :9 1'120
HECHE .... 1 C6bte type A E94:1 P68. :A MOTEUR .. ,. 15 2.5 mm2 BX1: 11 1'120
FLECHE .... 2 (Oble type A E93:2 P68. :P MOTEUR .... 15 10 mm2 H2O 561:8- I cosse de 6
FLECHE .... 2 Cable type A E94:2 P68. :B MOTEUR, ... 23 1 mm2 P15: 1 5221 : I c lip de 6.35
i--
MOTEUR .... 31 1 mm2 EP1. ... FMR4: 13
FlECHETTE. BLUE [fible type E FL 1:6 5243.:4 MOTEUR .... 31 1 mm2 EP1. ... P15: 18
FLECHETTE. BLUE C(jble type E S243. :4 5243. : 1 MOTEUR .. , . 31 1 mm2 EP1 .... P61 :2
FlECHETTE. BLUE COble type F Fl. :3 5243. :2 MOTEUR .... 51 1 mm2 P15: 12 S69
FLECHETTE. BROWN Cable type E EP368 Fl1: 2 MOTEUR .... 95 1 mm2 B68:2 P15:26
FlECHETTE. BROWN (Oble type F EP368 FL, :2 MOTEUR. , .. 123 1 rnm2 B182:1 P15: 15
B FLECHETTE. GN/Yl COble type F FL. :6 5243. :3 MOTEUR .. '. 126 1 mm2 FMR4:11 P61: 1
MOTEUR .... 145 1 mm2 B66: 1 P15:40
MEGACOMP .. BROWN COble type AA BX2:5 P88 .. : 1 MOTEUR .... 241 2.5 mm2 BX1: 12 560:50 I cosse de 6
MEGACOMP .. BROWN Cable type AA BX2:6 PB9 .. : 1 MOTEUR .... 293 1 mm2 EP2 .... P15:11
MEGACOMP .. BROWN COble type AB BX2: 19 5128 MOTEUR .... 440 1 mm2 P61: 3 560:30 1 (osse de 10
- MEGACOMP .. GREEN Cable type AA BX2: 17 P8B .. : 3 MOTEUR .... 640 1 mm2 P61 :4 511:300
MEGACOMP .. GREEN ((jble type AA BX2: 18 P89 .. :3 MOTEUR .... 640 2.5 mm2 BX1 :5 511:300
MEGACOMP .. GREEN (Oble type AB BX2: 1S 5128 MOTEUR .... 640 2.5 mm2 BX1:6 511: 300
MEGACOMP .. GREY Cable type AB BX2:22 S128 MOTEUR .... 640 10 mm2 S11: 300 S61:B+ I cosse de 8
MEGACOMP .. PINK COble type AB BX2:23 5128 MOTEUR .. , . 1005 1 mm2 BX1: 13 P15:67
C MEGACOMP .. TRESSE COble type AA BX2:2 P89 .. :-- MOTEUR .... 4000 1 mm2 EP12 .... P15: 14
MEGACOMP .. TRE55E Cable type AA BX2:21 PBB .. :-- MOTEUR .... 4141 1 mm2 BX1 :8 P15:7
MEGACOMP .. TRESSE Cable type AB BX2:4 5128 MOTEUR. , .. 5000 1 mm2 EPB .... P15:28
MEGACOMP .. WHITE Cable type AA BX2:9 PB8 .. :2 MOTEUR .... 6000 1 mm2 EP18 .... P15:42
MEGACOMP .. WHITE COble type AA BX2: 10 P89 .. :2 MOTEUR .... 7000 1 mm2 EP19 .... P15:56
MEGA(OMP .. WHITE (Oble type AB BX2:7 S128
- MEGACOMP .. YELLOW Cable type AB BX2:11 5128 PARECHOCS. 15 1 mm2 EP3 . P211:2
PARECHOC5. 15 1 mm2 EP3 . P216:2
MOTEUR .. " FMR4:6 R:I 3300 ohms PARECHOCS. 15 1 mmZ EP4 . P221; 2
MOTEUR .... FMR4:9 R:I 3300 ohms PARECHO[5. 15 1 mlll2 EP4 . P226:2
MOTEUR .... BLACK Cable type H EP19 .... P59 PARECHOCS. 15 1 mm2 EP5 . P215:2
0 MOTEUR .... BLUE COble type 0 EP3 .... 551 PARECHOCS. 15 1 mm2 EPS . 5141
MOTEUR .... BLUE Cable type H EP12 .... P59 PARECHOC5. 15 1 mm2 EP5 . 5143
MOTEUR .... BROWN COble type 0 EP2 .... S51 PARECHOCS. 15 1 mm2 EP5 . 5255
MOTEUR .... BROWN COble type H EP13., .. P59 PARECHOC5. 15 1 mm2 EP6 . P214:2
MOTEUR ... , CAN-H (Oble type C BX1: 1 FMR4:3 PARECHO[S. 15 1 mm2 EP6 . 5140
...- MOTEUR .... CAN-L COble type C BX1 :2 FMR4:1 PARECHOC5. 15 1 mm2 EP6 . S144
MOTEUR .... HF-GND COble type C BX1 :3 FMR4:2 PARECHO(S. 15 1 mm2 EP6 . S254
MOTEUR .... HF-GND COble type C BX1:4 FMR4:2 PARECHOCS. 15 1.5 mm2 EP3 . P51 :5
MOTEUR .... WHITE COble type H EP18 .... P59 PARECHOCS. 15 1.5 mm2 EP4 . P51:0
MOTEUR .... 14 1 mm2 aX1: 15 P15:64 PARECHOCS. 15 1. 5 mm2 EP5 . P51:F
MOTEUR .... 15 1 mm2 8162:2 EP11 .... PARECHOC5. 15 1.5 mm2 EP6 . P51 ;0
E MOTEUR .... EP3 .... P15:25 PARECHOCS. 1 mm2 EP7 . P51 :8
15 1 mm2 33
MOTEUR .... 15 1 mm2 EP11 .... P15:20 PARECHOCS. 33 1 mm2 EP7 . SUO

E.p.s. :
ATT40013 ELE[TRI[ FILE
LISTING DE FILS
WIRES LISTING
ATT400/3
s.c. I Date: 01112/00
INDICE : 0
MACHINE : 241210 --> Dessinateur:
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE Pfltt L t£ PEUT EIRE N REPROOln. MCCHUIl.E SANS OOTRE AUrOOlSAlllt I TIIS CRAWHlIS TI£ PROPERTY OF PPK IT IS N)T BE USED 00 REPROOO.:EO WITHOOT 0lR AUTImlZAJl()i VCrificateur; RP. I Date: 18/03/2002 PAGE: 142
I"J 121314151617 16J9 IWJftl~laIUI~I~IUI~lwlwl~lnlnl~I~luIVIWI~I~I~I~!nl~I~I~I~I~I~I~IM
(LISTING DE FILS)
FA!SCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU RL SECTION f TYPE TENANT ABOUT!55ANT
A PARECHOCS. 33 1 mm2 EP7 . 5144 STABECLAIR 15 1 mm2 8194: I P5: 18
PARECHOCS. 39 1 mm2 EP8 . P51 :H STABECLAIR 15 1 mm2 EP20 .. P5: 19
PARECHOCS. 39 1 mm2 EP8 . 5141 STABECLAIR 15 1 mm2 EP21. . P5:39
PARECHO(S. 39 1 mm2 EP8 . 5143 STABECLAIR 15 1 mm2 EP30 .. P52:6
PARECHOCS. 111 1.5 mm2 P51:M P221 : 1 STABECLAIR 1S 1 mm2 EP30 .. P188:2
- PARECHOCS.
PARECHOCS.
PARECHOCS.
111
114
114
1.5 mm2
1 mm2
1 mm2
P51 :U
EP1 .
EP1 .
P211: 1
P51 :C
P214; 1
STABECLAIR
STABECLAIR
STABECLAIR
15
15
15
1 mm2
1 mm2
1 mm2
EP30 ..
EP30 ..
EP30 ..
P241: 2
P242:2
P243:2
PARECHOCS. 114 1 mm2 EP1 . S254 STABECLAIR 15 1 mm2 EP31 .. P53:6
PARECHOCS. 116 1.5 mm2 P51 :N P226: 1 STABECLAIR 15 1 mm2 EP31. . P53:8
PARECHOCS. 116 1.5 mm2 P51 :T P216:1 STABECLAIR 15 1 mm2 EP31. . P189:2
B PARECHOCS. 214 1 mm2 EP2 . P51 :G STABECLAIR 15 1 mm2 EP31. . P231: 2
PARECHOCS. 214 1 mm2 EP2 . P215:1 STABECLAIR 15 1 mm2 EP31 .. P232;2
PARECHOCS. 214 1 mm2 EP2 . 5255 STABEClAIR 15 1 mm2 EP31. . P233:2
STABECLAIR 15 1. 5 mm2 EP30 .. P5:69
STABEClAIR BLACK COble type 0 EP20 .. S9 STABECLAIR 15 1,5 mm2 EP31 .. P5:70
- STABECLAIR
STABECLAIR
BLACK
BLACK
[able
COble
type D
type 0
EP21. .
EP33 ..
S18
pno
STABECLAIR
STABECLAIR
15
1S
1.5 mm2
1.5 mm2
EP40 ..
P5:56
P5:60
S33
STABECLAIR BLUE (Oble type 0 EP19 .. 59 STABECLAIR 33 1 mm2 EP28 .. P5: 13
STABECLAIR BLUE Cable type 0 EPn .. S18 STABECLAIR 33 1 mm2 EP28. , P53: 1
STABECLAIR BLUE COble type 0 EP32 .. PHO STABEClAIR 33 1 mm2 EP28 .. 533
C STABECLAIR BLUE COble type E EP40 .. P224:2 5TABECLAIR 39 1 mm2 EP23 .. P5: 14
5TABECLAIR BLUE Cflbte type E EP43 .. 5262 STABECLAIR 39 1 mm2 EP23 .. P52: 1
STABECLAIR BROWN Cab! e type E EP42 .. S262 STABEClAIR 39 1 mm2 EP23 .. 533
STABECLAIR BROWN Cable type E EP43 .. P224:1 STABECLAIR 49 1 mm2 P5:6 S10
STABECLAIR 1 COble type A EP1 .. E190:1 STABECLAIR 99 1 mm2 EP26 .. P52:4
STABECLAIR 1 Cable type A EP4 .. E192: 1 STABECLAIR 99 1 mm2 EP26 .. P53:4
r--
STABECLAIR 1 Cable type A EP5 .. E191:1 STABECLAIR 99 1 mm2 EP26 .. P53:7
STABECLAIR 1 Cable type A EP8 .. E193:1 STABECLAIR 99 1. 5 mm2 EP26 .. P5:42
STABECLA!R 1 COble type A EP9 .. E194:1 STABECLAIR 114 1 mm2 EP29 .. P53:2
STABECLAIR 1 Cable type A EP10 .. E195:1 STABECLAIR 114 1 mm2 EP29. > P189:1
STABECLAIR 1 (able type A EP11 .. E196:1 STABECLA1R 114 1 mm2 EP29 .. PZ31: 1
0 STABECLA!R 1 COble type A EP12 .. E197:1 STABECLAIR 114 1 mm2 EP29. , P232: 1
STABECLAIR 1 Cable type A EP38 .. E101:1 STABECLAIR 114 1 rnm2 EP29 .. P233:1
STABEClAIR 1 Cable type A EP39 .. E102:1 STABEClAIR 114 1 mm2 EP29 .. S33
STABECLAIR 2 COble type A EP2, . E192:2 STABECLAIR 114 1.5 mm2 EP29 .. P5:27
STABECLAIR 2 Cable type A EP3 .. E190:2 STABECLA!R 138 1 mm2 6194:--- P5;4
r-- STABECLAIR 2 COble type A EP6 .. E193:2 STABECLAIR 149 1 mm2 P5:21 P260:A
STABECLAIR 2 Cable tYDe A EP7 .. E191:2 STABEClAIR 203 1 mm2 EP25 .. P52:3
STABECLAIR 2 COble type A EP14 .. E194:2 STABECLAIR 203 1 mm2 EP25 .. P53:3
5TABECLAIR 2 Cable type A EP15 .. E196:2 STABEClAIR 203 1 mm2 EP25 .. S33
STABECLAIR 2 Cable type A EP17 .. E195:2 STABECLAIR 203 1. 5 mm2 EP25 .. P5:41
STABECLAIR 2 Cable type A EP18 .. E197:2 STABEElAIR 214 1 mml EP24 .. P52:2
E STABEClAIR 2 Cable type A EP40 .. E101:2 STABE(LAIR 214 1 mm2 EP24 .. P188:1
STABECLAIR 2 Cable type A EP40 .. E102:2 STABECLAIR 214 1 mm2 EP24 .. P241: 1
ETUDE; 1371
PPM TEREX E.PS :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 40013 LISTING DE FILS
ATT400j3 INDICE : 0
ArUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE WIRES LISTING Dessinateur: B.t I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE: 2412W -->
CE PLAN EST LA PR(fR£TE DE PPM. L t£ PElJT EIRE N REf'RIlllT. N a»tUIl.E SANS t«lTRE AUTtRSATkli I TIIS OOAWHi IS 11-£ PfmRTY IF PPH.IT IS t«lT BE USED 00 REPRm.(El) wmnrr om AtJ'ffmlATOt Verificateur: RP. I Date:
21112/00
18103/2002 PAGE: 143
N I2 I3 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 J 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 J 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 VI~I~I~I~I~ITII~I~I~I~I~I~I~IM
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAI5CEAU FIL SECTION / TYPE TENANT ABOUTI5SANT FAISCEAU FIL SECTION I TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A STABECLAIR 214 1 mm2 EP24 .. P242:1 TOURELLE .. BROWN COble type E EP9 573:/ clip mate
STABECLA1R 214 1 mm2 EP24 .. P243:1 TOURELlE .. BROWN COble type E EP17 586.
STABECLAIR 214 1 mm2 EP24 .. S33 TOURELlE .. BROWN Cable type E P60:17 597
STABECLAIR 214 1. 5 mm2 EP24 .. P5:28 TOURELLE .. 1 COble type A EP4 E104:1
STABEClAIR 310 1 mm2 EP33. , P5:25 TOURELLE .. 1 COble type A EP5 E103:1
f--
STABECLAIR 466 1 mm2 EP19 .. P5:5 TDURElLE .. 1 COble type A EP11 E74:1
STABECLAIR 514 1 mm2 EP27 .. P52:5 TOURELlE .. 1 COble type A EP11 E75:1
STABECLAIR 514 1 mm2 EP27 .. P53:5 TOURELlE, . 1 COble type A EP12 E105: 1
STABEClAIR 514 1.5 mm2 EP27 .. P5:55 TOURELLE .. 2 COble type A EP3 E103:2
5TABEClAIR 566 1 mm2 EP22 .. P5: 10 TOURELLE .. 2 COble type A EP3 E104:2
STABECLAIR 615 1 mm2 EP2. , EP3 .. TOURELLE .. 2 COble type A EPB E74:2
B STABECLAIR 815 1 mm2 EP13 .. EP14. , TOURELLE .. 2 COble type A EPn E75:2
STABECLAIR 815 1 rnm2 EPn .. EP15 .. TOURELLE .. 2 COble type A EPB E105:2
STABECLAIR 815 1.5 mm2 EP2 .. P5: 15 TOURELLE. , 15 1 mm2 EP7 PL 10: 2
5TABECLAIR 815 1.5 mm2 EPn .. P5:22 TOURELLE .. 15 1 mm2 EP7 PL1M:2
STABECLA!R 844 1 mm2 EP32 .. P5:11 TOURELLE .. 15 1 mm2 EP7 PRD:2
- STABECLAIR 844 1 mm2 EP41 .. EP42 .. TOURELLE .. 15 1 mm2 EP7 PRM:2
STABECLAIR 844 1 mm2 EP41 .. P5:7 TOURELlE .. 15 1 mm2 EP7 PTR:2
STABECLAIR 844 1 mm2 EP41 .. P260:B TOURELLE .. 15 1 mm2 EP7 PTS:2
STABEClAIR 915 1 mm2 EP6 .. EP7 .. TOURElLE .. 15 1 mm2 EP14 P68:B
STABECLAIR 915 1 mm2 EP16 .. EP17 .. TOURElLE .. 15 1 mrn2 EP14 P68:K
( STABECLAIR 915 1 mm2 EP16 .. EP18 .. TOURELLE .. 15 1 mm2 EP14 P68:P
STABEClAIR 915 1.5 mm2 EP6 .. P5: 16 TOURELLE .. 15 1 mm2 EP14 P68:Q
STABECLAIR 915 1. 5 mm2 EP16 .. P5:23 TOURELLE .. 15 1 mm2 EP14 P68:V
STABECLAIR 1181 1 mm2 EP1 .. P5: 1 TOURElLE .. 15 1. 5 mm2 B250: I M10
STABECLAIR 1182 1 mm2 EP4. , P5:29 TOURELlE .. 15 1. 5 mm2 EP2 P60: 13
STABECLAIR 1183 1 mm2 EP9 .. P5:8 TOURELLE .. 15 1.5 mm2 EP2 P60: 14
- STABECLAIR 1184 1 mm2 EP11 .. P5:36 TOURELLE .. 15 1.5 mm2 EP2 P60:27
STABECLAIR 1381 1 mm2 EPS .. P5:2 TOURElLE .. 15 1. 5 mm2 EP2 P60:28
STABEClAIR 1382 1 mm2 EPS .. P5:30 TOURELLE .. 15 1. 5 mm2 EP3 M10
STABECLAIR 1383 1 mm2 EP10 .. P5:9 TOURELLE .. 15 1.5 mm2 EPn M10
STABECLAIR 1364 1 mm2 EP12 .. P5:37 TOURELLE .. 15 1. 5 mm2 EP15 P60:41
0 STABECLAIR 9102 1 mm2 EP38 .. P5:61 TOURELLE .. 15 1. 5 mm2 EP15 P60:42
STABECLAIR 9103 1 mm2 EP39 .. PS:62 TOURELLE .. 15 1.5 mm2 EP15 P60:55
TOURELLE .. 15 1.5 mm2 EP15 P60:56
STINGER ... BLUE Cable type E Fl1. :6 FL2:6 TOURELLE. , 15 2.5 mm2 EP7 M10
STINGER. ,. BROWN COble type E FL1. :2 fL2:2 TOURELLE. , 15 2.5 mm2 EPH M10
- TOURELLE .. 15 7 mm2 EP2 M10
TOURElLE .. BLUE Cable type
E EP3 586. TOURElLE .. 15 7 mm2 EP15 M10
TOURELlE .. BLUE COble type
E EP3 5111:/ (osse de 4 TOURElLE .. 16 1 mm2 EP16 EP17
TOURElLE .. BLUE COble type
E EP9 S74:2 lOURELLE .. 16 1 mm2 EP16 P68:H
lOURELLE .. BLUE COble type
E EP10 513: 1 ct ip femetl e TOURELlE .. 16 1. 5 mm2 EP16 P60:4
lOUREllE .. BLUE COble type E P60:31 597 TOURELLE .. 56 1 mm2 EP12 P60: 18
E
TOURELLE .. BROWN (Oble type E EP1 5111; / dip de 6.35 TOURELLE .. 65 1 mm2 EP6 PL1M: 1
TOURELlE .. BROWN COble type E EPe 574:1 TOURELlE .. 65 1 mm2 EP6 PRD: 1

EP.S. :
ATT40013 ELE[TRIC ALE
LISTING DE FILS
WIRES LISTING
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PLAN EST LA PRIFRETE DE PPM. L toE PEUT ETII: tI REPImlT. N ((ltUf(l£ SANS ..,TRE AUTOOISATDi I THS OOAWHi IS Tt£ PROPERTY IF PPM. IT IS tilT BE USED 00 REPRCnml wmror om AU'TtOlIZATOl
Dessinateur: B.C.
Verificateur: RP.
1
I
Date: 05/03/01
Date: 18/03/2002 PAGE: 144
"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 ! 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(LISTING DE FILS)
FAISCEAU FIL SECTION / TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT FAISCEAU Rl SECTION 1 TYPE TENANT ABOUTISSANT
A TOURELLE .. 65 1 mm2 EP6 PTS:1
TOURELLE .. 65 1.5 mm2 EP6 P60:43
TOURELLE .. 85 1 mm2 PTR: 1 P60:46
TOURELLE .. 86 1 mm2 PL 10: 1 P60:47
TOURElLE .. 114 1 mm2 P60:3 P68:W
TOURELLE .. 165 1 mm2 PRM: 1 P60:48
- TOURELLE .• 238 1 mm2 P60:32 5116
TOURELLE .. 416 1 mm2 EP1 P68:E
TOURELLE .. 416 1.5 mm2 EP1 P60:5
TOURELLE .. 622 1 mm2 EP10 P60:45
TOURElLE .. 887 1 mm2 EP5 P60:20
B TOURELLE .. 987 1 mm2 EP4 P60:21
TOURElLE .. 1086 1 mm2 EPB P60:44
TOURElLE .. 1450 1 mm2 P60:1 P68:A
TOURELLE .. 1822 1 mm2 P60:33 5117
TOURELLE .. 2065 1. 5 mm2 P60:6 P68:F
- TOURELLE .. 2450 1 mm2 P60:2 P68:D
TOURELlE .. 3065 1 mm2 EP11 P60: 19
TOURELlE .. 4065 1.5 mm2 P60:7 P68:T
TOURELLE .. 7545 1 rnm2 P60:34 5117
TOURELLE .. 8545 1.5 mm2 8250:-- P60:35
C
r--
f--

E.P.S. :
ATUM/3 ELECTRIC FILE
LISTING DE FILS
WIRES LISTING
ATT400/3
a.c.
INDICE : 0
I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PLAN EST LA ~E DE PPM. L t£ PEUT EffiE N REPImlT. N (atI.NlE SANS t«lTRE AIlTOOISATm. I ms OOAWNlIS TtE PROPERTY CF PPH. IT IS KlT BE USED 00 REPRCru.ED WlllWT M AUTrmIlATm
Dessinateur:
28/0212002
14/0312002 PAGE: 145
"-,1 2 I 3 4 151617 \8 19 IID\fll~laIU'~I~IVI~lwt~I~lnIBIUI~lUIVI~J~I~I~I~ITII~I~I~1~1~1~1~1~
(COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS)

ITEM PPM PIN FUNCTION TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLIER I PART NUMBER SUPPLIER I PART NUMBER PAGE
A ABS F6641623 ABS ELECTRONIC UNIT BOITIER ELECTRONIQUE ABS 21
ADM B6541822 ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT BOITIER ELECTRONIOUE ADM 3
A1 56541860 ZF ELECTRONIC UNIT BOITIER ELECTRONIOUE EST 37 39
A2. i 06341678 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SELECTEUR DE VITESSES 07 39
A2.2 E6341679 TRANSMISSION CONTROL SELECTEUR DE VITESSES 09 53
I-- A3 X GEAR BOX 39
AS X ZF DIAGNOSTIC PLUG PRISE DIAGNOSTIC ZF 39
A6 Q6641609 DISPLAY AFFICHEUR 39
BAT 1 N6441852 12V BATTERY BATTERIE 12V - 170 AH CHARGEE 3
BAT2 N6441852 12V BATTERY BATTERIE 12V - 170 AH CHARGEE 3
B BV1 R6851531 8 LIGHTS PANEL COMBINE 8 VOYANTS MOTEUR 10
BV2 R9351516 8 LIGHTS PANEL COMBINE 8 VOYANTS DIVERS 10
BV3 T9351516 6 LIGHTS PANEL COMBINE 8 VOYANTS ECLAIRAGE 14
BV50 U6651534 8 LIGHTS PANEL COMBINE 6 VOYANTS HORIZONTAL 54
6V51 M2451558 8 LIGHTS PANEL COMBINE 8 VOYANTS HORIZONTAL 53
-
81 E8441349 ENGINE SPEED SENSOR GENERATEUR 0' IMPULSIONS 39
B2 E8441349 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR GENERATEUR D' IMPULSIONS 39
B3 E8441349 TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR GENERATEUR O'IMPULSIONS 39
64 08441348 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GENERATEUR D'IMPULSIONS 39
CEC H6141651 DS350C L.M. I. PANEL CONSOLE CONTROLEUR ETAT DE CHARGES 68
(EL1 J6741607 MEGACOMP L.M.!. PANEL CONSOLE CONTROLEUR ETAT DE CHARGES 69
C CI-BR7 A6252274 2 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS 12
(I-BR8 Z6252273 5 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS 16
Cl-BR9 Z6252273 5 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS 27
CI-BR10 Z6252273 5 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS 11
(I-BR20 A6252274 2 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS 30
- CI-BR21 A6252274 2 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT !MPRIME 2 RELAIS 18
CI-BRn A6252274 2 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS 24
CI-BR23 A6252274 2 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RElAIS 21
CI-BR24 A6252274 2 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RElAIS 19
Cl-BR25 Z6252273 5 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELA1S 25
D CI-BR51 A6252274 2 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS 54
CI-BR52 A6252274 2 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 2 RELAIS 64
[ I-BR55 Z6252273 5 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS 67
C! -BR60 Z6252273 5 RELAY BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 5 RELAIS 64
CI1 S2440615 DIODE BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 18 DIODES 30
(12 K2440608 DIODE BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 18 DIODES 9
- [14 52440615 DIODE BOARD CIRCUIT lMPRIME 18 DIODES 30
CI7 Q7552248 FUSE BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 34 FUSIBLES 5
CI8 07552248 FUSE BOARD CIRCUIT IMPRIME 34 FU51BLE5 50
El1D K6643674 WINCH DOWN VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W 64
El1M K6643674 WINCH UP VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W 65
E ERO K6643674 BOOM HOIST DOWN VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W 65
ERM K6643674 BOOM HOIST UP VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W 65
ETR K6643674 TELESCOPE RETRACTION VALVE DE COUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W 64

E.P.s. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 REFERENCES (OMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
[OMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF [ONNECTORS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE Dessinateur: B.C I Date: 26/fJ/OO
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PR!JlRETE Il: PPH. L t£ mIT ETRE N REFRI'lllT. N C{)MJIJ£ SANS f«l1RE AUTCRSATm I'llIS DRAWNi IS TI£ PROPERTY IF fflllT IS tm BE USED 00 REPROOJ:ED wmo.rr 0lR AU1'li.:R!ZATm Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/03/2002 PAGE: 150
"-11213 415161718 19 1~lftI2IaIUI~I~IVI~lwlwl~lnIBI~I~lulnl~I~I~I~lnITII~I~I~ITII~IEI~I~

A ETS K6643674 TELESCOPE EXTENSION VALVE DE eOUPURE TYPE FTWE4 I 24V-14.4W 65
E2 06541893 INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL SOBINE 26VOC 23
E5 06541893 FRONT AXLE LOCKING BOBINE 26VDC 22
E6 H6641632 FRONT SUSPENSION RELEASING BOBINE 28vee 18
E7 H6641832 REAR SUSPENSION RELEASING SOBINE 28vee 18
'--
E8 06541893 REAR STEERING RELEASING SOBINE 26VOC 24
E10 06541893 EXHAUST BRAKE SOSINE 26VOC 7
E11 06541893 REAR STEERING LOCKING SOBINE 26VOC 24
E31 06541893 FRONT AXLE RELEASING SOBINE 26VOC 22
E42 E6541694 TURRET AIR POWER BOBINE 24VD( HAUTES TOLERANCES 34
B E43 H6641832 LEFT REAR STEERING BOBINE 28V(( 24
E44 H6641832 RIGHT REAR STEERING SaBINE 28vee 24
E49 D6541893 CHOKE SaBINE 26VOC 11
E74 H6641832 AUXI LlARY WINCH BOBINE 28vee 66
E75 H6641832 AUXI L!ARY WINCH BOBINE 28vec 66
r--
E93 H6641832 SECTION 2 TELESCOPE RETRACTION BOBINE 28VCC 67
E94 H6641632 SECTION 3 AND 4 TELESCOPE RETRACTION BOBINE 28vee 67
E101 H6641832 (W DOWN BOBINE 28vee 35
E102 H6641832 cw UP BOBINE 28vec 35
E103 H6641832 VERROUILLAGE CONTRE-POIDS SOBINE 28Ve( 62
E104 H6641832 DEVERROUILLAGE CONTRE-POIOS BOBINE 2evee 62
C E105 H6641832 ROTATION BRAKE RELEASING BOBINE 28vee 66
E106 D6541893 ROTATION LOCKING BOBINE 26VDe 66
E107 D6541893 ROTATION RELEASING SOBINE 26VOC 66
E184 H6641832 AUTOMATIC LEVEL BOBINE 28vec 19
E185 H6641832 SUSPENSION DOWN BOBINE 28vee 20
r- E190 H6641832 FRONT LEFT PAD BOBINE 28vce 30
E191 H6641832 FRONT LEFT BEAM BOBINE 2avee 30
E192 H6641832 FRONT RIGHT PAD BOBINE 2avcc 30
E193 H6641832 FRONT RIGHT BEAM BOSINE 2avec 30
E194 H6641832 REAR lEFT PAD BOBINE 28vce 30
0 E195 H6641832 REAR LEFT BEAM BOBINE 28vec 30
E196 H6641832 REAR RIGHT PAD BOBINE 28vee 30
E197 H6641832 REAR RIGHT BEAM BOBINE 28Ve( 30
E200 H6641832 BEAMS I PADS OUT BOBINE 28vec 31
E201 H6641832 BEAMS I PAOS IN BOBINE 2avce 31
E206 H6641832 PRESSURE LIMIT BOBINE 2aV(e 31
~
E233 H6641832 QUICK PRESSURE RELEASING SOBINE 28vee 20
E234 H66ti1832 REAR SUSPENSION BALANCING BOBINE 28vec 19
E236 H6641832 CIRCUIT 2 STEERING FLOW CUT OFF BOBINE 28vce 19
E237 H6641832 TURRET ROTATION FLOW BOBINE 28vce 35
FMR A6541821 FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT BOITIER ELECTRONIOUE FMR 3
E F1 02641265 FUSE FUSIBLE THERHIQUE 6A REARHABlE 6
F2 V2641270 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABLE 6
F3 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABlE 6

E.P.s. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 REFERENCES (OMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE [OHPONENTS PART NUI1BER OUT OF CONNECTORS Dessinateur: S.C I Date: 27/ID/OO
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA PRtPRETE (£ PPI1. L tE PM ETRE N REPROO.JT. N cntu«lE SANS M)TR€ AUTOOISATm I TliS OOAWHi IS TtE PRCfERTY OF PPK.IT IS tflT BE lm 00 REPROIl.(E(} WlTJi:lUT OCR ~mL Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002
PAGE: 151
~1 2 I 3 41516171819 Imlfl l~talul~I~IVl~lwlwl~lnIBlul~IUlvl~t~I~I~lnlnl~I~I~I~I~I~I~IM

A F4 U2641269 FUSE FUSIBLE PLAT 40A 6
F6 52641267 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 20A REARMABLE 6
F7 V2641Z70 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 15A REARMABLE 16
F8 S2641267 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 20A REARMABLE 16
- F9 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE 15
F10 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABlE 15
F11 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE 5
F13 52641267 FUSE FUSIBLE THERM10UE 20A REARMABLE 6
B FH R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABlE 6
F15 V2641270 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 1SA REARMABLE 6
F18 52641267 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 20A REARMABLE 5
- F19 02641265 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 6A REARMABLE 6
F20 02641265 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 6A REARMABLE 6
F23 Q2641265 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE REARMABLE 6
F24 V2641270 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 15A REARMABLE 6
F25 RZ641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE 6
C F26 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABLE 6
F27 (2641276 FUSE FUSIBLE PLAT 30A 5
F28 V2641270 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABlE 5
F30 (2641276 FUSE FUSIBLE PLAT 30A 5
F32 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE 5
- F33 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE 5
F34 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABlE 5
MR SVT W MOT ENGINE ELECTRONIC UNIT BOITIER ELECTRON10UE MOTEUR 3
PBSG X FUEL TYPE SELECTION BOX FAISCEAU ELECTRIOUE 7 x 1 MMZ - LGR 9M 37
RT1 X2641272 WINDSCREEN WIPER TIMER TEMPORISATEUR 57
0 R1 L2641215 FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER RElAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 57
R1-BR7 R6141107 CARRIER TRANSMISSION (ONTROL NEUTRAL RELAIS INSTANTANE 4RT 12
R1-BRB L2641215 HIGH BEAM RELAY RElAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 16
R1-BR9 L2641215 OUTRIGGERS PERMISSION RElAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 27
R1-BR10 L264~1215 ZF HARNESS POWER RElAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 11
R1-BR20 T6141109 BEAMS OR PADS SELECTION RELAIS BISTABLE 4RT 30
- R1-BR21 T6141109 FRONT SUSPENSION LOCKING-RELEASING RELAIS BISTABLE 4RT 18
R1-BR22 T6141109 REAR STEERING LOCKING-RELEASING RELA1S BISTABLE 4RT 24
R1-BR23 R6141107 ABS ACTIVED RELAIS INSTANTANE 4RT 21
R1-BR24 R6141107 SUSPENSION DOWN RELAIS INSTANTANE 4RT 19
R1-BR25 l2641215 REAR STEERING REVERSE DIRECTION RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 25
E R1-BR51 R6141107 FRONT SUSPENSION LOCKING RElAIS INSTANTANE 4RT 54
R1-BR52 R6141107 SEAT SAFETY SWITCH RElAIS INSTANTANE 4RT 64
R1-BR60 L2641215 BOOM HOIST UP RELAIS lNSTANTANE 1RT 64
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.P.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 REFERENCES COMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
[OMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNE[TORS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 ATT40013 ELE[TRIC RLE B.C. I Date: 27/fJ/OO
CR 107366 -->
wmwr om AUll-KJID.TDt
CE PlAN EST LA PR<FRETE. DE !'PH. L t£ PEUT Em.: It REPROO.Kf. M(1JtUIl.E SANS tllTRE AUTOOISAmt I TItS 0RAWN:i IS nt PROPERTY OF PPH. IT IS tm BE lID M REPROOXED
Dessinateur:
VWtcateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 152
N 12 13 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 1 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 l 12 1 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 , 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41

ITEM PPM PIN FUNCTION TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLIER I PART NUMBER SUPPL!ER I PART NUMBER PAGE
A R2-BR7 R6141107 TURRET TRANSMISSION (ONTROL NEUTRAL RELAIS INSTANTANE 4RT 12
R2-BR8 L2641215 REAR FOG LIGHT RELAY RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 17
R2-BR9 L2641215 OUTRIGGERS CONTROL RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 30
R2-BR10 L2641215 EXHAUST BRAKE RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 7
R2-BR20 T6141109 CARRIER-TURRET SELECTION RELAIS BISTABLE 4RT 34
- R2-BR21 T6141109 REAR SUSPENSION LOCKING-RELEASING RELAIS BISTABLE 4RT 18
R2-BRn R6141107 REAR STEERING RELEASING RELAIS INSTANTANE 4RT 24
R2-BR23 T6141109 SUSPENSION DOWN OR NOT RELAIS BISTABLE 4RT 19
. R2-BR24 B2241167 AUTOMA T! [ LEVEL RELAIS TEMPORISE AU REPOS 4RT 19
R2-BR25 L2641215 REAR STEERING REVERSE DIRECTION RELAIS IN5TANTANE 1RT 25
B R2-BR51 R6141107 REAR SUSPENSION LOCKING RELAIS INSTANTANE 4RT 54
R2-BR60 L2641215 lMI SAFETY RELAY RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 63
R3-BR8 L2641215 REVERSE LIGHT RELAY RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 17
R3-BR9 l2641215 BEAMS OUT RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 31
R3-BR10 L2641215 SPEED> 15 KMIH RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 12
f--
R3-BR25 L2641215 ROTATION FLOW CUT OFF RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 35
R3-BR60 L2641215 ANTI TWO BLOCK SAFETY RELAY RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 63
R4-BR8 L2641215 HORN RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 16
R4-BR9 L2641215 TURRET GENERAL WARNING RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 9
R4-BR10 L2641215 NOT USED RELAI5 INSTANTANE 1RT 12
R4-BR25 L2641215 TURRET PARKING BRAKE RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 35
( R4-BR55 L2641215 TELESCOPE RETRACTION SYNCHRONIZATION RELAI5 INSTANTANE 1RT 67
R4-BR60 L2641215 HYDRAULIC Oil COOLER RElAI5 IN5TANTANE 1RT 61
RS-BR8 L2641215 STOP LIGHT RELAY RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 17
R5-BR9 L2641215 BATTERIES CHARGE RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 18
R5-BR10 L2641215 AUDIBLE ALARM CUT OFF RELAY RELA1S INSTANTANE 1RT 17
- R5-BR25 L2641215 TURRET PARKING BRAKE RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 35
R5-BR55 L2641215 TURRET GENERAL WARNING RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 67
RS-BR60 L2641215 OUTRIGGERS PERMISSION RELAIS INSTANTANE 1RT 52
51 N6141746 ROTATING BEACON FEU ROTATIF A FIXATION PLANE 60
52 X BOOM HOIST UP OVERRIDE BOUTON POUSSOIR t CORPS A 1 CONTACT NO 65
D 53 H6141626 LIGHTING SWITCH COMMUTATEUR ECLAIRAGE 15
S4 E6141832 CAB FAN BLOC CHAUFFAGE 1 VENTILATION 36
55 X6141642 FRONT BRAKE AIR PRESSURE CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 0-10B / ALERTE 5.2B 9
56 X6141642 REAR BRAKE AIR PRESSURE CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 0-10B 1 ALERTE 5.2B 9
S7 U2451519 OIL PRESSURE/ENGINE (OOLANT TEMPERATURE COMBINE PRESSION HUILE I TEMPERATURE EAU 9
56 P6641684 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER SENSOR CAPTEUR THERMOSTATIOUE / F:500( I O:45°C 61
- 512 05241381 SLEWING LOCKING SENSOR INTERRUPTEUR DE POSITION A GALET 66
513 N6141748 ROTATING BEACON FEU ROTATIF A FIXATION PLANE 60
S14 C6541662 FRONT SUSPENSION LOCKING SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 54
515 H7143209 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER REFRIGERANT HOlLE HYDRAULIOUE 61
516 M6341617 SPEEDOMETER COMPTEUR DE VITESSES ELECTRONIOUE 9
E 517 R6641656 TELESCOPE RETRACTION SYNCHRONIZATION BOUTON TOURNANT SERRURE 3POS I 2RAP.CENT 67
520 B6851540 CLUTCH OIL PRESSURE COMBINE PRESSION EHBRAYAGE I SIGLE PPM 10
521 03141665 CLUTCH OIL PRESSURE SENSOR CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 0-258 10
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

E.P.s. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 REFERENCES (OMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE COMPONENTS PART NlJt1BER OUT OF CONNECTORS I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
(E PLAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT Emf N REPROOJT, N CMtN(lE SANS 001RE AUTOOISATDi I TItS OOAWNlIS Tt£ PROPERTY OF PPM IT IS ItlT BE USED 00 REPROIXm) WITHOUT COO AUTHORIZATOt
Dessinateur: 8.(
V6rificateur: RP. I Date:
27/10/00
18/0312002 PAGE: 153
I 2 I 3 4 1516171819 IIDlfl 1~laIUI~I~IVI~I~IWI~lnIBl~I~lulnl~I~IEI~ITIITII~l~I~ITII~1~1~141
'" (COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS)
A 522 Q9351584 FUEL GAUGE I CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE COMBINE JAUGE I TEMP. CONVERTISSEUR 10
523 N2241868 TURRET PARKING BRAKE SENSOR CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 0.8 BAR 35
S24 X6541658 FRONT AXLE LOCKING SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS ABASCULE 22
525 06541663 SUSPENSION DOWN SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS ABAS(ULE 19
S26 Z6541659 REAR STEERING RELEASING SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 24
- S27 A6541660 REAR STEERING SWITCH (ONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 24
526 S6141775 LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT FEU DE POSITION LATERAL ALED 15
S29 X6141527 ALTERNATOR ALTERNATEUR TYPE NCB1 - 28V 15/80A 3
S30 B6541661 CARRIER I TURRET SELECTION SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BA5CULE 34
S31 B6641619 REAR LEFT OUTRIGGER CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS ABASCULE 28
B 532 86641619 FRONT LEFT OUTRIGGER CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 28
534 B6641619 FRONT RIGHT OUTRIGGER CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 28
535 86641619 BEAMS OR PADS SELECTION CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS[ULE 28
536 B6641619 FRONT RIGHT OUTRIGGER CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS[ULE 29
537 B6641619 REAR RIGHT OUTRIGGER CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 29
S38 86641619 FRONT LEFT OUTRIGGER CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 29
- S39
I
86641619 REAR LEFT OUTRIGGER CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 29

S40 86641619 BEAMS OR PADS SELECTION CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 29
S41 Z63S0575 FUEL FILTER I WATER SEPARATOR FILTRE GAS-OIL I SEPARATEUR EAU 37
S42 V6641614 BLINKERS UNIT CENTRALE CLIGNOTANTE 3+1 X 21W 14
543 U6541678 HAZARD SWITCH lNTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 14
C S45 W144085S EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN BOITIER ARRET URGENCE 11
546 W1440855 EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN BOITIER ARRET URGENCE 11
S47 56141775 LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT FEU DE POSITION LATERAL A LED 15
S48 56141775 RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT FEU DE POSITION LATERAL A LED 15
S49 56141775 LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT FEU DE POSITION LATERAL A LED 15
'-- S50 A6641664 FUEL GAUGE JAUGE A LEVIER - ASP I REF - LGR 492 10
552 l6141746 LEFT REAR LIGHT UNIT LANTERNE ARRIERE 6 FONCTIONS 15
553 M6141747 RIGHT REAR LIGHT UNIT LANTERNE ARRIERE 5 FONCTIONS 15
554 R6141751 LEFT OVERSIZE LIGHT FEU D'ENCOMBREMENT GAUCHE 15
S55 M6141701 RIGHT OVERSIZE LIGHT FEU D'ENCOMBREMENT DROIT 15
D S56 56141775 LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT FEU DE POSITION LATERAL A LED 15
S57 56141775 RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT FEU DE POSITION LATERAL A LEO 15
S58 56141775 RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT FEU DE POSITION LATERAL A LEO 15
S59 S6141775 RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT FEU DE POSITION LATERAL A LED 15
562 A1441893 TELES(OPE OUT SAFETY SWITCH CAPTEUR DE PRESSION REGLABLE 100-4006 65
S63 C6541662 REAR SUSPENSION LOCKING SWITCH (ONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCUlE 54
~
S64 B6141760 RIGHT FRONT BLINKER FEU INDICATEUR DE DIRECTION AVANT 14

S65 T6141776 LEFT LATERAL BLINKER FEU INDICATEUR DE DIRECTION LATERAL G 14
S66 U6141777 RIGHT LATERAL BLINKER FEU IND1CATEUR DE DIRECTION LATERAL 0 14
S67 86141760 LEFT FRONT BLINKER FEU INDICATEUR DE DIRECTION AVANT 14
S68 P6341665 CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE CAPTEUR DE TEMPERATURE 50-1S0°C/AL.120°C 10
E S70 C6141761 FRONT LEFT HEADLAMP PROJECTEUR AVANT GAUCHE 16
571 06141762 FRONT RIGHT HEADLAMP PROJECTEUR AVANT DROIT 16
S72 J6541668 REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 17

EP.S. :
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
eR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE
CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. L t£ PEUT Em: N RERmJr. N CtJtt..NlE SANS t«>TRE AUTOOlSATKR I
COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
ms DRAWNlIS Tl£ PROPERTY OF ffIH. IT IS tilT BE USED M REPfmXID WITtOJT OIJ( ~ATDt
Dessinateur: 8.(
Verificateur: RP.
I Date:
I Date:
06/11/00
18/0312002 PAGE: 154
"'J l213 4 I 5 I 6 l 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 \ 15\ 16 I 17 I 18 \ 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 1 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 , 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 l 39 I 40 i 41

A 575 N2241866 STOP LIGHT SENSOR CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 0.6 BAR 17
576 W6541657 THROTTLE PEDAL PEDALE ACCELERATEUR 7
577 56541676 INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL SWITCH CONTACTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 54
576 X6541658 FRONT AXLE LOCKING SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 54
S79 Z6541659 REAR STEERING RELEASING SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 55
r-- 580 M6541671 ROOF WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS ABAS(ULE 57
583 A6541660 REAR STEERING SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 55
S84 88441369 ROD SIDE TRANSDUCER CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 69
585 (5241334 BOOM ANTI TWO BLOCK SENSOR CONTACTEUR DE POSITION A ELINGUE 70
586 08941023 CAN CONNECTING UNIT BOITIER DERIVATION CAN 7
B 587 Z6152016 IGNITION-STARTING SWITCH CONTACTEUR OEMARRAGE A CLE 3
588 F2241171 EXHAUST BRAKE (ONTACTEUR A PIED 7
589 (8441347 SPEED SENSOR GENERATEUR O'lMPUlSIONS 9
590 X2241693 ENGINE SHUT-DOWN BOUTON COUP DE POING 11
592 N6141518 STARTER DEMARREUR 24V 3
593 H0241139 MAIN SWITCH RELAIS DE BATTERIES 3
-
S94 X6141642 PARKING BRAKE SENSOR CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 0-10B I ALERTE 5,28 9
S95 (6541662 SUSPENSION LOCKING SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 18
S96 W6150519 OIL FILTER CLOGGING SENSOR INDICATEUR DE (OLMATAGE 53
599 H6541667 MANUAL THROTTLE SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(UlE 53
5100 W6641638 TACHOMETER I HOURMETER COMPTE-TOURS I HORAMETRE 9
C 5101 J2451509 BRAKING AIR PRESSURE COMBINE PRESSION AIR FREINS AV ET AR 9
S102 Z6350575 FUEL FILTER I WATER SEPARATOR FllTRE GAS-OIL I SEPARATEUR EAU 37
5103 W6141618 REAR STEERING REVERSE DIRECTION SENSOR DETECTEUR DE PROXIMITE 3 FILS/D18/SMM/NO 25
5104 H6641648 ABS OFF ROAD SELECTION SWITCH CONTACTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS[ULE 21
5105 F6541665 BEAMS I PADS SELECTION SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS[ULE 56
- 5106 G6541666 LEFT FRONT OUTRIGGER SWITCH (ONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 56
5107 G6541666 RIGHT FRONT OUTRIGGER SWITCH (ONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 56
5108 66541666 LEFT REAR OUTRIGGER SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCUlE 56
5109 66541666 RIGHT REAR OUTRIGGER SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 56
S110 L6541670 OUTRIGGERS SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR Z POSITIONS A BASCULE 52
0 S112 W6541680 CW LOCK I RELEASE SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 62
5113 F6141741 CEILING LIGHT PLAFONNIER CENTRAL 32
5114 T6541671 WINDSCREEN WASHER SWITCH CONTACTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCULE 58
S115 M6541694 FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BASCULE 57
5118 R6541675 FAN SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCULE 58
5119 Q6541674 WORKING LIGHT SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 57
- 5120 P6541673 ROTATION BRAKE RELEASING SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCULE 66
S121 A6541683 ROTATION LOCK I RELEASE SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 66
S122 N6541672 AUXILIARY WINCH SELECTION SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCULE 66
5123 F6141741 CE III NG LIGHT PlAFONNIER GAUCHE 32
S125 5654'676 INTER-WHEELS DifFERENTIAL SWITCH CONTACTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 23
E 5126 86641619 REAR RIGHT OUTRIGGER CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 28
S127 F2241171 SEAT SAFETY SWITCH OVERRIDE (ONTACTEUR (OMMANDE AU PIED 64
S129 X ARMREST SENSOR CONTACTEUR DE POSITION APOUSSOIR 64

E.P.s. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3
ATUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE
REFERENCES COMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
COMPONENTS PART NUHBER OUT OF CONNECTORS
ATT400/3
I
INDICE : 0
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PLAN EST LA PR<fRETE DE PPttl tE PEUT ETRE ~ REPROOIlf, MCIJtlJN(l£ SANS t«>TRE AUTOOISATm I TItS ~WNi IS il£ PROflERTY OF PPH.IT IS OOT BE USED ~ REPRmXX:EO wmnrr ~ At.rnmlATOi
Dessinateur: B.C.
Veri:ficateur: RP.
Date: 04/12100
I Date: 18/03/2002 PAGE: 155
1""-1 2 I 3 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41

A S132 F6141741 CE !LI NG II GHT PLAFONNIER DROIT 32
S133 G5241361 AUXILIARY WINCH SENSOR BOITIER FIN DE COURSE 64
S134 K6541669 ROTATING BEACON SWIT(H INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS ABAS(ULE 33
5135 U0641649 WHITE FUEL INDICATOR VOYANT VERT 37
5136 T0641648 RED FUEL INDICATOR VOYANT ROUGE 37
~
S137 L6141723 CAB ROOF LIGHT FEU OJ IDENTIFICATION BLANC 33
S138 F2241171 HORN (ONTACTEUR (OMMANDE AU PIED 59
5139 J6641626 ENGINE WARNING LIGHT BUZZER SON CONTINU 10
S142 88441369 PISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER CAPTEUR DE PRESSION 69
5145 L6141723 CAB ROOF LIGHT FEU D'IDENTIFICATION BLANC 33
B 5146 X1441868 FRONT AXLE LOCKING SENSOR CONTACTEUR DE POSITION APOU5S0lR NF 22
5147 X1441668 FRONT INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL (ONTACTEUR DE POSITION APOU5SOlR NF 23
5148 A8441368 BOOM lENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM CAPTEUR ANGLE ET LONGUEUR 69
5150 R6441855 REAR STEERING LOCKING SENSOR CONTACTEUR DE POSITION A POU5S0lR NO 24
5151 X RETARDER RELAY UNIT BOlTE A (ONTACTEURS NUE 26
S152 M6641629 RETARDER CONTROL COMMUTATEUR 5 POSITIONS A LEV!ER
- S153 X MIRROR DEFROST
26
38
S154 X6641639 MIRROR DEFROST SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 38
S155 X RETARDER RALENTI5SEUR ELECTRIQUE 26
S157 J6641626 REAR FOG LIGHT AUDIBLE ALARM BUZZER SON CONTINU 17
S158 M6141632 REVERSE GEAR AUDIBLE ALARM BUZZER SON INTERMITTENT 17
C 5159 U2241828 AIR DRYER KIT RESISTANCE EPURATEUR 37
S160 A6141820 24V/12V CONVERTER CONVERTISSEUR DE TENSION 24V/12V 32
5161 E6140705 12V PLUG PRISE 12V OU 24V 32
S162 E6140705 24V PLUG PRISE 12V OU 24V 32
5163 X MIRROR DEFROST 38
- 5164 56141637 RADIO AUTO-RADIO 32
S165 A6141644 LOUD-SPEAKER HAUT-PARLEUR (1 PAIRE) 32
5166 A6141644 LOUD-SPEAKER HAUT-PARLEUR (1 PAIREl 32
S167 M6141632 OVERLOAD I LMI OVERRIDE BUZZER SON INTERMITTENT 63
S168 (6141646 TURRET GENERAL WARNING BUZZER SON CONTINU 53
0 S172 A2241169 FEUILlURE GAUCHE CONTACTEUR DE PORTE 32
S173 A2241189 FEUILLURE DROIT CONTACTEUR DE PORTE 32
5174 U5443911 WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTEUR ESSUIE-GLACE 32
5175 J6141629 WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH COMMUTATEUR 5 POSITIONS A LEVIER 32
S176 X1440833 WINDSCREEN WIPER TIMER TEMPORISATEUR 32
5177 W8143101 TURRET STEERING CLUTCH EMBRAYAGE ElECTROMAGNETIQUE EQUIPE 34
- S178 X1441868 REAR INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL CONTACTEUR DE POSITION A POUSSOIR NF 23
5179 L2340283 WINDSCREEN WASHER BIDON LAVE-GLACE AVEC POMPE 32
5180 X2241693 ENGINE SHUT-DOWN BOUTON COUP DE POING 52
S182 A6643642 CIRCUIT 2 STEERING FLOW INDICATEUR DE DEBIT 10
S184 V2641201 IGNITION-STARTING SWITCH COMMUTATEUR DE DEMARRAGE A ClE 52
E 5188 V5241305 CW CYLINDER LOW POSITION SENSOR INTERRUPTEUR DE POSITION AGALET 35
5189 H6541667 MANUAL THROTTLE SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 27
5191 l5443926 FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTEUR ESSUIE-GlACE 57

E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 REFERENCES COMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE COHPONENTS PART NUHBER OUT OF CONNECTORS Dessinateur: B.C I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
CE PI.AH EST LA PR<PRETE DE PPKl t£ PEUT EIRE tI REPRIDlT. tf CCttUllE SANS tllTRE AUf(RSATm I ntS mAWNi 5 1l£ PROPERTY IF PPM. IT IS OOT BE USED at REJlROI.lm) wmnJT 00l AUTImlZATm Verificateur: RP. 1 Date:
22/03/01
18/0312002 PAGE: 156
~1 \ 2 I 3 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 \ 9 \ 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 , 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 221 23 I 24 1 25 .1 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 l 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41

ITEM PPM PIN FUNCTION TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION SUPPLIER f PART NUMBER SUPPLIER / PART NUMBER PAGE
A 5192 M5443927 ROOF WINDSCREEN WIPER MOTEUR ESSUIE-GLACE 57
5195 R0941727 WORKING LIGHT PROJECTEUR DE TRAVAIL TYPE 'MATADOR' 57
5200 R4043277 WINDSCREEN WASHER BIDON LAVE-GLACE AVEC POMPE 58
5201 W6141779 CE ILING LI GHT PLAFONNIER TRANS!STORISE 24V/13W 58
S202 A6141828 24V/12V CONVERTER CONVERTISSEUR DE TENSION 24V/12V 58
- 5205 56141637 RADIO AUTO-RADIO 58
5208 H6641625 LOUD-SPEAKER HAUT-PARLEUR 56
S209 H6641625 LOUD-SPEAKER HAUT-PARLEUR 58
5210 (6541892 CAB FAN VENTILATEUR 58
5211 L6541670 OUTRIGGERS SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BAS(UlE 27
B 5212 L0941768 CW LOCK I RELEASE FLAG LIGHTING FEU ECLAIRAGE PLAQUE 60
S213 M6141632 (W CYLINDER HIGH POSITION AUDIBLE ALARM BUZZER SON INTERMITTENT 35
5214 X0543212 CIGAR LIGHTER ALLUME-CI GARES 59
5215 V0141768 HORN AVERTISSEUR SONORE 16
S216 X BOITIER DE (OMMANDE BOITIER DE COMMANDE 37
- 5217
5218
5219
X
N0941793
N0941793
FUEL TYPE SELECTION BOX
ROTATING BEACON
ROTATING BEACON
ENSEMBLE COMPACT
FEU ROTATIF A FIXATION TUBULAIRE
FEU ROTATIF A FIXATION TUBULAIRE
37
33
33
5220 Z6141137 LENGHT SENSOR POTENTIOMETRE 69
5222 X6141136 ANGLE SENSOR POTENT IOMETRE 69
5223 P6141634 L.M.I. OVERRIDE TETE A SERRURE 2 pas I 1 ARAPPEL O-G 63
( S223 J6141693 LM.I. OVERRIDE CORPS COMPlET A 2 CONTACTS NO 63
5223 62241149 L.M. I. OVERRIDE CONTACT NO 63
5224 X WINCH UP OVERRIDE BOUTON POUSSOIR + CORPS A 1 CONTACT NO 63
S225 K6741608 FUEL SELECTION SWITCH INTERRUPTEUR 2 POSITIONS A BASCUlE 37
S228 L5241319 ROO SIDE TRANSDUCER SONDE TYPE DAYS 601 68
r- S229 L5241319 PISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER SONDE TYPE DAVS 601 68
S232 M5241320 BOOM LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM ENROULEUR CEC I LWG 208 68
5235 V224118S LENGHT SENSOR POTENTIOMETRE 68
S236 K5241341 ANGLE SENSOR CAPTEUR O'ANGLE 68
S237 T1040813 BOOM HEAD CONNECTING BOX BLOC DE JONCTION UNITAIRE 68
0 S239 X INTERFERENCES FILTER FILTRE ANTIPARASITAGE 68
5240 K0941744 HEAD BOOM LIGHT FEU 0' IDENTIFICATION BLANC 70
S242 F5241337 FlYJIB ANTI TWO BLOCK SENSOR CONTACTEUR DE POSITION A ELINGUE 71
5243 R2241687 ANTI TWO BLOCK SAFETY SELECTION BOUTON TOURNANT 2 POSITIONS FIXES 71
S244 POO40746 FLYJIB BY-PASS CONNECTOR PRISE 7 CONTACTS 70
5245 W8441342 CAPTEUR ABS ROUE AVANT GAUCHE CAPTEUR INDUCTIF 2 FILS COUDE 21
- S246 W8441342 CAPTEUR ASS ROUE AVANT DROITE CAPTEUR INDUCTIF 2 FILS COUDE 21
5247 W8441342 CAPTEUR ABS ROUE ARRIERE GAUCHE CAPTEUR INDUCTIF 2 FILS COUDE 21
5248 W8441342 CAPTEUR ABS ROUE ARRIERE DROITE CAPTEUR INOUCTIF 2 FilS COUOE 21
S249 V6643615 MODULATEUR ABS ROUE AVANT GAUCHE MODUlATEUR ElECTRO-PNEUMATIOUE 21
5251 V6643615 MODULATEUR ABS ROUE AVANT DROITE MODULATEUR ELECTRO-PNEUMATIOUE 21
E S252 V6643615 MODUlATEUR ABS ROUE ARRIERE GAUCHE MODULATEUR ElECTRO-PNEUMATIOUE 21
S253 V6643615 MODULATEUR ABS ROUE ARRIERE DROllE MODULATEUR ELECTRO-PNEUMATIOUE 21
5256 W6541657 THROTTLE PEDAL PEDALE ACCELERATEUR 53

E.P.S. :
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE COMPONENTS PART NUHBER OUT OF CONNECTORS Dessmateur: S.C I Date: 04112/00
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. l t£ PEUT ErnE It REPROOlIT. It (!HI.N(lE SANS I«>TRE AUTOOISATOt I TItS DRAWNj IS TtE PROPERTY OF PPH. IT IS I«>T BE USED 00 REPROW:ED WITHOUT om AtJTtmiZATl(Jtt VCrificateur : RP. I Date: 18/0312002
PAGE: 157
~ 12 13 4 15 \6 \7 '8 19 lro,~ 1~laIU'~j~IVlWI~I~I~lnIBI~I~IU'VI~l~I~I~I~ITII~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~

A S257 X6541681 UP AND DOWN CW SWITCH CONTACTEUR 3 POSITIONS A BAS(ULE 62
5258 65241361 WINCH SENSOR BOITIER FIN DE COURSE 64
5259 X SEAT SENSOR CAPTEUR ASSISE 64
T1 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABlE 51
T2 02641265 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 6A REARMABLE 51
r- 13 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERM!QUE 10A REARMABLE 51
14 Q2641265 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 6A REARMABLE 51
TS V2641270 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 15A REARMABLE 51
T7 52641267 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 20A REARMABLE SO
T8 Q2641265 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 6A REARMABLE 52
B T9 VZ641270 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 15A REARMABlE 52
T11 R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIQUE 10A REARMABLE 52
Tn R2641266 FUSE FUSIBLE THERMIOUE 10A REARMABLE 51
!--
U1 V6641890 ELECTRICAL SWIVEL COLLECTEUR 50 BAGUES EQUIPE 30
Y7 X LOCK-UP 39
ZF1 07552260 ZF WIRING HARNESS FAISCEAU CABINE PORTEUR ZF 39
ZF2 H7552264 ZF WIRING HARNESS FAISCEAU BOlTE VITESSES ZF 39
PPM TEREX ETUDE:

EP.S. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 REFERENCES COMPOSANTS HORS CONNECTIQUE ATT400j3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE COMPONENTS PART NUMBER OUT OF CONNECTORS Dessinateur: B.C. I Date: 27/03/01
CR 107366 CE PUN EST LA PROPRETE a: PPM. L t£ PEUT EYRE N REPtmJT. N (()tUIX£ SANS OOTRE AtrrOOlSATDi I 111$ ORAWNi IS n£ PROPERTY OF PPM. rr IS ooT BE lJSEI) ~ REPROOX:EO wmnrr ~ AUTHOOIZAlOt Verificateur: RP. I Date; 18/0312002 PAGE: 158
~ I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 t 15 1 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 J 331 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41
(CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS)

ITEM FUNCTION CONNECTOR TERMINALS AND SPLICES TERMINALS AND SPLICES PAGE
A AOM1 ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT CONNECTEUR 15 VOlES : T 63407-03 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 11
ADM2 ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT CONNECTEUR 18 VOlES: U 63407-04 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 9
ADM' ADM ELECTRONIC UNIT CONNECTEUR 9 VOlES : R 63407-01 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 3
AM ENGINE SHUT-DOWN X 52
BABS ASS ELECTRONIC UNIT CONNECTEUR 15 VOlES : M63407-20 CONTACTS 0.5 b 1 mm2 : CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 0 2.5 mm2 : U 61409-26 21
BABS2 ASS ELECTRONIC UNIT CONNECTEUR 18 VOlES: U 63407-04 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 0 2.5 mm2 ; U 61409-26 21
I--
BA1 RADIO CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : AMP 962189-1 CONTACTS HALES 2.8 mm I 0.5 0 1 mm2 : AMP 928930~1 CONTACTS MALES 2.8 mm I 1.5 0 2.5 mm2 : AMP 928781-1 32
SA2 RADIO (ONNECTEUR 6 VOlES : AMP 962191-1 CONTACTS HALES 2.8 mm I 0.5 0 1 mm2 : AMP 928930-1 CONTACTS MALES 2.8 mm I 1.5 0 2.5 mm2 : AMP 928781-1 32
BD1 FUSE BOARD CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 6
B01. FUSE BOARD (ONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 51
B02 FUSE BOARD (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 6
B BD2. FUSE BOARD CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 51
B03. FUSE BOARD (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 50
BD4 FUSE BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 5
804. FUSE BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 52
BD5 FUSE BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 21
806 FUSE BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 3
- BRT1 WINDSCREEN WIPER TIMER X X 57
BR1 FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER X CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU ; V 03409-48 57
BR7E 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 12
BR7F 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 12
BR7G 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 12
BR8C 5 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 16
[ BR8D 5 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 17
BR9C 5 RELAY BOARD (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 31
BR9D 5 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 18
BR10C 5 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 ; M03409-40 11
BR10D 5 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 12
BR20E 2 RELAY BOARD (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES ; F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 30
~
BR20F 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 ; M03409-40 34
BR20G 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 ~ 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 34
BRZ1E 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES; F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409~40 18
BR21F 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409~40 18
BR21G 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 rnm2 : M03409-40 18
BRl2E 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES ; F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 24
0 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 ; L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 24
BR22F 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50
BR22G 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 ~ 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 24
BR23E 2 RELAY BOARD (ONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 21
BR23G 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1,5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 ; M03409-40 20
- BR24E 2 RELAY BOARD (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 ~ 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 19
BR24F 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 19
BR24G 2 RELAY BOARD (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 19
BR25C 5 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 25
BR25D 5 RELAY BOARD (ONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 35
BR51E 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES ; F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 54
E BR51F 2 RELAY BOARD (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 54
BR51G 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 ; L 03409~39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 52
BR52E 2 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03401-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : H 03409-40 64
IFOR OTHER INFORMATIONS REFER TO LOOM LAYOUT PAGES I
EPS :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS
ATT400/3 INDICE .. A
ATT4oo13 ELECTRIC FILE CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS I
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRIETE DE PPM. L t£ PElJT ErnE N REPRCOOT, HI (CftUQ.E SANS t«lTRE AUTOOISATDi I TItS DRAWN] IS Tr£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS t«lT BE USED 00 REPROOO:ED WffiIDUT M AUTHORIZATQt.
Dessinateur: B.C
Verif:icateur: RP.
Date: 19/09/00
I Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 175
f'.: I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41

A BR55D 5 RELAY BOARD (ONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1,5 mm2 ; L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 67
BR60C 5 RELAY BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407~50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 64
BR600 CONNECTEUR EXISTANT CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1,5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 61
BTF BOOM HEAD CONNECTING BOX X 68
BUZ ENGINE WARNING LIGHT CLIP FEMEllE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 rom2 ; K 03409-15 10
,...--
BUZl REAR FOG LIGHT AUDIBLE ALARM CLIP FEMElLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 17
BVFD REO FUEL INDICATOR CLlP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 ; K 03409-15 37
BVGO WHITE FUEL INDICATOR CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409~15 37
BV1A 8 LIGHTS PANEL CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 10
BV1B 8 LIGHTS PANEL (ONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 10
BV2A 8 LIGHTS PANEL (ONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONTACTS : ( 03409-77 9
B BV2B 8 LIGHTS PANEL CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES ; Z 12407-80 CONTACTS : ( 03409-77 10
BV3A 6 LIGHTS PANEL (ONNECTEUR 6 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 14
BV3B 8 LI GHTS PANEL (ONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407~80 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 15
BV50A 8 U GHTS PANEL (ONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONTACTS : ( 03409-77 54
BV50B 8 LIGHTS PANEL CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 66
BV51A 8 II GHTS PANEL CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 53
- BV51B 8 LIGHTS PANEL CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : Z 12407-80 CONTACTS : ( 03409-77 66
BX1 ENGINE ELECTRONIC UNIT CONNECTEUR 16 VOlES : E 61407-97 CONTACTS : P 61409-21 3
BX1. L.M.I. PANEL (ONNECTEUR 24 VOlES : S 61407-17 CONTACTS 0,32 0 0.5 mm2 : L 03409-85 CONTACTS 0.75 0 1.5 mm2 : M03409~86 63
BX2 l.M. i. PANEL [ONNECTEUR 24 VOlES : S 61407-17 CONTACTS 0.32 0 0.5 mm2 : L 03409-85 CONTACTS 0.75 0 1.5 mm2 : M03409-86 68
81. BOOH LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM X 68
B2. BOOM LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM X 68
C 82, . BOOM LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM X 69
830 BLINKERS UNIT CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES ; l 03407-55 CLIP FEHELlE 6,35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 14
832 SPEEDOMETER X X 9
B35 IGNITION-STARTING SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 5 VOlES: P 12407-94 CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : F 03409-60 3
B37 DIODE BOARD (ONNECTEUR MALE lS VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 9
B38 DIODE BOARD (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 ; l 03409-39 9
- 839 SPEEDOMETER X X 9
842 ROOF CAB FUNCTIONS CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES : G 03407-51 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : N 03409-41 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 ; P 03409-42 32
842, ROOF CAB FUNCTIONS CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES ; F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 32
B53 FUEL GAUGE I CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE CONNECTEUR 5 VOlES : X 12407-79 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 10
B54 BRAKING AIR PRESSURE (ONNECTEUR 5 VOlES : X 12407-79 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 9
0 855 CAB FAN CONNECTEUR MALE 3 VOlES : E 12407-85 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 36
856 all PRESSURE/ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE CONNECTEUR 5 VOlES: X 12407-79 CONTACTS ; C 03409-77 9
B60 DIODE BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1,5 mm2 : L 03409-39 30
661 DIODE BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 30
B66 CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : R 03407-83 CLIP FEMElLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 10
B94 TRANSMISSION CONTROL CONNECTEUR MALE 12 VOlES : S 03407-61 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 53
- 895 X CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 57
695. X (ONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES ; G 03401-51 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : N03409-41 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : P 03409-42 57
8104 HEATER (ONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : L 03401·78 CLIP FEMElLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 59
8123 ROOF WINDSCREEN WIPER CONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES : M03407-79 CLIP FEMEllE 6,35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 57
8125 TURRET GENERAL WARNING CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mml : K 03409-15 53
8126 X CONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES : H 03407-79 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 58
E 6126. X X x 58
B126 X (ONNECTEUR HALE is VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 66
6128. X CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES : G 03407-51 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : N03409-41 66
8131 24V/12V CONVERTER CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : R 03407-83 (LIP FEHELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 58
E.PS:
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS
ATT400j3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> ArT4OO13 ELECTRIC FILE CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS Dessinateur: B.C. I Date: 30/10/00
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PRIFRETE DE PPH.l t£ PEUT me tf RePROOJr." (CJtU«lE SANS NOTRE AUTOOIS/,rm I TItS OOAWNi IS TI£ PRCfERTY OF PPM. IT IS NlT BE USED m REPImXED W!TtDJT M AUTOORlZATm Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 176
~ I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41

A 8132 24V/12V CONVERTER (ONNECTEUR FEMEllE 2 VOlES : T 12407-06 CLIP MALE 6.3 AVERROU : G03409-35 58
B133 CEILING LIGHT CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : R 03407-83 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 AVERROU : V 03409-48 58
6134 X X 57
B134. X X 57
6134A FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER X 57
B135 FRONT PANEL (ONTROl CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : l03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : M03409-40 52
r--
6135. FRONT PANEL (ONTROL CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES : G 03407-51 CONTACTS 0.6 a 1.5 mm2 : N03409-41 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : P 03409-42 52
8138 RADIO CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 58
8150 DIODE BOARD CONNECTEUR HALE 15 VOlES : F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : l 03409-39 30
8151 DIODE BOARD CONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES: F 03407-50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 30
8153 24V/1ZV CONVERTER (ONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : R 03407-83 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 AVERROU : V 03409-48 32
B 6154 24Vf12V CONVERTER CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 2 VOlES : T 12407-06 CLIP MALE 6.3 A VERROU : G 03409-35 32
8162 TACHOMETER I HOURMETER CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : E 63407-36 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 9
B163 CLUTCH OIL PRESSURE (ONNECTEUR 5 VOlES : X 12407-79 CONTACTS : C 03409-77 10
8182 CIRCUIT 2 STEERING FLOW CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-63 CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 10
8185 RETARDER CONTROL CONNECTEUR 5 VOlES : N03407-80 CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : F 03409-57 26
8186 U GHTI NG SW ITCH CONNECTEUR 6 VOlES : R 12407-96 CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : G 03409-81 14
r-- 8187 Ll GHTI NG SW ITCH CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : S 12407-97 CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : G 03409-81 15
B188 WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH CONNECTEUR 7 VOlES : B 61407-02 CLIP FEMELLE A VERROU : H 03409-82 32
8189 WINDSCREEN WIPER TIMER CONNECTEUR 8 VOlES : l 03407-55 (LIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 32
6194 AIR FILTER CLOGGING CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : l 03407-76 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 10
6195 WINDSCREEN WIPER CONNECTEUR 6 VOlES: S 00407-49 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 32
B237 CAB FAN CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : L 03407-78 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 58
C 6250 HYDRAULIC Oil COOLER CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES ; l 03407-78 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V03409-48 61
8260 L.M.1. OVERRIDE CONNECTEUR MALE 9 VOlES : a 12407-03 CONTACTS 0.6 b 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 63
6260. L.M.1. OVERRIDE CONNECTEUR FEMElLE 9 VOlES : U 03407-63 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : N03409 41 w
63
8320 CAB-FUEL SELECTION BOX CONNECTION (ONNECTEUR MALE 15 VOlES : F 03407~50 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mm2 : L 03409-39 CONTACTS 2.5 mmZ : M03409-40 37
B320. CAB-FUEL SELECTION BOX CONNECTION (ONNECTEUR FEMELLE 15 VOlES : G 03407-51 CONTACTS 0.6 0 1.5 mmZ : N03409-41 CONTACTS 2.5 mm2 : P 03409-42 37
CACC MANUAL THROTTLE SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 [LIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V03409-48 27
- CACe. MANUAL THROTTLE SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V03409-46 53
(AFFAL SUSPENSION DOWN SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 19
CAN CAN CONNECTING UNIT CONNECTEUR 18 VOlES : U 63407-04 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 8
co IGNITION-STARTING SWITCH X 52
CDEAR REAR STEERING RELEASING SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 55
0 CDEVAR REAR STEERING RELEASING SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELlE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 24
COIAR REAR STEERING SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 AVERROU : V 03409-48 55
CDIFAV FRONT INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELlE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 23
CDIRAR REAR STEERING SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMEllE 6.35 AVERROU : V 03409-48 24
(IRAV INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 (LIP FEMELLE 6,35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 54
CLG WINDSCREEN WASHER SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU ; V 03409-48 58
I--(MOCP UP AND DOWN (W SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 (LIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 62
CPARD RIGHT REAR OUTRIGGER SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 56
CPARG lEFT REAR OUTRIGGER SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 56
(PAV FRONT AXLE LOCKING SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 (liP FEMEllE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 54
(PAV. FRONT AXLE LOCKING SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMEllE 6.35 A VERROU : V03409-48 22
CPAVO RIGHT FRONT OUTRIGGER SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 56
E CPAVG LEFT FRONT OUTRIGGER SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEHELLE 6.35 AVERROU : V03409-46 56
CPP (ONTACTEUR POUTRES I PAT INS (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEHElLE 6.35 AVERROU ; V 03409-46 56
CSAR REAR SUSPENSION LOCKING SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : VI 63407-06 CLIP FEMELlE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 54
(SAV FRONT SUSPENSION LOCKING SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : 'II 63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 54
E.P.S, :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS [OMPOSANTS
[ONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF [OI1PONENTS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATT40013 ELE[TRIC FILE Dessinateur: B.C I Date: 30/10/00
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
wrnror OOR AtJTH(RZATOt
CE PlAN EST LA PRI:PRETE DE PPM. l t£ PEUT ETRE tI REPROOJT, N (Iltt.m..f SANS N,rrne AUTMISATDlI 1HS OOAWHi ts TIE PR(FERTY IF PPM. IT ts NJT BE USED ~ REPROru:EO Verificateur : R.P. I Date: 18/03/2002 PAGE: 177
".,11 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 J 8 1 9 J 10 J 111 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 J 40 J 41

A (SPT CARRIER I TURRET SELECTION SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES ~ W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6,35 A VERROU ; V 03409-46 34
(SUSP SUSPENSION LOCKING SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 (LIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V03409-48 18
eVDCP CW LOCK I RELEASE SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES: W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU ; V 03409-48 62
DIAG MERCEDES DIAGNOSTIC PLUG (ONNECTEUR 14 VOlES ; G 61407-99 CONTACTS : S 61409-24 3
E2 INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 23
E5 FRONT AXLE LOCKING CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 22
- E6 FRONT SUSPENSION RELEASING CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 18
E7 REAR SUSPENSION RELEASING CABLE ELECTRO DIN A ; U 12407-76 18
E8 REAR STEERING RELEASING (ABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 24
E10 EXHAUST BRAKE CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 7
E11 REAR STEERING LOCKING CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 24
B E31 FRONT AXLE RELEASING CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 22
E42 TURRET AIR POWER CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 34
E43 LEFT REAR STEERING CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 24
E44 RIGHT REAR STEERING (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 24
E49 CHOKE CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 11
£74 AUXI LlARY WINCH CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 66
I"- E75 AUX ILiARY WINCH CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 66
E93 SECTION 2 TELESCOPE RETRACTION CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 67
E94 SECTION 3 AND 4 TELESCOPE RETRACTION CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 67
E101 (W DOWN (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 35
E102 (W UP CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 35
E103 VERROUILLAGE CONTRE-POIOS CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 62
( E104 DEVERROUILLAGE (ONTRE-POIDS CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 62
E105 ROTATION BRAKE RELEASING CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 66
E106 ROTATION LOCKING CABLE ELECTRO DIN B : T 12407-75 66
E107 ROTATION RELEASING CABLE ELECTRO DIN B ; T 12407-75 66
E184 AUTOMATIC LEVEL CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 19
i--
£185 SUSPENSION DOWN CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 20
E190 FRONT LEFT PAD CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 30
E191 FRONT LEFT BEAM CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 30
E192 FRONT RIGHT PAD CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 30
E193 FRONT RIGHT BEAM CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 30
E194 REAR LEFT PAD CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 30
D E195 REAR LEFT BEAM CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 30
E196 REAR RIGHT PAD CABLE ELECTRO DIN A ; U 12407-76 30
E197 REAR RIGHT BEAM CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12'07~76 30
E200 BEAMS I PADS OUT (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 31
E201 BEAMS I PADS IN CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407~76 31
E206 PRESSURE LIMIT CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 31
c--E233 QUICK PRESSURE RELEASING CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 20
E234 REAR SUSPENSION BALANCING (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407-76 19
E236 CIRCUIT 2 STEERING FLOW CUT OFF CABLE ELECTRO DIN A : U 12407~76 19
E237 TURRET ROTATION FLOW (ABLE ELECTRO DIN A ; U 12407-76 35
FFG THROTTLE PEDAL (ONNECTEUR 9 VOlES: F 61407-98 CONTACTS : R 61409-23 7
FFG. THROTTLE PEDAL (ONNECTEUR 9 VOlES : F 61407-98 CONTACTS : R 61409-23 53
E FL X X 70
FL. X X 71
FL1 X X 71
FL1. X X 71
1FOR OTHER INFORMATIONS REFER TO LOOM LAYOUT PAGES I

EP.S, :
DOSSIER ELECTRIOUE ATT 400/3
REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS
CONNECTORS PART NUHBER OUT OF [OI1PONENTS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
MACHINE: 241210 --> Dessinateur: B.C I Date:
CR 107366 CE PLAN EST LA PROPRETE IE PPtll tE PE'JT ErnE N REPRalJT. N (1ltt.W.£ SANS t«llRE AllTOOISATOt I TItS DRAWNi IS 11£ PROPERTY (J= PPf't IT IS tIlT BE USED DR REPfmm) WlnroT om AlffiKJRIZArot Verificateur: RP, t Date:
30/10/00
18/03/2002 PAGE: 178
"-.1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41

A FL2 X X 71
FL2. X X 71
FMR1 FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT CONNECTEUR 18 VOlES : U 63407-04 CONTACTS ; 0 61409-22 9
FHR2 FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT (ONNECTEUR 16 VOlES : U 63407-04 CONTACTS : 0 61409-22 11
FMR3 FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT CONNECTEUR 15 VOlES : T 63407-03 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 7
FMR4 FMR ELECTRONIC UNIT CONNECTEUR 18 VOlES : U 63407-04 CONTACTS : Q 61409-22 3
I--
lABS ASS OFF ROAD SELECTION SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 (LIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 21
IOETR HAZARD SWITCH CONNECTEUR 11 VOlES: o 63407-12 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 14
IDOR ROTATION BRAKE RELEASING SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEHElLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 66
IEGAV FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 57
IEGT ROOF WINDSCREEN WIPER SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 57
B IFBAR REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 AVERROU : V 03409-48 17
IGIRO ROTATING BEACON SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 33
lPT WORKING LIGHT SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : VI 63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 57
IRO MIRROR DEFROST SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMEllE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 38
ISG FUEL SELECTION SWITCH [ONNE(TEUR 10 VOlES ; W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 37
ISTA OUTRIGGERS SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-46 27
;...- ISTA. OUTRIGGERS SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 52
ITFL AUXILIARY WINCH SELECTION SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES : W63407-06 (liP fEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 66
IV FAN SWITCH (ONNECTEUR 10 VOlES: W63407-06 CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 58
IVOR ROTATION LOCK / RELEASE SWITCH CONNECTEUR 10 VOlES: W63407-06 CLIP FEMELlE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 66
J8(C. JONCTION BOITIERS COMHANDE ET COMPACT CONNECTEUR 6 VOlES : T 00407-50 CLIP MALE 6.3 A VERROU : G 03409-35 37
MS CAB GROUND COSSE DIA 10 I 42 0 60 mmZ : T 00409-34 50
( M10 TURRET GROUND (OSSE DIA 10 I 25 ~ 35 mm2 : 50
M15 CAB GROUND X 50
H2O BATTERIES GROUND COSSE DIA 10 I 10 a 16 mm2 : (OSSE DIA 10 I 25 a 35 mm2 : 3
PABS X X 21
PABSR CAB-ABS TRAILOR PLUG CONNECTION CONNECTEUR MALE 12 VOlES : [ 61407-03 CONTACTS FEMEllES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : 21
- PASSR,
PA1L
PA1R
CAB-ASS TRAILOR PLUG CONNECTION
FRONT LEFT WHEEL ASS SENSOR
FRONT RIGHT WHEEL ASS SENSOR
CONNECTEUR FEMElLE 12 VOlES : o 61407-04 CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 :
CABLE CAPTEUR ASS 12M : T 75522-97
CABLE (APTEUR ABS 12M : T 75522-97
21
21
21
PA2l REAR LEFT WHEEL ABS SENSOR CABLE CAPTEUR ABS 12M : T 75522-91 21
PA2R REAR RIGHT WHEEL ASS SENSOR CABLE CAPTEUR ABS 12M : T 75522-97 21
PBSG FUEL TYPE SELECTION BOX CABLE BI-CARBURANT I Lgr 9m ref. GARlOUIS : 8.031 37
D PUO WINCH DOWN CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 64
PUM WINCH UP CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 65
PMM ASS MODULATORS GROUND CONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES : G 12407-87 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 21
PMM. ASS MODULATORS GROUND CONNECTEUR FEMELLE 4 VOlES : H 12407-88 [ONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 21
PR ASS TRAILOR PLUG (ABLE REMORQUAGE ASS 15M : L 80522-18 21
PRO BOOM HO! ST DOWN CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 65
I-- PRM BOOM HOIST UP CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 65
PTR TELESCOPE RETRACTION (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 64
PTS TELESCOPE EXTENSION (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS : L 61409-18 65
P1 CAB-POWER/GROUND CONNECTION CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35 6
P1. CAS-POWER/GROUND CONNECTION (ONNECTEUR EHBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS HALES 1.5 mm2 : 6
PS CAB-CARRIER CONNECTION CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES ; A 61407-01 CONTACTS FEMElLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 ; 30
E P5. CAB-CARRIER CONNECTION X 30
P8 STOP LIGHT SENSOR CONNECTEUR HALE 3 VOlES : E 12407-85 CONTACTS FEHElLES t mm2 : A 12407-35 17
P15 CAB-ENGINE CONNECTION CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 10
P15. CAB-ENGINE CONNECTION CONNECTEUR EHBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 CONTACTS HALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 : 10
E.P.S. :
DOSSIER ELECT RIQUE ATT 400/3 REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS
ATT400/3 INDICE .. D
ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE CONNECTORS PART NUI18ER our OF COMPONENTS I Date:
eR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PROPR1EiE DE PPM. L N: PEUT me It REPROCIUT... (~ SANS OOTRE AtrrOOISAmt I THS OOAWNi IS nE PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS ~T BE USED 00 REPROflJCED wmo.rr Clt.R AUTHOR!ZATI(){
Dessinateur: B.C
06/11/00
18/0312002 PAGE: 179
"'1 12131415 \6 17 18 19 IIDI~ l~laIUI~I~IVIWIWIWI~lnlnlul~IUIVI~I~IEI~I~ITII~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~

A PB ELECTRICAL SWIVEL (ONNECTEUR 70 VOlES ; A 61407-01 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : 30
P23. ELECTRICAL SWIVEL CONNECTEUR EMBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS HALES 1.5 mm2 : 30
P35 OUTRIGGERS (ONTROL BOX CONNECTEUR 14 VOlES : F 12407~40 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 rom2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : 28
P45 OUTRIGGERS CONTROL BOX CONNECTEUR 14 VOlES : F 12407-40 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : 29
P51 CAB-BUMPERS CONNECTION CONNECTEUR 23 VOlES : H 12407-42 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 rnm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1,5 mm2 : 14
P51. CAB-BUMPERS CONNECTION (ONNECTEUR EHBASE 23 VOlES : X 12407-33 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 : 14
- P52 LEFT REAR LIGHT UNIT CONNECTEUR MALE 8 VOlES : L 12407-91 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 15
P53 RIGHT REAR LIGHT UNIT CONNECTEUR HALE 8 VOlES : l 12407-91 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 15
P55 CAB-STORAGE BOXES CONNECTION CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 CONTACTS FEMElLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1.5 mm2 : 3
P55. CAB-STORAGE BOXES CONNECTION CONNECTEUR EMBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 CONTACTS HALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS HALES 1.5 mm2 : 18
P59 SPEED SENSOR CABLE CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : W69522-07 9
B P60 CAB-TURRET CONNECTION CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : 60
P60. CAB-TURRET CONNECTION (ONNECTEUR EMBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS HALES 1.5 mm2 : 60
P61 ALTERNATOR CONNECTEUR 5 VOlES : Q 63407-23 CONTACTS 0.5 0 1 mm2 : X 61409-29 3
P68 TURRET-BOOH CONNECTION CONNECTEUR EMBASE 23 VOlES : X 12407-33 CONTACTS HALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 : 60
P68. TURRET-BOOM CONNECTION CONNECTEUR 23 VOlES : H 12407-42 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1.5 mm2 : 60
P8B PISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER (ONNECTEUR 4 VOlES; K 61407-10 CONTACTS 0 SOUDER int~gf~s au CONNECTEUR 68
r- PBB .. PISTON SIDE TRANSDUCER (ONNECTEUR type GDH 3009 r€f. HIRSCHMANN: 931969-100 69
P89 ROD SIDE TRANSDUCER CONNECTEUR 4 VOlES : K 61407-10 CONTACTS 0 SOUDER int~gres au CONNECTEUR 68
PB9 .. ROD SIDE TRANSDUCER CONNECTEUR type GOM 3009 ref. HIRSCHMANN: 931 969-100 69
P123 ELECTRICAL SWIVEL CONNECTEUR 70 VOlES : A 61407-01 CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 CONTACTS FEHElLES 1.5 mm2 : 50
P123. ELECTRICAL SWIVEL (ONNECTEUR EMBASE 70 VOlES : U 12407-99 CONTACTS MALES 1 mm2 : B 12407-36 CONTACTS MALES 1.5 mm2 : 50
P124 OVERLOAD I LMI OVERRIDE CONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : C 12407~83 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 63
C pno REAR STEERING LOCKING SENSOR CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G 03407-97 24
P188 LEFT OVERSIZE LIGHT CONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-83 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 15
P189 RIGHT OVERSIZE LIGHT CONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35 15
P195 TURRET STEERING CLUTCH CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES ; ( 12407-83 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 34
P200 EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN (ONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES : G 12407-67 CONTACTS FEMElLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 11
P201 EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN CONNECTEUR MALE 4 VOlES ; G 12407-87 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35 11
'"-
P211 LEFT LOW BEAM CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS r~f. AMP : 927771-3 16
P214 RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 15
P215 LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT CONNECTEUR HALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 15
P216 LEFT HIGH BEAM (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : ( 61407-95 CONTACTS r~f. AMP: 927771-3 16
P221 RIGHT lOW BEAM CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : ( 61407-95 (ONTACTS r~f. AMP: 927771-3 16
D PZZ4 CW CYLINDER HIGH POSITION AUDIBLE ALARM (ONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-83 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 35
PZ26 RIGHT HIGH BEAM (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS r~f. AMP : 927771-3 16
PZ27 FUEL FILTER { WATER SEPARATOR CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS r~f. AHP : 927771-3 37
P226 FUEL FILTER I WATER SEPARATOR CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : C 61407-95 CONTACTS r~f. AMP : 927771-3 37
P231 RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-83 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 15
P232 RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407-83 CONTACTS FEMELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 15
- P233 RIGHT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : ( 12407~83 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 15
P241 LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : [ 12407~83 CONTACTS FEHELlES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 15
P242 LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT CONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407~35 15
P243 LEFT LATERAL PARKING LIGHT (ONNECTEUR MALE 2 VOlES : C 12407-83 CONTACTS FEHELLES 1 rnm2 : A 12407-35 15
PZ50 REAR STEERING REVERSE DIRECTION SENSOR CONNECTEUR MALE 3 VOlES : E 12407-65 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 : A 12407-35 25
P250. REAR STEERING REVERSE DIRECTION SENSOR (ONNECTEUR FEHEllE 3 VOlES : F 12407-86 CONTACTS HALES 1 mrn2 ; B 12407-36 25
E P260 TURRET PARKING BRAKE SENSOR CONNECTEUR HALE 3 VOlES : E 12407-85 CONTACTS FEMELLES 1 mm2 ; A 12407-35 35
SRM BOOM HOIST UP OVERRIDE X 65
S1. HORN (LIP FEMEllE 6.35 I 1.5 0 2,5 mm2 ; J 03409-14 16
S9 FRONT INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL CABLE (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G 03407-97 23
EPS:
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT400/3 REFERENCES CONNECT!QUE HORS COMPOS ANTS
ATT400/3 INDICE .. D
MACHINE: 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF [OHPONENTS Dessinateur: B.C I Date: 04/12100
CR 107366 (E PlAN EST LA PRtJ'RETE IE Pf'H.l t£ PEUT EIRE N REPR<llIT. N CMtNlE SANS OOTRE AUT€RSATm IllIS ORAWNi IS n£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS tm BE USED 00 REPROru:ED wmwr Wl AlJTIf:RZATOl. V Wtcateur: RP. I Date: 18/03/2002 PAGE: 180
:"1 I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 1S I 16 I 17 I 18 ! 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 ! 2S I 26 I 27 I 28 .1 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 I 40 I 41

A S10 PARKING BRAKE SENSOR (oSSE DIA 4 I 0.6 a 1 mmZ : L 00409-50 9
S11 MAIN SWITCH (0 SSE OIA 10 I 1.5 0 2.5 mm2 : (OSSE OIA 10 I 7 a 10 mm2 : H 03409-13 (OSSE OIA 10 I 16 ~ 25 mm2 : 3
S16 REAR INTER-WHEELS DIFFERENTIAL CABLE (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G 03407-97 23
519 12V BATTERY PLUG (OSSE OIA 6 I 1.5 0 2.5 mm2 : L 00409-27 3
S33 TRAILOR PLUG Fils non DENUDES 14
S44 AIR DRYER CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G 03407-97 37
- S51 FRONT AXLE LOCKING SENSOR CABLE CONNECTEUR Z VOlES : G03407-97 22
S60 STARTER COSSE O!A 6 I 1.5 0 2.5 mm2 : L 00409-27 (OSSE OIA 10 I 7 0 10 mm2 : H 03409-13 3
S61 ALTERNATOR COSSE OIA 6 I 7 a 10 mm2 : G 03409-12 COSSE DIA 8 I 7 0 10 mm2 : N 03409-87 3
S69 CLUTCH OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (OSSE DIA 4 I 0.6 ~ 1 mm2 : L 00409-50 10
S73 AUXILIARY WINCH SENSOR CLIP FEMElLE OIA 3 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 ; B 03409-30 CLIP MALE OIA 3 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : ( 03409-31 64
B 574 WINCH SENSOR CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 64
S81 SEAT SENSOR CLIP FEMELLE OIA 3 I 0.6 b 1 mm2 : B 03409-30 CLIP MALE DIA 3 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : C 03409-31 64
S82 ARMREST SENSOR CLIP FEMELLE OIA 3 I 0,6 a 1 mm2 : B 03409-30 CLIP HALE DIA 3 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : ( 03409-31 64
S86. (W LOCK I RELEASE FLAG LIGHTING CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 60
$91 TELESCOPE OUT SAFETY SWITCH CONNECTEUR ELECTROVALVE ; J 03407-30 65
S97 SLEWING LOCKING SENSOR COSSE DIA 4 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : L 00409-50 66
~
S98 800H WORKING LIGHT COble coup~ NET 60
5102. WINDSCREEN WASHER [ONNE[TEUR MALE 2 VOlES: L 03407-78 CLIP FEMEllE 6.35 A VERROU : V 03409-48 56
S109. WORKING LIGHT [LIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 57
5111 ROTAT ING BEACON CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 (OSSE DIA , I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : l 00409-50 60
S116 OIL FILTER CLOGGING SENSOR (OSSE DIA 6 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : N 00409-52 53
5117 HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER SENSOR CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 61
C 5124 ROTATING BEACON CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 60
5128 BOOM LENGHT I ANGLE REEL DRUM Cable coup~ NET 68
S130 HORN CABLE (ONNECTEUR 2 VOlES: G 03407-91 59
S131 SEAT SAFETY SWITCH OVERRIDE (ABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G 03407-97 64
S136. LOUD-SPEAKER X 58
S137. LOUD-SPEAKER X 58
6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15
~
S140 RIGHT FRONT BLINKER CLIP FEMELlE 14
5141 LEFT FRONT BLINKER CLIP FEMELlE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 14
$143 LEFT LATERAL BLINKER CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 14
$144 RIGHT LATERAL BLINKER CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 14
S149 MIRROR DEFROST CLIP FEHELlE DIA 3 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : B 03409-30 38
0 5153. ROT AT !NG BEACON X 33
S154. ROT AT ING BEACON X 33
5156 RETARDER X 26
5165. ENGINE SHUT-DOWN X 11
5169 MIRROR DEFROST CLIP FEHElLE DIA 3 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : B 03409-30 38
S170 FRONT BRAKE AIR PRESSURE COSSE OIA 4 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : L 00409-50 9
I-- S171 REAR BRAKE AIR PRESSURE (OSSE OIA 4 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : L 00409-50 9
S183 24V PLUG X 32
S165 RETARDER RELAY UNIT COSSE DIA 5 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : H 00409-51 (OSSE DIA 6 I 7 a 10 mm2 : G 03409-12 26
5186 CAB ROOF LIGHT X 33
5187 CAB ROOF LIGHT X 33
5190 WINDSCREEN WASHER X 32
E 5193 CEILING LIGHT X 32
$194 EXHAUST BRAKE CABLE CONNECTEUR 2 VOlES : G 03407-97 7
S196 lOUD-SPEAKER X 32
S197 LOUD-SPEAKER X 32
PPM TEREX ETUDE:
EP.s. :
1371 DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3
REFERENCES CONNECTIQUE HORS CQMPOSANTS
CONNECTORS PART NUHBER OUT OF [OHPONENTS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
I Date:
CR 107366 MACHINE: 241210 -->
CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE l'E PPK L tE PM ErnE N REPRa.lJT. hi C(JtUll£ SANS NOTRE AUTOOISATDl.1 TItS OOAWNlIS 11£ PR(fERTY CF PPtl IT IS NOT BE US8) 00 REPROClXED wmwT OCR AlJ'TI-mIZAmt
Dessinateur: B.c.
Verm.cateur: RP. I Date:
04112100
18/0312002 PAGE: 181
!"J .1 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 I 10 I 11 I 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 I 22 I 23 I 24 I 25 I 26 I 27 I 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 I 39 ! 40 I 41
(CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENT~)

A $198 CEILING LIGHT X 32
5199 CEILING LIGHT X 32
S203 FEUlllURE GAUCHE Fits DENUDES et ETAMES sur 5 mm 32
S204 FEUllLURE DROIT Fils DENUDES et ETAMES sur 5 mm 32
5206 12V PLUG CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 32
5207 12V BATTERY X 3
- 5220. LENGHT SENSOR X 69
S221 CIRCUIT 1 STEERING FLOW Affectation (aSSES voir LISTING CLIP FEHELlE 6.35 / 0.6 0 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 (OSSE DIA 10 I 0.6 0 1 mm2 : 10
5223. l. M. I. OVERR IDE X 63
5224. WINCH UP OVERRIDE X 63
5235. LENGHT SENSOR X 68
B 5236. ANGLE SENSOR X 68
5239. INTERFERENCES FILTER X 68
S240, HEAD BOOM LIGHT X 70
5243. ANTI TWO BLOCK SAFETY SELECTION X 71
S249. MOOULATEUR ASS ROUE AVANT GAUCHE CABLE MODULATEUR ABS 15M : S 75522-96 21
S251. HOOULATEUR ABS ROUE AVANT OROITE CABLE MODULATEUR ASS 15M : S 75522-96 21
---- S252. MODUlATEUR ABS ROUE ARRIERE GAUCHE CABLE MOOULATEUR ABS 15M : S 75522-96 21
S253. HODUlATEUR ASS ROUE ARR!ERE DROITE CABLE MODULATEUR ASS 15M : S 75522-96 21
·5254 RIGHT FRONT PARKING LIGHT CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K 03409-15 15
5255 LEFT FRONT PARKING LIGHT CLIP FEMELLE 6.35 I 0.6 a 1 mm2 : K03409-15 15
S260 TELESCOPE RETRACTION SYNCHRONIZATION X 67
5261 CIGAR LIGHTER X 59
( S262 CW CYLINDER LOW POSITION SENSOR FilS NUS 35
W1-X3 X X 39
W1-X4 X X 39
W1~X7 X X 39
--
r--

E.PS:
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 REFERENCES (ONNECTIQUE HORS COMPOSANTS
ATT400/3 INDICE : 0
ATUOOl3 ELECTRIC FILE CONNECTORS PART NUMBER OUT OF COMPONENTS S.c. I Date: 05/03/01
CR 107366 MACHINE : 241210 -->
(£ PLAN EST LA PROPRETE (f PPM. L tE PEUT ~ N REPRtWT. N mK.Nl£ SANS t-«>1RE AUTOOISATm I ntS 0RAWN'i IS Ti£ PlIDPERTY OF PPH.lT IS OOT BE USED mREPROO..(B) wmror 0lR AtrTtJ:eZATDt
Dessinateur:
Verificateuf : RP. I Date: 1810312002 PAGE: 182
i'\ I 2 I 3 I 4 ! 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 J 9 I 10 1 11 J 12 I 13 I 14 I 15 I 16 I 17 I 18 I 19 I 20 I 21 J 22 I 23 .1 24 J 25 J 261 27 J 28 I 29 I 30 I 31 I 32 I 33 I 34 I 35 I 36 I 37 I 38 1 39 1 40 J 41
(BULBS PART NUMBER)

ITEM FUNCTION FUNCTION I PPM PIN I BULB TYPE FUNCTION I PPM PIN ( BUlB TYPE FUNCTION I PPM PIN / BULB TYPE PAGE
A BV1 8 LIGHTS PANEL N0140519 I24V-1.2W 10
BV2 8 LIGHTS PANEL NOt40519 I24V-1.2W 10
BV3 8 LIGHTS PANEL N0140519 I24V-1.2W 14
BV50 8 LIGHTS PANEL N0140519 I 24V-1.2W 54
BV51 6 LIGHTS PANEL N0140519 I 24V-1.ZW 53
S1 ROTATING BEACON 00140521 I H1-24V-70W 60
- 57 OIL PRESSURE/ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE N0140519 I 24V-1.2W 9
513 ROTATING BEACON 00140521 I H1-24V-70W 60
S16 SPEEDOMETER N0140519 I 24V-1.2W 9
S20 CLUTCH OIL PRESSURE N0140519 I 24V-1.2W 10
522 FUEL GAUGE I CONVERTER OIL TEMPERATURE N0140519 / 24V-1.2W 10
B 552 LEFT REAR LIGHT UNIT POSITION I R0040587 I R10W-24V-10W STOP au CLIGNOTANT / 00040575 f P21W-24V-21W RECUL ou BROUILLARD I 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W 15
S53 RIGHT REAR LIGHT UNIT POSITION I R0040587 I R10W-24V-10W STOP ou CLIGNOTANT I 00040575 f P21W-24V-21W RECUL ou BROUILLARD I 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W 15
S54 LEFT OVERSIZE LIGHT 00040586 I RSW-24V-5W 15
S55 RIGHT OVERSIZE LIGHT 00040586 I RSW-24V-5W 15
S64 RIGHT FRONT BLINKER 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W 14
S65 LEFT LATERAL BLINKER 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W 14
to-- 566 RIGHT LATERAL BLINKER 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W 14
S67 LEFT FRONT BLINKER 00040575 I P21W-24V-21W 14
570 FRONT LEFT HEAD LAMP VEILLEUSE I K0040581 I T4W-24V-4W (ROI5EMENT ou ROUTE I 00140521 I H1-24V-70W 16
S71 FRONT RIGHT HEADLAMP VEILLEUSE I K0040581 I T4W-24V-4W (ROISEMENT au ROUTE I 00140521 I H1-24V-70W 16
S100 TACHOMETER I HOURMETER N0140519 I 24V-1,ZW 9
5101 BRAKING AIR PRESSURE N0140519 I 24V~1.ZW 9
C 5113 CE III NG II GHT V6040509 I K-24V-10W 32
5123 CE ILI NG II GHT V6040509 I K-24V-10W 32
5132 eEl LING II GHT V6040509 I K-24V-10W 32
S135 WHITE FUEL INDICATOR M0040560 I T8/2-24V-ZW 37
S136 RED FUEL INDICATOR M0040560 I T8/2-24V-ZW 37
"-
5137 CAB ROOF LIGHT 00040586 I RSW-24V-5W 33
S145 CAB ROOF LIGHT 00040586 I R5W-24V-5W 33
5195 WORKING LIGHT K0340501 I H3-24V~70W 57
S201 CEILING LIGHT U6040508 I 24V-13W 58
5212 CW LOCK I RELEASE FLAG LIGHTING 50040565 I C5W-24V-5W 60
S218 ROTATING BEACON 00140521 I H1-24V-70W 33
D S219 ROTATING BEACON 00140521 I H1-24V-70W 33
S240 HEAD BOOM LIGHT 00040586 I RSW-24Y-SW 70
r-- -i.

E.P.s. :
DOSSIER ELECTRIQUE ATT 400/3 REFERENCES AMPOULES I FONCTIONS
ATT400/3 INDICE .. A
MACHINE : 241210 --> ATT40013 ELECTRIC FILE BULBS PART NUI1BER Dessinateur: S.C I Date: 19/09/00
CR 107366 CE PlAN EST LA PROPRETE DE PPM. l t£ PEUT mE N REffiID.lT. N (!JtU.IIlE SANS OOTRE AlJTOOlSATOi I ms OOAWNlIS T!£ PROPERTY OF PPM. IT IS tilT BE USED 00 REPROru:ED Wl1HJUT M AlJTH(IijZAmt Verificateur: RP. I Date: 18/0312002 PAGE: 200
Maintenance and operator's manual M.L.1.
Load Moment Indicator

DS 350C
VIII
Edition: 12/1992 VIII- 1

M.L.1. Maintenance and operator's manual
VIII- 2 Edition: 12/1992

1 - General information
The purpose of the load moment indicator PPM (LMI) DS 350 is to
give the crane driver the essential information he needs to use his
machine in complete safety.
Using the information from the various sensors, the load moment indi-
cator oversees all the various crane functions and provides the driver
with a continuous display of crane lifting capacity. The display varies
constantly in relation to the different crane movements needed for
load-handling.
The LMI (load moment indicator) gives the driver information about
the length and angle of the boom, useable reach and the total weight
calculated and lifted by the crane.
When the load limit is being approached, the load moment indicator
tells the driver that this is so by an audible warning, a warning signal
lights up and all crane functions are cut off if the situation gets worse.
The LMI is an additional means of control which warns the crane

driver about imminent overload conditions and the end of lifting which
could well cause damage to goods and to people.
The device does not and must not replace the sound judgement and
experience of the driver nor his carrying out safe manoeuvres within
the rules.
The crane driver is responsible for the crane handling; it is his respon-
sibility to ensure that all the warnings and instructions are completely
understood and observed.
Before using the crane the driver must carefully read and understand
the information in this manual. He must know how to handle both the
LMI and the crane and their limits.
For the LMI to work well, it should be inspected daily and the instruc-
tions given in this manual must be observed.
We draw your specific attention to section 5 of the manual.
WARNING
The display unit (1) can only help the crane driver if the crane's
configuration operating code has been chosen correctly in rela-
tion to the type of work being carried out. In order to avoid seri-
ous accident, it is necessary for the lMI programming to be cor-
rectly carried out before the crane is used.

3 - Description of system
The DS 350 C load moment indicator system is made up of a micro-
processor central unit, a control board, a length and angle sensor,
pressure sensors and travel limit switches.
The system works on the principle of comparing theoretical value with

actual value.
The actual value resulting from measuring force or pressure is
compared with the theoretical data memorised in the memory of the
central processor.
If the limits are reached, there is a warning signal on the control
board. At the same time, dangerous crane movements (lifting, tele-
scoping, derricking up and down, and slewing) are cut off.
The crane's theoretical data, like load capacity charts, the weight of
the boom, centres of gravity and dimensions, are memorised in the
memories situated in the central unit. These sets of data constitute
the theoretical data used for calculating the conditions in which the
crane may be used.
The length and the angle of the boom are measured by the length
and angle sensor installed in the drum mounted on the boom. The
length of the boom is measured by the drum cable which also serves
as an electric conductor for the travel limit switches.
The load on the crane is measured by pressure sensors fixed on the

large chamber and the small chamber of the derricking rams.
3. 1 - Functioning of system
The load moment indicator (LMI) works with a system which guides
the user, simplifying use of the crane and of the LMI system. After the
crane motor starts up, the system makes an automatic check on all
the indicators, the audible warning and the entire LMI system.
If there is an error in the system, an error code number is displayed
on the board.
Once the automatic check has finished, the operator must program
the LMI with the crane's configuration. The system is then ready for
use.
VIII-4 Edition: 12/1992

3.2 Control Board

This has two functions:
Input by the crane driver of the necessary system instructions
Display of information data and instructions
[;Gt1
1
I J.&.I ~
MAX 30.0 IIIIIII
ACT 11.3 20.0 L.I
CODE 010 12 t
33.2 15.5 50.5
~ L .L:1
4
- 5
3 6
WagW
1 1
~
2
7
~
T
I
-
8
-
~ 00 m 11
10
8 9
[Y)] 12
VIII-6 Edition: 12/1992

1/ Display
2/ Travel limit warning light
3/ Advance load moment warning light
4/ Load moment warning light
5/ Release warning light
6/ 'Incremention' control
7/ 'Stop audible alarm' control
8/ 'Tara' control
9/ 'Operating code' control
10/ 'Number of lines' control
11/ 'Decrementation' control
12/ Moveable key release switch
Edition: 12/1992 VIII-7

3.3 Control items

Illustration 1 shows the control elements and the displays of the DS
350 C load moment indicator. The numbers on the illustration corre-
spond to the numbers in the following list which describes the func-
tion of each control item
11 Display
This shows technical and operating information and instructions for
the driver.
1 1&1 ~
30.9 IIIIIII
MAX
ACT
CODE
11.3
010
33.2 15.5
20.0 LI
12
50.5
,
-:2: L- ~
1.1 / The MAX LOAD is the maximum permissible load as in the load
capacity chart or the maximum load permitted by the reeving selected
using control 10 (,Number of lines'). The intermediate values of the
capacity chart are interpolated linearly by the computer.
1.21 The ACT.LOAD is the actual load (gross load). The weight of the
slings and the pulley-block are included.
1.3/ The display shows the operating code number selected by the
driver.

1.4/ The display indicates the length of the boom.
1.5/ The load moment is shown by bar graph. This shows instantly
the used capacity percentage.
As the capacity of the crane changes with the various movements,
this display changes constantly to correspond with the nominal power
of the crane.
This indicator has three zones:

- a green zone (0 to 90% of nominal capacity)
- a yellow warning zone (90 - 100% of nominal capacity)
- a red overloaded zone (more than 100% of nominal capacity)
1.6/ the display shows the reach of the crane
1.7/ the display shows the height under the boom head
8/ The display indicates the number of lines selected by the crane

driver using control (10).
1.9/ The display shows the boom angle.
Edition: 1211992 VIII- 9

2/ Travel limit warning light

This red light goes on when the end of travel switch contacts are
open. The audible alarm is heard at the same time. Dangerous crane
movements are stopped.
3/ Advance load moment warning light

This yellow light goes on when the load acting on the crane has
entered between 90% and 100% of nominal capacity, indicating that
overload is not far off.
For the crane driver this means that he must continue to handle the
crane with all necessary precautions.
4/ Load moment warning light

This red warning light tells the crane driver that the nominal load state
has been reached.
It goes on when the load on the crane has reached 100% of its nomi-
nalload.
5/ Release indicator
This red light flashes when the LMI is released.
6/ 'Incrementation' control
This touch control is used to increase the operating mode code or the
number of lines.
How to use this control is described in detail in sections 4.1 and 4.2.
7/ 'Stop audible alarm' control

To cut off the audible alarm. Press it to stop the alarm.

8/ Tara' control
The 'Tara' control is used to display the lifted load at the hook. The
slings and the pulley-block are not included in this load.
Use.
Sling the load without lifting it.
Press TARA control for the LMI system to memorise the weight of the
pulley-block and the slings.
The display flashes and shows the value of 0.0. Calibration is finished.
Lift the load WITH THE WINCH without derricking or telescoping. The
display flashes and shows the exact weight of the lifted load.
If the length or angle of the boom is changed (derricking or telescop-
ing) the display unit gives the total lifted weight again (load + pulley-
block + slings).
9/ 'Operating code' control

This is used to enter a new operating mode identification figure in the
system.
When this is activated, it lights up to indicate that the 'enter an operat-
ing mode identification number' function has been started. At the
same time, the 'advance load moment' and the 'load moment' war-
ning lights go on and crane movements are cut off.
After an operating mode identification number has been entered,

press the 'operating code' control again, the function has finished, the
lights go out and crane movements are no longer blocked.
The procedure for entering an operating mode identification number
is described in detail in section 4.1.
CAUTION
Selecting the right code is crucially important for the crane sys-
tem to work properly. For this reason, the codes must be
selected only by the crane driver who has perfect knowledge of
the load capacity charts and of how to use and operate the sys-
tem.

101 'Number of lines' control

This is used to enter a different new number of lines in the system.
When the 'number of lines' control is pressed, it lights up to indicate
that the 'number of lines' function has been started. Once the num-
ber of lines has been entered, press the 'number of lines' control
again, and the function has finished.
The procedure, 'Entering the number of lines' is described in detail in
section 4.2.
CAUTION
Selecting the right number of lines is crucially important for the
crane system to work properly. For this reason, the number of
lines must be selected only by the crane driver who has perfect
knowledge of the load capacity charts and of how to use and han-
dle the system.
111 'Decrementation' control

This is used to lower the operating mode code or the number of lines.
How to use this button is described in detail in sections 4.1 and 4.2.
121 Moveable key release switch

The switch is a touch control. This key release switch enables LMI
cut - off to be de - activated so that crane movements are not blocked.
Given that this switch de-activates the LMI and travel limit cut-off
systems, the crane driver must observe the following instructions:
- the release switch must be used with circumspection and only in

extreme cases, under the responsibility of the site manager.
- He should be completely aware of what could happen by way of
damage to the machine and to personnel if a load is lifted with the
system released.
- The release switch may never be used either for overloading or for
handling the crane in a forbidden configuration.
Turning the key to the right releases the LMI system and unblocks
crane movements. The system remains released for as long as the
LMI is cut off.
Warning light (5) and an outside warning device are active for as long
as the LMI is released.

4 - Programming procedure
Each time the crane is reconfigured, the crane driver must reprogram
the LMI.
This procedure has two parts:

Programming the LMI in the crane's working configuration
Programming the LMI for the current number of lines.
Caution
Selecting the right operating code and the right number of lines is
crucially important for the crane system to work properly.
For this reason, the codes and numbers must be selected only by
the crane driver who has perfect knowledge of the load capacity
charts and of how to use and handle the system.
4. 1 1 Selecting Operating Modes
4.1.11 Using 'operating mode identification number' con-

trol
When control (9) is pressed, it lights up and shows that the enter func-
tion has been set off. At the same time the 'advance load moment'
and the 'load moment' warning lights, (3) and (4), go on and danger-
ous crane movements are cut off.
The display unit shows the operating mode identification code and
the text matching the selected operating mode.
4.1.21 Selecting operating mode

The two controls 'forward' (6) and 'backwards' (11) are used to select
a new operating mode. When these touch controls are used, the
operating modes are displayed one after another.
4.1.31 Using 'operating mode identification number' con-

trol
When the desired operating mode is reached, valid it by pressing
control (9).
The warning lights 'advance load moment' (3) and 'overload' (4) go
out as does the light in control (9). The formerly blocked crane move-
ments may now be used again.

4.2/ Acljusting the number of lines

Adjusting the LMI for the number of lines used on the crane is done in
the same way as 'adjusting operating mode' described in 4.1:
4.2.1 / Activating 'number of lines' control

Once control (10) is pressed it lights up to show that the 'enter a new
number of lines' has been started.
4.2.2/ Selecting the number of lines

The two controls 'forwards' (6) and 'backwards' (11) are used to
increase or decrease the number of lines in order to select the desired
number of lines.
4.2.3/ Using control 'number of lines'

When the desired number of lines is displayed, validate it by pressing
'number of lines' control (10).

5 - Inspection before starting up
Before using the crane, the following electrical connections must be

checked to ensure that the system is connected correctly depending
on crane configuration.
Machines with PRINCIPAL LIFTING mechanism

If the crane is working only with the boom and with neither extension
nor fly-jib, there is no need for supplementary connections.
However, the driver must ensure that the travel limit switch counter-
weight is correctly installed around the lifting cable. The counter-
weight must be installed to the cable fixing line.
If the crane is working with extensionlfly-jib, the connection cable

must be installed between the by-pass box on the boom.
The counterweight fixed to the boom head travel limit switch must be
removed and remounted on the extension/fly-job travel limit switch
and around the cable at the extension head.
WARNING
If the travel limit switch is not repositioned, the travel limit system
cannot work properly. When the extensionlfly-jib is being used,
the counterweight must not be attached to the travel limit switch
at the boom head.
Once the electrical connections have been checked to ensure that the
system is correctly connected for the crane's configuration, the follow-
ing checks must be carried out:
1. the cabling joining the various parts of the system for mechanical
damage.
2. the degree of mobility of the travel limit switches and counter-
weights.
3. the spring drum to ensure that it may turn freely, and that the cable
winds correctly and is properly taut.

CAUTION
The following tests must be carefully carried out to avoid damaging
the machine or injuring people.
For the system to work well, these tests must be carried out correctly.
If the driver cannot see the pulley-block clearly when it is approach-

ing the boom head, he must be assisted by another person.
The driver must be ready to stop the machine immediately if the LMI
system is not working properly.
1. Check the travel limit indicator (2) and the audible alarm (7) by
manually lifting the counterweight fixed to the travel limit switches.
2. Raise the boom head pulley-block slowly, using the winch, in
order to engage the switch. At the point when the pulley-block takes
the weight, the audible alarm (7) should sound, the travel limit indica-
tor (2) should go on and crane movements should be stopped.
Lower the pulley-block to return to normal crane functioning.
If the warning light and if the audible alarm do not function as

described and if crane movements are not stopped, then the system
is not working properly.
It must be put right before the crane is used.
3. If the crane has an extension/fly-jib, the test procedure must be

repeated for the extensionlfly-jib's travel limit switch.
4. Check to see if the length of the principal boom is the same as the
actual boom length.
S. Check to see if the display of the principal boom angle is the same
as the actual angles.
6. Check to see if the display of the crane's useable reach is the same
as the actual reach.
HANDLING
When the LMI has been set correctly, it will work entirely automatically.
The crane driver must therefore know all the LMI control items per-
fectly and he must set each switch correctly before handling the
crane.
All the settings must be checked by handling a load of known weight
and comparing this with the information shown on the load moment
display.
The theoretical loads contain the weight of the pulley-block, the
slings and auxiliary lifting devices. These weights should be
deducted form the theoretical data to obtain the net load to be han-
dled.

6 - SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE

Maintenance of the load moment indicator is as follows:
1. Checking the cabling between the various parts of the system. Any
defective cable should be replaced immediately.
2. Checking the insulation of the length sensor cable and the cable
guides. If the insulation is worn or if the cable guides are damaged,
these parts must be replaced.
3. Checking the mobility of the travel limit switches.
4. Checking the drum cable tension.
5. Checking the pressures sensors at the derricking rams and the flex-
ible connection hoses (for oil leakage). It is absolutely forbidden for
non-specialist staff to carry out any repairs except to correct those
problems identified in the Disruption Table and to replace mechanical
parts or defective cables.

7 - Detecting errors
General Information
During a system error, the display (1) shows an error code which
identifies the disruption.
The error codes in the Disruption Table identify several errors which
could occur in the LMI.
The pages following the Disruption Table explain each fault and
describe the measures to be taken to rectify it.
Faults in the electronic microprocessor should be repaired by after-
sales staff trained in the factory. Where there are such faults, the
appropriate after-sales department should be contacted.
FALSE MANOEUVRES
Disruptions in the system caused by the driver exceeding fields or
making false manoeuvres are shown on the display with an explana-
tion.
The error codes are E01, E02, E03, E04, E05 and E06 and they may
normally be dealt with by the crane driver.
Disruption Table
Error code, Error, Cause, Rectification
E01: Minimum reach field reached or maximum angle field

exceeded.
The boom has been raised too far so the minimum reach or the maxi-
mum angle appearing in the load capacity table has been exceeded.
Lower the boom to a reach or an angle appearing in the table.
E02: Maximum reach field in load capacity table being

exceeded or minimum angle field not reached.
The boom has been lowered too far so the maximum reach or the
minimum angle appearing in the load capacity table has been
exceeded.
Raise the boom to a reach or an angle which appears in the table.

E04: Operating mode does not exist,
Present crane configuration is not acceptable for the selected operat-
ing mode.
Modify operating mode selected.
E05: Length field forbidden,

a. The boom has been telescoped too far or not far enough. For
example: the driver may work only to a certain boom length or where
there are fly-jib load charts, the principal boom must be telescoped
to a determined length,
a. Telescope the boom to the correct length
b. The setting of the length sensor has changed, e.g. the cable has
jumped from the length sensor cable drum,
b. Retract the boom. Check that the cable drum is tensioned correctly
(the cable must be taut). Open the length sensor and turn the length
potentiometer very carefully anticlockwise up to the stop, using a
screwdriver.
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
c. Coupling between the length sensor potentiometer and the control

mechanism is defective,
c. Change the couple with the cog wheel completely and set the
length potentiometer (see b.)
d. The 5V supply for the analog part of the LMl's supply board is miss-
ing,
d. Check the 5V supply. If there is none or if it cuts out with a charge
of approx. 50 Ohms, change the supply board
e. The cable of the length sensor central unit is defective or discon-

nected,
e. Check the cables and their connectors, change them if necessary.
f. Defective length potentiometer,

f. Change the length potentiometer.

E07: Overload relay no reply

The overload relay is defective.
Replace the relay. If this makes no difference, replace the connection
board.
E08: Travel limit switch relay no reply,

The travel limit switch relay is defective,
board.
E11: The lower limit of the measurement channel 'length

telescopic boom' is being exceeded,
a. The cable between the central unit and the sensor is defective or
disconnected, or there is water in the connector,
a. Check cables and connectors, replace if necessary
b. The length potentiometer is defective,

b. Replace the length potentiometer
c. The electronic component in the measurement channel is defective,

c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board
E12: The lower limit of the measurement channel 'piston side

pressure' is being exceeded,
a. The cable between the central unit and the pressure sensor is
defective or disconnected, or there is water in the connector,
a. Check the cables and the connectors, replace if necessary
b. The pressure sensor is defective,

b. Replace the pressure sensor


E13: The lower limit of the measurement channel 'rod side
pressure' is being exceeded,
defective or disconnected or there is water in the connector,


E15: The lower limit of the 'principal boom angle' mea-

surement channel is being exceeded,
a. The cable between the central unit and the angle sensor is defec-
tive or disconnected, or there is water in the connector,
b. The angle sensor is defective,

b. Replace the angle sensor

E19: The reference current is defective,

a. The sum of the reference current and the supply current is lower
than 2.7V,
a. Check the supply currents
b. The analog-digital converter is defective,

Replace the analog board

E20 Reference currents do not exist,

a. The crane's battery current is too low,
a. Check the crane's battery current
b. The current converter is defective,

b. Change the supply board
b) Der Spannungsumsetzer ist defekt.
b) Die Einspeiseplatte auswechseln.
b. The length potentiometer is defective,

b. Replace the length potentiometer

E22: The upper limit of the measurement channel 'pis-

ton side pressure' is being exceeded,
defective or disconnected, or there is water in the connector,


c. Replace the CPU board or the analog board.

E23 The upper limit of the measurement channel
'rod side pressure' is being exceeded,
defective or disconnected or there is water in the connector,


E25 The upper limit of the 'principal boom angle'

measurement channel is being exceeded,
a. The cable between the central unit and the angle sensor is defec-
tive or disconnected, or there is water in the connector,
b. The angle sensor is defective,

b. Replace the angle sensor

E29: The reference current is defective,

a. The sum of the reference current and the supply current is less than
2.7V,
a. Check the supply currents
b. The analog-digital converter is defective,

b. Replace the analog board
E31: System program error,

Replace the system program PROM

E38: System program wrong in the LMI,

System program does not match the programs in the data EPROM 1,
Replace the system program EPROM 1
E39: System program wrong in the LMI,

System program does not match the programs in the data EPROM 2,
Replace the system program EPROM 2
E41: Error in the read/write internal memory (RAM),

- Replace the read/write memory
- Replace the CPU board
E42: Error in part 1 of the read/write external memory

(RAM),
E43: Error in part 2 of the read/write external memory

(RAM),
E45: Addressing error in the A/D converter of the LMl's

CPU board,
E49: Transmission data wrong,

Having loaded the data, the read/write memory on the memory exten-
sion contains no valid data,
- replace the memory extension
- replace the on-line interface
- replace the LMl's system board

E51: data PROM error,
Data PROM defective,
Change the data PROM
E52: load capacity table PROM error,

Table PROM defective,
Change the table's PROM
E56: Crane data EEPROM error

Crane data EEPROM defective,
Change the crane data EEPROM.
E57: Crane data serial EEPROM error,

The serial EEPROM has no valid data or the memory module is defec-
tive,
Load a serial EEPROM with valid data using the test program, then
start the LMI up again or change the memory module.
E58: Analog board EEPROM series error,

The analog board EEPROM series has no valid data or the analog
board is defective,
Load an analog board EEPROM series with valid data, then start the
LMI up again or change the analog board.

E71: Acknowledgement incorrect on 1. relay on the con-

nection board
Relay 1 on the connection board is defective,
board or the system board.
E72: Acknowledgement incorrect on 2. relay on the

connection board
E73: Acknowledgement incorrect on 3. relay on the

connection board
E74: Acknowledgement incorrect on 4. relay on the connec-

tion board
E81: Maximum crane slant exceeded,

Acceptable crane slant is exceeded,
Correct the wedging state.
E82: Wedging error,

At least one of the four girders is not completely extended or is not
firmly resting on the ground or wrong operating code selected,
Extend the girders or the support rams completely on to the ground.
E83 Data PROM error,

Data PROM defective or programming wrong,
Change the data PROM.

E86: Length field forbidden,
see error E05
see error E05
NOTE:
If an error code is shown on the control board which does not appear
in the Disruption Table, contact the after-sales department.

386 L M MENT IN ICATOR (LMI)
TELESCOPIC CRANES Series A TT
USER N L
15,5
11.5
'"
14.75
11.7
71.1
6U
65.2
17,3
13.4~
W,9
'"
n.'
71.2
'"'"
12.35
10.1
'.-
'"
'" "
'.M
78,2
'M
.
8.e~
'.'
'"
69,2 ,~
'.~ ~.' '.'

_. 6&,4 '".• '.' 72,5
-.'
.., .., ." -~...
M au M ~
'.00 '"
~ $ 4,75
68.2
85.8 .00
5.15
00.' 63,4
35.1;
48.~ ..'.', ,,,". ,.• 59,5
,.-'.'
23.7
'" " 2,75
,.. '""
i2.S 2,35 40.8
31,4
" '" ". '.',., ." ""
'.~
50,1
26.4 ~.,
12,4
'"'.- 42.8
'." ." '.'

'"
31,8
...'.'
31,2 33,8
"'" '"" '.00

1.05
M
'.- '.'
24/12/2001 Up-Grade
(E Complies to the MACHINES DIRECTIVE Standards: EN60204-1, EN954, EN12077-2

EMC according to the" Heavy Industrial Environment" category: EN50081-2, EN50082-2
2
INDEX
What the load moment indicator does? Pag.
LOAD MONITORING INDICATOR (LMI) FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 3
Which components are included in an LMI?

SYSTEM LAY-OUT AND CONNECTIONS 4
How is the LMI installed on the machine?

COMPONENTS LOCATION ON THE MACHINE 5
What's the need of the control panel?

CONTROL PANEL DESCRIPTION 6
What's does it happen when starting the machine?

SWITCHING THE MACHINE ON 7
Is the control panel informing about safety on the machine?

PANEL MONITORING
- Lifting conditions % and alarms 8
Is the control panel giving useful information to work?

PANEL MONITORING
- Main working data reading on the display 9,10
Is the control panel giving useful information to work?

PANEL MONITORING
- Main working data reading through graphics 11
Can the control panel give further useful information regarding the machine?
PANEL SCREENS
- Complementary reading related to the machine functioning 12
How to select the Operating Mode?

SELECTING THE OPERATING MODE
- Operating mode set up and stowing the jib 13
How con I select the rope number (tackle) ?

PART OF LINES SETTING UP 14
Can the LMI detect faults?

AUTO-DIAGNOSTIC 15
How the fault shows up?

ALARM CODES AND ACTIONS TO TAKE 16,17
Apart the codes alarms, is the LMI able to give further data about its own internal operations?
AUTO-DIAGNOSTIC
- System internal working conditions monitoring
Geometric data and load data 18
Hydraulic pressures data 19
Sensors Digital Signals 20
Status of digital inputs from outside 21
Status of digital outputs to outside 22
What should be known before starting the machine?

WARNINGS 23,24
What the load moment indicator does ? 3
The LMI aim is to control that the machine doesn't exceed

working condition limits, making the Operator aware and
acting through alarms and shut-down of dangerous
movements.
LOAD MONITORING INDICATOR (LMI)

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Working condition Load Tables storage, comparing Data display and setting
measurements and processing
CONTROL PANEL
N
",5
_
7),1
."..
_
ta.r ~711
75,2 _
,~
'4~ _ _ _ _
_
_
u
_
~
71,7
_
GM
17.3
_
a
,:l,.<.S
74,6
_
_
72,1
'4~
_
u
12.30 ~
_
71,2
_10
"
_
_
7•. 2
~
ug
_ u _ U N U _ =e _ _u
PRESSURE ~
"
~
~
~
_..
M
~
~
~
_~
~
~
n _
_
00
uu
~
~
~ u
~
oW,.! HG S6,S ",1 a2 4,1 53,'! 4,0;
TRANSDUCERS _
237
12.
~
275
,,,
_
45
..".,
U
2,"
'.4
D
....,
",4
8,1
2,8
2,4
S6,S
55"
53
U
2,.
2.4
(Lifted load) 38,2

31.4
'""
22,6
:.16
1.16
1.7
1.5
4U
45.&
42,S
40
2,2
1,96
1,7
',S
5<).1
47.2
".2
"'.3
2).
1.95
V
t,'
12,4 1.35 "" 1,," ".s 1.35
31.2 1,2 }S,. t.2
:za 1,C6 29.2 1.00
'9,2 D" 24 0,_
" os " 0,11
READINGS:
- % Tilting
Lifted load
Maximum load
LENGTH AND - Working radius
ANGLE SENSOR (outreach)
(Boom Geometric data) - Boom length
- Boom angle
Operating mode
-Attachment used
ALARMS:
AUTOMATIC n/Amber/Red lights
SELECTIONS
from micro-switches:
- Turret rotation Automatic functions - Main Boom
- Anti two block External alarm and automatic sh IT_nr\\Alnl - Jib
- Counter Weight
- Part of Lines
- Tyres
Which components are included in an LMI? 4
It's a system including sensors able to detect lifted load,

boom position, a main unit and a control panel situated
inside at the cabin.
SYSTEM LAY-OUT AND CONNECTIONS
MAIN UNIT AND

CONTROL PANEL: UMC1-1/10
o 0
...... :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::<"
/;::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::;:::;;;~
m ~
~~
Anti Two Block
CJ CJ
X1
INPUT/OUTPUT
SIGNALS AND
EXTERNAL SUPPLY LENGTH/ANGLE SENSOR L=32 mt
AC MCP2141/3P
PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS
Y11 4745-450 ~- @------_------- @
How is the LMI installed on the machine? 5
The sensors are positioned on the boom and cylinders in

order to detect data when working, while the main unit and
the control panel are located inside the cabin.
COMPONENTS LOCATION ON THE MACHINE
Length/Angle
sensor:
On the left side of
Main Unit and

Control Panel :
into the cabin
What's the need of the control anel? 6
It gives to the operator all information in order to work in safe

conditions and allows proper setting.
CONTROL PANEL DESCRIPTION
1 Working data display;

5 GREEN Button/lamp :if pressed, it allows the operator to scroll the pages
lit =safety
6 AMBER Button/lamp :The lamp lit indicates that the load has reached the pre-alarm
condition. Pressing the button, the buzzer will stop.
7 RED Button/lamp: The lamp lit indicates that the load has reached the maximum load
allowed and the shut off has been performed;
The flashing light indicates that the machine is in shut down
procedures and the by pass key is activated.
The button can also used to confirm a selection.
8 Operating mode selection key press to increase operating mode value;
9 Operating mode selection key press to decrease operating mode value;
10 Rope number ( tackle) selection key: press as many times as necessary to obtain the required
value in order to achieve a correct load reading;
11 Dimmer
12 Serial link connector for external Pc;
13 Buzzer ( positioned on the rear panel ) :
Intermittent beeping = prealarm condition;
Continuous beeping =alarm condition (shut off movements).
What does it happen when starting the machine? 7
The system gets activated and automatically proceeds to its

self test mode giving information to the Operator.
SWITCHING THE MACHINE ON
Starting the machine the system automatically goes on and, for a few seconds, the
software version and the software date of development shows up ( dd.mm.yy)
Afterwards, the display shows the last operating mode setted prior to the system
switching off.
During this phase, the system performs the self test and automatically puts itself in shut
off condition. If the machine operating mode is correct, please confirm by pressing twice
the red button.
If the operator needs to change the operating mode, please refer to the instruction
reported on page 13 "HOW TO SELECT THE OPERATING MODE"
Is the control panel informing about safety on the machine? 8
Yes! It has been designed and its main scope is to check the
machine working conditions, comparing them to the limits
given by the load Tables previously memorised.
PANEL MONITORING
- Lifting Conditions % and alarms
1) LCD bar showing the lifted load in percentage to the maximum admitted load in that
working condition.
2) Green reference : Safe Zone.
3) Amber reference : Alarm Zone
(Lifted load higher than 90% of maximum admitted load).
4) Red reference : Shut-off Zone
(Lifted load higher than al 100% of maximum admitted load).
5) Green light on : Safe Working
6) Amber light on : Alarm (Buzzer activated =intermittent)
7) Red light on : Dangerous movements shut off
(Buzzer activated =continuous)
The red flashing light indicates that the machine is in shut down procedures and the by pass key is
activated
Is the control panel giving useful information to work? 9
Yes! It shows on the display all data related to the lifted load
and the boom position
PANEL MONITORING
-Main Working Data Reading on the display
1-2) LIFTED LOAD WEIGHT

Reading in "Tonnes", with a decimal point
1-3) MAXIMUM ADMITTED LOAD: In machine present configuration.
Reading in "Tonnes", with a decimal point
1-4) WORKING RADIUS
Reading in "Metres", with a decimal point
1-5) MAIN BOOM ANGLE

Reading in "Degrees"
1-6) BOOM LENGTH

Reading in "Meters", with a decimal point.
1-7) HEIGHT FROM GROUND
Reading in "Meters", with a decimal point.
and the boom position
PANEL MONITORING
-Main Working Data Reading on the display
1-8) WRITTEN TEST

The following information are displayed: the % of boom length, the stowed jib, alarms
and warning messages, operating mode during selection procedures.
This written message appears after the operating mode has been selected.
(Please refer to "SWITCHING THE MACHINE ON section on " Pag.? and "SELECTING
THE OPERATING MODE "section on Pag.13)
1-8a) BOOM SINGLE ELEMENT EXTENSION PERCENTAGE
(0% =element completely closed; 100% =element completely extended).
1-8b) JIB STOWED INDICATION ON THE BOOM SIDE
(S: _ =no Jib selected; S:A =Jib ?mt; S:B =Jib 8mt; S:C =Jib ?+8mt)
1-9a) OPERATING MODE SELECTED CODE: Corresponds to the load charts table which
must be selected related to the crane configuration.
1-9b) PART OF LINES manually selectable.
1-9c) JIB LENGTH: corresponds at the jib's extension related to the table chart selected
1-9d) JIB ANGLE: corresponds to the jib's angle referred to the table chart selected
1-ge) COUNTERWEIGHT VALUE :It indicates the counterweight value referred to table chart
selected
and the boom position through graphic.
PANEL MONITORING
- Main working data reading through graphics
By pressing the green button, it's possible to visualize the working data through graphics
1-1) LCD bar showing the lifted load in percentage refer to the max admitted load in that working
condition.
1-2) LIFTED LOAD WEIGHT Reading in "Tonnes", with a decimal point
1-3) MAXIMUM ADMITTED LOAD
In machine present configuration. Reading in ''Tonnes'', with a decimal point
1-4) WORKING RADIUS Reading in "Metres", with a decimal point
1-5) MAIN BOOM ANGLE Reading in "Degrees"
1-6) BOOM LENGTH. Reading in "Metres", with a decimal point
1-7) HEIGHT FROM GROUND Reading in "Metres", with a decimal point
1-9a) OPERATING MODE SELECTED CODE:
Corresponds to the load charts table which must be selected related to the crane configuration.
1-9b) PART OF LINES manually selectable.
1-9c) JIB LENGTH: corresponds at the jib's extension related to the table chart selected
1-9d) JIB ANGLE: corresponds to the jib's angle referred to the table chart selected
1-ge) COUNTERWEIGHT VALUE :It indicates the counterweight value referred to table chart selected
Can the control panel give further useful information 12
regarding the machine?
Yes, through the graphic display, showing complementary

reading related to the machine.
PANEL SCREENS
-Complementary reading related to the machine functioning
The further information displayed on the panel (zone 1-8) are the following:
1)
This message appears when the Anti two block alarm is activated.
2)
This message appears when the lifted load has overtaken the maximum load
allowed referring to the load charts table.
o ALARM
3)
This message appears every time the operator uses the telescopic boom syncro
key, simultaneously the max allowed load decreases to 1 Ton.
This alarm will be erased when the boom will be completely closed.
4)
This message appears when the boom's angle is higher than the pre setted angle.
:E02 MAXIMUM RADIUS

5)
This message appears when the boom is positioned in a way that, referring to the
load charts, there isn't any load charts table applicable.
v "'vn;,"'LLI n;, "",,,'1-'0" uting Mode ? 13
Iy pushing two buttons on the control panel.
SELECTING THE OPERATING MODE

- Operating mode set up and stowing the jib
Setting up the operating mode:
To change the crane operating mode,
please refer to the following instructions:
• Press once the button 8 or 9, on the
display appears the description (zone1-8)
and the code (zone1-9a) of the operating
mode used.
• Press once again the button 8 (to
increase) or 9 (to decrease) until the
display will show the description
(Zone 1-8) and the code (Zone 1-9a) of
the correct operating mode.
Please refer to the load charts table
supplied by the manufacturer for the
Operating Mode list.
• Press the red button (7) to confirm the
selection
NOTE :It's not possible change an

Operating Mode meanwhile a load
is applied.
JIB STOWING SETTING UP

After the Operating Mode has been selected,
it's necessary to proceed with the jib's stowing
%
up ( the jib could be folded next to the boom in
all its configuration, part of it or none of them ).
Press the button 8 (to increase) or 9 (to
decrease) until the display will show the correct
stowed jib description (Zone 1-8)
·Press the red button (7) to confirm the
selection
Now, the machine is ready to work.

Switching On or Off the machine, it won't
make the selected chart change until the
next manual selection will be performed.
)? 14
Iy pushing two buttons on the control panel.
ROPE NUMBER (TACKLE) SETTING UP
LINE OF ROPES SETTING UP
It's necessary to set the line of ropes value

everytime that the winch rope's number
changes.
WARNING:
A miscalculation of the line of ropes, could
lead to danger situation
To modify the line of rope, please proceed as

follows:
• Press the button 10 until on the display
(zone 1-9b) the correct number will appear
• Press twice the red button (7) to confirm
the selection.
NOTE : If the load on the rope is higher than

the single rope maximum pre setted
load, the system puts itself in alarm
and a message will appear.
Can the LMI detect faults? 15
Of course. To be considered a reliable system, it must be

able to perform self-check in order to detect internal or
components faults.
AUTO-DIAGNOSTIC
The LMI is equipped of an auto diagnostic system which is able to detect faulty pressure
transducers, or boom angle/length sensors, broken cables or internal electronic faults.
When an alarm occurs, the LMI puts itself in a safe condition stopping the dangerous
movements and at the same time the display shows an alarm message (zone 1-8).
According to alarm code and message, it will be possible to identify the fault.
The codes are reported in the following list, that also includes some hints to solve the
problem and get back to normal working conditions.
How the fault shows up? 16
Through codes automatically shown on the display.

Here follows the list including some hints to solve them.
ALARM CODES AND ACTIONS TO TAKE

Alarm
Description What to do
code
• Switch the system off and on.
If the alarm persists, please, contact Technical
Assistance to:
Memory data not
56 ·Verify that E2prom chip is fitted properly in its socket.
reliable
• Re-enter data and save them again
• Replace the E2PROM chip and recalibrate the
machine
• Verify that the wiring and the connectors are not in
Angle sensor short circuit.
15 reading lower than If the alarm persists, please, contact Technical
the minimum value Assistance :
• Verify the angle sensor integrity.
·Verify that the cable or the connector wiring is not
Angle sensor open
25 reading higher than If the alarm persists, please, contact Technical
the maximum value Assistance :
• Verify the angle sensor integrity.
• Verify that the cable or the connectors wiring are not

Reading pressure of
in short circuit
the main cylinder
12 If the alarm persists, please, contact Technical
(bottom side) lower Assistance :
than the minimum.
• Verify the pressure transducer integrity
• Verify that the cable or the connector wiring are not

Reading pressure of
open
the main cylinder
(bottom side) higher Assistance :
than the maximum.
·Verify the pressure transducer integrity
How the fault shows up? 17
Through codes automatically shown on the display.

Here follows the list including some hints to solve them.
Alarm
Description What to do
code
-Verify that the wiring and the connectors are not in
Reading pressure of
short circuit
the main cylinder (rod
side) lower than the Assistance:
minimum.
-Verify the pressure transducer integrity
- Verify that the cable or the connector wiring are
Reading pressure of
not open
the main cylinder (rod
side) higher than the Assistance:
maximum.
-Verify the pressure transducer integrity
- Verify that the wiring and the connectors are not in
Reading of the boom
length sensor lower short circuit
than the minimum
Assistance:
value
Verify the length transducer integrity
- Verify that the cable or the connector wiring is not
Reading of the boom
open
length sensor higher
than the maximum Assistance:
value
- Verify the length transducer integrity
E01 The boom's angle has

MINIMUM overtaken the - Lower the boom
RADIUS maximum value
This message appears
when the boom is
E02 positioned in a way -Uft or close the crane boom until a load chart table
MAXIMUM that, referring to the
RADIUS can be applied.
load charts, there isn't
any load charts table
applicable
And more, to make things easier, the internal operating conditions can be displayed
directly on the display as follows.
Apart the codes alarms, is the LMI able to give further data 18
about its own internal operations?
Yes, through the display, which gives several data regarding

sensors and Input/Output's status signals. These data are
valuable in order to inform the Technical Assistance even
from remote locations.
AUTO DIAGNOSTIC
System internal working conditions monitoring
Geometric data and load data
These readings show on some pages the internal status of the system which become very
useful when a fault occurs.
Starting from the main working data page press twice the GREEN button:
The display will show the control page, giving
geometric data and main cylinder differential pressure summary.
The displayed parameters are as follows:
• P : Main cylinder differential pressure

in Bar;
• W : Lifted load weight in Tonnes;
• M : Maximum admitted load in present

position in Tonnes;
• A : Actual angle in Degrees;
• L : Actual boom length in Meters;
• R : Radius from turret rotation centre

in Meters;
To return to the main page, press the Green button.


AUTO DIAGNOSTIC
Hydraulic pressures data
By pressing the RED BUTTON the display shows the individual hydraulic
pressures summary :

• P : Main cylinder differential pressure
in Bar;
• PL : Main cylinder bottom side pressure

in Bar;
• PH : Main cylinder rod side pressure

in Bar;
• A : Actual angle in Degrees;
• L: Actual boom length in Meters;
• W : Lifted load weight in Tonnes;


AUTO DIAGNOSTIC
Sensors Digital Signals
Pressing once again the RED button the display will show the first page giving pressure
transducers and length/angle sensors digital signals corresponding to the actual
measurements.
o xxx : Main cylinder bottom side pressure

value in Bits; between 0 and 1023 (*)
1 xxx: Main cylinder rod side pressure value

in Bits; between 0 and 1023 (*)
2 xxx : Angle value in Bits;

between 0 and 1023 (*)
3 xxx : Boom Length value in Bits;

between 0 and 1023 (*)
(*) =Due to 1Obits AID Converter

Pressing once again the RED button the display will show the second page giving digital
signals corresponding to the measurements of the other analogic inputs:

4 xxx: not used;
5 xxx: not used;
6 xxx: Anti two block status: in safety

condition, the value must be around
530(*);
7 xxx: not used;
(*) =Due to 1Obits AID Converter

about its own internal 0 erations?

AUTO DIAGNOSTIC
Status of Digital Inputs from outside
Pressing once more the RED button, the display shows the summary of the
ON/OFF selections given by external micro-switches:
Digital Inputs (I)

The upper row indicates the Input number, while the lower row indicates its status.
The symbol "*,, means active Input, the symbol "-" means non active Input.
• 0: Not used
• 1 : Not used
• 2: Not used
• 3: Turret position sensor :"*" micro switch active
• 4: Not used
• 5: Anti two block by pass key :"*" when the anti two block by pass button is pressed
• 6: Boom synchronizing key:"*" When the Boom synchronizing key is activate
• 7: Main by pass key :"*"When the main by pass key is activated.
• 8-N.: Not used

about its own internal operations

sensors and Input's/Output's status signal. These data are
AUTO DIAGNOSTIC
Status of Digital Outputs to outside
Pressing once more the RED button, the display shows the Outputs of the system
status summary ( automatic signals):
Digital Outputs (0)

The upper row indicates the Output number, while the lower row indicates its status.
The symbol "*,, means active Output, the symbol "-" means non active Output.
o : Shut off Movements : "*,, when the machine works in safety condition.
"-" when the machine is entered in shut off procedures (100%)
1 : Anti two block shut off : "*,, when the anti two block is not activated
"-" when the anti two block is activated.
2 : Not used
3 : Non used
4 : Maximum angle shut off : "*"when the maximum angle shut off is not activated
"-"when the maximum angle shut off is activated
5-N.:Not used

What should be known before starting the machine? 23
All the recommendations and rules from the Manufacturer to

work wisely and consciously in any time and situation
• The LMI is an electronic device with the aim to help the operator in the
current use of the machine, warning him by means of visual and acoustic
signals while approaching dangerous conditions.
• However this device can't replace the operator good experience in the
safe use of the machine.
• The responsibility of the operations in safe conditions of the machine is
the operator concern as well as the accomplishment of all prescribed
safety rules
• The Operator must be able to detect if the data given by the LMI are
correct and correspond to actual working conditions.
• He must be able to utilise the data given by the LMI in order to operate in
safe conditions in any time.
• The LMI is an electronic device including several sensing components,
therefore it can be subject to failures or defects.
• The operator must recognise these events and he must take action (to
proceed to repair if possible or to call Assistance).
• Before starting the operations with the machine, the user must fully read
this manual and follow the instructions at any time.
What should be known before starting the machine? 24
All the recommendations and rules from the Manufacturer

to work wisely and consciously in any time and situation.
• The LMI is supplied with a key for shut-down function by-passing.
• In normal working operations, this key must be positioned not to by-pass shut-down ..
• It's forbidden to use the key to lift loads exceeding the loads values allowed by the
Manufacturer.
• The key can be used only when an emergency/malfunctioning occurs or a situation

justifying its use.
• Only Authorised Personnel is allowed to the use of the key; they are also responsible for it.
• The LMI has a powerful FAIL-SAFE auto diagnosis program suitable to verify its good
operations and the one of its transducers.
In case a trouble has been detected, the LMI puts itself in a safe state by stopping the
manoeuvres (please see the AUTODIAGNOSTIC chapter).
• In spite of this, the Operator, before starting the operation with the machine, must take
care that the LMI is working correctly.
To do this, he must verify the validity of the displayed values by doing some tests.
He must verify that there are not messages or alarm indications; he must verify the correct
operation of the manoeuvre stopping functions.
• The operator is responsible for the correct setting of the machine load table and therefore
for the right LM I set.
When switching-on the machine the last selected Table is kept valid, to allow Operator
check.
• About this, please follow the instructions given in the OPERATING MODE SELECTION
chapter. An incorrect setting of the tables, can cause an incorrect LMI operation and
therefore can provoke a dangerous situation for the machine.
• Operating conditions usually change when:

Further attachment are fitted or removed (jib counterweight) and relevant Table
selecting mode is set on the control panel.
Outriggers Extension / Withdrawn, Turret Frontl360° rotation, On Wheels/Outriggers,
operating Modes are set in automatic way by micro-switches.
Generally, it's compulsory to follow the Manufacturer instructions and

procedures at any time.
Maintenance booklet
IX
Edition: 03/1999 IX-1

Identification
Type :................ .
Serial number :.......... .
Date of start up : .. / ....
Manufacturer: TEREX LIFTING - PPM SA
PPM
Z.I. de La Saule B.P. 106
71304 MONTCEAU Les MINES
FRANCE
Fax ( 33 ) 03 . 85 . 67 . 38 . 99
( 33 ) 03 . 85 . 67 . 38 . 98
IX-2 Edition: 03/1999

NOTE:
All personnel who carry out maintenance operations on this
machine must be aware of all instructions contained in the
operator's manual, and respect all safety regulations before any
intervention.
IMPORTANT:
The intervals shown in the following tables are deemed to apply to
machines used under normal conditions.
For intensive use or under conditions (heat - dampness - dust) it
is necessary to carry out maintenance more frequently.

Service intervals
It is essential for your machine to be regularly serviced.

The hourmeter mounted on your crane tells you when servicing
operations should be carried out, ant it should be consulted every
day.
When effecting these servicing operations, tighten nuts,
boits,etc...where required.
Hourmeter
Its electric control is connected to the engine oil pressure. It
accumulates hours exactly like a clock when the engine is running.
Preliminary operations
First of all clean grease fitting heads, plugs and periphery of filler
ports and level check sightglasses. When lubricating, check
condition of seals and replace them if they are damaged or show
signs of wear.
• AII the necessary steps should be taken to conserve the

environment. In particular, make sure that all used fluids are collected
and recycled . Do not leave these products in unsuitable, incorrectly
labelled containers.
Do not tolerate fluid puddles of whatever type on floors.

Introduction
The environmental working conditions of the machine gouvern its
maintenance.The prescribed check-list which follows indicate the
points to be verified and the frequency of the verifications.
NOTE:
The maintenance booklet takes into account the machine's
operating conditions. The type of work to be done, the dimensions of
loads, climatic and ground conditions are all factors to be taken into
account.The preventive maintenance lists are given in function of the
number of hours worked by the machine.
Any modification to the overall maintenance program must be

accompanied by a revision of the machine's new operating
conditions. Carefully study the preventive maintenance booklet
before making any changes to the verification frequencies.
Use of the maintenance booklet

The maintenance booklet is an initial guide to preventive
maintenance until personal experience allows the definition of an
appropriate maintenance program according to different operating
conditions.
The maintenance booklet can be recopied as many times as

necessary. Any person who carries out a maintenance procedure
must indicate this on the list so that it can be verified as being done
at the moment of the following maintenance program.
Completed maintenance lists are documents which are an
integral part of the machine.

LUBRICATION CHART
Cold climates Temperate climates Tropical climates
COMPONENT
-25 0 +250 -15 0 +350 -5 +450
Boom chains ALVANIA EP2
GRAFLOSCON
Boom slide pads
C-SG 0 ULTRA
Grease nipples ALVANIA EP2
Slewing ring teeth MALLEUS GL 205
Slewing ring bearing ALVANIA EP2
Slewing reducer gear SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 85W140
Winch reducer gear SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 85W140
HYDRAUTP
ou
Hydraulic fluid TELLUS T 22 SHELL NATURELLE TELLUS T 68
HF - E
(biodegradable)
Axle differential +
SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 85W140
reducer units
Engine RIMULA X 10W30 RIMULA X 15W40 RIMULA X 20W40
Cooling circuit GLYCOSHELL +
CLARK gearbox RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W
ALLISON gearbox DONAXTA DONAXTA RIMULA X 15W40
ZF gearbox RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 15W40
ZF gearbox DONAXTA DONAXTA RIMULA X 15W40
Transfer unit SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 85W140
Transfer unit SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 80W90 SPIRAX HD 85W140
RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W RIMULA X 10W
ECH-FCH55&77 + + +
wet brakes 3.12%->5% 3.12%->5% 3.12%->5%
LUBRISOL 6279 LUBRISOL 6279 LUBRISOL 6279

Mai ntenance Liste "P\'

Daily or1 0 hourly maintenance
Company:
Adress:
------------------------------------
Person responsible for the maintenance: ___________
Date of maintenance:
-------------------------
Serial number:
-----------------
MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS DONE BY
Check air filter
Check hydraulic tank oil level
Check fuel tank level
Check engine oil level
Check windscreen wiper liquid level
Check engine radiator coolant level

Maintenance list "8"

Weekly or 50 hourly maintenance
Company: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Adress:
---------------------------------------
Person responsible for the maintenance: ___________
---------------------------
Serial number:
-------------------------------
Perform list "Pi'
Grease derricking ram
Grease slewing ring teeth
Grease slewing ring bearing
Grease linkages and moving parts
Grease slewing locking pin
Check oil level in gearbox and convertor
Grease boom slide pads
Grease base end of boom
Check heater unit fuel level
Check turret cab windscreen wiper liquid level
Grease transmission shaft assemblies

Maintenance list "e"

100 hourly maintenance
Company: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Adress:
--------------------
Person responsible for the maintenance: _ _ _ __
-------------
Serial number:
---------------

Perform lists "PI' and "8"
Check level of electrolyte in batteries
Check wheel nut tightness
Check oil level in slewing reducer gear
Clean fuel pre-filter
Clean engine radiator
Clean air filter
Check engine ancillary component belt tensions

Maintenance list "D"

Monthly or 200/250 hourly
mai ntenance
Direcci6n:
-----------------------------------
Adress:
--------------------------------------
Person responsible for maintenance: _____________
-------------------------
Serial number:
----------------------------
Perform lists "PI', "8", and "C"
Check tyre pressures
Clean battery lugs, check electrolytic density

and battery fixation
Lubricate the carrier cab door
Check slewing reducer gear oil level
Grease front axle and ancillary parts
Grease rear axle and ancillary parts

Maintenance list "E"

3 monthly or 500 hourly maintenance
Company: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Adress:
--------------------
Person responsible for maintenance: _ _ _ _ _ _ __
-------------
Serial number:
----------------
AINTENANCE OPERATIONS DONE BY
Perform lists "PI', "8", "C" and "0"
Check that fuel tank is free from impurities
Check front axle oil level
Check rear axle oil level
Change hydraulic circuit oil filter
Check condition of winch cable
Chech condition of brakes
Clean the air tanks' automatic bleed system
600 h Do engine oil change
At 600 h, change engine oil filter
At 600 h, change fuel filter
Change the air dessication cartridge

Maintenance list "F"

6 monthly or 1000 hourly maintenance
Company: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Adress:
---------------------------------------
Person responsible for maintenance: _________
---------------------------
Serial number:
---------------------------------
Perform lists "p.::, "8", "C", "0" and "E"
Check all wiring loom attachments
Check tightness of all fasteners
Check for leaks on hydraulic circuit
Do convertor oil change
Change convertor oil filter cartridge
Check brake rams attachments
Check wheel geometry
Check for leaks on steering circuit
Check condition of alternator and starter motor
Do oil change on slewing reducer gear
Do oil change on winch reducer gear
Check condition of boom slide pads and pullies
Have the airbrake bottles checked
Chech the oil level in the hydraulic tank

Maintenance list "G"

Yearly or 2000 hourly maintenance
Company: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Adress:
---------------------------------------
Person responsible for the maintenance: _____________
---------------------------
Serial number:
---------------------------------
Perform lists "Pl.', "8", "C", "0", "E" and "G"
Do oil change on hydraulic tank
Exchang brake circuit flexible hosing
Change hydraulic filters
Check condition of counterweight attachments
Do oil change on front axle differential unit and

reducer gears
Do oil change on rear axle differential unit and

reducer gears
Check condition of telescoping chain attachments
Check wiring loom attachments
Check tightness of all fasteners
Check for leaks on all flexible hosing

Maintenance list "H"

Company: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Adress:
------------------
Person responsible for the maintenance: _ _ _ _ __
-----------
Serial number:
--------------

All slewing ring fasteners, and the slewing ring itself, must be
changed every 8000 hours. This job must be carried out by
personnel authorized by PPM.

Maintenance list "I"

Company: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Adress:
--------------------
Person responsible for the maintenance: _ _ _ _ __
-------------
Serial number:
-----------------
Telescopic boom
Dismantle the telescopic boom and check every part making up the
boom thoroughly.
Check welds, change the telescoping cables and the telescoping
chains. Check the condition of the pulleys, the rollers, the cable
bushings, all the hydraulic components, the hoses, everything.

~
Spectrum % of the length of Spectrum
Definition Graph
class use factor
10 % of the length
of peak load
operation. (dead
Mechanisms or load + 1/1 useful
parts of the load)
mechanisms rarely 40 % of the length Laufzeit
Operating time %
subjected to of the dead weight
Light L1 Km =0.125 Duree de marche
extreme fatigue but operation + 1/3 Ouracion de funcionamiento
regularly to a useful load 10%
minimal level of 50 % of the length o 1020304050607080901 00
fatigue of operation
exclusively with
dead weight
1/6 of the length of

peak load
Mechanisms or operation. (dead
parts of load + 1/1 useful
mechanisms load)
frequently 1/6 of the length of
Medium
subjected to the dead weight Km = 0.25
L2
regularly to a useful load 20%
minimal level of 50 % of the length o 102030405060708090100
fatigue. of operation
exclusively with
dead weight.
Mechanisms or
50 % of the length
parts of
of peak load
mechanisms very
operation. (dead
frequently
load + 1/1 useful
subjected to a
Heavy L3 load) Km = 0.5
heavy level of
50 % of the length
fatigue and
of operation
regularly to a o 102030405060708090100
exclusively with
medium level of
dead weight.
fatigue.
90 % of the length Last/Load/Charge/Carga %
of peak load 1
Mechanisms or
operation. (dead 80%
parts of
load + 1/1 useful
Very mechanisms
load) Km = 1
heavy L4 regularly subjected
10 % of the length
to extreme levels of
of operation
fatigue
exclusively with
dead weight.
o 102030405060708090100

Table for the determination of the theoretical remaining length of service for lifting winch No .......
Type of crane· Si = % of use of the theoretical length of use since the last inspection
~
~
I
l No.:
, put into service: Di = Theoretical remaining length of use
s::
III
. of the winch conforming to the
)Iate: Di -1 = Theoretical length of use remaining since the last inspection. :::J
r-+
)t general overhaul.
racteristics of the winch: Km = Spectrum factor established at the time of the calculations for the winch. CD
:::J
roup: M ..........
)s: L Kmi = Spectrum factor in the inspection interval i III
..........
:::J
:or: ()
19th of use: ........... Ti = Actual length of use in the inspection interval i
CD
Date of first Conditions
Inspectio Spectrum Length of Length of Length of use %01 use of Remainin Name of
of use since Length of use Length of Comments
No. entry into factor of the winch Inspector Signature
use of the use of the of the turning use of the the g length
setvice/inspe the last since the last
crane as a turning part part since the winch theoretical of use
otion date inspection
whole inspection length DI
(load class) last inspectio
Si =Kmi XT; Dj=Di_1- Sj

Km
Ti
i [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h] [h]
Kmi
0 03/09/91 0 0 5000
L2 0.15
1 12/06/92 L1 0.125 800 800 160 160 4840 DUPONT ~

2 02/07/93 L3 0.5 2000 1200 480 1920 2920 DUPONT
~ s:
,
3 21/07/94 L2 0.25
3000 1000 300 600 2320 DUPONT
~ :.-+
,
I
I
a.
i
I
I
I
m ,
a.
;::;: .-+
o· I
:::J
I
~ ,
~ i
m
Warning: A general overhaul of the winch should be carried out at least every 10 years. Date of last overhaul:
FactSheet
Subpart CC – Cranes and Derricks in
Construction: Wire Rope – Inspection
This fact sheet describes the inspection requirements of subpart CC – Cranes and
Derricks in Construction, as specified in 29 CFR 1926.1413. These provisions are
effective November 8, 2010. This document is intended to assist wire rope inspectors
and supervisors.
Inspection Trigger Inspection Details Performed by Documentation

See list below, visual
inspection must begin
Each shift prior to each shift in Competent Person Not required
which the equipment
is used.
Required. Must be signed by the person

Monthly See details below. Competent Person who conducted the inspection and
retained for a minimum of 3 months.
Required. Must be signed by the person

Annual See details below. Qualified Person who conducted the inspection and
retained for a minimum of 12 months.
• The annual/comprehensive and monthly inspections must be documented according to 1926.1412(f)(7)

and 1916.1412(e)(3), respectively.
• Rope lubricants of the type that hinder inspection must not be used.
• All documents produced under this section must be available, during the applicable document retention
period, to all persons who conduct inspections under this section.
Shift Inspection
Shift inspections are visual inspections that a competent person must begin prior to each shift during
which the equipment is used. Shift inspections do not require untwisting (opening) of wire ropes or
booming down. The inspection must consist of observation of wire ropes (running and standing) that are
likely to be in use during the shift for apparent deficiencies, including the following:
Apparent Deficiencies – Category I Removal from Service Criteria

• Significant distortion of the wire rope structure such If a Category I deficiency is identified, the competent
as kinking, crushing, unstranding, birdcaging, signs of person must immediately determine whether it
core failure, or steel core protrusion between the outer constitutes a safety hazard. If the deficiency is
strands. determined to be a safety hazard, all operations
• Significant corrosion. involving use of the wire rope in question must be
• Electric arc damage (from a source other than power prohibited until:
lines) or heat damage. • The wire rope is replaced. (See 1926.1417), or
• Improperly applied end connections. • If the deficiency is localized, the problem is corrected
• Significantly corroded, cracked, bent, or worn end by severing the wire rope in two; the undamaged
connections (such as from severe service). portion may continue to be used. Joining lengths
of wire rope by splicing is prohibited. If a rope is
shortened under this paragraph, the employer must
ensure that the drum will still have two wraps of wire
when the load and/or boom is in its lowest position.
Apparent Deficiencies – Category II Removal from Service Criteria
• Visible broken wires: If a Category II deficiency is identified, operations
° In running wire ropes: six randomly distributed involving use of the wire rope in question must be
broken wires in one rope lay or three broken wires prohibited until:
in one strand in one rope lay, where a rope lay is the • Employer complies with the wire rope manufacturer’s
length along the rope in which one strand makes a established criterion for removal from service, or with
complete revolution around the rope. a different criterion that the wire rope manufacturer
° In rotation-resistant ropes: two randomly has approved in writing for that specific wire rope.
distributed broken wires in six rope diameters or (See 1926.1417).
four randomly distributed broken wires in 30 rope • The wire rope is replaced. (See 1926.1417), or
diameters. • If the deficiency is localized, the problem is corrected
° In pendants or standing wire ropes: more than two
by severing the wire rope in two; the undamaged
broken wires in one rope lay located in rope beyond portion may continue to be used. Joining lengths
end connections and/or more than one broken wire of wire rope by splicing is prohibited. If a rope is
in a rope lay located at an end connection. shortened under this paragraph, the employer must
• A diameter reduction of more than 5% from nominal ensure that the drum will still have two wraps of wire
diameter. when the load and/or boom is in its lowest position.
Apparent Deficiencies – Category III Removal from Service Criteria

• In rotation-resistant wire rope, core protrusion or If a Category III deficiency is identified, operations
other distortion indicating core failure. involving use of the wire rope in question must be
• Prior electrical contact with a power line. prohibited until:
• A broken strand. • The wire rope is replaced. (See 1926.1417), or
• If the deficiency (other than power line contact)
is localized, the problem is corrected by severing
the wire rope in two; the undamaged portion may
continue to be used. Joining lengths of wire rope
by splicing is prohibited. Repair of wire rope that
contacted an energized power line is also prohibited.
If a rope is shortened under this paragraph, the
employer must ensure that the drum will still have
two wraps of wire when the load and/or boom is in its
lowest position.
Where a wire rope is required to be removed from service under this section, either the equipment (as a
whole), or the hoist with that wire rope must be tagged-out, in accord with 1926.1417(f)(1), until the wire
rope is repaired or replaced.
Critical Review Items
Particular attention must be given to all of the following:
• Rotation-resistant wire rope in use.
• Wire rope being used for boom hoists and luffing hoists, particularly at reverse bends.
• Wire rope at flange points, crossover points, and repetitive pickup points on drums.
• Wire rope at or near terminal ends.
• Wire rope in contact with saddles, equalizer sheaves or other sheaves where rope travel is limited.
Monthly Inspection
Each month an inspection must be conducted as stated under “Shift Inspection” above.
In addition to the criteria for shift inspection, monthly inspections require that:
• The inspection must include any deficiencies that the qualified person who conducts the annual
inspection determines under 1926.1413(c)(3)(ii) must be monitored.
• Wire ropes on equipment must not be used until an inspection under this paragraph demonstrates that
no corrective action under 1926.1413(a)(4) is required.
• The inspection must be documented according to 1926.1412(e)(3) (monthly inspection documentation).
Annual/Comprehensive Inspection
At least every 12 months, wire ropes in use on equipment must be inspected by a qualified person as
stated under “Shift Inspection” above.
In addition to the criteria for shift inspection, annual inspections require that –
• The inspection must be complete and thorough, covering the surface of the entire length of the wire
ropes, with particular attention given to all of the following:
° Critical review items from 1926.1413(a)(3)–(see “Critical Review Items” above).
° Those sections that are normally hidden during shift and monthly inspections.
° Wire rope subject to reverse bends.
° Wire rope passing over sheaves.
Exception
In the event an annual inspection under 1926.1413(c)(2) is not feasible due to existing set-up and
configuration of the equipment (such as where an assist crane is needed) or due to site conditions (such as
a dense urban setting), such inspections must be conducted as soon as it becomes feasible, but no longer
than an additional 6 months for running ropes and, for standing ropes, at the time of disassembly.
• If a deficiency is determined to constitute a safety hazard, operations involving use of the wire rope in
question must be prohibited until:
° The wire rope is replaced (see 1926.1417), or
° If the deficiency is localized, the problem is corrected by severing the wire rope in two; the undamaged
portion may continue to be used. Joining wire rope by splicing is prohibited. If a rope is shortened
under this paragraph, the employer must ensure that the drum will still have two wraps of wire when
the load and/or boom is in its lowest position.
• If a deficiency is identified and the qualified person determines that, though not presently a safety
hazard, the deficiency needs to be monitored, the employer must ensure that the deficiency is checked in
the monthly inspections.
Additionally
• The inspection must be documented according to 1926.1412(f)(7).
• Rope lubricants of the type that hinder inspection must not be used.
• All documents produced under this section must be available, during the applicable document retention
period, to all persons who conduct inspections under this section.
This is one in a series of informational fact sheets highlighting OSHA programs, policies or
standards. It does not impose any new compliance requirements. For a comprehensive list of
compliance requirements of OSHA standards or regulations, refer to Title 29 of the Code of Federal
Regulations. This information will be made available to sensory-impaired individuals upon request.
The voice phone is (202) 693-1999; teletypewriter (TTY) number: (877) 889-5627.
DOC FS-3635 01/2013

WIRE ROPE
USERS MANUAL
Fourth Edition
WIRE ROPE TECHNICAL BOARD

Thls publicatIon IS a cooperative effort of THE WIRE ROPE TECHNICAL
BOARD and the compames whIch make up the wrre rope manufacturmg mdustry
In the Umted States.
THE WIRE ROPE TECHNICAL BOARD (WRTB) IS an assoclatlon of engI-

neers representmg companIes that account for more than 90 percent of the wrre
rope produced m the Umted States; It has the followmg obJectIves:
• To promote development of engmeermg and sCIentific knowledge relatmg to

WIre rope:
• To assIst lD establishmg technologIcal standards for military, governmental and
mdustnal use;
• To promote development, acceptance and ImplementatIOn of safety standards;
• To help extend the uses of WIfe rope by dissemmatmg techmcal and engmeenng
mforrnation to eqUlpment manufacturers; and
• To conduct and/or underwnte research for the benefit of both mdustry and user.
Data specifications, archltectural/engmeenng mfonnation and drawmgs presented m thIS

publication have been delineated m accordance with recogmzed professional pnncipies
and practices, and are for generalmfonnation only Suggested procedures and products
should not, therefore, be used wIthout first secunng competent adVIce With respect to
their sUitability for any gIVen application.
The publicatIOn of the matenal con tamed herem IS not mtended as a warranty on the part
of the WIRE ROPE TECHNICAL BOARD-or that of any person named herem-that
these data are SUitable for general or particular use, or of freedom from mfnngement of
any patent or patents. Any use of these data or suggested practices can only be made WIth
the understanding that THE WIRE ROPE TECHNICAL BOARD makes no warranty of
any kmd respecting such use and the user assumes all liability ansmg therefrom.
WIRE ROPE TECHNICAL BOARD

801 North Farrfax Street, SUlte 211
Alexandna, VA 22314
Phone 703-299-0000
FAX 703-299-9233
wrtb@usa.net
Copynght © 2005 Wire Rope Techmcal Board

All nghts reserved.
Pnnted In U.S.A. lOMl2005
Permlsszon to reproduce or quote any portion ofthls book as editorral reference

lS hereby granted. When makmg such reproductions or quotatzons, the courtesy
of creditmg thls publicatzon and the WIRE ROPE TECHNICAL BOARD will be
appreczated.
2 Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
Contents
1. INTRODUCTION 15
2. BASIC COMPONENTS / 7
3. IDENTIFICATION AND CONSTRUCTION 19
4. HANDLING AND INSTALLATION 125

Recelvmg, Inspection and Storage! 25
Wire Rope Installation 125
Unreeling and Uncoiling 127
SeIzmg Wire Rope / 30
Cutting Wire Rope 132
End Preparations / 33
End Termmations / 33
Socketing / 36
Wire Rope Cups /36
How to Apply Clips I 37
Wedge Sockets / 43
Drums-Grooved / 45
Drums-Plam (Smooth) 1 46
Drums-Multiple Layers 1 47
5. OPERATION, INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE OF WIRE ROPE 149

Sheaves and Drums I 49
Bending Rope Over Sheaves and Drums I 51
Breakmg-m a New Wire Rope / 51
Inspection of Sheaves and Drums 1 55
Strength Loss of Rope Over Stationary Sheaves or Pins / 58
Fleet Angle / 59
Factors Affecting the Selection of Wire Rope 159
The "X-Chart"-AbraslOn ReSIstance vs. Bending-Fatigue ResIstance 162
GUIdeline to Inspections and Reports I 63
Field Lubncation 1 84
Wire Rope EffiCiency Over Sheaves 186
6. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES 189

Elastic Properties of Wire Rope / 89
ConstructlOnal Stretch I 89
Elastlc Stretch 190
Metallic Areas of 1 mch rope - Table 18 / 91
DesIgn Factors 1 93
Breakmg Force Tables / 93
APPENDICES
A Ordermg, Stofmg and Unreeling Wire Rope 1118
B Wire Rope Fittings 1120
C Shlppmg Reel Capacity / 131
D Glossary of Wire Rope Terms / 138
E Block TWIsting / 142
F ISO Nomenclature 1147
G ConverSlOn Factors / 148
H Wire Rope and Wire Rope Sling Safety Bulletm 1153
I Wire Rope InspectlOn Form / 160
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition 3
Acknowledgments
Data for wire rope clips and wedge sockets, along with related drawings, were
provided by The Crosby Group. All other data and illustrations used throughout
were furnished by member companies of the Wire Rope Technical Board
(WRTB). Drawings, prepared especially for this publication, are based wholly or
in part on graphic material that originally appeared in literature issued separately
by various member companies of the Committee.
Numerical and factual data, not otherwise credited, were obtained from pub-
lished and unpublished sources supplied by the Wire Rope Technical Board
(WRTB), and the companies which sponsor it.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The Wire Rope Technical Board expresses its appreciation to Barney Bigler for
assistance to the WRTB Publications Committee in the publication of this Manual.
4' Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
1 Introduction
rna-chine: an assemblage ofparts .. .that transmit forces, motion, and energy one to
another in some predetermined manner and to some desired end ...
-Webster's Third New International Dictionary
In and of itself, wire rope is a machine. The geometry-or configuration- of

its cross-section and the method and material of its manufacture are precisely
designed to perform "in some predetermined manner and to some desired end."
Hence, as befits any useful machine, it is imperative that the rope's potential use
be fully recognized, that its functional characteristics be understood, and that
procedures for proper maintenance be scrupulously adhered to. By giving active
recognition to these generally accepted concerns, the user can be reasonably cer-
tain that maximum service life and safety will be realized for every rope installa-
tion or application.
A thorough understanding of wire rope characteristics is, of course, a primary
essential. This means familiarity with operating conditions, design factors, rope
grades and constructions. Full recognition of their inherent use-potential derives
from a realization of the great number and wide variety of wire ropes available
for general and special operating needs. It is of special importance that the user
becomes familiar with the particular characteristics of the various constructions
in order to make the right selection for a given function.
Fabricated to close tolerances, wire rope is inspected at all significant manu-
facturing intervals to assure the user of a uniformly high quality product.
Immediately after manufacture, wire rope care becomes an absolute necessity. At
no time can a proper regard for care and maintenance be neglected; this rule
must be observed in handling, shipping, storage and installation procedures.
Following this-after putting the rope in operation-approved maintenance
practices and rigorous inspection (of both the rope and its associated equipment)
must take place on a continuing basis. Only through strict adherence to these
care and maintenance procedures can there be positive assurance that the rope
will perform with optimal safety and efficiency throughout its entire life span.
This publication is the culmination of a joint effort by the wire rope industry. Its
intended audience may be viewed, in broadest terms, as comprised of two sectors:
One of these- made up of those with a working knowledge of wire ropes-
will find in these pages a comprehensive and convenient source of reference data
from such areas as properties and characteristics, handling, storage, operation
and maintenance-in short, a handy checklist.
For the second sector, the not as well informed or new user, this publication
can serve as a broad-ranging introduction; for those readers, the information pro-
vided can help establish sound practices in rope selection and application. This
means practices that are efficient and economical.
As a cooperative industry effort, this manual brings together a significant por-
tion of the enormous collection of data now scattered about in the files and publi-
cations of many individual companies. The text offers many recommendations,
both explicit and implied, but these have been made to provide some initial judg-
ment points from which ultimate decisions as to design and use may be made.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition· 5
The reader should consult with the wire rope manufacturer as to the specific
application planned. The manufacturer's experience can then help the user make
the most appropriate choice. In the final analysis, responsibility for design
and use decisions rests with the user.
The selection of equipment or components is frequently influenced by the spe-
cial demands of an industry. An equipment manufacturer may, for reasons of
space, economy, etc., feel a need to depart from suggested procedures given in
these pages. It is impOltant to remember that such variations from recommended
practices may be potential problem areas. However, when such circumstances
are unavoidable they demand compensating efforts on the part of the user. These
"extras" should include (but not necessarily be limited to) more frequent and
more thorough inspections by skilled, specifically trained personnel. The inspec-
tion information included in this manual provides guidance and techniques to
perform inspections of wire rope. Additionally, these circumstances may demand
the keeping of special maintenance and lubrication records, and the issuance of
special warnings regarding removal and replacement criteria.
2 Basic Components
Wire rope consists of three basic components; while few in number, these vary
in both complexity and configuration to produce ropes for specific purposes or
characteristics. The three basic components of a standard wire rope design are:
1) wires that form the strand, 2) multi-wire strands laid helically around a core,
and 3) the core (Fig. 1).
Wire, for rope, is made in several materials and types; these include steel, iron,
stainless steel, monel, and bronze. By far, the most widely used material is high-
carbon steel. This is available in a variety of grades each of which has properties
related to the basic curve for steel rope wire. Wire rope manufacturers select the
wire type that is most appropriate for requirements of the finished product.
Grades of wire rope are referred to as traction steel (TS), extra high strength
traction (EHS) , improved plow steel (IPS), extra improved plow steel (EIPS),
and extra extra improved plow steel (EEIPS). The plow steel strength curve
forms the basis for calculating the strength of most steel rope wires in this manu-
al; the tensile strength (psi) of any steel wire grade is not constant, it varies with
the diameter and is highest in the smallest wires.
The most common finish for steel wire is "bright" or uncoated. Steel wires
may also be metallic coated with zinc (galvanized) or zinc/aluminum alloy (mis-
chmetal). "Drawn galvanized" wire has the same strength as bright wire, but
wire "galvanized at finished size" is usually 10% lower in strength. For other
applications, different coatings are available.
"Iron" type wire is actually drawn from low-carbon steel and has a fairly lim-
CENTER ited use except in elevator installations.
WIRE Stainless steel ropes, listed in order of frequency of use, are made of AISI
types 302/304,316, and 305. Contrary to general belief, hard-drawn stainless
Type 302/304 is magnetic. Type 316 is less magnetic, and Type 305 has a perme-
ability low enough to qualify as non-magnetic.
Monel metal wire is usually Type 400 and conforms to Federal Specification
QQ-N-281.
Strands consist of two or more wires, laid in anyone of many specific geomet-
ric arrangements, or in a combination of steel wires with some other materials
such as natural or synthetic fibers. It is conceivable that a strand can be made up
of any number of wires, or that a rope can have any number of strands. The fol-
lowing section, IDENTIFICATION and CONSTRUCTION, provides a complete
description of most of the common wire rope constructions.
The core is the foundation of a wire rope; it is made of materials that will pro-
vide proper support for the strands under normal bending and loading conditions.
Core materials include fibers (natural or synthetic) or steel. A steel core consists
either of a strand or an independent wire rope. The three most commonly used
Figure 1. The three basic components

of a typical wire rope.
core designations are: fiber core (FC), independent wire rope core (IWRC) , and
wire strand core (WSC) (Fig. 2). Catalog descriptions of the various available
ropes always include these abbreviations to identify the core type. In selecting
the most appropriate core for a given application, consult a wire rope manufac-
turer for guidance.
To summarize, a wire rope consists, in most cases, of three components: wires,
strands, and a core (Fig. i). To these could be added other components such as
lubricant and polymer. Lubricant is vital to the satisfactory performance of most
wire ropes. Polymers are used either as a coating or filling of the wire rope or
core to enhance performance in specific applications.
FIBER (Fe) INOEPENO€NT WIRE

WIRE ROPE STRANO
CORE (lWRCI (WSC)
Figure 2. The three basic wire rope cores.

In selecting the most appropriate core for a
given application, a wire rope manufacturer
should be called upon for guidance.
The core is the foundation of a wire rope.
If the core cannot support the compressive
load imposed, the rope will lose its clearance
between strands and its service life will be
shortened. Steel cores (WSC or IWRC) should
be used when there is any evidence that a fiber
core will not provide adequate support. Also,
if the temperature of the environment may be
expected to exceed 180° (S2°C) steel cores
must be used.
3 Identification and Construction
Wire rope is identified not only by its component parts, but also by its con-
struction, i.e., by the way the wires have been laid to form strands, and by the
way the strands have been laid around the core.
Figure 3, "a" and "c", show a right lay rope. Conversely, "b" and "d" show left
lay rope.
Again in Figure 3, the first two illustrations ("a" and "b") show regular lay
ropes. Following these are the types known as lang lay ropes ("c" and "d"). Note
that the wires in regular lay ropes appear to line up with the axis of the rope; in
lang lay ropes the wires form an angle with the axis of the rope. This difference
in appearance is a result of variations in manufacturing techniques: regular lay
ropes are made so that the direction of the wire lay in the strand is opposite to the
direction of the strand lay in the rope; lang lay ropes are made with both strand
lay and rope lay in the same direction. Finally, "e" called alternate lay consists
of alternating right and left lay strands.
Figure 3. A comparison of typical wire rope lays: a) right regular lay, b) left regular lay, c) right
lang lay, d) left lang lay, e) right alternate lay.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition' 9
Of all the types of wire rope in current use, right regular lay (RRL) is found in
the widest range of applications. Nonetheless, in many equipment applications
right lang lay (RLL) or left lang lay (LLL) ropes are required. As for alternate
lay (R-ALT or L-ALT) ropes, these are only used for special applications.
Compared to other types, the superiority of lang lay rope in certain applica-
tions derives from the fact that when bent over sheaves, its life span is longer
than the others. Stated in another way, the advantage oflang lay rope is its
greater fatigue resistance. Yet another claim is made for lang lay ropes: they are
more resistant to abrasion.
It is important to understand the reasons for the advantages of lang lay rope. To
begin with, consider its fatigue and bending properties. Figure 4A shows, in part,
how the lang lay construction characteristics result in greater fatigue resistance
than is found in regular lay rope. Note how the axis of the wire relates to the axis
of the rope in both cases. When the regular lay rope is bent, the same degree of
bend is imparted to the crowns of the outer wires.
Superior fatigue life in lang lay rope is also attributable to the longer exposed
length of its outer wires. Note in Figure 4A, the valley-to-valley wire length in
the lang lay rope is about 30% longer than in the regular lay rope. Bending the
lang lay rope results in less axial bending of the outer wires. Lang lay rope dis-
plays 15 to 20% superiority over regular lay when bending is the principal factor
affecting service life.
It is said that lang lay is more flexible, but flexibility should not be confused
with fatigue resistance. These two attributes may, under certain circumstances,
bear some relationship, but they are distinctly separate characteristics. Flexibility
defines the relative ease with which a rope "flexes" or bends. Fatigue resistance
defines the rope's ability to endure bending.
Figure 4A. A comparison of wear characteristics between regular lay and lang lay ropes. The lines
a-b, on drawings and the photographs, indicates the rope's axis.
Figure 4B. The worn crown of the regular lay wire has a shorter exposed length.
Two other factors relate to fatigue; they are discussed here along with abrasion
and peening characteristics.
The fact that the wires of regular lay rope are subject to higher unit pressure
increases the rate of wear (abrasion and peening) of both wire and mating sur-
face of the drum or sheave. Finally, the worn crown of the regular lay wire com-
bined with its shorter exposed length, may allow the wire to spring away from
the rope axis (Fig. 4B). Subsequent cycling on and off a sheave or drum can
accelerate fatigue.
A note of caution: lang lay rope has some important limitations. First, if either
end is not fixed, it will rotate severely when under load; and secondly, it is less
able to withstand crushing action on a drum or sheave than is regular lay rope.
Hence, lang lay rope should not be operated without being fixed so that neither
end is free to rotate; nor should it be operated over minimum-sized sheaves or
drums under extreme loads. Poor drum winding conditions are not well tolerated
by lang lay ropes.
Preforming is a wire rope manufacturing process wherein the strands and their
wires are formed during fabrication, to the helical shape that they will ultimately
assume in the finished rope or strand.
The wire arrangement in the strands is an important determining factor in the
rope's functional characteristics, i.e., its ability to meet the operating conditions
to which it will be subjected. There are many basic strand patterns around which
standard wire ropes are built; a number of these are illustrated in Figure 5.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition ·11
7 Wire 19 Warrington 19 Seale 25 Filler Wire <
Figure 5. Four Basic Strand Patterns
31 Warrington Seale 46 Seale 43 FillerWire Seale 49 Seale

Filler Wire Warrington Seale
Figure 6. Combination Strand Patterns
The nomenclature used to identify a wire rope indicates: 1) the number of

strands in the rope, 2) the number (nominal or exact) of wires in each strand, and
3) a descriptive word or letter indicating the type of construction, i.e., the geo-
metric arrangement of wires.
Figure 5 shows cross sections of four basic strand constructions; Figure 6
shows several possible combinations of these constructions.
At this point, it would be useful to discuss wire rope nomenclature in detail
because the subject may generate some misunderstanding. The reason for this
stems from the practice of referring to rope either by classification or by its spe-
cific construction.
Rope classifications indicate the number of strands as well as the number of
wires in each strand, e.g., 6 x 7, 6 x 19,6 x 36, 8 x 19, 19 x 7, 35 x 7 etc.
However, these are nominal classifications that mayor may not reflect the actual
construction. For example, the 6 x 19 classification includes constructions such
as 6 x 21 Filler Wire, 6 x 25 Filler Wire, and 6 x 26 Warrington Seale. Despite
the fact that none of the three constructions named have 19 wires, they are in the
6 x 19 classification.
As an example, a supplier receiving an order for 6 x 19 rope may assume this
to refer to the classification, and could furnish any construction within this clas-
sification. But, if the job requires the special characteristics of a 6 x 26
Warrington Seale, and a 6 x 25 Filler Wire is supplied, shorter service life may result.
To avoid such misunderstandings, the safest procedure is to order a specific
construction. In the event that the specific construction is not known or is in
doubt, the rope should be ordered by classification along with a description of its
end use.
Identification of wire rope in classifications facilitates selection on the basis of
strength and weight/foot since it is customary practice that all similar ropes with-
in a classification have the same minimum breaking force and approximate
weight/foot.
Only three wire ropes under the 6 x 19 classification actually have 19 wires: 6
x 19 two-operation (2-op), 6 x 19 Seale (S), and 6 x 19 Warrington (W). All the
rest have different wire counts. In the 6 x 36 (previously 6x37 and changed to
conform with international standards) classification, there is a greater variety of
wire constructions. The commonly available constructions in the 6 x 36 classifi-
cation include: 6 x 31 Warrington Seale (WS), 6 x 36 WS, 6 x 41 Seale Filler
Wire (SFW), 6 x 41 WS, 6 x 43 Filler Wire Seale (FWS), 6 x 49 Seale
Warrington Seale (SWS), etc. For the users' convenience, Table 1 lists the most
widely used rope classifications.
While the interior of a strand is of some significance, its important characteris-
tics relate to the number and size of the outer wires. This is discussed in detail in
the section titled FACTORS AFFECTING THE SELECTION OF WIRE
ROPE (p. 59).
Wire rope nomenclature also defines the following:
Rope Description
• length
• size (nominal diameter)
• Preformed or non-preformed
• direction and type of lay
• finish of wires
• grade of rope
• type of core
If direction and type of lay are omitted from the rope description, it is pre-
sumed to be right regular lay. Two other assumptions are made by the supplier:
1) if finish of wire is omitted, this will be presumed to mean uncoated "bright"
finish, and 2) if no mention is made with reference to preforming, preforming
will be presumed. (Note that an order for elevator rope must have an explicit
statement since both preformed and non-preformed ropes are used extensively.)
As an example, a complete description would appear thus:

600 ft 3/4" 6 x 25 FW preformed RRL
Extra Improved Plow Steel IWRC
When a center wire is replaced by a strand, it is considered as a single wire,

and the rope classification remains unchanged.
The wire rope cross sections illustrated in Figures 7 and 8 represent some of
the most commonly used configurations, and are arranged under their respective
classifications. Since these are in greater demand, they are more generally available.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition -13
TABLE 1 WIRE ROPE CLASSIFICATIONS
Based on the Nominal Number of Wires in Each Strand
MaximumNo.
Outer Outer
Classification Strands Wires/Strand Wires
6x7 6 3-14 9
6x19 6 15-26 12
6x36 6 27-49 18
6x61 6 50-74 24
6x91 6 75-109 30
7x19 7 15-26 12
7x36 7 27-49 18
8x7 8 3-14 9
8x19 8 15-26 12
8x36 8 27-49 18
8x61 8 50-74 24
Rotation Resistant Rope:

MaximumNo.
Total Outer
Classification Strands Wires/Strands Wires
8x19 15 15-26 12
19x7 17-19 6-9 8
19x19 17-19 15-26 12
35x7 26-36 6-9 8
35x19 26-36 15-26 12
Figure 7. Cross sections of some com- 6 x 7 Classification
monly used wire rope constructions.
6x7
FC
6 x 19 Classification
6 x 19 Seale 6 x 21 Filler Wire 6 x 25 Filler Wire 6 x 26 Wanington Seale

IWRC FC IWRC IWRC
6 x 31 Warrington Seale 6 x 36 Seale Filler Wire 6 x 36 Warrington Seale 6 x 31 Filler Wire Seale
IWRC IWRC FC IWRC
6 x 41 Wanington Seale 6 x 41 Seale Filler Wire 6 x 46 Seale Filler Wire 6 x 49 Filler Wire Seale
IWRC IWRC IWRC lWRC
6 x 55 (2 Operation) 6x57 6x61

Filler Wire Seale Seale Filler Wire Seale Filler Wire Warrington Seale
IWRC lWRC IWRC
Figure 8. Cross sections of some 7 x 19 Classification
commonly available wire rope
constructions.
7 x 19 Seale 7 x 25 Filler Wire

IWRC IWRC
7 x 36 Warrington Seale
IWRC
8 x 19 Seale 8 x 25 Filler Wire

FC IWRC
8 x 31 Warrington Seale
IWRC
SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONS
Many wire rope designs have been developed by the wire rope industry for use
on applications requiring special wire ropes. Within the scope of this publication,
it would not be feasible either to list or describe all the possible rope design varia-
tions. The following section describes some of the more popular special construc-
tions. Information is provided about the construction and mechanical features of
these ropes to assist the user.
ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES
Rotation Resistant ropes are designed to resist the tendency to spin or rotate
under load. These ropes are used either as single part lines or in situations where
operating conditions require a rope that will resist block rotation in a multipart
system. The essential nature of rotation resistant rope designs impose certain
limitations on their application and necessitate special handling requirements not
encountered with other rope constructions.
There are three categories of Rotation Resistant ropes. They are defined
as follows:
Category 1. Stranded rope constructed in such a manner that it displays little or
no tendency to rotate, or if guided, transmits little or no torque, has at least fif-
teen outer strands and comprises an assembly of at least three layers of strands
laid helically over a center in two operations, the direction of lay of the outer
strands being opposite to that of the underlying layer.
Category 2. Stranded rope constructed in such a manner that it has significant
resistance to rotation, has at least ten outer strands, and comprises an assembly
of two or more layers of strands laid helically over a center in two or three oper-
ations, the direction of lay of the outer strands being opposite to that of the
underlying layer.
Category 3. Stranded rope constructed in such a manner that it has limited resis-
tance to rotation, has no more than nine outer strands, and comprises an assembly
of two layers of strands laid helically over a center in two operations, the direction
of lay of the outer strands being opposite to that of the underlying layer.
ISO 21669 specifies a method for determining the rotational properties of wire
rope and guidance for use with a swivel based on this value.
8 x 19 Seale 8 x 25 Filler Wire 18x 7

IWRC IWRC FC
19x 7 19 x 19 Seale 35x 7 35 x 19 Seale

Figure 9. Cross sections of rotation resistant rope constructions.
Ropes having three or four strands can also be designed to have rotation resistant properties.
In Rotation Resistant ropes, the crossover points between strand layers are
points of high stress concentration. Relative motion of the strands at these points
results in accelerated deterioration of the internal components of the rope. Because
of this characteristic of Rotation Resistant construction, care must be taken to
avoid high loads with small diameter sheaves. Design factors less than 5 are not
recommended except for Category 1 Rotation Resistant ropes that can be used at a
design factor of 4.5. Sheave diameter (Did ratios) recommendations are found in
Section 5 of this manual.
A primary feature which dis-
tinguishes the various Rotation
Resistant constructions is rota-
tion under load. Figure 10 illus-
trates this property for various
types of rotation resistant ropes,
as compared to 6 x 25FW
IWRC.
In addition to rotation, other
characteristics of the rope must
be considered in making a prop-
er rope selection. See "Factors
Affecting the Selection of Wire
z
Rope" in Section 5. o
~
5
a:
I.L.
o
UJ
UJ
a:
Cl
UJ
o
LOAD· PERCENT OF NOMINAL STRENGTH
Figure 10. Relative rotation with one end allowed to rotate freely.
SPECIAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES
Many Rotation Resistant ropes are partially preformed and some are non-preformed.
Ends of the rope should be seized tightly, welded or brazed, to prevent lay distur-
bances of the outer strands or core (two or three seizings are recommended). Care
must be taken to avoid inducing twist into the rope during handling and installation.
18 • Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
GUIDELINES FOR THE INSTALLATION
OF ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE:
• Follow instructions for removing rope from a reel or coil in Section 4.
• Use a pulling grip fitted with a swivel when pulling new rope through the reev-
ing system with a used rope. This practice will prevent residual twist in the
pu1ling rope from being transferred to the new rope. The pulling rope should be
the same lay direction as the rope being installed. Except for Rotation Resistant
ropes that are lang lay, lang lay ropes should not be used as pulling ropes.
• Apply back tension to the payoff reel during installation or tension the rope
after installation and before being put into service. This will promote uniform
spooling and help prevent rope pull-in. Recommended tension values range from
2% to 5% of the minimum breaking force of the rope being installed.
• Operate the new rope through several complete cycles at progressively higher
loads. This will allow the rope to adjust gradually to operating conditions.
The proper operation of Rotation Resistant ropes depends on maintaining the

torsional balance of the rope during use. Imbalance between inner and outer lay-
ers of the rope can be caused by twist induced in the rope as a result of incorrect
installation procedures or undesirable operating conditions. Common causes of
twist are improper fleet angles (Figure 39), improper sheave alignment, or poor
spooling. Odd part reeving with off center attachment of the dead end to the
block or improper reeving can cause misalignment of the traveling block induc-
ing twist into the rope.
Although these ropes are classified as Rotation Resistant it must be realized
that some slight rotation may occur, particularly in the early stages of rope life.
This rotation may result in undesirable block rotation or "cabling", in multipart
systems, or rotation of the load in single part. If this occurs, it is advisable to
relieve the twist by disconnecting the most accessible end of the rope, letting the
twist out of the rope and then reconnecting it. In some applications, swivels are
used to relieve accumulated rope twist during installation and periodically during
operation. When using Category 2 or 3 Rotation Resistant ropes, the swivel
should be locked off after twist is relieved to prevent uncontrolled rotation. Most
Category 1 ropes may be used with a swivel. Consult the rope manufacturer for
guidance on any specific rope construction.
ELEVATOR ROPE
CONSTRUCTIONS
Wire ropes used in elevators (the term "lift" is used internationally) are
designed and manufactured specifically for that application and are not inter-
changeable with standard wire ropes. The most common elevator rope construc-
tions are shown in Figure 11. Many factors determine selection of a rope con-
struction to perform one of the functions in the elevator system. It is best to fol-
low the recommendation of the elevator manufacturer when replacing rope. In
fact, replacement of ropes must conform to rules specified in ASME A 17, Safety
Code for Elevators and Escalators.
Almost all rope furnished for elevator service contains a core developed
specifically for this application. Rope with an independent wire rope core
(IWRC) is used in some applications.
Elevator rope is furnished primarily in right regular lay and right lang lay.
GRADES
Elevator rope is produced in three basic grades:
Traction the most common grade of elevator rope, is primarily used
for hoist ropes which require a blend of ductility and strength.
Extra High Strength Traction -primarily used where high speed or
great height require a higher nominal breaking strength hoist rope. It may also
perform better in more abrasive undercut-U and V-type groove applications.
Iron - primarily used for elevator applications other than hoist rope.
For information on minimum breaking force see Tables 41 and 42.
As noted, it is beyond the scope of this publication to discuss design and selec-
tion considerations for elevator rope. Information concerning sheave diameters,
design factors (ratio of minimum breaking force to working load), groove con-
tours, socketing and inspection, can be found in the ASME AI7 code.
6 x 25 Filler Wire 8 x 19 Seale 8 x 21 Filler Wire 8 x 25 Filler Wire

FC FC FC FC
Figure 11
Common Elevator Rope Constructions
COMPACTED STRAND WIRE ROPE
Compacted strand wire rope is a wire rope manufactured from strands which
have been compacted or reduced in diameter either in the stranding operation or
in a separate operation after stranding prior to closing of the rope. There are var-
ious known methods for compacting; drawing the strand through a compacting
die, roller reduction and rotary swaging are several examples. The compacting
process flattens the surface of the outer wires and reforms internal wires of the
strand to increase the density of the strand. The result is a smoother bearing sur-
face at the strand crowns and an increase in minimum breaking force over round
strand rope of the same diameter and classification. Cross section diagrams of
rope with compacted strands are found in Figure 12.
Tables 37,38 & 39 show compacted strand rope minimum breaking forces
commonly available in 6 strand rope, 19 strand rotation resistant rope and 35
strand rotation resistant rope. For information on the exact minimum breaking
force available on a particular rope, consult the manufacturer of the rope.
6 x 26 Warrington Seale 8 x 26 Warrington Seale 19 x 19 Seale

Compacted Strand Compacted Strand Compacted Strand
IWRC IWRC
Figure 12. Compacted Strand Wire Rope Cross Sections.

COMPACTED (SWAGED) WIRE ROPE
A compacted (swaged) wire rope is compacted or reduced in diameter in a
separate operation following closing of the rope. A compacted wire rope can be
made with non-compacted strands or compacted strands. Rotary swaging is the
most common process to compact the rope, although other processes may be
used. As illustrated in Figure 13, the wires and strands of the rope are flattened
to produce a relatively smooth and wear resistant outer surface. Compacted
ropes generally have good wear resistance. crushing resistance and high
strength. However. compacted (swaged) wire rope may not have bending fatigue
resistance that is equivalent to standard or compacted strand wire ropes, espe-
cially at small bending ratios. Minimum breaking forces for some compacted
rope are found in Table 42.
3 x 19 Seale 6 x 26 Warrington Seale 6 x 31 Warrington Seale

Compacted (Swaged) Compacted (Swaged) Compacted (Swaged)
IWRC IWRC
Figure l3. Compacted Wire Rope cross sections.

FLATTENED (TRIANGULAR) STRAND WIRE ROPE f.
Each strand of a flattened strand wire rope is comprised of a layer or layers of

wire around a triangular shaped center. The center consists of either a triangular
shaped wire element, or wires in a triangular configuration. The triangular strand
shape provides a high strength rope with high metallic area which is resistant to
crushing. Abrasion resistance is enhanced by an increased bearing surface, in
comparison to round strand ropes. Various flattened strand constructions are
illustrated in Figure 14. Minimum breaking forces for flattened strand ropes are
found in Tables 29 and 30.
6x31 Style V 6 x25 Style B 6x27 Style H 6x 30 StyleG

Flattened Strand Flattened Strand Flattened Strand Flattened Strand
(Brangle Center) (Solid Center Wire) (3 Wire Center) (Plaited Center)
FC FC FC FC
Figure 14. Flattened Strand Wire Rope Cross Sections.
PLASTIC COATED WIRE ROPE

Various wire rope constructions are available with a plastic coating applied to
the exterior of the rope. Small diameter galvanized and stainless steel wire ropes
with plastic coating are common. The plastic coating can provide protection
against corrosion and in some cases reduce wear of the rope and other rigging
components. Plastic coated ropes can be difficult to inspect. Minimum breaking
forces for plastic coated ropes are based on the diameter and grade of the rope
prior to coating.
Plastic coated wire ropes are typically not used as operating ropes, but mostly
as standing or stationary ropes. There are exceptions such as can conveyor ropes,
some aircraft cables and other small diameter ropes.
PLASTIC FILLED WIRE ROPE

Plastic filled wire ropes are wire ropes in which internal spaces are filled with
a matrix of plastic. The plastic extends to, or slightly beyond, the outer circum-
ference of the rope. Plastic filling may improve bending fatigue life by reducing
internal and external wear. Minimum breaking forces for plastic filled ropes are
based on the diameter and grade of the rope prior to plastic filling.
Plastic filled wire ropes are used in many demanding applications and require
special handling and inspection techniques. Consult the rope manufacturer for
specific instmctions and recommendations. The Inspection section of this manu-
al provides detail on inspection of plastic filled ropes.
PLASTIC COATED OR PLASTIC FILLED IWRC WIRE ROPE
Plastic coated IWRC wire rope is wire rope which incorporates a plastic coated
or plastic filled IWRC. The plastic coated or plastic filled IWRC reduces internal
wear and may increase bending fatigue life. Minimum breaking forces for plastic
coated and plastic filled ropes are based on the diameter and grade of the rope
with an uncoated or unfilled IWRC.
Plastic Coated Plastic Filled Plastic Coated IWRC

Wire Rope Wire Rope Wire Rope
Figure 15. Plastic Processed Wire Rope Cross Sections.
OTHER SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONS
5 x 19 Warrington 6x 12 6 x 42 Tiller Rope

Marlin Clad Running Rope FC
FC FC
6 X 24 (2 Operation) 6x 3 x 19 8 x 26 Warrington Seale

Hawser Spring Lay Unit Lay
FC FC Wire Rope
Figure 16. Some special purpose constructions.
TABLE 2 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONS

3x7 Guard Rail Rope
3 x 19 Slusher
6 x 12 Running Rope
6 x 24 Hawsers
6x 30 Hawsers
6 x42 (6 x 6 x 7) Tiller Rope
6 x 3 x 19 Spring Lay
5 x 19 Marlin Clad
6 x 19 Marlin Clad
Unit Lay (Parallel Lay)
24· Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
4 Handling and Installation
RECEIVING, INSPECTION, AND STORAGE
For all wire rope, the best time to begin taking appropriate care and handling
measures is immediately upon receiving it. On arrival, the rope should be care-
fully checked to make certain that the delivered product matches the description
on tags, requisition forms, packing slips, purchase order, and invoice.
After these necessary preliminary checks, the next concern is that of providing
weather-proof storage space. If wire rope is to be kept unused for a considerable
time, it must be protected from the elements. The ideal storage area is a dry,
well-ventilated building or shed. Avoid closed, unheated, tightly sealed buildings
or enclosures because condensation will form when warm, moist outside (ambi-
ent) air envelops the colder rope. Although wire rope is protected by a lubricant,
this is not totally effective since condensation can still occur within the small
interstices between strands and wires, thereby causing corrosion problems.
On the other hand. if the delivery site conditions preclude storage in an inside
space and the rope must be kept outdoors, it should be covered with a waterproof
material. This covering will also prevent the lubricant from drying out. Store the
reel on an elevated platform or pallet that will keep it from direct contact with
the ground.
Never store wire rope in areas subject to elevated temperatures. Dust and grit,
or chemically laden atmospheres should also be avoided. Although lubricant
applied during manufacturing offers initial protection, extended storage may
require additional field lubrication.
Whenever wire rope remains on an idle machine, coat the rope with an appro-
priate protective lubricant. This will provide additional protection against envi-
ronmental conditions. If the wire rope is inactive for an extended period while
wound on the drum of the idle equipment, it may be necessary to apply a coating
of lubricant to each layer as the rope is wound on the drum. Cleaning, inspection
and re-Iubrication should precede start-up of the equipment.
WIRE ROPE INSTALLATION
CHECKING THE DIAMETER

It is important to check the diameter of the delivered rope before installation.
This is to make certain that the rope meets the specified nominal diameter for the
given application.
Imperial (inch) and metric (millimeter) ropes are not always interchangeable.
Consult the rope manufacturer for details on any specific rope diameter.
The actual rope diameter is the diameter of the circumscribing firc1e, i.e., its
largest cross-sectional dimension. To insure accuracy this measurement should be
made with a wire rope caliper using the correct method (b) shown in Fig. 17.
Special techniques and equipment must be employed for measuring ropes with an
odd number of outer strands (e.g. Circumferential tapes, calipers and plates).
Tolerance for wire rope diameter pennit the diameter to be slightly larger than the
nominal size, according to the limits shown in Table 3.
TABLE 3 OVERSIZE LIMITS OF WIRE ROPE DIAMETERS*

Nominal Rope Diameter Allowable Limits
Thru 1/8" (3.2 mm) -0 +8%
Over 1/8" (3.2 mm) thm 3/16" (4.S mm) -0 +7%
Over 3/16" (4.Smm) thm 5/16" (8.0 mm) -0 +6%
Over 5/16" (S.omm) and larger -0 +5%
* These limits have been adopted by the Wire Rope Technical

Board (WRTB). In the case of certain special purpose ropes,
such as aircraft cables and elevator ropes, each has specific
requirements. If a question should arise regarding compliance
with oversize tolerances the rope may be measured under
tension not exceeding 20% of the minimum breaking force. If the actual
diameter determined by this measurement is within the specified
tolerance the rope is considered to meet the required diameter.
ACTUAL DIAMETER
!#fI,/1
U A
C. INCORRECT
Figure 17. How to measure (or caliper) a wire rope correctly. Since the "true" diameter (A) lies
within the circumscribed circle, always measure the larger dimension (B).
UNREELING AND UNCOILING
Wire rope is shipped in cut lengths, either in coils or on reels. Great care
should be taken when the rope is removed from the shipping package since it can
be permanently damaged by improper unreeling or uncoiling. Looping the rope
over the head of the reel or pulling the rope off a coil while it is lying on the
ground, will create loops in the line. Pulling on a loop will, at the very least, pro-
duce imbalance in the rope and may result in open or closed kinks (Fig. 18).
Once a rope is kinked, the damage is not repairable. The kink must be cut out or
the rope is unfit for service.
Figure 18. Improper handling can create open (a) or closed kinks (b). The open kink will open the rope lay; the
closed kink will close it.
Starting loop (e): Do not allow the rope to fOim a loop. If. however, a loop does form and is removed at the
stage shown, a kink can be avoided.
Kink (d): In this case. the looped rope wa~ put under tension, the kink was formed. the rope is permanently damaged.
Unwinding wire rope from its reel also requires careful and proper procedure.
There are three methods to perform this step correctly:
1) The reel is mounted on a shaft supported by two jacks or a roller payoff (Fig.
19). Since the reel is free to rotate, the rope is pulled from the reel by a work-
man holding the rope end, and walking away from the reel as it unwinds. A
braking device should be employed so that the rope is kept taut and the reel is
restrained from over-running the rope. This is necessary particularly with
powered de-reeling equipment.
2) Another method involves mounting the reel on an unreeling stand (Fig. 20). It
is then unwound in the same manner as described above (1). In this case,
however, greater care must be exercised to keep the rope under tension suffi-
cient to prevent the accumulation of slack. Slack can allow the rope to drop
below the lower reel head and be damaged or loose wraps on the reel to fall
over the rope coming off the reel and become tangled.
3) In another accepted method, the end of the rope is held while the reel itself is
rolled along the ground. With this procedure, the rope will payoff properly
however, the end being held will travel in the direction the reel is being rolled.
As the difference between the diameter of the reel head and the diameter of
the wound rope increases, the speed of travel will increase.
Figure 19. The wire rope reel is mounted on a shaft supported by jacks. This pennits the reel Figure 20. A vertical unreeling stand.
to rotate freely, and the rope can be unwound either manually or by a powered mechanism.
When re-reeling wire rope from a horizontally supported reel to a drum it is
preferable for the rope to travel from the top of the reel to the top of the drum;
or, from the bottom of the reel to the bottom of the drum (Fig. 21). Re-reeling in
this manner will avoid putting a reverse bend into the rope during installation. If
a rope is installed so that a reverse bend is induced, it may cause the rope to
become "twisty" and, consequently, harder to handle.
A - CORRECT
When unwinding wire rope from a coil, there are two suggested methods for
REEL carrying out this procedure in a proper manner:
~
1) One method involves placing the coil on a vertical unreeling stand. The stand
consists of a base with a fixed vertical shaft. On this shaft there is a "swift,"
consisting of a plate with inclined pins positioned so that the coil may be
placed over them. The whole swift and coil then rotate as the rope is pulled
B- WRONG off. This method is particularly effective when the rope is to be wound on a
Figure 21. The correct (a) and the drum.
wrong (b) way to wind wire rope 2) The most common as well as the easiest uncoiling method is merely to hold one
from reel to drum. end of the rope while rolling the coil along the ground like a hoop (Fig. 22).
Figures 23 and 24 show unreeling and uncoiling methods that are most likely
to cause kinks. Such improper procedures must be avoided in order to prevent
the occurrence of loops. These loops, when pulled taut, will inevitably result in
kinks. No matter how a kink develops, it will damage strands and wires, and the
kinked section must be cut out. Proper and careful handling will keep the wire
rope free from kinks.
Figure 22. Perhaps the most common and Figure 23. Illustrating a wrong method of Figure 24. Illustrating a wrong method of
easiest uncoiling method is to hold one end unreeling wire rope. uncoiling wire rope.
of the rope while the coil is rolled along
the ground.
SEIZING WIRE ROPE
While there are numerous ways to cut wire rope, in every case, certain precau-
tions must be observed. For one thing, proper seizings are always applied on
both sides of the place where the cut is to be made. In a wire rope, carelessly or
inadequately seized ends may become distorted and flattened, and the strands
may loosen. Subsequently, when the rope is operated, there may be an uneven
distribution of loads to the strands; a condition that will significantly shorten the
life of the rope.
The two widely accepted methods of applying seizing are illustrated in Figures
25A and 25B. The seizing itself should be soft, or annealed wire or strand.
Seizing wire diameter and the length of the seizing will depend on the diameter
of the wire rope; the length of the seizing should never be less than the diameter
Figure 25A. METHOD A: Lay one end
of the seizing wire in the groove of the rope being seized. Normally, for preformed ropes, one seizing on each
between two strands; wrap the other side of the cut is sufficient. But for ropes that are not preformed or rotation resis-
end tightly in a close helix over a portant ropes, a minimum of two seizings on each side is recommended; and these
tion of the wire in the groove using a should be spaced one rope diameter apart (Fig. 26).
seizing iron (a round bar 112" to 5/8"
diameter x 18" long) as shown above. Other methods of seizing may be acceptable depending on the level of pre-
Both ends of the seizing wire should be forming of the rope. Non-preformed or partially preformed ropes require special
twisted together tightly, and the fin- attention and correct seizing is very important. Seizing of preformed ropes may
ished appearance as shown below. be accomplished by methods such as plastic wire ties, hose clamps, some types
Seizing widths should not be less than
of tape, etc.
the rope diameter.
The most important factor in the seizing of any rope is that the rope does not
deform and the rope lay does not change when the rope is cut.
Table 4 lists suggested seizing wire diameters for use with a range of wire rope
diameters.
Figure 25B. METHOD B: The proce-

dure illustrated at right is another
method of seizing wire rope.
TABLE 4 SEIZING*
Suggested
Rope Diameters Seizing Wire Diameters**
inches mm inches mm
118 - 5/16 3.2-8.0 .032 0.813
3/8 - 9/16 9.5-14.5 .048 1.21
5/8 - 15/16 16.0-24.0 .063 1.60
1 - 1-5/16 26.0-33.0 .080 2.03
1-3/8 - 1-11/16 35.0-43.0 .104 2.64
1-3/4 and larger 45.0 and larger .124 3.15
*Length of the seizing should not be less than the rope diameter.
** The diameter of seizing wire for elevator ropes is usually somewhat smaller than that shown in
this table. Consult the wire rope manufacturer for specific size recommendations. Soft annealed
seizing strand of an appropriate size may also be used.
CUTTING WIRE ROPE
Wire rope is cut after being properly seized (Fig. 26). Cutting is a reasonably
simple operation provided appropriate tools are used. There are several typesof
cutters and shears commercially available, which are specifically designed to cut
wire rope.
NONPREFORMED
BEFORE CUTTING
AFTER CUTTING
PREFORMED
BEFORE CUTTING
AFTER CUTTING
Figure 26. Seizings are applied before cutting.
END PREPARATIONS
For a number of applications-such as tight openings in drums, or other com-
plicated reeving systems - there may be a need for making special end prepara-
tions. When these are required, there are four basic designs (and combinations)
to choose from (Fig. 27). The maximum outside diameter of the end preparation
should not exceed the actual rope diameter. Whenever possible end preparations
should be removed after the rope is installed unless otherwise recommended by
the rope manufacturer. Beckets are used when another rope is needed to pull the
new rope into place. Wire rope should not be shortened, lengthened or terminat-
ed by the use of a knot.
A B c o
PAD EYE LINK TAPERED TAPERED

BECKET SWELDED END WITH
END LOOP
Figure 27. Beckets, or end preparations, are used on wire rope ends when another rope is needed to
pull the operating rope into place. Four commonly used beckets are illustrated.
END TERMINATIONS
The rope end must be fastened to the mechanism so that force and motion are
transferred efficiently. End terminations thus become items of great importance
for transferring these forces. Each basic type of termination has its own individ-
ual characteristic. Hence, one type will usually fit the needs of a given installa-
tion better than the others.
It should be noted that not all end terminations will develop the full strength of
the wire rope used. To lessen the possibility of error, the wire rope industry has
determined terminal efficiencies for various types of end terminations. Holding
power calculations can be made for the more popular end terminations (Fig. 28)
based on efficiency factors in Table 5.
WIRE ROPE SOCKET- POIJRED SPELTER OR RESIN
WIRE ROPE SOCKET -SWAGED
~~~~
MECHANICAL SPLICE - LOOP 011 THIMBLE
WEDGE SOCKET
CLIPS-NUMBER OFCLlPS VAHIES WITH ROPE SIZE ANO CONSTRUCTION
LOOP OR THIMBLE SPLICE - HAND TUCKED
Figure 28. End fittings or terminations are available in many designs, some of which were developed for particular applications. The six shown
are among the most commonly used.
TABLE 5 TERMINAL EFFICIENCIES (APPROXIMATE)
Efficiencies are applicable to the rope's minimum breaking force
Efficiency
Type of Terrrrination Rope with IWRC* Rope with FC**
Wire Rope Socket (Spelter or Resin) 100% 100%
Swaged Socket (Regular Lay Ropes Only) 100% (Not Recommended)
Mechanical Spliced Sleeve (Flemish Eye)

1" dia. and smaller 95% 92-112%
Greater than 1" dia. through 2" 92-112% 90%
Greater than 2" dia. through 3-1/2" 90% (Not established)
Loop or Thimble Splice-Hand Spliced (Tucked)

(Carbon Steel Rope)
114" 90% 90%
5/16" 89% 89%
3/8" 88% 88%
7/16" 87% 87%
112" 86% 86%
5/8" 84% 84%
3/4" 82% 82%
7/8" thru 2-1/2" 80% 80%
Loop or Thimble Splice-Hand Spliced (Tucked)

(Stainless Steel Rope)
114" 80%
5/16" 79%
3/8" 78%
7/16" 77%
112" 76%
5/8" 74%
3/4" 72%
7/8" 70%
Wedge Sockets***
(Depending on Design) 75% to 80% 75% to 80%
Clips***
(Number of clips varies with size of rope) 80% 80%
*IWRC::::lndependent Wire Rope Core **FC::::Fiber Core

*** Typical values when terminations are cOITectly designed, applied and maintained. Refer to fittings
manufacturers for exact values and method.
SOCKETING
Improperly attached wire rope terminals lead to serious-possibly unsafe-
conditions. To perform properly all wire rope elements must be held securely.by
the terminal so that all parts of the rope are taking their proper share of the
applied load.
Poured Sockets - Zinc or Resin

Poured sockets have traditionally been the method for determining the rope's
actual breaking strength. All other types of terminations have been compared to
poured sockets. Their efficiency is therefore established to be 100% for all
grades and constructions of rope.
Rope assemblies with poured attachments are generally used as a straight ten-
sion member. In such cases, where the rope is used as a pendant line, the mini-
mum recommended design factor is 3.0. If the assembly is used as a sling the
minimum recommended design factor of 5.0 should be used to calculate the
rated capacity.
Length tolerances for poured attachments can be somewhat more stringent
than other types of assemblies. The manufacturer should be contacted and agree-
ment reached before the order is placed. Tolerance as small as plus or minus 1/4"
per 100'is not out of the ordinary for this type of assembly. Specifications such
as type of fitting, pin orientation (See Appendix B), whether zinc or resin should
be used, and type of application should also be supplied to the manufacturer
when ordering these types of assemblies.
When preparing a wire rope for socketing it is of extreme importance to follow
procedures recommended by API (American Petroleum Institute) RP-9B or by
ISO standards. Poured socketing should only be done by thoroughly trained per-
sonnel.
Several industry standards require that all zinc or resin poured sockets be
prooftested after fabrication.
WIRE ROPE CLIPS

Wire rope clips are widely used for making end terminations.
Clips are available in two basic designs; the U-bolt and double saddle (Fig.
29). The efficiency of both types is the same.
When using U-bolt clips, extreme care must be exercised to make certain that
they are attached correctly; i.e., the U-bolt must be applied so that the "U" sec-
tion is in contact with the dead end of the rope (Fig. 30). Also, the tightening and
retightening of the nuts must be accomplished as required.
Use only forged clips for critical, heavy duty, overhead loads, such as support
lines, guy lines, towing lines, tie downs, scaffolds, etc.
U-BOLT Double Saddle Malleable clips are to be used for making eye termination assemblies only with
right regular lay wire rope and only for light duty uses with small applied loads,
Figure 29. Wire rope clips are obtainable such as hand rails. fencing, guard rails, etc.
in two basic designs: U-Bolt and double
saddle. Their efficiency is the same.
HOW TO APPLY CLIPS
u- BOLT CLIPS (Table 6, p.39)

Recommended Method of Applying U-Bolt Clips to Get Maximum Holding
Power of the Clip. The following is based on the use of proper size U -Bolt clips
on new rope.
1. Refer to Table 6 in following these instructions. Tum back specified amount

of rope from thimble or loop. Apply first clip one base width from dead end
of rope. Apply U-Bolt over dead end of wire rope with live end resting in
saddle. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating from one nut to the other until reach-
ing the recommended torque.
2. When two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thimble
as possible. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating until reaching the recommended
torque. When more than two clips are required, apply the second clip as near
the loop or thimble as possible, tum nuts on second clip firmly, but do not
tighten. Proceed to Step 3.
3. When three or more clips are required, space additional clips equally between
first two - take up rope slack - tighten nuts on each U-Bolt evenly, alternating
from one nut to the other until reaching recommended torque.
4. Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of equal or greater
weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and retighten nuts to recom-
mended torque.
In accordance with good rigging and maintenance practices, the wire rope and
termination should be inspected periodically for wear, abuse, and general
adequacy. Inspect periodically and retighten to recommended torque.
A termination made in accordance with the above instructions, and using the
number of clips shown, has an approximate 80% efficiency rating. This rating is
based upon the minimum breaking force of wire rope. If a pulley is used in place
of a thimble for turning back the rope, add one additional clip.
The number of clips shown is based upon using right regular or lang lay wire
rope, 6 x 19 classification or 6 x 36 classification, fiber core or IWRC; IPS, EIP
or EEIP. If Seale construction or similar large outer wire type construction in the
6 x 19 classification is to be used for sizes 1 inch and larger, add one additional
clip.
The number of clips shown also applies to rotation resistant right regular lay
wire rope, 8 x 19 classification, and 19 x 7 classification, IPS, EIP and EEIP
sizes 1-1/2 inch and smaller.
For other classifications of wire rope not mentioned above, it may be neces-
sary to add additional clips to the number shown.
If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table, the amount of
rope turnback should be increased proportionately. ABOVE BASED ON USE
OF PROPER SIZE U-BOLT CLIPS ON NEW ROPE.
IMPORTANT: Failure to make a termination in accordance with aforemen-

tioned instructions, or failure to periodically check and retighten to the recom-
mended torque, may cause a reduction in efficiency rating.
RIGHT WAY FOR MAXIMUM ROPE STRENGTH
WRONG WAY:CLIPS STAGGERED
WRONG WAY: CLIPS REVERSED
Figure 30. The correct way to attach U-bolts is shown at the top; the "U" section is in contact with
the dead end of the rope and is clear of the thimble.
Dimensions in inches
TABLE 6 V-Bolt Clips*

Amount of Weight
Clip Min. No. Rope To Torque In Pounds
Size A B C D E F G H Of Clips Turn Back Ft.-Lbs. Per 100
1/8 .22 .72 .44 .47 .41 .38 .81 .94 2 31/4 4.5 6
3/16 .25 .97 .56 .59 .50 .44 .94 1.16 2 33/4 7.5 10
1/4 .31 1.03 .50 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.44 2 43/4 15 20
5/16 .38 1.38 .75 .88 .72 .69 1.31 1.69 2 5114 30 30
3/8 .44 1.50 .75 1.00 .91 .75 1.63 1.94 2 6112 45 47
7/16 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.03 .88 1.81 2.28 2 7 65 76
112 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.28 3 11 112 65 80
9116 .56 2.25 1.25 1.31 1.22 .94 2.06 2.50 3 12 95 104
5/8 .56 2.38 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.50 3 12 95 106
3/4 .62 2.75 1.44 1.50 1.41 1.06 2.25 2.84 4 18 130 150
7/8 .75 3.12 1.62 1.75 1.59 1.25 2.44 3.16 4 19 225 212
.75 3.50 1.81 1.88 1.78 1.25 2.63 3.47 5 26 225 260
1 118 .75 3.88 2.00 2.00 1.91 1.25 2.81 3.59 6 34 225 290
1 1/4 .88 4.25 2.12 2.31 2.19 1.44 3.13 4.13 7 44 360 430
13/8 .88 4.63 2.31 2.38 2.31 1.44 3.13 4.19 7 44 360 460
1 112 .88 4.94 2.38 2.59 2.44 1.44 3.41 4.44 8 54 360 540
15/8 1.00 5.31 2.62 2.75 2.66 1.63 3.63 4.75 8 58 430 700
13/4 1.13 5.75 2.75 3.06 2.94 1.81 3.81 5.28 8 61 590 925
2 1.25 6.44 3.00 3.38 3.28 2.00 4.44 5.88 8 71 750 1300
21/4 1.25 7.13 3.19 3.88 3.19 2.00 4.50 6.38 8 73 750 1600
2 Jl2 1.25 7.69 3.44 4.13 3.69 2.00 4.05 6.63 9 84 750 1900
23/4 1.25 8.31 3.56 4.38 4.88 2.00 5.00 6.88 10 100 750 2300
3 1.50 9.19 3.88 4.75 4.69 2.38 5.88 7.63 10 106 1200 3100
31/2 1.50 10.75 4.50 5.50 6.00 2.38 6.19 8.38 12 149 1200 4000
If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip.
If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table, the amount of turnback should be increased propOltionately.
The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.
Above values do not apply to plastic coated wire rope.
*From the Crosby Group
DOUBLE SADDLE CLIPS
Recommended Method of Applying Double Saddle Clips to Get Maximum

Holding Power of the Clip. The following based on the use of proper size double
saddle clips on new rope.
1. Refer to Table 7 in following these instructions. Tum back specified amount

of rope from thimble or loop. Apply first clip one base width from dead end
of rope. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating from one nut to the other until reach-
ing the recommended torque.
2. When two clips are required, apply the second clip as near the loop or thimble
as possible. Tighten nuts evenly, alternating until reaching the recommended
torque. When more than two clips are required, apply the second clip as near
the loop or thimble as possible. Turn nuts on second clip firmly, but do not
tighten. Proceed to Step 3.
3. When three or more clips are required, space additional clips equally between
first two-take up rope slack-tighten nuts on each double saddle evenly,
alternating from one nut to the other until reaching recommended torque.
4. Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of equal or greater
weight than loads expected in use. Next, check and retighten nuts to recom-
mended torque.
In accordance with good rigging and maintenance practices, the wire rope and
termination should be inspected periodically for wear, abuse, and general ade-
quacy. Inspect periodically and retighten to recommended torque.
A tennination made in accordance with the above instructions, and using the
number of clips shown has an approximate 80% efficiency rating. This rating is
based upon the minimum breaking force of wire rope. If a pulley is used in place
of a thimble for turning back the rope, add one additional clip.
The number of clips shown is based upon using right regular or lang lay wire
rope, 6 x 19 classification or 6 x 36 classification, fiber core or IWRC, IPS, EIP
or EEIP. If Seale construction or similar large outer wire type construction in the
6 x 19 classification is to be used for sizes 1 inch and larger, add one additional
clip.
The number of clips shown also applies to rotation resistant right regular lay
wire rope, 8 x 19 classification and 19x7 classification, IPS, EIP and EEIP, sizes
1-112 inch and smaller.
For other classifications of wire rope not mentioned above, it may be neces-
sary to add additional clips to the number shown.
If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table, the amount of
rope turnback should be increased proportionately. ABOVE BASED ON USE
OF PROPER SIZE DOUBLE SADDLE CLIPS ON NEW ROPE.
IMPORTANT: Failure to make a termination in accordance with aforemen-

tioned instructions, or failure to periodically check and retighten to the recom-
mended torque, may cause a reduction in efficiency rating.
~~] ,
I~~T
i
I _~E_~~
I
d-~
Dimensions in inches
TABLE 7 DOUBLE - SADDLE CLIPS*

Min. No. Amount of Torque
Clip L of rope to in Weight
Size A B C D E G Approx. M N clips tum back ftllb Ib/lOO
3/16 ..114 .25 1.25 .34 .94 .38 1.28 1.63 .69 1.47 2 4 30 18
5/16 .31 1.34 .44 1.06 .38 1.47 1.94 .69 1.56 2 5 30 28
3/8 .38 1.59 .50 1.06 .44 1.81 2.38 .75 l.88 2 5114 45 40
7/16 .50 1.88 .56 1.25 .50 2.19 2.75 .88 2.19 2 61/2 65 70
1/2 .50 1.88 .56 1.25 .50 2.19 2.75 .88 2.19 3 11 65 70
9/16 .63 2.28 .69 1.50 .63 2.69 3.50 1.06 2.63 3 123/4 130 100
5/8 .63 2.28 .69 1.50 .63 2.69 3.50 1.06 2.63 3 13 112 130 100
3/4 .75 2.69 .88 1.81 .75 2.94 3.75 1.25 3.06 3 16 225 175
7/8 .88 2.97 .97 2.13 .75 3.31 4.13 1.25 3.14 4 26 225 225
1 1.00 3.06 1.19 2.25 .75 3.72 4.63 1.25 3.53 5 37 225 300
1 118 1.13 3.44 1.28 2.38 .88 4.19 5.25 1.44 3.91 5 41 360 400
1114 1.25 3.56 1.34 2.50 .88 4.25 5.25 1.44 4.03 6 55 360 400
1 3/8 1.50 4.13 1.56 3.00 1.00 5.56 7.00 1.63 4.66 6 62 500 700
11/2 1.50 4.13 1.56 3.00 1.00 5.56 7.00 1.63 4.66 7 78 500 700
If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add one additional clip.
If a greater number of clip!> are used than shown in the t.1ble, the amount of turnback should be increased proportionately.
The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.
Above values do not apply to plastic coated wire rope.
*From the Crosby Group
WEDGE SOCKETS
One of the more popular end attachments for wire rope is the wedge socket. For
field, or on the job attachment, it is easily installed and quickly dismantled. There
are two basic types of wedge sockets, the standard type and a special type with a
wedge design that protrudes from the nose of the socket allowing a wire rope clip to
be attached to the dead end of the rope. The following procedures are important for
safe application of wedge sockets:
Inspection/Maintenance Safety
• Always inspect socket, wedge and pin for correct size and condition before using.
• Do not use parts showing cracks.
• Do not use modified or substitute parts.
• Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by lightly grinding until surfaces
are smooth. Do not reduce original dimension more than 10%. Do not repair by
welding.
• Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often in severe operating conditions.
Consult the socket manufacturer for recommendations regarding the specific use
and reapplication of wedge sockets.
Assembly Safety
• Use only with wire rope constructions recommended by the socket or rope manu-
facturer. For intermediate size rope, 9/16" diameter and larger, use next larger size
socket. For example: When using 9/16" diameter wire rope use a 5/8" Wedge
Socket Assembly. Ensure that the dead end of the rope is seized, welded or brazed
(or consult rope manufacturer) before inserting into the wedge socket. The tail
length of the dead end should be a minimum of 6 rope diameters.
• Align live end of rope with center line of pin. (See Figure 31)
• Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 31)
• Do not attach dead end to live end. (See Figure 31)
• Use a hammer to seat wedge and rope as deep into socket as possible before
applying first load.
• To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope, ensure that the dead end is seized,
welded or brazed (or consult rope manufacturer) before inserting the wire rope
into the wedge socket to prevent core slippage or loss of rope lay. The tail length
of the dead end should be a minimum of 20 rope diameters but not less than 6"
(See Figure 31).
Operating Safety
• Apply first load to fully seat the wedge and wire rope in the socket. This load
should be of equal or greater weight than loads expected in use.
• Efficiency rating of the wedge socket termination is based upon the minimum
breaking force of wire rope. The efficiency of a properly assembled wedge socket is
80%.
• During use, do not strike the dead end section with any other elements of the rig-
ging (called two blocking).
• Do not shock load.
Tail Length'
Right Wrong Wrong

* Tail Length
Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope
A minimum of 6 rope diameters, but not
less than 6".
=
(Le. - For 1" rope: Tail Length 1IX6::::6")
Rotation Resistant Wire Rope

A minimum of 20 rope diameters, but not
less than 6".
(Ld. - For 1" rope: Tail Length = 1"x20=20")
Figure 31. The wedge socket is a very popular end attachment; it is easily installed and quickly
dismantled. But it must be applied correctly.
DRUMS-GROOVED
Drums are the means by which power is transmitted to the rope and then to the
object to be moved. For the wire rope to pick up this power efficiently and to
transmit it properly to the working end, installation must be carefully controlled.
lithe drum is grooved, the winding conditions should be closely supervised to
assure adherence to the following recommended procedures:
1) The end of the rope must be secured to the drum by such means as will give
the end termination at least as much strength as is specified by the equipment
manufacturer.
2) Adequate tension must be maintained on the rope while it is being wound so
that the winding proceeds under continuous tension. Back tension applied to
the rope during installation should be from 2 to 5% of the minimum breaking
force of the rope being installed.
3) The rope must follow the groove.
4) It is preferable to have at least three dead wraps remaining on the drum when
the rope is unwound during normal operation. Two dead wraps are a mandato-
ry requirement in many codes and standards.
If the wire rope is carelessly wound and, as a result, jumps the grooves, it will
be crushed and cut where it crosses from one groove to the other. Another,
almost unavoidable problem is created at the drum flange; as the rope climbs to a
second layer there is further crushing and the wires receive excessive abrasion.
Riser and filler strips may help remedy this condition.
Another factor that must be given serious consideration is the pitch of the
drum grooves relative to the actual rope diameter. Wire rope is normally manu-
factured to a plus tolerance. (See Table 3.) The oversize tolerance of the rope
must be taken into account or the rope will be damaged by poor spooling caused
by a groove pitch that is either too small or too large.
As an example, a grooved drum made for 1I4-inch rope may have a pitch of .250
inches. Yet, by Federal standards, a 114-inch rope may have a diameter as large as
.265 inches. If a rope of this size were to be operated on a drum with a .250 inch
pitch, crowding would occur and the rope would be forced out of the groove.
DRUMS-PLAIN (SMOOTH)
Installation of a wire rope on a plain (smooth) face drum requires a great deal of care.
The starting position should be at the correct drum flange so that each wrap of the rope
will wind tightly against the preceding wrap (Fig. 32). Here too, close supervision should
be maintained during installation. This will help make certain that:
1) The rope is properly attached to the drum.
2) Appropriate tension on the rope is maintained as it is wound on the drum. Back ten-
sion applied to the rope during installation should be from 2 to 5% of the minimum
breaking force of the rope being installed.
3) Each wrap is guided as close to the preceding wrap as possible, so that there are no
gaps between wraps.
4) It is preferable to have at least three dead wraps remaining on the drum when the rope
is unwound during normal operation. Two dead wraps are a mandatory requirement in
many codes and standards.
Loose and uneven winding on a plain (smooth) faced drum can and usually does create
excessive wear, crushing and distortion of the rope. The results of such abuse are shorter ser-
vice life and a reduction in the rope's effective strength. Also, for an operation that is sensitive
in terms of moving and spotting a load, the operator will encounter control difficulties as the
rope will pile up, pull into the pile and fall from the pile to the drum surface. The ensuing
shock can break or otherwise damage the rope.
L- -R L-- -R
- f,.
UNDERWIND LEFT TO RIGHT LEFT LAY OVERWIND RIGHT TO LEFT LEFT LAY
USE LEFT LAY ROPE UNDERWIND USE LEFT LAY ROPE OVERWIND
I
L--~ - R
t
L- -R START ROPE AT
LEFT FLANGE
----t+:i:.[L
_~~~"I
OVERWIND LEFT TO RIGHT RIGHT LAY UNDERWIND RIGHT TO LEFT RIGHT LAY
USE RIGHT LAY ROPE OVERWIND USE RIGHT LAY ROPE UNDERWIND
Figure 32. By holding the right or left hand with index finger extended, palm up or palm down, the
proper procedure for applying left-and right-lay rope on a smooth drum can be easily determined.
The proper direction of winding the first layer on a smooth drum can be deter-
mined by standing behind the drum and looking along the path the rope travels, and
then following one of the procedures illustrated in Figure 32. The diagrams show:
the correct relationship that should be maintained between the direction of lay of the
rope (right or left), the direction of rotation of the drum (overwind or underwind)
and winding from left to right or right to left.
DRUMS.....;MULTIPLE LAYERS
Many installations are designed with requirements for winding more than one
CROSS OVER
layer of wire rope on a drum. Winding multiple layers presents some further problems.
The first layer should wind in a smooth, tight helix which, if the drum is grooved,
Figure 33. After the first layer is
wound on a drum, the point at which is already established. The grooves allow the operator to work off the face of the
the rope winds back for each wrap is drum, and permit the minimum number of dead wraps.
called the cross-over. A smooth drum presents an additional problem, initially, as the wire rope must be
wound in such a manner that the first layer will be smooth and uniform and will
provide a firm foundation for the layers of rope that will be wound over it. The first
layer of rope on the smooth drum should be wound with tension (2 to 5% of the
minimum breaking force of the rope) sufficient to assure a close helix - each wrap
being wound as close as possible to the preceding wrap. The first layer then acts as
a groove which will guide the successive layers. Unlike wire ropes operating on
grooved drums, the first layer should not be unwound from a smooth-faced drum
with multiple layers.
After the rope has wound completely across the face of the drum (either smooth
or grooved), it is forced up to a second layer at the flange. The rope then winds back
across the drum in the opposite direction, lying in the valleys between the wraps of
the rope on the first layer. Advancing across the drum on the second layer, the rope,
following the "grooves" formed by the rope on the first layer, actually winds back
one wrap in each revolution of the drum. The rope must then cross one or two rope
"grooves" (depending upon the type of grooving - single or double cross-over) in
order to advance across the drum for each turn. The point at which this occurs is
known as the cross-over. Cross-over is unavoidable on the second, and all succeed-
ing layers. Figure 33 illustrates the winding of a rope on the second layer from left
to right, and from right to left-the direction is shown by the arrows.
At these cross-over points, the rope is subjected to severe abrasion and crushing
as it is pushed over the "grooves" and rides across the crown of the first rope layer.
The scrubbing of the rope, as this is happening, can easily be heard.
There are, however, special drum groovings available that will greatly minimize
the damage that can occur at cross-over points - e.g. Counterbalance Drum
Grooving* with a double cross-over.
"Developed by LeBus International Engineers, Inc., Longview, Texas
Helical grooving does not employ a built in cross-over and does not work as well
for multiple layer spooling as a counterbalanced drum because it does not have the
cross-over and does not consistently put the rope in the proper position at the
flanges to rise from one layer to the next layer.
Counterbalance grooving with two cross-overs is made so that each wrap of
rope winds parallel to the drum flange for a distance less than half the circumfer-
ence around the drum, then follows a short cross-over to complete half the drum
circumference. The cross-over is at an angle with the drum flange and displaces
the rope laterally by half the pitch of grooving.
Around the other half of the drum circumference each wrap again winds paral-
lel to the flange for a distance, and then follows another short cross-over to a
point one full circumference from the start. At this point the lateral displacement
is equal to the full pitch of grooving.
The grooving for this type of winding is similar to the parallel grooving except
that half the drum circumference is laterally displaced from the other half by half
the pitch of grooving, and between these two halves the grooves make short
cross-overs to guide the rope properly. The two cross-over areas are on opposite
sides of the drum, or 1800 apart.
Since the lateral displacement of each cross-over is one half the pitch of groov-
ing, or one half the displacement of the cross-overs encountered with other types
of winding, "throw" of the rope is reduced, decreasing the Whipping action.
However, if the interval between these displacements happens to match the
rope's vibration cycle, whipping can still become severe because this action
is cumulative.
Since the cross-over areas are spaced opposite each other, or 1800 apart, raised
portions of the winding caused by vertical displacement at the cross-overs also
occur opposite each other. These raised sections become quite pronounced where
many layers are involved and the balancing effect of keeping them opposite gave
name to the method.
With counterbalance winding, the change of layers can be controlled better
than with other systems and is preferred when a rope must wind in many layers
on the drum.
5 Operation, Inspection and Maintenance of Wire Rope
SHEAVES AND DRUMS
In the course of normal operations, wire ropes may come into contact with sheaves, drums,
rollers and other parts of the equipment on which it operates -all of which must be maintained in
good condition. This contact can cause wear in both the equipment part and the wire rope.
This wear, which is normal and expected, occurs because wire rope, when loaded, stretches
much like a coil spring. For example, when a rope is bent over a sheave, the rope's load-induced
stretch causes it to rub against the groove. As a result, both the groove and rope are subject to
wear. Within the rope itself, additional wear is encountered as the rope adjusts-by the adjustment
or movement of the wires and strands - while bent around the sheave or drum. The smaller the
ratio of sheave diameter to rope diameter (Did), the greater the adjusting movement, and the more
rapid the resulting wear.
The amount of wear, and the speed at which it takes effect on both the wire rope and grooves of
the sheave or drum, are also determined by the sheave material, and the radial pressure between
rope and groove. Simply stated, excessive wear can be caused either by sheave or drum material
that is too soft, or a diameter (tread diameter) that is too small.
To determine the unit radial pressure between rope and groove, use the following formula:
2T
p= -
Dd
where p = Unit radial pressure in pounds per square inch

T = Load on the rope in pounds
D = Tread diameter of the sheave or drum in inches
d :;:: Nominal diameter of the rope in inches
Table 8 gives examples of allowable unit radial bearing pressures of ropes on various materials
commonly used in sheaves and drums. The values given are typical for the materials listed; they
are not precise values since these materials are made to a wide range of specifications.
In the foregoing equation, if the calculated value of "p" exceeds the allowable radial pressure for
the sheave or drum material, the groove will wear quite rapidly. Wear will manifest itself in the
form of either sheave groove wear or corrugation (See Fig. 52 )-either of which will contribute to
accelerated wear in the rope.
Values for the allowable unit radial pressures given in Table 8 are intended solely as a user's
guide; use of these figures does not guarantee prevention of sheave or drum wear. Further, the val-
ues should not be taken as restrictive with regard to other or new materials.
There are, for example, certain elastomers in current use, but there is insufficient data to support
clear recommendations. It is best for the user to contact the elastomer or device manufacturer for
specific recommendations.
Note: All verification tests of retirement criteria (See Table 14) apply to wire rope operating on
steel sheaves and/or drums. The user shall contact the sheave, drum or crane manufacturer, or a
qualified person for broken wire removal criteria for wire ropes operating on sheaves or drums
made of materials other than steel.
TABLE 8
SUGGESTED ALLOWABLE RADIAL BEARING PRESSURES OF ROPES
ON VARIOUS SHEAVE MATERIALS IN POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH
Regular Lay Rope, psi Lang Lay Rope, psiFlattened

Strand
Lang Lay
Material 6x7 6x 19 6x36 8x19 6x7 6x 19 6x36 psi Remarks
Cast Iron 300 480 585 680 350 550 660 800 Based on minimum
Brinell hardness of 125
Carbon Steel 550 900 1075 1260 600 1000 1180 1450 30-40 Carbon. Based
Casting on minimum Brinell
hardness of 160
Chilled Cast Iron 650 1100 1325 1550 715 1210 1450 1780 Not advised unless
surface is uniform
in hardness.
Manganese Steel, 1470 2400 3000 3500 1650 2750 3300 4000 Grooves must be
Induction Hardened, ground and sheaves
or Flame Hardened balanced for high-
speed service.
BENDING WIRE ROPE OVER SHEAVES AND DRUMS
Sheaves, drums and rollers must be of a correct design if optimum service is to be

obtained from both the equipment and the wire rope. Because there are many different
types of equipment and many different operating conditions, it is difficult to identify the
one specific size of sheave or drum most appropriate for every application.
The guideline to follow is this: the most practical design is the one that most
closely accommodates the limiting factors imposed by the equipment, the operating
conditions and the wire rope.
All wire ropes operating over sheaves and drums are subjected to cyclic bending
stresses, thus the rope wires will eventually fatigue. The magnitude of these stresses
depends - an other factors being constant - upon the ratio of the diameter of the
sheave or drum to the diameter of the rope. Frequently, fatigue from cyclic, high-
magnitude bending stress is a principal reason for shortened rope service.
In order for a rope to bend around a sheave, the rope's strands and wires must
move relative to one another. This movement compensates for the difference in
diameter between the underside and the top side of the rope, the distance being
greater along the top side than it is on the underside next to the groove. Proper rope
movement (and service) is adversely affected if the wires cannot adjust to compen-
sate for this length differential. Also, there can be additional limitations to wire
movement because of excessive pressure caused by a sheave groove diameter which
is too small, or by lack of rope lubrication. Avoid changing the bending direction
from one sheave to another as this reverse bending further accelerates wire fatigue.
The relationship between sheave diameter and rope diameter is a critical factor
that is used to estimate the rope's fatigue resistance or relative service life. It is
expressed in the Did ratio mentioned earlier in which D is the pitch diameter of the
sheave and d is the diameter of the rope. Table 9 lists suggested minimum Did val-
ues for various rope constructions. Other values are permitted by various standards
such as those listed in Table 10. Smaller values can affect rope life. Table 11 and
Figure 34 show the effect of rope construction and Did on service life.
BREAKING IN A NEW WIRE ROPE

A new wire rope requires careful installation and following all the appropriate
guidelines previously noted. After the rope is installed and the ends secured in the
correct manner, the equipment should be started carefully and then permitted to run
through a cycle of operation at very slow speed. During this trial operation, closely
watch all working parts-sheaves, drums, rollers-to make certain that the rope
runs freely, and without any possible obstructions as it makes its way through the
system. If no problems appear in running the rope, the next step should include sev-
eral repititions of the normal operational cycle under increasing loads and speeds.
This procedure allows the component parts of the new rope to make a gradual
adjustment to the actual operating conditions. Taking the time and effort to perform
these breaking in procedures should result in obtaining the optimum service life
from the wire rope.
TABLE 9 SUGGESTED SHEAVE AND DRUM RATIOS
These Old ratios are based on sheave and drum diameters being approximately
400 times the outer wire diameter of the rope. For rope constructions not listed,
consult the rope manufacturer.
Suggested
Construction Old Ratio*
6x7 42
19 x 7 or 18 x 7 Rotation Resistant
34
6x 19S
6 x 25 B Flattened Strand
6 x 27 H Flattened Strand
6 x 30 G Flattened Strand
30
6 x 31 V Flattened Strand
6x21 FW
6x26WS
8 x 19 S
7x21 FW
6x25FW 26
6x31 WS
6x37FWS
7x25FW
6x36WS
23
6x43FWS
7 x31 WS
6x41 WS
6x41 SFW
6x49SWS
7x36WS 20
8x25FW
19 x 19 Rotation Resistant
35 x 7 Rotation Resistant
6x46SFW
6x46WS 18
8x36WS
* D=Pitch diameter of sheave

d=nominal diameter of rope
To find any pitch diameter from this table, the diameter for the rope construction
to be used is multiplied by its nominal diameter (d). For example, the minimum
sheave pitch diameter for a 112" 6 x 21 FW rope would be 1/2" (nominal diameter)
x 30 (minimum ratio) or 15",
52· Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, FOl,.lrth Edition
TABLE 10 REQUIREMENTS IN STANDARDS FOR SHEAVE
AND DRUM Did RATIOS
Minimum Minimum
Type of Equipment Specification Application Did Ratio Did Ratio
or Standard Drum Sheave
Mobile Cranes ASMEB30.5 Load Hoist 18 18

Boom Hoist 15 15
Load Block 16
Tower Crane ASMEB30.3 Hoist Rope 18 Top 18

Traveling 16
Mine Hoist ANSIMl1.l* Drum Hoist Rope

Over I" 80 80
I" and under 60 60
Friction Hoist Rope
Flattened Strand 80 80
Full Lock Coil 100 100
Surface Mining ANSIMl1.l* Hoist Ropes 24 24

Drag Ropes 22 22
Rotary Drilling API9B Drill Line 20 30
Offshore
Pedestal Crane API2C Hoist Ropel
Boom Hoist Rope 18 18
Ski Lifts ANSIB77.1 Fixed Grip Lifts 80(Bull Wheel)

Detachable Grip Lifts 72(Bull Wheel)
Elevators ASMEA17.1 Suspension/Hoist 40 40

Compensating 32
Note: Most standards minimum sheave and drum Did ratios are based on the D
being pitch diameter. API9B arid ANSI B77.l use the tread diameter for D.
* Standard expired; values included as a reference.
If a change in construction is TABLE 11 RELATIVE BENDING LIFE FACTORS
being considered as a means of
obtaining longer service on a rope Rope Rope
influenced principally by bending Construction Factor Constmction Factor
stresses, this table of factors may
be useful. For example: a change 6 x 7 or 7 x 7 Aircraft .60 7x25FW
from a 6 x 25 FW with a factor of 19 x 7 or 18 x 7 R.R. .70 6x29FW
1.00 to a 6 x 36 WS with a factor 6x 19 S .80 6x36WS
1.15
of 1.15 would mean the service life 6x 19W 6x36SFW
could be estimated to increase 1.15 6x21 FW 6x43 FWS
times or 15%. 6x26WS 7 x 31 WS
6x 25B FS .90 8x25FW
These factors apply only for
6x27HFS 6x41 WS
bending stresses. There are other
6x30GFS 6x41 SFW 1.25
factors, which are almost always
present in rope operation, that con- 6x31VFS 6x49SWS
tribute to rope deterioration. These 7 x21FW 7x36FW
other factors are not considered in 6x25FW 6x46SFW
1.00
this table. 6x31 WS 6x46WS
8 x 19S 8x36WS 1.35
8x21 FW 1.10 6x61 FWS
6x57 SFWS
*Note: This table, with some modifications, is based on outer wire diameter relationships. For rope
constructions not listed, consult the rope manufacturer.
SERVICE LIFE CURVE FOR VARIOUS Old RATIOS

100
!
90
I I I /
80 i I
I
i I
I
/
I I I(
! i
I /!
I
i I I I
70
w
"-
:::; I i I
I
I i/ i
/
Figure 34. This service life curve only
takes into account bending and tensile
stresses. This curve can be utilized to
predict comparative service life of a
tiso
:;
a:
\oJ
<II
\oJ 50
:
:--+ I
I
., / I
i
I
/
I
specific wire rope with varying DId

0.
o
rr
I I
I
! !
ratios. That resultant comparison is
w
> 40 V I
I
I
illustrated by the following example: A ~
...,
...J
i i /! I I
I
rope working with a DId ratio of 26 a: 30

! V-
has a relative service life of 17. If the I
/' L
I
,,-./i
same rope works over a sheave that 1 I i
20
increases its DId ratio to 35, the rela- II : !
JIll'
tive service life increases to 32. In
-
V I
short, if this rope is used on the larger 10
,,-"" i
sheave, one could estimate an increase ".,....
in its bending service life from 17 to I............ i
10 20 30 40 50 60
32 or an 88% increase. Old RATIO
INSPECTION OF SHEAVES AND DRUMS
Under normal conditions, machines receive inspections on a regular basis, and
their overall condition is recorded. Such inspections usually include the drum,
sheaves, and any other parts that may contact the wire rope and subject it to wear.
As an additional precaution, rope related working parts, particularly in the areas
described below, should be reinspected prior to the installation of a new wire rope.
The first item to be checked when examining sheaves and drums, is the condition
of the grooves (Figs. 35, 36, and 37). To check the size, contour and amount of
wear, a groove gauge is used. As shown in Figure 35, the gauge should contact the
groove for about 1500 of arc.
Two types of groove gauges are in general use and it is important to note which
of these is being used. The two differ by their respective percentage over nominal
rope diameter.
For new or remachined grooves, the groove gauge is nominal plus the full oversize
percentage (5%). The gauge used by most wire rope inspectors today is sized at the
nominal rope diameter plus 2-1/2% and is called a "Minimum for Worn Groove"
Figure 35. Cross sections illustrat- gauge.
ing three sheave groove conditions. This latter gauge is intended to act as a type of "no-go" gauge. Any sheave
A is correct, B is too tight, and C is with a groove smaller than this should be regrooved or replaced. If that action is
too loose. not taken in a reasonable amount of time, the rope will be damaged.
When the sheave is regrooved it should be machined to the dimensions for
"recommended minimum new groove" given in Table 12. This table lists the
requirements for new or re-machined grooves, giving the groove diameter in
terms of the nominal wire rope diameter plus a percentage. Similarly, the size of
the "no-go" gauge is given, against which worn grooves are judged. Experience
has clearly demonstrated that the service life of the wire rope will be increased
by following these standards.
GROOVE
GAUGE
Figure 36. These sheave groove cross
sections represent three wire rope
seating conditions: A, a new rope in a
new groove; B, a new rope in a worn
groove; and C, a worn rope in a worn
groove. (See also Figs. 35 and 37.)
Figure 37. Illustrating the various dimensions of a sheave, and the use of a sheave gauge.
TABLE 12 GENERAL PURPOSE ROPES
SHEAVE AND DRUM GROOVE DIMENSIONS*
Groove Radius
Nominal Minimum Recommended
Rope Worn Minimum Maximum
Diameter Groove New Groove Groove
inches mm** inches rum inches mm inches mm
114 6.5 0.128 3.25 0.134 3.40 0.138 3.51
5/16 8 0.160 4.06 0.167 4.24 0.172 4.37
3/8 9.5 0.192 4.88 0.199 5.05 0.206 5.23
7/16 11 0.224 5.69 0.232 5.89 0.241 6.12
112 13 0.256 6.50 0.265 6.73 0.275 6.99
9/16 14.5 0.288 7.32 0.298 7.57 0.309 7.85
5/8 16 0.320 8.13 0.331 8.41 0.344 8.74
3/4 19 0.384 9.75 0.398 10.11 0.413 10.49
7/8 22 0.448 11.38 0.464 11.79 0.481 12.22
1 26 0.513 13.03 0.530 13.46 0.550 13.97
1 118 29 0.577 14.66 0.596 15.14 0.619 15.72
1114 32 0.641 16.28 0.663 16.84 0.688 17.48
1 3/8 35 0.705 17.91 0.729 18.52 0.756 19.20
1112 38 0.769 19.53 0.795 20.19 0.825 20.96
1 5/8 42 0.833 21.16 0.861 21.87 0.894 22.71
1 3/4 45 0.897 22.78 0.928 23.57 0.963 24.46
1 7/8 48 0.961 24.41 0.994 25.25 1.031 26.19
2 52 1.025 26.04 1.060 26.92 1.100 27.94
21/8 54 1.089 27.66 1.126 28.60 1.169 29.69
2114 58 1.153 29.29 1.193 30.30 1.238 31.45
* Values given are applicable to 2 3/8 60 1.217 30.91 1.259 31.98 1.306 33.17
grooves in sheaves and drums; they 21/2 64 1.281 32.54 1.325 33.66 1.375 34.93
are not generally suitable for pitch 25/8 67 1.345 34.16 1.391 35.33 1.444 36.68
design since this may involve other 23/4 71 1.409 35.79 1.458 37.03 1.513 38.43
factors. 27/8 74 1.473 37.41 1.524 38.71 1.581 40.16
**Not a precise conversion; for 3 77 1.537 39.04 1.590 40.39 1.650 41.91
information only. 31/8 80 1.602 40.69 1.656 42.06 1.719 43.66
3114 83 1.666 42.32 1.723 43.76 1.788 45.42
Further, the dimensions do not apply 3 3/8 86 1.730 43.94 1.789 45.44 1.856 47.14
to traction-type elevators; in this cir- 3112 90 1.794 45.57 1.855 47.12 1.925 48.90
cumstance, drum-and sheave-groove
tolerances should conform to the ele- 33/4 96 1.922 48.82 1.988 50.50 2.063 52.40
vator manufacturer's specifications. 4 103 2.050 52.07 2.120 53.85 2.200 55.88
4114 109 2.178 55.32 2.253 57.23 2.338 59.39
Modern drnm design embraces exten- 4112 115 2.306 58.57 2.385 60.58 2.475 62.87
sive considerations beyond the scope 4 3/4 122 2.434 61.82 2.518 63.96 2.613 66.37
of this publication. It should also be
5 128 2.563 65.10 2.650 67.31 2.750 69.85
noted that drnm grooves are now pro-
5114 135 2.691 68.35 2.783 70.69 2.888 73.36
duced with a number of oversize
5112 141 2.819 71.60 2.915 74.04 3.025 76.84
dimensions and pitches applicable to
5 3/4 148 2.947 74.85 3.048 77.42 3.163 80.34
certain scrvice requirements.
6 154 3.075 78.11 3.180 80.77 3.300 83.82
If the fleet angle (Fig. 39) is large, it may be necessary to accept a smaller arc
of contact at the throat; 1300 for example instead of 1500. This is done to avoid
scrubbing the rope on the flange of the sheave.
As previously noted, the groove size is evaluated on the basis of how the
gauge fits the groove. Daylight under the gauge is not tolerable when using the
worn groove gauge. If a full over-size gauge is used, some daylight may be
acceptable, but this really must be judged by relating the measurement to the
actual size of the rope.
For new rope, extra caution should be observed as to its fit in the groove. Most
ropes become smaller in diameter immediately after being placed in service. As
a result, they would operate satisfactorily in a "worn" groove; one that was
gauged OK by the "worn" groove gauge. Nonetheless, in some cases, a rope may
not "pu1l down," and if this happens, abnormal wear may occur.
It is important to remember that a tight groove not only pinches and damages
the rope but that the pinching prevents the necessary adjustment of the wires and
strands. On the other hand, a groove that is too large will not provide sufficient
support; in this case, the rope will flatten and thereby restrict the free sliding
action of the wires and strands.
The size of the groove is not the only critical item to be examined closely. The
condition of the groove is also an important factor. The groove should be
smooth. If the groove is corrugated then it must be remachined or, if it is corru-
gated too deeply, the sheave, roller or drum must be replaced. If replacement is
indicated, a larger sheave or drum and/or a more wear resistant material should
be considered.
Groove examination should also concern itself with how the groove is wear-
ing. If the rope rubbing against one flange causes the groove to wear off-center,
the reeving alignment must be checked and corrected.
When checking the grooves, the bearings of the sheaves and rollers should also
be examined. They should turn easily. If not, each bearing must be serviced or
replaced. "Wobble" in the sheave-from broken or worn bearings-is not
acceptable. Bad bearings will set up vibrations in the wire rope that can cause
rapid deterioration unless the condition is remedied. Bad bearings also increase
the force on the rope that is needed to move a given load, since friction forces
will be greatly increased.
Sheaves with broken flanges may allow the rope to jump from the sheave and
become fouled in the machinery. Sheaves with broken flanges must be replaced
immediately.
A sheave or drum with a flat spot can induce a "whip" into the line. This whip,
or wave may travel until it is reaches the end termination, at which point the rope
is subjected to vibratory fatigue stresses. This condition accelerates the fatigue
breakage of wires. Sometimes the reeving is such that the whip or wave is
damped by a sheave or drum. In these circumstances, the whipping will cause
wire breaks along the crowns of the strands. Obviously, sheaves or drums that
induce vibrations of this type should be repaired or replaced.
In addition to the items discussed, inspection should also focus on any and all
conditions that could cause abnormal or accelerated wear and eventual damage
to the wire rope.
For example, plain-face (smooth) drums can develop grooves or rope impres-
sions that will prevent the rope from winding properly. Wear is greatest at the
pickup point when the machine is accelerating. If this happens, the surface
should be repaired by machining or replaced. The winding should be checked to
make sure that the rope is winding "thread wound" (Fig. 33).
Excessive wear in grooved drums should be checked for variations either in
the depth or pitch of the grooves.
No matter what type of drum is in use, excessive drum wear will result in poor
spooling and rope deterioration. This condition will accelerate rapidly when
winding in multiple layers.
STRENGTH LOSS OF WIRE ROPE OVER

STATIONARY SHEAVES OR PINS
Rope breaking strength is determined in a standard test wherein fittings are
attached to the ends of the rope and the rope is pulled in a straight line. If, how-
ever, the rope passes over a curved surface (such as a sheave or pin) its strength
"is decreased." The amount of such reduction will depend on the severity of the
bend as expressed by the Did ratio. A rope bent around a pin of its own diameter
will have only 50% of the strength attributed to it in the standard test. This is
called "50% efficiency" (Fig. 38). Even at Did ratios of 40, there may be a loss
of up to 5%. At smaller Did ratios, the loss in strength increases rapidly.
The angle of bend need not be 180°,90°, or even 45°; relatively small bends
can cause loss of strength.
Reduction in efficiency of wire rope when bent over pins of various sizes
Figure 38 Derived from standard
50
test data, this curve relates rope
strength efficiency to various Did
ratios. The curve is based on static 60
loads only.
~
It is a weighted average of 458
tests over pins and thimbles, on 6 x 1:; 70 \ - -- --- ~~~- -,-.--~
r- ---
19 and 6 x 36 classification ropes,
z
w "\
U
"
fiber core and IWRC, regular and G:
b 80
lang lay. Technically, efficiency
variations can be expected for spe- J" ~i L
~
I
cific rope constructions and wire 90 i I
manufactUling practices. To obtain I I I

I
data for the specific wire rope pur-

100
j i I
chased it is recommended that tests 2 6 10 14 18 22 26 30 34 38
be conducted. Old RATIO
FLEET ANGLE
Uniform winding on a smooth faced drum is closely related to the Did ratio,
--t;~g", the speed of rotation, the load on the rope, and the fleet angle. Of all these fac-
tors, the one that exerts perhaps the greatest influence on winding characteristics
is the fleet angle.
The schematic drawing (Fig. 39) shows an installation where the wire rope
I" runs from a fixed sheave, over a floating sheave, and then onto the surface of a
1
/1\\ smooth drum. The fleet angle (Fig. 39) may be defined as the included angle
, \ between two lines; one line drawn through the middle of the fixed sheave and the
I \
I \ drum-and perpendicular to the axis of the drum and a second line drawn from
I \
""""T"
I
--r---
~SHEAVE
FLO AT I NG
the flange of the drum to the center of the groove in the fixed sheave. (The drum
-7 r- flange represents the farthest position to which the rope can travel across the
I \ drum.) There are left and right fleet angles and they may be different values.
I \
I \ It is necessary to restrict the fleet angle on installations where wire rope passes
I \ over the lead or fixed sheave and onto a drum. For optimum efficiency and ser-
I \
I \ vice characteristics, the angle should not exceed 1-112° for a smooth drum, or 2°
I \ for a grooved drum. Fleet angles larger than these suggested limits can cause
I \
I \ such problems as bad winding on smooth drums, and the rope rubbing against
I \ the flanges of the sheave. Larger angles also create situations where there is
I \
I \ excessive scrubbing and abrasion of the rope on the drum. Conversely, small
I \
I \ fleet angles -less than 112° - should also be avoided since too small an angle
I 1/2.MIN liZ· MiN \
will cause the rope to pile up at the flange of the drum.
I I 1/2·MAX II/Z· MAX \
I \
r-; .,,, ~~
FACTORS AFFECTING THE SELECTION OF WIRE ROPE
1 LEFT RIGHT \
I FLEET FLEET \
I ANGLE ANGLE \ The key to choosing the rope best suited for the job is making an accurate
review of several important requirements. Correct appraisal of the following will
simplify the selection process:
1) Required minimum breaking force
2) Resistance to bending fatigue
3) Resistance to vibrational fatigue
4) Resistance to abrasion
5) Resistance to crushing
It is essentially impossible for any single rope to have high values in all of
the above requirements. The rule, in fact, seems to be that a high rating in one
Figure 39. This illustration of wire
rope running from a fixed sheave, almost always means lower ratings in others. The first task is to make a careful
over a floating sheave, and then analysis of the job requirements, establishing priorities among these require-
onto a smooth drum, graphically ments, and then selecting the optimum rope on a trade-off basis. This will pro-
defines the fleet angle. vide the best possible balance by sacrificing the less essential factors in order to
obtain maximum benefits from the more important factors.
Following, are brief explanations of the five factors previously listed:

1) Required minimum breaking force
It has been noted that wire rope is a machine - a fairly complex device that
transmits and modifies force and motion. Thus, the very first consideration in
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition • 59
choosing a "machine," is to determine the potential work load. Stated iIi terms of
wire rope, this means establishing the actual load. To this known dead weight,
there must be added those loads that are caused by abrupt starts (acceleration),
sudden stops (deceleration) , shock loads, high speeds and friction of sheave
bearings. Another item in this equation is the loss of efficiency that occurs when
the rope bends over sheaves. All of these factors must be summed up in order to
determine the true total load.
For any operation, the total load is multiplied by a required design factor to
determine the value which the minimum breaking force of the rope must meet or
exceed. Standards organizations and regulatory bodies typically establish mini-
mum design factors. The user must be aware of the design factors specified for
their applications and select wire ropes accordingly. (A further discussion of
Design Factors can be found on p. 93)
2) Resistance to bending fatigue
To describe this, a close analogy can be made with a paper clip. While most of
us cannot pull a paper clip in two, if repeatedly bent back and forth at one point,
it will eventually break. The reason for this is metal fatigue. To some degree, the
same thing happens when a wire rope bends around sheaves, drums, and rollers.
The sharper-or more acute-the bend, the quicker the fatigue occurs.
Increased rope speed and/or reverse bends may also accelerate fatigue rates.
As for the rope, with all other rope characteristics being equal, the greater the
number of outer wires in each strand, the greater the resistance of the rope to
bending fatigue.
3) Resistance to vibrational fatigue
Vibration, from whatever source, sends shock waves through the rope. These
waves are a form of energy that must be absorbed at some point. This point may
appear at various places-the end attachment, the tangent where the rope con-
tacts the sheave, or at any other place where the waves are damped and the ener-
gy absorbed.
In the normal operation of a machine or hoist, wire ropes develop a wave
action that can be from a low frequency to a sharp, high frequency cycle. A good
example of this is found in shaft hoists. When the cage is just starting up, the
rope has a very slow swing within the shaft. But, by the time the cage reaches the
top of the shaft, the initially low frequency has become a high frequency vibra-
tion. The result is fatigue and eventual breakage of the wires at the attachment
point to the cage.
Another type of vibrational fatigue is found in operations where there is cyclic
loading. Such loadings would be found, for example, in the boom suspension
system of draglines. Here. the energy is absorbed at the end fittings of the pen-
dants or at the tangent point where the rope contacts the sheave.
60 • Wire Rope technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition
4) Resistance to abrasion
Abrasion is one of the most common destructive conditions to which wire
rope is exposed. It will occur whenever a rope rubs against, or is dragged
through, any soil or other material. It happens whenever a rope passes around a
sheave or drum. And, it takes place internally within the rope whenever it is
loaded or bent. Abrasive action weakens the rope by removing metal from wires,
both inside and outside the rope.
When excessive wear occurs in a rope application, the problem could be
caused by faulty sheave alignment, incorrect sheave groove contour, an inappro-
priate fleet angle, or improper drum winding. However, there may be other caus-
es. If none of these common conditions are found to be causative factors, the
solution may be to change to a more suitable rope construction. Remember that
ropes with larger outer wires are more abrasion resistant than ropes with small-
er outer wires and lang lay ropes are more abrasion resistant than regular lay
ropes. (See p. 10 - 11 for a discussion on lang-lay rope.J
5) Resistance to crushing
Rope crnshing typically occurs in multiple layer drum spooling at the change of
layer points and at the cross over points. At the change of layer point, the rope
can be wedged between the preceeding wrap on the drum and the drum flange.
This wedging creates side pressure that can distort the rope's circular shape. At
the cross over points, the rope goes from being supported by two wraps of rope
on the layer below to being supported at a single contact point. This doubles the
contact pressure and can crush the rope. Under very high loading conditions, the
rope may crush or flatten around the entire circumference of the drum.
Items that generally increase a rope's resistance to crushing are ropes with fewer
outer strands, larger outer wires in strands, IWRCs instead of FC, regular lay
instead of lang lay, compaction of strands and compaction of rope.
______________________________________________________________________________________u_
THE "X-CHART" - ABRASION RESISTANCE
VS BENDING FATIGUE RESISTANCE
Two compelling factors that govern most rope selection decisions are: abra-
sion resistance, and resistance to bending fatigue. Striking a proper balance with
respect to these two important characteristics demands careful consideration. A
graphic presentation of this comparison of qualities, between the most widely
used rope constructions and others, is given by means of the X-chart (Fig. 40).
Referring to this chart when selecting a rope, the mid-point (at the X) comes
closest to an even balance between abrasion resistance and resistance to bending
fatigue. Reading up or down along either leg of the X, the inverse relationship
becomes more apparent as one quality increases and the other decreases.
The term flexibility is frequently thought of as being synonymous with resis-
tance to bending fatigue. This is not true. Flexibility refers to the capability of
flexing or bending. While a high degree of fatigue resistance may sometimes
accompany the flexibility characteristic, it does not necessarily follow that this is
so. A fiber core rope, for example, is more flexible than an IWRC rope. Yet,
when the IWRC rope is bent around sheaves at relatively high loads, it will usu-
ally perform better than the more flexible fiber core rope. The reason for this lies
in the ability of IWRC rope to better support the outer strands, retain its round-
ness and maintain freedom of internal movement. Under the same conditions, a
fiber core rope will flatten and inhibit free internal adjustment, thereby reducing
fatigue life.
As with all engineering design problems, feasible solutions demand compro-
mise to some degree. At times, it becomes necessary to settle for less than opti-
mum resistance to abrasion in order to obtain maximum fatigue resistance, the
latter being a more important requirement for the given job. A typical example of
this kind of trade-off would be in selecting a highly fatigue resistant rope on an
overhead crane. Conversely, in a haulage installation, a rope with greater resis-
tance to abrasion would be chosen despite the fact that such ropes are markedly
less fatigue resistant. Ultimately, what is sought is an efficient, economical solu-
tion, hence whatever the compromise, it should assist in achieving this goal.
Figure 40. The wire rope industry

refers to this as the X-chart. It
serves to illustrate the inverse
relationship between abrasion
resistance and resistance to bend-
ing fatigue in a number of the
commonly used wire rope con-
structions.
GUIDELINES FOR MAKING REQUIRED INSPECTIONS
FOR ANY WIRE ROPE USE AND APPLICATION
When in use, all wire ropes degrade and lose strength, regardless of the appli-
cation. Not conducting proper wire rope inspections can lead to dangerous and
costly situations. Properly performed inspections are, therefore, an essential part
of the safe and efficient use of every wire rope.
This is precisely why industry safety standards developed and published by the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), American National
Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
and various other industry and governmental organizations require frequent,
periodic inspections with permanent records. The rope user is responsible for
using the proper standard for inspection.
The following information will be a useful aid in planning and making an
inspection program for any wire rope installation or usage.
HOW TO INSPECT
An inspection program is an integral part of every wire rope application and
requires a specific schedule, trained and qualified inspectors, the criteria applica-
ble to the usage, and permanent records.
There are also tools and techniques the inspector must have in order to evalu-
ate a rope's condition, and the knowledge to determine if a rope can continue to
perform the work required of the installation.
A basic understanding of how wire ropes and wire rope slings are designed
and manufactured, and how they operate, is also useful. The inspector must be
able to recognize specific evidence of damage and degradation in them.
REQUIREMENTS FOR INSPECTION
Inspection requires certain tools, such as a micrometer, calipers, steel tape
measure, groove gauges and forms for recording data.
The specific criteria published in industry standards and governmental regula-
tions are also necessary.
The inspector must also have access to the entire rope length and ability to see
the rope's condition close-up.
Specific aspects of wire rope inspection are discussed on the following pages
including diameter, broken wires, internal rope inspection, etc.
ACCESS FOR INSPECTION
There are two types of inspections, and access requirements are different for
each. Daily, work shift, or frequent inspections may not require examining the
entire length of a rope. These inspections are visual observations and are con-
cerned with discovering gross damage and potential problems. Periodic inspec-
tions, where permanent records are normally mandated by OSHA, ASME and
other regulatory agencies, require more stringent attention to specific details
through the entire length of the rope - including diameter, lay measurement, bro-
ken wire counts, evidence of rope core failure, abuse and wear.
Wear occurs throughout the length of any wire rope, especially running wire ropes
that move on and off churns and sheaves. Even supporting or standing ropes undergo
stress and vibration throughout the length. Both running and standing ropes require
proper inspection, each with specific requirements.
The rope must be seen up close, which requires adequate light and good vision;
this may include the use of artificial lighting and magnification. The inspector must
also be able to physically touch or perform a hands on examination of the rope. In
most applications, a thorough inspection is made when the rope is relaxed or under
minimal tension. However, non-destructive testing (NDT) may be used where the
rope cannot be relaxed.
The total rope system must be inspected, since the movement and condition of
drums, sheaves, fairleads, equalizer sheaves, and other components have a direct
bearing on wear and ability of a rope to perform properly.
End attachments are critical points of stress, because these are where the load is
transferred to other components as tension is applied and released in the rope. The
first wire breaks may occur at an end termination.
Rope degradation may not always be readily visible. Broken wires, wear, and cor-
rosion may be hidden by lubricant, dirt or other foreign material on the rope.
Sections of rope must be wiped clean with a cloth or wire brushed in order to count
broken wires or to view wear or corrosion.
NOlmal wear and degradation are expected to occur in areas where the rope bends
frequently, spools on a drum, at equalizer sheaves, or at end terminations. These
areas endure greater stress and should be checked completely and frequently.
Another area of concern is core integrity. There are specific indicators of interior
rope damage such as loss of rope diameter, evidence of valley breaks or breaks
against the core that result in high or protruding wires, and rust or corrosion products
in the rope valleys. Core integrity can only be verified by prying open the rope with
awls or picks. However, this is usually a last resort to substantiate a decision to con-
demn and remove a rope from service and should only be done by a qualified person,
as the inspection may damage the rope and make it unusable.
ROPE DIAMETER
Diameter meaurements give the inspector indicators of wear and internal degrada-
tion in a wire rope. Thorough inspections require diameter measurements at several
Proper method of measuring ropes with
places in the rope's length and in areas that endure greater stress.
odd number of outer strands, using Generally, ropes are manufactured larger than nominal diameter. When placed
caliper with plates. in service for t'1e first time, diameter can reduce slig;.~t1y. Therefore, the initial mea-
surement of a rope's diameter should be made after the rope's initial loading or
How to measure (or ACTUAL DIAMETER
~/
caliper) a wire rope cor-
rectly. Since the "true"
~"(!~~-
diameter (A) lies within
the circumscribed circle, \
, /
I
always measure the larg-
er dimension (B).
---
A
C. INCORRECT
breaking in period (see pg 25-26 for more information). That is the measurement to
be recorded as the initial diameter.
The actual rope diameter must be measured. This is defined as the diameter of the
circumscribing circle. (ie, its largest cross sectional dimension) To insure accuracy
this measurement should be made with a wire rope caliper using the correct method
(b) shown on the facing page. Special techniques and equipment must be employed
for measuring ropes with an odd number of outer strands. (eg, circumferential tapes,
calipers with plates - see illustration on facing page).
Wear occurring at the crowns of outer wires is normal. Many standards state a
rope must be removed from service when its actual diameter is reduced to 95%
of the nominal diameter. The accompanying photos show examples of heavy
normal wear on both regular and lang lay wire ropes.
Regular Lay Lang Lay

This picture simulates 6 x 25 fw construction wire ropes with surface wear (only) of 113 the
outer wire diameter.
Plastic enhanced ropes (impregnated or filled) require careful measurements. It

is essential to measure the metal, not plastic on the exterior of the rope. Exterior
measurement cannot be used to determine diameter reductions of the wire rope
in plastic coated (jacketed) ropes.
Rope core deterioration usually results in a reduction of the rope's diameter,
making careful measurement important. Although the core provides less than
10% of the rope's strength (on standard six or eight strand IWRC ropes), that loss
of strength may not be the primary concern. Deterioration of the core Jeads to
increased stress and broken wires in the outer strands of the rope. These broken
wires are usually valley breaks which can be more difficult to detect.
BROKEN WIRES
Broken wires are another primary indicator of rope degradation, and remaining
useful life. The accompanying table shows allowable wire breaks in typical
installations. These broken wire removal criteria apply to wire rope operating on
steel sheaves and drums. The user shall contact the sheave, drum, or equipment
manufacturer or a qualified person for broken wire removal criteria for wire
ropes operating on sheaves and drums made of material other than steel. If no
other information is available, the standard broken wire removal criteria should
be used. However, since the use of plastic sheaves may cause internal wire
breakage, the inspector must pay particular attention to evidence of valley breaks
or breaks against the core and corrosion in the rope valleys.
TABLE 14 WHEN TO REPLACE WIRE ROPE-BASED ON NUMBER OF BROKEN WIRES*
Running Ropes Standing Ropes

No. Broken Wires No. Broken Wires In No. Broken Wires
in Standard Ropes Rotation Resistant Ropes
In all strands In one In one At End
Standard Name in one strand in Rope Lay Connections
Rope Lay one
Rope Lay
ASMEIB30.2 Overhead & 12** 4 -- -- --

Gantry Cranes
ASME/B30A Portal, Tower 6** 3 4 in all strands in one -- --

& Pillar Cranes rope lay or 2 in one
strand in one rope lay
ASME/B30.5 Crawler, 6** 3 2 in 6 rope diameters or 3 2

Locomotive 4 in 30 rope diameters
& Truck Cranes
ASMEIB30.6 Derricks 6** 3 -- 3 2
ASMEIB30.7 Base Mounted 6** 3 -- 3 2

Drum Hoists
ASMEIB30.8 Floating Cranes 6** 3 -- 3 2

& Derricks
ASMEIB30.16 Overhead Hoists 12** 4 2 in 6 rope diameters or -- --

4 in 30 rope diameters
ANSI/AlOA Personnel Hoists 6** 3 -- 2** 2
**For rope operating on steel sheaves and drums. Contact the sheave, drum, equipment manufacturer or a qualified person for removal criteria for
wire ropes operating on sheaves and drum made of material other than steel.
** Also remove for 1 vaney break (at strand-to-strand contact point) or one protruding or looped wire broken at strand-t~-core contact point.
Wire breaks gener-

ally are seen in two
locations on a rope;
at the crowns of
outer strands and in
the valleys between Crown Wire Breaks Valley Wire Breaks
outer strands.
Crown wire breaks usually are due to normal wear and typically have square
ends. Valley breaks may indicate an abnormal condition, such as loss of core sup-
port, small sheave grooves or deterioration from unusually heavy rope loading.
When a wire has broken from excessive loading or a tensile overload, the ends of
the wire will be pulled or necked down in diameter on each side of the break, in con-
trast to the typical square ends of crown wire breaks. In normal service, the wire
breaks will exhibit characteristics of both axial loading and fatigue.
rt: E
Figure 43. A wire broken under a tensile load that exceeds its strength is recognized by the "cup and
cone" configuration at the fracture point (a). The necking down of the wire at this point shows that fail-
ure occurred while the wire retained its ductility. Shear-tensile fracture (b), usually exhibiting an angu-
Jar flat plane failure surface, occurs in wire subjected to a combination of transverse and axial loads .
Fatigue breaks are usually characterized by squared-off ends perpendicular to the wire either straight
across or Z-shaped (c&d).
TYPES OF WIRE BREAKS

As a wire rope moves over sheaves and drums, each strand and each wire in
every strand moves and adjusts. Bending the rope or observing it moving slowly
over a sheave can help the inspector find broken wires.
Once wire breaks appear, their numbers will increase if the rope continues
in service.
Valley and strand-to-core contact point breaks are difficult to detect in a rope
and must be taken very seriously. These types of wire breaks are indicative of
conditions that result in internal degradation occurring at a faster rate than exter-
nal degradation.
Wire breaks at rope terminations are also indicators of rope degradation. A single
broken wire at a termination is usually reason to question continued use of a rope;
more than one break is usually sufficient reason to remove the rope from service.
Wire Breaks at End Termination
Flexing a rope can often expose broken wires hidden

in valleys between strands.
HOW TO COUNT BROKEN WIRES
Criteria for wire breaks, provided in Table 14 have been published by OSHA,
ASME and other industry and govemmental organizations for specific applica-
tions. The criteria must be applicable for the wire rope being inspected.
Allowable broken wires are stated either in relation to the rope's lay or multi-
ples of rope diameter. Rope lay is one of the characteristics of wire rope that
needs to be understood by a qualified inspector. Many industry standards and
government regulations base the broken wire removal criteria on the number of
wire breaks in a specified length or distance called a rope lay. Each wire rope has
its own particular lay length. Just as the initial rope diameter was not determined
until the rope had been installed, loaded and, ideally, broken in, the same prac-
tice should be followed with regard to the initial rope lay. The initial rope lay
measurement should be recorded along with the initial rope diameter measurement.
To measure one rope lay, mark a spot on one strand, then with a finger, trace
that strand along one complete wrap around the rope, then make another mark on
the same strand. This distance beween the marks is one rope lay.
Figure 42. These plan views and

cross sections show the effects
of abrasion and peening on wire
rope. Note that a crack has
formed as a result of heavy
Strand Lay Length Rope Lay Length
peening.
abrasion peening
It is possible to measure rope lay by placing a sheet of paper on the rope
and stroking the paper with the side of a pencil. The image can be used to
measure the rope's lay length. Count the number of outer strands in the rope,
mark a starting point on one strand impression; count the same number of
impressions as the number of outer strands; and make another mark. The lay
length is the distance between the marks made on the image.
By maintaining records of lay measurements at all inspections, a comparison
can be made to detect changes in lay length that provides evidence of degrada-
tion. Any significant change in the rope's lay length between subsequent inspec-
tions is usually an indication that degradation has occured and a more careful
inspection is warranted. To utilize this inspection and evaluation technique, the
lay measurement comparisons must be made of impressions or measurements of
the same section of rope on subsequent inspections.
SPECIALTY ROPES
Round strand wire rope designs that have been in use for more than a cen-
tury have been replaced in numerous applications by several enhanced rope
constructions. These include compacted ropes, compacted strand ropes,
plastic filled ropes, plastic coated ropes, rotation resistant ropes, shaped-
strand ropes, and coreless ropes.
The same inspection techniques apply to all ropes. The diameter, broken
wires per specified interval, and change of lay length are important.
Specialty ropes can pose challenges in determining operating limits and the
necessity to remove from service. The rope manufacturer should be contact-
ed for any specific instructions or recommendations.
PLASTIC ENHANCED ROPES

Wire breaks can occur in all plastic enhanced ropes, however iu the case
where the plastic inhibits visual inspection, normal broken wire criteria cannot
always be applied. In plastic coated wire ropes diameter reduction can be a
better indicator of rope degradation than visible broken wires. Removal crite-
ria for these ropes are normally provided by the equipment manufacturer.
In plastic filled ropes and plastic coated IWRC ropes, normal inspection
techniques will detect broken wires, but they may be more difficult to find.
Since the plastic covering the crown wires of plastic filled ropes is relatively
thin and wears away quickly, finding crown wire breaks is similar to stan-
dard ropes. Valley breaks are more difficult to detect. If a valley wire break
is detected, it is prudent to increase the frequency of inspections and to be
conservative in assessing continued use of the rope.
Plastic Coated Plastic Filled Plastic Coated IWRC
Wire Rope Wire Rope Wire Rope
Plastic Processed Wire Rope Cross Sections.
Corrosion can occur in plastic enhanced ropes, and have the same effect as in
standard ropes. Core condition and damage can be detected by diameter reduc-
tion and lengthening of lay.
Separation of plastic coating is not necessarily an indicator of rope deteriora-
tion, however, it indicates a potential problem, and warrants close observation.
COMPACTED ROPE AND COMPACTED STRAND ROPES

During manufacture, these specialty ropes are drawn through dies and/or
swaged to compact the metal content of the rope. Strands may be compacted
before the rope is closed, or the entire rope compacted.
When inspecting these ropes follow basic guidelines. Diameter and lay mea-
surement procedures are no different than with standard ropes. It is essential to
record a new rope's actual diameter and lay length immediately after installation
to establish the base line for comparison at future inspections.
Wire breaks can be more difficult to detect than in standard ropes, because the
ends of the break do not always displace or separate. Any suspected wire break
should be viewed with a magnifying glass to determine if it is a break. Bending
the rope or observing it moving slowly over a sheave helps the inspector detect
broken wires.
Due to compaction, the spaces between wires and strands inside a rope are
minimized, and lubrication is critical so that sliding and adjusting of wires and
strands is not restricted. The inspector should be observant to the lack of or need
for lubricant.
6x26 8x26 19x 19 3 x 19 6x26 6x31

Warrington Seale Warrington Seale Seale Seale Wanington Seale WalTington Seale
Compacted Strand Compacted Strand Compacted Strand Compacted (Swaged) Compacted (Swaged) Compacted (Swaged)
IWRC IWRC IVVRC IWRC
ROTATION RESISTANT ROPES
These wire ropes are designed so that the inner strands are laid counter to the
outer strands. Under certain operating conditions, this design can result in accel-
erated internal wear. Careful initial measurements of diameter and lay are essen-
tial for comparisons in future inspections.
Inspection procedures are generally the same as other ropes; however, the bro-
ken wire removal criterion is more restrictive. (see Table 14)
••
8 x 19 Seale
IWRC
8 x 25 Filler Wire
IWRC
18 x 7
FC
••• 19 x 7 19 x 19 Seale 35x 7 35 x 19 Seale
RESULTS OF ABUSE
Abuse from handling and poor operating conditions may cause damage and
can result in reduced service life of the wire rope. It is important to recognize the
effects of these abuses to properly assess rope serviceability.
Kinks (see Figure a&b left) are tightened loops with permanent strand distor-
tion that result from improper handling when a rope is being installed or while in
service. A kink happens when a loop is permitted to form and then is pulled
down tight, causing permanent distortion of the strands. The damage is irrepara-
ble and the kink must be cut out or the entire rope taken out of service.
Doglegs (see Figure 53, pg 79) are permanent bends caused by improper use
or handling. If the dogleg is severe, the rope should be removed from service. If
the dogleg is minor, (exhibiting no strand distortion) and cannot be observed
when the rope is under tension, the area of the minor dogleg should be marked
for observation and the rope can remain in service.
Wavy rope occurs when one or more strands are misaligned with the rope
body. This results from a variety of causes, including failure to properly seize the
end of a rope prior to wedge socket installation; tight sheave grooves; or permit-
ting torque or twist to develop during installation or operation. While not neces-
sarily resulting in loss of strength, this condition may accelerate rope deteriora-
d tion and requires increased frequency of inspections. Ropes must be removed
from service when the height of the wave (d[) measures more than 33% of the
nominal rope diameter above the nominal rope diameter in sections not bending
around a sheave or drum or more than 10% of the nominal rope diameter above
the nominal rope diameter in sections bending around a sheave or drum.
IWRC or strand core protrusion between outer strands, commonly called bird
caging or popped core, usually results from shock loading during operation, but
can also be caused by improper handling. The damage is irreparable and the
affected area must be cut out or the entire rope taken out of service.
Crushing or flattening of the strands or rope is caused by various factors,
including poor spooling on a drum, heavy loading and even poor installation
procedures. This can result in broken wires or the accelerated deterioration of the
rope.
Abrasion (metal loss) and peening (metal deformation) occur when the rope
contacts another metallic or abrasive surface, or from passing over the drum or
sheaves. These result in the reduction of diameter and broken wires.
Corrosion is most often the result of a lack of lubrication. It may result in pre-
mature fatigue failure of individual wires. It is especially important to inspect
ropes at end terminations.
Heat damage comes from any heat source such as welding, fire, power line
strikes, or lightning. The damage is irreparable and the affected area must be cut
out or the entire rope taken out of service.
Protruding broken wire is a condition where one outer wire is broken at the
point of contact with the core of the rope and has worked its way out of the rope
structure and protrudes or loops out from the rope structure. The damage is
irreparable and the affected area must be cut out or the entire rope taken out of
service. There are occasions when a valley break (at strand to strand contact
point) will protrude or raise above the surface of the rope. This also is a condi-
tion of serious concern and somewhat difficult to differentiate from a wire break
at the strand to core contact point. When there are two or more valley breaks in a
rope lay the affected area must be cut out or the rope taken out of service.
INSPECTION RECORDS
Periodic inspections require a permanent record of each rope on the equip-
ment. The sample form included in this brochure may be copied and completed
by the inspector for the permanent record. This form is designed to provide a
road map for recording pertinent data as an inspection proceeds.
Any wire rope manufacturer that is a member of the Wire Rope Technical
Board can provide inspection criteria, including recommendations and require-
ments of OSHA, ASME, ANSI, and other industry and governmental regulations.
Permanent records of inspections are required by OSHA and other governmen-
tal regulations, and will be used for reference at the next inspection. These can
be kept with the operator and maintenance manuals for the application, or in per-
manent office files.
,,
J:
,, l:l!
f-~ ,, ,, 3-
a:: ,
, : if
:r: f-t> , , ~-
« ,,
....I
~-
()
I- f-5 ,,
W :
a: I+F ,
I- I-g ,
NOMINAL LIFE STRETCH : ~tE-lO;
(J) a:: ,
f-
W f-~ , :~
0 ,,
C-
O
a:
() ,
,
ill
,, ,,
~-
LL
o ~,
,,
(J)
I- , ,, ()
,,,
Figure 41. This curve is plotted to
Z
::J L: , ,,
,,,
show the relationship of wire rope
stretch to the various stages of a
I ,, ,,
,,
rope's life. ~ , ,
UNITS OF ROPE LIFE
WIRE ROPE STRETCH

All ropes will stretch when loads are initially applied. For an extended discussion
of stretch, see pp. 89-92.
As a rope degrades from wear, fatigue, etc. (excluding accidental damage), con-
tinued application of a load of constant magnitude will produce varying amounts of
rope stretch. A "stretch" curve plotted for stretch vs. time (Fig. 41) displays three
distinct phases:
Phase 1. Initial stretch, during the early (beginning) period of rope service, caused
by the rope adjustments to operating conditions (constructional stretch).
Phase 2. Following break-in, there is a long period-the greatest part of the rope's
service life-during which a slight increase in stretch takes place over an extend-
ed time. This results from normal wear, fatigue, etc. On the plotted curve-stretch
vs. time--this portion would almost be a horizontal straight line inclined slightly
upward from its initial level.
Phase 3. Thereafter, the stretch occurs at a quicker rate. This means that the rope
has reached the point of rapid degradation; a result of prolonged SUbjection to
abrasive wear, fatigue, etc. This second upturn of the curve is a warning indicat-
ing that the rope should soon be removed.
TABLE 15 DIAGNOSTIC GUIDE TO COMMON WIRE ROPE DEGRADATION
Mode Symptoms Possible Causes
Fatigue Wire break is transverse--either straight Check for rope bent around too small a radius;
across or Z shape. Broken ends will vibration or whipping; wobbly sheaves; rollers too
appear grainy. small; reverse bends; bent shafts; tight grooves;
corrosion; small drums & sheaves; incorrect rope
construction; improper installation; poor end term-
inations. (In the absence of other modes of degrada-
tion, all rope will eventually fail in fatigue.)
Tension Wire break reveals a mixture of cup and Check for overloads; sticky, grabby clutches; jerky
cone fracture and shear breaks. conditions; loose bearing on drum; fast starts, fast
stops, broken sheave flange; wrong rope size &
grade; poor end terminations. Check for too great a
strain on rope after factors of degradation have
weakened it.
Abrasion Wire break mainly displays outer wires Check for change in rope or sheave size; change in
worn smooth to knife edge thinness. Wire load; overburden change; frozen or stuck sheaves;
broken by abrasion in combination with soft rollers, sheaves or drums; excessive fleet angle;
another factor will show a combination misalignment of sheaves; kinks; improperly
break. attached fittings; grit & sand; objects imbedded in
rope; improper grooving.
Abrasion Reduced cross section is broken off A long term condition normal to the operating
plus Fatigue square thereby producing a chisel shape. process.
Abrasion Reduced cross section is necked down A long term condition normal to the operating
plus Tension as in a cup and cone configuration. process.
Tensile break produces a chisel shape.
Cut or Gouged Wire ends are pinched down, mashed Check on all above conditions for mechanical
or Rough Wire and/or cut in a rough diagonal shear-like abuse, or either abnormal or accidental forces
manner. during installation.
Torsion or Wire ends show evidence of twist and/or Check on all the above conditions for mechanical
Twisting cork-screw effect. abuse, or either abnormal or accidental forces
during installation.
Mashing' Wires are flattened and spread at Check on all the above conditions for mechanical
broken ends. abuse, or either abnormal or accidental forces
during installation. (This is a common occurrence
on the drum.)
Figure 44A. An outer strand (top) from a 19 x 7 rotation resistant rope shows nicking that
occurs between adjacent strands as well as between strands and the inner rope (bottom).
Similar nicking patterns occur in other ropes with an IWRC.
Figure 44B. An outer strand removed from a wire rope that experienced strand-to-strand nicking. This nicking results from adjacent
strands rubbing against one another and can be an indication of core failure, operation of the rope under high loads, improper sheave
groove contour or small bending radii. Ultimately, this may result in wire breaks in the valleys between the strands.
Figure 45A. A tightly spiralled "pig-tailed" rope; this condition is often the result of the rope
being pulled around an object that has a small diameter.
Figure 45B. Drum crushing and spiraling in a winch line. This is caused by the small drums,
high loads, and multiple layer uncontrolled winding conditions frequently found on winches.
Figure 46. When a reel has been damaged in transit, it is a safe assumption
that there can be irreparable damage to the rope.
Figure 47. Wire rope abuses dUling shipment create serious problems. One of the more common causes is
improper fastening of rope end to reel. e.g., nailing through the rope end. These photos show two accept-
able methods: a) one end of a wire "noose" holds the rope, and the other end is secUl'ed to the reel: and b)
the rope end is held in place by a J-bolt or U -bolt that can be fixed to a reel.
Figure 48. Wire rope with a high strand. In this condition, one or two strands are worn before
adjoining strands. This is caused by improper socketing or seizing, kinks or doglegs. The top
illustration (a) is a close view of the concentration of wear, the lower (b) shows how, in a six-
strand rope, this recurs in every sixth strand.
Figure 49. This rope was dan1aged on the reel by a sharp object.
c
Figure 50. These rope damages-the result of bad drum winding- are refened as: a) layer-to-
layer crushing, b) scrubbing at cross-over or flange turnback, and c) layer-to-Iayer crushing.
Figure 51, The individual wires in this rope have been distorted and displaced from their
normal position due to drum crushing.
Figure 52. A deeply cOlrugated sheave.
Figure 53. This rope condition is called a dogleg.
The following conditions (Figs. 54 and 55) are often caused l>y a sudden
release of tension and the resulting rebound of the rope from its loaded condi-
tion. The strands and wires are trapped in the position shown and can not return
to their original position. These conditions can also result from a build up of
twist in the rope.
Figure 54. Improper handling, rope rotation or sudden release of a load can cause a 'popped core'.
Figure 55. A 'birdcage' resulting from a sudden release of the load causes damage to the rope
structure.
Figure 56. 'Snagged wires' can be the result of damage to the rope in service or from unequal
adjustment of wire within the rope's strands.This condition can be accentuated by lack oflubri-
cation.
Figure 57. This is an example of a wire rope that has jumped a sheave and failed in tension
over a small radius. The deformation is in the shape of a curl-from being bent around the
small radius.
Figure 58. This is the appearance of a typical tension break on a test sample broken in a tensile
machine Note, not all strands have failed as the load relaxes when the initial few stands and/or
the core fail.
Figure 59. This rope was subjected to repeated bending over sheaves while under normal
loads. Fatigue breaks in the individual outer wires resulted. The wire breaks are square-end
and the majority are found on the crown of the strands.
Figure 60. An example of fatigue fractures in a wire rope that was subjected to heavy loads
while over small sheaves. Most wires are breaking in the valleys between the strands. These
valley breaks are a result of strand-to-strand nicking. See Figures 44A and B.
Figure 61. A typical example of localized wear. The cumulative effect can be minimized and
the rope life extended jf a suitable cut-off practice was employed.
ELECTROMAGNETIC TESTING OF WIRE ROPE
Electromagnetic non-destructive testing (NDT) of wire rope can be an extremely

valuable tool for the evaluation of the condition of a wire rope. NDT is frequently
used on wire ropes used in underground mines, material and passenger tramways,
and aerial lifts. The NDT devices in use today are capable of detecting localized
faults such as wire breaks and damage and loss of metallic area (LMA). A strip
chart can be produced by the device which provides a visual display and location of
anomalies from a baseline reading. The rope can then be visually inspected for con-
firmation and assessment of the actual condition.
It is recommended that any new length of wire rope which will be assessed by
NDT equipment be inspected as soon as it is installed. This inspection will then be
the baseline for future NDT inspections from which LMA and other anomalies can
be assessed.
NDT inspection should not be, and is not intended to be, the only means of
inspection. NDT inspections should always be considered an aid or supplement to a
careful and proper visual inspection. The output of an NDT will indicate areas of
the rope that need closer inspection.
None of the NDT devices in use can measure loss of strength. Any attempt to
estimate the loss of strength should be based on the actual rope breaking strength
and not on the rope's minimum breaking force. It is very difficult and often mis-
leading to estimate loss of strength based solely on LMA.
EQUIPMENT INSPECTION
Any undetected fault on a sheave, roller, or drum-be it of relatively major or
minor significance-can cause a rope to wear out many times faster than the wear
resulting from normal operations. As a positive means of minimizing abuses and
other than normal wear, the procedures here set forth should be adhered to. Every
observation and measurement should be carefully recorded and kept in some suit-
able and accessible file.
l) Give close examination to the method by which the rope is attached both to the
drum and to the load. Make certain that the proper type of attachment is applied
correctly, and that any safety devices in use are in satisfactory working order.
2) Carefully check the groove and working surface of every sheave, roller, and
drum, to determine whether each (groove and surface) is as near to the correct
diameter and contour as circumstances will permit, and whether all surfaces
that are in contact with the rope are smooth and free of corrugations or other
abrasive defects.
3) Check sheaves and rollers to determine whether each turns freely, and whether
they are properly aligned with the travel of the rope. All bearings must be in
good operating condition and furnish adequate support to the sheaves and
rollers. Sheaves that are permitted to wobble will create additional forces that
accelerate the degradation of the rope.
4) If starter, filler, and riser strips on drums are used, check their condition and
location. Should these be worn, improperly located or badly designed, they will
cause poor spooling, doglegs, and other rope damage.
5) Wherever possible, follow the path that the rope will follow through a complete
operating cycle. Be on the lookout for spots on the equipment that have been
worn bright or cut into by the rope as it moves through the system. Ordinarily,
excessive abrasive wear on the rope can be eliminated at these points by means
of some type of protector or roller.
FIELD LUBRICATION
Standard wire ropes are lubricated during the manufacturing process; the kind and
amount of lubricant depends on the rope's size, type, and use. The lubrication
applied to the rope at manufacturing will provide the finished rope with ample pro-
tection for a reasonable time if it is stored under proper conditions. But, when the
rope is put into service, the initial lubrication will normally be less than needed for
the full useful life of the rope. Because of this, periodic replacement applications of a
suitable rope lubricant are necessary.
Following are the important characteristics of a good wire rope lubricant:
1) It should be free from acids and alkalis.
2) It should have sufficient adhesive strength to remain on the ropes.
3) It should be of a viscosity capable of penetrating the interstices between wires
and strands.
4) It should not be soluble in the medium surrounding it under the actual
operating conditions.
5) It should have a high film strength.
6) It should have anti-corrision additives.
Note: Used lubricants from other applications, such as used motor oil, should not
be used on wire ropes as they may contain harmful alkalis, acids or solids.
Before applying lubrication, accumulations of dirt or other abrasive material

should be removed from the rope. Cleaning is accomplished with rags, a stiff
wire brush dipped in solvent or compressed air. Immediately after it is cleaned,
the rope should be lubricated. When it is normal for the rope to operate in dirt,
rock or other abrasive material, the lubricant should be selected with great care
to make certain that it will penetrate and, at the same time, will not pick up
abnormal amounts of the material through which the rope must be dragged.
As a general rule, the most efficient and most economical means to do field
lubrication/protection is by using some method or system that continuously
applies the lubricant while the rope is in operation. Many techniques are used;
these include the continuous bath, dripping, pouring, swabbing, painting, or
where circumstances dictate, automatic systems can be used to apply lubricants
either by a drip or pressure spray method. (Fig. 62).
CONTINUOUS BATH
POURING
SWABBING
DRIPPING SPRAY NOZZLE
Figure 62. Typical methods of lubricant application in general use, including continuous bath, dripping, pouring, swabbing, painting, and
spraying. If the lubricant is applied when the rope is bent, the lubricant will normally penetrate much easier. Arrows indicate the direction of
the rope movement. Because of potential hazards to personnel during hand lubrication, extreme care should be taken during these procedures.
WIRE ROPE EFFICIENCY WHEN OPERATING OVER SHEAVES
(TACKLE BLOCK SYSTEM)
Some portion of a wire rope's strength-when operating over sheaves-is
expended in turning the sheaves. In multi-pari tackle block system (Fig. 63)
this loss of available lifting strength can be significant.
The load on the lead line (fast line) under static (no-movement) conditions can
be readily calculated if the load is divided by the number of parts of line as
expressed in the following formula:
Fast line load = Total load (incl. slings. containers, etc.)
Number of parts of line
For example, in a four-part system (Fig. 63D) lifting 6000 lb, the lead line
load will equal:
6000 lb. = .6!2QQ or 1500 lb.
4 parts of line 4
A. ONE-PART LINE 8. TWO-PART LINE C. THREE-PART LINE D. FOUR-PARTLINE E. FIVE-PART LINE
Figure 63. Commonly used single- and multiple-sheave blocks (tackles). Static loading on the rope is: A) equaJ to, B) 1/2 of, C) 113 of, D) 114
of. and E) 1/5 of the supported load. NOTE: Only the parts of line between the top (crown) block and the bottom (traveling) block are counted
when determining the numbers of parts of line.
As noted, the available lifting strength is reduced by the friction of turning the
sheaves. The Lead-Line Factors shown below give values to allow the user to calcu-
late the loss due to this friction. The loss is determined by the type of bearings in the
lifting system sheave blocks. The schematic diagram (Fig. 64) shows 4-part reeving.
This system has the same number of sheaves as there are parts of line. The follow-
ing procedure presumes this condition throughout. Provision for extra lead sheaves
are given at the end of this discussion. To calculate the lead line load, the combined
load of the container, contents and lifting attachments is multiplied by the lead line
factor as follows:
Lead line load := lead line factor x load.
For example, if the four-part lifting system in the previous example has ball or
roller bearings in the sheaves, the lead line load will increase from 1500 lb. to 1650
lb. when the load starts to move. On the other hand, if the sheaves have plain bear-
N =4
5 =4 ings such as bronze bushings, the lead line load will increase to 1854 lb.
Today, many cranes, denicks and other lifting systems use 8 or more parts of line
Figure 64. Schematic representation in various parts of the reeving. The effect on mUlti-part systems can be quite signifi-
of a four-part reeving system, N=the
number of parts of line supporting
cant and must be included in the calculations of any lift plan. To show the impact of
the load (W), and S=the number of these factors, in an 8-part system with plain bearings lifting a 6000 lb. load, the lead
rotating sheaves. line load jumps from 750 lb. in a static condition to 1086 lb. This is an increase
of45%!
TABLE 16 LEAD LINE FACTORS*
Parts With Plain With Roller

of Line Bearing Sheaves Bearing Sheaves
1 1.09 1.04
2 .568 .530
3 .395 .360
4 .309 .275
5 .257 .225
6 .223 .191
7 .199 .167
8 .181 .148
*In using this table, the user should note
that it is based on the assumption that the 9 .167 .135
number of parts of line (N) is equal to 10 .156 .123
the number of sheaves (S). When S
11 .147 .114
exceeds N, refer to the next page.
12 .140 .106
It should be noted that other bearing
materials and types are available. When 13 .133 .100
using these other types, their coefficient 14 .128 .095
of friction should be used in the calcula- 15 .124 .090
tions.
Fig. 65 shows a similar 4-part system with an additional lead in sheave. In
such cases, for each additional sheave the tabulated value is multiplied by 1.09
for plain bearings, or 1.04 for anti-friction bearings.
Example: What is the lead-line factor for a plain bearing lifting system of 4
parts ofline and two extra lead in sheaves? The tabulated value is 0.309. Since
there are two additional sheaves, the computation is:
.309 x 1.09 x 1.09 = .367
What is the lead line load on this system with a 6000 lb. load?
6000 x .367 = 2202 lb.
It should be emphasized that the "dead-end" of the rope may also be subjected
to this augmented load.
Systems in which both rope ends are attached to a drum, as found in some
overhead cranes are outside the scope of this discussion. Similar tables and equa-
tions are available for these systems. Rather than going into those factors in this
manual, it is suggested that information on such systems be obtained directly
from your wire rope supplier.
EXTRA
SHEAVE
N=4
5=5
Figure 65. Schematic representation of a

4-part reeving system with an extra (idler)
sheave.
6 Physical Properties
ELASTIC PROPERTIES OF WIRE ROPE
The following discussion relates to conventional 6- or 8-strand ropes that have
either fiber or steel cores; it is not applicable to rotation-resistant ropes since
these constitute a separate case.
Wire rope is an elastic member; it stretches or elongates under load. This
stretch derives from two sources:
1) constructional, and
2) elastic.
In actuality, there may be a third source of stretch-a result of the rope rotating
on its own axis. Such elongation, which may occur either as a result of using a
swivel, or from the effect of a free-turning load, is brought about by the unlaying
of the rope strands. Because the third source is not a recommeded occurrence, it
is a subject that is beyond the scope of this publication. Our discussion will be
limited to constructional and elastic stretch.
CONSTRUCTIONAL STRETCH
When a load is applied to wire rope, the helically-laid wires and strands act in
a constricting manner thereby compressing the core and bringing all the rope ele-
ments into closer contact. The result is a slight reduction in the rope's diameter
and an accompanying lengthening of the rope.
Constructional stretch is influenced by the following factors:
1) type of core (fiber or steel)
2) rope construction (6 x 7,6 x 25 FW, 6 x 41 WS, 8 x 19S, etc.)
3) length of lay,
4) material
Ropes with wire strand core (WSC) or independent wire rope core (IWRC)
have less constructional stretch than those with fiber core (FC). The reason for
this is that steel cannot compress as much as the fiber can.
Usually, constructional stretch will cease at an early stage in the rope's life.
However, some fiber core ropes, if lightly loaded (as in the case of elevator
ropes), may display a degree of constructional stretch over a considerable portion
of their life.
A definite value for determining constructional stretch cannot be assigned
since it is influenced by several factors. The following table gives some idea of
the approximate total constructional stretch as a percentage of rope length.
Rope construction Approximate Total Constructional Stretch

6 strand FC 112% - 3/4%
6 strand IWRC 114% - 112%
8 strand FC 3/4% - 1%
8 strand IWRC 112% - 3/4%
ELASTIC STRETCH
Elastic stretch results from recoverable deformation of the steel itself. Here, again, a quantity cannot be precisely
calculated. However, the following equation can provide a reasonable approximation for a good many situations.
Changes in length (ft)- Change in load (lb) x Length (ft)
2
Area (inches )x Modulus of Elasticity (psi)
The modulus of elasticity is given in Table 17, and the area can be found in Table 18.
TABLE 17 APPROXIMATE MODULUS OF ELASTICITY PSI*
Rope Classification Zero through 20% Loading 21 % to 65% Loading
6 x 7 with fiber core 11,700,000 13,000,000

6 x 19 with fiber core 10,800,000 12,000,000
6 x 36 with fiber core 9,900,000 11,000,000
8 x 19 with fiber core 8,100,000 9,000,000
6 x 19 with IWRC 13,500,000 15,000,000
6 x 36 with IWRC 12,600,000 14,000,000
8 x 19 with IWRC 12,000,000 13,500,000
8 x 36 with IWRC 11,500,000 13,000,000
*Applicable to new rope with constructional stretch removed.
EXAMPLE: How much elastic stretch is expected to occur in 200 ft of 112 inch 6 x 25 FW ElP IWRC rope when
loaded to 20% of its minimum breaking force?
Minimum Breaking Force = 13.3tons (26,600 Ib)

20% of which = 5,320 lb.
Area of 112 inch is found by squaring the diameter and multiplying it by the area of 1 inch rope given in Table 18
under the "IWRC" heading and opposite 6 x 25 FW, i.e., 112 x 112 x .483=.121.
The modulus of elasticity is found in Table 17 opposite the 6 x 19 IWRC (because 6 x 25FW is a member of this
classification) and under the "Zero through 20% Loading." i.e. 13,500,000 psi.
Substituting these values, the equation reads as follows:
Change in length =(5320 x 200) / (.121 x 13,500,000) = 0.65 feet or 7.8 inches.
5320 x 200
Change in length = .121 x 13,500,000
= .65 Ft (7.8 inches)

A word of caution concerning the use of Table 17: the higher modulus given under the "21 % to 65% Loading" is
based on the assumption that both the initial and the final load fall within this range. If the above example were
restated to the effect that the load was 35% (or 9,310 Ib) of the minimum breaking force, it would be incorrect to
rework the problem simply by making two substitutions: the new load and the higher modulus of 15,000,000 psi. To
do so would ignore the greater stretch that occurs at the lower modulus during the initial loading.
TABLEtS
APPROXIMATE METALLIC AREAS OF ONE-INCH ROPE
OF VARIOUS CONSTRUCTIONS*
IWRC
Fiber or Cable
Construction Core WSC Laid
5x7 .390 .457
6x6 .320 .386
6x7 .384 .451
6 x 12 .232
6x 191217 .376 .442
* Values given are based on 3% 6x 19S .404 .470
oversize because this is a com- 6x 19W .416 .482
mon design "target." But, this 6x21 FW .412 .478
figure often varies and is not to 6x21 S .411 .477
be considered a standard. Wire 6 X 2415/9 .329
sizes in specific constructions 6x25FW .417 .483
also vary, thus the given values 6x26WS .409 .476
are approximate. They are, how- 6x29FW .420 .486
ever, within the range of accura- 6 X 3112/19 .385 .452
cy of the entire method that is, in 6x31 WS .414 .481
itself, approximate. For con-
structions, consult the rope man- 6x33FW .423 .490
ufacturer. 6x36WS .419 .485
6x3718119W .393 .459
As indicated, it is necessary to 6x37FW .427 .493
know the rope area in order to 6x41 SFW .425 .491
solve the previously given 6x41 WS .424 .490
stretch equation. 6 X 42 Tiller .231
For diameters other than 1 inch, 6x43 FWS .392 .458
multiply the area given in this 6 x46 SFW .425 .492
table by the square of the nomi- 6x46WS .426 .492
nal rope diameter.
Example: To find the area of 6x61 FWS .408 .474
1/2" 6 x 36 WS IWRC 7x7 .471
From the table: .485 7 X 19 1217 .466
Diameter squared: (112)2=114 or 7x 19W .505
.5 x .5 =.25
8x7 .343 .474
Multiply table value by diameter 8 X 19 S .359 .472
squared: 8x 19W .366 .497
Area =.25 x .485=.121 inches 2 8x25FW .368 .499
Example: To find the area of 8x 19FW .366 .499
1-1/4" 6 x 25 FW FC 18 X 7 .422
Answer: (1.25)2 x .417::::1.563 x 19 X 7 .453
.417=.652 inches 2 6 X 3 X 19 .122
7x7x7 .343
7 X 7 X 19 .361
In this instance, the problem would be worked out in two parts: the first fol-
lows the above equation, and in the second part, the ioad starts at 5,230 Ib and
ends at 79,310 lb, and 15,000,000 psi is used as the modulus. Thus:
Change in length = (9.310 - 5,320) x 200.65 = .44 ft (5.3 inches) . .

.121 x 15;000,000
Note that because the length of the rope used was in feet, the answer (change in
length) is also in feet.
To this figure the previously determined 7.8 inches must be added.

j
Hence, elastic stretch of this rope at 35% of its minimum breaking force would
De approximately:
Elastic stretch:
@ 0 through 20% = .65 ft (7.8 inches)
@ 21%-35% = .44 ft (5.3 inches)
TOTAL STRETCH ::: 1.09 ft (13.1 inches)
Where it is necessary to have precise data on elastic characteristics, a

load vs. elongation test must be perforl1led on a representative sample of the rope
under consideration.
170
160
150
140 ~
I ~,
I
...,. 130
3120 :/
.JII' ~
... - jo---- ._ .........."" ............

~IIO
~..., 100 ~- I7'

CI'i 90 7 .
!oJ
~80
V
....
;:\1C ./ ; -_.-
...
11::60 1/ I
-.-.¥.~-.~-
I
50 /
40 ./'
30
~~
20 ./
Figure 66. This graph is called the
10
7 I
Relative Service Life Curve. It relates
the service life to operating loads. A o 1/ 7
1 2 4 ~ 6 8 9
design factor of 5 is chosen most fre- DESIGN FACTOR
quently.
," ' " ' " , ',' •• < " • . , '
For certain applications, ropes may be prestretched in order to remove some

of the constructional stretch. Frequently, this treatment is used on structural
members such as bridge rope and strand. In some cases, pre stretching is applied
to operating ropes where elongation in service from constructional stretch may
present problems, e.g., elevator and sldp hoist rOPeS.
Whil~ a prestretching technique has value, some of the benefit is lost in reeling
and handling.
DESIGN FACTORS
The design factor is defined as the ratio of the minimum breaking force of a
wire rope to the total load it is expected to carry. Hence, the design factor that is
selected plays an important part in determining the rope's service life. Excessive
load,ng, whether continuous or sporadic, will greatly impair a rope's serviceabil-
ity. Usually, the choice of a certain wire rope size and grade will be based on sta-
tic loading and, under static conditions, it is sufficient for its task.
Figure 66, the Wire Rope Relative Service Life Curve, shows how the service
life can be reduced as operating loads are increased or can be increased if the
operating loads are decreased. It should be noted that the relative change is com-
parative of one design factor to another. For example, a change in the designfac-
tor from 5 to 3 decreases its life expectancy index from 100 to 6O-a drop of 40%.
MINIMUM BREAKING FORCE TABLES

The minimum breaking force (called nominal strength in some specifications)
given in tables 19 through 43, has been calculated by a consensus, industry-
accepted procedure, and manufacturers design wire rope to theSe strengths.
When making design calculations, it should be noted that the given figures are
the static strengths. Designers should base their calculations on these strengths.
The actual breaking force is the ultimate load registered on a wire rope sample
during a tension test. Unless otherwise required, once the load on a rope during a
tensile test reaches the minimum breaking forc.e value, the test is successful.
Variables in rope testing can only cause a rC!duction in the rope breaking strength,
never an increase.
Various standards and specifications have tensile test method requirements.
These may include length of sample tested, sample preparation requirements,
speed of tensile machine and validity of test results if failure is near end termination.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope USers Manual, Fourth Edition' 93
TABLE 19 MINIMUM BREAKING FORCE OF WIRE ROPE
6 x 7 Classification/Bright (Uncoated), Fiber Core
Nominal Diameter Approximate Mass Minimum Breaking Force*

Improved Plow Steel**
inches mm Ib/ft kg/m tons metric tonnes
114 6.4 0.09 0.14 2.64 2.40
5/16 7.9 0.15 0.22 4.10 3.72
3/8 9.5 0.21 0.31 5.86 5.32
7/16 11.1 0.29 0.43 7.93 7.20
112 12.7 0.38 0.57 lO.3 9.35
9/16 14.3 0.48 0.71 13.0 11.8
5/8 15.9 0.59 0.88 15.9 14.4
3/4 19.1 0.84 1.25 22.7 20.6
7/8 22.2 1.15 1.71 30.7 27.9
1 25.4 1.50 2.23 39.7 36.0
1-1/8 28.6 1.90 2.83 49.8 45.2
1-114 31.8 2.34 3.48 61.0 55.3
1-3/8 34.9 2.82 4.23 73.1 66.3
1-1/2 38.1 3.38 5.03 86.2 78.2
* To convert to Kilonewtons (kN), multiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896;

lIb = 4.448 newtons (N).
** Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized wires.
Minimum breaking forces are 10% lower for ropes with wires galvanized at finish size.
6 x 7 Classification/Bright (Uncoated), IWRC

inches mm lb/ft kg/m tons metric tonnes
114 6.4 0.10 0.15 2.84 2.58
5/16 7.9 0.16 0.24 4.41 4.00
3/8 9.5 0.23 0.34 6.30 5.72
7116 11.1 0.32 0.48 8.52 7.73
112 12.7 0.42 0.63 11.1 10.1

9/16 14.3 0.53 0.79 14.0 12.7
5/8 15.9 0.65 0.97 17.1 15.5
3/4 19.1 0.92 1.37 24.4 22.1
7/8 22.2 1.27 1.89 33.0 29.9

25.4 1.65 2.46 42.7 38.7
1-118 28.6 2.09 3.11 53.5 48.5
1-114 31.8 2.57 3.82 65.6 59.5
1-3/8 34.9 3.12 4.64 78.6 71.3

1-112 38.1 3.72 5.54 92.7 84.1
* To convert to Kilonewtons (kN) , multiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896;

** Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized wires.
Minimum breaking forces are 10% lower for ropes with wires galvanized at finish size.
Nominal Diameter AEEroximate Mass Minimum Breaking Force*

Improyed Plow Stee1** Extra Improved Plow**
inches mm Ib/ft kglm tons metric tonnes tons metric tonnes
114 6.4 0.11 0.16 2.74 2.49 3.02 2.74

5/16 7.9 0.16 0.24 4.26 3.86 4.69 4.25
3/8 9.5 0.24 0.35 6.10 5.53 6.72 6.10
7/16 11.1 0.32 0.48 8.27 7.50 9.10 8.26
112 12.7 0.42 0.63 10.7 9.71 11.8 10.7
9/16 14.3 0.53 0.79 13.5 12.2 14.9 13.5
5/8 15.9 0.66 0.98 16.7 15.1 18.3 16.6
3/4 19.1 0.95 1.41 23.8 21.6 26.2 23.8
7/8 22.2 1.29 1.92 32.2 29.2 35.4 32.1
1 25.4 1.68 2.50 41.8 37.9 46.0 41.7
1-1/8 28.6 2.13 3.17 52.6 47.7 57.8 52.4
1-114 31.8 2.63 3.91 64.6 58.6 71.1 64.5
1-3/8 34.9 3.18 4.73 77.7 70.5 85.5 77.6
1-1/2 38.1 3.78 5.63 92.0 83.5 101 91.6
1-5/8 41.3 4.44 6.61 107 97.1 118 107
1-3/4 44.5 5.15 7.66 124 112 137 124
1-7/8 47.6 5.91 8.80 141 128 156 142
2 50.8 6.72 10.0 160 145 176 160
2-118 54 7.59 11.3 179 162 197 179
2-114 57.2 8.51 12.7 200 181 220 200

1 Ib = 4.448 newtons (N).
** Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized wires. Minimum breaking forces are
10% lower for ropes with wires galvanized at finish size.
6 x 19 ClassificationlBright (Uncoated), IWRC

Improved Extra Improved Extra Extra
flmy St~el** Plow Steel** Improved Plow**
inches mm Ib/ft kg/m tons metric tonnes tons metric tonnes tons metric tonnes
114 6.4 0.12 0.17 2.94 2.67 3.40 3.08 3.74 3.39
5/16 7.9 0.18 0.27 4.58 4.16 5.27 4.78 5.80 5.26
3/8 9.5 0.26 0.39 6.56 5.95 7.55 6.85 8.30 7.53
7116 11.1 0.35 0.52 8.89 8.07 10.2 9.25 11.2 10.2
112 12.7 0.46 0.68 11.5 10.4 13.3 12.1 14.6 13.2
9/16 14.3 0.59 0.88 14.5 13.2 16.8 15.2 18.5 16.8
5/8 15.9 0.72 1.07 17.7 16.2 20.6 18.7 22.7 20.6
3/4 19.1 1.04 1.55 25.6 23.2 29.4 26.7 32.4 29.4
7/8 22.2 1.42 2.11 34.6 31.4 39.8 36.1 43.8 39.7
1 25.4 1.85 2.75 44.9 40.7 51.7 46.9 56.9 51.6
1-1/8 28.6 2.34 3.48 56.5 51.3 65.0 59.0 71.5 64.9
1-114 31.8 2.89 4.30 69.4 63.0 79.9 72.5 87.9 79.7
1-3/8 34.9 3.50 5.21 83.5 75.7 96.0 87.1 106 96.2
1-1/2 38.1 4.16 6.19 98.9 89.7 114 103 125 113
1-5/8 41.3 4.88 7.26 115 104 132 120 146 132
1-3/4 44.5 5.67 8.44 133 121 153 139 169 153
1-7/8 47.6 6.50 9.67 152 138 174 158 192 174
2 50.8 7.39 11.0 172 156 198 180 217 197
2-118 54.0 8.35 12.4 192 174 221 200 244 221
2-1/4 57.2 9.36 13.9 215 195 247 224 272 247
2-3/8 60.3 10.4 15.5 239 217 274 249 302 274
2-112 63.5 11.6 17.3 262 238 302 274 332 301
2-5/8 66.7 12.8 19.0 288 261 331 300 364 330
2-3/4 79.9 14.0 20.8 314 285 361 327 397 360

lIb == 4.448 newtons (N).
** Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized wires. Minimum breaking forces are 10%
lower for ropes with wires galvanized at finish size.

Extra Improved Plow
IrnprQv~d Plow Steel** Steel**
inches tn..'ll Ib/ft tons metric tonnes tons metric tonnes

114 6.4 0.11 0.16 2.74 2.49 3.02 2.74
5/16 7.9 0.16 0.24 4.26 3.86 4.69 4.25
3/8 9.5 0.24 0.35 6.10 5.53 6.72 6.10
7/16 1l.1 0.32 0.48 8.27 7.50 9.10 8.26
112 12.7 0.42 0.63 10.7 9.71 11.8 10.7
9/16 l4.3 0.53 0.79 13.5 12.2 14.9 13.5
5/8 15.9 0.66 0.98 16.7 15.1 18.3 16.6
3/4 19.1 0.95 1.41 23.8 21.6 26.2 23.8
7/8 22.2 1.29 1.92 32.2 29.2 35.4 32.1
25.4 1.68 2.50 41.8 37.9 46.0 41.7
1-118 28.6 2.13 3.17 52.6 47.7 57.8 52.4
1-1/4 31.8 2.63 3.91 64.6 58.6 71.1 64.5
1-3/8 34.9 3.18 4.73 77.7 70.5 85.5 77.6
1-1/2 38.1 3.78 5.63 92.0 83.5 101 91.6
1-5/8 41.3 4.44 6.61 107 97.1 118 107
1-3/4 44.5 5.15 7.66 124 112 137 124
1-7/8 47.6 5.91 8.80 141 128 156 142
2 50.8 6.72 10.0 160 145 176 160
2-1/8 54.0 7.59 11.3 179 162 197 179
2-114 57.2 8.51 12.7 200 181 220 200

1 lb = 4.448 newtons (N).
** Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized wires. Minimum breaking forces are 10%
lower for ropes with wife~ galvanjzed at finish size.
6x36 Classification/Bright (Uncoated), IWRC

Extra Extra
Improved Extra Improved Improved
Plow Steel** Plow Steel** Plow Steel**
inches mm lb/ft kglm ton metric tonnes tons metric tOlmes tons metric tonnes
114 6.4 0.12 0.17 2.94 2.67 3.40 3.08 3.74 3.39
5/16 7.9 0.18 0.27 4.58 4.16 5.27 4.78 5.80 5.26
3/8 9.5 0.26 0.39 6.56 5.95 7.55 6.85 8.30 7.53
7/16 11.1 0.35 0.52 8.89 8.07 10.2 9.25 11.2 10.2
112 12.7 0.46 0.68 11.5 10.4 13.3 12.1 14.6 13.2
9/16 14.3 0.59 0.88 14.5 13.2 16.8 15.2 18.5 16.8
5/8 15.9 0.72 1.07 17.9 16.2 20.6 18.7 22.7 20.6
3/4 19.1 1.04 1.55 25.6 23.2 29.4 26.7 32.4 29.4
7/8 22.2 1.42 2.11 34.6 31.4 39.8 36.1 43.8 39.7
1 25.4 1.85 2.75 44.9 40.7 51.7 46.9 56.9 51.6
1-118 28.6 2.34 3.48 56.5 51.3 65.0 59.0 71.5 64.9
1-1/4 31.8 2.89 4.30 69.4 63.0 79.9 72.5 87.9 80.0
1-3/8 34.9 3.50 5.21 83.5 75.7 96.0 87.1 106 96.2
1-1/2 38.1 4.16 6.19 98.9 89.7 114 103 125 113
1-5/8 41.3 4.88 7.26 115 104 132 120 146 132
1-3/4 44.5 5.67 8.44 133 121 153 139 169 153
1-7/8 47.6 6.50 9.67 152 138 174 158 192 174
2 50.8 7.39 11.0 172 156 198 180 217 197
2-118 54.0 8.35 12.4 192 174 221 200 244 221
2-114 57.2 9.36 13.9 215 195 247 224 282 256
2-3/8 60.3 10.4 15.5 239 217 274 249 302 274
2-112 63.5 11.6 17.3 262 238 302 274 332 301
2-5/8 66.7 12.8 19.0 288 261 331 300 364 330
2-3/4 79.9 14.0 20.8 314 285 361 327 397 360
2-7/8 73.0 15.3 22.8 341 309 392 356 432 392
3 76.2 16.6 24.7 370 336 425 386 468 425
3-1/8 79.4 18.0 26.8 399 362 458 415 504 457
3-]/4 82.6 19.5 29.0 429 389 492 446 543 493
3-3/8 85.7 21.0 31.3 459 416 529 480 582 528
3-1/2 88.9 22.7 33.8 491 445 564 512 621 563
3-5/8 92.1 24.3 36.2 523 458 602 528 663 601
3-3/4 95.3 26.0 38.7 558 505 641 581 705 640
* To convert to Kilonewtons (kN). multiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896;

1 lb == 4.448 newtons (N).
** Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized wires. Minimum breaking forces are 10% lower for
ropes with wires galvanized at finish size.
Nominal Diameter Approximate Mass Minimum Breaking

Improved Extra Improved
Plow Steel** Plow Steel**
inches mm Ib/ft kg/m tons metric tonnes tons metric tonnes

3 76.2 16.6 24.7 360 327 414 376
3-1/4 82.6 19.5 29.0 419 380 483 438
3-3/8 85.7 21.0 31.3 451 409 518 470
3-112 88.9 22.7 33.8 483 438 555 503
3-3/4 95.3 26.0 38.7 549 498 632 573
4 101.6 29.6 44.1 620 562 713 647
4-1/4 108.0 33.3 49.6 694 630 799 725
4-1/2 114.3 37.4 55.7 772 700 888 806
4-3/4 120.7 41.7 62.1 853 774 981 890
5 127.0 46.2 68.8 937 850 1078 978
To convert to Kilonewtons (kN), multiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896;

lIb == 4.448 newtons (N).
** Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized wires. Minimum breakir
forces are 10% lower for ropes with wires galvanized at finish size.

inches mm lb/ft kg/m tons metric tonnes tons metric tonnes
4 101.6 29.6 44.1 589 534 677 614

4-1/4 108.0 33.3 49.6 660 599 759 689
4-112 114.3 37.4 55.7 734 666 844 766
4-3/4 120.7 41.7 62.1 810 735 932 846
5 127.0 46.2 68.7 891 808 1024 929
5-114 133.4 49.8 74.1 974 884 1120 1016
5-112 139.7 54.5 81.1 1060 962 1219 1106
5-3/4 146.1 59.6 88.7 1148 1041 1320 1198
6 152.4 65.0 96.7 1240 1125 1426 1294

1 Ib =4.448 newtons (N).
** Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized wires. Minimum breaking
6 x 25 B, 6 x 27 H & 6 x 30 G Flattened Strand/Bright (Uncoated), Fiber Core
Nominal Diameter AEEroximate Mass Minimum Breaking Force*

Improved Plow Steel** Extra Improved Extra Extra
Plow Steel** Improved
Plow Steel**
inches mm lh/ft kglm tons metric tons metric tons metric
tonnes tonnes tonnes
112 12.7 0.45 0.67 11.8 10.8 13.0 11.8 14.3 13.0
9/16 14.3 0.57 0.85 14.9 13.5 16.4 14.9 18.0 16.3
5/8 15.9 0.70 1.04 18.3 16.6 20.1 18.2 22.1 20.0
3/4 19.1 1.01 1.50 26.2 23.8 28.8 26.1 31.7 28.8
7/8 22.2 1.39 2.07 35.4 32.1 38.9 35.3 42.8 38.8
1 25.4 1.80 2.68 46.0 41.7 50.6 45.9 55.7 50.5
1-118 28.6 2.28 3.39 57.9 52.5 63.7 57.8 70.1 63.6
1-114 31.8 2.81 4.18 71.0 64.4 78.1 70.9 85.9 77.9
1-3/8 34.9 3.40 5.06 85.5 77.6 94.1 85.4 103 93.4
1-112 38.1 4.05 6.03 101 91.6 111 101 122 111
1-5/8 41.3 4.75 7.07 118 107 130 118 143 130
1-3/4 44.5 5.51 8.20 138 123 152 138 167 151
1-7/8 47.6 6.33 9.42 155 141 171 155 188 171
2 50.8 7.20 10.7 176 160 194 176 213 193

lib = 4.448 newtons (N).
** Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized wires. Minimum breaking forces are 10% lower for
ropes with wires galvanized at finish size.
6 x 25 B, 6 x 27 H & 6 x 30 G Flattened StrandJBright (Uncoated), IWRC

112 12.7 0.47 0.70 12.6 11.4 14 12.7
9/16 14.3 0.60 0.89 16.0 14.5 17.6 16.0
5/8 15.9 0.73 1.09 19.6 17.8 21.7 19.7
3/4 19.1 1.06 1.58 28.1 25.5 31 28.1
7/8 22.2 1.46 2.17 38.0 34.5 41.9 38.0
1 25.4 1.89 2.83 49.4 44.8 54.4 49.4
1-1/8 28.6 2.39 3.56 62.2 56.4 68.5 62.1
1-114 31.8 2.95 4.39 76.3 69.2 84.0 76.2
1-3/8 34.9 3.57 5.31 91.9 83.4 101 91.6
1-1/2 38.1 4.25 6.32 108 98 119 108
1-5/8 41.3 4.98 7.41 127 115 140 127
1-3/4 44.5 5.78 8.60 146 132 161 146
1-7/8 47.6 6.65 9.90 167 152 184 167
2 50.8 7.56 11.3 189 171 207 188

8 x 19 ClassificationlBright (Uncoated), Fiber Core

Improved Plow Stee1**
inches mm lb/ft kg/m tons metric tonnes
114 6.4 0.10 0.15 2.35 2.13
5/16 7.9 0.15 0.22 3.65 3.31
3/8 9.5 0.22 0.33 5.24 4.75
7/16 11.1 0.30 0.45 7.09 6.43
112 12.7 0.39 0.58 9.23 8.37
9/16 14.3 0.50 0.74 11.6 10.5
5/8 15.9 0.61 0.91 14.3 13.0
3/4 19.1 0.88 l.31 20.5 18.6
7/8 22.2 1.20 1.79 27.7 25.1
1 25.4 1.57 2.34 36.0 32.7
1-118 28.6 1.99 2.96 45.3 41.1
1-114 31.8 2.45 3.65 55.7 50.5
1-3/8 34.9 2.97 4.42 67.1 60.7
1-1/2 38.1 3.53 5.25 79.4 72.0
* To convert to Kilonewtons (kN), mUltiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896:

lIb =4.448 newtons (N).
*,~
Minimum breaking forces listed above apply to ropes with bright or drawn galvanized
wires. Minimum breaking forces are 10% lower for ropes with wires galvanized at finish size.
8 x 19 Classification/Rotation Resistant/Bright (Uncoated), IWRC

112 12.7 0.47 0.70 10.1 9.16 11.6 10.5
9/16 14.3 0.60 0.89 12.8 11.6 14.7 13.3
5/8 15.9 0.73 1.09 15.7 14.2 18.1 16.4
3/4 19.1 1.06 1.58 22.5 20.4 25.9 23.5
7/8 22.2 1.44 2.14 30.5 27.7 35.0 31.8
1 25.4 1.88 2.80 39.6 35.9 45.5 41.3
1-1/8 28.6 2.39 3.56 49.8 45.2 57.3 51.7
1-114 31.8 2.94 4.37 61.3 55.6 70.5 64.0
1-3/8 34.9 3.56 5.30 73.8 67.0 84.9 77.0
1-112 38.1 4.24 6.31 87.3 79.2 100. 90.7
The minimum breaking forces for 8 x 19 rotation resistant ropes are applicable only when a test is conducted on a
new rope that is fixed at both ends. When the rope is in use, and one end is free to rotate, the breaking force is
reduced.

18 x 7 ConstructionIRotation Resistant/Brlght (Uncoated)

Improved Extra bnproved
inches mm Ih/ft kg/m tons metric tonnes tons metric tonnes
112 12.7 0.43 0.64 9.85 8.94 10.8 9.8
9/16 14.3 0.55 0.82 12.4 11.2 13.6 12.3
5/8 15.9 0.68 1.01 15.3 13.9 16.8 15.2
3/4 19.1 0.97 1.44 21.8 19.8 24.0 21.8
7/8 22.2 1.32 1.96 29.5 26.8 32.5 29.5
25.4 1.73 2.57 38.3 34.7 42.2 38.3
1-1/8 28.6 2.19 3.26 48.2 43.7 53.1 48.2
1-114 31.8 2.70 4.02 59.2 53.7 65.1 59.1
1-3/8 34.9 3.27 4.87 71.3 64.7 78.4 71.1

1-1/2 38.1 3.89 5.79 84.4 76.6 92.8 84.2
* To convert to Kilonewtons (kN), multiply tons (nominal Strength) by 8.896; I lb == 4.448 newtons (N).
** Available with galvanized wires at strengths 10% lower than listed, or at equivalent strengths on special request.
The minimum breaking forces aTe applicable only when a test is conducted on a new rope that is fixed at both
ends. When the rope is in use, the breaking force is reduced when one end is free to rotate.
19 x 7 ConstructionIRotation Resistant/Bright (Uncoated)

112 12.7 0.45 0.67 9.85 8.94 10.8 9.8

9/16 14.3 0.58 0.86 12.4 11.2 13.6 12.3
5/8 15.9 0.71 1.06 15.3 13.9 16.8 15.2
3/4 19.1 1.02 1.52 21.8 19.8 24.0 21.8
7/8 22.2 1.39 2.07 29.5 26.8 32.5 29.5
1 25.4 1.82 2.71 38.3 34.7 42.2 38.3
1-1/8 28.6 2.30 3.42 48.2 43.7 53.1 48.2
1-114 31.8 2.84 4.23 59.2 53.7 65.1 59.1
1-3/8 34.9 3.43 5.10 71.3 64.7 78.4 71.1
1-1/2 38.1 4.08 6.07 84.4 76.6 92.8 84.2
The given strengths are applicable only when a test is conducted on a new rope fixed at both ends. When the rope is in
use, the breaking strength is reduced when one end is free to rotate.

1 lb = 4.448 newtons (N).
1 x 7 and 1 x 19 Small Diameter Specialty Strand, Galvanized and Corrosion Resista~t
Nominal Minimum Breaking Force**

Approximate
Diameter Mass Galvanized Corrosion Resistant
1x 7 1 x 19 Ix7 1 x 19 Ix7 1 x 19
Ibs.! kg! Ibs.! kg.!
inches mm 100ft 30.5m* 100ft 30.5m* lb kg lb kg Ib kg Ib kg
1132 .8 .25 .11 185 83.9 185 83.9
3/64 1.2 .55 .25 .55 .25 375 170 375 170 375 170 375 170
1116 1.6 .85 .39 .85 .39 500 227 500 227 500 227 500 227
5/64 2.0 1.4 .64 800 363 800 363
3/32 2.4 2.0 .9] 1200 544 1200 544
7/64 2.8 2.7 1.2 1600 726 1600 726
118 3.2 3.5 1.6 2100 953 2100 953
5/32 4.0 5.5 2.5 3300 1497 3300 1497
3/16 4.8 7.7 3.5 4700 2132 4700 2132
7/32 5.6 10.2 4.6 6300 2858 6300 2858
114 6.4 13.5 6.1 8200 3720 8200 3720
9/32 7.1 17.0 7.7 10,300 4672 10,300 4672
5116 7.9 21.0 9.5 12,500 5670 12,500 5670
3/8 9.5 30.0 13.6 17,500 7938 17,500 7938
*30.5m = .100 ft
** To convert to Kilonewtons (kN). mUltiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896;
1 lb == 4.448 newtons (N).
7 x 7 and 7 x 19 Small Diameter Specialty Cord, Galvanized and Corrosion Resistant
Minimum Breaking Force***

Nominal Approximate
Diameter Mass Galvanized Corrosion Resistant
7x7 7 x 19 7x7 7 x 19 7x7 7 x 19
IbsJ kg/ lbs./ kg.!
inches mm 100ft 30.5m** 100ft 30.5m** lb kg lb kg Ib kg lb kg
1132 .8 .16* .07* 110* 49.9* 110* 49.9*
3/64 1.2 .42 .19 270 122 270 122
1/16 1.6 .75 .34 .75 .34 480 218 480 218 480 218 480 218
5/64 2.0 1.1 .50 650 295 650 295
3/32 2.4 1.6 .73 1.7 .77 920 417 1000 454 920 417 920 417
7/64 2.8 2.2 1.0 1260 572 1260 572
118 3.2 2.8 1.3 2.9 1.3 1700 771 2000 907 1700 771 1760 798
5/32 4.0 4.3 2.0 4.5 2.0 2600 1179 2800 1270 2400 1089 2400 1089
3/16 4.8 6.2 2.8 6.5 2.9 3700 1678 4200 1905 3700 1678 3700 1678
7/32 5.6 8.3 3.8 8.6 3.9 4800 2177 5600 2540 4800 2177 5000 2268
114 6.4 10.6 4.8 11.0 5.0 6100 2767 7000 3175 6100 2767 6400 2903
9/32 7.1 13.4 6.1 13.9 6.3 7600 3447 8000 3629 7600 3447 7800 3538
5/16 7.9 16.7 7.6 17.3 7.8 9200 4173 9800 4445 9000 4082 9000 4082
11/32 8.7 20.1 9.1 20.7 9.4 11,100 5035 12,500 5670 10,500 4763
3/8 9.5 23.6 10.7 24.3 11.0 13,100 5942 14,400 6532 12,000 5443 12,000 5443
*3 x 7 construction
**30.5m = 100 ft
*** To convert to Kilonewtons (leN), multiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896;
1 Jb = 4.448 newtons (N).
TABLE 35 MINIMUM BREAKING FORCE OF WIRE ROPE,
6 x 12 Construction/Galvanized, Fiber Core

inches mm Ib/ft kg/m tons metric tonnes
5/16 7.9 0.10 0.14 2.34 2.12
3/8 9.5 0.15 0.22 3.36 3.05
7/16 11.1 0.20 0.30 4.55 4.13
112 12.7 0.26 0.39 5.91 4.71
9/16 14.3 0.33 0.49 7.45 6.76
5/8 15.8 0.41 0.61 9.16 8.31
3/4 19.1 0.59 0.88 13.1 11.9
13/16 20.6 0.69 1.03 15.3 13.9
7/8 22.2 0.80 1.19 17.7 16.1
1 25.4 1.05 1.56 23.0 20.9
* To convert to Kilonewtons (kN), multiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896; 1 Ib;::: 4.448
newtons (N).
** Available with galvanized wires at stTengths 10% lower than listed, or at equivalent strengths on
special request.
6 x 24 Construction/Galvanized, Fiber Core

inches mm Ib/ft kglm tons metric tonnes
3/8 9.5 0.19 0.29 4.77 4.33
112 12.7 0.35 0.52 S.40 7.62
9/16 14.3 0.44 0.65 10.6 9.62
5/8 15.9 0.54 0.80 13.0 11.8
3/4 19.1 0.78 1.16 18.6 16.9
7/8 22.2 1.06 1.58 25.2 22.9
25.4 1.38 2.05 32.8 29.8
I-liS 28.6 1.75 2.60 41.2 37.4
1-114 31.8 2.16 3.21 50.7 46.0
1-3/8 34.9 2.61 3.88 61.0 55.3
1-1/2 38.1 3.11 4.63 72.3 65.6
1-5/8 41.3 3.64 5.42 84.5 76.7
1-3/4 44.5 4.23 6.30 97.5 88.5
1-7/8 47.6 4.85 7.22 111 101
2 50.8 5.52 8.21 126 114
* To convert to Kilonewtons (kN). multiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896; lIb::: 4.448
newtons (N).
** Available with galvanized wires at strengths 10% lower than listed, or at equivalent strengths on
special request.
Compacted Strand Wire Rope
6 x 19 and 6 x 36 Classification/Bright (Uncoated) FC & IWRC

metric
inches mm lb/ft kglm tons tonnes
FC IWRC FC IWRC FC IWRC FC IWRC
3/8 9.5 .26 .31 .39 .46 7.39 8.3 6.7 7.53
7/16 11.1 .35 .39 .52 .58 10.0 11.2 9.07 10.2
112 12.7 .46 .49 .68 .73 13.0 14.6 11.8 13.2
9/16 14.3 .57 .63 .85 .94 16.4 18.5 14.9 16.8
5/8 15.9 .71 .78 1.06 1.16 20.2 22.7 18.3 20.6
3/4 19.1 1.03 1.13 1.53 1.68 28.8 32.4 26.1 29.4
7/8 22.2 1.40 1.54 2.08 2.29 39.0 43.8 35.4 39.7
1 25.4 1.82 2.00 2.71 2.98 50.7 56.9 46.0 51.6
1-118 28.6 2.31 2.54 3.44 3.78 63.6 71.5 57.7 64.9
1-114 31.8 2.85 3.14 4.24 4.67 78.2 87.9 70.9 79.7
1-3/8 34.9 3.45 3.80 5.13 5.65 94.1 106 85.4 96.1
1-112 38.1 4.10 4.50 6.10 6.70 111 125 101 113
1-5/8 41.3 4.80 5.27 7.14 7.84 130 146 118 132
1-3/4 44.5 5.56 6.12 8.27 9.11 150 169 136 153
1-7/8 47.6 6.38 7.02 9.49 10.4 171 192 155 174
2 50.8 7.26 7.98 10.8 11.9 193 217 175 197

1 Ib = 4.448 newtons (N).
112· Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual. Fourth Edition
Compacted Strand Wire Rope
19 Strand Rotation Resistant Classification/Bright (Uncoated)
Nominal Approximate Minimum Breaking Force*

Diameter Mass tons metric tonnes
High High
inches mm Ih/ft kg/m Standard Standard Standard Standard
3/8 9.5 .31 .46 7.55 8.3 6.85 7.53
7/16 11.1 .40 .59 10.2 11.2 9.25 10.2
112 12.7 .54 .80 13.3 14.6 12.1 13.2
9/16 14.3 .69 1.03 16.8 18.5 15.2 16.8
5/8 15.9 .85 1.26 20.6 22.7 18.7 20.6
3/4 19.1 1.25 1.86 29.4 32.4 26.7 29.4
7/8 22.2 1.68 2.50 39.8 43.8 36.1 39.7
1 25.4 2.17 3.23 51.7 56.9 46.9 51.6
1-1/8 28.6 2.75 4.09 65.0 71.5 59.0 64.9
1-114 31.8 3.45 5.13 79.9 87.9 72.5 79.7
1-3/8 34.9 4.33 6.44 96.0 106.0 87.1 96.1
1-1/2 38.1 5.11 7.60 114.0 125.0 103.0 113.0
* To convert to Kilonewtons (kN), multiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896; lib = 4.448
newtons (N).
The given strengths for rotation resistant ropes are applicable only when a test is conducted on
a new rope fixed at both ends. When the rope is in use, and one end is free to rotate, the nomi-
naJ strength is reduced.
35 x 7 Classification Compacted Strand Rotation Resistant - Category 1
Diameter Approximate Mass Minimum Breaking Force*

1960 2160
inches mm lb/ft kg/m tons k:N tons k:N
10 0.33 0.50 87.6 98.3
11 0.40 0.60 105 118
7/16 0.41 0.61 12.1 13.4
12 0.48 0.72 124 140
112 0.54 0.80 15.4 17.4

13 0.56 0.84 144 162
14 0.65 0.97 168 188
9/16 0.68 1.01 19.7 22.0
5/8 0.84 1.25 25.2 28.2

16 0.85 1.27 224 251
18 1.08 1.61 274 308
19 1.21 1.79 307 344
3/4 1.21 1.80 34.5 38.7

20 1.34 1.99 341 382
22 1.62 2.40 415 466
7/8 1.65 2.45 47.2 53.0
24 1.92 2.86 491 555

1 2.15 3.21 62.4 70.0
26 2.26 3.36 588 660
28 2.62 3.90 676 758
1118 2.73 4.06 77.5 86.9

1 114 3.37 5.01 98.1 110
32 3.42 5.09 873 980
1 3/8 4.07 6.06 117 124
36 4.33 6.44 1110 1232

11/2 4.85 7.21 138 147
40 5.34 7.95 1390 1521
1 5/8 5.69 8.47 167 182
6 x 19 Classification, Elevator Ropes, Bright (Uncoated) Fiber Core
Nominal Approximate Minimum Breaking Force-Pounds*

Diameter Mass
Extra High
inches mm lb/ft kg/m Iron Traction Strength
Traction
114 6.4 .10 .15 2,200 3,600 5,200
5/16 7.9 .16 .24 3,200 5,600 8,100
3/8 9.5 .23 .34 5,000 8,200 11,600
7/16 11.1 .31 .46 6,400 11,000 15,700
112 12.7 .40 .60 8,400 14,500 20,400
9/16 14.3 .51 .76 10,600 18,500 25,700
5/8 15.9 .63 .94 12,800 23,000 31,600
11/16 17.5 .76 1.13 15,500 27,000 38,200
3/4 19.1 .90 1.34 18,200 32,000 45,200
13/16 20.6 1.06 1.58 21,500 37,000 52,900
7/8 22.2 1.23 1.83 24,800 42,000 61,200
15/16 23.8 1.41 2.10 28,500 48,000 70,000
1 25.4 1.60 2.38 32,000 54,000 79,500
* 1 lb == 4.448 newtons (N).
8 x 19 Classification, Elevator Ropes, Bright (Uncoated) Fiber Core
Nominal Approximate Minimum Breaking Force-Pounds*

Diameter Mass
Extra High
inches mm Ib/ft kglm Iron Traction Strength
Traction
114 6.4 .09 .14 1,800 3,600 4,500
5/16 7.9 .14 .21 2,900 5,600 6,900
3/8 9.5 .20 .30 4,200 8,200 9,900
7/16 11.1 .28 .42 5,600 11,000 13,500
112 12.7 .36 .54 7,200 14,500 17,500

9/16 14.3 .46 .68 9,200 18,500 22,100
5/8 15.9 .57 .84 11,200 23,000 27,200
11116 17.5 .69 1.03 13,400 27,000 32,800
3/4 19.1 .82 1.22 16,000 32,000 38,900
13/16 20.6 .96 1.43 18,600 37,000 46,000
7/8 22.2 1.11 1.65 21,400 42,000 52,600
15/16 23.8 1.27 1.89 24,600 48,000 60,000
25.4 1.45 2.16 28,000 54,000 68,400
* 1 Ib = 4.448 newtons (N).
Compacted (Swaged) Wire Rope
6 x 19 and 6 x 37 ClassificationiBright (Uncoated), IWRC
inches mm Ib/ft kglm tons metric tonnes

112 12.7 0.55 0.82 15.5 14.0
9/16 14.3 0.70 1.04 19.6 17.8
5/8 15.9 0.87 1.29 24.2 22.0
3/4 19.1 1.25 1.86 34.9 31.7
7/8 22.2 1.70 2.53 47.4 43.0
1 25.4 2.22 3.30 62.0 56.3
1-1/8 28.6 2.80 4.16 73.5 66.7
1-1/4 31.8 3.40 5.05 90.0 81.8
1-3/8 34.9 4.20 6.24 106 96.2
1-1/2 38.1 5.00 7.43 130 118
* To convert to Kilonewtons (kN), mUltiply tons (minimum breaking force) by 8.896;

lIb;;: 4.448 newtons (N).
Appendix A
ORDERING, STORING AND UNREELING WIRE ROPE
A. Ordering
When ordering wire rope, it must be described as completely as possible. The
generally accepted nomenclature, defined elsewhere in this publication, should
be carefully noted. This, along with other applicable information will not only
enable the rope supplier to satisfy the purchaser's requests, but will also provide
data for technical advice or suggestions.
Following, is a check list for ordering:
1) The application or use intended for the wire rope.
2) Requirements for the rope:
Length - standard or tape measured
Diameter - nominal diameter
Construction-e.g. "6 x 19 Seale"
Preformed or non-preformed
Lay - Right or Left; Regular or Lang Lay
Finish - bright, galvanized, or other
Grade-e.g., improved plow steel, traction steel, or other
Core-independent wire rope, wire strand, or fiber
Lubrication - Standard or special
3) Specification requirements (i.e. API, ASTM)
4) Special testing requirements and certification
5) Specify end terminations if required
6) Describe special spooling or reel requirements
B. Storing
No matter how the delivered rope is packaged, it should always be kept away
from moisture. This means storing under a weatherproof cover, and no direct
contact with the ground or floor. Ocean spray, acid fumes, or similarly corrosive
atmospheres should be avoided. When reels will remain stored for long periods,
the supplier should be asked to ship the ropes with a protective wrapping. Where
this has not been done, the outer layers of rope should be coated with an
approved lubricant.
When a rope is to be removed from service and stored, it should be thoroughly
cleaned, lubricated, and carefully spooled on a reel. In this case, the same storage
conditions that are required for new rope should be maintained.
Ambient temperature for rope in storage should be low. Elevated temperatures
tend to liquefy or thin out rope lubricants. Thus, wire rope storage areas should
not only be normally cool spaces, but possible sources of high heat should be
kept at some distance.
Appendix A
C. Unreeling
Wire rope must always be handled with care. This is particularly important
when reels or coils are received, moved about, unreeled or uncoiled. Reels or
coils should never be dropped. When this happens, the rope may shift and cause
the reel to collapse and thus the rope itself may be damaged. Removing rope
from a collapsed reel may often result in rope damage. Coiled rope, if dropped
on the edge of the coil, can sustain a permanent bend.
Coils and reels should only be rolled on relatively smooth, hard surfaces.
Rolling through loose dirt, standing water, or across sharp, hard objects, or over
uneven surfaces can cause deformations or harm the lubricant protection.
Careful handling before installation and proper maintenance procedures after-
ward will ensure the longest possible service life for wire rope.
Improper handling can prove quite costly for the user, yet, for the most part,
abuse is easily avoidable.
Appendix B WIRE ROPE FITTINGS
CLOSED WIRE ROPE

SPELTER SOCKETS
TABLE 43 DIMENSIONS (inches)
Approx.
Rope Wt
Diam. A B C D G J R T W Lb
3/16 - 1/4 2 P/4 7116 4 3/16 15116 9/16 1/2 17/16 13/16 0.5
5/16 - 3/8 2 2 9/16 4 9/16 19116 3/4 5/8 Illh6 15/16 0.9
7/16 - 1/2 21/2 21/4 11/16 5 7/16 P/8 15/16 7/s 2 II/S 1.5
9/16 - 5/ s 3 21/2 13h6 6 5/16 2 3/s Pis 1 2 5/8 Pis 3.0
3/4 3 1/2 3 11/16 7 5/8 2 3/4 11/4 11/4 3 15/8 4.5
7/s 4 3 1/2 11/4 8 7/8 3 1/4 }l/2 11/2 3 5/8 Pl8 7.
1 4 1/2 4 13/8 9 7/s 3 3/4 P/4 P/4 41/S 21/4 11.
P/s 5 4 Ih 11/2 11 4 1/8 2 2 4 1/2 21/2 16.
}l/4 - P/8 5 1/2 5 P/8 121/8 4 3/4 21/4 21/4 5 23/4 22.
11/2 6 6 1 15/16 13 15/16 5 1/4 23/4 21/2 5 3/s 3 1/s 28.
15/S 6 1/2 6 3/4 21/S 15 3/s 5·l h 3 23/4 5 3/4 3 1/4 36.
,..,
P/4 17/S 7 1/2 7 13116 23/16 171/2 6 3/8 3 1/8 .J 63/4 3 17/32 58.
2 - 21/8 8 1/2 8 13/16 271t6 19 3/4 73/8 3 3/4 3 1/4 75/8 3 25/32 80.
21/4 - 23/s 9 93/4 27/8 21 5/8 8 1/4 4 35/s 8 1/2 49/32 105.
21/2 - 25/8 9 3/4 105/8 31/s 23 1/2 9 1/4 4th 4 9 1/2 4 25/32 140.
23/4 27is 11 111/2 "
.J 25 1/2 10 3/4 47/8 47/8 10 3/4 5'/32 220.
3 - 3lJs 12 1P/4 3 1/4 27 llih 5 1/4 5 1/4 1}l/2 5 9/32 276.
3 /4 - 3 3/8
1 13 121/4 4 29 1/4 121/4 5 314 5 3/4 121/4 5 17/32 276.
3 1/2 - 35/s 14 13 4 31 13 6 1/2 6 1/4 13 6 1/32 400.
3 3/4 - 4 15 14 4 1/4 33 1/4 141/4 7 1/4 7 14 1/4 7 1/32 540.
Note: Dimensions are for reference only. Consult your supplier of the specific fittings for exact details.
AppendixB
OPEN WIRE ROPE

SPELTER SOCKETS
L
L
L
L
1
~p~
Approx.
Rope Wt
Diam. A B C D E G J K L N P Lb
3116 - 1/4 2 19/16 3/4 4 5/16 15116 3/4 9/16 11116 5/16 15116 11116 0.9
5116 - 3/8 2 13/4 7/s 4 5/8 19116 13116 3/4 13116 13/32 P/2 13116 1.1
7116 - 1/2 21/2 2 11/16 5 9116 Pis 1 15116 1 1/2 P/8 1 2.3
9116 - 5/8 3 21/2 11/4 6 3/4 21/4 11/4 IlI8 11/4 9/16 21/4 13116 3.8
3/4 3 1/2 3 17116 7 15116 25/8 11/2 11/4 11/2 5/8 2 5/8 13/s 6.
718 4 3 1/2 13/4 9 1/4 3 1/8 P/4 11/2 P/4 3/4 3 1/8 ISis 10.
I 4 1/2 4 21116 10 9116 35/8 2 P/4 2 7/8 33/4 2 15.
Pis 5 4 1/2 25h6 11 13116 4 23/s 2 21/4 1 4 lis 21/4 23.
JI/4 - P/s 5 1/2 5 211/16 133/16 4 5/s 23/4 21/4 21/2 P/8 4 3/4 21/2 32.
P/2 6 6 3 1/s 15 1/s 5 1/4 3 23/4 3 J3116 5 3/8 23/4 47.
Pis 61f2 6 1/2 3 1/4 16 1/4 5 1/2 31/4 3 3 PI16 5 3/4 3 55.
1314 - 17/8 7 1/2 7 3 3/4 18 1/4 6 318 3 7/s 31/8 3 1/2 19116 6 1/2 3 1/2 85.
2 - 21/s 81/2 9 4 211/2 73/8 4 1/4 33/4 4 113116 7 3 3/4 125.
21/4 - 23/S 9 10 41f2 23 1/2 8 1/4 4 3/8 4 4 1/2 21/s 7 3/4 4 1/4 165.
21/2 - 25/8 9 3/4 103/4 5 25 1/2 9 1/4 4 5/8 4 1/2 5 23/s 8 1/2 4 3/4 252.
23/4 - 27/8 11 11 5 1/4 271/4 10 3/4 47/8 4 7/8 5 1/4 27/8 9 5 315.
3 - 31f8 12 111/4 5 3/4 29 111/2 5 1/4 5 1/4 5 3/4 3 9 1/2 5 1/4 380.
31/4 - 33/8 13 IJ3/4 6 1/8 307/8 121/4 5 3/4 5 3/4 6 1/4 3 1/s 10 5 1/2 434.
31/2 - 3 5/s 14 121/2 63/4 33 1/4 13 6 114 6 1/2 63/4 31/4 10 3/4 6 563.
3 3/4 - 4 15 13 1/2 7 3/4 361/4 141/4 7 7 1/4 7 1/2 3 1/2 121/2 7 783.
AppendixB
OPEN WIRE ROPE

SWAGED SOCKETS
After Jaw Pin

Rope Swaging opening diam. Approx.
diam. A B C D E F H L wt/lb
114 7/16 3/8 lllt6 11h6 P/2 13/16 13/8 4 .52
5/16 11116 15/32 13116 13/16 P/4 15/16 15/s 55116 1.l2
3/8 11116 15/32 13116 13h6 P/4 15/16 15/s 55116 1.07
7/16 7/8 9/16 1 1 2 11/8 2 6 11 116 2.08
1/2 7/8 9/16 1 1 2 Ills 2 6 11 /J6 2.08
5/8 11/S 19132 P/4 13116 21/4 P/8 23/8 81/8 4.28
3/4 13/S 21 132 P/2 13/8 23/4 19h6 23/4 10 7.97
7/8 11/2 3/4 13/4 iSis 3 1/4 1 25 /32 3 1/8 11 5/s 11.3
1 13/4 7/8 2 2 3 3/4 2 3/32 3 11 /16 13 3/s 17.8
Pis 2 1 21/4 21/4 4 1/4 2 5116 4 1/16 15 26.0
11/4 21/4 Pis 21/2 21/2 4 3/4 2 9116 4 1/2 161/2 34.9
13ls 21/2 11/8 21/2 21/2 5 1/4 2 J3 h6 5 18 1/8 44.4
11/2 23/4 13116 3 23/4 5 3/4 3 1/8 5 1/2 19 3/4 58.0
13/4 3 19/16 3 1/2 3 1/2 63/4 3 5/8 6 1/4 23 87.5
2 31/2 161 /64 4 33/4 8 4 9/16 8 7
26 /8 150
Appendix B
CLOSED WIRE ROPE

SWAGED SOCKETS
r----L---.....;
After Eye Hole Approx.

Rope Swaging thickness diam. wt
diam. A B C D E F L (lb)
1/4 7116 1/2 p/s 3/4 P/s 13/16 31/2 .32
5/16 11/16 43/64 IS/8 7/8 15/16 15116 4 1/2 .77
3/8 11116 43/64 15/8 7/s 15!I6 15/16 4 1/2 .72
7/16 7/8 55/64 2 1'116 P/2 15/32 5 3/4 1.42
1/2 7/8 55/64 2 11116 11/2 15/32 53/4 1.35
5/s 11/8 11/S 23/8 }lf4 115116 13/8 7 1/4 2.85
3/4 Pis 15/16 27/8 ]7/16 21/4 121/32 85/8 4.90
7/8 11/2 11/2 31/s 111/16 2 11 116 113116 10'/8 7.28
1 P/4 1314 35/8 2 J/16 3 2lf16 111/2 10.3
P/8 2 2 4 25/16 33!I6 2 9/32 123/4 14.4
11/4 21/4 21f4 4 1/2 29116 33/4 2 9il6 14 3/8 21.4
Pis 21/2 21/4 5 29116 4 1!I6 27/8 15 3/4 27.9
11/2 23/4 21/2 51/2 2 13116 4 1/4 3 1/8 17 36.0
13/4 3 3 6 1/4 3 9116 5 1/8 3 9116 20 51.0
2 3 1/2 31/4 7 3/4 3 13116 6 4 5/8 23 90.0
Note:Dimensions are for reference only. Consult your supplier of the specific fittings for exact details.
Appendix B
OPEN STRAND
SWAGED SOCKETS
TABLE 47 DIMENSIONS FOR 19-WIRE AND 37-WIRE

STRAND SOCKETS (inches)
I Fj~
~II. L
(
j21 -.8c
-L
Approx.
Jaw Pin wt/lb
Strand opening diam. without
diam. A B C D E F H L Pin
1/2 - 9/r6 ]lIs Sis P/4 13/16 21/4 1 7116 21/2 8 3/4 3.5
5/s Pis 3/4 1[/2 P/8 23/4 111/16 3 10 1/2 6.25
11116 - 3/4 11/2 15116 13/4 15/s 3 1/4 2 3 3/8 121/4 9.25
13116 - 7/8 P/4 11/32 2 2 3 3/4 21/4 4 14 14.5
15116 - 1 2 13/16 21/4 21/4 4 1/4 29/16 4 1/2 153/4 20.5
11116 - Ills 21/4 Plt6 21/2 21/2 4 3/4 2 15/16 5 171/2 29.25
13116 - 11/4 21/2 15116 21/2 21/2 5 1/4 31/s 5 1/4 191/4 38.25
15116 - P/8 23/4 17/16 3 23/4 5 3/4 31/2 5 3/4 21 45.0
AppendixB
CLOSED STRAND
SWAGED SOCKETS
TABLE 48 DIMENSIONS FOR 19-WIRE AND 37-WIRE STRAND

(incbes)
t~ r-'-+'-1 L
~...----[ Q II
_ _ _L...
.~;o....--
rc---L----.,.j
Eye Hole Approx.

Strand thickness diam. wt
diam. A B C D E F L (lb)
1/2 - 9116 11/8 P/8 21/2 11/4 21/8 17116 7 1/2 2.75
5/8 1 3/8 15116 3 1 15/32 25/8 P/4 9 5.0
11116 - 3/4 11/2 Il!2 3 1/2 123/32 3 1/8 2 11 7.25
13/16 - 7/8 P/4 13/4 4 23/32 3 3/8 21/4 121/2 11.0
15116 - 1 2 2 4 1/2 211/32 33/4 21/2 13 1/2 16.0
11/16 - 11/8 21/4 21/4 5 2 19132 4 1/4 27/8 15 23.0
13116 - 11/4 21/2 21/4 5 1/4 2 19/32 4 1/2 31/8 161/2 29.0
15h6 - P/8 23/4 21/2 5 1/2 27/8 43/4 33/8 18 35.5
Note: Dimensions are for reference only. Consult yom' supplier of the specific fittings for exact details,
AppendixB
OPEN WIRE ROPE

WEDGE~YPESOCKETS
TABLE 49 DIMENSIONS OF SOCKETS (inches)
--------
~e~
Center of pin Opening Diameter

Diameter hole to end between of Approximate
of of socket ears pin hole wt
rope A B C (lb)
3/8 4 3/4 5/8 13116 2.5
1/2 51/2 5/8 Ilh6 2.5
5/8 7 11/4 13116 5
3/4 7 1/2 P/8 11/4 9
7/8 9 11/2 15/8 15
1 9 3/4 15/8 15/8 20
11/8 lO5/8 P/8 15/8 23
11/4 113/4 P/4 21/8 32
P/s li3/4 13/4 21/S 32
P/2 13 1/4 21/2 3 1/s 52
15/8 13 1/4 21/2 31/8 52
AppendixB
WIRE ROPE ASSEMBLIES
When ordering wire rope with end attachments, lengths-as shown on this and the
following two pages - should be specified. Additionally, the load at which this mea-
surement is taken should be specified, i.e., at no load, at a percentage of minimum break-
ing force, etc.
The drawings on this and the following two pages do not show all possible combina-
tions of fittings; in any case, the same measuring methods should be followed.
SINGLE-ROPE LEGS AND OPEN SWAGED SOCKETS

I
<Q:=
I
I
BOOM PENDANTS WITH
SWAGED FITTINGS <Q:=:
I
I SINGLE-ROPE LEGS AND OPEN AND CLOSED SWAGED SOCKETS I

<Q:= [~~ ~""'&-...~",--------,@
I
'I w1 ~
@:=_--J.,.I)§"~~~~,,----_= ! ! )-+
I I ~
(Ill
I
SINGLE- ROPE LEGS AND CLOSED SWAGED SOCKETS
=__. .I~~~"-I __ =w-j ! i

1
~_-r
)+
(~i~I!~=:____~[~~'~~I____~
t-ol~--------LENGTH OF PENDANT ( S L 1 - - - - - t o o..l1
800M PENDANTS WITH SWAGED FITTINGS
Length of Pendant is measured as indicated on sketches.

Note: When ordering, customer should specify parallel or right angle (90°) socket pins.
Appendix B
a
Closed wire rope spelter socket at one end; open wire rope spelter socket at
other end.
Measurement: Pull of closed socket to centerline of open socket pin.
Closed wire rope swaged socket at one end; open wire rope swaged socket at
other end.
Measurement: Centerline of pin to centerline of pin.
Closed bridge socket attached to one end; open bridge socket attached to other end.
Measurements: Centerline of closed socket pin to centerline of open socket pin;
include two of the three values: takeup, contraction, and expansion. The values
of C and 0 are also required.
Thimble spliced at one end.

Measurement: Pull of thimble to end of rope.
Link spliced at one end; hook spliced at other end.

Measurement: Pull of link to pull of hook.
Thimble spliced at one end; loop spliced at other end.

Measurements: Pull of thimble to pull of loop, and circumference of loop.
AppendixB
Appendix B
TABLE 50 RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS OF 2,000 LB.
6 x 19 & 6 x 37 IWRC IMPROVED PLOW STEEL*
Min.
Length Two Pendants
Diam. (SL) When Used Open Swaged Socket** Closed Swaged Socket**
of of Single
rope pendant part 0 D R Weight K W Weight
(inches) ft-inches vertical 30" 45" inches inches inches Ib inches ~inches Ib
1/4 0-11 0.59 1.0 0.83 lllt6 1l/J6 15/32 .52 1/2 3/4 .32
3/s 1-3 1.3 2.3 1.8 13/16 13116 pl/32 1.07 43/64 7/s .72
1/2 1-8 2.3 4.0 3.2 1 1 }1/2 2.08 55/64 11/16 1.35
5/S 2-0 3.6 6.2 5.1 II 14 l3/ 16 121/32 4.28 Pis 11/4 2.85
3/4 2-5 5.1 8.9 7.2 1112 P/s 2 1116 7.97 15116 17116 4.90
7/S 2-10 6.9 12 9.8 13/4 15/8 2 7116 11.3 )lh 111 116 7.28
1 3-2 9.0 15 13 2 2 23/4 17.8 P/4 2 1116 10.3
11/8 3-7 11 19 16 21/4 21/4 3 1/8 26.0 2 25116 14.4
P/4 4-0 14 24 20 21/2 21/2 3 1/2 34.9 21/4 2 9116 2l.4
13/8 4-5 17 29 23 21/2 21/2 4 44.4 21/4 29116 27.9
Ph 4-9 20 34 28 3 2 3/4 4 3/8 58.0 21/2 2 13/16 36.0
P/4 5-5 27 46 38 3 1/2 3 1/2 5 87.5 3 3 9116 51.0
2 6-4 34 60 49 4 33/4 6 1/8 150 3]/4 313116 90.0
* Values given apply when pendants are used as slings or sling assemblies. When used in a Boom suspension system,
other values apply; consult rope manufacturer.
** Dimension symbols (O,D,R,K & W) are described in drawings on pages 128 and 129.
Appendix C SHIPPING REEL CAPACITY
SHIPPING REEL CAPACITY

While it is virtually impossible to calculate the precise length of wire rope that can
be spooled on a reel or drum, the following formula provides a close approximation.
The formula is: L =(A+D)· A· B • K

Where:L = length of rope (ft)
A =depth of rope space on drum (inches)
B = width of drum between flanges (inches)
D = drum barrel diameter (inches)
K = constant for given rope diameter (see table below)
H = diameter of reel flanges (inches)
X =clearance
TABLES1 "K" FACTORS*

(0.2618/rope diameter squared)**
Diam. Diam. Diam.

(inches) K (inches) K (inches) K
1116 56.9 112 .950 1-3/8 .126
3/32 25.4 9/16 .749 1-1/2 .106
118 14.4 5/8 .608 1-5/8 .0900
5/32 9.38 11116 .502 1-3/4 .0775
3/16 6.48 3/4 .422 1-7/8 .0675
7/32 4.59 13/16 .360 2 .0594

114 3.73 7/8 .310 2-118 .0521
5/16 2.39 1 .237 2-114 .0469
3/8 1.69 1-118 .188 2-3/8 .0421
7/16 1.24 1-1/4 .152 2-112 .0380
* The values given for "K" factors take maximum allowable rope oversize into account. (See
Table 3, page 26). These "K" factor values do not apply to certain special ropes such as aircraft
cords and elevator ropes. Clearance ("X") should be about 2 inches unless rope-end fittings
require more.
**This formula is based on uniform rope winding on the reel. It will not give correct results if the
winding is non-uniform. The formula also assumes that there will be the same number of wraps
of rope in each layer. While this is not strictly correct, there is no appreciable error in the result
unless the traverse of the reel is quite small relative to the flange diameter ("H").
Appendix D A GLOSSARY OF
ABRASION Frictional surface wear on BECKET 1,001)1 A ofsmaH rope
the wires of a wire rope. or strand fastened to the end of a
wire rope; its function is to facilitate
ACCELERATION STRESS The Ilddi- wire rope installation.
tional stress that is ,."onn,";>rl on a wire
rope as 11 result of an increase in the bad BENDING Stress that is
velocity. Inlnr.",'{j on lhe wires of a strand or rope
or action.
AGGREGATE STRENGTH The cal-
culated strength derived the BIRDCAGE A
individual of the ele- tive of the appearance of a wire rope
ments of the strand or rope. 111is forced into The outer
strength does not give to the stnHlds form a caJ?e at dis-
reduction in resulting from the the core.
angularity of the elements in the rope, or
other factors that may affect BLOCK A term to one or more
C""'JlH•. U.
wire rope sheaves (pulJeys) enclosed in

AIRCRAFT ,,-·n..JULI.DL1' Strands, cords side and fitted with some attach-
and wire rope made of ment such as a hook or shackle.
wire, designed for use in vari-
BOOM LINE Wire rope that
ous aircraft industry applications.
of der-
ALTERNATE LAY See TYPES.
etc
UOOM PENl>ANT A nrm.~nnp
AREA, METALLIC Sum of the cross- rope or strand with end terminations to
sectional areas of all the ,'vires either in a the boom.
wire rope or ill a strand.
BREAKING :FORCE
BACK-STAY Wire rope or strand guy is the ultill1.ate load at
used to support a boom or mast; or that which a tensile failure occurs in the sam-
section of a main as on a suspen- of ,'lire rope being tested.
sion bridge, cableway, etc., from Minimum is that
the tower to the UU',HU"",.',V
~vhich is 2-1/20h lovver than the
BAIL a) U-shaped member of a IIm...ue;!..

or b) U-shaped of a socket or sam-
other fitting used on wire rope.
of a wire rope.
BASKET OF SOCKET The conical lr.,fininwm
portion of a socket into 'which a
is inserted and then a standard proce-·
secured. dure that is the wire rope
The vvire rope manufacturer
BECKET An end attachment to facili- wire rope to this and the
tate wire rope installation. user should consider this value wben
calculations.
132 • Wire Rope Technical Board -' Wire Users Fourth Edition
BRIDGE CABLE Rope or CASING LINE Wire rope used to
The all-metallic wire rope or install oil well casings.
strand used as the and sus-
on a CATENARY A curve formed by a
strand or wire rope when supported hori-
BRIDGE SOCKET A wire rope or zontally between two fixed points, e.g.,
strand end lermination rnade of forged or the main spans on a suspension bridge.
cast steel that is with baskets--
bolts -- for securing CENTER The axial member of a strand
rope ends, There are two j) the about which the wires are laid.
closed type has a U-bolt with or without
a in the U of the bolt, and 2) the CHANGE OF LAYER POINT That
open has t'lvo eye-bolts and a pin. point in the traverse of a rope across the
face of the drum where it reaches the
BRIDLE A wire rope flange, reverses direction and begins
SUNG. forming the next layer. Also referred to
as the drum cross-over or TURN-BACK
BRIGHT ROPE Wire rope fabricated POINT.
from wires that an~ not coated,
CHOKER ROPE A short wire rope
nULL WHEEl, A term 10 a sling that forms a slip noose around an
wire rope SHEAVE, e.g., object that is to be moved or lifted.
tbe sheaves at the end of a ski lift.
CIRCUMFERENCE Measured
BurTON CONVEYOR ROPE Wire perimeter of a circle that circumscribes
rope to which buttons or discs are either the wires of a strand, or the
attached at intervals to move strands of a wire mpe.
material as in a
CLASSIFICATION Gmup, or family
CABLE J\, term aVI~WC,U. to wire designation based on wire mpe construc-
rope. wire strand and electrical conduc- tions with common strengths and
tors. weights listed under the broad designa-
tion.
CABLE~LAID WIRE ROPE A
of wire rope of several wire CLEVIS See SHACKLE.
ropes laid into a si.ngle wire rope 6
x 42 )( 6 x tiller rope). CLIP Fitting for clamping two parts of
wire rope to each other.
,-,nJlfl"I.Jo;, TOOL nRILUNG LINE
The wire rope used to the CLOSED SOCKET A wire rope end
tools in the cable tool method termination consisting of basket and baiJ
rope made integral.
system CLOSER A machine that lays strands

a sus- around a core to form rope.
Wire Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition • 133

AppendixD
CLOSING LINE Wire rope that per- CORROSION RESISTING STEEL
forms two functions: 1) closes a Chrome-nickel steel alloys designed for
clamshell or orange peel bucket, and 2) increased resistance to corrosion.
operates as a hoisting rope.
CORRUGATED Term used to describe
the grooves of a SHEAVE or DRUM
COIL Circular bundle or package of
after they have been worn down to a
wire rope that is not affixed to a reel.
point where they show an impression of
CONSTRUCTION Geometric design a wire rbpe.
description of the wire rope's cross sec- CREEP The unique movement of a
tion. This includes the number of wire rope with respect to a drum surface
STRANDS, the number of WIRES per or sheave surface resulting from the
strand and the pattern of wire arrange- asymmetrical load between one side of
ment in each STRAND. the sheave (drum) and the other. It
should be distinguished from slip which
CONSTRUCTIONAL STRETCH is yet another type of relative movement
The stretch that occurs when the rope is between rope and the sheave or drum
initially loaded-it is due to the helically surface.
laid wires and strands creating a con-
stricting action that compresses the core CROSS LAY See LAY, TYPES.
and generally brings all of the rope's ele-
ments into close contact. CROWD ROPE A wire rope used to
drive or force a shovel bucket into the
CONTINUOUS BEND Reeving of material that is to be handled.
wire rope over sheaves and drums so DEAD LINE In drilling, it is the end of
that it bends in one direction, as opposed the rotary drilling line fastened to the
to REVERSE BEND. anchor or dead-line clamp.
CONVEYOR ROPE Endless wire DECELERATION STRESS The addi-

rope used to carry material. tional stress that is imposed on a wire
rope as a result of a decrease in the load
CORD Term applied to small diameter velocity.
specialty wire rope or strand.
DEFLECTION a) The sag of a rope in
CORE The axial member of a wire a span. Usually measured at mid-span as
rope around which the strands are laid. the depth from the chord joining the tops
ofthe two supports. b) Any deviation
CORING LINE Wire rope used to from a rope operating in a straight line.
operate the coring tool that is used to
take core samples during oil well DESIGN FACTOR In a wire rope, it is
drilling. the ratio of the minimum breaking force
to the total working load.
CORROSION Chemical decomposi-
tion of the wires in a rope through the DIAMETER As related to wire rope it
action of moisture, acids, alkalines or is the diameter of a circle which circum-
other destructive agents. scribes the wire rope.
AppendixD
DOGLEG Permanent bend or deforma- EQUALIZING SHEAVE The sheave
tion, in a wire rope, caused by improper at the center of a rope system over which
use or handling. no rope movement occurs other than
equalizing movement. It can be a source
DRAGLINE a) Wire rope used for of severe degradation and must be part
pulling excavating or drag buckets, and of regular rope inspections .
b) name applied to a specific type of
excavator. EQUALIZING SLINGS Multiple-leg
slings composed of wire rope and fit-
DRUM A cylindrical barrel, either of tings that are designed to help distribute
uniform or tapering diameter, on which the load equally ..
rope is wound either for operation or EQUALIZING THIMBLES Special
storage; its surface may be smooth or type of load-distributing fitting used as a
grooved. component of certain wire rope slings.
EFFICIENCY (ROPE) Ratio of a wire EXTRA EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW

rope's actual breaking strength and the STEEL (EEIP) A grade of wire rope.
aggregate strength of all individual wires
EXTRA IMPROVED PLOW STEEL
tested separately - usually expressed as
ROPE (EIP) A grade of wire rope.
a percentage.
EYE OR EYE SPLICE A loop with or
ELASTIC LIMIT Stress value above
without a thimble, formed at the end of a
which permanent deformation will take
wire rope.
place within the material.
FACTOR OF SAFETY In the wire
ELONGATION See STRETCH.
rope industry, this term was originally
used to express the ratio of nominal
END PREPARATION The treatment
strength to the total working load. The
of the end of a length of wire rope
term is no longer used since it implies a
designed primarily as an aid for pulling
permanent existence for this ratio when,
the rope through a reeving system or
in actuality, the rope strength begins to
tight drum opening. Unlike END TER-
reduce the moment it is placed in ser-
MINATIONS, these are not designed for
vice. The term currently used is "design
use as a method for making a permanent
factor" .
connection.
FATIGUE As applied to wire rope, the
END TERMINATION The treatment
term usually refers to the process of pro-
at the end or ends of a length of wire
gressive fracture resulting from the
rope, usually made by forming an eye or
bending of individual wires. These frac-
attaching a fitting and designed to be the
tures may and usually do occur at bend-
permanent end telmination on the wire
ing stresses well below the ultimate
rope that connects it to the load.
strength of the material; it is not an
abnormality although it may be acceler-
ENDLESS ROPE Rope with ends
ated due to operating conditions such as
spliced together to form a single contin-
high loads, small sheaves, rust or lack of
uous loop.
lubrication.
AppendixD
FERRULE A metanic button, usually GRADES, ROPE Classification of
cylindrical in shape, normally fastened wire rope by the wire's metallic compo-
to a wire rope by swaging but sometimes sition and the rope's minimum breaking
by spelter socketing. force.
FIBER CENTER Cord or rope of nat- GROMMET An endless circle or ring

ural or synthetic fiber used as the axial fabricated from one continuous length of
member of a strand. strand or rope.
FIBER CORE Cord or rope of natural GROOVED DRUM Drum with a

or synthetic fiber used as the axial mem- grooved surface that accommodates the
ber of a rope. rope and guides it for proper winding.
The groove may be helical or parallel.
FILLER WIRE Small spacer wires
within a strand which help position and
GUY LINE Strand or rope, usually gal-
vanized, for stabilizing or maintaining a
support other wires. Also the name for
the type of strand pattern utilizing filler structure in fixed position.
wires.
HAULAGE ROPE Wire rope used for
FITTING An accessory attached to a pulling movable devices such as cars
wire rope. that roll on a track.
}i'LATTENED STRAND ROPE Wire HAWSER Wire rope, usually galva-

rope that is made either of oval or trian- nized, used for towing or mooring
gular shaped strands in order to form a marine vessels.
tlattened rope sUlface.
FLEET ANGLE That angle between HOLDING LINE Wire rope on a

the rope's position at the extreme end clamshell or orange peel bucket that sus-
wrap on a drum, and a line drawn per- pends the bucket while the closing line is
pendicular to the axis of the drum released to dump its load.
through the center of the nearest fixed
sheave. IDLER Sheave or roller used to guide
or support a rope.
GALVANIZED Zinc <..:Oating used on
wire for corrosion resistance. IMPROVED PLOW STEEL ROPE
(IPS) A grade of wire rope.
GALVANIZED ROPE Wire rope
made up of strands of galvanized wire.
INCLINE ROPE Rope used in the
GALVANIZED STRAND Strand made operation of cars on an inclined haulage.
lip of galvanized wire.
INDEPENDENT WIRE ROPE CORE
GRADE Wire rope or strand classifica- (IWRC) A wire rope used as the axial
tion by strength and/or type of material, member of a Jarger wire rope.
i.e .. Improved Plow Steel, Type 302
Stainless, etc. It does not imply a INNER WIRES All wires of a strand
strength of the basic wire used to meet except the outer or cover wires.
the rope's nominal strength.
AppendixD
INTERNALLY LUBRICATED Wire the lay of the wires in the strand is in the
rope or strand having all of its wire com- same direction as the lay of the strand in
ponents coated with lubricants. the rope. The crowns of the wires appear
to be at an angle to the axis of the rope.
IRON ROPE A grade of wire rope. 6) Alternate Lay: Lay of a wire rope in
which the strands are alternately regular
KINK A unique deformation of a wire and lang lay.
rope caused by a loop of rope being 7) Reverse Lay: Another term for alter-
pulled down tight. It represents irrepara- nate lay.
ble damage and an indeterminate loss of
strength in the rope. LAY LENGTH See LAY (b).
LAGGING a) External wood covering LEAD LINE That part of a rope tackle
on a reel to protect the wire rope or leading from the first, or fast, sheave to
strand, or b) the grooved shell of a drum. the drum. See DRUM and SHEAVE.
LANG LAY ROPE See LAY ,TYPES. LEFT LAY See LAY, TYPES.
LAY a) The manner in which the wires
in a strand or the strands in a rope are LOCKED COIL STRAND Smooth-
helically laid, or b) the distance mea- surfaced strand ordinarily constructed of
sured parallel to the axis of the rope (or shaped, outer wires ananged in concen-
strand) in which a strand (or wire) makes tric layers around a center of round
one complete helical convolution about wires.
the core (or center). In this connection,
lay is also refened to as LAY LENGTH MARLINE SPIKE Tapered steel pin
or PITCH. used as a tool for splicing wire rope.
LAY, TYPES MARTENSITE A nonductile

1) Right Lay: The direction of strand or microstructure of steel formed when the
wire helix conesponding to that of a steel is heated above its critical tempera-
right hand screw thread. ture and rapidly quenched. This occurs
2) Left Lay: The direction of strand or in wire rope as a result of frictional heat-
wire helix conesponding to that of a left ing and the mass cooling effect of the
hand screw thread. cold metal beneath. Martensite cracks
3) Cross Lay: Rope or strand in which very easily, and such cracks can propa-
one or more operations are performed in gate from the surface through the entire
opposite directions. A multiple operation wire.
product is described according to the
direction of the outside layer. MILKING The progressive movement
4) Regular Lay: The type of rope where- of strands along the axis of the rope,
in the lay of the wires in the strand is in resulting from the rope's movement
the opposite direction to the lay of the through a restricted passage such as a
strand in the rope. The crowns of the tight sheave.
wires appear to be parallel to the axis of
the rope.
5) Lang Lay: The type of rope in which
AppendixD
MODULUS OF ELASTICITY The PRESTRESSING An incorrect refer-
slope of the secant to the stress-strain ence to PRESTRETCHING.
curve between 10% of the rope's mini-
mum breaking force and 90% of the pre- PRESTRETCHING Subjecting a wire
stretching force. rope or strand to tension prior to its
intended application, for an extent and
MOORING LINES Galvanized wire over a period of time sufficient to
rope used for holding ships to dock. remove most of the CONSTRUCTION-
ALSTRETCH.
NON-PREFORMED Rope or strand
that is not preformed. PROPORTIONAL LIMIT As used in
the rope industry, this tenn has virtually
OPEN SOCKET A wire rope fitting the same meaning as ELASTIC LIMIT.
that consists of a basket and two ears It is the end of the load versus elonga-
with a pin. See FITTING. tion relationship at which an increase in
load no longer produces a proportional
OUTER WIRES Outer layer of wires increase in elongation and from which
in a strand. point recovery to the rope's original
length is unlikely.
PEENING Permanent distortion result-
ing from cold plastic metal deformation RATED CAPACITY The load which a
of the outer wires. Usually caused by new wire rope or wire rope sling may
pounding against a sheave or machine handle under given operating conditions
member, or by heavy operating pressure and at an assumed DESIGN FACTOR.
between rope and sheave. rope and
drum, or rope and adjacent wrap of rope. REEL A flanged spool on which wire
rope or strand is wound for storage or
PITCH See LAY (b). shipment.
PREFORMED STRANDS Strand in REEVE To pass a rope through a hole

which the wires are permanently formed or around a system of sheaves.
during fabrication into the helical shape
they will assume in the strand. REGULAR LAY ROPE See LAY,
TYPES.
PREFORMED WIRE ROPE Wire
rope in which the strands are permanent- REVERSE BEND Reeving a wire rope
ly formed during fabrication into the over sheaves and drums so that it bends
helical shape they will assume in the in opposing directions.
wire rope.
REVERSE LAY See LAY, TYPES.
PRESSED FITTINGS Fittings RIGHT LAY See LAY, TYPES.

attached by means of cold forming on
the wire rope. ROLLERS Relatively small-diameter
cylinders, or wide-faced sheaves, that
serve as support for ropes.
AppendixD
ROTARY DRILL LINE On a rotary SERVE To cover the surface of a wire
drilling rig, it is the wire rope used for rope or strand with a fiber cord or wire
raising and lowering the drill pipe, as wrapping.
well as for controlling its position.
SHACKLE A U- or anchor-shaped fit-
ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE A ting with pin.
wire rope consisting of an inner layer of
strand laid in one direction covered by a SHEAVE A grooved pulley for wire
layer of strand laid in the opposite direc- rope.
tion. This has the effect of counteracting
torque by reducing the tendency of fin- SLING, WIRE ROPE An assembly
ished rope to rotate. fabricated from wire rope which con-
nects the load to the lifting device.
ROUND WIRE TRACK STRAND
Strand composed of concentric layers of SLING, BRAIDED A flexible sling,
round WIRES, used as TRACK the body of which is made up of two or
CABLE, sometimes called SMOOTH- more WIRE ROPES braided together.
COIL TRACK STRAND.
SMOOTH-FACED DRUM Drum with
SAFE WORKING LOAD This term is a plain, ungrooved surface.
potentially misleading and is, therefore,
in disfavor. Essentially, it refers to that SOCKET Generic name for a type of
portion of the rope's minimum breaking wire rope fitting.
force that can be applied either to move
or sustain a load. It is misleading SPIRAL GROOVE A continuous heli-
because it is only valid when the rope is cal groove that follows a path on and
new and equipment is in good condition. around a drum face, similar to a screw
thread.
SAND LINE Generally a 6x7 wire rope
that is used in well servicing. SPLICING 1) Making a loop or eye in
the end of a rope by tucking the ends of
SEALE The name for a type of strand the strands back into the main body of
pattern that has two adjacent layers laid the rope. 2) Formation ofloops or eyes
in one operation with any number of uni- in a rope by means of mechanical attach-
form sized wires in the outer layer, and ments pressed onto the rope. 3) Joining
with the same number of unifOllli but of two rope ends so as to form a long or
smaller sized wires in the inner layer. short splice in two pieces of rope.
SPRING LAY See LAY, TYPES.

SEIZE To make a secure binding at the
end of a wire rope or strand with SEIZ- STAINLESS STEEL ROPE Wire rope
ING WIRE or SEIZING STRAND. made up of cOTI'osion resistant steel
wires.
SEIZING STRAND Small diameter
STRAND usually made up of 7 wires. STIRRUP The eyebolt attachment on a
bridge socket.
SEIZING WIRE A wire for seizing.
AppendixD
STRAND A plurality of round or WEDGE SOCKET Wire rope fittings
shaped wires helicaUy laid about an axis. in which the rope end is secured by a
wedge.
STRANDER A machine that lays wires
together helically to fonn a strand. WHIPPING A synonymous tenn for
SmZING. Also. it has been suggested as
The elongation of a wire punishment for those who neglect the
rope under load. cautionary rules in this publication.
SWAGED FITTING Fitting into which WIRE (ROUND) A single, continuous

wire rope can be inserted and then per- length of metal, with a circuhu cross
manently attached by cold pressing section that is cold-drawn from rod.
(swaging) the shank that encloses the
rope. WIRE (SHAPED) A single, continu-
ous length of metal with a non circular
TAG LINE A small wire rope used to cross secti~)n that is either cold-drawn or
prevent rotation of a load. cold-roHed from rod.
TAPERING AND WELDING WIRE ROPE A plurality of wire

Reducing the diameter of a wire rope at strands helically laid about an axis.
its end, and then welding the wires so as
to facilitate reeving. WIRE STRAND CORE (WSC) A wire
strand used as the axial member of a
TIDMBLE Grooved metal fitting to wire rope.
protect the eye, or fastening loop of a
wire rope.
TRACK CABLE On an aerial convey-

or it is the suspended wire rope or strand
along which the carriers move.
TRACTION ROPE On an aerial con-

veyor or haulage system it is the wire
rope that propels the carriages.
TRACTION STEEL ROPE A specific

grade of wire rope.
TRAMWAY An aerial conveying sys-

tem for transporting multipJe loads.
WARRINGTON The name for a type

of strand pattern that is characterized by
having one of its wire layers (usually the
outer) made up of an an-angement of
alternately large and small wires.
Appendix E
BLOCK SPINNING (CABLING)
Since the invention of the crane, one problem has been prevalent during many
lifting operations-spinning of the load or rotation of the traveling blocks. While
spinning of the load can occur at any fall length, block rotation usually does not
pose a problem until a certain height is reached. In either case, lifting can be
severely limited or halted due to these conditions.
The formula, shown below, predicts the length at which "cabling" of multiple-
part reevings will occur. This formula incorporates the variables of rope spacing
at both the point and traveling block sheaves; the torque provided by the rope;
length of fall; and the number of parts of line.
POINT SHEAVE _ SiX S II X Sin Q
- KxTf
L == Fall Length - Feet
S' == Rope Spacing at Boom Point-Inches
S" == Rope Spacing at Traveling Block Sheaves-Inches
K == Variable for Number of Pmts of Line
Tf:::: Torque Factor of Rope - Inch Pound Per Pound
Q. == Angle of Block Rotation-Degrees
The definition of cabling is that point at which the blocks spin to entangle the
LOAD BLOCK hoist line. This point has been defined to be when the traveling block has turned
90 degrees from its neutral position. The equation can therefore be reduced to the
following to indicate at what point cabling is likely to occur.
S' XS"
L == _ S' ~ QII
_ == Sin 90 Degrees :::: b!....1LL
KxTf KxTf
It should be noted that this formula neglects the effects of load, but is only cor-
rect above a certain minimum load. This load is that force required to overcome
VALVES OF CONSTANT K
the internal frictional force of the rope and inertia of the traveling block. That is,
No. of Wire Rope Parts K this formula is invalid until the rope has been loaded to the point that allows the
external rope strands to act independently of the internal core strands, thus pro-
2 48
3 72
ducing sufficient torque to rotate the blocks. Once this minimum load has been
4 42 reached, loads above this value have no effect on block rotation. This formula
5 63 then becomes valid and approximates the fall length at which cabling occurs.
6 36 This minimum load is approximately 10% of the nominal rope strength, or any
7 54
design factor greater than 10 to 1.
The torque values of rope constructions vary mostly because of the physical char-
acteristics of the design. That is, 6 x 25 Filler Wire, Independent Wire Rope Core
rope is designed so that the outer rope strands and the strands of the core m'e laid in
the same direction. Thus, whenever a load is applied, both the rope andthe core have
a tendency to unlay in the same direction. Conversely, when a Rotation-resistant rope
is tensioned, the unlaying effect of the outer rope strands is greatly reduced due
to the fact that the strands of the core are laid in opposite direction to the outer
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition '141
Appendix E
rope strands. But even rotation resistant ropes twist due to the greater torque
applied by the outer strands over the core strands.
With rotation resistant ropes, the torque factors vary accdtding to the number
and lay length of outer strands, the construction and lay length of the core and
the lay type (Regular or Lang) of the rope and core.
Bands are used to cover the rotational properties of the various ropes. The
bands on the graph in figure El display the approximate limitations of the four
rope types in a multi-part system. Four independent variables are used as para-
meters and are used in pairs to locate a reference point on the graph. They are
grouped as follows:
LlS= Length of fall per unit rope spacing
D/d= Average pitch diameter of block and crown sheaves
per unit rope diameter.
(For 2-fall system, with parallel falls, the ratio is the pitch diameter of the sheave
divided by the nominal rope diameter.)
Various constructions of rope shown in the graph indicate the limited condi-
tions for torsional stability with the angular displacement of the hoist block to
maximum of 90 degrees. When the operating conditions for a particular installa-
tion lie above the appropriate wire rope construction band, then cabling of the
falls most likely will occur. If the operating conditions lie below any particular
band, then cabling of the falls will most likely not occur. If the operating condi-
tions for any particular installation fall within the band, cabling is unpredictable.
EXAMPLE
A 2-fall crane uses 3/4" diameter hoist rope and a block with a pitch diameter of
18 inches. The rope spacing is assumed to be parallel and the height of lift required
is 100 feet. Based upon these conditions we would have the following values:
d=.75 inches
D=18 inches
S=l.5 feet
L=100 feet
LlS=66.7
D/d=24
Using these numbers and entering the graph, we find that it would be a border-
line condition for six-stranded, regular lay rope; however, there should be no
trouble using one of the Rotation Resistant ropes.
"L" is the length of fall (feet) and is measured from the centerline of point sheave
to the centerline of the sheave in the traveling block. "s" is the spacing of the outer
Appendix E
ropes on even-part systems (2,4,6,8 ... ). In odd-part systems (3,5,7,9 ...),
the measurement of "S" is reduced by a factor below the next lowest even-part
system as shown in Table E5. "D" is the average pitch diameter (inches) of the
point and block sheaves, and "d" is the nominal wire rope diameter (inches).
TABLEE5
COMPUTING "S"
2-Part System=Average Pitch Diameter of Point and Block Sheave

3-Part System=2/3 of 2-Patt System
4-Part System=Diagonal Distance of Rope Parts
5-Part System=4/5 of 4-Part System.
6-Part System-Diagonal Distance of Rope Parts
7-Part System-617 of 6-Part System
In summary, the four variables, which can be established for a given condition,
are to be used to calculate the probability of cabling. It must be remembered that
this concept is based upon proper handling and reeving of the wire rope on the
machine. Any undue twist which is in the rope during operation will affect the
torsional properties of the line. Suggestions as to proper handling of the rope in
the field can be obtained from any wire rope producer. It should also be noted
that differences in rope manufacturing may be sufficient to yield variations in the
results. All lifts where cabling may occur should be approached with caution.
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition '143
AppendixE
WIRE ROPE CABLING BANDS
SYSTEM STABLE BELOW, UNSTABLE ABOVE, UNCERTAIN WITHIN BAND
200
35x7
Rot. Res.
LIS = LENGTH OF FALL (FT) 1AVERAGE ROPE (Category 1)
180 SPACING (FT)
Did = AVERAGE PITCH DIA. (IN) I NOMINAL ROPE
DIA.(IN)
160 For 2-Part reeving, S := Average D

For 3-Part reeving, S = 2/3 of 2-Part
For 4-Part reeving, S := Diagonal Distance
of Rope Parts 19x7
For 5-Part reeving, S := 4/5 of 4-Part 19x19
140 Rot. Res.
{Category 2:
120
8x19Class
Rot. Res.
0 (Categroy ~
~
0:: 100
~ 6x19 Class.
80
60-r--~----+----+----~---
404---_4----+----+----~--~--_+----~--~--_+--~
204---_4----+----+----~--4_--_+----~--~--_+--~
0~--_4----+_--_+----~--~--_+----r_--~--_+--~
o 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30
Old RATIO
Figure El
Appendix E
The following steps tend to reduce cabling:
• Reduce wire rope length. Longer wire rope lengths cause more rota-
tion, due to unlaying, than shorter wire rope lengths.
• Replace fiber core wire rope with an IWRC wire rope. Fiber core wire
ropes have a higher torque factor than IWRC wire ropes.
• Eliminate odd-part reeving. Even number of parts is more stable than odd.
• In installations where the wire rope dead end is on the load block, re-
reeve to the next higher number of parts, and dead end the wire rope on
the fixed block.
• While maintaining the same design factor, use a smaller size wire rope.
• Increase the spread between the wire rope falls. Use either larger
sheaves, or dead end the wire rope away from the wire rope falls
(check the integrity of the structure).
• Restrain the load block with a tag line.
Appendix F INTERNATIONAL STANDARD ROPE DESIGNATIONS
COMPONENT INTERNATIONAL u.s.

SYMBOL SYMBOL
S1RAND:
Triangular (Flattened) v Flattened

Oval Q Oval
Compacted K Compacted
Flat or Ribbon P Ribbon
Compacted Rope K Swaged
S1RAND CONSTRUCTION:
Seale S S
Warrington W W
Filler Wire F FW
(Example Compound Construction)
WalTington Seale WS WS
Seale Wanington Seale SWS SWS
Filler Seale FS FWS
ROPE CORE:
Fiber Core CF FC
Natural Fiber CFN HFCorVFC
Synthetic Fiber CFS PFCorPPC
Independent Wire Rope CWR IWRC
Plastic Coated CWREC
Plastic Filled CWREF
WIRE FINISH:
Bright (Carbon Steel) B Bright

Zinc Coated G Galvanized
LAY TYPE AND DIRECTION:
Right Lay Z RL
Left Lay S LL
Left Regular zS LRL
Left L<mg sS LLL
Right Regular sZ RRL
Right Lang zZ RLL
Alternate A ALTERNATE LAY
PREFORMATION:
Preformed PRE Preformed

Non-Preformed NON-PRE Non-Preformed
Reference ISO 3508
App~ndix G UNIT CONVERSION FACTORS
FROM MULTIPLY BY lIr TO
TO .. DIVIDE BY FROM
inches 25.40 millimeters

feet .3048 meters
yards .9144 meters
acres 43,560 square feet
atmospheres 76 cm of mercury
atmospheres 29.92 in. of mercury
atmospheres 10,332 kg/sq. meter
atmospheres 14.70 lbs./sq. in.
BTU 777.97 foot-lbs.
calories (large) 426.85 kilogram-meters
circular mils .7854 square mils
celcius (CO x 9/5) + 32 fahrenheit
mi les( statute) 1.609 kilometers
cubic inches 16.39 cubic centimeters
cubic inches 5.787 x 10-4 cubic feet
cubic inches 1.639 x 10-5 cubic meters
cubic inches 2.143 x 10-5 cubic yards
cubic inches 4.329 x 10- 3 gallons
dynes 7.233 x 10-5 poundals
ergs .9475 x 10- 10 btu
ergs 7.3756 x 10-3 foot-Ibs
ergs .2390 x 10-7 gram calorie
ergs .2778 x 10-]0 watthour
cubic feet .02832 cubic meters
cubic yards .7646 cubic meters
grams 980.665 dynes
grams 15.432 grains
grams .07093 poundals
grams 2.205 x 10-3 pounds
grams/cm 5.600 x 10-3 Ibs/in
grams/cucm .03613 lbs/cu in
grams/sq cm 2.0481 Ibs/sq ft
grams/sqm .00328 ozs/sq ft
horsepower 42.40 btu/min
horsepower 33,000 ft-Ibs/min
horsepower 10.68 kg calories/min
inches 2.540 centimeters
inches 8.333 x 10-2 feet
inches 1.578 x 10-5 miles
inches 2.778 x 10-2 yards
kilometers .62137 miles
kilowatt-hrs 3413 btu
6
kilowatt-hrs 2.656 x 10 ft-Ibs
kilowatt-hrs 1.341 horsepower-hrs
Appendix G UNIT CONVERSION FACTORS
FROM MULTIPLY BY .. TO
TO OIl( DIVIDE BY FROM

6
kilowatt-hrs 3.6 x 10 joules
kilowatt-hrs 860 kilogram-calories
5
kilowatt-hrs 3.672 x 10 kilogram-meters
kilograms force 2.2046 pounds force
kilograms force 9.8066 Newtons/sq mm
kilograms/m .6720 Ibs/ft
kilograms/sq mm 1422.33 lb force/sq in
kilonewton 224.8 lb force
3
liters 10 cubic em
liters 61.02 cubic inches
liters 10'3 cubic meters
liters 1.308 x 10,3 cubic yards
liters 2.1134 points (liquid)
meters 39.37 inches
meters 6.214 x 10'4 miles
meters 1.094 yards
meters/min 1.667 em/sec
meters/min 0.06 kilometerslhr
meters/min .03728 mileslhr
miles (nautical) 6080.2 feet
miles (nautical) .1516 miles (statute)
miles (statute) 5280 feet
miles (statute) 1760 yards
miles/hr 88 ft/min
mileslhr 1.467 ft/sec
mileslhr 0.8684 knots
Newtonlsq mm .102 kg force/sq mm
ozs/sq ft 304.88 grams/sq m
poundals 0.03108 pounds (wt)
pound force 4.448 newton
pound force .004448 kilonewton
pound force .4536 kilogram force
pound force/sq in 7.030 x 10,4 kg force/sq mm
pound/ft 1.4881 kg/m
short tons 8.8970 kilonewton (KN)
short tons .9072 metric tons
long tons 9.964 ki]onewton (KN)
long tons 1.016 metric tons
pounds/foot 14.59 newton/meter
pounds/foot 1.488 kilograms/meter
pounds/sq. inch .0007031 kilograms/sq. mm
pounds/sq. inch .006895 newtons/sq. mm
short tons/sq. inch 1.406 kilograms/ sq mm
App;cndix H UNIT CONVERSION FACTORS
FROM - - - - - - MULTIPLY BY - - . - ,.... TO
TO .., DIVIDE BY ---FROM
sq in 1.273 x 106 circular mils

sq in 6.452 sqcm
sq in 6.944 x 10-4 sq ft
sq in 108 sq mils
sq in 7.716 x 10-4 sq yards
sq meters 10.7639 sqft
sq miles 2.590 sqkm
short tons/sq. inch 13.79 newtons/sq. mm
tonnes 1.1023 tons (2000 Ibs.)
long tons/sq. inch 1.575 kilograms/sq. mm
long tons/sq. inch 15.44 newtons/sq. mm
pounds/cu. ft. 16.02 kilograms/cu. meter
pounds/cu. ft. 157.1 newtons/cu. meter
imperial gallons 4.546 liters
US gallons 3.785 liters
watts .05688 btu/min
watts 107 ergs/sec
watts 44.27 ft-lbs/min
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
Wire Rope Technical Board - Wire Rope Users Manual, Fourth Edition 153
rning Label Program for Wire Rope Industry
This program makes available for purchase a method to advise users and
operators of wire rope systems and assemblies that there exist potential dangers
in the use of wire rope.
The program includes a Warning Label (or tag) for affixing to shipping reels
and coils, to fabricated wire ropes such as slings, and
to equipment on which wire rope is installed.
Also offered for purchase is a 4-page brochure. "WIRE ROPE AND WIRE
ROPE SLING SAFETY BULLETIN", which outlines some of the hazards in the
use of wire rope, and precautions which must be taken by the user to help avoid
injury.
Three types of the Warning Label are available: (1) A flat label, 4" x 6 1/2",
printed with a weather-durable ink on TYVEK plastic impregnated paper stock
that may be glued or stapled to wood reels; (2) An identical label on TYVEK with
metal eyelet that may be attached to coils of wire rope and wire rope slings; (3)
An identical label printed on white MYLAR, with contact adhesive backing, for
affixing to meta! reels, wire rope-using equipment and
to smooth, hard surfaces.
These materials are being offered at the cost of developing and printing,
plus a shipping and handling charge. Distribution is by a private order fulfill-
ment contractor.
Contact the WRTB fulfillment center at 1-888-289-9782,

or Fax 1-816-232-8538 for ordering information.
Wire Rope WILL FAIL if worn-out, overloaded, misused, damaged,
improperly maintained or abused.
Wire rope failure may cause serious injury or death!
Protect yourself and others:
• ALWAYS INSPECT wire rope for WEAR, DAMAGE or ABUSE
BEFORE USE.
• NEVER USE wire rope that is WORN~OUT, DAMAGED or
ABUSED.
• NEVER OVERLOAD a wire rope.
• INFORM YOURSELF: Read and understand manufacturer's
literature or "Wire Rope and Wire Rope Sling Safety Bulletin".*
• REFER TO APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS and
REGULATIONS for INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS and
REMOVAL CRITERIA.*
* For additional information or the BULLETIN, ask your employer
or wire rope supplier.
© 1993, Wire Rope Technical Board Form \110.193
WIRE ROPE AND WIRE ROPE SLING

SAFETY BULLETIN
Wire Rope Technical Board
Some Things Every User Should
Know About Use and Care of
The following information is NOT a complete discussion of wire rope or wire rope slings.
WHAT FOLLOWS IS A BRIEF OUTLINE OF THE BASIC INFORMATION
REQUIRED TO SAFELY USE WIRE ROPE AND WIRE ROPE SLINGS.
1. Wire rope WILL FAIL IF WORN OUT, OVER- 9. Lubricant is applied to the wires and strands of a wire
LOADED, MISUSED, DAMAGED or IMPROPERLY rope when it is manufactured. This lubricant is depleted
MAINTAINED. when the rope is in service and should be replaced peri-
odically.
2. In service, wire rope loses strength and work capability. 10. Regular, periodic INSPECTIONS of the wire rope, and
Abuse and misuse increase the rate of loss. keeping of PERMANENT RECORDS SIGNED BY A
QUALIFIED PERSON, are REQUIRED BY OSHA
3. The NOMINAL STRENGTH, sometimes called CATA- FOR ALMOST EVERY WIRE ROPE INSTALLA-
LOG strength, of a wire rope applies ONLY to a NEW, TION. The
UNUSED rope. purpose of inspection is to detennine whether or not a
wire rope or wire rope sling may continue to be safely
4. The Nominal Strength of a wire rope SHOULD BE used on that application. Inspection criteria, including
number and location of broken wires, wear and elonga-
CONSIDERED the straight line pull which will ACTU- tion, have been established by OSHA, ANSI, ASME and
ALLY BREAK a new, UNUSED rope. The Nominal similar organizations.
Strength of a wire rope should NEVER BE USED AS
ITS WORKING LOAD. IF IN DOUBT, REPLACE THE ROPE.
5. To detennine the working load of a wire rope, the NOMI- An inspection should include verification that none of the
specified removal criteria for this usage are met by
NAL strength MUST BE REDUCED by a DESIGN checking for such things as:
FACTOR (fonnerly called a Safety Factor). The Design
Factor will vary depending upon the type of machine and • Surface wear: Normal and unusual.
installation, and the work performed. YOU must deter- • Broken wires: Number and location.
mine the applicable Design Factor for your use. • Reduction in diameter.
• Rope stretch (elongation).
For example, a Design Factor of "5" means that the • Integrity of end attachments.
Nominal Strength of the wire rope must be DIVIDED BY
FIVE to determine the maximum load that can be applied In addition, an inspection should include the condition of
sheaves, drums and other apparatus with which the rope
to the rope system. makes contact.
Design Factors have been established by OSHA, by
ANSI, by AS ME and similar government and industrial 11. When a wire rope has been removed from service because it
is no longer suitable for use, IT MUST NOT BE RE-USED
organizations. ON ANOTHER APPLICATION.
No wire rope or wire rope sling should ever be installed
or used without full knowledge and consideration of the
12. Every wire rope user should be aware of the fact that each
type of fitting attached to a wire rope has a specific efficien-
Design Factor for the application. cy rating which can reduce the working load of the rope
assembly or rope system, and this must be given due consid-
6. WIRE ROPES WEAR OUT. The strength of a wire rope eration is detennining the capacity of a wire rope system.
begins to decrease when the rope is put in use, and con-
tinues to decrease with each use. 13. Some conditions that can lead to problems in a wire rope
system include:
7. NEVER OVERLOAD A WIRE ROPE. This means
NEVER USE the rope where the load applied to it is
• Sheaves that are too small, worn or corrugated
cause damage to a wire rope.
greater than the working load determined by dividing the Ii> Broken wires mea.'1 a loss of strength.
Nominal Strength of the rope by the appropriate Design • Kinks pennanently damage a wire rope and must
Factor. be avoided.
• Wire ropes are damaged by knots, and wire ropes
8. NEVER "SHOCK LOAD" a wire rope. A sudden appli- with knots must never be used.
cation of force or load can cause both visible external • Environmental factors such as corrosive conditions
and heat can damage a wire rope.
damage and internal damage. There is no practical way to • Lack of lubrication can significantly shorten the
estimate the force applied by shock loading a rope. The useful service life of a wire rope.
sUdden release of a load can also damage a wire rope. • Contact with electrical wires and the resulting
arcing will damage a wire rope.
Wire Rope and Wire Rope Slings
Every Lift Uses 1 of 3 Basic Hitches
VERTICAL, or straight, attachment is affects the ability of the wire rope compo-
simply using a sling to connect a lifting hook nents to adjust during the lift, places angu-
or other device to a load. Full rated load of lar loading on the body of the sling, and
the sling may be used, but never exceeded. A creates a small diameter bend in the sling
tagline should be used on such a lift to pre- body at the choke point.
vent rotation which can damage thesling. A
sling with a hand-tucked splice can unlay BASKET hitches distribute a load equally
and fail if the sling is allowed to rotate. between the two legs of a sling, within limi-
tations imposed by the angles at which legs
CHOKER hitches reduce lifting capability are rigged to the load. (See discussion of
of a sling, since this method of rigging sling angles below.)
Basic Factors Concerning Use of Wire Rope Slings

1. RATED LOAD (Rated Capacity) of a wire rope sling is that distort the sling body damage the wire rope and reduce
based upon the Nominal, or Catalog, Strength of the wire its strength.
rope used in the sling, AND FACTORS which affect the 6. ANY ANGLE other than vertical at which a sling is rigged
overall strength of the sling. These factors include ATTACH- increases the loading on the sling.
MENT or SPLICING EFFICIENCY, the number of parts of
7. A sling should be given a VISUAL INSPECTION BEFORE
rope in the sling, type of hitch (e.g., straight pull, choker
EACH LIFT OR USAGE to determine if it is capable of safe-
hitch, basket hitch), DIAMETER AROUND WHICH THE
ly making the intended lift.
BODY OF THE SLING IS BENT, and the diameter of pin
(or hook) over which the eye of the sling is rigged. An inspection should include looking for such things as:
2. RATED LOAD of a sling is different for each of the three • Broken wires.
basic methods of rigging (See graphic above.). These rated • Kinks or distortions of the sling body.
loads are available from your wire rope sling supplier and
• Condition of eyes and splices, and any attached hardware.
may be indicated on the tag attached to the sling at the time it
is fabricated (if requested by the user). • Reduction in diameter of the rope.
3. WARNING: A hand-tucked eye splice can unlay (unravel) • Any damage.
and fail if the sling is allowed to rotate during use. • Corrosion.
4. NEVER "SHOCK LOAD" A SLING. There is no practical S. Whenever a sling is found to be deficient, the eyes must be
way to estimate the actual force applied by shock loading. cut, or other end attachments or fittings removed to prevent
The rated load of a wire rope sling can easily be exceeded by further use, and the sling body discarded.
a sudden application of force, and damage can occur to the
sling. The sudden release of a load can also damage a sling. 9. A SLING EYE should never be used over a hook or pin with
a body diameter larger than the natural width of the eye.
S. The BODY of a wire rope sling should be PROTECTED
NEVER FORCE AN EYE ONTO A HOOK. The eye should
with corner protectors, blocking or padding against damage always be used on a hook or pin with AT LEAST THE
by sharp edges or corners of a load being lifted. Sharp bends DIAMETER OF THE ROPE.
Sling Angles Affect the Load SLING ANGLE (also called Angle of Loading)
On the Legs of a Sling is the angle measured between a horizontal line
and the sling leg or body. This angle is very
important and can have a dramatic effect on the
rated load of the sling. As illustrated here, when
this angle DECREASES, the LOAD ON EACH
LEG INCREASES. This principle applies
whether one sling is used with legs at an angle
in a basket hitch, or for multi-leg bridle slings.
Horizontal sling angles of LESS THAN 30
DEGREES SHALL NOT BE USED
A Wire Rope Is a "Machine"
With Many Moving Parts
A wire rope is a machine, by dictionary helically around the core; and, (3) The
CENTER
definition: "An assemblage of parts .. .that core, which forms a foundation for the WIRE
transmit forces, motion, and energy one to strands. The core may be either a fiber
another in some predetermined manner rope, an Independent Wire Rope Core
and to some desired end." (IWRC). which is actually a smaller wire
rope, or a strand similar to the outer strd.l1ds
A typical wire rope may contain dozens - of the rope; only an IWRC or strand core
even hundreds - of individual wires which contributes strength to the rope; and an
are fonned and fabricated to operate at dose IWRC normally provides only 7 1/1% of the
bearing tolerances one to another. When a wire rope's Nominal Strength.
wire rope bends, each of its many wires
slides and adjusts in the bend to accommo- TI1e greatest differences in wire ropes are
date the difference in length between the found in the strands, which may vary
inside and the outside of the bend. The widely in the pattern and number of wires
sharper the bend, the greater the movement. which are laid together.
Every wire rope has three basic compo- The wires of a rope may be made of various
nents: (l) The wires which form the metals, including steel, iron, stainless steel,
strands and collectively provide rope monel, and bronze. TIle material of which
strength; (2) The strands, which are laid the wires are made is the plimary determi-
nant of rope strength. By far the most widely
used metal is high-carbon steel.
One cannot determine the Grade of a wire
Carbon steel wire ropes come in various
rope by its feel or appearance. To properly
Grades. The term "Grade" is used to desig-
evaluate a rope system you must obtain the
nate the Nominal Strength of the wire
Grade from your employer or wire rope
rope. The most common rope Grades are
supplier.
Traction Steel (TS), Plow Steel (PS),
Improved Plow Steel (IPS), Extra
Improved Plow Steel (EIPS), and Extra
Extra Improved Plow Steel (EEIPS).
This publication was produced by the Wire Rope Technical Board,

the technical information organization of the United States wire rope industry.
For further information, contact: wrtb@usaJ1et
© 1993, WRTB AU rights reserved. Form 293 Printed in U .SA

NOTES
Wire Rope Inspection Form
Date Inspector's Signature _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Description of this installation!usage _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Rope Description Date Installed _ _ _ _ _--'_______________
Manufacturer's Identification I Reel No _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
location Measured No_ of Broken Wires Measured Comments

on Rope
I
Diameter in 1 Iin 1 strand Lay
Rope Lay of 1 Lay Length
End Attachment NO.1: Condition and Comment _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
End Attachment NO.2: Condition and Comment _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Drum Condition and Comment _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Sheaves Condition and Comment _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Wire Rope Technical Board Wire D'1pe Users Manual, Fourth Edition
lable of Con.en.s
Acknowlec;igment.....................................................................2
Foreword •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••3
Safe'ty' Alerts ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••4
A Word to the User/Operator ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••5
Types of Mobile Cranes ••••• ~ ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••.•••.•• 6
II!I •••••••••••
Follow a Safe'ty' Program •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 7

Prepare for Safe Operation •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 12
Start Safely •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 19
Operate Safely •••••••••••• ~ •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••22
Shut Down Safely •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• ~ ••••••••••••••••••••••••••540
Perform Maintenance Safely •••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••·••••••••56·
Final Word to the User ••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• 71
Foreword
This safety manual is intended to point out some of the
basic safety situations that may be encountered during '{'1!f
the normal operation and maintenance of your machine ~ead and understamt.
and to instruct you in safety practices for dealing with manuals before:..
these conditions. This manual is NOT a substitute for
4' operating .""
the manufacturer's operating manual(s).
Additional precautions may be necessary, or some
instructions may not apply, depending on equipment, IMPORTANT! Before you operate this machine, make
attachments and conditions at the job site or in the sure you have the manufacturer'S manual(s) for this
service area. The manufacturer has no direct control machine and all attachments. If the manufacturer's
over equipment application, operation, inspection or manuals are missing, obtain replacements from
maintenance. Therefore, it is YOUR responsibility to use your employer, equipment dealer or directly from
good safety practices in these areas. the manufacturer. Keep this safety manual and the
manufacturer's manuals with the machine at all times.
The information provided in this manual supplements Read and understand all manuals, the crane load rating
the specific information about your machine that is chart, maintenance requirements, and information decals.
contained in the manufacturer's operating manual(s).
Other information that may affect the safe operation of Safety videos and other training resources are available
your machine may be contained on safety signs or in from some manufacturers and dealers. Operators are
insurance requirements, employer's safety and training encouraged to periodically review these resources.
programs, safety codes, loCal, state/provincial and
federal laws, rules and regulations.
3
Safety Alerts
Safety Alert Symbol Signal Words
This Safety Alert Symbol means: "ATTENTION! Signal words are distinctive words that will typically be
STAY ALERT! YOUR SAFETY IS INVOLVED!" found on safety signs on the mobile crane and other job
site equipment. These words may also be found in this
manual and the manufacturer's manuals. These words
are intended to alert the operator to a hazard and the
degree of severity of the hazard.
DANGER indicates a hazardous
ADANGER situation that, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING indicates a hazardous
The Safety Alert Symbol identifies important safety situation that, if not avoided, could
messages on equipment, safety signs, in manuals or result in death or serious injury.
elsewhere. When you see this symbol, be alert to the
CAUTION indicates a hazardous .
possibility of death or personal injury. Carefully read the
message that follovys and inform other operators. Follow
IACAUTIONI situation that, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injury.
instructions in the safety message.
NOTICE indicates a property
NOTICE damage message.
4
A Word to the User/Operator
It IS YOUR responsibility to read and understand this Remember that YOU are the key to safety. Good
safety manual and the manufacturer's manuals before safety practices not only protect you but also protect
operating this equipment. This safety manual takes you the people around you. Study thiS manual and the
step by step through the working day. manufacturer's operating manuals for the specific
machine. Make them a working part of your safety
GraphiCS have been provided to help you understand
program. Keep In mind that thiS safety manual IS written
the text.
only for mobile cranes.
Hazard recognition and aCCident prevention depend
After studYing the manufacturer's operating manual(s)
upon you being alert, careful and properly trained In the
and thiS safety manual, please contact the equipment
Inspection, assembly, operation, transport, maintenance
manufacturer with any remaining questions.
and storage of this equipment.
Practice all usual and customary safe working

~1l"jReaf'an~,;,1!'I precautions and remember:
. "!f. understand alh~
";j,/safety signs - ,.• SAFE OPERATION IS UP TO YOU!
~replace damage(b.
/ib;···~glli¥,"<4 YOU CAN PREVENT DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY
CAUSED BY UNSAFE WORK PRACTICES!
5
Types of Mobile Cranes
A mobile crane IS a self-propelled machine fitted with When used normally, the mobile crane IS an effective
either wheels, tracks or IS mounted onto a truck for means of lifting heavy loads to varying heights. Mobile
use on different types of terrain. These different types cranes can be used for a wide variety of material
of cranes typically have either a lattice boom or a handling, Including pick and carry operations. All
telescopIc hydraulic boom. safety precautions must be taken when performing any
operation with a mobile crane.
TelescopIc Hydraulic Boom

Lattice Boom
Truck Mounted
6
Follow a Safety Program
For Safe Operation
"". . ''lIi\.
'Ii!"... .."",
You must be a qualified and authorized operator for safe .Never operate whUg..
operation of this machine. You must clearly understand ",jinpaired by alcoho\.
the written Instructions supplied by the manufacturer, be k;,. or drugs.a
certified or licensed by at least one of the following:
• an accredited crane operator testing organization.
An operator taking prescnptions or over-the-counter
• an audited employer program.
medication must consult a medical professional
• the U. S. Military or other government entity. regarding any side effects of the medication that would
In addition, you must know all state, local or provincial hinder their ability to safely operate this equipment.
regulations regarding crane operation, as well any
specific safety rules and regulations for the Job site. Be Alert!
It IS a good safety practice to pOint out and explain
Know where to get assistance. Keep emergency
safety signs and practices to others and to make sure
numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital and
they understand the Importance of following these
fire department near your telephone. Know how to use a
Instructions.
first aid kit and fire extingUisher/fire suppression system;
A WARNING! Death or serious Injury could result from know their location and practice getting to them. Ensure
operating machinery while Impaired by drugs or alcohol. they have been properly tested and maintained.
Drugs and alcohol affect operator alertness,
Let others know where you will be working, and what
coordination, and the ability to safely operate the
time you will be returning. In case of an emergency, you
equipment. Never operate the machine while
want others to know where to find you.
impaired by use of alcohol or drugs. Never
knowingly allow anyone to operate the machine
when their alertness or coordination is impaired.
7
Protect Yourself
Wear all the personal protective clothing and Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE) Issued to you or called for
by Job conditions.
You may need:
• Hard hat
• Safety shoes
• Safety glasses, goggles, or face shield
• Heavy duty gloves
• Heanng protection
• Reflective clothing
• Wet weather gear Be Careful!
• Respirator or filter mask
Human error IS the result of many factors: carelessness,
Wear whatever IS needed to protect yourself - don't fatigue, sensory overload, preoccupation, unfamiliarity
take chances. with the machine or attachments, or drugs and alcohol,
A WARNING! Avoid death or senous injury from to name a few. You can aVOid death or senous injury
entanglement. Do not wear loose clothing or caused by these and other unsafe work practices. Be
accessories that could catch on moving parts or careful; never assume aCCidents cannot happen to you.
controls. Examples of items to aVOid Include: flopping For your safety and the safety of others, act safely and
cuffs, dangling neckties and scarves, wallets attached encourage your fellow workers to act safely as well.
to chains, Jewelry and wnst watches.
8
Be Aware!
Safety Rules
Take advantage of training programs offered. e __ e __ W.o' ... ~
Know the proper response to a fire or chemical spill on

your machine.
e--
e--
e--
e--
e--
e--
e--
Know and understanll
i.
e - - .;.... rules of operation·i~
Know the Rules

Most job sites have rules governing equipment use and These are some of the rules you must work by:
maintenance. Before you start work at a new location, e Only licensed, qualified, and authonzed individuals
check with the supervisor or safety coordinator. Ask may operate this equipment
about the rules you will be expected to obey. e Inspect the machine and attachments before each use
as specified by the manufacturer and your employer
OSHA and MSHA enforce federal laws within the United
e Check height, width, and weight restnctions for your
States that apply to the safe operation, application and
locality, and be sure the machine will not exceed
maintenance of equipment on some job sites. It IS the
these limitations
employer's responsibility to comply with these laws. A
e Know the operating charactenstics of your
federal representative may penodically Inspect a job site
to see that these laws are being followed. equipment. Do not misuse it
e All shields, guards, air filters, access panels and
There may be other local, state/provincial, federal laws doors must be properly Installed while In use
or International organizations that regulate the use of e Never modify or remove any part of the machine
this eqUipment, along with specific job site or employer (except for service; then make sure the part IS re-
rules. It IS Important that you know and comply with all Installed or replaced if defective or worn out)
applicable laws and rules, including those requiring e Only use attachments and parts that are approved by
operator training and certification. the manufacturer of your given machine
9
Follow a Safety Progralll
• Never allow children to play near, ride on, or
operate the equipment.
• Keep bystanders well clear of the operation
• Know the work area before you use the equipment. .~~
Be aware of possible hazards 'Keep bystander
• Know the rules regarding traffic at your Job site. Know .1\ children aw
what all signs, flags, and markings mean. Know hand, 4.~. • . ,.,~
flag, horn, whistle, Siren, or bell signals, if used
• Do not allow unauthonzed nders
• Wear proper clothing and PPE. Check that others are
also weanng appropnate clothing
• Fasten seat belt or operator restraint before starting
• Dnve forward whenever possible ,..".
• iYfClsten seat b
• Always look In the direction of travel
1ir operator re
• Look before backing up 6fii¥c,• .,~
• Use three-point contact (handholds and steps) and
face the equipment when mounting or dismounting.
(See page 19, Mount and Dismount Properly)
10
Know the Equipment
Read and understand the DANGER, WARNING,
CAUTION and NOTICE safety labels and other 'Ii"'" "'~''''''~':'!f!
Informational signs on the machine and the Iil.ead and understalUl
attachments, and In the manufacturer's operating " manuals before "
manuals. Ask your supervisor or dealer to explain any operating
Information you do not understand. Failure to obey 1/.:" '"""
safety Instructions could result In death or senous inJury.
Know the following about your equipment:
• Function, purpose, and use of all controls
• Correct operation speeds
• Slope and uneven terrain capabilities and proper
operation
• Braking and steering charactenstics
• Turning radius and clearances
• How to properly and safely stop equipment In an
emergency
• Rated operating capacity
Keep In mind that wind, rain, snow, Ice,loose gravel,
soft ground, slopes, and other site conditions can affect
your machine's operating capabilities. Make sure you
are thoroughly familiar with your machine's stability,
braking, traction, and other handling characteristics
under any conditions you are likely to encounter. 11
Prepare for Safe Operation
Check and Use All • Operator seat/restraint bar(s)/interlock control system
Available Safety Devices • Alternate exit (Window)
• Lights
To protect you and others around you, your crane may • Anti-skid tread/steps
be equipped with the safety equipment and operational • Safety signs
aids listed below. Additional equipment may be
required or some items may not apply, depending on • Horn
attachments used, Job site conditions, or applicable Job • Guards
site rules. Check that each required item IS securely In • Back-up alarm
place and In operating condition: • Fire extingUisher
• Signaling devlce(s) • First aid kit
• Crane level Indicator • Rotating beacon
• Boom stops, if equipped • Windshield Wiper/defroster
• Jib stops, if equipped Use them! Do not remove or disconnect any safety
• Load Indicating/limiting devices, if equipped device or operational aid unless it needs to be serviced.
• Boom hOist limiting device Replace Immediately.
• Boom angle Indicator
• Anti two-blocking device
• Boom angle or radius Indicator
• Boom length Indicator
• Jib angle Indicator, if equipped
• Luffing jib limiting device, if equipped
• Seat Belt
• Cab side-screens or windows
12
Prepare for Safe 'Operation
Check the Machine • All wire ropes for wear, kinking, or other damage.
Replace if necessary
Before beginnIng your work day, Inspect the crane and • The parking brake for proper operation
have all systems In good operational condition.
• The air system lines, valves, drains, and other
Perform daily and periodic service procedures as components. See that air pressure IS correct and that
Instructed by the equipment manufacturer. Report and there are no air leaks
record all safety related defects for,lmmediate correction In • That the steps and hand holds clean and free of
the crane log book. Do not operate crane until corrected. grease, oil, dirt, snow, or Ice
• That shielding IS properly Installed and In good
!/!5"~'. condition. Repair or replace if damaged or missing
""''''f
"""r Inspect\:. • That work lights (if equipped) are kept clean. Check
<Ii~he machine befo~~ that all lights work properly
",,;each work day,j..
lit" "~ • That the horn and back-up alarm (if equipped) are
operating correctly. Repair or replace if damaged
• That any Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) signs, reflectors,
Make sure to Inspect: and warning lights are In good condition and can be
• For physical damage, such as: cracking, bending, seen clearly. Repair or replace ,if daml:iged
or deformation of plates or welds. Inspect carefully • That all tools or loose objects arerenioved or
for cracking or flaking of paint, which may Indicate securely fastened while operating or transporting
a crack In the structure beneath. Do not operate the the machine
machine until repairs are made • That the crane IS properly lubricated. Checkthat fuel,
• For broken, missing, loose, or damaged parts. Make lubricating oil; coolant, and hydraulic reservoirs are kept
necessary repairs at levels Indicated by the, manufacturer's Instructions
• The tires or tracks for cuts, missing lugs, bulges, and • For damaged or leaky hydraulic systems. Repair or
correct pressure or track tension adjust as needed
13
Load Rating Chart Know the rated capacity of the machine. Only machrnes
of proper rated capacity and type should be assigned to
Do not operate the machine without the proper crane the Job.
manufacturer's load rating chart.
Never operate with any other counterweight than what
Only use the official load rating chart for your machine. IS recommended by the manufacturer. Unauthorized
Your machine may be fitted with special equipment reduction or addition of counterweight or ballast
which would require a specific load rating chart. constitutes a safety hazard.
Never exceed the crane manufacturer's·load ratings. Check for warnrng tags before starting the crane -
The stipulations noted on these charts must check around to know that the work area IS clear.
always be observed. Ratings noted·are based
on a number of conditions, such as hydraulic, Never exceed boom or boom.andjib combination
mechanical, structural, and stability. lengths published on the crane manufacturer's load
...
rating chart.
~.~" '
Read and understand all the notes and warnings pnnted
on the crane load rating chart before raising the boom
~Neverexceed
"ti'i:anes load cap and lifting a load.
£;"~,,., . .'4 Operational aids which Indicate load conditions by
visual or audible signal are not a substitute for strict
adherence to all safe operating procedures.
A WARNING! Tipprng the crane to determine capacity
always overloads the crane and is never approved. This
can cause death or senous InJury. It is always unsafe to
lift or move any load which is greater than the rated
load shown on your specific crane load rating chart.
14
Hydraulic Fluid Injection Hazard Wear proper hand and eye protection.
A WARNING! Accidental Injection of high-pressure oil

Into the hands or body IS dangerous and could result In
~~ ...
death or serious InjlJry. Use caution when checking

Wear hand and . :?'
hydraulic leaks as pressurized hydraulic fluid has .......... eye protection'"
enough force to penetrate skin, causing serious .." .:A
",v"~·"':.ii
personal injury.
",.' i!!1', •. ,..~'iil1J

"if' .'High pressure"·~ FlUid Injection injuries are not always obVIOUS. Victims
"", fluid can inject ,p. have reported such Injuries feel like a bee sting or
.ii". Into the body.~ splinter under the skin. If you suspect you have a flUid
~r~
Injection Injury, do not take chances. Seek proper
medical care Immediately. If any flUid IS Injected Into the
skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by
If a leak IS discovered: a doctor familiar with thiS type of Injury.
Ensure engine IS turned off; relieve pressure In hydraulic
Circuit. Check the Cooling System
Visually examine the hydraulic hose or flUid lines In the When checking the cooling system, make sure the
VICinity of the leak for breaks or cracks. Do not use your engine IS turned off and IS cool. Remove the key to
hand to check for leaks. prevent fans from unexpectedly starting. Ensure the
coolers and engine compartment are clean and free
Repair or replace hydraulic lines per manufacturer's
from debriS, which could Ignite and cause a fire.
recommendation.
15
If the machine IS air-cooled, be sure the cooling unit
has an unobstructed air flow. If it IS liquid-cooled, check
coolant level (at overflow tank, if provided).
A WARNING! Allow the radiator to cool before
checking the'level. Hotradiator flUids could escape as
steam and burn you. (See page 61, Engine Coolant
Hazards.)
Attachment Assembly and Make sure all parts are supported before removing any
Disassembly bolts or pins. If not properly supported, the boom or jib
will fall.
Assembly/Disassembly (AID) must be directed by a
competent and qualified person who has knowledge of Before removing any pinS, the boom and jib, if
the assembly/disassembly procedures for the specific equipped, must be properly supported with the
crane. The AID director must provide crew Instructions crane's rigging or blocking In accordance with the
and address the hazards associated with assembly/ manufacturer's recommendations.
disassembly before starting the tasks. Block under or properly support the boom and jib, if
Consult, understand, and follow the manufacturer's equipped, before dismantling. Never stand on or under
manual of your crane for proper attachment assembly the boom dUring thiS work.
and disassembly procedures. Consult with the Use appropriate fall protection dUring assembly and
manufacturer or the AID director for further clarification. disassembly when at an elevated working position
When putting booms and rigging together or taking
them apart, stay out from under the boom sections and
other rigging.
16
Clean Up Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD)
Clean Windows, lights, and safety signs. Fuel Hazard
Remove all window vandal guards before operation. Avoid Static Electricity Risk When Fueling
Make sure the operator's area, steering levers, pedals, A WARNING! Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a
Joysticks, steps, and grab handles are clean. Oil, grease, greater static Ignition hazard than earlier diesel
snow, Ice, mud, or debris In these areas could cause formulations. Avoid death or serious injury from fire or
you to slip and fall, or lose control of the machine. Clean explosion; consult with your fuel or fuel system
your boots of excess mud before entering the machine. supplier to ensure the delivery system is in
Remove all personal items or other objects from the compliance with fueling standards for proper
operator's area. Secure these items In a toolbox or grounding and bonding practices.
remove them from the machine.
Use Caution When Fueling

;'f">. """•.... >~~..
A WARNING! Avoid injury from fire or explosion. 'iV'
",~Static discharge""
""'!if
Never fill the fuel tank with the engine running, while ""during fueling cal'!~
smoking or when near an open flame. -".cause explosioJll\\
Oii-' ~... ;"'"
Never overfill the tank or spill fuel. If fuel IS spilled, clean
it up Immediately.
Be sure to use the correct type and grade of fuel.
Ground the fuel funnel or nozzle against the filler neck to
prevent sparks that could Ignite fuel vapors. Be sure to
replace the fuel fill cap (if equipped) when you are done. 17
Hand Signals Signal systems used In place of hand signals shall be
protected against unauthorized use, breakage, weather,
A legible chart depicting and explaining the system of
or obstruction which will Interfere with safe operation.
signals used should be located on the outside of the
crane and/or at the Job site. A complete set of hand signal illustrations can be found
later In this manual. (See page 49, Hand Signals Chart.)
Confirm that the crane operator and signal person
clearly understand and agree on all hand signals.
Know the Working Area
Learn as much about your working area as possible.
Be sure the area IS safe for operation and blocked off
to keep bystanders and other employees clear of the
crane dUring operation. Follow OSHA gUidelines for
barricading the sWing radius of the crane.
The operator shall respond to operating signals only Plan Your Work
from the appointed signal person but shall obey a stop
signal at any time from anybody. A signal person, fully Make sure you know where you will make your pickups,
qualified by training al1d experience, shall be provided lifts, and turns. Before you raise any load, know where
when the pOint of operation IS not In full and direct view you will place it.
of the operator, unless an effective signaling or control
device IS provided for safe direction of the operator. Check Overhead
The signal person must be In a sufficiently lit area and Be aware of power lines, buildings, canopies, and all
clearly visible to the operator dUring nighttime operation. overhead obstructions.
18
Start Safely
Mount and Dismount Properly DUring mounting and dismounting:
• Use hand holds and step plates.
Always use three-poInt contact when mounting or
• Never use steering wheels, joysticks or controls as
dismounting the machIne. Three-point contact means
handholds.
one hand and two feet, or two hands and one foot, In
• Never Jump on or off the machine.
contact with the machIne at all times.
• Never mount or dismount from a movIng machIne.
~,»"~,,,>,,,>
Use three poil'lt§" Warn Personnel Before Starting
,,': of contact when::~
.." mounting or}~
Before starting, walk completely around the machIne.
"" 2isl1lounti~9/~ Make sure there is adequate clearance for tail swing
>'Oi'" '""", and no one is under the machine, onit, close to it,
or in any pinch points. Barricade the area to prevent
Never mount or dismount while carryIng tools or objects entry. Let others know you are starting up and don't
that prevent three-point contact. Put parts or tools start until everyone IS completely clear of the machine.
down. MaintaInIng proper contact, climb or dismount, As the equIpment operator, you are responsible for the
and then pIck up the object. safe use of the machine, so always make sure you have
communrcated your work plans to others on the site.
Face the machine when you enter or leave the machine.
Clean shoes and wIpe hands. Clean steps and 'I'!!">!IItc' .,.".
handholds of chemIcal resIdue, snow, Ice, mud or oil. "*,,, Before starting i 1P'
'walk completely~
around crane,.
,,"i
19
Start Safely
Starting the Engine • Familiarize yourself with warning devices, gauges and
operating controls
A WARNING! Start the engine from the operator's seat • Make sure controls are In the neutral/locked position
only. Never attempt to start the engine by shorting
• Clear the area of all persons
across starter terminals. The machine may move
• Start the engine follOWing the Instructions In the
unexpectedly, which could cause serious Injury or death
manufacturer's operating manual(s)
to anyone In its path.
• If necessary to run the engine or operate the machine
In an enclosed area, be sure there IS proper ventilation
A WARNING! Exhaust fumes can kill. Do not breathe
exhaust fumes!
Check for warning tags. If there IS a warning tag on

the starting switch or engine starting controls, do not
operate the switch or start the engine until the warning
tag has been removed by the person who placed it
there or by someone authorized to do so.
Starting Aids
Know the exact starting procedure for your machine.
See the manufacturer's operating manual(s) for starting. If you have trouble starting the engine and need to use
Jumper cables, follow the Instructions In manufacture~'s
• Sit In the operator's seat and adjust the seat so you
operating manual(s). Never attempt to start the engine
can operate all the controls properly.
except from an approved operator's station.
• Fasten the seat belt/operator restraint.
20
Start Safely
A WARNING! Improper JUinp-starting procedures may After Starting Engine
cause serious Injury or death from a battery explosion or Observe gauges, Instruments, and warning lights to
a run-away machine. Always use proper jump-starting assure that they are functioning and their readings are
procedure. (See page 64, Battery Hazards.) within the operating range.
Make sure the machine IS operating properly by dOing
the follOWing:
• Operate each pedal, lever, and Joystick to make sure
all controls operate properly
• Make sure all operational aids and limiters are
Installed and operating properly
Ether/cold start flUid is HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. Before • Test engine speed controls
uSing it, always read the Instructions on the ether/ • listen for unusual nOises
cold start fluid container and the Instructions In the
\1'
manufacturer's operating manual(s).
~f'F~
A WARNING! AVOId Injury from explosion or fire. If the
iiiiiI
~
engine IS equipped with a glow plug pre-heater or other
Intake manifold type pre-heater, follow manufacturer's
instructions before using ether/cold start fluid.
Run an Operating Check A WARNING! Before operating the machine under

working conditions, be certain you can control the
Do not use a machine that IS not In proper operating
speed and direction of the machine and load. Any
condition. It IS your responsibility to check the condition
loss of control could result In death or serious inJury.
of all systems and to run the check In a safe area.
21
Operate Safely
Masked Visibility Areas Remember These Rules
Cranes have areas where the operator's visibility of Be alert while operating:
the job site can be affected by the machine itself. • Do not read
Attachments, the load, and even items In the cab could • Do not dnnk
limit your view of the surrounding area and possibly • Do not eat
mask hazards or people around you. These masked • Do not use your phone
visibility areas vary from machine to machine, and it
• Do not operate the crane while under the Influence
IS very Important you be aware of these areas before
of alcohol, drugs, or any substance that would affect
operating your machine.
your ability to operate the crane safely
Follow these safety precautions to reduce the hazards • Do not work if fatigue or excessive work reqUirements
posed by masked visibility areas: affect your ability to safely operate the crane
• Pay particular attention when raising or lowenng a • Keep your eyes on the moving load or signal person.
load or the boom/jib, if equipped, because masked • Pay attention to the your job. If you must turn
visibility areas can change. attention elsewhere, stop operations
• Look around the machine before operating. Objects
near the machine and close to the ground can be
difficult to see from the cab.
• Always look In the direction of travel, Including
~.;/I!r.'<'~
reverse. A back-up alarm IS no substitute for looking ~yattention to
behind you when operating the machine In reverse. ...Qgrson and folio ,. .
4,.. signals givenia
• Keep bystanders outside barricades, even if your
~,,~,.~."iiIli
machine is equipped with a back-up alarm.
• Follow signals from signal person or signal system.
22
Operate Safely
Know the Working Range·of the Crane Level the Crane
Be sure the attachment, hook, or load doesn't catch The level of a crane IS critical to every lift. All cranes
on obstructions when sWinging, raising, or lowering the must be leveled according to the manufacturer's
boom or load; specifications. If the machine IS out-of-Ievel, the stability
Do not swing, brake, raise, or lower the boom or load and structural Integrity of the crane will be negatively
unnecessarily -fast. All can cause accidents. affected.
Be sure everyone IS In the clear all around the crane Since outriggers proVide greater stability than tires,
before sWinging or moving In any direction. Never sWing machines with outriggers should have the outrigger
or position hook or load over personnel or vehicle cabs. beams extended and set for lifting operations; consult
with the manufacturer's Instructions for on-rubber
Remember Other People operation.
Never allow an untrained or unqualified person to When uSing outriggers, set the outriggers' beams to
operate the crane or act as the signal person. If their properly extended position, always extending the
operated Improperly, thiS machine can cause serious beams equallY,unless unequal extension IS approved
death or serious InJury. by the manufacturer. When uSing outriggers, be sure all
tires are clear of the ground and level the machine in all
A DANGER! A falling load or boom Will cause death or directions, as specified by the manufacturer.
serious injury - watch out for other personnel!
- ..•.. Keep these things In mind when uSing outriggers:
..... - ..... ....
'.~ "
-PI "'''.-
,"," ...~.
.
Rl!y attention to sigilli
"':'!I!f • If the machine IS equipped with a load weighing or
load Hmitingdevlce, make sure the device settings
~
.,,<. 4p'erson and follow.~jL. match the machine configuration you are uSing. Also
" . h,signalsgiven ,,~
. .' ." make sure it IS turned on, working, and matches the
load you will be lifting
23
Opera'e Safely
• Set the outnggers to their fully extended position, Ground or Support Conditions
unless the load rating chart for your crane permits
The supporting surface underneath the machine must
partial outngger extension. Set and verify outngger
be level, firm, and stable to support the weight of the
positions as specified by the load rating chart. Partial
machine and its load. Use appropnate supporting
outngger extension IS not allowed 'On all cranes
surface to avoid out-of-Ievel or tipping condition.
• Make sure the outngger pads are securely fastened
to the outngger Jacks when outnggers are In use Verify that there are no underground hazards (e.g.,
• If blocking must be built up to obtain height to level vOids, tanks, utilities) In the area where the crane will be
a machine, make sure it IS stable, covers sufficient set up and operated.
ground, and won't topple, collapse, or sink Into the Where necessary, use timber mats or steel plates under
ground when loads are applied the outngger pads, the tires of rubber tired machines,
• Never block under outngger beams Inside the and the tracks of crawler machines to distribute the
outngger pads. This reduces stability of the machine load and ensure that the ground beanng capacity of the
• Recheck outngger pads between lifts and reset them supporting surface IS not exceeded.
if necessary. Machines can tip when swung over an
outngger that IS not set properly
• The supporting surface under each outngger pad ~-~"~'
~oilsult job II
must always be level and solid enough to support the "If-management
loads that are being lifted -lI!l;blocking to k
1iiII"' _ _ _ !dII
A&""crane leveL /
To level a machine working on crawlers or on tires, ............. .
-
the ground must be leveled or blocking must be used.

Check the level of the machine In all directions before
lifting. Do not operate the crane if it IS out-of-Ievel. The use of blocking properly IS the responsibility of Job
Check the level of the machine frequently dunng site management and IS dependenton conditions.
24 operation and re-Ievel when necessary.
Opera'e Safely
The surface area of the blocking under the outngger • Multiple part lines are nottwlsted around each
pad must be greater than that of the pad surf~ce area. other. The reeving must be In accordance with
Matenal used for blocking must have sufficient strength manufacturer's Instructions
to withstand the outngger, tires, or crawlers loading • The rope IS properly seated In the sheaves, tightly
without bending or cracking. spooled and seated on the drum; and free of
entanglements before a load or bucket IS moved
Follow Safe Operating Practices • Sufficient length of wire rope IS Installed such that
neither the load nor the boom can be lowered past
Before starting to hOist a load, make sure: the pOint where a minimum number of wraps remain
• Only machines of proper rated capacity and type are on the drum, as specified by the manufacturer
assigned to the Job • Capacity and wire rope length are checked each time
• The weight and radius of the load are known and the rope or the boom length IS changed
does not exceed the load rating chart • A practice run In tight areas IS made with a signal
• The load IS well secured and properly balanced In the person present. It will help you determine the safest
sling or lifting device before it IS lifted more than a way to operate under eXisting conditions -
few inches • The load IS within load chart rating for the boom length
• A minimum of a three-pomthitchls used to prevent a and load radius of the machine. Know the load radius.
top-heavy load from rolling or tipping Load radius IS measured from the axiS of rotation to
• The hook IS eqUippedwith a properly functioning the center of vertical hOist line with load applied
safety latch
• The load IS attached to the hookQY means of slings
I"e" .-'~" "'~
or other approved deVice that IS In go09 condition ~'" ~w
and of sufficient size < ;', ~:Calculate the totaP'"

• The hOist line IS not wrapped around the'lol:idJn-place ""welght being lifte(i'.
~ ",A
of a sling or chain """ ~', '<iiij""
25
Opera'e Safely
• The total weight IS calculated by adding the weight Freely Suspended Loads
of the hook block, slings, and all matenal handling
All ratings are based on freely suspended loads. Side
devices to the weight being lifted. See manufacturer's
loading of the machine and load sWing out may cause
Instructions for all required reductions Incapacity
structural failure or crane tipping.
• To determine wind speed and consider the effect of
the wind on the load and attachment, since wind may Never use a crane to push or pull a load or object.
adversely affect the lifting capacity of the machine
Excessive side load can cause accidents and can be
• The hOist line IS vertical before starting to lift generated by'
• All personnel are clear before starting a lift. Make
• Lifting when not level
certain load IS securely attached
• SWinging when not level
• You do not attempt to start tipping the machine to
• Dragging a load
establish lifting capacity. Machine stability IS never to
be used to determine capacity • Sudden acceleration or deceleration In sWinging
• Wind forces on load and boom structure
A WARNING! Avoid Senous injury or death! Keep the • Pushing a load
crane level and stable at all times. Never tip a crane • Suspending a load under water (strong current)
to determine lifting capacity.
• Tilting up or rotating a load with two load lines
26
Opera'e Safely
Load swing-out Never raise a boom and jib Into the air unless jib stops,
designed and approved by the manufacturer to restrain
Rapid sWinging of a suspended load causes the load to
the jib from pivoting over backwards, are Installed.
drift away from the machine. The Increase In radius can
cause the crane to tip forward or collapse the boom. Boom and jib suspension must be reeved In accordance
The same effect can be generated by sWinging long with manufacturer's Instructions and wind restnction.
booms without a load or sWinging from an over-the-end
Adding a jib to the boom Increases the working range
to an over-the-slde position, especially when operating
but also reduces the lifting capacity. When uSing a jib,
on tires.
particularly on a long boom, greater care IS reqUired
A WARNING! Avoid Senous injury or death! Swing In accelerating and decelerating the sWing In order to
loads slowly and maintain control. SWinging a load avoid whipping the jib sideways and damaging the
too qUickly or without control can cause the crane to tip boom or jib.
or the boom to collapse.
All sections of a hydraulic telescoping boom shall
be extended according to the manufacturer's
Use Attachments Safely specifications.
Boom and Jib

b.·· ·-'<.-O'·o."~
Longer booms require additional care In accelerating Follow manufactUfI!r's
and decelerating the sWing motion and dunng boom up "$.pecifications whe!t
or down. Check the weather and wind conditions before ~~endi:~:esc,~p,t"
raising boom/jib combinations. ..' ",F ~ 'iiII
...
27
Opera'e Safely
Watch Out for Hazardous Two-Blocking
Working Conditions ANSI/ASME 830.5 requires that cranes be equipped
with a fully functional anti-two-block device or two-
Boom Kickback block damage prevention device to avoid two-blocking.
A WARNING! Avoid Senous injury or death! Keep Two-blocking IS when the hook block or weight ball
load on boom when a loaded pendant suspended makes contact with the sheaves at the boom or jib tip.
boom or jib is near boom stops. Otherwise kickback This IS a very dangerous situation. The hOist rope can
can occur which can cause the boom and/or the jib to break causing the hook and load to fall, the boom can
bend backwards and collapse. be pulled over backwards over the operator's cab, or
When a loaded pendant suspended boom or jib IS near the jib can be pulled back over the boom.
boom stops, do not relieve boom of load. Pendants A WARNING! Avoid two-blocking by making sure
stretch when loaded and return to onglnal length the anti-two-block device or two-block damage
when unloaded. They have been known to pull booms prevention device is working properly. The machine
backwards against boom stops when unloaded. In severe can collapse or break if two-blocking occurs, causing
conditions, a kickback can cause the boom and/or jib to senous Injury or death.
collapse. 80th hOist machinery and boom mechanism
must be used In setting down a load In this position. Two-blocking occurs when the hook block contacts the
boom pOint, this can be caused by:
The load block and/or ball hook may move closer to the • Extending the boom or jib pOint without lowenng load
boom/jib tip as the boom IS raised or lowered. blocks.
Use power lowenng whenever possible. When power • Lowering boom without lowering hook blocks.
lowenng loads, keep drum brake as reserve. • RaiSing hook blocks Into boom pOint.
The boom hOist pawl must be engaged on wire rope Such contact between the hook block and boom pOint can
suspended booms, except when raising or lowenng boom. break the cable and cause the hook and weight ball to fall.
28
Operate Safely
Pick and Carry Work If the user chooses to travel with a suspended load, he
must evaluate the prevailing conditions and determine
Pick and carry operations are when a crane IS used to
the safety precautions required In each Individual case.
pick up a load and then travel a distance with that load
The following should be considered before attempting
suspended In the air.
to pick and carry a load:
When cranes are used In pick and carry operations, • Never pick and carry unless authOrized by the load
traveling with suspended loads reqUires extreme caution rating chart and the operator's manual
due to factors such as rough terrain, boom length, • Consult the manufacturer's load chart for Instructions
overhead obstructions, and momentum In starting, on capacity, travel speed, working area, tire pressure,
stoPPing, and turning. and other Instructions
• Position the boom and load In line with direction of
travel whenever possible
• Care must be taken to avoid sudden starts and stops
• Turn only when necessary at the slowest possible
W('
"'" .'' "', ~. "''!Iff speed and at a very Wide turning radius
.lise extreme cautio,g.
..,when traveling witb» • Provide tag lines to prevent load from sWinging
a load .•~ • Use the shortest boom possible
"'. io>'~ ,''''1 • Keep the load as close to the ground as conditions
will allow
Lifting loads while on tires and moving with the load
may reqUIre different tire pressures than highway travel.
Check your operator's manual for proper Inflation
requirements.
29
Operate Safely
Multi-Crane Lifts A multi-crane lift, if done Incorrectly, can Introduce
dangerous elements which Include: side loading of the
Such operations must be carefully planned well In
boom, overloading, operator error, differing ground
advance and should only be attempted by skilled
conditions, and many other hazards not normally
personnel experienced In such procedures.
encountered In single crane lifts.
The user must Instruct personnel Involved In the proper
-4~..
'""
"'\i!;10evelop and use~
a lift plan;'"
positioning, load rigging, and movements to be made:
• Each machine Involved In the lift must have a certified
Jiii;, ~,._.,,,;)j.
and experienced operator properly seated at the
controls
• Use only one lift director. The person must coordinate
USing two or more cranes to lift one heavy or unwieldy lifting plans with all machine operators and signal
load must be done per the crane manufacturer's person(s) before beginning the lift
Instructions. Use cranes with similar base ratings. • The lift director must know how much of the load will
be carned by each machine and be absolutely sure
that the slings are positioned to diVide the load as
planned
.",., ,~",. '~§9
• Each crane's portion of the load, weight, must not
.,;fake all precautio. .
..
~w,hen usmg multiplJ-.
exceed the manufacturer's specifications dUring any
manes to lift a 19B phases of the lifting operation
~, ,~" '.~~ • Machine capacity IS based on freely suspended and
balanced loads. Keep the load line vertical and In the
same plane as the boom to avoid side loading
30
Operate Safely
Load Handling Know the load, the boom length, and loaded radius
prior to lifting a load.
Do not sWing load over personnel. Barncade the work
zone. Restnct personnel from walking or working under Keep the crane and load from contacting any
any part of the machine or load. obstructions when lifting or sWinging. ,If the boom IS
struck by a load, swung Into anything, or IS damaged In
Only authorized personnel should be In the vIcinity of
any way, stop work Immediately.
the load.
Control the load at all times. To prevent excess motion,
Keep a sharp eye on personnel In elevated areas and be
use tag lines to gUide the load when necessary.
careful to keep clear of them.
~«,A-»~ :
~\"''''''''''''~
SOund a warriinl
signal when 'i)ll'
\f,':-'
!!!;": J'fr..
".-Stand clear of load~

...~
'r.
approaching JifI>' «",boom, and ngglDg1!>
wben using tag lioeS
personnel ".~
,"- "" '''''' ,,\iii '"". "''ilP''iili
Never hOist two or more separately rigged loads In one

lift, even if the combined load IS within rated capacity. A WARNING! When uSing tag lines to gUide a load, do
The ngglng may become fouled, causing damage or not wrap the line around any part of your body or
load shift which IS hazardous. clothing. You may have to release the line quickly to
avoid serious injury.
Apply the travel brakes to hold crawler crane In position
while working. For night operations the Job site should be adequately
lit so the operator and ground personnel can see all
Apply service and/or parking brakes to hold wheel
movements of the crane, boom, jib, and load.
mounted crane In position.
31
Opera'e Safely
Pinch Points Electrical Power Lines
Pinch pOints are areas that can pin or crush a person or Before working In the vIcinity of power lines:
body part between a moving part and another object. • Contact the owners of the power lines or the nearest
electnc utility. Look them up In your local telephone
directory
• You and the electnc utility representative must JOintly
determine what specific precautions will be taken to
ensure safety
• Consider all lines to be power lines and treat all
power lines as energized, even if it IS known that the
Keep personnel clear of pinch POints both on the crane power IS shut off and the line IS visibly grounded
and external to the crane. External pinch pOints can occur • It IS the responsibility of the user and the electnc
between the load and another object. The operator should utility to see that necessary precautions are taken
know where all personnel are when sWinging crane.
Prevent any motion between pinch pOints when
Working in the Vicinity of Power Lines
performing maintenance and to completely avoid these A DANGER! Contact with energized power lines will
areas when movement IS possible. cause serious injury or death. Never approach
overhead power lines with any part of your machine
Keep hands, clothing, and fall protection harness
unless all local, state/provincial, and national (OSHA)
clear of sheaves and drums dunng crane operation,
required safety precautions have been taken. Always
assembly/disassembly, and maintenance.
use extreme caution around power lines.
Keep all body parts clear of telescoping components
unless the sections are securely anchored together and
power IS shut off.
32
Operate Safely
You are working In the VIcinity of power lines when the Keep the crane the maximum possible distance from
attachment or load of your crane, In any position, can overhead lines. Watch your boom clearance when
reach Inside the required clearance specified by local, traveling. Uneven ground may cause the boom to
state/provincial, or federal regulations. contact power lines. If necessary to work near power
lines, check local, state/provincial and federal codes.
Required Clearance for Operation Near High-Voltage Power Lines
Normal Voltage kV Minimum Approach
(Phase to Phase) Distancet -«l
"'~
ft. (m) '1:\" .
-.,' Keep boom and,~

Up to 50 kV 10 (3.0) load clear of all .•~
Over 50 to 200 kV 15 (4.6) "l' power lines ..iA
jiij
...
.~
Over 200 to 350 kV 20 (6.1)

Over 350 to 500 kV 25 (7.6)
Over 500 to 750 kV 35 (10.7)
Caution all ground personnel to stand clear of the
Over 750 to 1,000 kV
Over 1,000 kV .
45
.
(13.7) machine and the load at all times. If the load must be
gUided Into place, consult your local electnc utility
tEnvlronmental conditions such as fog, smoke or precipitation may reqUire Increased clearances. company for specific precautions that must be taken.
"As established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who IS a qualHied Complete a practice run In tight area. It will help you
person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution.
determine the easiest way to operate under eXisting
conditions.
Crane mounted cage-type boom guards, Insulating
It IS the responsibility of the Signal person to observe the
links, and proximity devices have limitations. The use of
crane and load to be sure neither approaches a power line.
such devices IS not a substitute for strict adherence to
The Signal person must be In direct communication with
all safe operator practices and procedures.
the operator, and the operator must pay close attention to
Treat all wires as energized. Store all matenals the the Signals. (See page 49, Hand Signals Chart)
maximum possible distance from all power lines. 33
Operate Safely
Accidental Contact with Power Lines
A DANGER! If the crane comes in contact with
power lines, stay at the operator's station, if
possible, until the lines can be neutralized. The
surrounding ground around the equipment is also Wi!'.' ~'. .•.1<!1,'."3I
electrically charged. Contact with electrically ~void electrocuti'ollJ..
charged parts of the equipment or surrounding <IIi'! stay clear::;'"
.0£.", of power linelka
ground will result in death or serious injury. .. ....
~, ~ ,~ ...~
High voltage contact will result In electrical current

flowing down the boom and through the crane to
ground. The ground will then be energized with a high
voltage near the crane and lower voltage farther away. If the operator deCides to leave the operator's station,
the person must Jump clear of the crane. The person
Grounding the crane will not protect workers on the
must never step down allowing part of their body to
ground surrounding the crane.
be In contact with the ground while any other part IS
touching the crane.
Emergency Exit Procedure There IS a hazardous voltage differential In the ground,
A DANGER! It is advised that you stay in the so the operator must Jump with feet together, maintain
operator's station if contact is made with electrical balance, and shuffle or hop slowly across the affected
wires. Contact with differently electrically charged area. Do not take large steps because it IS possible for
parts of the machine or surrounding ground will one foot to be In a high voltage area and the other to be
result in death or serious injury. In a lower voltage area. The difference between the two
will cause death or serious InJury.
34
Opera'e Safely
Buried Utility Lines Working in a Pit or on a Bank
Before working In the vIcinity of utility lines: Job site personnel should beware of caving edges and
• Always contact the owners of the utility lines or the overhanging banks-undercut edges may give way-
nearest utility before beginning work. Look them up In banks may slide.
your local telephone directory.
"'-"'. . '-~,
"Someone must'
,.~
",,'.,
., "~""
..,:,Keep crane cleai'~

"'!If
"'contact 811 and';"" " •. ,of banks that can,:;'

'tItility owners beforlt ."collapse or slidQ;I.
Wbrli!l1g nearllW}tiils
""'
() ~,., 'iil,iY4ii
Keep machine away from banks or edges at all times.

• Determine together what specific precautions must
be taken to ensure safety.
• Slow down the operating cycle. Reaction time may be
too slow and distances may be misJudged.
~" ,.~ ""~
• Use a signal person. The sole responsibility of the "", Operate ',"9
signal person IS to observe, from the best vantage """perpendicular to1!Y
pOint, the approach of any part of the machine or 6a~nks-stay back frpRt
Jf;;, the edge, •
.. ~, ", ... ~
attachment to a utility line. The signal person must
be In direct communication with the operator, and the
operator must pay close attention to the signals. (See
page 49, Hand Signals Chart)
35
Operate Safely
Using a Magnet
A DANGER! Be careful, electromagnet power is
high voltage and can be dangerous. Electrocution
will result in death or serious injury.
Be sure to take these precautions for safe operation
while uSing a magnet:
• Keep terminal box cover tightly closed
• Stay within the manufacturer's specifications for Draglines and Clamshells
maximum boom lengths
In a dragline or clamshell operation, keep the boom
• Be especially careful of personnel. Never permit them
length to a minimum for maximum stability. Stay within
to touch the magnet or the load
the manufacturer's specifications for boom length,
• Open magnet switch and shut off all power before bucket Size, and counterweight.
connecting or disconnecting magnet leads
• If necessary to position a load, make sure a non- Keep a tight closing line when hOisting a clamshell
conductive device IS used bucket until you are ready to dump.
• Sound warning signal prior to every load move and Do not overfill the bucket. This will avoid spillage and
keep sounding it until personnel are well clear of path consequent danger to personnel.
• Keep loads away from personnel. Never permit
anyone to be under loads or between loads and the Keep the weight of bucket and contents within the
magnet manufacturer's recommendations.
• Stay In the operator's station until you have landed Load the truck only once the driver IS In a safe place. Do
the magnet securely on the ground or supporting not pass the load over front of truck. Trucks should be
platform and turned off the power source loaded evenly so that nothing overhangs the sides.
36
Operate Safely
Personnel Handling General Precautions
Never allow anyone to nde the hook or load. This IS an Mobile cranes are deSigned and Intended for handling
unlawful and an extremely dangerous practice. matenals, not personnel. Mobile cranes are not
elevators.
OSHA regulations prohibit the handling of personnel
with cranes, unless it IS the least hazardous way to A WARNING! AVOid senous Injury or death. Only
perform the operation. If a crane IS utilized to handle handle personnel if it is the safest way to perform
personnel, it must be equipped and In compliance with the operation.
OSHA regulations, as well as state/provincial and local If handling personnel IS the safest way to complete the
regulations. operation, then you must follow these precautions:
• Personnel platforms are to be supported by the
,'"'..•.•"!!\. crane load line attachment. ThiS can Include the use
Only handle perSolfhel
""if it is the safesf"" of boom mounted baskets. Always follow the crane
",oway to perform th~" manufacturer's Instructions for either system
~.. .. . operation .","" • Do not use pin-on baskets on luffing jibs
&<i'.. ~: ••.if$'" '··4
• HOisting of the personnel platform shall be performed
In a slow, controlled, cautious manner. The lifting or
lowenng speed shall not exceed 100 ftlmln (0.51 m/s)
Operate the crane from the operator's station at all times
when the engine IS running or personnel are suspended. • Wind speeds must be below 20 MPH dunng the
Operating from any other position constitutes a safety entire process of handling personnel
hazard. Senous Injury to personnel can result. • Load lines shall be capable of supporting, without
failure, at least seven times the maximum Intended
Set and lock all brakes and engage all locking deVices load. Rotation resistant rope, if used, shall have
when handling personnel. at least ten times the capacity for the maximum
Intended load
37
Operate Safely
• Load and boom hOIst drum brakes, sWIng brakes, • Hooks shall be of a type that can be closed and
and lockIng devIces shall be engaged when the locked, elimInating the hook throat from opening.
occupIed platform IS In a stationary working position
• The load line hOIst drum shall have controlled load
lowering. Automatic brake shall apply In neutral
position. Free fall IS prohibited
,.,'
~ .. .• ~... "~.,,,,
"!!1Perform a trialll~
• The crane shall be uniformly level withIn one percent ~i before hoisting.
of level grade and on firm footing. Cranes equIpped Jki;"" personnel;;.
with outriggers shall have them all fully deployed, 1\ii;:"~'~'iiIi
followIng the manufacturer's specifications, and on
firm footing
• The total weIght to Include personnel platform, Trial Lifts
ngglng, occupants, and tools or materials shall not • Perform a tnallift with the unoccupIed personnel
exceed fifty percent of the rated crane capacity platform loaded with ballast 125% the Intended load,
for the radius and configuration used. Do not lift or Including personnel, at each location at whIch the
suspend a second load while handling personnel personnel platform IS to be hOIsted and positioned
• The use of cranes having live booms (those In whIch • The operator shall ensure the crane IS reeved such
lowering IS controlled by a brake only) IS prohibited that the crane's hOIst IS under fifty percent (50%) of
• Cranes with vanable angle booms shall be equIpped its capacity
with a boom angle Indicator • A trial lift shall be performed for each location that IS
• Cranes with telescopIng booms shall be equIpped to be reached from a sIngle setup position
with a devIce to Indicate the boom's extended length • The trial lift shall be repeated prior to hOIsting employees
• An accurate determInation of the load radius to be used whenever the crane IS moved, set up In a new location,
dunng lift shall be made prior to hOIsting personnel or returned to a prevIously used location
• An anti-two-blocklng devIce shall be used
38
Operate Safely
Inspection A visual Inspection of the crane, rigging, personnel
platform, and the crane base support and/or ground
After the trial lift, and Just prior to hOisting personnel, the
shall be conducted Immediately after the trial lift to
platform shall be hOisted a few Inches and Inspected to
determine whether the test has exposed any defect or
ensure that it IS secure and properly balanced.
produced any adverse effect upon any component and/
or structure.
.~
Any defects found dUring Inspection must be corrected
.Complete inspectiog. before handling personnel.
"", before handling . ')-
"" personnel
~, ~' 's;i
Lifting with Personnel
Tag lines shall be used unless their use creates an
unsafe condition.
Employees shall not be hOisted unless the following
The crane operator shall remain at the controls at all
conditions are determined to eXist:
times when the crane engine IS running and the platform
• HOist ropes shall be free of kinks
IS occupied.
• Multiple part lines'shall not be tWisted around
• The primary attachment shall be centered over the HOisting of employees shall be promptly discontinued
platform upon Indication of any dangerous weather conditions or
• If the load rope IS slack, the hOisting system shall be other Impending danger.
Inspected to ensure all ropes are properly seated on Employees being hoisted shall remain In continuous
drums and In sheaves sight of and In direct communication with the operator
• All safety devices and position Indicators are and/or signal person.
functioning correctly
39
Operate Safely
Employees must stand firmly on the floor of the work platform Work Platform
and shall not sit or climb on the edge of the work platform or
use planks, ladders, or other devices for a work platform. Brake or lock mechanism must be released dunng travel
to ensure the basket remains level.
Personnel must wear a body harness and lanyard
attached to the boom or the basket when working from Belting off to an adjacent pole, structure, or equipment
a work platform aenal lift. while working from a work platform shall not be
permitted.
No lifts shall be made on any other of the crane's load
Safety harnesses and lanyards shall be used only
lines while personnel are suspended on a platform.
for employee safeguarding. Any safety harness or
HOisting of personnel while traveling IS prohibited. lanyard actually subjected to in-service loading,
as distinguished from static load testing, shall be
1J!:t",,~"''''''~''''~,.,~ Immediately removed from service and shall not be used
~ep crane stationaljJ again for safeguarding.
~whenever handling.
.." personnel ,At. The safety harness and lanyard shall be Inspected
~. '"v before each use and must be In good condition with
no cuts, abrasions, burns, or chemical damage. If any
damage IS found, that safety harness or lanyard should
A meeting attended by the crane operator, signal not be used ever again.
person(s) (if necessary for the lift), employee(s) to be
lifted, and the person responsible for the task to be The snaps, nvets, grommets, threads, and buckets must
performed shall be held to review the appropriate be examined for broken, looseness, or eVidence of cuts
requirements and the procedures to be followed. This and cracks. They must be removed from service if any
meeting shall be held prior to the tnallift at each new damage IS apparent and replaced before the basket IS
used again.
work location and shall be repeated for any employee
newly assigned to the operation.
40
Operate Safely
Cold Weather • Heater fuel containers are handled In the manner
prescribed by your supplier
Consult manufacturer's operating manual for proper • To watch out for falling snow and Ice that can cause
starting and operating procedures. serious Injury
Before operating, be sure:
• The sheaves and pinS are not frozen Traveling on Job site
• The load, tracks, and outrigger supports are not
Make sure there IS adequate clearance between the
frozen to the ground or to the supporting structure
crane and bridges, power lines, and obstacles.
• There IS no snow or Ice covering the boom. The extra
weight may cause overload, structural damage, or Use a signal person whenever you travel a crane on
tip-over a Job site, In a congested area, or around people. The
• To use crane and wire rope lubricants approved for signal person shall be responsible for determining and
cold or arctic conditions controlling speed and safety of movement. (See page
49, Hand Signal Chart.)
While operating, be sure:
• To operate slowly until hydraulic oil IS warmed to
correct operating temperature !!",>,o o"~
",.. .0.'' '
• To aVOid Impact loading U.se a signal person1lP
• To not touch any metal parts of the machine with .,JIuide travel througbs.
iii. difficult areas,~
damp or wet exposed flesh, as the flesh will freeze to •. ;.!iiI
v'v
the metal and cause Injury
• To not store cold weather starting aid containers or any
flammable materials on the machine. Keep all such
Know the weight of your crane and the load limitations
materials away from heat, sparks, or open flame. Do
of the travel route.
not puncture or burn containers. They could explode
41
Opera'e Safely
Travel Safely When starting up a steep grade or passing over the
crest of a hill, keep the boom lowered as close to
Make certain no person or property will be endangered
the ground as practical. But be sure there IS enough
before you travel or sWing the crane. When traveling or
clearance beneath boom that it does not contact the
sWinging the crane, slow down to prevent losing control.
ground when breaking over a nse.
Consult manufacturer's operating manual for travel
procedures.
A WARNING! Avoid death or senous inJury. Travel up
and down slopes with the boom as low as practically
Don't obstruct your vIsion when traveling or working. possible and pointed uphill.
(See page 22, Masked Visibility Areas.)
Signal your Intention to move or stop by sounding the
A WARNING! AVOId death or senous InJury. Make sure horn - one blast for stop, two blasts for a forward
you can see where you are going. move, and three for a reverse move.
Stay at the operator's station whenever the crane IS In
motion or the engine IS running.
A WARNING! Avoid senous injury or death. Keep the
~('A )~
( • )
Sbund"""~"'~
a warnifill
;' signal to alert'~
""',pers,onnel of you~
boom as low as possible for maximum stability and ""'" ,i!1tention,~.",a
lilt "'iitif ijj
visibility
"",,,,.fC" ,f"', ,'"!!\",,'1!1!1

Never allow a crane to be used to transport personnel.
(~ep boom as low¥-
apssible for maximqgl A WARNING! USing a crane to transport personnel IS
$lability and vlsilljJjty extremely dangerous and can cause death or senous
~" ,~",~,,,,,.
InJury. Never allow a crane to be used to transport
personnel under any circumstance.
42
Operate Safely
Watch for narrow spots and low clearances: Travel with the boom In the direction of travel whenever
• Use a signal person when maneuvering in tight possible. Make sure there are no obstructions and keep
quarters and/or clearances are close the boom and gantry/mast as low as possible.
• Know your crane's height and width Watch boom clearance when traveling or transporting.
• Know bridge load limits, and don't exceed them Uneven ground may cause the boom to move enough
• Know your slope and ground support limitations to contact power lines or other obstructions.
• Be sure of tail sWing clearances In narrow spots
• Reduce travel speed when maneuvering In tight
~" .~
quarters "r::~" '-:"'!IiJY
If sWinging IS reqUired dUring traveling with a friction '" Watch boom'!!'

<i;' clearance ,~
(mechanical) crane without Independent sWing, engage ,.,ilI.
sWing clutch before releasing brakes. Always release
sWing brake as you engage sWing lever.
Be sure crawlers are blocked to prevent downhill
Cross obstacles at an angle and at slow speed. Be alert
movement before shifting steering clutches if crane IS
for the Jolt when the crane crosses the obstacle.
not equipped with automatic traction brakes.
If the crane must travel with the boom elevated, if
~.,~. ,~
possible, extend outriggers and keep pads close to the
"".' ""'If ground. The ground surface IS to be uniform and free
IUock crawlers befq\i8
""shifting steering •• of obstacles. This will help stabilize the crane should
.<iK.... clutches,:;;i tipping occur. Be alert of obstacles .
... ~"'''4'",...
Do not travel with the boom so high that it can contact
the boom stops and bounce back over the cab.
43
Opera'e Safely
Rules of the Road Stop at all railroad crossings and look both ways before
proceeding. Never park In traffic areas. If it IS necessary
When traveling on public roads or streets, obey all traffic to stop at night, pull off the road and set up flares or
regulations applicable to your machine. reflectors. When driving at night, use appropriate lights.
Be aware of machine height, bndge heights, and axel
loads. Make sure there IS enough boom clearance from
structures, especially when cornering.
If a tire blows out while traveling, do not apply the
brakes hard. Steer to maintain control and slow down
gradually.
Make sure lights and warning signs are In place and J¥'!c,A . . ~.
visible. Make sure a Slow Moving Vehicle (SMV) emblem .Q.l~ot brake quillJ.
IS Installed and visible to any vehicle approaching from .~ in the case of a· ...
the rear. 4, blown tire )~
1iilic"."",,.ii1-iiJIiI
Obtain the proper load permits and find out if you must
use an escort vehicle. Approach Intersections with
caution; observe speed and traffic control signs. Avoid
panic stops and sharp turns.
Watch Out for Obstacles
Like any responsible operator, be considerate of other
Adjust your speed to conditions. Go around rocks and
drivers. If traffic backs up behind you, it IS a good Idea
stumps. Avoid crossing ditches, curbs or exposed
to pull over periodically and allow traffic to pass when it
railroad tracks. If obstacles are unavoidable, reduce
IS safe to do so.
speed and cross at an angle.
44
O:perale Safe.IY
Keep your machIne under control. Keep speed to a Transporting Safety Tips
mlnrmum when VIsibility IS poor.
Before entenngunderpasses, tunnels or bunkers, make General
sure you have more than enough boom clearance and When towIng a crane on a tra.iler, or a crane eqUIpped
check for oncomIng traffic or obstructions. with portability or transport wheels, always use a
hauling vehicle of sufficient weIght,' horsepower, and
Back up Safely brakIng capacity to maIntaIn proper control.
:.. .
Check that the back-up alarm, if~(tuippe9,)S workIng

properly. Dnve forward whenev~r'possible:lf you must
back up, use a sIgna:l person that must remain In sIght
and/or communrcation with the op$rato(at all times.
~,~,~ «I'~',,. Never attempt to tow a trailer or machIne if the hitchIng

ll!;ie a signal pers(ji\~ deVIces are of insuffiCIent or questionable capacity,
...guide travel throuQ).
sii". difficult areas~i. Improperly matched 'in sIze or shape, or positioned at
jIiii,.~~'i4 Improper heIghts.
When towing a machIne equIpped with portability or
transport wheels, always follow the manufacturer's
towing Instructions. .
It IS recommended to use a three-poInt hitch when
towing a crane without brakes.
45
Operate Safely
Before Towing Block the tires or crawlers of the crane before
disconnecting the propel mechanisms.
When connecting a trailer to a hauling vehicle, block
under the trailer's tongue before attempting to make the Check all tires for proper pressure, excessive or
connection. Never attempt to lift heavy tongues or move abnormal wear,and potentially dangerous cuts,
heavy trailers by hand. Never get any part of your body brUises or bulges. Have any problems corrected before
under the tongues when hitching or unhitching. proceeding.
When loading or unloading a crane to/from a trailer
,~".~......~
or railroad car, always use a ramp. If a ramp IS not ~heck tiresalflF
available, use blocking to build one. The ramp must be ~iNheels for propliilJ'
solid and of sufficient size and strength to support the 4!l; pressure and an.
~'" dam ..r....;,'-
weight of the m a c h i n e . ' .' -. ~-.
When loading andunloading, make>sure you set the
brakes, block the tires, and are on level ground.
Use tow bars between the hauling vehicle and trailer
or towed machine. Be sure the chains are properly and
securely connected at both ends.;Cross the chains under
the tongues when connecting to the hauling vehicle.
Make sure electrical and other connections between the
hauling vehicle and trailer or towed machine are properly
and securely made. After connecting, check the lights
for proper operation. If the towed trailer or machine IS
equipped with brakes operable from the hauling vehicle,
check to make sure they are operating properly.
46
Operate Safely
Always be sure the portability or transport wheels, if
equipped, are locked In the lowered position.
Make sure the hitch pin IS of the proper size and
securely locked In place before towiri~~
Towing
Use care when towing a trailer or crane when:
• Maneuvering In tight places .....,'*'
"'.... 'N
• Backing (visibility IS reduced, and Jackknifing must ... ChaIR and block.
4,(. crane securely!~
be aVOIded) for transport . . iiI.
• Towing on steep grades "'''~i' --<liii
Know and obey all local, state and!edetal laws and

regulations. .
Do not travel at speeds above those recommended by
the manufacturer.
Do not allow anyone to ride on a trailer or towed
machine.
When necessary to disconnect and park a trailer or
towed crane, select a location that IS level and, if
possible, where children are unlikely to:bepresent.
Before disconnecting a trailer, block the front AND rear
of the wheels and block under the tongues.
47
Operate Safely
Exhaust Fumes in a Closed Space Can Kill
Vent exhaust and assure a flow of fresh air when an
Internal combustion engine IS used In a closed space.
A WARNING! Exhaust fumes from diesel, gasoline or
LP gas engines can kill. Do not breath exhaust fumes
from any kind of engine.
Operating in Flammable/Explosive Atmospheres

A WARNING! Do not operate a standard machine
equipped with a spark arrestor/spark arresting muffler In
flammable or explosive atmospheres. USing them In
explosive atmospheres can result In fires and/or
explosions which could cause senous Injury or death.
Use only an approved crane with a label designation
of G, GS, D, DS, DY, LP, LPS, G/LP, or GS/LPS. See
~"~'...4
Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA) 29 CFR Part 'Ro smoking amf
1910.178 to determine permissible areas where these "no open flames i'
1fammable/explos
machines can be operated. ~~jtm.:p:; ",
48
Opera.eSafely
Hand Si nal Chart
Ci
Hoist: With forearm vertical, forefinger pOinting upward, Use Main Hoist: Tap fist on head; then use regular Signals.
move hand In small hOrizontal circle.
Lower Boom: Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb Raise Boom: Arm extended, fingers closed, thumb
pOinting downward. pointing upward.
49
Operate Safely
Hand Si nal Chart
/A\ '
Lower: With arm extended downward, forefinger pOinting Use Whip Line {Auxiliary Hoist}: Tap elbow with one hand;
down, move hand In small hOrizontal circles. then use regular signals.
Lower the Boom and Raise the Load: With arm Raise the Boom and Lower the Load: With arm
extended, thumb pointing down, flex fingers in and out as extended, thumb pOinting up. Flex fingers In and out as
Ion as load movement IS desired. Ion as load movement IS desired.
50
Operate· Safely
•
Travel: Arm extended forward, hand open and slightly
ffl
Move Slowly: Use one hand to give any motion signal
and place other hand motionless In front of hand giving
raised, make pushing motion In direction of travel. the motion Sl nal. HOist slowl shown as exam Ie.
Travel One Track: Lock the track on side Indicated by raised Travel Both Tracks: Use both fists In front of body, making
fist. Travel opposite track in direction indicated by circular a circular motion, about each other, Indicating direction of
motion of either fist, rotated vertically In front of body. travel; forward or backward. (For land cranes only.)
51
Operate Safely
Hand Si
Stop: Arm extended, palm down, move arm back and forth Emergency Stop: Both arms extended, palms down,
hOrizontally. move arms back and forth hOrizontally.
Swing: Arm extended, pOint with finger In direction of Dog Everything: Clasp hands In front of body.
sWing of boom.
52
Operale Safely
Retract Boom: (Telescoping Boom) One

Extend Boom: (Telescoping Boom) One Hand Signal. One fist In front of chest,
Hand Signal. One fist In front of chest with thumb pOinting outward and heel of fist
thumb tapping chest. tapping chest.
(Reprinted from ASME B30.5-2011, by permission of

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers. All rights reserved.)
53
Shu' Down Safely
Select a Proper Parking Site Safe Shutdown
The shutdown procedure will vary for different cranes;
w ~".
always follow the manufacturer's Instructions for
shutting down. ",,:t~ad operat '.
~inanualfor prope,JIo-
When shutting down, select the proper parking location. slmtdown proce~Uiie
~.,,,,,.'<4
Park on level ground whenever possible. If you must
park on a slope or Incline, position the machine with the
boom In line with the slope, engage the parking brake, The detailed shutdown procedure IS given In your
and block the wheels or tracks. manufacturer's manual(s). In general, this Includes:
• Stop machine
• Ensure all wheels or parts of tracks are on the ground
• Position controls In neutral or locked position
• Engage parking brake
• Lower or secure the boom
• Idle engine for short cool-down penod
• Stop engine and remove Ignition key, if equipped
• Cycle hydraulic controls to eliminate pressure
AVOid parking where there IS a chance of a bank caving • Raise operator seat/restraint bar(s), if equipped
In or In low spots where heavy rains may wash away the
• Make sure controls are locked In neutral, if equipped
crane's footing.
• Unbuckle seat belt/restraint
54
Shut DownSa'ely
• Lock covers and enclosures Place all controls In the neutral or parking condition.
• Shut off master electnc switch, if eqUipped Engage the boom hOist pawls and set the sWing lock!
• When you leave the machine, always maintain three- brake, the drum parking brake, and the parking/traction
pOint contact with the steps and grab handles. brake/lock to prevent crane movement.
Face the machine as you dismount. Never Jump off Disengage the master clutch, when provided, and shut
machine off the engine. Never leave the operator's cab when the
• Block wheels or tracks if on a slope or Incline engine IS running or a load IS suspended.
A WARNING! Avoid death or senous inJury. Never Lock the machine cab and Install vandal guards, when
leave a machine unattended with the engine running available.
or a load is suspended. Do not leave blocks, balls, or ngglng tackle in a position
where the Wind may sWing them to cause damage to
Be sure to lock the Ignition or starting circuit to prevent the boom, jib, or nearby objects.
unauthonzed starting and remove the key.
Do not shut down the crane and leave it unattended for
extended penods of time; e.g. overnight, with the boom
positioned over other structures or the crane itself. The
~~".'
~ Shut engmeoHr,'ii1I' boom could cause damage if it lowered.
I ..,' lock ignition, '.'~ See the manufacturers Instructions for leaVing the crane
.,,,and remove k~y.""
fii.o... 'V'''v·4 unattended with the boom elevated, if permitted.
. .'
Lower or secure the boom. Sesure all controlshave

been relieved so that all elements are at rest.
55
Perform Maintenance Safely
Know What You're Doing Protect Yourself
Maintenance on this type of machine IS not for Wear all the personal protective clothing and PPE
inexperienced or untrained personnel. It can be Issued to you or called for by Job conditions.
hazardous unless performed properly. Be sure you have
You may need:
the necessary skill, Information, correct tools and proper
equipment to do the Job safely. • Hard hat
• Safety shoes
Be sure to maintain the equipment according to the • Safety glasses, goggles or face shield
manufacturer's·lnstructions. Regularly check to make • Heavy duty gloves
sure all operational aids, guards and shields, and safety
• Hearing protection
devices are present and working properly.
• Reflective clothing
Do not perform any work on a machine unless you are • Wet weather gear
authorized and qualified to do so. • Respirator or filter mask
If you have been authorized to perform maintenance, read Wear whatever IS needed to protect yourself. Do not
the manufacturer's operating and service manuals. take chances.
Study the Instructions: check the lubrication charts,
examine all the Instruction messages on the machine.
''f!
't':'" ··'llP
""aintain equlpme~
,., •. ,4"·
56
A WARNING! Avoid death or senous Injury from
entanglement. Do not wear loose clothing or
accessories. Stay away from all rotating components
when the engine is running. Contact, wrapping or ~, J!!b ,"""
entanglement with rotating or moving parts could result In -'"",..
death or senous InJury. ~void rotating pa~
Wear a rubber apron and rubber gloves when working
with corrosives. Wear gloves and safety shoes when
handling wooden blocks or sharp-edged metal.
Always use safety glasses, goggles or a face shield.
They provide eye protection from flUids under pressure,
dunng gnnding and while servicing battenes. Protection
IS also needed from flYing debns, liqUids and loose
matenal produced by eqUipment, tools and pressunzed
air/water.
Wear a face shield and follow manufacturer's Instructions
"1.. f!fIr
when you disassemble spnng-Ioaded components or work ...Wear eye protectiol),.
with battery aCids. Keep pockets free of all objects that £;, ii
~.,
could fall out and drop Into machinery. ''\i>''
Handle tools and heavy parts sensibly, with regard for

the safety of yourself and others. Lower items; don't
drop them.
57
Prepare the Work Area Safety practices to prevent potential Injuries from
• Position the machine In a level area out of the way of energy-releasing sources Include:
other working equipment • Place controls In NEUTRAL or LOCKED position
• Ensure there IS adequate light, ventilation, and before shutting off engine
clearance • Set parking brake or block wheels
• Remove oil, grease, and water to eliminate any • Allow all moving parts to stop
slippery surfaces • Shut off engine
• Relieve hydraulic system pressure, see manufacturers
Instructions for proper procedure
.~
• Lock Ignition, remove key (if equipped), and take it
with you
• Look and listen for eVidence of moving parts before
dismounting
• Shut off master electrical switch, if equipped
• Securely support or block up machine before working
• Clean around the area to be serviced to minimize underneath machine or other lifted components
contamination. Remove all flammable material In the • Securely support, block up, or lock up other
vicinity of welding and/or burning operations. components with approved locking devices before
• Wear fall protection when working at elevation. working near or underneath them
• Relieve pressure before disconnecting or
Prepare the Machine disassembling any pressurized system
Stored energy sources (electrical, mechanical, hydraulic, • Block or relieve spring pressure before disassembling
pneumatic, chemical, thermal, etc.) must be controlled any spring-loaded mechanism
or reduced to a practical minimum before performing
any maintenance, repair or service procedures.
58
Avoid flames, sparks, or smoking near any fuel, Remove only guards or covers that prOVide access to
hydraulic fluid or other flammable matenal such as the area being serviced. Replace all guards and covers
spraying debns. when work IS complete.
Attach a "DO NOT OPERATE" warning tag to the control A WARNING! Avoid Injury or death. Never work on a
levers. Follow the lock out/tag out procedures according crane with the engine running unless instructed by
to the manufacturer's operating manual. If there IS a key, the manufacturer's manuals for specific service.
remove it and take it with you.
Keep hands; clothing, and all body parts well away from
moving parts while engine IS running.
i!'\!", .. ,~.,~,
""<f
Use a "DO NOT'", .. Use proper nonflammable cleaning solvents. Follow
OPERATE" tag solvent manufacturer's Instructions for use.
Keep the brake and clutch linings free from oil and grease.
Keep crane In proper adjustment at all times. Senous

Install approved support devlce(s} when working under
injury could result if adjustments are neglected.
or near raised equipment.
A WARNING! Unsupported raised machines or other After adjustments/repairs have been made to brakes
equipment may drop unexpectedly. Never go under or clutches, a lift test shall be done to assure that the
equipment when raised unless supported by an adjustments/repairs are correct. Refer to the operator's
approved support device{s). Death or senous crushing manual or contact the manufacturer for correct procedure.
injury could result from falling equipment.
59
Common Maintenance Use Jacks and Hoists Carefully
Safety Practices Safety stands or blocks must be located on a rigid part
of the machine. Do not position stands under axles or
Use Proper Ventilation wheel supports that may rotate.
If it IS necessary to run an engine In an enclosed area, A WARNING! Prevent crushing injury. Never use
remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an concrete blocks for supports. They could collapse
exhaust pipe extension. under even light loads.
If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, make sure
you open doors and Windows to get plenty of outside air
Into the area.
~'~"~"~"~
'IIIi"
..Yentilate work are~
....
r ~r
,,-
'~
Jif"",;ia
~,'.,.;:4
If you must work beneath raised equipment, always
use wood blocks, jack-stands or other rigid and stable
supports. When uSing Jacks or hOiStS, always be sure
A WARNING! Exhaust fumes contain carbon they are adequately supported.
monoxide which could be deadly if Inhaled. Never
operate any type of engine without proper Make sure the hOists or jacks you use are In good repair.
ventilation. EXHAUST FUMES CAN KILL. Never use jacks with cracked, bent, or tWisted parts.
Never use frayed, tWisted, or pinched cables. Never use
bent or distorted hooks.
60
Perforlll Maintenance Safely
Fuel Hazards Ulra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) Hazard
A WARNING! AvoId serious injury or death. Always A WARNING! Ultra,.Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) poses a
use approved fuel containers and/or fuel dispensing greater static Ignition hazard than earlier diesel
equipment to reduce the risk of explosion or fire. formulations with hIgher sulfur content. AVOId death or
serious Injury from fire or explosIon; consult with your
fuel or fuel system supplier to ensure the delivery
system is in compliance with fueling standards for
proper grounding and bonding practices.
Engine Coolant Hazards

A WARNING! AVOId serious injury or death. LIqUId
Always. observe these practices to reduce the possibility cooling systems build up pressure as the engIne gets
of a serious aCCIdent: hot, so use extreme caution before removing the
• Shut off engine and Ignition dUring refueling radiator cap.
• Turn off all electrical switches • Stop the engine and wait for the system to cool.
• Ground the fuel nozzle agaInst the filler neck • Wear protective clothIng and safety glasses.
• Keep sparks and open flames away from fuel. Do • Turn the radiator cap slowly to the first stop to allow
not smoke while refueling or when handling fuel the pressure to escape before removing completely.
contaIners
• Do not cut or weld on or near fuel lines, tanks or '\\1" '71%
contaIners """'Remove radiator~
• Do not overfill the tank or spill fuel. Clean up spilled ",;.. cap slowly .•~
~"
fuel Immediately. Clean spills Immediately
61
Hydraulic System Hazards The boom IS held In position by a trapped column of
hydrauliC flUid under high pressure. The same IS true
Be sure to follow manufacturer's Instructions for relieving
of a machine supported on hydraulic outriggers. It is
fluid pressure before performing any maintenance. The
Important to lower the boom or crane to the ground or
hydraulic system IS pressurized whenever the engine IS
block it In position before attempting maintenance or
on and may hold pressure even after the engine IS shut
repairs.
off. Cycle hydraulic controls, Including auxiliary hydraulic
control (if equipped), after the engine IS shut off.
W,,!~'~""'~"4,
<if' . Check.lor
~!eaks and msp
~" hoses .
~,,~-.,.-
DUring Inspection of the hydraulic system:

A WARNINGllf the hydraulic flUid escapes, the boom
or the crane can fall Immediately, endangering anyone
• Wait for flUid to cool before disconnecting the lines. or anything below. Make sure the ground or blocking
Hot hydraulic flUid can cause SEVERE BURNS is actually fully supporting the boom before doing
• Wear appropriate eye protection. Hydraulic flUid can any maintenance on the hydraulic system.
cause permanent eye injury
• When venting or filling the hydraulic system, loosen
the filler cap slowly and remove it gradually
• Never reset any relief valve In the hydraulic system
to a pressure higher than recommended by the
manufacturer
62
Hydraulic Fluid Injection Hazard FlUid Injection Injunes are not always obvIous. Victims
have reported such Injunes feel like a bee sting or
A WARNING! Accidental Injection ()f high-pressure oil
splinter under the skin. If you suspect you have a flUid
Into the hands or body IS dangerous and could result In
Injection Injury, do not take chances. Seek proper
death or senous injury. Use caution when checking
medical care Immediately. If any flUid IS Injected Into the
hydraulic leaks as pressurized hydraulic fluid has
skin, it must be surgically removed within a few hours by
enough force to penetrate skin, causing serious
a doctor familiar with this type of injury.
personal injury.
Electrical System Hazards

~"", ~;'\"~~';"~'\'W
..,High pressureflul~
<,; can inject into? Light Bulbs and Illumination
"",the,body,;it.
,<iii Some machines are equipped with High-Intensity
Discharge (HID) Xenon light bulbs which operate at very
high voltage. Do not begin Installation of HID-Xenon
If a leak IS discovered: lamps unless the lamps are turned off, the engine IS
• Ensure engine IS turned off; relieve pressure In turned off, the key IS removed Of equipped), and you are
hydraulic circuit weanng appropnate eye protection.
• Wear proper hand and eye protection A WARNING! Do not look directly into HID-Xenon
• Visually examine the hydraulic hoses or flUid lines In lamps. Eye damage could occur.
the VICinity of the leak for breaks or cracks. Do not
Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling bulbs.
use your hand to check for leaks
Dangerous voltage sparks may occur and cause Injury
• Repair or replace hydraulic lines according to the
or damage to the connector. See manufacturer's
manufacturer's recommendations
warnings packaged with replacement bulbs.
63
Before working on the electrical system, disconnect the If liquid from the battery contacts your eyes, flush
battery cable(s). Immediately with clean water and get medical attention.
Wear chemical-resistant gloves and protective clothing
Remove the battery negative (-) cable(s) first.
to keep liquid off your skin. If liquid contacts exposed
When reconnecting the battery, connect the battery skin or clothing, wash off Immediately with clean water.
negative (-) cable(s) last. If liquid is ingested, drink large quantities of water or
milk. DO NOT Induce vomiting. Seek medical attention
Battery Hazards Immediately.
The liquid In batteries contains aCid, which IS a POISON
and could cause SEVERE CHEMICAL BURNS.
Avoid InJury'
• Wear a face shield to prevent contact with your eyes
• Wear chemical-resistant gloves and clothing to keep
electrolyte off your skin and regular clothing
A WARNING! Electrolyte will damage eyes or skin on
contact. Always wear a face shield to avoid
electrolyte in eyes.
64
Avoid Explosion Safety rules dunng battery Jump-starting:
• Follow the Instructions for proper battery Jump-
A WARNING! Avoid serious injury from explosion.
starting, as specified In the manufacturer's manual.
Lead-acid' batteries produce extremely explosive gases
especially when being charged. Keep arcs, sparks, • Be sure the machines are not touching
flames and lighted tobacco away. • Observe the polarity of the battenes and connections
• Do not smoke near battenes • Make the final cable connection to the engine or
• Keep them away from arcs, sparks and open flames the furthest ground pOint away from the battery.
Never make the final connection at the starter or
• Provide adequate ventilation
dead battery. Sparks may Ignite the explosive gases
11>' ~, ~
present at the battery
."" ..~,,-.,p,<:' t- ":";:\~O" '. •
Avoid sparks ",. 't!r • When disconnecting cables, remove the cables In
I <" and open flames ,~ reverse order of connection (e.g., final connection first)
",.; near batteries.~
~c •••• '.\i
Never check the battery by plaCing a metal object

across the battery posts. The resulting spark could
cause an explosion.
A WARNING! Avoid senous injury from battery
explosion. Do not charge a battery or jump-start the
engine if the battery is frozen.
Warm to 60°F (15.5°C) or the battery may explode and
could cause serious inJury.
65
Tire and Wheel Maintenance A WARNING! The types of wheels and tires usually
found on this eqUipment reqUire special care when
Check your tires and wheels daily because the stability
servicing to prevent death or serious InJury. Do not
of the machine can be dramatically affected by tire
pressure or damage to tires or wheels. inflate the tires above the recommended pressure.
Check tires for·

• Correct pressure
• Cuts and bulges
~~~'- --._-""", -
..
..Check tires an
• Nails or other punctures ·wheels for dam
• Uneven or excessive wear ·'Iii'.'i\iiif',JiI
• Condition of valve stems and caps
Check wheels for·
• Damage to the rims
• Missing or loose lug nuts or bolts 'I)\!!""'-
• Misalignment "!l11-'Mamtain pro
~i-' tire pressu
All tire service should be performed by a qualified tire
service center or by an authorized service person who
&~. • . . •
has been properly trained In the procedures and use of
safety equipment deSigned for tire servicing.
66
Keep wheel lug nuts tightened to manufacturer's Never cut or weld on a wheel with an Inflated
recommendations. tire mounted on it. This could cause explosive
decompression.
An Increase In tire pressure dUring operation IS normal,
and should NOT be reduced. Check that the tire size and wheel are correctly matched.
Never reinflate a tire that has been run flat or seriously When replacing the tires, ensure the tires are of the
under-Inflated without removing the tire from the wheel. appropriate rating specified by the manufacturer.
Have the tire and wheel closely Inspected for damage
before remounting.
A WARNING! Avoid death or serious InJury. Always
use a safety cage or cable restraints when reinflating
a repaired tire.
Tires should not be operated at speeds higher than their
rated speed.
When adding air toa tire, do so from a distance. Always

use a long hose with a self-attaching chuck; stand away
from the tire sidewall and to one side as far as possible.
Do not Inflate tires with flammable gases or from
systems uSing an alcohol Injector.
67
Track Maintenance
Track tension IS Important for good track performance,
reducing excessive track wear and preventing tracks
from derailing.
Tracks under tension can store an Incredible amount of
energy, and although some machines have automatic
track tensloners, special tools and procedures may be
required to check or adjust track tension. Wire Rope Maintenance
Removing and Installing tracks also requires following Protect your wire rope. With proper handling and routine
safe and proper servicing procedures. Always follow the lubrication, it will last much longer. Your rope supplier can
manufacturer's Instructions for track maintenance and provide more lubrication hiformation.
servicing, Including adjusting track tension.
Wire rope replacement may vary according to Federal,
A WARNING! Most track tensioning systems have State and/or Local codes and In accordance to the
compressed springs or pressurized fluid (oil or grease). type of rope used. For specific Information on the care,
Improperly releasing track tension forces could Inspection, and replacement of wire rope, refer to the
cause serious injury or death. Always follow the crane manufacturer's recommendation.
manufacturer's warnings and Instructions for track
adjustment and other maintenance and servicing Some general gUidelines for wire rope replacement
procedures. uSing steel sheaves are the follOWing:
• In running ropes, SIX randomly distributed broken wires
In one lay or three broken wires one strand In one lay
• Wear of one-third the original diameter of the outside
IndiVidual wires
68
• Broken Wires, In rotation resistant ropes, two Installing Wire Rope
randomly distributed broken wires In SIX rope
Only use wire rope specified by the crane manufacturer.
diameters or four randomly distributed broken wires
In thirty rope diameters. For special conditions, • When Installing wire rope sockets correctly, the live
refer to OSHA Crane Safety Standards on rotation end must be In a straight line pull with the eye of the
resistant rope socket and a clip correctly Installed on the dead end
• One outer broken at the pOint of contact with the • DimenSions between the socket and the clip should
core of the rope which has worked its way out of the be such that the wedge cannot loosen In the socket
rope structure and protrudes or loops out from the • This does not preclude the use of devices specially
rope structure. Additional Inspection of this section IS designed for the dead end of wire rope
reqUired • If the wire rope IS put In backwards or a clip IS
• Kinking, crushing, blrdcaglng, or any other damage Installed around both the live end and dead end, a
resulting In distortion of the rope structure kink will develop and rope strength will be reduced
• EVidence of any heat damage from any cause • Always wear gloves when handling wire rope
• Arc Strikes • Do not gUide wire rope on drums with your hands
• Rust which IS pitting the Individual wires • After a new wire rope IS Installed, operate first with a
• Reduction from nominal diameter of more than 5% light load to let wire rope adjust itself
• In standing ropes, more than two broken wires In one • Follow rope manufacturer's Instructions for lubrication
lay In sections beyond end connections or more than Unreeling Wire Rope
one broken wire at an end connection
• When eVidence of core failure In rotation resistant When unreeling wire rope, it IS Imperative that the coil or
ropes IS recognized by lengthening of the lay and a reel rotates as the rope unwinds. If the coil or reel does
localized reduction In diameter not rotate, the wire will be tWisted as it IS uncoiled and
• Inspect sheave grooves for wear and broken parts kinking will result. A kinked rope IS severely damaged
and unsafe for service.
69
Complete Service and Repairs Before

Machine is Released
Tighten all bolts, fittings, and connections to torques
specified by the manufacturer.
Are there any missing cotter pinS, washers, locknuts,
etc.? Are there any parts left over?
Start the engine and check for leaks. (See page 62,
Hydraulic System Hazards.) Operate all controls to ~,,~,,~
~r ".~
make sure the machine IS functiomng properly. Test
the machine if necessary. After testing, shut down and
wor"
~erify service
.iwhen completed';;•
check the work you performed. ...." ",iA
iil<.' ~,,~,;~
Recheck all flUid levels before releaSing the equipment
for operation.
All parts should be Inspected dUring repair and replaced
if worn, cracked or damaged. Excessively worn or
damaged parts could fail and cause Injury or death.
Install all guards, covers, and shields after servicing.
Refill and recharge pressure systems only with
manufacturer-approved or recommended fluids.
70
CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its
constituents are known to the state of
California to cause cancer, birth defects,
and other reproductive harm.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and

related accesories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash hands after
handling.
_DE_T_R_O_IT_D_IE_S_E_L_ _
CORPORATION
@\..\....~
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 INFORMATION

TO CALIFORNIA CUSTOMERS AND
TO COSTOMERS SELLING DIESEL ENGINE EQUIPMENT
INTO OR FOR USE IN CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65, a California law, requires warnings on products which expose individuals
in California to chemicals listed under the law, including certain chemicals in diesel
engine exhaust.
Obligations of Manufacturers of Diesel-Powered Off-Road Equipment. The California
Superior Court has approved either of the following two methods of compliance with
Proposition 65 requirements by manufactures of off-road equipment containing diesel
engines. (The court order containing these provisions may be furnished on request.)
1. On-Equipment Warning. Place the warning pictured in attachment 1 on all equipment
shipped by you into or for sale in California after January 1, 1996. The warning
must be in a location where it is easily visible to the operator of the equipment when
(s}he is operating the equipment. The warning must be secured to the equipment. If
warnings or operating instructions are provided through a digital display, you may
use that method of providing the warning.
2. Operator Manual Warning. When the operator manual is next revised or by
December 31, 1995, whichever is earlier, place the warning in attachment 2 in the
operator manual. The warning may be either printed in the manual or a sticker.
The warning must appear in one of the following locations.
* Inside the front cover
* Inside the back cover
* Outside the front cover
* Outside the back cover
* As the first page of text
Under either alternative, the warning must appear in the same size, print and format as
the attachment selected or be of equally conspicuous size and format. If the warning
is provided in an on-screen display, the warning must contain the language in the attach-
ment and must be provided at the time of or in connection with ignition in the same man-
ner as other safety warnings electronically communicated on screen.
Obligation of Resellers of Diesel Engines. This letter must accompany any loose diesel
engine sold in California.
Should you have any questions, please call Detroit Diesel Corporation, Mr. John F.
Farmer on (313) 592-7111, Fax (313) 592-5014.

ATT400 Operation Maint 241384

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

ATT400 Operation Maint 241384

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

ATT400-3

OPERATION & MAINTENANCE

SIEGE SOCIAL ET USINES

NOTE: This material replaces Catalog 240-3

TEREX CRANES INC., is the manufacturer of mobile

Because cranes have the ability to lift heavy loads to great

General safe practices for working on machinery must be

Additional precautions may be necessary. depending on

Safety must always be the operator's most important

The operator must read and understand the Operator '5

The operator must keep the machine clean including all

The operator must store tool and other necessary items in

The operator must never lift a load without a rated lifting

He must be alert, physically fit, and free from the influ-

He must see that people, equipment, and material are

When an operators vision is blocked or when operating in'

The operator must keep a fully charged fire extinguisher

The operator should understand the movements of other

The operator should never permit people on the machine

The primary duty of a signalperson is to assist the

Signalpeople must have a clear understanding ollhe work

Signalpeople must place themselves where they can be

Standard crane signals must be used unless olher

RESPONSIBILITIES OF ALL CREW MEMBERS

Any unsafe condition or practice must be corrected or

Everyone who works around cranes, including riggers and

Watch for hazards during operations and alert Ihe

See that operators are trained, competent, physically fit

Signalpeopte must have good vision and sound judgment, .

Riggers must be trained to determine weights and

Rigging is a complex subject far beyond the scope of this

Management must assign a job to a supervisor at the site

Crew members must be given specific safety responsibili~

Management must assign specific people to coordinate

Most accidents can be avoided by careful job pfanning.

• What crew members are needed arid what responsibili-'

• What is the weight of the load to be lifted, the lift radius,

• How will the signalpeople communicate with the opera-

• What equipment is required to do the job safely? Is a

• How can the equipment be safely transportedfothe

• Are there. gas lines, power lines or structures which must

• Is the surface strong enough to support the machine and

• How will load's"be rigged?

• What special safety precautions will be taken if a crane

• Are unusual weather. conditio.nssuch as winds or

• What steps will be taken to keeP unnecessary people

• How can cranes be positioned to use the shortest boom

OPERATOR'S SAFETY CHECK

The operator must make a safety check before starting to

• Walk around the machine to check that all safety related

• Check the machine fog book to see that periodic

• Check the operation of the boom hoist upper angle limit

• Carefully inspect load bearing parts such as Wire rope

• Be sure no unauthorized field modifications have been

• Check for airand hydraulic oil leaks.

• Check all the controls to be sure they are in their correct

• After starting the engine, check all gauges and indicators

• Test all controls for proper operation .

• Check brakes andc!utches. Test load brakes by lifting a

1. Mistakes in calculating rated lifting capacities can

Several factors must be considered, Including:

A. Load radius {lhe distance between the center of

B. Weight of the load, hook, and rigging.

Use the next lower rated capacity when working at